Laer Ten tie PLEA PtP Ler
SLA ivo Cia
PT titel
rn SOA rd
RATA AN,
ie > a en
u AA
È AZ TANTA
LAK AS IETS
ARRETE.
rene arene
DALLA AE
AT,
x ss x 7 tara res IA - ARA
ET Et ara et dtt el u x . rosi r Ta : 2 oS IAPS
LITRI E „ + 5 - nc ar 3
TE TE GT ere IE LÌ, ~ > A > pt fn a
bediend Gh ate a I BE ee ae AP RN
ee ah HT a eta Pye
OE ra PORTA
So Herat
Pate ae ae ee a ne ri
Lat om
: - 2 CE PRI
D ee - È “ : wag 7 = can SEIEN 2
tanta ereen ET n
alate nia AT
ENEN Ee aed
Evel tte oi A ie FILI ae
me nn Pe 2
Pi er kn nare a
PA SEE Re Sr = TX
non TE
OO i MI a
he Ent DEN
PR = ==
DORE EEE
PR ER
ae Gora
Seat See Sa
one du - o Ne
- et nee
EEE TREE IE HT
WETTEN
ep eo
EN,
SCIITA
a
ma
thas TP veg NET a
RATTI A PE
PASTE
TIRATE LE
iti
str
Apr
nni,
gt
+ UT Le ea
re
HARVARD UNIVERSITY
ul
|
LIBRARY
OF THE
Museum of Comparative Zoology
il
n Is
, Ù
| x
i n £
N
in fi
1 B i
AN AND
Ba
m
I Nun ADE
Ji
LE
: 4 “ia 5
1 ‘RO au „VR QU
at Ar Ar
ian
I Ni Ù
ion
Ke N BR
7
MIEL ONE 7 I ‘4
i DR a ’ nm
rn Th
x ; ve me I
| . DAN
n Ni LA un CEA
u
n | | |
È m lo ae
: | N i ‘1 NL DA
| AMD Ul
7 ri ta! pi È i Th
cr | | | | | i
4 u L ; | | i N
| | Ni ar for
fl } 4 PB UN SR i
tit LAN
AT IE
Her "a
|
CRT
LA D il ,
Pan
Le, UR, n o
a pria ine ridi
bri eher, Wr;
„ak
BET
ET
MASTRO NI
n x | )
Pe
DEEL 108 1965
TIJDSCHRIFT
VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
UITGEGEVEN DOOR
DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, deel 108, 1965
Aflevering
1 verscheen 16 april
2 H Us oy,
3 a IG 5,
4 = 30 juli
5 39 30 LE]
6 A 17 september
ml 5 1607, 5
8 DI 11 a
9 5 1 È
10 a 30 december
11 5 30 5
12 » 30 »
1965
1965
1965
1965
1965
1965
1965
1965
1965
1965
1965
1965
INHOUD VAN DEEL 108
BOER, P. J. DEN. — External characters of sibling species Trechus obtusus
Er. and T. quadristriatus Schrk. (Coleoptera) .
CHRYSANTHUS, FR., O.F.M.Cap. — On the identity of Coelotes atropos
(Walckenaer), fo a and terrestris Se a
Agelenidae)
Hire Ris LAMBERS, D. — On some Japanese Aphididae (Homoptera) .
——. — Nippodysaphis nom. nov. for Neodysaphis Hille Ris Lambers, 1965
JEEKEL, C. A. W. — A revision of the Burmese Paradoxosomatidae (Diplo-
poda, Polydesmida) in the Museo Civico di Storia Naturale at Genoa
(Part 1)":
KALSHOVEN, L. G. E. — Notes on some injurious Lepidoptera from Java .
LEMPKE, B. J. — Catalogus van Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera. Twaalfde
Supplement . Sulle Mo M Mg a
LIEFTINCK, M. A. — Macromia splendens (Pictet, 1843) in Europe, with
notes on its habits, larva and distribution . DICE PI
——. — The species-group of Vestalis amoena Selys, 1853, in Sundaland
(Odonata, Calopterygidae) RE sd
MENKE, A. S. — Synonymical notes on New World Wasps of the wae,
Sphecinae (Hymenoptera, Sphecidae) ON
OBRAZTSOV, N. S. — Die Gattungen der Palaearktischen Tortricidae. III.
Addenda and Corrigenda. 2. Teil
——. — Die Gattungen der Palaearktischen Tortricidae. II. Die Unter-
familie Olethreutinae. 6. Teil .
REYNE, A. — Observations on some Indonesian Scale Insects .
Register
Errata
219
61
189
389
205
391
395
CL a ae,
Be
MUS. COMP. ZO‘
AFLEVERING 1
19658 ARY
a > MAY 2 4 1985
IHDSCHRIRT, 22
UITGEGEVEN DOOR
DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
. INHOUD:
EN . S. OBRAZTSOV. — Die Gattungen der Palaearktischen Tortricidae. III. Ad-
+ dénda und Corrigenda. 2. Teil, pp. 1—40, Abb. 1—6, 4 Tafeln.
fijdschrift voor Entomologie, deel 108, afl. 1. Gepubliceerd 16-IV-1965
Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging
BESTUUR
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht, President (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
Dr. J. G. Betrem, Vice-President (1959—1965), Deventer.
W. Hellinga, Secretaris (1963—1969), Amsterdam.
Drs. H. Wiering, Penningmeester (1962—1968), Bergen (N.H.).
Drs. C. A. W. Jeekel, Bzbliothecaris (1960—1966), Amsterdam.
J. A. Janse (1964—1970), Bennebroek.
Dr. H. J. de Fluiter (1960— 1965), Wageningen.
COMMISSIE VAN REDACTIE VOOR DE PUBLICATIES
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
P. Chrysanthus (1964—1967), Oosterhout (N.B.).
Dr. A. Diakonoff (1964—-1967), Leiderdorp.
G. L. van Eyndhoven (1963—1966), Haarlem.
Dr. LG. E. Kalshoven, (1964—1967), Blaricum.
Prof. Dr. D. J. Kuenen (benoemd 1957), Leiden.
Dr. P. A. van der Laan (benoemd 1957), Bennekom.
B. J. Lempke (1962—1965), Amsterdam.
Prof. Dr. J. de Wilde (benoemd 1957), Wageningen.
Dr. J. T. Wiebes (1963— 1966), Leiden.
BESTUUR DER AFDELING VOOR TOEGEPASTE ENTOMOLOGIE
Dr. A. F. H. Besemer, Voorzitter, Weegen.
Ir. P. Gruys, Secretaris, Rheden. —
Dr. Ir. L. Bravenboer, Naaldwijk.
Dr. C. F. A. Bruyning, Oegstgeest.
Dr. Ir. J. B. M. van Dinther, Bennekom.
De contributie voor het lidmaatschap bedraagt f 15.—, voor student-leden |
f 2.50, per jaar. — Begunstigers betalen jaarlijks tenminste f 15 —.
De leden, behalve de student-leden, ontvangen gratis de Entomologische È
Berichten van 12 nummers per jaar, waarvan de prijs voor student-leden f 1.50
per jaar, voor niet-leden f 20.— per jaar en f 2.— per nummer bedraagt.
De leden kunnen zich voor f 10.— per jaar abenneren op het Tijdschrift voor —
Entomologie; hiervan bedraagt de prijs voor niet-leden f 35 — per jaar.
De eerder verschenen publicaties der Vereeniging zijn voor de leden tegen ver- —
minderde prijzen verkrijgbaar.
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
Het Tijdschrift voor Entomologie wordt uitgegeven door de Nederlandsche
Entomologische Vereeniging en is bestemd voor de publicatie van de resultaten
van de studie der Entomologie van algemene en bijzondere aard. Het verschijnt
in één deel van 300—400 bladzijden per jaar, bestaande uit enkele afleveringen.
Bovendien worden monographieën handelende over bijzondere onderwerpen,
met onregelmatige tussenpozen uitgegeven.
DIE GATTUNGEN DER PALAEARKTISCHEN
TORTRICIDAE
III. ADDENDA UND CORRIGENDA
ZEIL)
VON MUS. COMP. ZOO
NIKOLAUS S. OBRAZTSOV LIBRARY
Sea Cliff, New York, U.S.A. M AY 9 4 1965
(Mit Abbildungen 1—6 und 4 Tafeln) HARVARD
Abstract UNIVERSITY
This paper is an up-to-date synopsis of the Palearctic genera and species of the tribe
Cnephasiini. It includes a complete catalogue with notes on the morphology and critical
comments on the taxonomy and nomenclature of separate systematic units, also additions and
corrections with reference to an earlier paper by the same author (Obraztsov, 1954—1957).
Three genera of Cnephasiini (Piernozyga Meyrick, Terthreutis Meyrick, and Epicnephasia
Danilevsky), omitted in that paper, are discussed in the present paper. A new genus Kazva-
beia is established for two species: K. ignavana (= Cheimatophila i. Christoph; type-species)
and K. razowskii (= Tortricodes r. Kawabe). The genus Pseudargyrotoza Obraztsov has
been transferred from Archipini to Cnephasiini, and Palpocrinia Kennel removed from the
latter tribe to Eucosmini. New binominal combinations are established for seven species; the
taxonomic status has been changed in two cases. Five names are treated as new synonyms.
The definitions of Cnephasia distinctana Lucas and C. fragosana (Zeller) are corrected in
accordance with the results of the examination of the type-specimens of these two species.
1. NACHTRAG UND BERICHTIGUNGEN ZUR UNTERFAMILIE
TORTRICINAE
Wie dies bereits im 1.Teil der vorliegenden Addenda und Corrigenda erwähnt
wurde, sind einzelne Teile meiner Revision der palaearktischen Tortricidae-Gattun-
gen etwas rückständig geworden, was hauptsächlich durch die ununterbrochene
Tätigkeit meiner zahlreichen, sich mit dem Studium der genannten Familie be-
fassenden Kollegen und meine eigenen Untersuchungen zu erklären ist. Deshalb
erscheint eine Vervollständigung und Berichtigung der bereits publizierten An-
gaben eine Notwendigkeit, und als erster Beitrag bringe ich nachstehend eine
zeitgemäße Uebersicht der Tribus Cnephasiini, deren Studium in den letzteren
Jahren besonders stark fortgeschritten ist. Dieser Nachtrag gründet sich auf die
*) Mit Unterstützung der U.S. National Science Foundation zur Publikation vorbereitet.
2 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 (12)
in der Literatur neulich erschienenen Beschreibungen und sonstigen Angaben,
sowie meine eigenen Studien. Er bringt auch die kritischen Bemerkungen über
verschiedene Probleme der Cnephasiini-Systematik. Im nachstehend folgenden Text
beziehen sich alle bei den systematischen Einheiten angeführten Seitenangaben auf
die durchgehende (eingeklammerte) Pagination der I. Abteilung meiner Revision
("Allgemeine Aufteilung der Familie und die Unterfamilien Tortricinae und
Sparganothinae”) wie diese in der Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, Bände 97—100,
veröffentlicht wurde.
Ich halte es für die angenehme Pflicht, allen meinen Kollegen meinen herz-
lichen Dank auszusprechen, die diesen Nachtrag durch die Zusendung der ent-
sprechenden Materialien und der Literatur und die brieflichen Mitteilungen zum
Leben gerufen haben. Insbesondere bin ich dankbar Herrn J. D. BRADLEY
(British Museum, London), Dr. W. FORSTER (Zoologische Sammlung des Bayeri-
schen Staates, München), Dr. E. JÄCKH (Uebersee Museum, Bremen) und Dr.
J. RAZOWSKI (Zoologisches Institut der Polnischen Akademie der Wissenschaften,
Kraköw). Die sprachliche Verbesserung des Textes dieser Publikation verdanke
ich Herrn J. K. OJA (Sea Cliff, N.Y.).
TRIBUS CNEPHASIINI
(Seiten 93—124, 175—193, 233—240)
Gattung Olindia Gn., 1845 (Seiten 98, 175)
Nachtrag: Pyralis (part.) FABRICIUS, 1787, Mant. Ins., vol. 2, p. 236; Phalaena Tortrix
(part.) GMELIN, 1788, Syst. Nat., ed. 13, vol. 1, p. 2507.
O. schumacherana (F.) (Seite 175; als ulmana)
Nachtrag: SWATSCHEK, 1958, p. 66, fig. 67 (Larvalmorphologie; als wlmana); RA-
ZOWSKI, 1959, p. 199, t. 17 fig. 1, t. 36 fig. 165, t. 54 fig. 249 (Falter, & 2 -Genita-
lien); HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 34, fig. 50—50b, t. 3 fig. 7 (Falter, Kopf, Geäder, &-
Genitalien).
Leider ist das Gesetz, welches die eingebürgerten, obwohl präokkupierten Na-
men schützt, mit Anfangswirkungsdatum 1961 limitiert (International Code,
1961, Artikel 23, b). Deshalb kann der Name schumacherana Fabricius, der von
WOLFF (1952) für die gewöhnlich als #/mana Hübner bekannte Art wiederauf-
gestellt wurde, nicht bestreitet werden.
ab. cruciana Burm. (Seite 175).
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 199.
ab. obscurana Burm. (Seite 175).
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 199.
Gattung Isotrias Meyr., 1895 (Seiten 101, 175)
Nachtrag: Cnephasia (part.) CURTIS, 1826, Brit. Ent., expl. t. 100.
I. rectifasciana (Hw.) (Seite 175)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 201, t. 17 fig. 3, t. 36 fig. 166, t. 44 fig. 250 (Falter,
& 2 -Genitalien); HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 34, fig. 51, 5la, t. 2 fig. 7 (Falter, Geäder,
(13) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae 3
6 -Genitalien). — Polen.
ab. pseudomodestana Obr. (Seite 176)
Nachtrag: pseudomontana RAZOWSKI, 1959, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 4, p. 201 (Iso-
trias).
ssp. insubrica M.-R. (Seite 176)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 202.
ssp. castiliana Rag. (Seite 176)
Nachtrag: castillana RAZOWSKI, 1959, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 4, p. 202 (Isotrias).
I. hybridana (Hb.) (Seite 176)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 203, t. 20 fig. 30, t. 36 fig. 167, t. 54 fig. 251 (Falter,
4 2 -Genitalien); HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 34, fig. 52, t. 3 fig. 11 (Falter, 4 -Genitalien).
— Polen.
ssp. pedemontana Stgr. (Seite 176)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 204.
I. joannisana (Trti.) (Seite 176)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 205; 1961, p. 663, t. 86 fig. 2 (&-Genitalien).
I. stramentana (Gn.) (Seite 176)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 204, t. 23 fig. 54, t. 36 fig. 168, t. 54 fig. 252 (Falter,
& 2 -Genitalien).
I. (?) buckwelli (Lucas) comb. nova
buckwelli Lucas, 1954, Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc, vol. 34, p. 39 (Anisotaenia). —
Marokko.
Gattung Propiromorpha Obr., 1955 (Seiten 102, 176)
Die in diese Gattung eingereihte adulterinana Kenn. erwies sich als zu Cnepha-
sta Curt. gehörig. Deshalb ist Propiromorpha als eine monotypische Gattung zu
betrachten.
P. rhodophana (HS.) (Seite 176)
Nachtrag: rodophana (err.) RAZOWSKI, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 4, p. 208 (Penthina).
— RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 209, t. 18 fig. 9, t. 36 fig. 170, t. 55 fig. 254 (Falter, ¢ 9-
Genitalien).
Gattung Eulia Hb., 1825 (Seiten 103, 177)
Von den Arten, die in diese Gattung eingereiht wurden, erwies sich abdallah
Le Cerf eine Aberration der Paraclepsis accinctana (Chrét.) zu sein (RAZOWSKI,
1961, p. 662); neftana Lucas gehört zu den Phaloniidae (RAZOWSKI, 1961b, p.
535). Die Arten ancillana Kenn. und dryonephela Meyr. blieben ununtersucht.
Eu. ministrana (L.) (Seite 177)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 207, t. 26 fig. 78, t. 36 fig. 169, t. 55 fig. 253 (Falter,
6 2 -Genitalien); SWATSCHEK, 1958, p. 66 (Larvalmorphologie); HANNEMANN, 1961,
p. 35, fig. 53—53b, t. 2 fig. 10 (Falter, Kopf, Geäder, 4 -Genitalien).
ab. dilutiana Strand (Seite 177; als dilutana)
Berichtigung: dilutiana STRAND, 1902, Nyt. Mag. Naturvid., vol. 40, p. 173 (Ewlia);
dilutana, -us OBRAZTSOV, 1956, Tijdschr. v. Ent., vol. 99, p. 177 (Eulia; Lophoderus).
ab. subfasciana Stph. (Seite 177)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 208.
4 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 (14)
Gattung Pseudargyrotoza Obr., 1955 (Seiten 89, 173)
Diese Gattung wurde auf Grund der Untersuchung einer einzigen Art, P.
conwagana (F.), aufgestellt und die weiteren vier Arten, nur wegen ihrer äußeren
Aehnlichkeit mit conwagana, wurden zu Pseudargyrotoza eingereiht. Ein näheres
Studium zweier von diesen Arten (aeratana Kenn. und diticinctana Wlsm.) hat
doch gezeigt, daß ihre Einreihung richtig war. Dies gibt uns jetzt die Möglich-
keit, die Charakteristik der Gattung zu vervollständigen. Valva länglich, distal
etwas schmäler und abgerundet oder etwas stumpf angeschnitten: Sacculus ver-
schiedenartig lang, rundstabförmig, mit einer halbfreien, mehr oder weniger ab-
gerundeten Spitze. Uncus mittellang, leicht gebogen, länglich spatel- oder lanzett-
förmig. Fultura superior vollständig, bogenförmig oder in der Mitte winkelartig
zugespitzt. Caulis entspringt von der Mitte des Aedoeagus oder leicht distal von
dieser und ist mäßig lang oder sogar ziemlich kurz. Aedoeagus leicht gewellt, mit
einem sehr langen Coecum penis, in der äußeren Hälfte fein bedornt oder ganz
ohne Skulptur. Im übrigen sind die männlichen Genitalien wie in der Original-
beschreibung der Gattung. Beim Weibchen ist der Ductus bursae mehr oder
weniger deutlich abgesondert, oder er bildet ein Ganzes mit dem Corpus bursae.
Larvalmorphologisch gesehen, nimmt die Gattung Psendargyrotoza nach
SWATSCHEK (1958) eine ganz abgesonderte Stellung unter den Tortricinae ein und
zeigt eine gewisse Achnlichkeit mit den Phaloniidae. Die Raupe hat einrangige
Hakenkränze der Bauchfüße und am 7. Abdominalsegment besteht die Gruppe
VII aus einer Borste. Meiner Ansicht nach handelt es sich hier nur um sekundäre
Modifikationen, die im Zusammenhang mit der Lebensweise der in den Früchten
lebenden Raupen steht. Nach MacKay (1959) sind bei den Tortriciden, die als
Bohrer leben, die deutlich zwei- oder dreirangigen Hakenkränze niemals beobach-
tet. Diese Autorin gibt noch an, daß bei manchen Cnephasiini-Raupen die Borsten-
zahl der Gruppe VII, sogar am 7. Abdominalsegment, unbeständig sei (MacKay,
1962). Auch SWATSCHEK (1958) erwähnt, daß bei Cnephasia longana (Hw.) die
Hakenkränze einrangig sind und in der „wahlbomiana”-Gruppe die Gruppe VII
zuweilen aus einer Borste besteht.
Aus morphologischen Gründen ist es richtiger, Pseudargyrotoza als eine Cne-
phasiini-Gattung zu behandeln. Dafür sprechen die folgenden Merkmale: der
stabförmige Sacculus, eine verhältnismäßig kurze Caulis, das Fehlen der Cornuti,
die Reduktion der Lamella antevaginalis und das als ein undeutlicher Fleck ent-
wickelte Signum.
P. conwagana (F.) (Seite 173)
Nachtrag: SWATSCHEK, 1958, p. 58, fig. 58 (Larvalmorphologie); HANNEMANN, 1961,
p. 32, fig. 49—49b, t. 2 fig. 1 (Falter, Kopf, Geäder, 4 -Genitalien).
P. aeratana (Kenn.) (Seite 174)
Nachtrag: Diese Arbeit, Abb. 4 (4-Genitalien).
P. diticinctana (Wlsm.) (Seite 174)
Nachtrag: Issıkı, 1957, p. 82, t. 14 fig. 437 (Falter); diese Arbeit, Abb. 5, 6 (4-
Genitalien).
P. (?) leucophracta (Meyr.) (Seite 174).
P. (?) sumptuosana (Car.) (Seite 174).
(15) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae 5
Gattung Pternozyga Meyr., 1908
Typus generis (monot.): Prernozyga haeretica Meyr., 1908.
Capua (part.) WALSINGHAM, 1900, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 5, p. 484.
Pternozyga MEYRICK, 1908, J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 18, p. 621.
Epagoge (part.) DIAKONOFF, 1941, Treubia, vol. 18, p. 410.
Pternoryga (err.) VIETTE, 1952, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 57, p. 149.
Pternozya (err.) OKANO, 1959, Iconogr. Ins. Japon., vol. 1, Index, p. 40.
Kopf (DIAKONOFF, 1939, fig. 11, O; CLARKE, 1958, t. 102, fig. 1b) rauh be-
schuppt, Stirn mit nach vorne gerichteten Schuppen. Fühler leicht sägezähnig, be-
wimpert; beim Weibchen einfach, kürzer bewimpert; Basalglied durch Schuppen
am Apex leicht verdickt. Labialpalpen etwa zweimal so lang wie der Kopf;
2.Glied lang, rauh beschuppt, in der Mitte leicht durch abstehende Schuppen ver-
dickt; Terminalglied länglich, apikal gerundet, etwas kürzer als die Hälfte des
2. Gliedes. Saugrüssel kurz. Brust mit einem mäßigen Hinterschopf.
Vorderflügel (DIAKONOFF, 1939, fig. 11, N; CLARKE, 1958, t. 102, fig. 1a)
breit, etwa dreieckig, ohne Costalumschlag beim Männchen; Costa gebogen; Apex
zugespitzt, leicht hervortretend; Termen unter diesem eingezogen, dann gebaucht;
Tornus abgerundet; Dorsum fast gerade distal, leicht gebaucht basal. 12 Adern; S
leicht wellig; R, entspringt kurz nach der Mitte der Mittelzelle; R, fast doppelt so
nahe zu R, als zu R,, von beiden weit entfernt; Rg stark zu Ry genähert; Ry und
Rs gestielt, R, führt in die Costa, R, in den Saum; M, an der Basis zu M; ge-
nähert; M: und Cu, entspringen dicht beisammen vom unteren Winkel der
Mittelzelle, dann verlaufen sie parallel und voneinander entfernt; Cu, entspringt
im letzten Drittel der Mittelzelle; A, meistens nur tornal entwickelt; Basalgabel
Ao, 3 etwa ein Fünftel so lang wie die ganze Ader.
Hinterflügel (DIAKONOFF, 1939, fig. 11, N; CLARKE, 1958, t. 102 fig. la)
abgerundet trapezförmig, schmäler oder fast so breit wie die Vorderflügel; Costa
ganz sanft gebogen; Apex ganz unbedeutend zugespitzt, kaum hervortretend;
Termen flach eingezogen; Tornus breit abgerundet; Dorsum stark und gleichmäßig
gebogen. 8 Adern; S ganz sanft wellig, fast gerade; R und M, entspringen ganz
dicht beisammen, oder aus einem Punkt, oder sie sind gestielt; M, basal etwa
zweimal so nahe zu M, wie am Termen; M, und Cu, entspringen ganz dicht
beisammen oder aus einem Punkt am unteren Winkel der Mittelzelle; Cu, ent-
springt etwa von der Mitte der Mittelzelle; A, weich; A, basal gabelig, stark zu
A, genähert. Cubitus unbehaart.
Männliche Genitalien (Abb. 1, 2). Tegumen breit; Pedunculi sehr breit dorsal,
gleichmäßig verjüngt ventral; Saccus breit, leicht zugespitzt. Valva in der Basal-
hälfte breit, in der Außenhälfte etwa halb so breit, deutlich aufgebogen und am
Apex abgerundet; Sacculus umschlagartig, der inneren Valvenfläche dicht an-
liegend, bis zur Mitte der Valva reichend und an der Außenspitze abgerundet;
Pulvinus und Processus basalis fehlen. Uncus schmal, stemmeisenförmig, am Apex
leicht konkav; Gnathos mit einer langen Mittelspitze; Socii weich, mäßig lang,
distal erweitert, an der Basis an den Tegumenschultern befestigt. Fultura superior
bandartig, ausgebogen. Keine echte Caulis; Aedoeagus mäßig lang flach » -förmig
6 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 (16)
gebogen, mittels des Unterrandes des Sinus penis mit einer hohen und basal viel
breiteren Fultura inferior verbunden; keine Cornuti.
Weibliche Genitalien (Abb. 3; DIAKONOFF, 1939, fig. 15, G; CLARKE, 1958,
t. 102 fig. 1c, d). Papillae anales eigenartig gebaut, von außen stark eingebogen,
distal etwa rektangulär, proximal stark an den Seiten gebaucht. Apophyses an-
teriores and posteriores etwa gleich lang. Sterigma mehr oder weniger sklerotisiert,
bei der palaearktischen muta kaum unterscheidbar; Seiten und Proximalrand des
Sinus vaginalis schmal umrandet und stärker sklerotisiert; Antrum ziemlich lang,
leicht sklerotisiert. Ductus bursae gleich breit wie das Antrum oder breiter und
länger; Corpus bursae membranös; kein Signum.
Diese Gattung zählt nur fünf Arten, von welchen nur eine (minuta Wlsm.) in
der palaearktischen Region vorkommt, die übrigen vier (argodoxa Meyr.,
anisoptera Diak., haeretica Meyr. und melanoterma Diak.) sind der orientalischen
Region und dem Papua-Gebiet eigen. Pternozyga ist der Protopterna Meyr. nahe
verwandt; die letztere hat auch eine ähnliche Verbreitung und zeichnet sich in
erster Linie durch die voneinander getrennten Vorderflügeladern R, und R; und
anders gebauten Labialpalpen aus.
P. minuta (Wlsm.) (Seite 170)
Berichtigung: pusillana Wkr., probolias Meyr. und exalbescens Meyr. sind als Synonyme
dieser Art zu streichen. Nachtrag: pusillana (part.) DIAKONOFF, 1941, Treubia, vol. 18,
p. 410 (Epagoge); minutana (err.) Issıkı, 1957, Icones Heter. Japon. Color. Nat., vol.
[1], p. 84, t. 14 fig. 448 (Falter) (Prernozyga). — OKANO, 1959, p. 267, t. 178 fig. 6
(Falter); diese Arbeit, Abb. 1—3 (4 ®-Genitalien). — Japan.
Gattung Terthreutis Meyr., 1918
Typus generis (monot.): Terthreutis sphaerocosma Meyr., 1918.
Terthreutis MEYRICK, 1918, Exot. Micr., vol. 2, p. 170.
Amniodes MEYRICK, 1938, Iris, vol. 52, p. 13, Typus generis: Amniodes xanthocycla
Meyr., 1918.
Kopf (DIAKONOFF, 1939, fig. 8, P; CLARKE, 1958, t. 12 fig. 1b, t. 115 fig. 1b)
rauh beschuppt, Stirn mit mehr anliegenden Schuppen. Fühler mehr oder weniger
lang büschelartig bewimpert; die des Weibchens kurz behaart; Scapus kurz, basal
durch glatte Beschuppung verdickt. Labialpalpen mäßig lang, schlank, aufgebogen;
Basalglied am Apex durch anliegende Schuppen erweitert; 2. Glied leicht gebogen,
dünn und ziemlich glatt beschuppt; Terminalglied glatt, kurz bis mäßig lang, zuge-
spitzt. Saugrüssel kurz bis mäßig lang. Brust mit einem schwachen Hinterschopf.
Vorderflügel (DIAKONOFF, 1939, fig. 8, O; CLARKE, 1958, t. 12 fig. la, t. 115
fig. 1a) unregelmäßig oval, etwa zweieinhalbmal so lang wie breit, beim Männ-
chen ohne Costalumschlag; Costa in der Basalhälfte gebogen, weiter fast gerade;
Apex breit abgerundet; Termen schräg, gerade oder vor dem Tornus leicht ein-
gezogen; Tornus ziemlich flach abgerundet; Dorsum distal sanft, basal stärker
gebogen. 12 Adern; S mehr oder weniger flachwellig bis fast gleichmäßig ge-
bogen; R, entspringt von der Mitte oder kurz vor der Mitte der Mittelzelle; Ro
etwa zweimal so nahe zu Rg wie zu R,; R, bedeutend näher zu Ry als zu Ro;
R, und R; entspringen dicht beisammen oder aus einem Punkt, oder sie sind ganz
kurz gestielt; R, führt in die Costa, R; in den Apex oder in den oberen Teil des
Termen: M,, M; und Cu, an der Basis fast gleich weit auseinander gestellt, aber
(17) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae 7
Cnephasiini-Arten. Abb. 1: Pternozyga minuta (Wism.), männliche Genitalien (Präparat No.
6324; Japan, 1886, Pryer; 70114, B.M.). Abb. 2: Idem, Aedoeagus. Abb. 3: Idem, weib-
liche Genitalien (Präparat No. 6305; Tomakomai, Japan, 26. Juni 1919; B.M.). Abb. 4:
Pseudargyrotoza aeratana (Kenn.), männliche Genitalien (Präparat No. 5686; Japan,
Issıkı leg.; B.M.). Abb. 5: Pseudargyrotoza diticinctana (Wlsm.), männliche Genitalien
(Präparat No. 5694; Japan, 1886, Pryer; Paratypus, 70438, B.M.). Abb. 6: Idem, Aedoeagus
8 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 (18)
in ihrem weiteren Verlauf weiter voneinander entfernt; Cu, entspringt am Unter-
winkel der Mittelzelle; Cu, entspringt vom letzten Drittel der Mittelzelle; A, nur
tornal entwickelt oder ganz weich; Basalgabel A, ‚3 etwa ein Viertel so lang wie
die ganze Ader, oder etwas länger.
Hinterflügel (DIAKONOFF, 1939, fig. 8, O; CLARKE, 1958, t. 12 fig. la, t.
115 fig. la) so breit wie die Vorderflügel oder etwas breiter; Costa etwas bücklig
an der Mitte; Apex abgerundet; Termen gleichmäßig abgerundet oder unter dem
Apex leicht eingezogen; Tornus und der äußere Teil des Dorsums bilden eine ge-
meinsame, stark gebogene Kurve. 8 Adern; S wellig oder zuweilen fast gerade; R
und M, gestielt; M, weit von M, entfernt und ihr fast parallel; M: und Cu,
entspringen aus einem Punkt am unteren Winkel der Mittelzelle, oder sie sind kurz
gestielt; Cu, entspringt zwischen der Mitte und dem letzten Viertel der Mittel-
zelle; A, mehr oder weniger deutlich; A, an der Basis kurz gabelig; A, ihr nahe.
Cubitus unbehaart.
Männliche Genitalien (DIAKONOFF, 1939, fig. 12, G; CLARKE, 1958, t. 12 fig.
Ic, 1d, t. 115 fig. 1c, 1d). Tegumen sehr breit und verhältnismäßig kurz, sphärisch;
Pedunculi sehr breit; Saccus klein, bogenförmig. Valva mäßig breit, ausgezogen,
fast gerade oder leicht aufgebogen, am Apex und Außenrand abgerundet; Costa
ganz schmal sklerotisiert, hauptsächlich in der Basalhälfte; Sacculus schmal, distal
verwischt. Uncus mäßig lang, stark gebogen, basal breiter; Gnathos mit starken,
ziemlich kurzen, distal erweiterten Lateralarmen und einem verdickten, oben ab-
gerundeten, unten ein- oder zweispitzigen Mittelvorsprung; Socii mäßig lang,
hängend. Fultura superior vollständig, mehr oder weniger sklerotisiert, lateral
erweitert; Fultura inferior subrhombisch, membranös. Caulis nur als eine leichte
Verdickung des unteren Randes des Sinus penis angedeutet. Aedoeagus schlank,
gebogen; Coecum penis kurz.
Weibliche Genitalien (DIAKONOFF, 1939, fig. 14, A; CLARKE, 1958, t. 115
fig. 2a, 2b). Papillae anales breit, etwa eiförmig. Lamella antevaginalis mäßig
breit, halbkreisförmig, mit je einem, distal stärker sklerotisierten Lateralflügel.
Kein abgesondertes Antrum; Ductus bursae von Cervix bursae nicht abgetrennt;
Ductus seminalis mündet in den proximalen Drittel des Ductus bursae. Corpus
bursae rundlich, membranös; Signum schwach sklerotisiert, rund, plattenförmig,
nahe bei der Cervix bursae liegend.
Diese Gattung steht der Crephasia Curt. ziemlich nahe, aber unterscheidet sich
von ihr in äußeren Strukturen, sowie auch durch die Einzelheiten des Genital-
baues. Die geographische Verbreitung beschränkt sich auf die orientalische Region
und von drei bekannten Terthreutis-Arten reicht nur xanthocycla Meyr. bis zu
den Grenzen der Palaearktik (Yünnan). Die zwei übrigen Arten, bulligera Meyr.
und sphaerocosma Meyr., sind aus Indien, Burma und Formosa bekannt.
T. xanthocycla Meyr.
xanthocycla MEYRICK, 1938, Iris, vol. 52, p. 13 (Amniodes). — CLARKE, 1958, p. 24,
t. 12 fig. 1—1d (Falter, Kopf, Geäder, ¢-Genitalien). — Yünnan (Likiang).
Gattung Cnephasia Curt., 1826 (Seiten 104, 177)
Nachtrag: Lobesia (part.) LEDERER, 1859, Wien. Ent. Mschr., vol. 3, p. 328.
Nicht bei allen Arten sitzt der Aedoeagus unmittelbar auf der Fultura inferior.
(19) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae 9
Sogar bei den verhältnismäßig wenigen Arten, bei welchen dies der Fall ist, ver-
bindet sich der Aedoeagus mit der Fultura inferior mittels einer kleinen, schup-
penartigen Fortsetzung des Ventralrandes des Sinus penis. Bei den meisten Arten
befindet sich zwischen dem Aedoeagus und der Fultura inferior ein mehr oder
weniger langes Sklerit, welches eine ganz regelmäßige Caulis bildet. In der Art,
nach welcher diese Verbindung verwirklicht wird, wollte RAZOWSKI (1959) die
Rechtfertigung einer subgenerischen Aufteilung der Cnephasia-Arten sehen und
meinte, daß den Arten ohne eine Chitinrandleiste am Sacculus auch eine einfache
Verbindung des Aedoeagus mit der Fultura inferior eigen sei. Die Arten mit einer
wohl entwickelten Randleiste seien dagegen durch das Vorhandensein einer mehr
oder weniger entwickelten Caulis charakterisiert. Dementsprechend schlug RA-
ZOWSKI vor, diese beiden Gruppen als zwei Untergattungen, Anoplocnephasia Réal
und Crephasia s. str., zu unterscheiden. Ohne jede eingehende Erläuterung schrieb
dieser Autor weiter: „The structure of transtilla in Anoplocnephasia Réal differs
somewhat from that of Cnephasia Curt. s. str.” Zur Charakteristik der erst ge-
nannten ,, Untergattung” gab er noch zu: ,,Gnathos thin and lacking the terminal
plate, rarely with a small such plate”. Eine Nachprüfung aller dieser Merkmale zeigt
doch, daß die nach dem Sacculus-Bau zu Anoplocnephasia gehörigen Arten wie
divisana Raz., grandis Osth. und minutula Falk. eine Caulis wie die meisten Arten
der Gruppe Crephasia s. str. haben. Die Endplatte des Gnathos ist nicht nur in der
Gruppe Anoplocnephasia, sondern auch bei manchen Arten der Gruppe Cnephasia
s. str. ziemlich klein, so daß auch dieses Merkmal von keinem subgenerischen
Wert ist. Von Art zu Art weist auch die Fultura superior (,,Transtilla”) keine
beständige Regelmäßigkeit auf. Die weiblichen Genitalien beider Gruppen weisen
überhaupt keine Gruppenunterschiede auf. Dementsprechend gibt es keine ge-
nügende Beweise zur Rechtfertigung einer subgenerischen Aufteilung der Gattung
Cnephasia. Anscheinend hat auch RAZOWSKI auf seinen Vorschlag dieser Auftei-
lung verzichtet, da er bei seinen neulichen Crephasia-Artbeschreibungen keine
Untergattungen mehr erwähnt.
Ueber die Larvalmorphologie der Gattung Cnephasta war längere Zeit fast gar
nichts bekannt. Die neuzeitlichen Studien in dieser Richtung erwiesen sich auch
für die taxonomischen Zwecke als sehr wichtig. MacKay (1962) betont, daß larval-
morphologisch Cnephasia und die ihr nahe verwandte Cnephasiella Adamcz. eine
Reihe gemeinsamer Eigentümlichkeiten in der Chaetotaxie des 9.Abdominal-
segments aufweisen, die solchen der Phaloniidae gewissermaßen ähnlich erscheinen.
Gleichzeitig treten doch bei diesen beiden Cnephasiini-Gattungen noch manche
andere Merkmale auf, die eine höhere Entwicklungsstufe aufdecken. Die Cnepha-
sia-Raupen haben einen deutlich ausgebildeten Analkamm (was auch von SWAT-
SCHEK, 1958, bestätigt wird), der mit der Lebensweise dieser zwischen den ver-
sponnenen Blättern, Trieben und Blüten lebenden Raupen gut übereinstimmt.
In den letzten Jahren sind unsere Kenntnisse über die Crephasia-Arten stark
fortgeschritten, dank hauptsächlich den erfolgreichen Studien von Herrn J. RA-
ZOWSKI. Der nachstehende Katalog (mit Bezugnahme auf die Seiten 177—185 des
vorher veröffentlichten) bringt eine neue Zusammenstellung aller bekannt ge-
wordenen Arten, deren systematische Reihenfolge vorläufig nur ganz provisorisch
sein kann. Dieser Zusammenstellung gemäß, sind die folgenden Arten als Syno-
10 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 (20)
nyme zu betrachten: pulmonartana Réal, 1953 = cinareana Chrétien, 1892; tere-
brana Amsel & Hering, 1931 = lineata Walsingham, 1900 (die letztere wurde als
eine Doloploca-Art aufgestellt und in dieser Gattung auch in meinem Kataloge bei-
behalten); uniformana Caradja, 1916 = chrysantheana Duponchel, 1843. Die als
gute Arten aufgestellten orthoxyana Réal und apenninicola Obraztsov sind, die
erstere als ein Synonym der cupressivorana Staudinger, die andere als ihre Unter-
art aufgefaßt. Dagegen sind die als Formen der pumicana Zeller angeführten
bizensis Real und graecana Rebel als eigene Arten aufzufassen. Die letztere ist mit
adulterinana Kennel konspezifisch, die von Propiromorpha Obr. zu Cnephasia zu
stellen ist. Zu Eana Billb. gehören die vorher als Cnephasia-Arten aufgefafiten
vetulana Christoph und die irrtümlicherweise als eine Form der chrysantheana be-
handelte freii Weber. Von den früher in andere Gattungen gestellten Arten kom-
men jetzt zu Cnephasia die folgenden: amseli Lucas aus Aphelia Hb. und tyrrbe-
nica Amsel aus Eana Billb. Die letztere Art ist mit ecullyana Réal konspezifisch.
Von den vorher als „Species incertae sedis’ angeführten Cnephasia-Arten erwie-
sen sich alhamana Schmidt als zu Epagoge Hb. gehörig, distinctana Lucas eine
eigene, mit fragosana Zeller bisweilen verwechselte Cnephasia-Art zu sein und
luctuosana Rebel als zu Zelotherses Ld. zu stellen. Sciaphila mesomelana Walker
ist überhaupt keine Tortriciden-Art; nach ihrem Holotypus im British Museum
(Weibchen ohne Hinterleib, Schanghai, China) zu urteilen, gehört sie zweifellos
zu den Phaloniidae und kann als Hysterosia (Propira) mesomelana (Walker)
COMB. NOVA bezeichnet werden. Die Gesamtzahl der gegenwärtig als Cnephasia
Curt. bekannten palaearktischen Arten ist 75; von diesen sind acht Arten ganz
wenig untersucht und können vorläufig nur als „Species incertae sedis” bezeichnet
werden. Mein voriger Katalog zählte 51 Arten.
C. sedana (Const.) (Seite 177)
Nachtrige: mediterranea RéAL, 1953, Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, vol. 22, p. 61
(Cnephasia, Anoplocnephasia, nom. nud.). — RAZOWSKI, 1958a, p. 566; 1959, p. 258,
t. 24 fig. 61, 62, t. 45 fig. 211, t. 60 fig. 282 (Falter, & 9-Genitalien); 1961b, p. 534
(mediterranea); HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 38, fig. 60 (&-Genitalien; Aedoeagus falsch),
t. 2 fig. 20 (Falter).
Die von RAZOWSKI (1957b, p. 101, fig. 2, 3) als C. sedana amseli Raz. aus
Iran aufgestellte Unterart unterscheidet sich nach der Valvenform stark von allen
mir als sedana bekannten Exemplaren. Ob es hier nur um die Präparationstechnik
handelt oder ob die Falter aus Iran einer neuen Art angehören, kann man ohne
eine eingehende Untersuchung nicht sagen. Beim Weibchen sind die Lamella
postvaginalis, das Antrum und die Lange des Signum von solchen der sedana auch
unterschieden. Die erwähnte Form hat keinen gültigen Namen, da der von
RAZOWSKI veröffentlichte durch C. amseli (Lucas, 1952) präokkupiert wird.
f. (?ab.) valderiana Trti. & Vrty. (Seite 177)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 259; 1961b, p. 529 (als meridionalis).
ab. rhactivana Raz.
rhactivana (HS. in litt.) RAZOWSKI, 1959, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 4, p. 259 (Cnepha-
Sia).
f. (?ab.) agathana Kenn. (Seite 177)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1958a, p. 566, t. 53 fig. 4 (Falter).
(21) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae 11
Vielleicht ist diese letztere Form in Juldus wirklich lokal beständig und könnte
dort als eine Unterart, wie dies RAZOWSKI (1958a) meint, bezeichnet werden. In
den Serien von Dscharkent und aus dem Kaukasus fand ich sie immer nur als einen
Bestandteil der gemischten, aus verschiedenen Formen gebildeten Populationen.
ssp. alaicana Car. (Seite 178)
C. stachi Raz.
stachi RAZOWSKI, 1958, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 2, p. 567, t. 53 fig. 5, t. 57 fig. 29, t.
60 fig. 46 (Falter, 4 2 -Genitalien) (Crephasia, Anoplocnephasia). — Samarkand.
C. heinemanni Obr. (Seite 178)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 257, t. 24 fig. 59, t. 45 fig. 212, t. 60 fig. 283 (Falter,
& 2 -Genitalien).
C. clarkei Raz.
sedana (part.) FiLipjev, 1934, Bull. Acad. Sci. URSS, p. 1408 (Crephasia); oricasis
(non Meyr.) RAZOWSKI, 1957, Beitr. naturk. Forsch. Südwestdeutschl., vol. 16, p. 104
(Cnephasia); clarkei RAZOWSKI, 1961, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 5, p. 667, t. 86 fig. 4
(&-Genitalien) (Crephasia). — OBRAZTSOV, 1957, p. 324 (unter oricasis); CLARKE,
1958, p. 88, t. 44 fig. 2—2b (Falter, &-Genitalien; als oricasis). — Kaschmir.
C. minima Raz.
minima RAZOWSKI, 1959, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 4, p. 258, t. 24 fig. 60, t. 45 fig. 210
(Falter, &-Genitalien) (Crephasia, Anoplocnephasia). — Herzegowina.
C. lineata (Wlsm.) (Seiten 178, als terebrana und 192)
lineata WALSINGHAM, 1900, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 7, vol. 5, p. 462 (Doloploca);
terebrana AMSEL & HERING, 1931, Dtsche Ent. Zschr., p. 148 (Tortrix). — STAUDINGER
& REBEL, 1901, p. 93, No. 1634; AMSEL, 1935, p. 290, t. 11 fig. 86 (Falter); 1935a,
p. 260 ( &-Genitalien; in beiden Arbeiten als terebrana);, RAZOWSKI, 1961, p. 667, t. 86
fig. 3 (&-Genitalien); Firipjev, 1962, fig. 19b (Gnathos; als terebrana); diese Ar-
beit, Taf. 2 fig. 3, 4 (Falter, ¢-Genitalien). — Palästina.
RAZOWSKI (1961) als erster stellte die Synonymie der lineata und terebrana fest.
Der Holotypus der lineata ist ein Männchen (Genitalpräparat No. 5667) von
Palästina (TRISTRAM; 13511) und befindet sich im British Museum. Außer dem
Holotypus habe ich noch einen männlichen Paratypus (Genitalpräparat No. 6163;
Palästina, TRISTRAM; 13513; B.M.) untersucht. Leider lag mir kein Weibchen vor.
C. ussurica Fil.
ussurica FILIPJEV, 1962, Trudy Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 30, p. 379, fig. 17—
19a (Falter, &-Genitalien) (Crephasia). — Südussuri (Sutschan).
C. minutula Falk.
minutula FALKOVITSH, 1962, Trudy Inst. Zool. Akad. Nauk Kazachsk. SSR, vol. 18, p. 98,
fig. 3, 4 (& Q-Genitalien) (Crephasia). — Südkasakstan.
C. grandis (Osth.) (Seite 178)
Nachtrag: Diese Arbeit, Taf. 2 Fig. 5, 6 (&-Genitalien).
C. orientana (Alph.) (Seite 178)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1958a, p. 567, t. 53 fig. 6, t. 57 fig. 30, t. 60 fig. 47; 1959, p.
12 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 (22)
260, t. 24 fig. 63, 64, t. 45 fig. 213, t. 46 fig. 284 (in beiden Arbeiten: Falter, & 9-
Genitalien).
ssp. (?) maraschana Car. (Seite 178)
Nachtrag: Palästina.
C. margelanensis Raz.
margelanensis RAZOWSKI, 1958, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 2, p. 565, t. 53 fig. 1, t. 60
fig. 45 (Falter, ¢-Genitalien) (Crephasia, Anoplocnephasia). — Uzbekistan.
Solange keine Männchen bekannt sind, ist die Einreihung der margelanensis am
Ende der Artgruppe ohne eine Randleiste am Sacculus als rein provisorisch zu
betrachten.
C. divisana Raz.
divisana RAZOWSKI, 1959, Zschr. Wien. Ent. Ges., vol. 44, p. 82, fig. 2, t. 2 fig. 2
(Falter, &-Genitalien) (Crephasia). — Kreta.
C. tristrami (Wlsm.) (Seite 178)
Nachtrag: Diese Arbeit, Taf. 1 Fig. 1—3 (Falter, 4 9-Genitalien).
WALSINGHAM (1900) stellte diese Art auf Grund der vier Exemplare auf, von
welchen ich nur zwei, als „Typen” bezeichneten Weibchen untersuchen konnte. .
Eins davon (Genitalpräparat No. 5669; „Palestine, TRISTRAM”; 13507) war falsch
als ein Männchen bestimmt und als solches auch bei der Urbeschreibung erwähnt;
das andere (Genitalpräparat No. 5668; „Palestine, TRISTRAM”; 13508) hatte eine
richtige Geschlechtbezeichnung und ist an dieser Stelle als Lectotypus der tristrami
gewählt. Die beiden Typen befinden sich im British Museum. Ich halte ein Stück,
das Dr. E. JACKH (Bremen) mir freundlicherweise als Crephasia tristrami mit-
teilte, für das Männchen dieser Art. Diese Art steht der C. facetana Kenn. nahe
und unterscheidet sich von dieser durch eine kürzere, obwohl ebenso rudimentäre
Randleiste am Sacculus.
C. facetana Kenn. (Seite 178)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1958a, p. 566, t. 53 fig. 2 (Männchen).
Die Genitalien des Typus von facetana sind verloren gegangen. N. FiLIpJev, der
sie seinerzeits untersuchte, schrieb auf dem Zettel: ,,tristrami Wlsgh., N. Fil.”
(RAZOWSKI, 1958a). Leider gibt es jetzt keine Möglichkeit diese Synonymie nach-
zuprüfen, da der tristrami-Typus (s. oben) ein Weibchen ist. Nur ein größeres
Material von beiden Geschlechtern der facetana und tristrami, das noch nicht vor-
liegt, könnte das Problem vielleicht klären. Vorläufig fasse ich als facetana die
Art auf, deren männlichen Genitalien ich bei einem Stück aus Mesopotamien unter-
suchte und veröffentlichte (OBRAZTSOV, 1950, p. 313, fig. 9b).
C. tofina Meyr. (Seite 179)
Nachtrag: CLARKE, 1958, p. 88, t. 4 fig. 4—4b (Falter, ¢-Genitalien).
Bei dieser Art ist der Sacculus wohl nur in seinem Distalteil entwickelt, wo er
mit einer stark chitinisierten, nach unten gerichteten Spitze endet. Die basalen drei
Viertel der Randleiste sind kaum angedeutet.
(23) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae 13
C. longana (Hw.) (Seite 179)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI 1957, p. 127, t. 17 fig. 2, t. 21 fig. 6, t. 25 fig. 4, 5; 1958,
Dawe fig. 4, t. 2 fie: 12, ti 5 fig. 21, 22; 1959, pi 246, t. 22 fig. 43—48, t 43
fig. 200— 202, t. 59 fig. 274 (in allen drei Arbeiten: Falter, 4 9 -Genitalien); 1961b,
p. 532 (als minor); SWATSCHEK, 1958, p. 61, fig. 61 (Larvalmorphologie); HANNE-
MANN, 1961, p. 38, fig. 59, t. 6 fig. 21 (Falter, 4 -Genitalien); MacKay, 1962, p. 24,
fig. 25 (Larvalmorphologie). — Polen.
ab. ictericana Hw. (Seite 179)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 247.
f. cadizensis Raz.
cadizensis RAZOWSKI, 1959, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 4, p. 248, t. 43 fig. 201 (&-
Genitalien) (Crephasia). — Spanien (Cadiz).
Die männlichen Genitalien dieser Form sind leicht modifiziert, aber die Unter-
schiede der namenstypischen Form gegenüber scheinen nicht groß genug zu sein
um hier eine eigene Art zu vermuten. Das Weibchen ist unbekannt.
C. nuraghana Ams. (Seite 179)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1958, p. 80, t. 1 fig. 7, t. 7 fig. 27 (Falter, 4-Genitalien);
1959, p. 252, t. 23 fig. 55, t. 44 fig. 205 (dasselbe).
C. klimeschi Raz.
klimeschi RAZOWSKI, 1958, Polsk. Pismo Ent., vol. 27, p. 79, t. 2 fig. 13, t. 6 fig. 24
(Cnephasia, Brachycnephasia). — RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 250, t. 23 fig. 49, t. 59 fig. 276
(in beiden Arbeiten: Falter, @-Genitalien). — Mazedonien.
C. gueneana (Dup.) (Seite 179)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1958, p. 79, t. 1 fig. 6, t. 2 fig. 14, t. 6 fig. 25, t. 7 fig. 26;
1959, p. 251, t. 23 fig. 52—54, t. 44 fig. 204, t. 59 fig. 278 (in beiden Arbeiten:
Falter, & ®-Genitalien). — Malta; Cypern.
ab. segetana Z. (Seite 179)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 251, 252.
Die als eine eigene Art beschriebene taurominana Raz. soll nach der Angabe
ihres Autors der gweneana sehr ähnlich aussehen. Wie ich mich bereits an einer
anderen Stelle äußerte (OBRAZTSOV, 1957, p. 321), sind auch die Genitalunter-
schiede beider zu gering um eine artliche Selbständigkeit der favrominana zu
rechtfertigen. Im Vergleich zu gweneana beschreibt RAZOWSKI (1955) den
Ductus bursae der faurominana als „lang und merklich deutlicher chitinisiert”.
Als einen weiteren Unterschied gibt er die verschiedene Länge der Apophyses
anteriores und posteriores und wiederholt dies auch in seinen späteren
Arbeiten (RAZOWSKI, 1958, p. 80, t. 3 fig. 15, t. 8 fig. 28; 1959, p. 250,
t. 23 fig. 51, t. 59 fig. 277). Von allen drei veröffentlichten Genital-
abbildungen der taurominana ist die die Originalbeschreibung begleitende an-
scheinend die richtigste, da sie die kleinsten Einzelheiten wiedergibt. Aus dieser
Abbildung ist zu ersehen, daß der als ,,Ductus bursae” bezeichnete Teil ziemlich
tief in die Bursa copulatıix geht und bis zum Signum reicht. Es ist deshalb sehr
wahrscheinlich, daß es sich hier nicht un einen echten Ductus bursae handelt,
sondern vermutlich um ein abgebrochenes Collum spermatophori. Die angeblich
verschiedene Länge der Apophyses anteriores und posteriores bei gueneana und
taurominana kann nicht als ein Artunterschied bewertet werden, da diese Länge
bei gueneana ziemlich stark individuell variiert. Solange keine weiteren Exemplare
der taurominana vorliegen und die Aufstellung dieser Art sich nur auf ein ein-
14 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 (24)
ziges Weibchen gründet, wäre es am besten, tazrominana als ein Synonym der
gueneana aufzufassen.
C. amseli (Luc.) (Seite 158)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1961, p. 663, t. 90 fig. 19 (®-Genitalien); 1961b, p. 535.
Diese in meinem Katalog bedingungsweise zu Aphelia Hb. gestellte Art erwies
sich als zu Cnephasia gehörig (RAZOWSKI, 1961). Solange die männlichen Geni-
talien der amseli nicht untersucht sind, ist die systematische Stellung dieser Art
nahe bei gweneana nur als rein provisorisch zu betrachten.
C. laetana (Stgr.) (Seite 180)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 225, t. 20 fig. 25, 26, t. 38 fig. 177, t. 57 fig. 263
(Falter, ¢ 9-Genitalien); 1959a, p. 82.
C. fulturata Rbl. (Seite 181)
Nachtrag: fulturana RAZOWSKI, 1959, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 4, p. 218 (Crephasia).
— RAZOWSKI, 1959a, p. 83, fig. 3 (4-Genitalien; als fulturana).
C. bizensis Réal (Seite 179)
pumicana (non Z.) KENNEL, 1910, Pal. Tortr., p. 212, fig. 21 (&-Genitalien) (Tor-
trix); bizensis Real, 1953, Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, vol. 22, p. 58 (Cnephasia,
Brachycnephasia). — RAZOWSKI, 1956, t. 4 fig. 5, t. 5 fig. 10 (Falter, 4 -Genitalien;
als pumicana); 1958, p. 77, t. 1 fig. 3, t. 2 fig. 11, t. 5 fig. 20 (Falter, & 9 -Genita-
lien); 1959, p. 249, t. 23 fig. 50, t. 43 fig. 203, t. 59 fig. 275 (dasselbe); 1961b, p.
532. — Frankreich; Spanien; Kleinasien.
Diese als eine pumicana-Unterart aufgestellte Art wurde auch in meinem Katalog
zu C. pumicana (Z.) gerechnet.
C. kenneli Obr. (Seite 184)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1958, p. 80, t. 1 fig. 8, t. 8 fig. 29; 1958a, p. 573, t. 15 fig. 15,
t. 58 fig. 36 (Falter, 4 -Genitalien).
C. heringi Raz.
heringi RAZOWSKI, 1958, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 2, p. 575, t. 55 fig. 19, 20, t. 58 fig.
38, t. 62 fig. 58 (Crephasia). — RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 244, t. 21 fig. 38, t. 42 fig. 196,
t. 58 fig. 272 (in beiden Arbeiten: Falter, ¢ 9 -Genitalien); 1959a, p. 82. — Kleinasien;
Kreta.
C. parnassicola Raz.
parnassicola RAZOWSKI, 1958, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 2, p. 581, t. 56 fig. 25, t. 59
fig. 43, t. 62 fig. 59 (Cnephasia). — RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 225, t. 19 fig. 24, t. 38 fig.
179, t. 57 fig. 262 (in beiden Arbeiten: Falter, & ®-Genitalien). — Griechenland;
Spanien.
C. tremewani Raz.
tremewani RAZOWSKI, 1961, Polsk. Pismo Ent., vol. 31, p. 107, fig. 3 ( Q-Genitalien)
(Cnephasia). — Algerien (Oran).
C. pumicana (Z.) (Seite 179)
Berichtigung: KENNEL, 1910, p. 212, t. 11 fig. 2 (nicht Textfigur 21!).
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1956, t. 4 fig. 5, t. 5 fig. 10 (Falter, 4 -Genitalien); 1958, p. 76,
t. 1 fig. 1, 2, t. 2 fig. 9, t. 4 fig. 17, 18; 1959, p. 245, t. 21 fig. 39, 40, t. 42 fig. 197,
198, t. 59 fig. 273 (in beiden Arbeiten: Falter, ¢ 9-Genitalien). — Dalmatien; Ita-
lien; Sizilien; Spanien; Tripolitanien; Tunis; Westkleinasien.
ssp. hagiosana Raz.
hagiosana RAZOWSKI, 1959, Zschr. Wien. Ent. Ges., vol. 44, p. 82, t. 2 fig. 3 (Falter)
(Cnephasia). — Cypern.
(25) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortrictdae 15
Die in meinem Kataloge als pum?cana-Unterarten angeführten bizensis Réal und
graecana Rbl. erwiesen sich, die erstere als eine gute Art (s. oben), die zweite als
ein Synonym der C. adulterinana (Kenn.) (s. unten).
C. tripolitana Raz.
tripolitana RAZOWSKI, 1958, Polsk. Pismo Ent., vol. 27, p. 76, t. 2 fig. 10, t. 4 fig.
19 (Falter, 2 -Genitalien) (Crephasia, Brachycnephasia). — Tripolitanien.
C. fiorii Raz.
fiorii RAZOWSKI, 1958, Polsk. Pismo Ent. vol. 27, p. 81, t. 3 fig. 16, t. 8 fig. 30
(Falter, 9-Genitalien) (Crephasia). — Tripolitanien.
Die beiden obigen Arten wurden als der C. pumicana (Z.) ähnlich beschrieben.
Solange ihre männlichen Genitalien ununtersucht bleiben, ist ihre Einreihung bei
pumicana nur als provisorisch zu betrachten.
C. distinctana Luc. (Seite 184)
Nachtrag: fragosana (non Z.) RAZOWSKI, 1959, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 4, p. 253, t.
23 fig. 56, t. 44 fig. 206, t. 60 fig. 279 (Falter, & 9-Genitalien) (Crephasia). —
RAZOWSKI, 1961, p. 666; 1961b, p. 535 (als fragosana). — Südfrankreich; Sizilien;
Griechenland; Kleinasien; Nordwestafrika.
Diese Art verwechselte RAZOWSKI (1959, 1961) mit C. fragosana (Z.), deren
Typus er nicht untersuchte.
C. semibrunneata (Joann.) (Seite 178; als mit fragosana synonymisch angeführt)
Berichtigung und Nachtrag: semibrunneata JOANNIS, 1891, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 81
(Sciaphila); semibruneata REBEL, 1901, Stgr.-Rbl. Cat. Lep. Pal. Faun., vol. 2, p. 91,
No. 1609b (Crephasia); orientana (part.) KENNEL, 1910, Pal. Tortr., p. 203, t. 10 fig.
28 (Tortrix); gueneana (part.) MEYRICK, 1912, WAGNERS Lep. Cat., pars 10, p. 44
(Cnephasia); fragosana (part.) FıLıpJEv, 1935, Zschr. Oesterr. Ent. Ver., vol. 20, p. 49
(Cnephasia). — KENNEL, 1910, p. 199, t. 10 fig. 29; RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 254 (part.);
1961, p. 664, t. 91 fig. 20 (2 -Genitalien). — Nordwestafrika.
C. adulterinana (Kenn.) comb. nova (Seite 176)
adulterinana KENNEL, 1901, Iris, vol. 13, (1900), p. 221 (Lophoderus); SYNON. NOV..
graecana REBEL, 1902, Berl. Ent. Zschr., vol. 47, p. 105 (Crepbasia); pumicana (non
Z.) GRAVES, 1925, The Ent., vol. 58, p. 293 (Cnephasia); semibrunneata (part.)
RAZOWSKI, 1959, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 4, p. 254, t. 24 fig. 57, t. 44 fig. 207, t. 45
fig. 208, t. 60 fig. 280 (Falter, 4 9-Genitalien) (Crephasia); SYNON. NOV.: ochreana
RAZOWSKI, 1961, ibid., vol. 5, p. 666 (Cnephasia). — STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901,
p. 260, No. 1559bis; KENNEL, 1910, p. 167, t. 8 fig. 51 (Falter); OBRAZTSOV, 1955,
p. 157; 1956, p. 108, 111 (als adulterinana und pumicana ssp. graecana), RAZOWSKI,
1961, p. 666 (als graecana); diese Arbeit, Taf. 1 Fig. 4 (2 -Genitalien). — Jugosla-
wien; Griechenland; Kleinasien; Nordwestafrika.
Die Holotypus von adulterinana (Weibchen, Genitalpräparat No. 30-Obr.,
Teniet el Haad, Mauretania, V.d.B.; Z.M.B.), sowie ein weiteres Weibchen aus
derselben Lokalität und in derselben Sammlung, stimmen ganz gut, auch genitaliter,
mit der Art überein, die von RAZOWSKI (1959) zunächst als semibrunneata be-
stimmt und dann für graecana anerkannt wurde. Von C. semibrunneata (Joann.),
die vorläufig nur im weiblichen Geschlechte bekannt ist, unterscheidet sich adul-
terinana in der Form der Lamella postvaginalis, deren caudale Auswüchse bedeu-
tend kürzer als bei semibrunneata sind; die ganze Lamella postvaginalis ist bei
16 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 (26)
adulterinana weniger in der cephalocaudalen Richtung ausgedehnt und hat den
Proximalrand dem distalen fast parallel.
C. virginana (Kenn.) (Seite 180).
Als ,,Cnephasia virginiana Kenn.” wurden von RAZOWSKI (1957b, p. 104, fig.
5, 6) die Genitalien einer Art abgebildet und beschrieben, welche sich von der
KENNELschen virginana stark unterscheiden. Möglicherweise gehören die von
RAZOWSKI untersuchten Exemplare zu einer noch unbeschriebenen Art.
C. jozefi Raz.
jozefi RAZOWSKI, 1961, Polsk. Pismo Ent, vol. 31, p. 105, fig. 4 (®-Genitalien)
(Cnephasia). — Algerien (Oran).
C. fragosana (Z.) (Seite 178)
Berichtigung: fragosana ZELLER, 1847, Isis, p. 673 (Sciaphila); fragrosana HERRICH-
SCHAFFER, 1851, Syst. Bearb. Schm. Eur., vol. 4, p. 199 (Sciaphila) [1850, Tortr., t. 54
fig. 379; non bin.}. — KENNEL, 1910, p. 203 (als fragrosana); FILIPJEV, 1935, p. 49
( 8 -Genitalien); diese Arbeit, Taf. 3 Fig. 1, 2 (Falter, &-Genitalien). — Sizilien.
Der Lectotypus der fragosana (Männchen, Genitalpräparat No. 5670, Syracus,
Sizilien, 21. Mai; B.M.) unterscheidet sich stark von der Art, die unter diesem
Namen von RAZOWSKI (1959, 1961) aufgefaßt wurde und die in der Tat C.
distinctana Luc. ist (s. oben). Das Weibchen der fragosana ist vorläufig nicht be-
kannt und es ist durchaus möglich, daß FiLIPJEV (1935) recht hatte, als er C.
semibrunneata (Joann.) und fragosana synonymisierte. Da die Typen dieser beiden
Arten aus weit voneinander getrennten Lokalitäten stammen, halte ich es für
zweckmäßig, fragosana und semibrunneata vorläufig als zwei verschiedene Arten
zu behandeln.
C. alfacarana Raz.
alfacarana RAZOWSKI, 1958, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 2, p. 578, t. 56 fig. 22, t. 58 fig.
40, t. 61 fig. 53 (Crephasia). — RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 220, t. 19 fig. 17, 18, t. 37 fig.
175, t. 56 fig. 259 (in beiden Arbeiten: Falter, 4 9 -Genitalien). — Spanien (Sierra de
Alfacar).
C. atlantis Fil. (Seite 182)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1956a, p. 207, fig. 8, 9, t. 20 fig. 5, 6 (Falter, & Q-Genitalien).
C. asiatica Kuzn.
asiatica KUZNETZOV, 1956, Rev. Ent. URSS, vol. 35, p. 447, fig. 1, 2 (& 2 -Genitalien)
(Cnephasia). — Kopetdag-Gebirge.
C. communana (HS.) (Seite 180)
Nachtrag: mediocris Real, 1953, Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, vol. 22, p. 59 (Cnepha-
sia); seminigra REAL, 1953, lc. (Crephasia); pseudorthoxyana REAL, 1953, lc. (Cre-
phasia); caprionica RéAL, 1953, Ic. (Crephasia). — RAZOWSKI, 1957, p. 129, t. 19
fig. 2, t. 22 fie. (6, t. 26 fig. 6: 1959, pı,223, t. 19) fig. 2123 th 2S hip TS ESC
fig. 261 (in beiden Arbeiten: Falter, & 9-Genitalien); 1959, p. 229 (als virgaureana
ab. mediocris); 1961, p. 665; 1961b, p. 533; HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 40, fig. 63, t. 6
fig. 22 (Falter, ¢-Genitalien).
ab. lucia Real (Seite 180)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1961b, p. 533.
Die von REAL (1953) beschriebenen und in meinem Kataloge als eigene Aberra-
tionen angeführten pseudorthoxyana, caprionica und seminigra gehören zur Sy-
nonymie der namenstypischen communana-Form (RAZOWSKI, 1961, 1961b).
(27) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae 17
C. chrysantheana (Dup.) (Seite 181; S. 184, als uniformana)
Nachtrag: rectilinea RéAL, 1953, Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, vol. 22, p. 60 (Crepha-
sia); directana RéAL, 1953, ibid., p. 60 (Cnephasia); interjunctana RéAL, 1953, Lc.
(Cnephasia); peyerimboffi RéAL, 1953, lc. (Crephasia); pseudochrysantheana REAL,
1953, lc. (Cnephasia); parvana RéAL, 1953, Ic. (Crephasia); SYNON. NOV.: unifor-
mana CARADJA, 1916, Iris, vol. 30, p. 49 (Crephasia). — RAZOWSKI, 1956, t. 3 fig. 3,
t. 5 fig. 8 (Falter, 9-Genitalien; als wilkinson’); 1957, p. 128, t. 18 fig. 2, t. 22
fig. 3, t. 26 fig. 2 (als wilkinsoni); 1959, p. 236, t. 21 fig. 34, t. 40 fig. 187—189, t.
58 fig. 269 (in beiden letzteren Arbeiten: Falter, 3 Q-Genitalien); 1961, p. 665 (als
alternella); 1961b, p. 530, 533, 534 (Synonymie); HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 35, fig. 54,
t. 6 fig. 19 (Falter, 4 -Genitalien).
ab. vulgaris Real (Seite 182)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1961b, p. 534.
ab. diffusana Haud. (Seite 182)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 238.
Die bei dieser Aberration als ein Synonym angeführte parvana Réal gehört zur
Synonymie der namenstypischen chrysantheana-Form, sowie auch die meisten
anderen der von REAL (1953) beschriebenen Aberrationen.
ab. siennicolor Réal (Seite 182)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 238; 1961b, p. 533.
Nach einer brieflichen Mitteilung des Herrn J. RAZOWSKI gehört die als eine
eigene Art aufgestellte C. uniformana Car. zur Synonymie von chrysantheana. Die
von mir der chrysantheana als eine Aberration zugerechnete frei? Web. erwies sich
als zu Eana Billb. gehörig (SAUTER, 1961).
Wie früher (OBRAZTSOV, 1956, p. 113; 1957, p. 322) bestehe ich auch jetzt
auf der Zweckmäßigkeit, den Namen chrysantheana in seinem eingebürgerten Sinne
für die in Frage stehende Art zu erhalten. Das würde auch im Interesse der No-
menclaturstabilität wichtig sein. Aus diesem Grunde kann ich nicht RAZOWSKIs
(1961) Vorschlag akzeptieren, den Namen chrysantheana Dup. auf die als C. cina-
reana Chrét. bekannte Art zu verlegen und die gewöhnlich als C. chrysantheana
(Dup.) bekannte Art als C. wilkinsoni Réal oder C. alternella Stph. zu bezeichnen.
Außerdem muß es notiert werden, daß der letztgenannte Name für chrysantheana
unbrauchbar ist, da STEPHENS (1852, p. 65) nicht der Originalautor dieses Na-
mens war. Er hat nämlich den Namen Phalaena Tinea alternella (SCHIFFERMILLER
& DENIS, 1776, p. 135) verwendet, ohne Rücksicht auf einen ähnlichen Gebrauch
dieses Namens bei TREITSCHKE (1832, p. 39) zu nehmen, der bereits 20 Jahre
früher als STEPHENS die jetzt als Tortricodes tortricella (Hb.) bekannte Art als
Lemmatophila alternella (Schiff.) bezeichnete.
C. stolidana (Wkr.) comb. nova
stolidana \WALKER, 1863, List Spec. Lep. Ins. B. M., pars 28, p. 346 (Sciaphila);
?wahlbomiana Issiki, 1922, Zool. Mag. (Tokyo), vol. 34, p. 285 (Cnephasia); ?chry-
santheana (non Dup.) YASUDA, 1962, Publ. Ent. Lab. Univ. Osaka Pref., No. 7, p. 51,
fig. 3 (1—12), t. 1 fig. 13 (Falter, 4 Q-Genitalien, Larvalmorphologie) (Crephasia).
— Diese Arbeit, Taf. 2 Fig. 1, 2 (Falter, 9-Genitalien). — Ostchina (Schanghai);
?Japan.
Der Holotypus dieser Art ist ein Weibchen aus Schanghai (Genitalpräparat No.
5681) im British Museum. Wie äußerlich so auch genitaliter steht stolidana der
18 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 (28)
chrysantheana Dup. nahe, aber unterscheidet sich von der letzteren durch ein in
der Mitte eingedrücktes Sterigma. Leider verfüge ich gegenwärtig nur über ein
einziges, ganz schlechtes Foto der Genitalien, das dieses Merkmal undeutlich wider-
gibt. Das Sterigma der stolidana steht dem der cinereipalpana näher als dem der
chrysantheana, aber hat den Caudalrand seiner Laterallappen nicht konvex sondern
eher etwas konkav. Außerdem sind bei stolidana die inneren Winkel dieser Lappen
deutlich zugespitzt, während sie bei cinereipalpana breit abgerundet sind. Das
Antrum ist bei stolidana viel schmäler als bei chrysantheana und hat keine deut-
lichen Colliculi. In dieser Richtung erinnert es an das Antrum der cinereipalpana,
aber es ist etwas schmäler. Zur stolidana gehört anscheinend die von YASUDA
(1962) als chrysantheana bestimmte Art, die nach seiner Mitteilung die einzige
aus Japan bekannte Crephasia-Art sei. Die männlichen Genitalien dieser Art er-
innern an die der chrysantheana, aber die Sacculus-Spitze ist etwas anders gebaut
und der ganze Sacculus ist merklich kürzer; außerdem hat der Aedoeagus einen
ventralen Aufschlag kurz vor seiner Spitze. In dieser Beziehung ist der Aedoeagus
der japanischen Art dem der cinereipalpana ähnlich, aber bei der letzteren befindet
sich der Aufschlag auf der Dorsalseite des Aedoeagus, dessen ganze Form (sowie
die Endplatte des Gnathos und der Sacculus) ganz anders aussieht. Die weiblichen
Genitalien der japanischen Art sind denen der stolidana ziemlich ähnlich.
C. syriella Raz.
syriella RAZOWSKI, 1956, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 1, p. 21, t. 3 fig. 1, t. 5 fig. 6
(Falter, 2 -Genitalien) (Crephasia). — RAZOWSKI, 1959a, p. 83. — Syrien; Klein-
asien; Cypern.
C. hispanica Obr. (Seite 181)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 239, t. 40 fig. 190 (&-Genitalien).
C. anatolica Obr. (Seite 182).
C. octomaculana Stph. (Seite 182)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 240, t. 21 fig. 35, t. 41 fig. 191, t. 58 fig. 270 (Falter,
4 2 -Genitalien).
C. cinereipalpana Raz.
cinereipalpana RAZOWSKI, 1958, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 2, p. 581, t. 56 fig. 27, 28,
t. 59 fig. 44, t. 62 fig. 57 (Falter, & Q-Genitalien). — Südussuri (Wladiwostok).
C. kurentzovi Fil.
kurentzovi FILIPJEV, 1962, Trudy Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk. SSSR, vol. 30, p. 380, fig.
20, 21 (Falter, &-Genitalien) (Crephasia). — Südussuri (Sutschan).
Diese Art wurde nach zwei schlecht erhaltenen Exemplaren aufgestellt und ihre
Originalbeschreibung enthält keine besonderen Merkmale, die kurentzovi von C.
cinereipalpana Raz. deutlich trennen könnten. Die vorhandene Genitalabbildung
ist ziemlich schematisch; außerdem ist sie in Seitenansicht dargestellt, wodurch
kein Vergleich beider Arten möglich ist. Da die beiden Arten aus einander nahe
liegenden Lokalitäten stammen, ist es nicht ausgeschlossen, daß sie artlich zu-
sammen gehören. Nur ein Vergleich der Genitalpriparate könnte vielleicht das
Problem lösen.
(29) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae 19
C. tolli Raz.
tolli RAZOWSKI, 1956, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 1, p. 22, t. 4 fig. 4, t. 5 fig. 9 (Cne-
phasia). — RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 243, t. 21 fig. 37, t. 41 fig. 193, 194, t. 42 fig. 195
(in beiden Arbeiten: Falter, ¢-Genitalien). — Palästina; Cypern.
f. palaestinensis Ams.
palaestinensis AMSEL, 1958, Zschr. Wien. Ent. Ges., vol. 43, p. 71 (Crephasia). —
Palästina.
Bei der f. palaestinensis handelt es sich um ein einziges Männchen aus Abu
Goasch bei Jerusalem, bei dem der Aedoeagus etwas länger und schmäler als bei
tolli ist und keine Crista hat. J. RAZOWSKI, dem dieses Exemplar zusammen mit
dem Genitalpräparat vorlag, bestimmte es als seine toll, aber mit einem Frage-
zeichen. AMSEL (1958) beschrieb dieses Exemplar als eine Unterart von tolli.
Sollte palaestinensis nur eine individuelle Modifikation dieser Art sein, dann be-
dürft sie keinen besonderen Namen; sonst wäre diese Form besser als eine eigene
Art zu bezeichnen.
C. cupressivorana (Stgr.) (Seite 181; S. 180, als orthoxyana)
Nachtrag: orthoxyana RéAL, 1951, Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, vol. 20, p. 224, fig. 1,
2 (4 2-Genitalien) (Crephasia); reducta RéAL, 1951, ibid, p. 225 (Crephasia);
confluentana REAL, 1951, ibid, p. 225 (Crephasia). — RAZOWSKI, 1956, p. 22, t. 3
fig. 2, t. 5 fig. 7 (Falter, ¢-Genitalien); 1958a, p. 580; 1959, p. 220, t. 19 fig. 19,
20, t. 37 fig. 176, t. 56 fig. 260 (Falter, & 9-Genitalien); p. 221 (orthoxyana) ;
1961, p. 664; 1961b, p. 528, 529 (Synonymie).
ab. styx Réal (Seite 180)
Nachtrag: orthoxyana (part.) RAZOWSKI, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 4, p. 221 (Cne-
phasia). — RAZOWSKI, 1961b, p. 529.
f. apenninicola Obr. (Seite 181; als selbständige Art)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 221. — Griechenland; Sardinien; ,, Austria” (?Dalmatien
oder ?Istrien).
Die Formen reducta und confluentana, sowie orthoxyana, alle von REAL (1951)
aufgestellt, gehören zur Synonymie der czpressivorana Stgr. (s. oben).
C. conspersana Dougl. (Seite 181)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 243, t. 21 fig. 36, t. 41 fig. 193, 194, t. 58 fig. 271
(Falter & $ -Genitalien). — Spanien.
ab. albospersana P. & M. (Seite 181)
Nachtrag: SYNON. NOV.: albospersana RAZOWSKI, 1959, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 4,
p. 242 (Cnephasia).
C. tyrrhaenica Ams. (Seite 191; als tyrrhaenica und ecullyana)
Berichtigung und Nachtrag: tyrrhaenica AMSEL, 1951, Fragm. Ent. vol. 1, p. 108,
fig. 8 (4-Genitalien) (Crephasia); ecullyana RéAL, 1951, Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon,
vol. 20, p. 228, fig. 3, 4 (4 2-Genitalien) (Crephasia, Hypostephanuncia). —
RAZOWSKI, 1958a, p. 570; 1959, p. 255, t. 24 fig. 58, t. 45 fig. 209, t. 60 fig. 281
(Falter, 4 Q-Genitalien); 1961b, p. 529. — Südfrankreich; Sardinien; Sizilien; Yugo-
slawien.
C. hellenica Obr. (Seite 184)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1958, p. 78, t. 1 fig. 5, t. 6 fig. 23; 1958a, p. 572, t. 54 fig.
13, 14, t. 58 fig. 35; 1959, p. 246, t. 22 fig. 41, 42, t. 42 fig. 199 (in allen drei Ar-
beiten: Falter, &-Genitalien). — Spanien; Kleinasien.
20 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 (30)
C. bleszynskii Toll (Seite 183)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1957, p. 129, t. 18 fig. 4, t. 26 fig. 4; 1959, p. 231, t. 20 fig. 31,
t. 39 fig. 184 (in beiden Arbeiten: Falter, ¢-Genitalien); HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 38,
fig. 58 (4-Genitalien).
C. pascuana (Hb.) (Seite 183)
Berichtigung: In der Synonymie statt ,,pascuana” [HUBNER, 1796—99 etc.} ZELLER,
1878 zu lesen: pasiuana etc.
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1957, p. 128, t. 18 fig. 3, t. 22 fig. 4, t. 26 fig. 3. (als obso-
letana); 1959, p. 232, t. 20 fig. 32, t. 39 fig. 185, t. 57 fig. 267 (in beiden Arbeiten:
Falter, & 9-Genitalien); 1961b, p. 529, HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 36, fig. 57, t. 2 fig. 17
(Falter, Geäder, Kopf, 8-Genitalien).
ab. (?) algerana Réal (Seite 183)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1961b, p. 534.
ab. cleuana Réal (Seite 183)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 233; 1961b, p. 529.
ab (?) obscurana (Seite 183)
ab. pseudotypica Réal
pseudotypica REAL, 1952, Rev. Franc. Lép., vol. 13, p. 220 (Crephasia). — RAZOWSKI,
1959, p. 233.
f. (2?) pyrophagana Rbl. (Seite 183)
f. (?) linophagana Rbl. (Seite 183)
C. sareptana Raz.
sareptana RAZOWSKI, 1959, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 4, p. 218, t. 18 fig. 15, t. 37 fig.
174 (Falter, &-Genitalien) (Crephasia). — RAZOWSKI, 1961c, fig. 2 (4 -Genitalien).
— Ostrussland (Sarepta).
ssp. alatauana Raz.
alatauana RAZOWSKI, 1961, Polsk. Pismo Ent., vol. 31, p. 105, fig. 1 (4-Genitalien)
(Crephasia). — Alatau-Gebirge; Armenien (Erivan).
Anscheinend handelt es sich bei alatauana um eine eigene, von C. sareptana ver-
schiedene Art. Es ist kaum wahrscheinlich, daß eine Unterart solch ein großes
(oder zerrissenes) Areal haben könnte.
C. osthelderi Obr. (Seite 182)
Nachtrag: constantinana (part.) RAZOWSKI, 1958, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 2, p. 576,
t. 15 fig. 21, t. 61 fig. 52 (Falter, 9-Genitalien) (Crephasia).
Neulich hat RAZOWSKI (1958a) auf Grund von fünf Exemplaren eine Art auf-
gestellt, die er C. constantinana nannte. Ein einziges ihm vorliegendes Männchen
(Constantine, Algerien) hat er als Holotypus bezeichnet; als Allotypus wählte er
ein Weibchen von Marasch (Nordsyrien). Die übrigen drei Weibchen (Constan-
tine, Mardin und Marasch) sind Paratypen. Die männlichen Genitalien der
constantinana fand RAZOWSKI von solchen der osthelderi stark verschieden, die
weiblichen bei den beiden Arten ganz gleich. Dementsprechend beschloß er, daf
das von mir als zu osthelderi gehörig beschriebene Weibchen von Marasch der
costantinana zugezogen werden solle. Die von RAZOWSKI veröffentlichten Genital-
abbildungen lassen keinen Zweifel, daß die Männchen von constantinana und
osthelderi zu zwei verschiedenen Arten gehören. Die Weibchen der constantinana
(wenigstens der abgebildete Allotypus dieser Art) ist mit osthelderi konspezifisch.
Im Grunde ist es gar nicht zu verwundern, weil das von RAZOWSKI und das von
(31) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae 21
mir untersuchte Weibchen aus ein und derselben Lokalität (Marasch) stammen. Es
bleibt dagegen unverständlich, warum RAZOWsKI gerade dieses aus Marasch
stammende Weibchen und nicht das aus Constantine als Allotypus seiner neuen Art
gewählt hat. Solange die Genitalien dieses letzteren Weibchens nicht untersucht
sind, sehe ich keinen Grund die Weibchen aus Nordsyrien von osthelderi artlich
zu trennen.
C. alticolana (HS.) (Seite 183)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1957, p. 128, t. 18 fig. 1, t. 22 fig. 2, t. 26 fig. 1; 1959, p. 226,
t. 20 fig. 27, t. 38 fig. 180, t. 57 fig. 264 (in beiden Arbeiten: Falter, 4 9 -Genitalien);
1961, p. 665; HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 40, fig. 62, t. 6 fig. 23 (Falter, 4 -Genitalien).
ab. juncta Real (Seite 183)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1961b, p. 533.
ab. decaryi Real (Seite 183)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1961b, p. 533.
C. virgaureana (Tr.) (Seite 182)
Nachtrag: latior RéAL, 1953, Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, vol. 22, p. 60 (Crephasia).
— RAZOWSKI, 1957, p. 127, t. 17 fig. 3, 4, t. 22 fig. 1, t. 25 fig. 6 (als irterjectana);
19599 pi 228, t. 20 fig. 28, t. 38 fig. 181, 182, t. 57 fig: 265 (in beiden Arbeiten:
Falter, 4 Q-Genitalien); 1961, p. 665; 1961b, p. 533 (Synonymie); HANNEMANN,
1961, p. 36, fig. 55, t. 2 fig. 18 (Falter, 4-Genitalien); MacKay, 1962, p. 25, fig.
26 (Larvalmorphologie).
ab. confluens Réal (Seite 183)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 229; 1961b, p. 529.
Die in meinem Kataloge als eigene Aberrationen angeführten /atzor Réal und
mediocris Real sind zu streichen. Die erstere von diesen gehört zur Synonymie der
namenstypischen Form der virgaureana, die zweite zur C. communana (HS.).
C. microstrigana Raz.
microstrigana RAZOWSKI, 1958, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 2, p. 578, t. 56 fig. 24, 25, t.
59 fig. 41, t. 62 fig. 56 (Falter, 4 2 -Genitalien) (Crephasia). — RAZOWSKI, 1959,
p. 230, t. 20 fig. 29, 30, t. 39 fig. 183, t. 57 fig. 266 (Falter, & 2 -Genitalien). —
Spanien (San Ildefonso).
C. constantinana Raz.
constantinana RAZOWSKI, 1958, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 2, p. 576, t. 58 fig. 39 (&-
Genitalien) (Crephasia). — Algerien (Constantine).
Wie bereits oben bei der Besprechung der C. osthelderi Obr. erwähnt ist, ge-
hören die von RAZOWSKI (1958) seiner constantinana zugezogenen Weibchen
(wenigstens solche aus Nordsyrien), sowie die von diesem Autor veröffentlichten
Abbildungen der constantinana-Weibchen, nicht zu dieser Art sondern zu osthel-
deri. Nähere Angaben über den weiblichen constantinana-Paratypus aus Con-
stantine fehlen vorläufig.
C. tianshanica Fil. (Seite 184)
C. genitalana P. & M. (Seite 184)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1957, p. 129, t. 19 fig. 1, t. 22 fig. 5, t. 26 fig. 5 (als con-
spersana); 1959, p. 234, t. 21 fig. 33, t. 39 fig. 186, t. 58 fig. 268 (in beiden Ar-
beiten: Falter, & Q-Genitalien); HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 36, fig. 56, t. 2 fig. 19
22 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 (32)
(Falter, &-Genitalien); MacKay, 1962, p. 26 (Larvalmorphologie). — Schweiz;
Oesterreich; Yugoslawien.
ab. albicans Réal (Seite 184)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 235; 1961b, p. 532.
ab. pseudoalternella Réal (Seite 184)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 235; 1961b, p. 532.
ab. gallicana Réal (Seite 184)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 235; 1961b, p. 532.
C. nigripunctana Ams.
nigripunctana AMSEL, 1959, Bull. Soc. Ent. Egypte, vol. 43, p. 56, t. 4 fig. 1 (&-
Genitalien) (Crephasia). — Irak.
C. cinareana Chrét. (Seite 177)
Nachtrag: pulmonariana RéAL, 1953, Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, vol. 22, p. 61, fig.
5 (4-Genitalien) (Crephasia); chrysantheana (non P. & M.) RAZOWSKI, 1961, Acta
Zool. Cracov., vol. 5, p. 663 (Crephasia); SYNON. NOV.: pulmonaria RAZOWSKI, 1961,
Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris), ser. 2, vol. 32, p. 534 (Crephasia). — RAZOWSKI,
1958a, p. 574, t. 55 fig. 17, 18, t. 58 fig. 37, t. 61 fig. 51; 1959, p. 217, t. 18 fig. 14,
t. 37 fig. 173, t. 56 fig. 258 (in beiden Arbeiten: Falter, & 9-Genitalien); HANNE-
MANN, 1961, p. 38, fig. 61, t. 2 fig. 21 (Falter, $ -Genitalien). — Frankreich; Oester-
reich; ?Kaukasus; ?Kleinasien.
Wie bei der Besprechung der C. chrysantheana (Dup.) bereits erwähnt (s.
oben), versucht RAZOWSKI (1961) den Namen chrysantheana Duponchel auf
cinareana Chretien zu verlegen. Dieser Autor schreibt nicht, ob er die Genitalien
des chrysantheana-Typus untersucht hat, und beschränkt sich nur mit der Er-
wähnung, daß der cinareana-Typus etwas kleiner und lichter sei. Falls artliche Zu-
sammengehörigkeit der beiden Typen einwandfrei festgelegt würde, auch dann
wäre die Uebertragung des Namens chrysantheana auf cinareana ohne Sanktion der
Internationalen Nomenklaturkommission unberechtigt. Im Sinne des Artikels 23
der neuen Nomenklaturregeln (International Code, 1961) ist jeder Autor ver-
pflichtet, die Kommission zu benachrichtigen, falls er nach 1960 einen Namen
entdeckt, der mehr als 50 Jahre nicht als ein ältestes Synonym einer gewissen Art
gebraucht wurde. Solange kein Antrag auf einen neuen Gebrauch des Artnamens
chrysantheana gestellt wird und deshalb keine Entscheidung der Kommission aus-
fiel, soll jeder Ersatz des Artnamens cinereana durch sein ältestes Synonym unter-
sagt bleiben. Persönlich bin ich gegen jede Aenderung im eingebürgerten Gebrauch
des Artnamens chrysantheana und berufe mich auf meine, obwohl im Zusammen-
hang mit einem anderen Fall geäußerte Argumentation (OBRAZTSOV, 1957, p.
322), die für eine gewünschte Stabilisierung dieses Namens spricht.
C. nowickii Raz.
nowickii RAZOWSKI, 1958, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 2, p. 573, t. 15 fig. 16, t. 62 fig.
55 (Falter, 9-Genitalien) (Crephasia). — Mongolei.
C. zernyi Raz.
zernyi RAZOWSKI, 1959, Zschr. Wien. Ent. Ges., vol. 44, p. 84, textfig. 6 ( 9 -Genita-
lien), t. 3 fig. 4 (Falter) (Crephasia). — Marokko.
Die beiden letzteren Arten sind vorläufig nur als Weibchen bekannt und ihre
systematische Einreihung ist nicht geklärt.
(33) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae 23
C. disparana Kuzn.
disparana KUZNETZOV, 1962, Trudy Inst. Zool. Akad. Nauk Kazach. SSR, vol. 18, p.
100, fig. 5, 6 (4 ®-Genitalien) (Crephasia). — Transili-Alatau.
Die Originalbeschreibung dieser genitaliter eigentümlich gebauten Art ent-
hält leider keine Angaben über ihre äußeren strukturellen Merkmale, die ihre
systematische Einreihung zu Cnephasia rechtfertigen könnten. Nach dem Uncus-
und Gnathos-Bau, sowie nach den weiblichen Genitalien schließt sich dzsparana
den Arten dieser Gattung nahe an, aber sie unterscheidet sich stark von ihnen in
der Sacculus-Form. KUZNETSOV (1962) vergleicht seine disparana mit „Dolo-
ploca” dominicana Kenn., die ich nach ihrem Labialpalpenbau vorläufig der Eana
Billb. zurechne. Von den Eana-Arten unterscheidet sich disparana doch durch
ihren Gnathos, dessen Spitze deren in der genannten Gattung ganz ungleich ist.
Es ist durchaus möglich, daß disparana, vielleicht zusammen mit den immer noch
wenig bekannten dominicana und agricolana Kenn., zu einer eigenen, noch unbe-
schriebenen Gattung gehört.
Species incertae sedis
. (2) albatana Chret. (Seite 180)
. (?) andreana (Kenn.) (Seite 180)
. (2) bogodiana Trti. (Seite 184)
. (?) callimachana Trti. (Seite 179)
io): @ Boy FO
. (?) crassifasciana Joann. (Seite 180)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 219, t. 18 fig. 16 (Typus).
C. (?) mienshani (Car.) (Seite 184)
C. (?) oricasis Meyr. (Seite 185)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1961, p. 667.
C. (?) personatana Kenn. (Seite 185)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1958a, p. 566, t. 53 fig. 3 (Typus).
Gattung Cnephasiella Adamcz., 1936 (Seiten 108, 185)
Nachtrag: ?Eana ZETTERSTEDT, 1840, Ins. Lap., p. 984.
Cnephasianella (lapsus) BENANDER, 1950, Svensk Insektfauna, pars 10, p. 46.
In der jüngst veröffentlichten Literatur bestreiten RAZOWSKI (1957, 1959) und
SWATSCHEK (1958) eine generische Absonderung der Crephasiella Adamcz. und
Cnephasia Curt. RAZOWSKI findet die imaginalen Merkmale nur für eine sub-
generische Abtrennung dieser beiden Gruppen voneinander genügend. SWATSCHEK
bespricht die larvalen Merkmale der Cnephasiella als „zu gering” um die Aufstel-
lung einer eigenen Gattung zu rechtfertigen. Diese beiden Ansichten haben ihre
gewissen Gründe nur in Bezug auf die meisten gemeinsamen imaginal- und larval-
morphologischen Merkmale der Cnephasia und Cnephasiella und lassen die
24 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 (34)
übrigen, nach der Meinung der obigen Autoren anscheinend weniger wichtigen
Merkmale unberücksichtigt. Irreführend an sich ist auch die Larvalbiologie der
beiden Gattungen, deren Raupen ihr Leben als Minierer beginnen und erst später
zwischen den Blättern und Blüten freilebend werden.
Der Autor dieser Zeilen kann dieser Ansicht nicht beitreten und ist der Mei-
nung, daß die Aufstellung der Crephasiella als eine eigene Gattung sich voll-
ständig rechtfertigt. Genitalmorphologisch unterscheiden sich die Weibchen der
Cnephasiella so stark von denen der Cnephasia, daß diese Unterschiede nur durch
einen langen Evolutionsprozess erklärt werden können. Die hoch spezialisierten
(,,floricomous’’) Papillae anales der Cnephasia-Arten sprechen für Anerkennung
eines phylogenetisch jüngeren Alters dieser Arten. Die gleichen Strukturen der
Cnephasiella sind dagegen stark generalisiert und die Spezialisierung zeigt sich
hier in einer ganz anderen Richtung, nämlich in der Ausbildung eines langen,
ausstülpbaren Ovipositors. Die biologische Bedeutung dieser divergenten Speziali-
sierung ist heute ganz unklar, da im wesentlichen die Eiablage bei den gegen-
wärtigen Vertretern der Cnephasia und Cnephasiella nicht unterscheidbar ist. Die
Ursache wäre wohl bei den Vorfahren dieser beiden Gattungen zu suchen, deren
Biologie kaum jemals geklärt werden kann. Eine Andeutung auf die bei den Vor-
fahren vorhandenen biologischen Unterschiede liefern kleinere larvalmorpholo-
gische Merkmale, die Cnephasiella und Cnephasia voneinander trennen und die
bei der Besprechung der letztgenannten Gattung bereits erwähnt wurden. Von
diesen Merkmalen ist das Fehlen eines Analkammes bei Crephasiella-Raupen be-
sonders wichtig und kann als ein Hinweis bewertet werden, daß die Vorfahren der
Cnephasiella als Raupen echte Bohrer waren. Diese Annahme erklärt gewisser-
maßen auch das Vorhandensein eines langen Ovipositors bei Cnephastella, der
die Eiablage nahe bei der Bohrstelle zweifellos sichern sollte.
C. abrasana (Dup.) (Seite 185)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1957, p. 126, t. 17 fig. 1, ts 21 figs 5, t. 25 figs 1959 MP 213,
t. 18 fig. 10, t. 37 fig. 171, t. 55 fig. 255 (in beiden Arbeiten: Falter, 4 2 -Genita-
lien); HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 40, fig. 65, t. 6 fig. 24 (Falter, 4 -Genitalien).
C. incertana (Tr.) (Seite 185; als incertana und barbarana)
Nachtrag: barbarana WALSINGHAM, 1900, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 5, p.
461 (Tortrix). — RAZOWSKI, 1957, p. 125, t. 16 fig. A, t. 21 fig, dt 25 fig. 2
(Falter, & 9-Genitalien; als pasivana); 1958a, p. 571, t. 60 fig. 50 ( @-Genitalien);
1959, p. 214, t. 18 fig. 11, t. 37 fig. 172, t. Sontiem2són (Falter 349" Genitalien)}
SWATSCHEK, 1958, p. 62 (Larvalmorphologie); HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 40, fig. 64—
64b, t. 2 fig. 16 (Falter, Kopf, Geäder, &-Genitalien); MacKay, 1962, p. 27 (Larval-
morphologie); diese Arbeit, Taf. 3 Fig. 3, 4 (Falter, 4 -Genitalien).
Der Lectotypus der ,,Sciaphila” minorana HS. ist ein Männchen (Genitalprä-
parat No. 5706), als ,,minorana FR, 689” bezettelt (B.M.) Der Lectotypus der
„lortrix” barbarana Wlsm. ist auch ein Männchen (Genitalpräparat No. 5666,
Shar Devesy, Syria, 1893, Leech 61564, B.M.); ein weiteres, gleich bezetteltes
und als Weibchen bestimmtes Exemplar (61565) in derselben Sammlung ist auch
ein Männchen wie die ganze barbarana-Serie im British Museum.
ab. leucotaeniana Schaw. (Seite 185)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 215; 1961b, p. 532 (als pseudocommunana).
(35) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae 25
f. proincertana Raz.
proincertana RAZOWSKI, 1958, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 2, p. 571, t. 54 fig. 10, t. 60
fig. 48 (Falter, 9-Genitalien) (Crephasia). — Algerien.
f. atticana Raz.
atticana RAZOWSKI, 1958, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 2, p. 571, t. 54 fig. 11 (Cnephasia).
— RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 215, t. 18 fig. 12 (in beiden Arbeiten: Falter). — Griechen-
land.
f. bergueniana Raz.
bergüniana RAZOWSKI, 1958, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 2, p. 572, t. 14 fig. 12, t. 60
fig. 49 (Cnephasia). — RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 215, t. 18 fig. 13, t. 55 fig. 257 (in
beiden Arbeiten: Falter, © -Genitalien). — Schweiz.
C. kurdistana Ams.
kurdistana AMSEL, 1955, Beitr. naturk. Forsch. Südwestdtschl., vol. 14, p. 125, fig. 8,
t. 6 fig. 6 (Falter, $-Genitalien) (Crephasiella). — Irak.
Die artliche Selbständigkeit dieser Form ist sehr fraglich. Die Vorderflügelzeich-
nung, wie diese von AMSEL beschrieben und abgebildet ist, liegt im Rahmen der
Individualvariabalität der C. incertana (Tr.). Auch die männlichen Genitalien
weisen keine wesentlichen Unterschiede auf, die Aurdistana und incertana trennen
könnten. Die bei kurdistana angeblich breiteren Tegumen und Gnathos, geringere
Höhe des Tegumen und bedeutendere Länge des Gnathos, eine kräftigere, bis zum
Valvenapex reichende costale Verstärkungsleiste und andere für diese Art von
AMSEL als wichtig genannte Merkmale, können fast in jeder incertana-Setie be-
obachtet werden. Sogar ein Vergleich der von PIERCE & METCALFE (1922),
ADAMCZEWSKI (1936), RAZOWSKI (1957, 1959) und HANNEMANN (1961) ver-
öffentlichten Genitalabbildungen der incertana zeigt diese Variabilität. Die Aedoe-
agus-Form der kurdistana und incertana scheint ganz gleich zu sein. Aus den oben
angegebenen Gründen wäre eine nähere Untersuchung der kurdistana und ins-
besondere der weiblichen Genitalien dieser Form sehr erwünscht.
Gattung Palpocrinia Kenn., 1919 (Seiten 109, 185)
KENNEL (1919) stellte diese Gattung in die Nähe von Tortricodes Gn. und charak-
terisierte sie, bis auf die eigenartige Kopf- und Labialpalpenbehaarung, die Flügelform und
die gestielten Hinterflügeladern M3 und Cui, als der Tortrix L. ähnlich. In Uebereinstim-
mung mit dieser Angabe und der Falterabbildung des Gattungstypus reihte ich Palpocrinia
unter den Cnephasiini ein (OBRAZTSOV, 1955, p. 163; 1956, p. 117), an die sie mir am
meisten zu erinnern schien. Neulich, als es mir gelang, P. oftoniana Kenn. genitaliter zu
untersuchen, habe ich mich davon überzeugt, daß diese Art mit den Cnephasiini nichts zu
tun hat und zur Tribus Eucosmini gehört. Dementsprechend ist Palpocrinia unter den
Cnephasiini zu streichen und in die Tribus Eucosmini zu stellen. Näher wird diese Gattung
im 6.Teil der Olethreutinae-Abteilung meiner vorliegenden Revision besprochen.
Gattung Oxypteron Stgr., 1871 (Seiten 110, 185)
Nachtrag zur Synonymie: Oporopsamma GozMaNy, 1954, Ann. Hist. Nat. Mus. Nat.
Hungar., ser. nova, vol. 5, p. 274. Typus generis (monotypicus designatus): Crephasia
wertheimsteini Rbl., 1913.
Als ich den Grundtext der Beschreibung dieser Gattung veröffentlichte, ver-
fügte ich über ein mangelhaftes Material, welches sich nur auf die morphologi-
26 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 (36)
schen Angaben über manche Oxypteron-Männchen beschränkte. Jetzt liegt mir
ein viel größeres Material vor, welches durch die Publikationen von RAZOWSKI
(1957b, 1959, 1961) vervollständigt wird. Die folgenden Nachträge und Be-
richtigungen ergänzen den bereits veröffentlichten Text.
Die Valva ist nur bei zmpar Stgr. und palmoni Ams. länglich trapezförmig, mit
einer schmalen, freispitzig endenden Randleiste am Sacculus, und erinnert an die
Valva der Cnephasia-Arten. Bei schawerdai Rbl. ist der Außenteil der Valva
nach unten gebogen, obwohl ihre ganze Form der der impar nahe steht. Bei
politum Wism. ist die Valva eher dreieckig und hat eine ganz kurze Randleiste
am Sacculus. Außerdem hat der Basalteil der Valva eine breite Vertiefung, die der
Basalaushöhlung der Olethreutinae ziemlich ähnlich ist. Bei exigwanum Lah. ist
der Sacculus breit, ohne Randleiste, und hat eine breit abgerundete Außenspitze,
die vom Cucullus der Valva durch eine Furche deutlich abgetrennt ist. Die Arten
eremicum Wlsm. und wertheimsteini Rbl. haben eine wohl entwickelte Randleiste
am Sacculus, aber die ganze Valvenform erinnert bei diesen Arten eher an die der
Gattung Eana Billb. Besonders stark entwickelt ist die Randleiste des Sacculus bei
wertheimsteini, bei welcher sie nach unten gerichtet ist. Bei eremicum endet diese
Leiste mit einer scharfen Spitze, die der bei zmpar und palmoni ähnelt. Bei hom-
sanum Ams. erscheint die Randleiste nur als ihre Endspitze an der Basis des
Cucullus erhalten und ist durch zwei weitere kleinere Zähnchen am Unterrand des
Cucullus begleitet. Die Sklerotisierung des Gnathos ist bei allen bekannten
Oxypteron-Arten meistens ganz unbedeutend, so daß vom Vorhandensein eines
echten Gnathos keine Rede sein kann. Die Form des Aedoeagus ist artlich variabel,
aber bei allen Arten ist er mehr oder weniger gebogen. Bei impar, homsanum,
schawerdai, exiguanum und eremicum ist vor der Aedoeagus-Spitze ein Lateralzahn
oder Plättchen vorhanden; bei politum und wertheimsteini endet der Aedoeagus
mit einem schmalen distalen Fortsatz.
Wegen des Vorhandenseins eines ,,floricomous” Ovipositors sind die weib-
lichen Genitalien der Oxypteron-Arten denen der Cnephasia oder Eana sehr ähn-
lich. Zuweilen (exiguanum) ist auch die Lamella postvaginalis wie bei diesen
Gattungen gebaut, aber meistens ist sie ganz membranös oder stark reduziert. Das
Antrum ist nur bei politum und eremicum mehr oder weniger abgesondert und
sklerotisiert. Der Ductus bursae ist verschiedenartig gestaltet: bei politum ist er
ganz kurz, bei schawerdai dagegen lang und hat in der Caudalabteilung ein
großes, längliches Colliculum, bei impar ist er lang und bogenförmig. Bei allen
bekannten Arten ist der Corpus bursae membranös und ohne Signum; der Ductus
seminalis mündet in den Caudalteil des Corpus bursae.
O. palmoni (Ams.) (Seite 185)
Nachtrag: Iran.
O. impar Stgr. (Seite 186)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 264, t. 25 fig. 68, 69, t. 46 fig. 217, t. 61 fig. 286
(Falter, 4 9-Genitalien); diese Arbeit, Taf. 4 fig. 4 ( 2 -Genitalien).
O. schawerdai (Rbl.) comb. nova (Seite 192; S. 186, als neogenum)
schawerdai REBEL, 1936, Iris, vol. 50, p. 93 (Doloploca); ?impar (non Stgr.)
LHOMME, 1939, Cat. Lép. France & Belg., vol. 2, p. 270 (Tortricodes); polita (non
Wlsm.) AMSEL, 1948, Bull. Soc. Fouad Ier Ent., vol. 32, p. 301, fig. 4 ( 4 -Genitalien)
(37) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae BY
(Oxypteron); SYNON. NOV.: neogena GOZMANY, 1954, Ann. Hist. Nat. Mus. Nat Hun-
gar. ser. nova, vol. 5, p. 274, fig. 1—3 (Fühler, 4 -Genitalien) (Oxypteron, Psammozesta);
neogenum OBRAZTSOV, 1956, Tijdschr. v. Ent., vol. 99, p. 186 (Oxypteron); palmoni
(non Ams.) RAZOWSKI, 1959, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 4, p. 410, t. 61 fig. 285 (9-
Genitalien) (Oxypteron). — RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 263, t. 25 fig. 66, 67, t. 46 fig. 216
(Falter, &-Genitalien; als politum). — Spanien; Südwestfrankreich.
Nachdem es mir gelang, den Typus von „Tortricodes” polita Wlsm. zu unter-
suchen, wurde es klar, daß neogena Gozm. mit dieser Art nicht identisch ist.
RAZOWSKI (1959) hatte AMSELS (1948) Angabe über polita der neogena ganz
richtig gleichgestellt und später (RAZOWSKI, 1959a) zog er noch „Doloploca”
schawerdai Rbl. als ihr Synonym hinzu. Nach dem Prioritätsgesetz muß die von
GOZMáNY (1954) als neogena beschriebene und von AMSEL und RAZOWSKI
irrtümlicherweise als polita behandelte Art Oxypteron schawerdai (Rebel) comb.
nova heißen.
O. homsanum Ams. (Seite 186)
O. politum (Wlsm.) (Seite 186)
Berichtigung: ,,AMSEL, 1948,” etc. und ,,Spanien” sind bei dieser Art zu streichen.
Nachtrag: Diese Arbeit, Taf. 4 Fig. 5—7 (4 -Genitalien).
Der Holotypus von politum ist ein Männchen (Genitalpräparat No. 5676,
Philippeville, Algerien, 16. October 1905; 97737; B.M.), dessen Genitalunter-
suchung zeigt, daß mit dieser Art eine andere, neogena Gozm. (= schawerdat
Rbl.) in der Literatur (AMSEL, 1948; RAZOWSKI, 1959) verwechselt wurde. Die
männlichen Genitalien von O. politum unterscheiden sich von denen der anderen
Arten der Gattung durch eine unregelmäßig dreieckige Valva, die an der Basis
eine große Vertiefung hat, welche an die bei den Olethreutinae vorhandene Basal-
aushöhlung der Valva erinnert. Der Sacculus ist kurz und an seiner Spitze rück-
wärts ausgebogen, so daß am unteren Valvenrande ein kleiner, eckiger Ausschnitt
entsteht. Die Fultura superior ist schmal (das Präparat ist in diesem Teil beschä-
digt). Der Aedoeagus, ähnlich wie dieser von Tortricodes tortricella (Hb.), endet
mit einem ganz schmalen Fortsatz. Das Weibchen von politum ist unbekannt.
O. exiguanum (Lah.) (Seite 186)
Berichtigung: ?Nordwestafrika. Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 262, t. 25 fig. 65, t. 46
fig. 215 (Falter, ¢-Genitalien); diese Arbeit, Taf. 4 fig. 13 (4 2 -Genitalien).
Die Untersuchung der beiden typischen Exemplare von ,,Tortricodes’ chap-
mani Wlsm. aus Sizilien (Lectotypus: Männchen, Genitalpräparat No. 5702, Taor-
mina, 27. August 1905, 71933; lectallotypus: Weibchen, Genitalpräparat No. 5704,
dieselbe Lokalität, 23 August 1905, 71934; B.M.) gibt uns die Möglichkeit, die
in der Literatur vorhandenen Angaben über die Genitalmorphologie von O. exi-
guanum zu vervollständigen. Die Fultura superior, die auf der Abbildung von
RAZOWSKI (1959) fehlt, ist gut entwickelt, etwa flach dreieckig. Die weiblichen
Genitalien zeichnen sich durch ein kapselförmiges Antrum aus, das zwei schmale,
analwärts gerichtete Auswüchse trägt und etwas an die Frucht der Trapa natans
erinnert; Lamella antevaginalis mit zwei lateralen Flügeln.
28 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIF, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 (38)
Diese Art wurde nach Exemplaren aus Sizilien beschrieben und ist vorlaufig
nur von dieser Insel bekannt. RAZOWSKI (1959) erwähnt noch Korsika als Fund-
ort von exiguanum, aber seine Angabe beruht auf einem fehlerhaften Zettel:
„Cors. Palermo, 4.IV.1907:” Bekanntlich befindet sich Palermo auf Sizilien und
die Angabe von Korsika ist ein Irrtum. Ob die Falter aus Algerien (WALSINGHAM,
1907) zu exiguanum gehören, bedarf einer Nachprüfung. Nach CHAPMAN
(1907) lebt die Raupe von exzguanum im April in Anemone-Blumen; die Falter
fliegen im August und September.
O. eremicum (Wlsm.) (Seite 186; als partitanum und eremicum)
eremica WALSINGHAM, 1907, Ent. Mo. Mag., vol. 43, p. 194 (Tortricodes); SYNON.
NOV.: partitanum CHRÉTIEN, 1915, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 84, p. 297 (Oxypteron);
eremicum OBRAZTSOV, 1956, Tijdschr. v. Ent., vol. 99, p. 118 (Oxypteron); parti-
natum (err.) RAZOWSKI, 1961, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 5, p. 684, t. 87 fig. 5 (3-
Genitalien) (Oxypteron). — AMSEL, 1948, p. 301, fig. 5, 11 (Labialpalpus, &-
Genitalien); p. 302 (als partitana); RAZOWSKI, 1961, p. 668, t. 91 fig. 22 (9-
Genitalien; als partitanum); diese Arbeit, Taf. 3 Fig. 5—7 (Falter, 4 -Genitalien). —
Nordwestafrika (Tunis; Algerien).
Von eremicum gelang es mir, ihren Holotypus zu untersuchen: Männchen
(Genitalpräparat No. 5677), Hammam-es-Salahin, Algerien, 15. März 1904
(97516), B.M. Die Genitalien dieses Männchens unterscheiden sich etwas von
den von AMSEL (1948) veröffentlichten, aber diese Unterschiede sind wohl mehr
auf die Präparationstechnik und starke Schematisierung der AMmseLschen Figur
zurückzuführen. Wie bei dem Holotypus ist auch auf dieser Figur die äußere
transversale Begrenzung des Sacculus, die ihn vom Cucullus abtrennt, deutlich zu
sehen. Bei dem Holotypus ist der Basalteil des Sacculus viel breiter als dies von
AMSEL wiedergegeben ist. Auch der Cucullus ist kürzer und von außen deutlich
abgerundet, während die AmseLsche Abbildung ihn als ganz schmal darstellt.
RAZOWSKI (1961) veröffentlichte die männlichen Genitalien von partitanum und
diese weisen keine Unterschiede auf, die diese Art von eremicum trennen könnten.
Wie AMSEL, hat auch RAZOWSKI die Fultura superior übersehen, die bei eremicum
schwach sklerotisiert und ganz schmal ist. RAZOWSKI untersuchte und bildete auch
die weiblichen Genitalien von partitanum ab. Obwohl er „bursa copulatrix small”
schreibt, ist auf seiner Abbildung gar keine Bursa copulatrix vorhanden, die beim
Präparieren möglicherweise verloren ging. Der als Bursa copulatrix bezeichnete
Teil gehört zweifellos zum Antrum, das an solches von politum gewissermaßen
erinnert.
O. wertheimsteini (Rbl.) (Seite 191)
Nachtrag: amseli RAZOWSKI, 1957, Beitr. naturk. Forsch. Südwestdtschl., vol. 16, p.
101, fig. 1 (&-Genitalien), t. 2 fig. 1 (Falter) (Oxypteron); wrtheimsteini (etr.)
RAZOWSKI, 1959, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 4, p. 380, t. 46 fig. 218 (4-Genitalien)
(Oxypieron). — RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 265, t. 25 fig. 70, t. 61 fig. 287 ( 9-Genitalien,
Falter).
Gattung Tortricodes Gn., 1845 (Seiten 111, 186)
Nachtrag: Cheimonophila (non Dup.) BRUAND, 1847, Cat. Microlép. Doubs, Mém. Soc.
emul. Doubs, p. 54, nota 61.
(39) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae 29
Der Gattungsname ist männlich (vgl. Internationale Code, 1961, Artikel 30, a,
II) und dementsprechend bedürfen alle Artnamen dieser Gattung eine Endung -us.
Die in meinem Kataloge als eine Tortricodes-Art angeführte #gnavana Chr. ge-
hört zur Gattung Kawabeia gen. nov., deren Beschreibung in dieser Arbeit er-
folgt. Die nach einem einzigen weiblichen Exemplare aufgestellte T. violellus Raz.
bedarf eines näheren Studiums. Wie aus den von RAZOWSKI (1956, 1959) ver-
öffentlichten Fotos sich ersehen läßt, ist der Holotypus dieser Art ein nicht frisches
und anscheinend stark öliges Stück, bei welchem die Flügelfransen zusammen-
geklebt sind. Die Genitalien dieses Weibchens erinnern stark an die von T.
tortricellus und unterscheiden sich von diesen hauptsächlich durch das Signum.
Dieses besteht bei violellus aus zwei voneinander getrennt liegenden Stacheln,
eine ganz klein, die andere dagegen sehr lang. Solch eine Signum-Form ist der
ganzen Tribus Cnephasiini ganz fremd und man kann annehmen, daß es ge-
gebenenfalls um eine Mißbildung handelt.
T. tortricellus (Hb.) (Seite 186)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1957, p. 120, t. 14 fig. 4, t. 20 fig. 2, t. 23 fig. 5, 6; 1959, p.
267, t. 25 fig. 72, t. 26 fig. 73, t. 47 fig. 219, t. 61 fig. 269 (in beiden Arbeiten:
Falter, ¢ Q-Genitalien); SWATSCHEK, 1958, p. 59, fig. 59, 60 (Larvalmorphologie);
HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 41, fig. 66—66b, t. 4 fig. 24 (Falter, Kopf, Geäder, & -Geni-
talien).
T. violellus Raz.
violellus RAZOWSKI, 1956, Zeitschr. Wien. Ent. Ges., vol. 41, p. 204, fig. 1, 2 (Tor-
tricodes). — RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 267, t. 25 fig. 71, t. 61 fig. 288 (in beiden Arbei-
ten: Falter, ®-Genitalien). — Spanien (S. Maria d. Lago).
T. (?) adamanus Kenn. (Seite 186, als adamana)
Gattung Kawabeia gen. nov.
Typus generis: Cheimatophila ignavana Chr., 1881.
Cheimatophila (non Stph.) CHRISTOPH, 1881, Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, vol. 56, fasc.
iy PINZE
a (non Gn.) KENNEL, 1910, Pal. Tortr., p. 225.
Der Tortricodes Gn. bis auf Folgendes ähnlich: Vorderflügelader R,
entspringt von oder etwas distal von der Mitte der Mittelzelle; R; mündet in
den Apex oder hoch in den Termen; Cu; entspringt deutlich vor dem unteren
Winkel der Mittelzelle. Hinterflügeladern R und M, an der Basis einander stark
genähert, oder sie entspringen aus einem Punkt, oder sind gestielt.
Männliche Genitalien (Taf. 3 Fig. 8, 9). Tegumen mäßig bis ziemlich breit;
Pedunculi nach unten verschmälert; Saccus breit abgerundet oder winklig. Valva
länglich, an der Basis breit, im Cucullus-Teil wieder etwas erweitert; Costa mehr
oder weniger sklerotisiert; Sacculus mit der Valva verwachsen, wenig sklerotisiert,
basal röhrenförmig gewölbt, oder er ist stärker sklerotisiert und endet mit einer
freien Spitze; Pulvinus und Processus basalis fehlen. Uncus ziemlich robust, ge-
bogen, mit kleinen Dörnchen bedeckt; Gnathos mit einer mehr oder weniger
breiten, akuten Mittelspitze; Socii rudimentär, als behaarte kleine Kissen an
Tegumenseiten sitzend, oder rund, hängend. Fultura superior vollständig, mehr
oder weniger breit. Caulis ziemlich lang, nach unten mehr oder weniger verjüngt.
Aedoeagus stark gebogen, schmal röhrenförmig, unten mit einem langen Aus-
30 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 (40)
wuchs, so daß in der Lateralansicht der Aedoeagus gabelig aussieht; Coecum penis
lang; keine Cornuti.
Weibliche Genitalien (KAWABE, 1963, Abb. 2, 4). Papillae anales „florico-
mous”, mit großen, breiten Distallappen und viel kürzeren und schmäleren inne-
ren Lappen. Sterigma breit; Lamella antevaginalis ganz klein; Dorsalteil des Sinus
vaginalis membranös. Antrum birnförmig, zum Ostium schmäler. Corpus bursae
rund, membranös, ohne Signum.
Diese neue Gattung steht der Tortricodes Gn. nahe, aber unterscheidet sich so-
gleich von dieser durch die Vorderflügelader Cu,, die noch vor dem Ende der
Mittelzelle entspringt. Die Genitalien beider Gattungen sind stark unterschieden.
Besonders eigenartig ist der gabelige Aedoeagus der neuen Gattung. Sie ist nach
Herrn ATSUSHI KAWABE (Kisuki, Kawasaki, Japan) genannt, dessen Publikation
wichtige morphologische Angaben enthält, welche viel zur Kenntniss der Gattung
beigetragen haben.
K. ignavana (Chr.) comb. nova (Seite 186)
Nachtrag: Diese Arbeit, Taf. 3 Fig. 8, 9 (&-Genitalien).
Der Holotypus der zgnavana Chr. ist ein Männchen aus Nikolsk, Ussuri (Geni-
talpräparat No. 5673) und befindet sich im British Museum. Die von KAWABE
(1963, p. 5, textfig. 1—2, t. 3 fig. 5, 9—11) unter diesem Namen ausführlich
gekennzeichnete und abgebildete Art aus Japan ist mit der echten 7gnavana nicht
konspezifisch und bedarf deshalb einen neuen Namen. Nach den publizierten
Fotografien ist es schwierig über die äußeren Unterschiede dieser Art zu urteilen
und sie mit ignavana zu vergleichen, da die Variabilität dieser letzteren nicht be-
kannt ist. Die männlichen Genitalien der von KAWABE behandelten Art unter-
scheiden sich von denen der zgnavana in mehreren Einzelheiten, abgesehen von der
Valvenform, die nach KAWABEs Angabe variabel und von der Präparations-
technik abhängig sei. Bei den Faltern aus Japan ist der Sacculus fast gerade,
während er bei ignavana deutlich geknickt ist. Die Seitenarmen des Tegumen sind
schmäler als in zgnavana und seine Endspitze ist weniger robust, der Uncus ist
kürzer und distal weniger verjüngt und die Socii sind deutlich ausgezogen und
distal erweitert. Besonders auffallend sind die Unterschiede im Aedoeagus-Bau:
bei der Art aus Japan ist die Aedoeagus-Spitze nicht so schmal wie in zgnavana
und die untere Stützplatte ist viel dicker und distal mit stärkeren Dörnchen be-
setzt.
K. razowskii (Kawabe) comb. nova.
ignavana (non Chr.) Issıkı, 1957, Icones Ins. Japon. Color. Nat., vol. [1], p. 84, t.
14 fig. 433 (Falter) (Tortricodes); razowskii KAWABE, 1963, Tinea, vol. 6, p. 7,
textfig. 3—4, t. 3 fig. 6—8 (Falter, ¢ 9-Genitalien) (Tortricodes). — OKANO, 1959,
p. 266, t. 177 fig. 20 (Falter; als ignavana). — Japan.
Gattung Exapate Hb., 1825 (Seiten 113, 187)
Nachtrag: Phalaena Pyralis (part.) LINNé, 1767, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, p. 883.
Es ist kein Zweifel, daß es sich bei E. duratella Heyd. um eine von E. congela-
tella (Cl.) verschiedene, obwohl anscheinend junge Art handelt. Die beiden Arten
unterscheiden sich voneinander in der Flügelform und -färbung, durch die männ-
(41) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae Sil
lichen Genitalien und auch larvalmorphologisch und -biologisch. Die in meinem
Kataloge als eine Unterart der congelatella angeführte tzbetana Caradja gehört zur
Gattung Eana Billb. (briefliche Mitteilung des Dr. J. RAZOWSKI).
E. congelatella (Cl.) (Seite 187)
Nachtrag: —RAZOWSK!, 1957, p. 120, t. 14 fig. 3, t. 20 fig. 1, t. 23° fig. 3, 4; 1959,
p. 307, t. 31 fig. 115, 116, t. 53 fig. 245, t. 67 fig. 314 (in beiden Arbeiten: Falter,
& 2 -Genitalien); SWATSCHEK, 1958, p. 65, fig. 65 (Larvalmorphologie); HANNE-
MANN, 1961, p. 41, fig. 67—67b, t. 4 fig. 21 (Falter, Kopf, Geäder, 4 -Genitalien).
ab. kenneli Schille (Seite 187)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 308.
E. duratella Heyd. (Seite 187)
Nachtrag: congelatella (part.) BRADLEY & MARTIN, 1956, Ent. Gaz., vol. 7, p. 153
(Exapate). — SWATSCHEK, 1958, p. 65, fig. 66 (Larvalmorphologie); RAZOWSKI,
1959, p. 309, t. 31 fig. 117—119, t. 53 fig. 246, t. 67 fig. 315 (Falter, ¢ © -Genitalien) ;
HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 42, t. 5 fig. 8 (Falter; als congelatella f. duratella).
Gattung Neosphaleroptera Réal, 1953 (Seiten 115, 187)
Nachtrag: Lophoderus (part.) WOCKE, 1871, Stgr.-Wck. Cat. Lep. Eur. Faun., p. 237.
N. nubilana (Hw.) (Seite 187)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1957, p. 125, t. 16 fig. 3, t. 21 fig. 3, t 24 fig. 6, t. 25 fig. 1;
1959, p. 270, t. 26 fig. 74, 75, t. 47 fig. 220, t. 61 fig. 290 (Falter, & $ -Genitalien) ;
SWATSCHEK, 1958, p. 63 (Larvalmorphologie); HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 42, fig. 68—
68b, t. 4 fig. 5 (Falter, Kopf, Geäder, ¢-Genitalien).
ab. perfuscana Hw. (Seite 187)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 270.
Gattung Epicnephasia Danil., 1963
Typus generis (monot. design.): Epicnephasia mongolica Danil., 1963.
Epicnephasia DANILEVSKY, 1963, Rev. Ent. URSS, vol. 42, p. 170.
Kopf und Labialpalpen dicht und sehr lang behaart. Fühler undicht bewimpert;
die Wimpern etwa zweieinhalbmal so lang wie die einzelnen Fihlerglieder, an
deren Basis sie einreihig sitzen. Labialpalpen gerade, langer als der Kopf.
Vorderflügel länglich, mäßig breit, im Außenteil lanzettformig, beim Weibchen
stark reduziert; Costa fast gerade; Apex stark zugespitzt; Termen sehr schräg,
leicht konvex; Tornus breit abgerundet, kaum auffällig; Dorsum ganz schwach ge-
baucht. Kein Costalumschlag beim Männchen. 12 Adern; S ziemlich gerade, kurz
vor Costa aufgebogen; R, kurz, wellig, etwa bei drei Viertel der Mittelzelle ent-
springend; R, etwa in der Mitte zwischen R, und R,, von beiden weit entfernt;
R, entspringt aus dem oberen Winkel der Mittelzelle, R, von der Discalader (?!);
R; mündet in den Apex; R, bis M, an der Basis gleich weit voneinander ent-
fernt, viel näher zueinander als Ry und Rg; Innenader der Mittelzelle fehlt; M:
und M, entspringen aus einem Punkt am unteren Winkel der Mittelzelle; Cu,
entspringt kurz vor diesem Winkel und etwa dreimal näher zum Winkel als zu
Cus; die letztere Ader entspringt hinter drei Viertel der sämtlichen Mittelzellen-
länge; A, unentwickelt, nur an der Basis leicht angedeutet; Ao + 3 flach © -för-
mig; ihre Basalgabel etwa ein Viertel so lang wie die ganze Ader.
32 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 (42)
Hintelflügel länglich trapezförmig, etwas breiter als die Vorderflügel; beim
Weibchen fehlen sie; Costa ganz sanft aufgebogen, fast gerade; Apex spitz; Ter-
men schräg, gerade; Tornus breit abgerundet; Dorsum im äußeren Teil leicht ein-
gezogen; Analwinkel abgerundet und der innere Teil des Dorsum fast gerade.
8 Adern; S ähnlich wie im Vorderflügel; Rund M, entspringen aus einem Punkt
am oberen Winkel der Mittelzelle; M, und M, kurz gestielt und entspringen aus
dem unteren Winkel der Mittelzelle; Cu, etwas basal vor diesem Punkt, zu My | 3
stark genähert; Cu, entspringt kurz vor dem Ende der Mittelzelle; alle drei Anal-
adern vorhanden.
Männliche Genitalien. Tegumen mäßig breit; Pedunculi ziemlich schmal. Valva
länglich, einfach, im Basalteil breit, im Distalteil schmal, merklich aufgebogen;
Sacculus ohne freie Spitze, fast bis zum Ende des erweiterten Valventeils reichend;
Pulvinus und Processus basalis fehlen. Uncus ziemlich dick, an der Außenseite
kurz samtartig behaart, an der unteren Fläche des Apex mit einem kurzen Borsten-
pinsel; Socii groß, sklerotisiert, mit langen Borsten besetzt; Gnathos massiv, ohne
Auswüchse. Fultura superior schmal bandförmig, am oberen Rande fein bedornt.
Aedoeagus ziemlich lang und mäßig dick, im Basalteil nach unten gebogen,
weiter gerade, im Distaldrittel offen von oben; keine Cornuti.
Weibliche Genitalien mit breiten, ,,floricomous” Papillae anales; weitere An-
gaben fehlen.
Die obige Beschreibung gründet sich auf die Originalangaben, die von DANI-
LEVSKY (1963) in russischer Sprache veröffentlicht wurden. Seine Abbildungen
des Flügelgeäders und der männlichen Genitalien, die an dieser Stelle wieder-
zugeben wohl unzweckmässig wäre, dienten auch zur Vervollständigung dieser
Beschreibung.
Die Flügelreduktion beim Weibchen und das Geäder des Männchens sprechen
zugunsten einer Verwandtschaft der Epicnephasia mit Exapate Hb., aber die
männlichen Genitalien unterscheiden sich stark von denen in der letztgenannten
Gattung. Ganz eigenartig sind die stark sklerotisierten Socii, die noch bei keiner
palaearktischen Cnephasiini-Gattung bekannt sind. Monotypisch.
E. mongolica Danil.
mongolica DANILEVSKY, 1963, Rev. Ent. URSS, vol. 42, p. 171, fig. 8, 9 (Geäder,
3-Genitalien) (Epicnephasia). — Mongolei.
Gattung Eana Billb., 1820 (Seite 116)
Berichtigung: In der Synonymie ist Oporopsamma Gozm. zu streichen.
Wie die Cnephasia-Arten sind neuzeitlich auch die der Gattung Fara einem
eingehenden Studium, hauptsächlich durch Herrn J. RAZOWSKI unterworfen wor-
den. Leider sind mehrere neue Arten auf Grund eines ziemlich geringen Materials,
zuweilen nach einem einzigen Exemplar aufgestellt, so daß die Individualvariabili-
tät nur ausnahmsweise berücksichtigt werden konnte. Deshalb ist die Selbständig-
keit einiger dieser Arten bisweilen wenig überzeugend. Man kann aber hoffen,
daß dieses bald in Ordnung gebracht wird.
Außer sieben Arten, die vorläufig den „Species incertae sedis’ zugerechnet
werden sollten, schließt die Gattung Eana gegenwärtig 32 palaearktische Arten
(43) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae 33
ein, deren Zugehörigkeit zu dieser Gattung außer jedem Zweifel steht. Von 24
Eana-Arten meines vorherigen Kataloges sind /yrrhaenica Ams. und ecullyana
Real (die beiden sind Synonyme) zu Cnephasia Curt. und wertheimsteini Rbl. zu
Oxypteron Stgr. gerechnet. Dagegen sind vetulana Chr. und tibetana Car., die
erstere aus Crephasia Curt., die zweite aus Exapate Hb., in die Gattung Eana
übergeführt worden. Auf Grund der neuen morphologischen Angaben erwies es
sich möglich eine neue subgenerische Aufteilung der Gattung Eana zu geben
(OBRAZTSOV, 1963). Der nachstehende Bestimmungsschlüssel gibt eine Vorstel-
lung von dieser Klassifikation:
1. Uncus deutlich in einen schmalen, länglichen Apikalteil und einen stark er-
weiterten, gut abgesonderten Basalteil, dessen flache Schultern” auf dem Tegu-
men-PDachifruhen, aufgeteilt .......................-... Untergattung Eana Billberg
Uncus mehr oder weniger kegelförmig, oder an der Basis schräge ,,Schultern”
oiled eee e i So velba ers cones 2
2. Uncus im Apikalteil schlank, mit schrägen, zum Tegumen-Dach herabfallen-
den ,,Schultern”; Gnathos einfach; Aedoeagus mit einem dreieckigen Dorn vor
seiner Spitze. Sterigma breit, mit caudalen Winkeln analwärts gerichtet; Antrum
rene AE Untergattung Ablabia Hübner
Uncus mehr oder weniger kegelförmig, zur Basis gleichmäßig erweitert; Gnathos
mit einem Mittelauswuchs; Aedoeagus glatt. Sterigma ziemlich schmal, mit cau-
dalen Winkeln lateral oder etwas kopfwärts gerichtet; Antrum trichterförmig ...
2003060000 EEE RD RER EINER TER Subeana Obraztsov
Sg. Ablabia Hb., 1825 (Seite 188)
E. (A.) argentana (Cl.) (Seite 188)
Nachtrag: colossa CARADJA, 1916, Iris, vol. 30, p. 48 (Cnephasia). — RAZOWSKI,
1957, p. 122, t. 15 fig. 2, t. 20 fig. 4, t. 24 fig. 1; 1959, p. 274, t. 26 fig. 76, t. 47
fig. 221, t. 61 fig. 291 (in beiden Arbeiten: Falter, & 9-Genitalien); SWATSCHEK,
1958, p. 67, fig. 68 (Larvalmorphologie); HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 44, fig. 69, t. 5
fig. 5 (Falter, 4-Genitalien); OBRAZTSOV, 1963, p. 176, 179, fig. 1, 5 (4 ®-Genita-
lien).
Berichtigung: KENNEL, 1910 [statt KENNEL, 1919].
ssp. plumbeana Kenn. (Seite 188)
Die als eine eigene Unterart angegebene ssp. colossa ist im Kataloge zu
streichen.
E. (A.) osseana (Sc.) (Seite 188)
Nachtrag: angulella THUNBERG & WENNER, 1794, Diss. Ent, vol. 7, p. 83 (Tinea).
— RAZOWSKI, 1957, p. 122, t. 15 fig. 1, t. 20 fig. 3, t. 23 fig. 7; 1959, p. 275, t. 26
fig. 78, t. 47 fig. 222, t. 62 fig. 292 (in beiden Arbeiten: Falter, & 2 -Genitalien);
1961b, p. 530; HANNNEMAN, 1961, p. 44, fig. 70 (&-Genitalien); OBRAZTSOV,
1963, p. 176, 187, fig. 7 (®-Genitalien). — Kaukasus.
Berichtigung: WESTWOOD, 1840, Introd. modern class. ins., vol. 2, Synopsis, p. 108
(Ablabia) [statt Woop & WESTWOOD, 1852, etc.].
ab. impunctana Strand (Seite 188)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1957, t. 23 fig. 8; 1959, t. 26 fig. 77 (in beiden Arbeiten:
Falter, als osseana), p. 275; 1961b, p. 530; HANNEMANN, 1961, t. 5 fig. 9 (Falter,
als osseana); OBRAZTSOV, 1963, p. 176, 188, 190.
34 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 (44)
ssp. niveosana Pack. (Seite 188)
Nachtrag: OBRAZTSOV, 1963, p. 176, 190, fig. 3 (4-Genitalien).
Die bei dieser Art angeführte ssp. darvaza Obr. ist hier zu streichen. Nach
brieflicher Mitteilung des Herrn J. RAZOWSKI erwies sie sich als eine gute Art
(s. unten).
E. (A.) darvaza (Obr.), status nov. (Seite 188; als osseana ssp.)
darvaza OBRAZTSOV, 1943, Mitt. Münchn. Ent. Ges., vol. 33, p. 88 (Nephodesme). —
West-Pamir.
Sg. Subeana Obraztsov, 1962
Typus subgeneris: Sciaphila canescana Guenée, 1845.
Subeana OBRAZTSOV, 1963, Journ. Lep. Soc., vol. 16, p. 177.
E. (S.) rielana (Real) (Seite 189)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 278, t. 48 fig. 233 (4-Genitalien); 1961b, p. 529.
E. (S.) hungariae Raz.
hungariae RAZOWSKI, 1958, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 2, p. 568, t. 53 fig. 7, t. 57 fig.
31 (Eana). — RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 279, t. 26 fig. 79, t. 48 fig. 226 (in beiden Ar-
beiten: Falter, &-Genitalien). — ?Ungarn.
E. (S.) canescana (Gn.) (Seite 188)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1957, p. 123, t. 15 fig. 3, t. 20 fig. 5, t. 24 fig. 2; 1959, p. 279,
t. 26 fig. 80, t. 27 fig. 81, 82, t. 48 fig. 224, 225, t. 62 fig. 293 (in beiden Arbeiten:
Falter, & 9 -Genitalien); 1961b, p. 530; HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 44, fig. 72, t. 4 fig. 23
(Falter, 4-Genitalien). — Frankreich; Italien; Yugoslawien; Mazedonien; Oesterreich;
Kärnten; Polen.
ab. montserrati Real (Seite 189)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 280; 1961b, p. 530.
ab. candidana Lah. (Seite 189)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 281.
ab. venansoni Real (Seite 189)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1961b, p. 530.
Die bei canescana angeführte fzlipjevi ist hier zu streichen und als eine gute
Art anzuführen (s. unten).
E. (S.) filipjevi (Real) (Seite 189; als canescana ab. und pyrenaica)
filipjevi RéAL, 1953, Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, vol. 22, p. 52 (Cnephasia, Ablabia)
livonica (part.) RéAL, 1953, ibid., p. 56 (Crephasia, Nephodesme); pyraenaica TOLL,
1954, Bull. Soc. Ent. Mulhouse, p. 45, fig. 1, 2, 4 (Vorderflügel, 4 2 -Genitalien). —
RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 280 (als canescana ab. filipjevi), p. 282, t. 27 fig. 83, 84, t. 49
fig. 227, t. 62 fig. 294 (Falter, & 9-Genitalien, als pyraenaica), p. 288 (part; als
livonica); 1961, p. 669; 1961b, p. 530. — Südwestfrankreich.
Sg. Eana Billb., 1820 (Seite 189)
E. (E.) nervana (Joann.) (Seite 191; part.)
nervana JOANNIS, 1908, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 190 (Crephasia). — RAZOWSKI,
1956a, fig. 5, 6, t. 20 fig. 3; 1959, p. 283, t. 27 fig. 85, t. 49 fig. 228, t. 62 fig. 295
(in beiden Arbeiten: Falter, & $-Genitalien); 1961, p. 670. — Südostfrankreich;
Spanien.
(45) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae 35
ab. subnervana Raz.
subnervana RAZOWSKI, 1956, Zschr. Wien. Ent. Ges., vol. 41, p. 206, fig. 7, t. 20
fig. 4 (Cnephasia). — RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 283, t. 27 fig. 86, t. 63 fig. 296 (in beiden
Arbeiten: Falter, 9-Genitalien); 1961, p. 670.
E. (E.) italica (Obr.) (Seite 190)
Nachtrag: maroccana (part.) RAZOWSKI, 1956, Zschr. Wien. Ent. Ges., vol. 41, p.
206 (Crephasia). — RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 284, t. 27 fig. 87, t. 49 fig. 229, t. 63 fig.
297 (Falter, & 9-Genitalien); 1961, p. 670. — Griechenland.
E. (E.) maroccana Fil. (Seite 191)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1956a, p. 206, fig. 3, 4, t. 20 fig. 1, 2 (Falter, ¢ 9 -Genitalien);
1961, p. 670.
E. (E.) cottiana (Chret.) (Seite 191)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 285, t. 27 fig. 88, t. 28 fig. 89, t. 49 fig. 230, t. 63 fig.
298 (Falter, 4 9-Genitalien).
ab. buvati Real (Seite 191)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 286; 1961b, p. 531.
ssp. pyrenaea Real (Seite 191)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 286; 1961b, p. 530.
tri
. (E.) rastrata (Meyr.) (Seite 190)
Nachtrag: raetrata RAZOWSKI, 1961, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 5, p. 684 (Eana). —
CLARKE, 1958, p. 88, t. 44 fig. 3—3b (Falter, ¢-Genitalien); RAZOWSKI, 1959, p.
302; 1961, p. 669, t. 87 fig. 6, t. 91 fig. 23 (4 9-Genitalien).
E. (E.) schoenmanni Raz.
schönmanni RAZOWSKI, 1959, Zschr. Wien. Et. Ges., vol. 44, p. 85, fig. 7, t. 3 fig. 6
(Falter, 9 -Genitalien) (Eana). — Marokko.
tH
. (E.) kuldjaensis Raz.
kuldjaënsis RAZOWSKI, 1959, Zschr. Wien. Ent. Ges., vol. 44, p. 84, fig. 4, t. 3 fig. 5
(Falter, ¢-Genitalien) (Eara). — Kuldscha.
E. (E.) penziana (Thnbg.) (Seite 190)
Nachtrag: alpestris (part.) RéAL, 1953, Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, vol. 22, p. 55
(Cnephasia, Nephodesme); livonica (part.) RéAL, 1953, ibid, p. 56 (Crephasia; Ne-
phodesme). — RAZOWSKI, 1957, p. 124, t. 16 fig. 2, t. 21 fig. 2, t. 24 fig. 5; 1959,
p. 287, t. 28 fig. 90, 91, t. 50 fig. 231, 232, t. 63 fig. 299 (in beiden Arbeiten: Falter,
& 2 -Genitalien); 1961, p. 672; 1961b, p. 532; HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 46, fig. 73—
73b, t. 5 fig. 10 (Kopf, Geäder, Falter, 4 -Genitalien).
ab. bellana Curt. (Seite 190)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 288, 1961b, p. 531.
ab. alpestris Real (Seite 190)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 288; 1961b, p. 532.
ab. amseli Raz.
amseli RAZOWSKI, 1959, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 4, p. 288, t. 28 fig. 92, t. 50 fig.
233 (Falter, ¢-Genitalien) (Eana).
ssp. (?f.) colquhounana Barr. (Seite 191)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 289, t. 28 fig. 93, t. 50 fig. 234, t. 64 fig. 300 (Falter,
& 2 -Genitalien).
ssp. fiorana Raz.
fiorana RAZOWSKI, 1959, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 4, p. 289 (Eana); fioriî RAZOWSKI,
1959, ibid., p. 344, 390, t. 28 fig. 94, t. 51 fig. 235 (Falter, ¢-Genitalien) (Eana).
— Italien (Abruzzen).
36 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 (46)
Die bei penziana als selbständige Aberration angeführte livonica ist an dieser
Stelle zu streichen. Der Holotypus dieser Form erwies sich als mit der namens-
typischen penziana synonymisch, der Allotypus ist mit E. fzlipjevi (s. oben) iden-
tisch.
E. (E.) viridescens (Raz.)
viridescens RAZOWSKI, 1957, Beitr. naturk. Forsch. Südwestdtschl., vol. 16, p. 104, fig.
4 (4-Genitalien) (Crephasia, Nephodesme). — RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 290, t. 28 fig. 95,
t. 51 fig. 236 (Falter, $-Genitalien). — Nordkaukasus (Fluss Zeja).
E. (E.) incanana (Stph.) (Seite 189)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1957, p. 123, t. 15 fig. 4, t. 20 fig. 6, t. 24 fig. 3; 1959, p. 291,
t. 28 fig. 96, t. 29 fig. 97, t. 51 fig. 237, t. 64 fig. 301 (in beiden Arbeiten: Falter,
& $-Genitalien); HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 44, fig. 72, t. 4 fig. 23 (Falter, 4 -Genitalien).
E. (E.) freii (Web.) (Seite 182; als Crephasia chrysantheana ab.)
freii WEBER, 1945, Mitt. Schweiz. Ent. Ges., vol. 19, p. 359, t. 1 fig. 1 (Cnephasia).
— SAUTER, 1961, p. 272, t. 2 fig. 1, 3 (4 ®-Genitalien; Biologie; Systematik). —
Schweiz.
Vielleicht nur eine Form der vorigen Art. Die Genitalunterschiede sind sehr
gering. Die Raupe lebt auf Allium ursinum, während die der incanana auf Vacci-
nium, Scilla und anderen gefunden wurde (SAUTER, 1961).
E. (E.) infuscata (Real) (Seite 189; als Eana incanana ab.)
dumonti (part.) RéAL, 1953, Bull. Mens, Soc. Linn. Lyon, vol. 22, p. 53, fig. 2 (2-
Genitalien) (Crephasia, Nephodesme); infuscata RéAL, 1953, ibid., p. 54 (Crephasia,
Nephodesme). — RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 292; 1961, p. 670; 1961b, p. 531. — Elsaß;
Galizien; Ostrußland (Sarepta).
Die artliche Selbständigkeit der zmfuscata, die als eine Unterart der incanana
aufgestellt wurde, gründet sich hauptsächlich auf die äußeren Merkmale. „The
genitalia of the members of this group,” schreibt RAZOWSKI (1961), „show only
slight specific differences,” aber er präzisiert nicht um welche Unterschiede es
sich hier handelt. Da infuscata weit verbreitet ist und ihr Verbreitungsgebiet mit
dem der incanana im allgemeinen zusammenfällt, kann man vermuten, daß es sich
hier wie bei E. freii nur um eine incanana-Form handelt.
E. (E.) nevadensis (Rbl.) (Seite 191; als ein Synonym der nervana)
nevadensis REBEL, 1928, Zschr. Oesterr. Ent. Ver., vol. 13, p. 50 (Crephasia); nervana
(part.) OBRAZTSOV, 1956, Tijdschr. v. Ent., vol. 99, p. 123 (Eana). — RAZOWSKI,
1959, p. 293, t. 29 fig. 98—101, t. 51 fig. 238, t. 64 fig. 302 (Falter, 4 9 -Genitalien);
1959a, p. 85. — Spanien (Sierra Nevada).
E. (E.) joannisi (Schaw.) (Seite 189)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 293, t. 29 fig. 102, t. 52 fig. 239, t. 64 fig. 303 (Falter,
4 9-Genitalien); 1961, p. 671, fig. 2 (Kopf).
ab. evisa Schaw. (Seite 190)
Die als joannisi-Unterart angeführte ssp. dumonti Réal ist eine gute Art (s.
unten).
E. (E.) derivana (Lah.) (Seite 190)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1957, p. 124, t. 16 fig. 1, t. 21 fig. 1, t. 24 fig. 4; 1959, p. 295,
(47) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae 37
t. 29 fig. 103, 104, t. 52 fig. 240, t. 65 fig. 304 (in beiden Arbeiten: Falter, 4 9 -Geni-
talien); HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 46, fig. 74 (&-Genitalien); SAUTER, 1961, p. 270, fig.
2 (9-Genitalien).
E. (E.) incognitana Raz.
incognitana RAZOWSKI, 1959, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 4, p. 296, t. 30 fig. 105, t. 65
fig. 305 (Falter, 9-Genitalien) (Eana). — Engadin.
E. (E.) jaeckhi Raz.
jäckhi RAZOWSKI, 1959, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 4, p. 297, t. 30 fig. 106, t. 65 fig. 306
(Falter, 9-Genitalien) (Eana). — Frankreich (Rhône).
E. (E.) rundiapicana Raz.
rundiapicana RAZOWSKI, 1959, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 4, p. 297, t. 30 fig. 107, t. 65
fig. 307 (Falter, 9-Genitalien) (Eana). — ,,Bomich”.
RAZOWSKI (1959) erwähnt nicht, wo sich die angegebene Lokalität befindet.
Auf Seite 348 transkribiert er den Namen als ,,Bomisch”, was die Sache leider
nicht aufklärt.
E. (E.) herzegovinae Raz.
herzegovinae RAZOWSKI, 1959, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 4, p. 238, t. 30 fig. 108, t. 65
fig. 308 (Falter, Q-Genitalien) (Eana). — Herzegowina.
E. (E.) cyanescana (Real) (Seite 190)
Nachtrag: cianescana (err.) RAZOWSKI, 1961, Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat., ser. 2, vol. 32,
p. 531 (Eana). — RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 298, t. 30 fig. 109, 110, t. 52 fig. 241, t. 66
fig. 309 (Falter, 4 2 -Genitalien).
E. (E.) clercana (Joann.) (Seite 189)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 299, t. 30 fig. 111, t. 52 fig. 242, t. 66 fig. 310 (Falter,
4 Q-Genitalien).
E. (E.) samarcandae Raz.
samarcandae RAZOWSKI, 1958, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 2, p. 568, t. 54 fig. 8, t. 57
fig. 33 (Falter, $-Genitalien) (Eana). — Samarkand.
E. (E.) pallifrons Raz.
pallifrons RAZOWSKI, 1958, Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 2, p. 569, t. 54 fig. 9, t. 57 fig.
34 (Falter, ¢-Genitalien) (Eana). — Mongolei.
E. (E.) viardi (Real) (Seite 190)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 301, t. 30 fig. 112, t. 53 fig. 243, t. 66 fig. 312 (Falter,
4 Q-Genitalien); 1961b, p. 531.
E. (E.) dumonti (Real) (Seite 190; als E. joannisi ssp.)
dumonti RéAL, 1953, Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, vol. 22, p. 53, fig. 1 (&-Genitalien)
(Cnephasia, Nephodesme); legrandi RéAL, 1953, ibid., p. 53, fig. 3 (&-Genitalien)
(Cnephasia, Nephodesme); dummonti (err. typogr.) RAZOWSKI, 1961, Acta Zool.
Cracov., vol. 5, p. 672 (Eana). — RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 300 (als legrandi; nicht t. 66
fig. 311); p. 294; 1961, p. 671, fig. 1 (Kopf); 1961b, p. 531. — Südfrankreich.
Nach RAZOWSKI (1961) gehört der Allotypus von /egrandi (RéAL, 1953, fig.
4; RAZOWSKI, 1959, t. 66 fig. 311; Weibchen) zu einer unbeschriebenen Eana-
Art.
38 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 (48)
Species incertae sedis
. agricolana (Kenn.) (Seite 191)
. antiphila (Meyr.) (Seite 191)
. biruptana (Chret.) (Seite 189)
. dominicana (Kenn.) (Seite 191)
am mm on
. stenoptera Fil.
stenoptera FILIPJEV, 1962, Trudy Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 30, p. 381, fig.
22 (&-Genitalien) (Eana). — Südussuri; Amur.
Obwohl die Originalbeschreibung dieser Art ziemlich ausführlich ist, gibt sie
keine geniigende Stützpunkte um stenoptera in die Gattung Eana mit Sicherheit
einzureihen. Der Autor vergleicht sie mit ,,Eana” wertheimsteini Rbl., die in der
Tat zu Oxypteron Stgr. gehört. Dieser Umstand veranläßt uns zur Vermutung, daß
der Autor der stenoptera das Geäder weder bei dieser Art noch bei wertheimsteini
untersuchte. Die abgebildeten männlichen Genitalien der stenoptera sind keiner
bekannten Eana-Art ähnlich; ebenso wenig erinnern sie an solche der Oxypteron-
Arten, bei welchen der Gnathos weichhäutig ist. Es scheint deshalb durchaus
möglich, daß stenoptera irgendeiner noch unbeschriebenen Gattung angehört, de-
ren Aufstellung ohne Untersuchung des betreffenden Materials vorläufig un-
möglich ist.
E. tibetana (Car.) comb. nova (Seite 187)
E. vetulana (Chr.) comb. nova (Seite 180)
Die beiden letztgenannten Arten sind auf Grund brieflicher Mitteilung des
Herrn J. RAZOWSKI in die Gattung Eana eingereiht.
Gattung Doloploca Hb., 1825 (Seiten 119, 192)
Die in meinem Kataloge als Doloploca-Arten angeführten lineata Wism. und
schawerdai Rbl. gehören: die erstere zur Cnephasia Curt., die zweite zur Oxypteron
Stgr.
D. punctulana (Schiff.) (Seite 192)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1957, p. 119, t. 14 fig. 2, t. 19 fig. 4, t. 23 fig. 2; 1959, p. 304,
t. 31 fig. 113, 114, t. 53 fig. 244, t. 67 fig. 313 (in beiden Arbeiten: Falter, ¢ 9-
Genitalien); SWATSCHEK, 1958, p. 63, fig. 64 (Larvalmorphologie); HANNEMANN, 1961,
p. 46, fig. 75—75b, t. 4 fig. 14 (Falter, Kopf, Geäder, 4 -Genitalien).
D. (?) buraetica Stgr. (Seite 192)
D. (?) characterana Snell. (Seite 192)
D. (?) praeviella (Ersch.) (Seite 192)
Gattung Euledereria Fern., 1908 (Seiten 121, 192)
m
alpicolana (Fröl.) (Seite 192)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 310, t. 31 fig. 120, t. 32 fig. 121, t. 54 fig. 247, t. 67
fig. 316 (Falter, 4 $-Genitalien); HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 48, fig. 76—76b, t. 1 fig. 13
(Falter, Kopf, Geäder, 4 -Genitalien).
(49) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae 39
ab. lugubrana Della-Beffa (Seite 192)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 310.
Gattung Trachysmia Gn., (Seiten 123, 192)
T. rigana (Sod.) (Seite 192)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1957, p. 119, t. 14 fig. 1, t. 19 fig. 3, t. 23 fig. 1; 1959, p. 313,
t. 32 fig. 122—124, t. 54 fig. 248, t. 67 fig. 317 (in beiden Arbeiten: Falter, 3 2-
Genitalien); SWATSCHEK, 1958, p. 67 (Larvalmorphologie); HANNEMANN, 1961, p. 48,
fig. 77—77b, t. 5 fig. 2 (Falter, Kopf, Geäder, 4 -Genitalien).
m. alt. monticolana Frey (Seite 192)
Nachtrag: monticola (err.) RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 313 (Trachysmia).
ab. caeca Real (Seite 193)
Nachtrag: RAZOWSKI, 1959, p. 314; 1961b, p. 532.
LITERATUR!)
AMSEL, H. G., 1958. ”Cyprische Kleinschmetterlinge (Schluss).” Zschr. Wien. Ent. Ges.,
vol. 43, pp. 69—75.
CHAPMAN, T. A., 1907. "Note on the life-history of Tortricodes chapmani Wlsm.” Ent. Mo.
Mag., vol. 43, p. 210.
CLARKE, J. F. Gates, 1958. Catalogue of the type specimens of Microlepidoptera in the
British Museum (Natural History) described by Edward Meyrick. Vol. 3. London,
2 + 600 pp. (298 tt. incl.).
DANILEVSKY, A. S., 1963. "New species of leaf-rollers (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae) of the
Palaearctic fauna.” Rev. Ent. URSS, vol. 42, pp. 164—177.
FiLipjev, N. N., 1962. "New species of Tortricinae (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae) in the fauna
of the USSR.” Trudy Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 30, pp. 369—381.
HANNEMANN, H. J., 1961. Kleinschmetterlinge oder Microlepidoptera. I. Die Wickler (s.
str.) (Tortricidae). In: DAHL, F. & H. BiscHoFF, Die Tierwelt Deutschlands, pars
48, Jena, 11 + 233 pp., 22 tt.
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature adopted by the XV International Congress of
Zoology. London, 1961, 18 + 176 pp.
IssıKı, S., 1957. Eucosmidae & Tortricidae. In: Icones Heterocerorum Japonicorum in coloribus
naturalibus, [vol. 1}, pp. 53—86, tt. 8—16.
KAWABE, A., 1963. ”A revision of the genus Tortricodes.” Tinea, vol. 6, pp. 5—8, t. 3.
KUZNETZOV, V. I., 1962. In: DANILEVSKY, A. S., KUZNETZOV, V. I. & FALKOVITSH, M. I,
”Listovertki (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae) gornych rajonov Juzhnogo Kazakhstana.”
Trudy Inst. Zool. Akad. Nauk Kazakh. SSR, vol. 18, pp. 100—102.
MacKay, M. R., 1959. Larvae of the North American Olethreutidae. Canad. Ent., vol. 91,
suppl. 10, 338 pp.
MacKay, M. R. 1962. Larvae of the North American Tortricinae. Ibid., suppl. 28, 182 pp.
OBRAZTSOV, N. S., 1954, 1955, 1956, 1957. „Die Gattungen der palaearktischen Tortricidae.
I. Allgemeine Aufteilung der Familie und die Unterfamilien Tortricinae und Spar-
ganothinae.” Tijdschr. v. Ent., vol. 97, 1954, pp. 141—231; vol. 98, 1955, pp.
147—228; vol. 99, 1956, pp. 107—154; vol. 100, 1957, pp. 309—347.
OBRAZTSOV, N. S., 1963. "North American species of the genus Eana, with a general review
of the genus, and descriptions of two new species.” J. Lep. Soc., vol. 16, pp.
175—192.
OKANO, M., 1959. Olethreutidae & Tortricidae. In: Iconographia Insectorum Japonicorum
colore naturali edita, vol. 1 (Lepidoptera). Tokyo, pp. 259—268, tt. 174—178.
RAZOWSKI, J., 1956. "Two new Palearctic species of the genus Crephasia Curt.” Acta Zool.
Cracov., vol. 1, pp. 21—29 (tt. 3—5 incl.).
1) Nachtrag zum Literaturverzeichnis; s. 1.Abteilung der Revision, Seiten 337—345.
40 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 (50)
RAZOWSKI, J., 1956a. „Eine neue Art Tortricodes Guen. und Bemerkungen über zwei von
Filipjev aus der Gattung Crephasia Curtis beschriebene Arten.” Zschr. Wien. Ent.
Ges., vol. 41, pp. 204—208, t. 20.
RAZOWSKI, J., 1957. "Cnephasiinae of Poland.” Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 1, pp. 117—159
(tt. 14—26 incl.).
RAZOWSKI, J., 1957a. "Polish species of the subfamily Tortricinae.” Polsk. Pismo Ent., vol.
26, pp. 135 MSA ttl.
RAZOWSKI, J., 1957b. „Neue Wickler-Arten aus der Sammlung Amsel.” Beitr. naturk. Forsch.
Südwestdtschl., vol. 16, pp. 101—104, t. 2.
RAZOWSKI, J., 1958. "Remarks on the species of the subgenus Brachycnephasia Real and a
new species of the subgenus Crephasia s. s.’ Polsk. Pismo Ent., vol. 27, pp. 75—84,
tt. 1—8.
RAZOWSKI, J., 1958a. "New and little known Palaearctic species of the genus Cnephasiini
[sic!].” Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 2, pp. 560—605 (tt. 53—62 incl.).
RAZOWSKI, J., 1959. "European species of Cnephasiini.” Ibidem, vol. 4, pp. 179—423 (tt.
17—67 incl.).
RAZOWSKI, J., 1959a. „Neue und wenig bekannte palaearktische Wickler-Arten.” Zschr.
Wien. Ent. Ges., vol. 44, p. 81—87, tt. 2—3.
RAZOWSKI, J., 1961. "Notes on some little known Tortricidae.” Acta Zool. Cracov., vol. 5,
pp. 661—697 (tt. 86—93 incl.).
RAZOWSKI, J., 196la. "Studies on Cochylidae. Part IV. New and little known Palaearctic
Cochylidae.” Ibidem, vol. 6, pp. 1—8, tt. 1—5.
RAZOWSKI, J., 1961b. „Etude des types de tordeuses de MM. D. Lucas et P. Réal.” Bull.
Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. (Paris), sér. 2, vol. 32, pp. 528—535.
RAZOWSKI, J., 1961c. "Two new species and one new subspecies of the genus Crephasia
Curt.” Polsk. Pismo Ent., vol. 31, pp. 105—107.
SAUTER, W., 1961. „Ueber einige von J. C. De La Harpe, J. Müller-Rutz und P. Weber aus
der Schweiz beschriebene Kleinschmetterlinge.” Mitt. Schweiz. Ent. Ges., vol. 33,
pp. 264—274.
STAUDINGER, O. & H. REBEL, 1901. Sieh: REBEL, 1901.
SWATSCHEK, B., 1958. Die Larvalsystematik der Wickler. Abh. Larvalsyst. Ins., No. 3, Berlin,
269 pp.
TREITSCHKE, F., 1832. Die Schmetterlinge von Europa. Leipzig. Vol. 9, pars 1, 8 + 272 pp.
WALSINGHAM, Lord, 1907. "Algerian Microlepidoptera (cont.).” Ent. Mo. Mag., vol. 43,
pp. 187—195.
YASUDA, T., 1962. "A study of the Japanese Tortricidae (1).” Publ. Ent. Lab. Univ. Osaka
Pref., No. 7, pp. 49—55, t. 1.
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 PLAAT 1
Tafel 1. Crephasia-Arten. 1. C. tristrami (Wlsm.), Weibchen; Lectotypus. 2. Idem, Geni-
talien. 3. Idem, männliche Genitalien (Ain Karin, Jerusalem, Palästina, 15. April 1931; Foto
von Dr. E. JÄCKH). 4. C. adulterinana (Kenn.), weibliche Genitalien; Holotypus
N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 PLAAT 2
Tafel 2. Cnephasia-Arten. 1. C. stolidana (Wkr.), Weibchen; Holotypus. 2. Idem, Genitalien.
3. C. lineata (Wlsm.), Männchen; Holotypus. 4. Idem, Genitalien. 5. C. grandis (Osth.),
Paratypus; männliche Genitalien (Särdab-Tal, Vandarban, N. Persien; Z.S.M.). 6. Idem,
Aedoeagus
N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965
PLAAT 3
6 : 9
Tafel 3. Cnephasiini-Arten. 1. Cnephasia fragosana (Z.), Männchen; Lectotypus. 2. Idem,
Genitalien. 3. Cnephasiella incertana (Tr.), Männchen; Lectotypus der barbarana Wlsm.
4. Idem, Genitalien. 5. Oxypteron eremicum (Wlsm.), Männchen; Holotypus. 6. Idem,
Genitalien. 7. Idem, Aedoeagus. 8. Kawabeia ignavana (Chr.), Holotypus; männliche
Genitalien. 9. Idem, Aedoeagus
N. S. OBRAZTSoV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 1, 1965 PLAAT 4
5
Tafel 4. Oxypteron-Arten. 1. O. exiguanum (Lah.), Lectotypus der chapmani \Wlsm.; männ-
liche Genitalien. 2. Idem, Aedoeagus. 3. Idem, Lectallotypus der chapmani Wlsm.; weibliche
Genitalien. 4. O. impar Stgr., weibliche Genitalien (Präparat AB., 20. Oktober 1928;
Europa; U.S.N.M.). 5. O. politum (Wlsm.), Männchen; Holotypus 6. Idem, Genitalien.
7. Idem, Aedoeagus
N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der Palaearctischen Tortricidae
ana in act ot iii e ie insiti ie dei i re id nele dr tok RE _
A nakie RE de dn ln 00
ENTOMOLOGISCHE BERICHTEN
De Entomologische Berichten worden eveneens door de Nederlandsche Entomo-
artikelen, van faunistische notities etc, alsmede van de Verslagen der Vergade-
ringen en van mededelingen van het Bestuur. Zij verschijnen twaalf maal per jaar
in een aflevering van 16 of meer bladzijden. Deze 12 afleveringen vormen samen
een deel.
TRICHOPTERORUM CATALOGUS
De Trichopterorum Catalogus van F. C. J. Fischer wordt door de Neder-
landsche Entomologische Vereeniging voor rekening van de auteur uitgegeven.
. De eerste vijf delen verschenen in 1960—1964. In totaal worden het 15 delen.
Alle bekende recente en fossiele soorten van de gehele wereld met hun synoniemen
worden er in behandeld. Van alle genera worden de type-soorten aangewezen en
de literatuur zal van 1758 tot eind 1960 met de geografische verspreiding vermeld
worden. Delen I en II kosten f 39,— per stuk, delen III—V: f 45, —. Van alle
delen zijn ook éénzijdig bedrukte exemplaren beschikbaar. De prijsverhoging
hiervoor bedraagt f 2,50.
Alle zakelijke correspondentie betreffende de Vereeniging te richten aan de
Secretaris, W. Hellinga, Weesperzijde 2311, Amsterdam-O.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van het Tijdschrift voor Entomologie te
richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. A. Diakonoff, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke
Historie, Leiden.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van de Entomologische Berichten te rich-
ten aan de Redacteur, B. J. Lempke, Oude IJselstraat 12111, Amsterdam-Z. 2.
Alle betalingen te richten aan de Penningmeester, Drs. H. Wiering, Doorntjes
_29, Bergen (N.H.), postgiro 188130, ten name van de Nederlandsche Entomolo-
| gische Vereeniging te Bergen (N.H.).
Alle correspondentie betreffende de Bibliotheek der Vereeniging te richten aan
_ de Bibliotheek, Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O.
NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS
All correspondence referring to subscriptions and exchange of the periodicals
_ of the Netherlands Entomological Society should be addressed to the Librarian,
Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O, Netherlands.
logische Vereeniging uitgegeven en zijn bestemd voor de publicatie van kortere
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
Contributors will receive free of charge fifty reprints of their papers, joint authors have
to divide this number between them at their discretion. Additional reprints may be ordered
when returning proofs.
Manuscripts should be written in Dutch, English, French, German or Italian. If they
contain descriptions of new genera, species, etc. they should be in one of the four last
mentioned languages.
The author should communicate with the editor before submitting his manuscript. He
will enclose with manuscript a Synopsis (Abstract), styled according to recommendations
of the UNESCO (style rules will be provided by the editor) and, if needed, a Summary.
Papers in Dutch should contain an Abstract and/or a Summary in one of the four other
languages.
Manuscripts should be typewritten in double spacing on only one side of the paper, with
a margin of at least three cm at the left side of each sheet. Paragraphs should be indented.
Carbon copies cannot be accepted, as handling makes them illegible.
Captions for text figures and plates should be written on a separate sheet in double
spacing, numbered consecutively in arabic numerals; the use of a, b, c, or any other
subdivision of the figure numbering should be avoided.
Drawings for reproduction should be on good paper in Indian ink, preferably at feet
one and a half times as large as the ultimate size desired. Lettering should be uniform, and,
after reduction, of the same size. Photographs should be furnished as shiny positive prints,
unmounted. Plates should be arranged so as to fill a whole page (11.5 x 19 cm) of the
Tijdschrift, or a portion thereof, captions included. Combinations of illustrations into groups
are preferable to separate illustrations, since there is a minimum charge per block.
Names of genera and lower systematic categories, new terms and the like are to be under-
lined by the author in the manuscript by a single straight line. Any other directions as to
size or style of the type are given by the editors, not by the author. Italic type or spacing to
stress ordinary words or sentences is to be avoided. Dates should be spelled as follows: either
”10.V.1948” or ”10 May, 1948”. Other use of latin numerals should be avoided, as well as
abbreviations in the text, save those generally accepted. Numbers from one to ten occurring
in the text should be written in full, one, two, three, etc. Titles must be kept short. Foot-
notes should be kept at a minimum. 4
Bibliography should no be given in footnotes but compiled in a list at the end ali the +
paper, styled as follows: =
Mosley, M. E., 1932, ”A revision of the European species of the genus Leuctra (Pleco-
ptera)”. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [10} 10 (3): 1—41, pl. 1—5, fig. 1—57. Number of
issue should only be added (in parentheses) when it has individual pagination.
Text references to this list might be made thus:
“Mosley (1932) says...” or (Mosley, 1932)”.
The editors reserve the right to adjust style to certain standards of uniformity.
Manuscripts and all communications concerning editorial matters only should be sent to:
Dr. A. DIAKONOFF, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, The Netherlands.
MUS, COMP
TIJDSCHRIFT
VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
UITGEGEVEN DOOR
DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
dy AE Ed SE = ee a en Fin
ES SESE ua En ie re ee
3
INHOUD:
- M.A. LIEFTINCK. — Macromia splendens (Pictet, 1843) in Europe, with notes on
| its habits, larva, and distribution (Odonata), pp. 41—59, fig. 1—6, t. 5.
| | Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, deel 108, afl. 2. Gepubliceerd 16-IV-1965 |
UNIVERSIT
È DEEL 108 AFLEVERING 2 LIBDGSRY da
|
MAY 2 4 1965
si HARY; PD)
VW
Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging
BESTUUR
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht, President (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
Dr. J. G. Betrem, Vice-President (1959—1965), Deventer.
W. Hellinga, Secretaris (1963—1969), Amsterdam.
Drs. H. Wiering, Penningmeester (1962—1968), Bergen (N.H.).
Drs. C. A. W. Jeekel, Bibliothecaris (1960— 1966), Amsterdam. 3
. J. A. Janse (1964—1970), Bennebroek.
Dr. H. J. de Fluiter (1960—1965), Wageningen.
COMMISSIE VAN REDACTIE VOOR DE PUBLICATIES
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
P. Chrysanthus (1964—1967), Oosterhout (N.B.).
Dr. A. Diakonoff (1964—-1967), Leiderdorp.
G. L. van Eyndhoven (1963—1966), Haarlem.
Dr. L. G. E. Kalshoven, (1964—1967), Blaricum.
Prof. Dr. D. J. Kuenen (benoemd 1957), Leiden.
Dr. P. A. van der Laan (benoemd 1957), Bennekom.
B. J. Lempke (1962—1965), Amsterdam. -
Prof. Dr. J. de Wilde (benoemd 1957), Wageningen. :
Dr. J. T. Wiebes (1963—1966), Leiden. -
BESTUUR DER AFDELING VOOR TOEGEPASTE ENTOMOLOGIE
Dr. A. F. H. Besemer, Voorzitter, Wageningen.
Ir. P. Gruys, Secretaris, Rheden.
Dr. Ir. L. Bravenboer, Naaldwijk.
Dr. C. F. A. Bruyning, Oegstgeest.
Dr. Ir. J. B. M. van Dinther, Bennekom.
De contributie voor het lidmaatschap bedraagt f 15.—, voor student-leden 4
f 2.50, per jaar. — Begunstigers betalen jaarlijks tenminste f 15.—.
De leden, behalve de student-leden, ontvangen gratis de Bande
Berichten van 12 nummers per jaar, waarvan de prijs voor student-leden f 1.50 —
per jaar, voor niet-leden f 20.— per jaar en f 2.— per nummer bedraagt.
De leden kunnen zich voor f 10.— per jaar abonneren op het Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie; hiervan bedraagt de prijs voor niet-leden f 35 — per jaar.
De eerder verschenen publicaties der Vereeniging zijn voor de leden tegen ver-
minderde prijzen verkrijgbaar.
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
Het Tijdschrift voor Entomologie wordt uitgegeven door de Nederlandsche
Entomologische Vereeniging en is bestemd voor de publicatie van de resultaten _
van de studie der Entomologie van algemene en bijzondere aard. Het verschijnt _
in één deel van 300—400 bladzijden per jaar, bestaande uit enkele afleveringen.
Bovendien worden monographieën handelende over bijzondere onderwerpen, —
met onregelmatige tussenpozen uitgegeven.
MT dete
MACROMIA SPLENDENS (PICTET, 1843) IN EUROPE
WITH NOTES ON ITS HABITS, LARVA, AND
DISTRIBUTION (ODONATA) ves
BY | la
M. A. LIEFTINCK MAY £ 4 1960
Rijksmuseum voor Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden HARVARD
UNIVERSITY
Abstract
A survey is given of the morphology and biology of a large stream-inhabiting Corduliid,
the only known representative of its genus in Europe. The history is briefly outlined and
the distributional data reviewed. An itinerary relates to two excursions in southern France
made in June, 1961 and 1964. New localities are described and field observations are supplied
on the flight habits and behaviour. Oviposition was observed twice, but the early larval
stages have remained unknown. The taxonomic part contains colour notes as well as
illustrations of the hitherto undescribed genital organs and leg structure of the male. An
account is given of the larval structures and accompanied by a photograph of the exuvia.
The known facts concerning habitat requirements, adaptive features, larval development and
life-history of Macromia in general are summarized and the relationship of M. splendens
with other members discussed. The geographical distribution of the insect in south-western
Europe is compared with that of its nearest allies of eastern Asia and North America. Most
of the localities in France and Portugal are verified and a distribution map is included. The
occurrence of the insect in Spain, though not called in question, remains to be re-established.
Since the physiographical and physiological requirements of the larva are closely correlated
with a life in slow-flowing streams, it is suggested that M. splendens can survive only in low
country, with mild climatic conditions prevailing during most of the year. This may
explain its restricted and scattered occurrence in the warm river systems of south-western
Europe, where it is supposed to have maintained itself as a remnant of a once much richer
preglacial fauna. The main factors which are considered derogatory to the insect’s survival
are explained in connection with the possibility of extinction through over-collecting, a
danger easily to be avoided by thoughtful naturalists.
INTRODUCTION
This paper is an attempt to bring up to date our knowledge of Macromia splen-
dens (Pictet), a conspicuous dragonfly of great size and beauty, which in 1871
was named ‘la Macromie éclatante’ by the Baron E. DE SELYS LONGCHAMPS. It is
the only European component of a large genus of Corduliidae, a unit of almost
world-wide distribution, which takes rather an isolated position both in regard to its
morphology and occurrence.
Perhaps the main stimulus to the present account has been furnished by the late
K. J. Morton, who almost forty years ago wrote a concise and interesting article
on this insect, a paper also containing a pleasantly composed narrative of his own
experiences with it in the field. It will be unnecessary to enter upon the historical
part of the subject as this has been fully dealt with in MoRTON's introduction
from the time of its original description to the date of writing (1925). Subsequent
41
A
42 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 2, 1965
information has been very scanty with the exception, of course, of the important
article published by Grassé (1930), who for the first time gave a description and
some illustrations of the larva.
When I had the opportunity, in August 1960, of meeting my friend C. NIELSEN,
of Bologna, at the XI. Congress of Entomology in Vienna, we determined to make
a joint effort, at some future data, to rediscover M. splendens in its natural habi-
tation. During the summer of 1961 I first met with the insect myself in southern
France, but it was only after a lapse of two more seasons that both of us succeeded
to make a more intimate acquaintance with it. Some of our observations on this
subject may be worth putting on record and might be found useful: it is our hope
that some of our fellow workers in the south may have the opportunity to fill the
remaining gaps in our knowledge of the life history of M. splendens. Thus I
propose here to give a brief summary of what we learned about it, prefaced by
some earlier observations and followed by additional descriptions and notes on the
relationship and distribution of this fascinating insect.
STRAY NOTES ON AN EXCURSION IN 1961
While journeying through several of the southern provinces of France in June,
1961 and 1962, I had kept a good look-out for M. splendens. The most notice-
able event of the first excursion was undoubtedly the rediscovery of our insect
near a well-known locality in the département Lot, where MORTON had found it
almost forty years previously. On 18th June, 1962, I saw a male at the Vis, near a
village called Montmal near Ganges (Gard), but since the insect was not especi-
ally worked for, this second trip remained unsuccessful. The next brief itinerary
shows the result of the earlier excursion.
About noon of 20th June, 1961, we reached Larroque-des-Arcs, a small village
about 5 km east of Cahors at the right bank of the river Lot, where we stayed.
The Lot is of course the largest river in the Quercy district and its channel, except
when in flood, is usually about 90—100 metres broad. It has turbid water and a
slow flow. By the time we arrived no Odonata were seen over the quiet water,
but my attention was soon attracted by the noisy behaviour of several Grey Wag-
tails (Motacilla cinerea) tripping about close to the water's edge. A quick search
of the small mud flats near the hotel gave the clue to this activity, for glittering
patches of wings of freshly emerged dragonflies were scattered over the surface all
along the bank. Within a few minutes I picked up a score of Gomphus spec. wings,
five of Oxygastra curtisi and twelve (8 fore and 4 hind wings) of Macromia
splendens. 1 have no doubt that these birds here were particularly destructive to
the teneral dragonflies emerging and had consumed a high percentage of them.
The part of the river on which these adult fragments and larval skins occurred
in such profusion is most ordinary in appearance, with no aquatic plants growing
in it. Here the Lot flows leisurely through arable land, neglected gardens, etc., and
only a narrow fringe of trees and shrubbery grows on its banks.1) Early next
morning the same stretch was again investigated, mainly for exuviae, but apart
1) A good impression of this site can be obtained from the photographic illustration in
the Guide Vert Michelin “Périgord”. (1ére édition, p. 120).
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Macromia splendens in Europe 43
from some quite mature Gomphus simillimus and a few newly emerged Gomphus
graslini settled close to the ground or beaten up from among wet grass under
the bushes, no imagines of Macromia or Oxygastra were seen over the water. The
Gomphus on their maiden flight all headed northwards away from the Lot, cross-
ing the meadows and road, flying in a straight line towards the wooded hills
about two hundred yards distant.
We left Larroque early the same morning for Décazeville, following the “route
touristique” through the valley of the Lot.
Near Crégols, a charming little village on the left bank about 38 kilometres
east of Cahors, a streamlet meandering through woodland branches off from the
main river to join it again only half a mile further down. It is a shady stream
with clear water flowing over thick deposits of coarse sand, alternating with silt
and mud (or even pools in places) and has a luxuriant and varied aquatic vege-
tation. During summer most of its water is received from a fast flowing brook
which comes down from the southern hills, but the debris and dead leaves accu-
mulated between branches of overshadowing trees clearly indicated frequent floods
giving rise to rather considerable changes of the water level. It was here, in the
afternoon of 19th June, 1961, that I for the first time saw a Macromia flying high
over the road at some distance from the stream. We returned to the spot on the
morning of the 21st and halted for a good search. Only three or four times, with
long intervals, a solitary male flew past, and in two and a half hours I had
managed to capture only two. They were extremely swift, coursing almost 6 feet
high over the middle of the stream. Apart from Oxygastra curtisi and the two
southern Platycnemis, a third species of the latter genus, P. pennipes, shared the
others. Calopteryx was represented by C. virgo, and Cordulegaster boltoni —
which was fairly common — occurred in a small-spotted form very nearly ap-
proaching the typical subspecies. Besides Onychogomphus forcipatus, also Gomphus
vulgatissimus (not noted elsewhere) was present. The composite character of the
dragonfly fauna met with here strongly suggested a mean temperature of the water
much lower than in the open valley of the Lot.
ITINERARY OF A JOINT COLLECTING TRIP IN JUNE, 1964
The aspect that chiefly interested us was the question where to find the breeding
sites of M. splendens. Also, how to obtain its larva and what would be our chances
of capturing a female and keep it alive for eggs. It must be said at the outset that
our efforts were only partly rewarded, for although we got a series of males and
found some perfect exuviae, a diligent search for a mature female to work out the
entire life history remained without success.
Much had to be compressed into a very short space of time (four days in the
field), so that we had to make up our minds beforehand as to the most promising
spots and the routes to be followed. The valley of the Gardon, with Remoulins
and the Pont du Gard area, looked attractive enough as a starting point, the more
so since MORTON (1925) reports having twice seen a glimpse of Macromia at
the Gardon, near the famous aqueduct. We spent part of the sunny, though much
too cool, morning of the 25th June at the river but failed to see any. Let alone
44 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 2, 1965
other species occurring here, only the presence of many Sympetrum striolatum and
Aeshna affinis, all still more or less immature, seems worth mentioning. Before
leaving, two stages of very young gomphid larvae as well as mature ones of Pla-
tycnemis acutipennis and Coenagrion spec. were dredged up from scanty aquatic
vegetation and fine sand on the left bank. We then went on via Uzès in a south-
westerly direction towards Montpellier, collecting en route. Although the hilly
garrigues are very arid and barren-looking in most places, we came across
two tributary streams of the Gardon, both flowing through marshy land. One of
these is the Bourdic, near Aubussargues, the other and more varied one the Crieu-
lon, near Quissac, where we found dragonflies very plentiful and rich in species.
The greatest variety we met with at the Crieulon, where we spent the rest of the
day and the following morning. Above the dam this stream has wide marshy spots
of some extent with a quiet flow, but also shady tracts with clear fast running
water over rocky ground. Amongst the many other Odonata occurring here, the
most noteworthy — though not the most conspicuous ones — were Cordulegaster
boltoni immaculifrons, both sexes fairly common, also females ovipositing; Boyeria
irene, several males not quite matured as well as some exuviae; Gomphus graslint,
simillimus, pulchellus, and vulgatissimus, the first also taken in cop. and out-
numbering the other species. Surprisingly, a pair of what I thought were G. szmil-
limus, settling on the path, proved to be male simillimus copulating with female
vulgatissimus. Although we were constantly on the look-out for Macromia, I saw
it only twice: one male was observed flying swiftly along the path and a second
(or same?) specimen, “hanging itself up” behind a pendent tuft of Galium under
a bridge I missed at close quarters when it alighted.
The late afternoon of 25th June found us at the Source du Lez near Prades
(Hérault), the classic locality both of Macromia splendens and Cordulegaster
boltoni immaculifrons.1) To our regret we found the most promising spots at
Prades fenced off and inaccessible, part of the surrounding wood being destroyed
by the digging of a reservoir. Though no Macromia were seen, Cordulegaster was
still abundant and we were fortunate enough to make detailed observations on its
habits and oviposition, returning to Quissac in the evening.
The next morning, after satisfying ourselves that it was in vain to seek splen-
dens any longer at the Crieulon, we decided to proceed to the Quercy area in the
northwest part of southern France, a district comprising the river system of the
Lot. This location, I reckoned, would probably mean our last chance to meet with
Macromia. We past most of the day in driving, rain falling nearly all the way.
We reached St. Géniez d’Olt, staying the night there, and in the morning of the
27th made for the locality at Crégols whence I had previously obtained a few
splendens about the same time of the year. Here I found the topography and fauna
unchanged, but owing to much rain during the past two or three days the water
was high and uncomfortably cold. We spent many hours in the stream bed,
1) Being in Montpellier in the second week of April, 1961, in company with my friend
and colleague Dr. C. O. VAN REGTEREN ALTENA, we visited the ground under the excellent
guidance of Dr. A. BOURNIER, of the Ecole Nationale d’Agriculture at Montpellier. On that
occasion I for the first time learned the locality and found it was one well worth visiting
later in the year.
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Macromia splendens in Europe 45
exploring the surroundings thoroughly in all directions, yet failed to detect any
Macromia. During the late afternoon and part of the evening we followed the river
Lot as far down as Cahors, searching its banks in various places but to our great
disappointment found MorTon’s location near the town spoiled and the shore
vegetation ruined.
In selecting nearby Larroque-des-Arcs as a starting point for further research
I had again followed my itinerary of the summer of 1961, a course we had no
cause to regret.
On 28th June we were up early and wishing to make the most of our op-
portunities we decided to have a look at the river first. It was a calm hazy morning
and the surface of the water was smooth. The Lot was slightly higher in level than
it was in the early summer of 1961, so we found it impossible to walk along its
bank. With the exception of a single female of Gomphus graslini taken in trans-
formation, we did not see any adult Anisoptera along the river edge, nor were there
any predatory birds about. We took a boat and rowing slowly upstream investigated
the right bank, looking for exuviae. Covering a stretch of no more than twenty
yards in extent our search yielded scores of empty shucks of Gomphus graslint 1)
and Oxygastra curtisi, and if we had wished could easily have collected a hundred
or more of the former. The emergence period of these species appeared to have
ended already some time before our visit. While not altogether a matter of surprise,
I had the good fortune of finding also four exuviae of M. splendens, one being
attached underneath a landing-stage, a second on the trunk of an alder tree and
the remainder adhering with sprawling legs to a weather-stained stone wall below
the village. All skins were from 4—7 feet above the water at some distance from
the river, and from their withered condition — in one even the head was lacking
— it is evident that emergence must have taken place perhaps as much as two
weeks earlier.
Not wishing to return to the scene of the previous day's failure, we left the Lot
valley after a few hours and, heading towards Figeac, drove into the picturesque
valley of the Celé, a strongly meandering tributary which has its source in the
granitic hills of Cantal. It enters the Quercy district near Figeac and, breaking
through a vast plateau of calcareous rock, continues its tortuous course in a south-
westerly direction until running into the Lot above Bouzies. There is a drop in
altitude of only thirty metres beginning at a location about fifteen kilometres away
from its junction with the Lot, but as is the case with nearly all regional water-
courses, there are so many weirs and small dams in its channel that the velocity
of flow varies greatly.
The Celé was selected on account of its much smaller size and because of its
lower reaches maintaining a moderate flow over a muddy bottom. Since this stream
is bordered with trees and protected by high embankments, I also expected its
immediate surroundings to be less disturbed by human agency.
1) Although adult mass emergence of G. simillimus in this area takes place somewhat earlier
in the season than of graslini, simillimus too is a common species at the Lot. Yet I am
unable to distinguish more than one species in my series of 34 exuviae (20 males, 14 females)
collected at random. These agree closely with the skin of the transforming female of G.
graslini.
46 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 2, 1965
We halted at a point near Liauzu, about 8 kilometres upstream, where the valley
widened and the distant Celé followed a comparatively straight course. It could be
reached from the north through gently sloping meadows at a place where its right
bank is flanked by a dense growth of trees and shrubbery. On the opposite side
the stream is well protected by hills rising steeply from the south.
We could scarcely have visited this place at a more favourable time. Much rain
of the previous days had made the long grass very wet but soon the atmosphere
became clear and the rainy weather gave way to ceaseless sunshine during the rest
of the day.
Following the narrow tracks down to the steep mud bank, we fortunately found
the border open to the sun. To our satisfaction the first Macromia was spotted
almost immediately. Taking advantage of the tiny promontories used by trout
fishermen, it was possible in some places to obtain a fairly secure footing close to
the water’s edge. We selected different positions at a point opposite a huge wall
of solid rock that rose perpendicularly from the water. Here the stream was about
25 metres wide, quietly flowing (approximately 4 km/h near the surface), and
carrying fairly deep water that was practically free from vegetation.
M. splendens was evidently at the height of its flying season (i.e., reproductive
period) here, and from its habits we got the impression that the locality suited it
exactly. Males were readily recognized at some distance, flying steadily up and
down the river in regular and long beats. Occasionally one would cross the stream
at a certain point in rapid pursuit of prey, but most of them kept to the bank,
following the bends and promontories closely one foot or less above the surface.
Often they rose, passing gently over more conspicuous obstacles like thickly leaved
branches of overhanging trees. Males were over the dark water from the moment
of our arrival (about 9.30 a.m.) until we decided to leave (1 p.m.). They became
increasingly more numerous as time went on and we were able to collect a fair
series. Around 11 a.m. each of us took a male that was followed so soon by a
second flying in the same direction that we had no time to secure both. However,
short interruptions frequently occurred when two males met and chased each other
away, but as far as could be observed both rivals soon returned to the bank and
resumed their beat. Clashes with other species occurred throughout the morning,
mostly with Gomphus simillimus and pulchellus, which were seen to be chased
away once and again when flying over open water. Frequent clashes also took
place with Oxygastra curtisi, which was very common; however, males as well as
ovipositing females of the latter kept low to the water’s surface, usually coming
out only in sunlit openings much closer to the bank and then apparently remained
unnoticed. Territorial behaviour was not obvious as males continued to fly past
fairly regularly in spite of our activities. Once I saw a male splendens in pursuit of
a mature male of Gomphus pulchellus, and at the moment the victim was actually
caught from below both were netted in one stroke.
Occasionally there were longer intervals between our captures. These pauses are
most likely to be explained by females in the reproductive stage having arrived
at the water: individuals of that sex on being seized by chasing males are immedi-
ately carried away into the trees. All Macromia seen by us had attained sexual
maturity, and I estimated that they had been on the wing three weeks.
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Macromia splendens in Europe 47
Oviposition was observed only twice, between 11 and 12 a.m. These were the
only instances during which females were at all noticed close by; all the same, they
remained beyond our reach on both occasions. The first individual was seen by
Dr. NIELSEN who watched it flying upstream in a straight line, about a foot over
open water, and forcibly tapping the surface with the end of its abdomen, four or
five times at very short intervals. A second female I observed myself ovipositing
in a similar way while hovering low down over vegetable debris lodged among
dead branches projecting into the stream. It was noticed and disturbed almost
instantly in rapid pursuit by a passing male, and I was unable to follow their
course.
Exuviae here were not purposely sought for but with more time, perhaps, would
not even have been found (see p. 53). However, I collected some empty skins of
Oxygastra as well as one each of Boyeria and Gomphus graslini, from tree trunks
near the water.
Since our collecting was mainly directed towards obtaining mating pairs or egg-
laying females of M. splendens in the hope of procuring eggs for breeding pur-
poses, we went on to explore other sections of the Cel& during the afternoon.
Neither at Marcilhac, however, nor at the bridge a few kilometres after Brengues
(both upstream) did we see any more Macromia. Reluctantly we were compelled
to give up and return home, leaving the sun behind us in the south. Thus, with
the suggestion that we should again visit these favoured grounds to learn more in
another season, our search for this year had come to an end.
TAXONOMY OF THE ADULT INSECT
Material. — Brussels Museum (Inst. Roy. Sci. Nat., coll. E. DE SELYS LONG-
CHAMPS): 1 9, labelled “Coll. Latreille”; 2 4 2 9, “Charente, Delamain”;
2 & 3 9 (1 2 juv.), “Mp” [Montpellier], 1 4 with additional note “fig. Gen.
Ins.” — British Museum: 1 & 1 2, “Charente, Delamain” (ex coll. R. Mac-
LACHLAN). — Leiden Museum: 1 ¢, “Charente, Delamain” (ex coll. DE SELYS);
1 &, “Montpellier, Meyer Dür” (ex coll. H. ALBARDA); 1 4, Gallia mer., Cahors
(Lot), 3.vii.1931, K. J. MORTON (ex coll. M. A. LIEFTINCK); 2 3, Gallia mer.,
Crégols (Lot), 21.vi.1961, M. A. LIEFTINCK (1 & in coll. C. NIELSEN). Leiden
Mus. & coll. C. NIELSEN: series &, Gallia mer., Liauzu, Celé river (Lot), 29.vi.
1964, M. A. LIEFTINCK & C. NIELSEN; 4 exuviae, Gallia mer., Larroque-des-Arcs
(Lot), 28.vi.1964, same collectors. — Coll. Ent., Serv. Florest., Lisbon: 1 &,
Portugal, Soure, 1—15.vi.1922, A. F. DE SEABRA, labelled “Soure (print) 1-15-6°-
922-1185”. ;
In addition to the above, I have had the opportunity, in July 1964, to see the
series of M. splendens in the MorTON collection that were shown to me by Mr.
A. R. WATERSTON, Curator at the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. Lastly,
Dr. K. H. BUCHHOLZ in Bonn wrote me that the species is represented in the col-
lection of the Museum Koenig by a pair from “Charente, Delamain” (ex coll.
OBERTHUR).
Messrs. C. BESUCHET and H. Gisin, whom I had asked to search for the type
of M. splendens in the collection of the Museum d’Histoire Naturelle at Geneva,
48 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 2, 1965
Fig. 1—2. Macromia splendens Pictet, 4 from Crégols (Lot); 1, dorsal and left lateral view
of head, showing colour-pattern; 2, left lateral view of genitalia
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Macromia splendens in Europe 49
kindly informed me in a letter that the specimen could not be recovered. Unless
the female originating from LATREILLE’s collection in the Brussels Museum should
prove to be PICTET’s specimen, which is not unlikely, the type must be considered
lost.
The salient characteristics of colour and pattern are found in the published
descriptions (SELYS & HAGEN, 1850; SELYS, 1871). Two coloured illustrations of
the whole insect exist in the literature. The first (and best), executed by PRETRE,
is of the type female and accompanies PICTET’s account of the species (1843b).
A second, rather crude one, of a male, was given by MARTIN in the Cordulinae
volume of the Genera Insectorum (1914). Good drawings of the principal vena-
tional characteristics are found in DE SEABRA’s paper (1937), which also contains
an excellent figure of the anal appendages, all taken from a Portuguese individual.
Lastly, a female M. splendens caught near Montpellier was recently photographed
by RENOUST (1961).
The following morphological details are given in addition to those published
earlier.
A feature first attracting attention is the strongly protruding frons, the upper
sutface of which has well-pronounced lateral ridges. This dorsal part is longi-
tudinally sulcate anteriorly and the two halves on each side of the floor are hol-
lowed out, meeting at an obtuse angle (not shown in the figure 1). The deep black,
very feebly metallic, frontal marks are coarsely striato-punctate, while the yellow
dorsal patches have an irregularly wrinkled surface.
Male. — Length of posterior femur 12.8—13.2 mm, of anterior tibia 8.2—8.3
mm, of posterior tibia 12.5—13.0 mm; tibia keels yellow, present on distal 40.6%
of anterior pair and 80% of posterior pair, but absent on intermediate tibiae.
Lateral margin of abdominal tergite 2 with a bunch of strong, closely set, recurved
black bristles at extreme base; inner border of genital lobe similarly bristled.
Genital organs not prominent, apex of posterior hamule often concealed from view
in lateral aspect. Dorsal plate of second penile segment exposed and of large size,
shaped like a broad, outwardly convex, almost .circularly curled ribbon, the apex
of which is widest and truncated; in lateral aspect it is narrow, weakly S-shaped.
Basal part of posterior hamule greatly swollen, then suddenly narrowed, cylindrical,
at first gently incurved, then again somewhat outcurved, apex slightly twisted
ending abruptly in an acute, feebly inwardly directed, recurved tooth (fig. 2).
Wing-membrane hyaline, veins including costa black; membranula white. All
triangles and internal triangles uncrossed. Cross-veins in hypertriangles variable,
3—6 (usually 3—4) in fore wing, invariably 2 (not counting internal triangle)
in hind wing. Anal loop consisting of 5—9 cells, only occasionally with a central
cell. Pterostigma black.
The abdominal segments 4—6 are black; 4 is marked with a pair of small mid-
dorsal yellow spots in front of the transverse carina, these spots occasionally being
enlarged so as to become confluent posteriorly; 5 usually bears a pair of minute
spots placed similarly, but these are wanting in 3 out of 8 freshly captured
specimens; segment 6 is unmarked in all individuals examined.
Measurements (14 males, southern France): abd. + app. 52.0—54.5 mm, hind
wing 44.5—46.0 mm; pterostigma fore wing 2.3—3.0 mm, pt. hind wing 2.4—
3.0 mm.
50 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 2, 1965
The Portuguese male from Soure seems to be the only authentic specimen existing
in collections of that country. This individual is still in perfect condition, the yel-
low abdominal markings only being somewhat discoloured. It differs in no way
from French specimens. The hypertriangles have a single cross-vein in all wings,
the cubital area is traversed by 3 nervures in the fore wings and 2 in the hinder
pair; the anal loop contains 6 or 7 cells and the nodal index is 9.14.14.7 in the fore
wing, 9.9.8.9 in the hind wing. The yellow spots on the dorsum of abdominal
segment 4 are relatively of large size, fused together but narrowly indented by
black anteriorly; the spots on 5, though much smaller, are quite distinct and like-
wise coalescent posteriorly. The succeeding segments are marked similarly to French
specimens, 6, 9, and 10 being entirely black, except a pair of small transverse streaks
of yellow, one on each side, placed on the ventral surface at extreme base of the
9th tergite. Its measurements are: abd. + app. 50.2 mm, hind wing 45.0 mm,
pterostigmata 2.8 mm.
Female. — In all specimens examined the 8th abdominal tergite is without any
trace of yellow colouring, thus differing markedly in this respect from the male.
The vulvar lamina is very short, with a small U-shaped emargination, the lobes on
each side of the latter being represented by a thickening of the posterior edge of
the 8th sternite.
The pair in the Museum Koenig at Bonn measure: 3 abd. + app. 53.5, hind
wing 46.0 mm; ® 54.0 and 45.0 mm, respectively.
ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE LARVA OF M. splendens Pictet (pl. 4).
The description published by P. Grassé (1930) is very full and accompanied
by a good figure of the whole insect and its antenna. Grassé’s sketch of the labium
being insufficient, I here offer a more detailed one taken from one of the exuviae.
These latter correspond closely with the description, except that the number of
mental and palpal setae seems to vary. In GRASSÉ's specimen there are 7 + 1—2
mental and 6 palpal setae on each side, while 1—2 additional and somewhat
shorter setae are placed at the base of each palpus, followed by 3—6 very minute
ones placed in an arc. Our examples agree in all this, except that the number of
major setae varies from 7—9 for the mental and 4—5 for the palpal setae. The
palpi (lateral lobes) have 6 rounded projections with feebly undulated margins and
5 indentations, the apical projections being again divided while all projections are
furnished with 8—11 strong bristles. The frontal horn is conspicuous, erect, the
edge between its posterior face and the level surface behind it being approximately
a right angle. The eyes are very prominent as are also the tubercles on the postero-
lateral angles of the head. The abdomen has strong, almost straight, postero-lateral
spines on segment 8 and 9 and dorsal hooks are present on segments 2—10, as
shown in the figures.
The colour-pattern in two unsoiled exuviae is as shown in Grassé’s picture of
a mature larva; it is hardly evident in our photograph as this was taken from a
specimen thinly incrusted with fine mud, especially adhering to the legs. The
femora bear, however, three indistinct brown bands not shown in GRASSé's picture.
Measurements. Total length 31.5 mm, length of abdomen 18.0 mm, greatest
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Macromia splendens in Europe
SAN CASS AS vp
Fig. 3—5. Macromia splendens Pictet, 4 exuvia from Larroque-des-Arcs (Lot); 3, dorsal
view of mentum and palpi, flattened out, with 4th setiferous palpal projection more highly
magnified (setae on projections of right palpus omitted); 4, left side view of terminal
abdominal segments; 5, left side view of dorsal abdominal hooks on segm. 2—10
51
52 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 2, 1965
width of same 12 mm, posterior femur 14.5 mm, and posterior tibia 13.0 mm.
(GRASSÉ gives 28,—, 13.5, 14, and 13 mm, respectively, for the larva).
Agrees in general appearance with the supposed larva of M. manchurica Asahina
(1964), described and figured by Popova (1953: 168—171) and with those of
the two different species A and B, both from Fukien (E. China) that were discus-
sed and illustrated by myself (1955: 259—263). The differences between these
species are best understood by comparing the descriptions and published drawings.
The larva of M. splendens conforms most closely in the structure of its labium
with the Chinese larva B, which also has the meso-metasternal projections reduced
to low tubercular swellings. According to ASAHINA’s (1959: 85) figures of the
Japanese M. daimoji Okum., the dorsal hooks on the abdomen are smaller (and
absent on segment 10), while the marginal projections of the labial palpus appear
to be more deeply indented. As far as I am aware from the literature, the larva of
M. amphigena Selys has never been sufficiently characterized (FRASER, 1936). Of
the described larvae in the New World species (see WALKER, 1937), M. splendens
seems to come nearest zllinozensis Walsh and rickeri Walker, more especially to
the former, but the strongly upcurved frontal horn of splendens is not acute at its
apex, the dorsal abdominal spines are longer and more abruptly curved backwards,
and there are also differences in the labial structure.
GENERAL REMARKS
Much, still, has to be learned about the life history of M. splendens. Interesting
observations on the habitat and ethology of Macromia in temperate regions, adults
and larvae, are to be found in the publications of KENNEDY (1915), WALKER
(1937), WHITEHOUSE (1941) and WILLIAMSON (1909). Only nearctic forms are
dealt with by these authors. More detailed information relating to tropical Asiatic
species of Macromia, particularly on the adaptive features exhibited by their larvae,
is supplied by LIEFTINCK (1950).
Very few investigations have yet been made on the habitat of the earliest instar
larva of macromiine dragonflies, only that of the allied genus Epophthalmia having
been described and figured (LIEFTINCK, 1931 : 76—79, fig. 25—27). Morpho-
logically this differs considerably from the full-grown stage, showing curious
adaptations to its environment. This point in particular is well worth attention
when it comes to working out the complete biology of M. splendens.
I have failed to find any record in the literature on Macromia about the duration
of larval life; hence, for the time being any opinion concerning the life cycle of
its members must remain a conjecture. To me it seems most probable that the warm
temperate forms of Macromia conform to a type of life history known to exist in
the summer species among the Corduliidae and Gomphidae which occur at more
northern temperate latitudes. This would imply that different sizes of overwintering
young larvae can be found in any suitable habitat at a time when adult dragon-
flies of an older generation are on the wing.
As far as tropical species are concerned, we know for certain that in all riverine habitats
showing no marked seasonal fluctuations of atmospheric or water temperature, there is a
continuous succession of generations throughout the year. But even so, breeding experiments
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Macromia splendens in Europe 53
carried out by me in Java and Malaya with larvae in different stages of development pointed
to a relatively long life cycle. Without exception individuals reared in captivity under optimal
conditions of food showed the last two or three larval instars to move, feed and grow
remarkably slowly. Thus in two young larvae of M. cincta Ramb. from South Sumatra, the
antepenultimate instar took an average of 90 days. Specimens of M. moorei fumata Krüg.,
dredged up as full-grown larvae, required 65—82 days before transformation took place.
Similarly, a male of M. gerstaeckeri Krüg. in the ultimate instar was bred out only after 85
days. As these mature larvae were collected already some time after the last ecdysis had taken
place, the total life-span of the last instar must have been even longer. The most extended
period of life ever recorded for a Macromia larva in the final stage was that of the lowland
species, M. arachnomima Lieft., from S. Borneo, which lived 120 days from the date of its
capture till transformation, its emergence being preceded by a period of complete dormancy
which lasted 30—40 days. (See LIEFTINCK, 1950: 676, and 1953: 406.)
Of course, the above facts only serve as guide in future studies of the total
duration of larval life in Macromia; but we may, perhaps, infer from what we
know of reared specimens in the tropics that the palaearctic M. splendens normally
is either semivoltine or even has a larval period occupying three years. Inclement
winters may cause the insect to be met with in numbers only in certain spaced years
when a major emergence has taken place.
Regarding our species, I have little hesitation in expressing the opinion that at
least its later larval stages develop and reach maturity in the quieter and warmer
rivers, whence the perfect dragonflies on emergence scatter themselves over a wide
area in search of food and shelter. After this “pre-reproductive period” (CORBET,
1962 : 120), adults return to the breeding sites. Several authors have called at-
tention to the fact that after the maturation period, the imagines of rheophilous
insects tend to migrate upstream, working towards swifter waters. This tendency
of upstream migration of adults in the reproductive stage has been observed in
unrelated groups and may serve to offset the washing down of larvae during times
of heavy flooding when aquatic stages may become dislodged and swept away by
the current. (See, for instance, KENNEDY, 1917, for nearctic Gomphidae; IDE,
1940, for nearctic Ephemeroptera; LIEFTINCK, 1941 and 1950, for Malaysian
Gomphidae and Macromia, respectively.) It is possible that Macromia splendens
under certain circumstances shows a corresponding behaviour.
In view of the fact that the exuviae found on the present occasion are only thinly
coated with mud particles, the older instar larvae most likely are only superficial
burrowers or dwell among benthic material on bottoms of a distinctly soft, muddy
character.
RELATIONSHIP
Any attempt to ascertain the affinity of M. splendens with other species of this
widely distributed genus can only be arrived at after a searching investigation into
colour, venation and, above all, details of structure. Many species have been
described in great detail but we are less informed about the morphology of the
head and legs, while the structure of the reproductive organs of both sexes have
not for each taxon been studied and figured in sufficient detail. There can be no
doubt, however, that splendens is most nearly related to its congeners occurring
54 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 2, 1965
in the temperate regions. All of these differ markedly in several respects from the
tropical groups within the genus.
Considering first the North American members of Macromia, the key characters
employed by WALKER (1937) and WESTFALL (1947), though quite useful, are
mainly based on colour. I have for comparison six out of the ten species known in
the adult stage. With the exception of M. taeniolata Ramb., these correspond
fairly well in general appearance and body structure, the projecting frons with its
pronouncedly flattened and rimmed surface being especially noteworthy. Yet each
of them shows a combination of characters not shared by splendens, suggesting
only remote affinity. On examining the wealth of tropical Macromia for some
indication as to the relationship of these forms, I have often found it difficult to
judge which of their specific characters should be considered most important, for
one is met by the remarkable fact that these features are variously mixed. As far
as structure is concerned, the following example may demonstrate the difficulty
in associating our species with any of the New World members. M. magnifica
Mac Lachlan and rickeri Walker differ from the eight others by having no keel
on the flexor side of the middle tibia, agreeing in this respect with splendens; at
the same time these two species show no sign of an external tooth at the superior
appendage, whereas in splendens (and most of the remaining nearctic species as
well) such a tooth is conspicuously present. All I can say at present of these North
American members is that magnifica, rickeri and wabashensts show the nearest
approach towards the European species.
Turning now to the Old World members of the genus, the reader may be refer-
red to an earlier paper (LIEFTINCK, 1955) in which are listed all species then
known to occur in the far north-eastern countries of Asia. On that occasion it was
pointed out that M. amphigena Selys, fraenata Martin, szbirica Djakonov, daimoji
Okumura and possibly a few others of unknown status, belong to a group having
mainly a palaearctic distribution. In a recent paper, ASAHINA (1964) treats the
Korean fraenata as a subspecies of amphigena. He also describes two new species,
kubokaiya from the Ruykyus (Okinawa) and manchurica from East Manchuria,
the latter possibly coinciding with a larva from Lake Hanka described and figured
— but left without a name — by PopovA (1953). They form a group of allied
species but differ among themselves correspondingly to those occurring in the
nearctic region. M. daimoji and manchurica agree with splendens by having a
simply hooked posterior hamule and no keel on the mesotibia; both are, however,
more slender species with shorter wings. M. amphigena and fraenata on the other
hand, have the facies and robust build of splendens, the latter even exhibiting
yellow marks on top of frons, but in them the frons is shorter and more rounded,
and they also possess a hammer-shaped hamule and mesotibial keel, thus differing
markedly from splendens. Considering all this, we arrive at the conclusion that
M. splendens, though having many features in common with the northern nearctic
and north-eastern palaearctic members of the genus, stands apart from all others.
Of all known species it resembles the Japanese amphigena most closely in stature
and markings.
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Macromia splendens in Europe 55
DISTRIBUTION
As to the distribution in France, DE SELYS (1871 : 185) already says: “entre le
Languedoc et la côte de Bretagne, sur une bande étroite”, the closing sentence,
perhaps, suggesting a line of thought elaborated much later by MORTON after his
discovery of an intermediate location. He wrote as follows: “... It may be expected
with some confidence to occur on other tributaries of the Garonne rising in Central
France, such as the Dordogne and the Tarn. And there seems to be no good reason
why it should not still occur on the Charente. Perhaps there is less probability of
its existence in the rivers which have their sources in the higher Pyrenees, as these
are probably liable to be cooled by snow water to a later period in the summer
than those rising in Central France.” (loc. cit.: 15). These comments on the pos-
sible extent of its range are interesting and may prove to be quite true as no single
record is yet known from the tributary streams arising in the south.
From what has been communicated by MORTON and later observations, it
appears that the species in two distant places where it formerly occurred is still
thriving. The northernmost records, Jarnac (Charente) and “Anjou’‘ are almost a
century old and have never been confirmed, but even at present there seems to be
nothing to account for its disappearance there. MORTON relates to a specimen said
Fig. 6. Map of southwestern Europe showing the known locality records of Macromia
splendens Pictet
56 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 2, 1965
to have come from the “Bouches du Rhône”, which he saw in MAC LACHLAN’s
private collection. This might still be found amongst the accessions, but the only
specimens I could find in the British Museum and which are now incorporated in
the general collection, are the pair from Charente taken by DELAMAIN (1868).
These formed part of a long series, of which several were presented by DE SELYS
LONGCHAMPS to his personal friends and correspondents.
The accompanying map (fig. 6) indicates the isolated occurrence of our species
in western Europe. It is only a preliminary conspectus and the gaps in it will of
course be filled up by future observations, but it gives all localities at present
known, including the old Iberian records of NAväs (1923, 1924) and DE SEABRA
(1937). I have had no opportunity as yet of examining any Spanish individual of
M. splendens. Navas (1923 : 9) reported it from Segorbe (Castelló), but Dr.
PAu, from whom the specimen was received, informed him that it might also have
come from the Serra Camarena. In a letter to MORTON the same author wrote that
he believes this unique Spanish (Catalonian) example was taken in June or July
(MORTON, 1925 : 15). Prof. G. CEBALLOS informed me in a letter that the species
is not represented in the Instituto Espafiol de Entomologia at Madrid. Sr. A.
COMPTE SART even asserts that no specimens could be traced in any of the entomo-
logical collections of the museums in Barcelona (Museo de Zoologia) or Madrid;
he adds that Navas’s collections at the Jesuit’s Colegio de Salvador (Zaragoza)
were partly destroyed and that there was no possibility to verify the rest that was
divided up between the Colegio at Zaragoza and the Barcelona Museum. Thus all
my inquiries into the whereabouts of an authentic Spanish individual of M. splen-
dens remained ineffectual.
As to the Portuguese records of our species, these are apparently based only on
two specimens, one discovered by the late Prof. A. F. DE SEABRA near Soure, a
coastal locality west of Coimbra, and a second cited by Padre Navas as from
“Poigres’’, which according to Dr. DINIZ (in litt.) undoubtedly should be Poiares
(Beira Litoral), about 25 km east of Coimbra. The specimen examined by me is the
one from Soure, which was probably taken at the Rio Mondego.
In the northern hemisphere three nearctic species, namely illinoiensis Walsh,
magnifica Mac Lachlan and rickeri Walker, penetrate into the Canadian zone
between lat. 49° and 50° N, but even the wide-ranging zllinoiensis does not extend
beyond the Hudson Bay watershed, and no species have so far been recorded from
the subarctic region. On the mainland of the eastern Palaearctic, the Japanese
amphigena Selys occurs as far north as the lower reaches of the Amur (about lat.
50° N). M. szbirica Djakonov apparently has a more westward distribution, for it
is recorded from a large area between the Baikal Lake and the wooded districts
of the Jenisei and Ob, near Novosibirsk (long. 83° E, lat. 55° N), which at the
same time is the northernmost locality for any Macromia and the point least remote
from the habitat of M. splendens.
To sum up shortly: M. splendens is the only representative of Macromia in
Europe, its nearest relatives being found in the temperate parts of the Nearctic
and eastern Palaearctic. The available evidence indicates that the insect is geo-
graphically restricted to those areas of southwestern Europe that have a mild
climate (SW. France, W. Portugal and E. Spain). It is apparently confined to the
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Macromia splendens in Europe 57.
plains and hills not above 300 metres, frequenting streams with a slow current,
in which it also breeds. In view of its scattered distribution the insect could
probably only maintain itself in the warmer parts of its range, where the climate
is most uniform in character, and it is conceivable that M. splendens represents an
Eurasian remnant of a much richer preglacial (Late Pleistocene) fauna whose
constituents became largely extinct as a result of the colder climate during the last
pleistocene glaciation. |
One point remains to be considered. I have been advised not to notice the
special localities of M. splendens in any detail, because, once the attention has been
drawn to its haunts, an invasion of Macromia hunters would be unavoidable, and
this may hasten its decline or even cause its extermination. Collectors in the early
days were few, whereas at present every corner of a country has its eager explorer,
either resident or visitor.
Of course, species of localized distribution requiring a particular kind of soil
or food-plant to live on are, indeed, in real danger even in France. There are
notable examples among butterflies and beetles which in localities where they were
plentiful in former times are now gradually disappearing. It is true that M. splen-
dens exists in a comparatively limited area of France and to a certain extent is of
local occurrence even in that country. But, first of all, there is no evidence for
considering it to be an insect once more or less widely distributed that has gradually
become more narrowly localized. Localization may generally be looked upon as the
first step to extinction, but in our case the restricted occurrence is, I believe, due
to natural physical conditions, such as topography and climate. No doubt the
nature of the stream-bed in combination with a high average yearly temperature of
the water and an abundant supply of food are the most important factors contribu-
ting to its maintenance. As to the principal cause that may precipitate its destruction
and lead to its extinction, I cannot but think that these are brought about directly
by man’s agency. Industrialization and the pollution of streams as well as the
establishment of modern “recreation” centres in suitable localities may ultimately
prove fatal. Fortunately, the species mainly abounds in a country where there is
neither an extension of towns or industry, nor an excessive cultivation needed for
a rapidly increasing population. It may be remembered also that in the Midi of
France and towards the south there is a multitude of streams, many of them still
unexplored and difficult of access. Needless to say, M. splendens is a swift and
strong flier which easily escapes notice. In connection with this it would appear
to me that overlapping of generations will prevent the species from becoming
extinct and that the chances of its utter annihilation through over-collecting are
remote. In this particular case all I would implore collectors is to refrain from
taking the females, unless there is a positive reason for so doing. Let us hope that
disaster, physical or otherwise, may long be absent, and so avert its extinction!
Acknowledgements. — I am under deep obligation to Dr. MANUEL
DE ASSUNÇAO DINIZ (Museo e Laboratorio Zoologico, Universidade de Coimbra)
and Sefi. Luiz DE SEABRA (Laboratorio de Histologia e Tecnologia de Madeiras,
Lisbon) for helpful suggestions and the supply of literature on the subject. Also,
58 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 2, 1965
to Prof. C. M. BAETA NEVES (Entomologia Agricola e Florestal of the Instituto
Superior de Agronomia, Lisbon), Ing. C. FREIRE TEMUDO and Ing. Silv. C. D.
SERRAO NOGUEIRA (both on the Servicos Florestais e Aquicolas, Lisbon), who gave
useful information and readily sent me on loan the only known Portuguese example
of M. splendens. My best thanks are due to Prof. GONZALO CEBALLOS (Instituto
Espafiol de Entomologia) and Sr. ARTURO COMPTE SART (Instituto de Edafologia
y Biologia Vegetal), both in Madrid, for supplying information on the collection
of L. Navas. Lastly, I wish to thank my colleague Dr. K. H. BUCHHOLZ (Zoolo-
gisches Forschungsinstitut u. Museum A. Koenig, Bonn), who kindly supplied
some measurements for inclusion in this paper.
REFERENCES
ASAHINA, S., 1959. Illustrated insect larvae of Japan. Tokyo : 59—62, fig. (Macromia dai-
moji Okum., larva: 85, fig.).
1964. Contributions to the knowledge of the dragonflies of the genus Macromia
in the northeastern Asia. Jap. Journ. Zool. 14: 109—117, fig. 1—39.
CABOT, L., 1890. The immature state of the Odonata. Part III. Subfamily Cordulina. Mem.
Mus. Comp. Zoöl. Harv. Coll. 17 (1): 1—52, pl. I—VI. (Larvae of various Ma-
cromia spp.).
CASSAGNE-MEJEAN, F., 1963. Sur la faune des Odonates de la région Montpelliéraine. Ann.
Soc. Hort. & Hist. Nat. de l'Hér. 103, 7 pp.
CorBET, P. S., 1962. A biology of dragonflies. London, xvi + 247 pp., 115 fig.
DELAMAIN, H., 1868. In De Selys Longchamps. Observations sur les habitudes de .... Ma-
cromia splendens Pictet. Assemblée mens. ler aöut 1868. C.R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 11:
XCII—XCIII. (Extracts of M. Delamain’s letters to De Selys Longchamps about
the occurrence of M. splendens in the dép. Charente [Jarnac and Angouléme}).
FALLOU, J., 1868. Announcement, in Bull. ent, séance 25 nov. 1868: CVII (Soc. Ent.
France [4] 8, 1868).
FRASER, F. C., 1936. Odonata collected in Japan, with descriptions of three new species.
Trans. R. Ent. Soc. London 85 (5): 153—154, fig. 4 (drawings of supposed larva of
Macromia amphigena Selys).
Grasse, P., 1930. La nymphe de Macromia splendens Pictet (Odonate anisoptère). Ann.
Soc. Ent. France 99 : 9—14, fig. 1 (antenna and labial mask), pl. 2 (larva).
HARANT, H. & D. JARRY, 1963. Guide du Naturaliste dans le Midi de la France. II. Neu-
chatel. 369 pp., fig. (M. splendens : 260; fig. 288, 2 & fig. 315, larva).
IDE, F. P., 1940. Quantitative determination of the insect fauna of rapid water. Univ.
Toronto Studies, Biol. Ser., Publ. Ontario Fish. Res. Lab. 59: 1—20, pl. I—IV.
KENNEDY, C. H., 1915. Notes of the life history and ecology of the dragonflies (Odonata)
of Washington and Oregon, 4. Notes on Macromia magnifica and its nymph. Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus. 49 : 313—322, 27 fig.
1917. Notes on the life history and ecology of the dragonflies (Odonata) of Cen-
tral California and Nevada. Ibid. 52: 483—635, fig.
LIEFTINCK, M. A., 1931. A revision of the genus Epophthalmia Burm. (Odon., Corduliinae),
with notes on habits and larvae. Treubia 13 : 21—80, pl. I & 29 fig.
—, 1941. Studies on Oriental Gomphidae (Odon.) with descriptions of new or in-
teresting larvae. Ibid. 18: 233—253, pl. 9—15.
—, 1950. Further studies on southeast Asiatic species of Macromia Rambur, with notes
on their ecology, habits and life history, and with descriptions of larvae of two new
species (Odon.). Ibid. 20: 657—716, fig. 1—61.
—, 1953. New dragonflies (Odonata) from Borneo, with notes on their habits and
larvae. Ibid. 22 : 381—406, fig. (Macromia spp.: 395—406, figs.).
——, 1955. Further inquiries into the Old World species of Macromia Rambur (Odo-
nata). Zool. Meded. Leiden 33, no. 25: 251—277, 28 fig.
2
>
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Macromia splendens in Europe 59
MARTIN, R., 1907. Cat. Coll. Zool. Selys, 17, Cordulines. Bruxelles, 98 pp., 3 pls. (M.
splendens : 66, fig. 84, & appendages).
, 1914. Cordulinae iz Wytsman, Gen. Ins. 155: 24, pl. 3 fig. 19 (colour picture
of male M. splendens).
MORTON, K. J., 1925. Macromia splendens at last: an account of dragonfly hunting in France.
Ent. Mon. Mag. 61: 11—15.
Navas, L., 1923. Excursions entomològiques de l’istiu de 1922. Arxius de l'Institut de
Ciéncies Barcelona, 1923: 1—34, fig. (M. splendens: 9).
—, 1924. Sinopsis de los Paraneurópteros (Odonatos) de la peninsula iberica. Mem.
Soc. Ent. Espafia (Zaragoza) la: 25 (Portuguese and Spanish records of M.
splendens).
PiCTET, F. J., 1843a. Description d'une nouvelle espèce de Névroptére du genre Cordulia,
découverte en France. Avec une note additionelle de M. De Selys Longchamps.
Revue Zool. Soc. Cuvierienne, Année 1843, (published May, 1843), 6: 131 (Diag-
nosis of Cordulia Splendida [rect. splendens} nov.)
—, 1843b. Cordulie splendide. Cordulia splendens. Pictet. — With additional remarks
by E. de Sélys Longchamps, signed: Avril 1843. Iz Guérin, Magasin de Zoologie,
Année 1843, [2e sér.] 13 : 1—2 (Pictet), 2—3 (de Sélys), Insectes. Pl. 117 (colour
picture of young female).
PopovA, A. N., 1953. Lichinki strekoz fauny S.S.S.R. (Dragonfly larvae of the fauna of
USSR). Keys to the fauna of USSR. Zool. Inst. Acad. Sci. USSR, no. 50, Leningrad
1953 : 1—235, fig. 1—141 (in Russian). (Macromia spec.: 168—171, fig. 105—
106).
RENOUST, M., 1961. Nouvelle capture de Macromia Splendens Pictet ® dans les environs
de Montpellier. Ann. Soc. Hort. & Hist. Nat. de l’Hér. 101: 180—182 and photo-
graph of female.
SEABRA, A. F. DE, 1937. Notas entomolögicas. Odonata. Mem. Estudos Mus. Zool. Univ.
Coimbra [1} no. 101 : 5—7, fig. 9—12 (M. splendens : 6—7, fig. 11, wings & 12,
& app.).
—, 1937. Notas söbre os Odonatos de Portugal. Ibid. [1] no. 104: 1—14 (M. splen-
dens: 11 & 12).
—, 1937. Catalogo das Coleccoes Entomolögicas. Publ. Dir. Geral Serv. Florest. 6 (2),
291 pp. (M. splendens : 194—195).
—, 1942. Contribuicoes para o inventario da fauna lusitânica. Ins. Odonata. Mem.
Estudos Mus. Zool. Univ. Coimbra, no. 129: 1—8 (M. splendens : cat.: 5).
SELYS LONGCHAMPS, E. DE, 1871. Synopsis des Cordulines. Bull. Acad. Belg. (2) 31 : 238—
565 (M. splendens : 540—541).
, 1878. Sec. Addit. Syn. Cordulines. Ibid. (2) 45 : 183—222 (M. splendens: 185).
SELYS LONGCHAMPS, E. DE & H. A. HAGEN, 1850. Revue des Odonates ou Libellules
d'Europe. Mém. Soc. Sci. Liège, 6, Bruxelles, xxii + 408 pp., 6 tables, 11 plates
(M. splendens : 78—81, pl. 2 fig. 2, & app.).
WALKER, E. M., 1937. A new Macromia from British Columbia (Odon., Corduliidae).
Canad. Entom. 69: 5—13, fig.
WESTFALL, M. J., 1947. A new Macromia from North Carolina. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc.
63 : 32—36, fig.
WHITEHOUSE, F. C., 1941. British Columbia dragonflies (Odonata), with notes on distribu-
tion and habits. Amer. Midland Naturalist 26: 488—557, fig. (Macromia spp.:
492—493, 526—528).
WILLIAMSON, E. B., 1909. The North American dragonflies (Odonata) of the genus Macro-
mia. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 37: 369—398, pl. 35—36.
te jus 4 DAI va, fica ct ni la
AE.) STN DRR RAM GA 7. PRIA
n ber SAN TEL en
È iu Meta
gat pr) el a e vin en h
ur halt it nel
iris AAW kai a aa A ND tg RP
i ab) Op | ATOS i] iy À Von IT)
DI { ays f jie. Ay ee
A bY j i fia ek
a er
u Ir ns 7] phe AN
va Un bb iwi) Wh Sine :
| MANS TT Au TT
aire sE oie alee aa
mare ene ia DEI
J
: Tale A aan YA: 1} ins 25
ma MA (ni [ A ind he x
VI tl hi ca aa
Hal wie tink ‘hs
il; 10 das
24
| Lu (ER, ANT Po JI, Mer ab 2 A
yer al, bi
Ed var AN tae La a
mee arn?
Keen As Aah “none
1] COR EN MARS Alg Len EE
4 i { 4 bet Pei LA Î
Lod Er
yes hi tt la NT
i Ù i Mark | IK,
Ru hk
VAS) ETUI ADN | bd ri une van the FA L
a Tus N =
{je & ED ca ae DL md ris Aa aie aL
niece id beet LEA LI TL Aaa ER quid”
ME 4 AN aa 2. Bein MIA L
Saupe do TRIM: aa) sig dai
LE ‘421 L'or u
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 2, 1965 PLAAT 5
Exuvia of Macromia splendens Pictet, from Larroque-des-Arcs (Lot), 28.VI.1964
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Macromia splendens in Europe
ENTOMOLOGISCHE BERICHTEN
De Entomologische Berichten worden eveneens door de Nederlandsche Entomo-
_ logische Vereeniging uitgegeven en zijn bestemd voor de publicatie van kortere
- artikelen, van faunistische notities etc., alsmede van de Verslagen der Vergade-
_ ringen en van mededelingen van het Bestuur. Zij verschijnen twaalf maal per jaar
| in een aflevering van 16 of meer bladzijden. Deze 12 afleveringen vormen samen
een deel.
TRICHOPTERORUM CATALOGUS
| De Trichopterorum Catalogus van F. C. J. Fischer wordt door de Neder-
… Jandsche Entomologische Vereeniging voor rekening van de auteur uitgegeven.
De eerste vijf delen verschenen in 1960—1964. In totaal worden het 15 delen.
_ Alle bekende recente en fossiele soorten van de gehele wereld met hun synoniemen
_worden er in behandeld, Van alle genera worden de type-soorten aangewezen en
. de literatuur zal van 1758 tot eind 1960 met de geografische verspreiding vermeld
worden. Delen I en II kosten f 39,— per stuk, delen II—V: f 45,—. Van alle
- delen zijn ook éénzijdig bedrukte exemplaren beschikbaar. De prijsverhoging
| hiervoor bedraagt f 2,50.
Alle zakelijke correspondentie betreffende de Vereeniging te richten aan de
Secretaris, W. Hellinga, Weesperzijde 2311, Amsterdam-O.
| Alle correspondentie over de redactie van het Tijdschrift voor Entomologie te
= richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. A. Diakonoff, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke
Historie, Leiden.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van de Entomologische Berichten te rich-
ten aan de Redacteur, B. J. Lempke, Oude IJselstraat 12111, Amsterdam-Z. 2.
Alle betalingen te richten aan de Penningmeester, Drs. H. Wiering, Doorntjes
| 29, Bergen (N.H.), postgiro 188130, ten name van de Nederlandsche Entomolo-
_ gische Vereeniging te Bergen (N.H.).
- Alle correspondentie betreffende de Bibliotheek der Vereeniging te richten aan
- de Bibliotheek, Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O.
NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS
È All correspondence referring to subscriptions and exchange of the periodicals
of the Netherlands Entomological Society should be addressed to the Librarian,
_ Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O, Netherlands.
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
Contributors will receive free of charge fifty reprints of their papers, joint authors have
to divide this number between them at their discretion. Additional reprints may be ordered
when returning proofs. Ì
Manuscripts should be written in Dutch, English, French, German or Italian. If they
contain descriptions of new genera, species, etc., they should be in one of the four last
mentioned languages.
The author should communicate with the editor before submitting his manuscript. He
will enclose with manuscript a Synopsis (Abstract), styled according to recommendations
of the UNESCO (style rules will be provided by the editor) and, if needed, a Summary.
Papers in Dutch should contain an Abstract and/or a Summary in one of the four other ~~
languages.
Manuscripts should be typewritten in double spacing on only one side of the paper, with
a margin of at least three cm at the left side of each sheet. Paragraphs should be indented.
Carbon copies cannot be accepted, as handling makes them illegible. j
Captions for text figures and plates should be written on a separate sheet in double
spacing, numbered consecutively in arabic numerals; the use of a, b, c, or any other
subdivision of the figure numbering should be avoided.
Drawings for reproduction should be on good paper in Indian ink, preferably at least
one and a half times as large as the ultimate size desired. Lettering should be uniform, and,
after reduction, of the same size. Photographs should be furnished as shiny positive prints,
unmounted. Plates should be arranged so as to fill a whole page (11.5 x 19 cm) of the
Tijdschrift, or a portion thereof, captions included. Combinations of illustrations into groups
are preferable to separate illustrations, since there is a minimum charge per block.
Names of genera and lower systematic categories, new terms and the like are to be under-
lined by the author in the manuscript by a single straight line. Any other directions as to
size or style of the type are given by the editors, not by the author. Italic type or spacing to
stress ordinary words or sentences is to be avoided. Dates should be spelled as follows: either
”10.V.1948” or ”10 May, 1948”. Other use of latin numerals should be avoided, as well as
abbreviations in the text, save those generally accepted. Numbers from one to ten occurring
in the text should be written in full, one, two, three, etc. Titles must be kept short. Foot-
notes should be kept at a minimum.
Bibliography should no be given in footnotes but compiled in a list at the end of the
paper, styled as follows:
Mosley, M. E., 1932, "A revision of the European species of the genus Leuctra (Pleco-
ptera)”. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [10] 10 (3): 1—41, pl. 1—5, fig. 1—57. Number of
issue should only be added (in parentheses) when it has individual pagination.
Text references to this list might be made thus:
”Mosley (1932) says....’ or ”(Mosley, 1932)”.
The editors reserve the right to adjust style to certain standards of uniformity.
Manuscripts and all communications concerning editorial matters only should be sent to:
- Dr. A. DIAKONOFF, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, The Netherlands.
MUS, COMP
ZIO
LIBRARY
MAY 2 4 1965
IN CDA 7 e f
HARVARD
UNIVERSIT
o D EEL 108 AFLEVERING 3
TIJDSCHRIFT
VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
UITGEGEVEN DOOR
DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
a INHOUD:
| FR CHRYSANTHUS O.F.M. Cap. — On the identity of Coelotes atropos (Walcke-
_ naer), saxatilis (Blackwall) and terrestris (Wider) (Araneida, Agelenidae),
Bei 71, fig. 1 10,
I |
| Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, deel 108, afl. 3. Gepubliceerd 16-IV-1965
Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging
BESTUUR
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht, President (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
Dr. J. G. Betrem, Vice-President (1959—1965), Deventer.
W. Hellinga, Secretaris (1963—1969), Amsterdam.
Drs. H. Wiering, Penningmeester (1962—1968), Bergen (N.H.).
Drs. C. A. W. Jeekel, Bibliothecaris (1960— 1966), Amsterdam.
J. A. Janse (1964—1970), Bennebroek.
Dr. H. J. de Fluiter (1960— 1965), Wageningen.
COMMISSIE VAN REDACTIE VOOR DE PUBLICATIES
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
P. Chrysanthus (1964—1967), Oosterhout (N.B.).
Dr. A. Diakonoff (1964—-1967), Leiderdorp.
G. L. van Eyndhoven (1963—1966), Haarlem.
Dr. L. G. E. Kalshoven, (1964—1967), Blaricum.
Prof. Dr. D. J. Kuenen (benoemd 1957), Leiden.
Dr. P. A. van der Laan (benoemd 1957), Bennekom.
B. J. Lempke (1962—1965), Amsterdam.
Prof. Dr. J. de Wilde (benoemd 1957), Wageningen.
Dr. J. T. Wiebes (1963—1966), Leiden.
BESTUUR DER AFDELING VOOR TOEGEPASTE ENTOMOLOGIE
Dr. A. F. H. Besemer, Voorzitter, Wageningen.
Ir. P. Gruys, Secretaris, Rheden.
Dr. Ir. L. Bravenboer, Naaldwijk.
Dr. C. F. A. Bruyning, Oegstgeest.
Dr. Ir. J. B. M. van Dinther, Bennekom.
De contributie voor het lidmaatschap bedraagt f 15.—, voor student- leden |
f 2.50, per jaar. — Begunstigers betalen jaarlijks tenminste f 15 —.
De leden, behalve de student-leden, ontvangen gratis de Entomologische |
Berichten van 12 nummers per jaar, waarvan de prijs voor student-leden f 1.50 —
per jaar, voor niet-leden f 20.— per jaar en f 2.— per nummer bedraagt.
De leden kunnen zich voor f 10.— per jaar abonneren op het Tijdschrift voor |
Entomologie; hiervan bedraagt de prijs voor niet-leden f 35 — per jaar. |
De eerder verschenen publicaties der Vereeniging zijn voor de leden tegen ver-
minderde prijzen verkrijgbaar.
wdd eere inte ld lenen” el an vnd alen a ne ere Onda te
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
Het Tijdschrift voor Entomologie wordt uitgegeven door de Nederlandsche
Entomologische Vereeniging en is bestemd voor de publicatie van de resultaten
van de studie der Entomologie van algemene en bijzondere aard. Het verschijnt
in één deel van 300—400 bladzijden per jaar, bestaande uit enkele afleveringen.
Bovendien worden monographieën handelende over bijzondere onderwerpen,
met onregelmatige tussenpozen uitgegeven. 1
ON THE IDENTITY OF COELOTES ATROPOS (WALCKE-
NAER), SAXATILIS (BLACKWALL) AND TERRESTRIS
(WIDER) (ARANEIDA, AGELENIDAE)
BY MUS, COMP >
Fr. CHRYSANTHUS O.F.M. Cap. LIBRARY
Oosterhout, Netherlands a A
MAY 2 4 196:
Abstract HARVA rn
UNIVEE
identity of the above-mentioned species, of which the original descriptions appeared between
1830 and 1834. In the course of the 20th century a stabilization was gradually achieved, and
especially since 1953 most authors distinguished two species: C. atropos (Walckenaer, 1830)
and C. terrestris (Wider, 1834).
A study of the original descriptions and of some data in the respective literature has led
to the conclusion that most authors have interpreted the original description of atropos erro-
neously. It appeared that C. atropos Walckenaer is identical with the species recorded,
especially since 1953, as C. terrestris, whilst the species recorded, especially since 1953, as
C. atropos, should be denoted with the name C. saxatilis Blackwall.
A comparative study of an extensive collection of specimens from different regions resulted
in the conclusion that the identification of the males of these species is fairly easy, whereas
none of the characters used for the identification of the females, when considered separately,
is absolutely reliable: sometimes several characters have to be taken into consideration
simultaneously.
Drassus atropos was originally described by WALCKENAER in 1830 (p. 171);
an amplified redescription was published by him in 1837 (p. 627). The descrip-
tions of two apparently closely related species appeared in the meantime, viz.,
those of Clubiona saxatilis Blackwall (1833 : 436) and Aranea terrestris Wider
(1834 : 215). There is no doubt that these species all belong to the genus Coelotes.
Up to now, however, there has been considerable confusion among arachnologists
about the correct identity of these (and other) species of the genus. Nevertheless
the opinion gradually prevailed that in West and Central Europe two common
species only occur; authors did, however, not agree on the correct names and the
synonymy.
KULCZYNSKI was the first to make an attempt to elucidate the confusion
about these species (CHYZER & KULCZYNSKI, 1897 : 160—161; KULCZYNSKI,
1906 : 438—440, 446—447), although he had to admit that he could not solve
all difficulties. In his 1906 paper this author gave extensive descriptions (in Latin)
and rather good figures of 20 European species of the genus Amaurobius (=
Coelotes), including atropos and terrestris; according to him saxatilis was a syno-
nym of atropos.
Good descriptions and partly also distinct figures are given by O. PICKARD-
CAMBRIDGE (1879), DE LESSERT (1910), SIMON (1937), LOCKET & MILLIDGE
61
ITA
211
: : : VERS
For a long time there has been much confusion among arachnologists about the correct —
62 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 3, 1965
(1953), and especially WIEHLE (1963); these authors distinguish two species, viz.,
atropos and terrestris, and consider saxatilis a synonym of atropos.
The species are, however, confounded by SIMON (1875) and BÖSENBERG
(1902), whilst M. DAHL (1931) even regarded both saxatilis and terrestris as
synonyms of atropos.
Because I was not completely satisfied with this situation, I started a u of
the original descriptions and of some data in the respective literature, while a
large number of specimens from different regions has been compared, viz., from
the Netherlands (VAN HASSELT Collection, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie,
Leiden), South Limburg (Br. ARNOUD, Heerlen); from Germany, Stolberg and
Goslar, Harz (Zoologisches Museum, Hamburg), Göttingen (Dr. H. HOMANN),
Erlangen (Dr. E. TRETZEL); from Luxemburg (Dr. L. MULLER, Luxemburg, Mr.
P. J. van HELSDINGEN, Leiden); from France, Chaville and Les Contamines
(Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris); from Switzerland (VAN HELs-
DINGEN, Mr. J. A. DE PRIESTER, Voorschoten) and from several parts of Great
Britain, in the British Museum (Natural History); P. CAMBRIDGE Collection,
University Museum, Oxford; Dr. G. H. Locker, Stockbridge.
I wish to thank Dr. L. VAN DER HAMMEN (Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Histo-
rie, Leiden), Dr. G. RACK (Zoologisches Museum, Hamburg), Dr. J. F. JÉZÉQUEL
(Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris), Mr. D. J. CLARK (British Museum,
Natural History) and Mr. A. M. AcKLAND (University Museum, Oxford) and
further all collectors mentioned above, for the kindness with which they put all
these materials at my disposal; I am grateful to Dr. VAN DER HAMMEN, Dr.
Locket and Dr. O. Kraus (Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt a. M.) for their
suggestions with regard to this problem and their help in several details of my
investigations.
The study led me to the following conclusions:
(1) Many authors, especially since 1953, correctly distinguish two species.
(2) C. terrestris Wider is a synonym of C. atropos Walckenaer; most authors
erroneously interpreted the original description of atropos, so that, consequent-
ly, C. terrestris auct. = C. atropos Walckenaer, 1830; and C. atropos auct.
= C. saxatilis Blackwall, 1833.
(3) The identification of the males is fairly easy; the characters of the patellar
apophysis of the palp and the shape of several parts of the bulbus are clear
and almost invariable;
(4) none of the characters given for the identification of the females is absolutely
reliable, when considered separately, a fact already revealed by some contra-
dictions between the descriptions by different authors.
(1) C. atropos auct. and C. terrestris auct. are two different species: a com-
parison of the descriptions and the figures, especially of the copulatory organs,
clearly reveals specific differences.
(2A) C. terrestris Wider, 1834, is the same species as C. atropos Walckenaer,
1830. My arguments are the following.
(a) Drassus atropos was described after a female from “la forêt de Villers Cot-
FR. CHRYSANTHUS : The identity of Coelotes species 63
terets” + 70 km NE of Paris; WALCKENAER noted that the male was unknown
(p. 172). In his redescription of the species in 1837 he described also a male from
“le plateau de la montagne qui domine la butte du Trésor, laquelle fournit la
source des Eaux-Bonnes, dans les Pyrénées, à l’extrémité de la vallée d’Ossau’’;
according to KULCZYNSKI (1906 : 438) this male belongs to a different species.
WALCKENAER gave an extensive description of the female, full of details;
especially his description of the abdomen of the female is very clear; it runs as
follows: “Abdomen … brun … ayant une ligne jaunätre, fusiforme, qui, depuis
le corselet, se prolonge jusqu'au tiers de la longueur de l'abdomen, et qui est
trifide à son extrémité, ou qui se termine par trois traits ou virgules, dont les
latérales sont les plus grosses, tandis que celle du milieu est plus fine et manque
quelquefois. Cette raie jaune est bordée de noir, formant deux lignes qui se rejoig-
nent à l'extrémité, et n'en composant plus qu'une qui atteint jusqu'à l'anus. Mais
cette ligne noire est interrompue transversalement par quatre chevrons jaunâtres,
qui font suite au chevron bifide ou trifide qui termine la ligne jaunatre; et apres
cette ligne, le milieu du dos présente une suite de chevrons jaunes, paralléles,
d’autant plus rapprochés entre eux, qu'ils se rapprochent le plus de l'anus.”
ep. 171)
From this quotation it appears that, after a thorough study, descriptions given
by authors of the past sometimes are of greater importance than often has been
assumed, especially when these refer to rather common species.
The type-specimen of C. terrestris is also a female; it originates from Beerfelden,
+ 40 km ENE of Mannheim. WIDER’s description is much shorter: with reference
to the abdomen of the female he only says: “Hinterleib … dunkel schwarzbraun.
Ueber den Rücken läuft eine Reihe paarweise stehender, heller, länglich runder
Flecken, die sich in einem Winkel vereinigen.” (p. 215). “(Hinterleib) ... oben
und in den Seiten ist es dunkel schwarzbraun, nur über die Mitte des Rückens läuft
ein Streifen heller Doppelflecke, die sich in einem vorwärts gerichteten Winkel
paarweise vereinigen, aber oft fast ganz verloschen sind” (p. 216).
We are certain as to the identity of this species because the type material is still
present in the Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt a.M. Dr. Kraus made a careful
study of these specimens, which convinced him that C. terrestris sensu WIEHLE,
1963 (= terrestris auct.) is identical with the types. He selected a female as lecto-
type (SMF 12228; leg. F. WIDER, 1824); the other specimens, two males and
five females, he indicated as “lecto-paratypoids” (SMF 4725; leg. F. WIDER,
1824); he kindly permitted me to publish this selection herewith.
A comparison of WALCKENAER's description of C. atropos with WIEHLE's fig.
108 of terrestris and our fig. 4 shows that these agree in all details. It is true that
the pattern of the abdomen is not always just as distinct (cf. LOCKET & MILLIDGE,
1953 : 20), so that ín these cases one has to consider other characters (cf. our S 4);
this circumstance does, however, not imply an inadequacy of WALCKENAER’S
description.
(b) WALCKENAER himself considered C. terrestris Wider a synonym of his
atropos, 1837 : 628 — list of synonyms — “Aranea terrestris, Reus et Wider, Mus.
Senckenb. p. 215, pl. 14, fig. 10 (Bonne figure)”;
1842: 489 “M. Koch a raison de dire que j'ai eu tort de citer l’Aranea terrestris
64 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 3, 1965
de M. Wider, comme synonyme de la Clubiona atrox, mais il se trompe lorsq’il
croit que mon Drassus atropos n'est pas la même espèce que l’Aranea terrestris de
Wider, comme l’indique ma synonymie”.
(c) The type-locality of atropos Walckenaer is “la forêt de Villers Cotterets”
(+ 70 km NE of Paris, altitude 200—500 m). Simon collected in this forest,
and stated that he only found “terrestris”: “le Drassus atropos est même décrit de
la forêt de Villers Cotterets où je n'ai trouvé que le C. terrestris, sans pouvoir af-
firmer que les deux ne se rencontrent pas dans certains endroits. C. terrestris est
l'espèce des grands forêts du Nord et de l'Est (Ardennes, Normandie, Compiègne,
etc.) tandis que C. atropos se trouve seul dans les bois des environs immédiats de
Paris! (1937: 1036, note):
It is a pity that SIMON did not keep the materials from different localities
separately. Dr. JÉZÉQUEL could only send me two females and one male of C. atro-
pos auct. from Chaville (between Paris and Versailles, leg. 8.V.1921) and two
females and one male (leg. VIII.1913) of C. terrestris auct., originating from
Les Contamines (Haute Savoie, a few km west of the Mont Blanc). I regret that
I did not have the opportunity of obtaining material from the type-locality of C.
atropos in order to designate a neotype, because this locality seems to be un-
disturbed. I may remark that only exceptionally the two species are found in the
same region, viz., (a) England: two counties, one in the North and one in the
South (Dr. LOCKET, personal communication); (b) Germany: Stolberg (Harz):
C. atropos auct. (cf. Wiehle, 1963 : 290) and C. terrestris auct., four females and
one male, collected in 1913, preserved in the Zoologisches Museum, Hamburg,
where I could study these specimens.
It seems to me that the conclusion from the data mentioned by me in the fore-
going paragraphs must be that C. terrestris Wider, 1834, is a synonym of C. atropos
Walckenaer, 1830, and that consequently the species generally known as C. ter-
restris henceforward must be named C. atropos Walckenaer.
(2B) C. “atropos” auct. is not C. atropos Walckenaer but C. saxatilis Blackwall,
1833. The arguments are as follows.
(a) BLACKWALL published an extensive description of Clubiona saxatilis (1833 :
437); the most important part runs as follows: “Abdomen …; its colour is yel-
lowish brown with numerous black spots above and a black band, broad at the
anterior part but gradually becoming narrower as it approaches the spinners,
extending along the medial line; on each side of this band is a series of short,
oblique, yellowish brown lines, which in some individuals, unite in the posterior
region of the abdomen, forming angles whose vertices are directed forwards’. A
redescription of 1861 (p. 170) is nearly identical with that of 1833.
These descriptions fully correspond with typical specimens of C. atropos auct.
(cf. WIEHLE, 1963, fig. 107 and our fig. 1) and not with the real C. atropos
Walckenaer (cf. the description 2A, a).
(b) Dr. Locker has been so kind as to study specimens from the O. PICKARD-
CAMBRIDGE collection (Oxford), viz., five males and thirteen females, with bottle
label “Coelotes saxatilis BI. —-atropos Wk.” His conclusion is that these are really
C. atropos auct.
(c) The type-locality of saxatilis Blackwall is (Mt) Snowdon in Caernarvon-
FR. CHRYSANTHUS : The identity of Coelotes species 65
shire (Wales) “under loose fragments of rock” (1833 : 437). “This is a typical
habitat of atropos (auct.) but terrestris is not recorded for that county” (Dr.
Locker, personal communication).
More or less connected with the above-mentioned problem is the disagreement
of arachnologists as to the correct name of the genus. Most authors use Coelotes,
some others are of the opinion that Amaurobius should be preferred. Recently
(1964) Levi & Kraus made an application to the International Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature ‘(asking that the Commission will) use its plenary
powers to suppress the generic names Amaurobius C. L. Koch, 1836, and Cavator
Blackwall, 1840, and place them on the Official Index of Rejected and Invalid
Generic Names in Zoology, and place the generic names Amaurobius C. L. Koch,
1837, and Coelotes Blackwall, 1841, on the Official List of Generic Names in
Zoology.”
I may remark that Clubiona saxatilis Blackwall, 1833, is the type-species (by
monotypy) of Coelotes Blackwall, 1841. Levi & Kraus follow the current usage of
modern authors and consider C. saxatilis a synonym of C. atropos; consequently
they ask the Commission to place C. atropos on the Official List. My investigations,
however, clearly show that saxatzlis and atropos are different species, so that it must
be recommended to place the first mentioned species on the Official List.
I realize that the present conclusion will cause some disturbance in current
nomenclature, especially since modern usage seemed to become well-established
after the appearance of the works of LOCKET & MILLIDGE (1953) and WIEHLE
(1963). The usage of the names C. atropos and C. terrestris is, however, not as
unequivocal as would appear from BONNET (1956), according to whose biblio-
graphy the name atropos appears more than 200 times in literature up to 1939,
terrestris more than 100. These numbers are of little value because identifications
often differed in each country and depended upon preference for taxonomic works
of the own region. The following general rules for the interpretation of records
may be useful.
In England, after the publications of O. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE (1879 and 1905)
most terrestris identifications will prove to be ferrestris Wider indeed; most atropos
identifications will be atropos auct. (= saxatilis Blw.). Misidentifications cannot
be excluded: in PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE’s own collection (Oxford) two females are
labelled “terrestris Wider (pabulator Cambr. Simon)”; these proved to be atropos
auct. (checked by Dr. LOCKET and Fr. CHRYSANTHUS). All identifications after
1953 (the date of appearance of the book by Locker & MILLIDGE) will certainly
correspond with the opinion of these authors.
In France, in the second edition of his “Arachnides de France” (1937, edited
by BERLAND and FAGE) SIMON states (p. 1036, note) that he himself mixed up
the two species “‘jusque dans ces derniers temps.” For this reason all references
until 1937 must be considered with some reserve.
In Germany (and the Netherlands), the references to terrestris will be terrestris
Wider; all references to atropos will almost certainly bear upon the same species.
BÖSENBERG (1902) mixed up the species and M. DAHL (1931) considered the
three species identical. WIEHLE, who for the first time in this country clearly
66 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 3, 1965
FR. CHRYSANTHUS : The identity of Coelotes species 67
ce
distinguished the species, writes: “... Coelotes terrestris (ist) bei weitem die häu-
figste Spezies. Ich selbst habe C. atropos nur einmal gefunden, und zwar im Sep-
tember 1934 in einem Mischwald bei Stolberg (Harz), in beiden Geslechtern
adult” (1963 : 290).
When the possibility of avoidance of too much disturbance in nomenclature is
also taken into account, there are three ways to solve the problem of the specific
names.
(1) The absolutely correct way is to restore the name C. atropos in its original
meaning, and replace C. atropos auct. by C. saxatilis Blackwall. It will be easy to
collect new material at the type-locality (forêt de Villers-Cotterets, Aisne, about
70 km NE of Paris), and designate a neotype for C. atropos.
(2) Suppression of the name C. atropos, resulting in conservation of the name
C. terrestris Wider (= terrestris auct.) and introduction of the name C. saxatilis
Blackwall (= atropos auct.). This is a logical solution, excluding the possibility of
confusion. In my opinion this way should be preferred. Therefore, in the special
part of the present paper below, the names are used in this sense.
(3) Validation under the plenary powers of the name C. atropos in the sense
of modern authors. This solution is illogical and at complete variance with common
sense: it would result in the connection of the name atropos with a species that
does not occur at the type-locality !
My comparison of descriptions and materials also resulted in the two following
conclusions.
(3) The identification of the males is fairly easy: the characters of the patellar
apophysis of the palp and the shape of several parts of the bulbus are distinct and
almost invariable (cf. LOCKET & MILLIDGE, 1953, figs. 14, 15; WIEHLE, 1963,
figs. 113—119; our figs. 3, 6, 9, 11).
(4) None of the characters given for the identification of the females, when
considered separately, is absolutely reliable, a fact already revealed by some contra-
dictions between the descriptions by different authors. The following key sum-
marizes these characters. As mentioned above, the names used here are C. terrestris
Wider (= terrestris auct. = atropos Walckenaer), and C. saxatilis Blackwall
(= atropos auct. non Walckenaer).
KEY TO THE FEMALES
a) abdomen: dark with a lighter longitudinal stripe on the anterior part and
distinct lighter chevrons on the posterior part. . . . Se age
— abdomen lighter, a dark stripe runs its whole length, no » ani saxatilis
Figure 1, Coelotes saxatilis (Blw.), ®, abdomen, X 5; 2, idem, epigyne, X 55;
3, idem, &, left palp, bulbus, # from above, X 50; 4, C. terrestris (Wider), 9, abdomen,
X 5; 5, idem, epigyne, X 55; 6, idem, &, left palp, bulbus, + from above, X 50;
7, idem, ®, sketch of the epigyne, X 55 (for the abbreviations cf. text); 8, C. saxatilis
(Blw.), 9, vulva, X 65; 9, idem, &, left palp, tibial apophysis, outside, X 30; 10, C.
terrestris (Wider), 2, vulva, X 65; 11, idem, 4, left palp, tibial apophysis, outside, X 30
68
b)
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 3, 1965
epigyne: central part square, with a sharp anterior border (fig. 5) . terrestris
epigyne: central BE a height: width = + 3 : 2, without this border
(EM) RE EET
c) the sides of the ere not or hande bennen ATE ine tip (fig. 5)
terrestris
ae these is ne, rada er ihe tip, come shaped like a hockey
stick Alto Dun. . . saxatilis
d) the visible part of the al seminis ig 7, 5 ac at the middle of
thesepigynenme.: BANEN EN MT Cr NENNEN
— this part nearer to the Bass IDE "i geine a . . saxatilis
e) dents on either side of the epigyne (fig. 7, i) large placed e the middle
of thesepigyne i ene 17079
— dents smaller, placed in ne middle a o pr MPN I
f) vulva: (Wiehle, 1963, figs. 111, 112; our figs. 8, 10) receptacula seminis
broad,spaunehyu a e I ero
= zreceptacula more slender: Mie 22 e
TABLE OF THE EXAMINED SPECIMENS
a b c d e f g h i
Qn no locality arch sides d Q, Q, species
275 GV8 Goyt Valley (N. England) ? + 2 45 27 saxatilis
217 GV10 i o -L 2 39 31 »
217 Gya f Or en 8
202, 1 North England O + 2 38 31 >
202 D 55 (o) + 2 38 23 es
200 A 55 o + 2 42 25 RO
200 GV3 Goyt Valley 0 + 2 42 25 5
200 GV5 33 (o) + 3 42 25) 5
200 GV7 5 o + 3 33 33 5
200 GV9 cp (o) + 2 50 25 op
200 CW3 Cord Ward Wood (N. Engl.) 0 + 3 33 25 DI
200 PI Chaville (France) ? + 2 50 21 A
200 P2 dA (o) + 2 41 25 33
186 GV6 Goyt Valley 0 + 2 39 23 B
184 CW5 Cord Ward Wood o + 2 46 31 ER
183 CW1 > o + 2 36 27 »
171 CW2 Cord Ward Wood o + 2 33 33 saxatilis
171 GV4 Goyt Valley o + 2 42 25 n
GLI n COL Et 7 DA DEMO 5
gd ENA 5 CURE ZO È
WL 3 S.W. England c — 4 42 42 terrestris
166 393a Sustenpass (Switserland) c — 4 50 40 >,
163 CW4 Cord Ward Wood 0 + 2 46 31 saxatilis
1574 7GV2 Goyt Valley o + 2 36 27 5
J572°H the Netherlands c — 4 36 41 terrestris
157 G Göttingen (Germany) € — 3 53 42 DO
155.286 North England 0 + 2 43 29 saxatilis
155 B = o ? 2 43 36 =
FR. CHRYSANTHUS : The identity of Coelotes species 69
a b c d e f g h i
Qh no locality arch sides d Q, OF species
150 XIV Erlangen (Germany) c — 3 58 42 terrestris
SON South Limburg (Netherlands) c — 3 58 42 a
143 XV Erlangen c ? 3 50 40 he
143 + 100a Diekirch (Luxemburg) c — 4 35 60 7
143 Stl Stolberg (Harz, Germany) c — 4 50 40 sh
137 XII Erlangen c — 4 45 45 5
157, Xl si c — 3 55 36 =
137 VI South Limburg c 1) 4 45 36 5
LEA North England c — 3 55 45 5
15 7m St2 Stolberg c — 4 45 36 5
197, 2°8t5 5 c — 3 55 36 ‘4
1330,11 South Limburg c — 3 50 42 a
125 12%) Les Contamines (France) ? — 3 60 40 is
12200 PA x c — 3 45 36 De
122 II South Limburg c 1) 3 55 36 =
12206 La Luxemburg c — 3 54 45 5
Ss TI South Limburg c — 3 62 31 be
ie IN. E ee Bt Be n
112 XII Erlangen c — 4 33 44 ES
12 Ib Luxemburg ? — 3 DD 44 sr
112 Ha the Netherlands c — 3 45 27 5
ie ee) Schwyz (Switserland) c — 4 40 50 4
itil IE Tschiertschen (Switserland) c — 5 55 50 5
111 Sté Stolberg c — 3 60 30 js
105 100 Diekirch c — 4 40 40 a
100 VI South Limburg c — 3 44 44 5
100 393 Sustenpass c — 3 45 36 a
1) (row e) = no annotations
As the shape of the central part is the most striking difference of the epigynes
of the two species I measured the epigynes of 55 specimens and expressed these
measurements in a quotient Q, = = x 100; h = height of the epigyne,
w = its width, taken at the centre of the receptacula which are visible under the
paler median part (cf. fig. 7, r). I have arranged the specimens in descending
progression of this Q (see table, rows a, b, c).
I have further added notes on (a) the anterior border of the epigyne (“arch”,
row d): o = open; c = closed; (b) the shape of the sides (row e): + =
broadened towards the tip; — = not broadened towards the tip; (c) the width
of the dents (row f, 1 = 0.05 mm).
Moreover I have added the following quotients:
Où = aX 100; p = distance of the posterior side of the dents from the poster-
ior rim of the epigyne (row g);
and} ©; = = X 100; r = distance of the centre of the visible part of the recep-
tacula from the posterior rim of the epigyne (row h).
In all these quotients a higher number indicates a more anterior position of the
part in question. Several numbers repeatedly occur: this is partly due to the fact
that I have rounded off all measurements to 0.05 mm and multiples of it.
70 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 3, 1965
Critical discussion of the usual characters (a—f, p. 67)
The first-mentioned character (a), the pattern of the abdomen, may often be
decisive but sometimes a decision will be impossible, as already was indicated by
LOCKET & MILLIDGE (1953 : 20).
The shape of the epigyne (b; table: row a) is often useful. So, if h is more than
134 X w, it is C. saxatzlis. If h is less than 114 X w, it is C. terrestris; there is
a gradual transition. The absolute width of the central part of the epigyne (w)
is not decisive: in terrestris it varies from 0.30—0.55 mm (average of 25 specimens
0.40 mm); in saxatilis it varies from 0.20—0.50 mm (average of 22 specimens
0.33 mm).
It seems that the anterior border of the epigyne (“arch”, row d) should be
decisive, but in a few specimens a decision is not easy.
The shape of the sides of the epigyne (c; row e) is often useful, but in some
specimens of terrestris the sides are somewhat broadened at their tips and in a few
specimens a decision is quite impossible (nos. B, XV).
The measurements of the dents (e; row f) are of little use: 0.1 mm is always
saxalilis, 0.2 mm is terrestris, while 0.15 mm may belong to both species.
The position of the dents (e; Q, : row g) and that of the receptacula (d, Q, :
row h) cannot be used, as clearly appears from the random distribution of the
numbers.
The shape of the vulva (f) is certainly different in the two species, but I doubt
whether an unambiguous judgement is possible without comparison with the vulva
of the related species.
An examination of other characters mentioned by some authors proved that these
are altogether unreliable, as e.g., the diameter of the eyes and their mutual distances
(KULCZYNSKI), the sides of the epigyne straight or curved, parallel or divergent
to the top.
I studied the relative length of the legs, often a very useful character, without
result. Then I turned to the spines: after having drawn the four legs of the left
side seen from the front and from behind (of the two species), it seemed to me
that I had discovered a few spines in saxatilis that were absent in terrestris; a
comparison of the right legs already diminished the differences. When, further-
more, I examined a second couple the few spines “characteristic” for saxatilis were
missing in saxatilis but present in terrestris! L. MULLER (1952) has already drawn
attention to the large degree of variability in the number of spines in these species.
The conclusion from the foregoing must be that the identification of the females
of the two species cannot be based on a dichotomous key, but that often several
characters should be taken into consideration simultaneously: then certitude will
always be obtainable.
The species occurring in the Netherlands is C. terrestris; VAN HASSELT (1886:
33) and CHRYSANTHUS (1951 : 99; 1954 : 19) used the name atropos; in CHRY-
SANTHUS (1963 : 18) the correct name is used.
FR. CHRYSANTHUS : The identity of Coelotes species za
REFERENCES
BLACKWALL, J., 1833, Lond. Phil. Mag. Journ. Sci. [3] 3: 436—443.
, 1861, A History of the Spiders of Great Britain and Ireland, London (Ray Society).
BONNET, P., 1956, Bibliographia Araneorum 2 (2), Toulouse.
BÖSENBERG, W., 1902, Die Spinnen Deutschlands, Zoologica, Stuttgart 14 (35).
CHRYSANTHUS, P., 1951, Natuurhistorisch Maandblad Maastricht 40: 97—100.
, 1954, Nederlandse Spinnen, Wetenschappelijke Mededelingen K.N.N.V. 13.
, 1963, idem, 2nd edition.
CHYZER, C. & W. KULCZYNSKI, 1897, Araneae Hungariae 2 (2), Budapest.
DAHL, M., 1931, Die Tierwelt Deutschlands 23, Jena.
HASSELT, A. W. M. VAN, 1886, Catalogus Araneorum hucusque in Hollandia inventorum,
Hagae Comitis (= Tijdschr. v. Entom. 28, 29).
KULCZYNSKI, W., 1906, Bulletin International de l'Académie des Sciences de Cracovie
1906 : 417—476.
LESSERT, R. DE, 1910, Catalogue des Invertébrés de la Suisse 3, Araignées, Genève.
LEVI, H. W. & O. Kraus, 1964, Bull. zool. Nomencl. 21: 150—153.
Locker, G. H. & A. F. MILLIDGE, 1953, British Spiders 2, London.
MULLER, L., 1952, Bulletin de la Société des Naturalistes Luxembourgeois (1951): 26—35.
PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE, O., 1879, The Spiders of Dorset, 1, Dorchester.
, 1905, Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. Field Club 26: 40—74.
ROEWER, F., 1954, Katalog der Araneae 2a, Bruxelles.
SIMON, E., 1875, Les Arachnides de France. 2, Paris.
, 1937, idem, 2nd edition 6 (5), Paris.
WALCKENAER, C. A., 1830, Aranéides, in Faune francaise, Paris 27: 97—175.
, 1837, Histoire naturelle des Insectes, Aptéres 1, Paris.
, 1842, idem, 2, Paris.
Wiper, F., 1834, Museum Senckenbergianum 1: 195—282.
WIEHLE, H., 1963, Zool. Jahrb., Systematik 90: 227—298.
i
NETTO ICI PT EN HERE AN
ry ee RI PA ee LP
is ri in
A ici
|
ENTOMOLOGISCHE BERICHTEN
De Entomologische Berichten worden eveneens door de Nederlandsche Entomo-
logische Vereeniging uitgegeven en zijn bestemd voor de publicatie van kortere
artikelen, van faunistische notities etc., alsmede van de Verslagen der Vergade-
ringen en van mededelingen van het Bestuur. Zij verschijnen twaalf maal per jaar
in eeu aflevering van 16 of meer bladzijden. Deze 12 afleveringen vormen samen
een deel.
TRICHOPTERORUM CATALOGUS
De Trichopterorum Catalogus van F. C. J. Fischer wordt door de Neder-
landsche Entomologische Vereeniging voor rekening van de auteur uitgegeven.
De eerste vijf delen verschenen in 1960—1964. In totaal worden het 15 delen.
Alle bekende recente en fossiele soorten van de gehele wereld met hun synoniemen
worden er in behandeld. Van alle genera worden de type-soorten aangewezen en
de literatuur zal van 1758 tot eind 1960 met de geografische verspreiding vermeld
worden. Delen I en II kosten f 39,— per stuk, delen III—V: f 45, —. Van alle
delen zijn ook éénzijdig bedrukte exemplaren beschikbaar. De prijsverhoging
hiervoor bedraagt f 2,50.
Alle zakelijke correspondentie betreffende de Vereeniging te richten aan de
Secretaris, W. Hellinga, Weesperzijde 2311, Amsterdam-O.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van het Tijdschrift voor Entomologie te
richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. A. Diakonoff, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke
Historie, Leiden.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van de Entomologische Berichten te rich-
ten aan de Redacteur, B. J. Lempke, Oude IJselstraat 1211, Amsterdam-Z. 2.
Alle betalingen te richten aan de Penningmeester, Drs. H. Wiering, Doorntjes
29, Bergen (N.H.), postgiro 188130, ten name van de Nederlandsche Entomolo-
gische Vereeniging te Bergen (N.H.).
Alle correspondentie betreffende de Bibliotheek der Vereeniging te richten aan
de Bibliotheek, Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O.
NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS
All correspondence referring to subscriptions and exchange of the periodicals
of the Netherlands Entomological Society should be addressed to the Librarian,
Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O, Netherlands.
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
Contributors will receive free of charge fifty reprints of their papers, joint authors have
to divide this number between them at their discretion, Additional reprints may be ordered
when returning proofs.
Manuscripts should be written in Dutch, English, French, German or Italian. If they
contain descriptions of new genera, species, etc., they should be in one of the four last
mentioned languages.
The author should communicate with the editor before submitting his manuscript. He
will enclose with manuscript a Synopsis (Abstract), styled according to recommendations
of the UNESCO (style rules will be provided by the editor) and, if needed, a Summary.
Papers in Dutch should contain an Abstract and/or a Summary in one of the four other
languages.
Manuscripts should be typewritten in double spacing on only one side of the paper, with
a margin of at least three cm at the left side of each sheet. Paragraphs should be indented.
Carbon copies cannot be accepted, as handling makes them illegible.
Captions for text figures and plates should be written on a separate sheet in double
spacing, numbered consecutively in arabic numerals; the use of a, b, c, or any other
subdivision of the figure numbering should be avoided.
Drawings for reproduction should be on good paper in Indian ink, preferably at least
one and a half times as large as the ultimate size desired. Lettering should be uniform, and,
after reduction, of the same size. Photographs should be furnished as shiny positive prints,
unmounted. Plates should be arranged so as to fill a whole page (11.5 x 19 cm) of the
Tijdschrift, or a portion thereof, captions included. Combinations of illustrations into groups
are preferable to separate illustrations, since there is a minimum charge per block.
Names of genera and lower systematic categories, new terms and the like are to be under-
lined by the author in the manuscript by a single straight line. Any other directions as to
size or style of the type are given by the editors, not by the author, Italic type or spacing to
stress ordinary words or sentences is to be avoided. Dates should be spelled as follows: either
”10.V.1948” or ”10 May, 1948”. Other use of latin numerals should be avoided, as well as
abbreviations in the text, save those generally accepted. Numbers from one to ten occurring
in the text should be written in full, one, two, three, etc. Titles must be kept short. Foot-
notes should be kept at a minimum.
Bibliography should no be given in footnotes but compiled in a list at the end of the
paper, styled as follows:
Mosley, M. E., 1932, ”A revision of the European species of the genus Leuctra (Pleco-
ptera)”. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [10] 10 (3): 1—41, pl. 1—5, fig. 1—57. Number of
issue should only be added (in parentheses) when it has individual pagination.
Text references to this list might be made thus:
“Mosley (1932) says....” or ’’ (Mosley, 1932)”.
The editors reserve the right to adjust style to certain standards of uniformity.
Manuscripts and all communications concerning editorial matters only should be sent to:
Dr. A. DIAKONOFF, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, The Netherlands.
Nv.
=
DEEL 108 AFLEVERING 4 Ve 1965
TIJDSCHRIFT
VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
UITGEGEVEN DOOR
DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
INHOUD:
L. G. E. KALSHOVEN. — Notes on some injurious Lepidoptera from Java, pp.
73—93, tekstfig. 1—2, pl. 6—10.
| Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, deel 108, afl. 4. Gepubliceerd 30-VII-1965 |
Tape Pea Ae
ny
Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging
BESTUUR
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht, President (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
Dr. G. Barendrecht, Vice-President (1965—1971), Amsterdam.
W. Hellinga, Secretaris (1963—1969), Amsterdam.
Drs. H. Wiering, Penningmeester (1962—1968), Bergen (N.H.).
Drs. C. A. W. Jeekel, Bibliothecaris (1960—1966), Amsterdam.
J. A. Janse (1964—1970), Bennebroek.
Dr. A. F. H. Besemer (1965—1970), Bennekom.
COMMISSIE VAN REDACTIE VOOR DE PUBLICATIES
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
P. Chrysanthus (1964—1967), Oosterhout (N.B.).
Dr. A. Diakonoff (1964—1967), Leiderdorp.
G. L. van Eyndhoven (1963—1966), Haarlem.
Dr. L. G. E. Kalshoven (1964—1967), Blaricum.
Prof. Dr. D. J. Kuenen (benoemd 1957), Leiden.
Dr. P. A. van der Laan (benoemd 1957), Bennekom.
B. J. Lempke (1965—1968), Amsterdam.
Prof. Dr. J. de Wilde (benoemd 1957), Wageningen.
Dr. J. T. Wiebes (1963—1966), Leiden.
BESTUUR DER AFDELING VOOR TOEGEPASTE ENTOMOLOGIE
Dr. A. F. H. Besemer, Voorzitter, Wageningen.
Ir. P. Gruys, Secretaris, Rheden. h
Dr. Ir. L. Bravenboer, Naaldwijk.
Dr. C. F. A. Bruyning, Oegstgeest.
Dr. Ir. J. B. M. van Dinther, Bennekom.
De contributie voor het lidmaatschap bedraagt f 15.—, voor student-leden
f 2.50, per jaar. — Begunstigers betalen jaarlijks tenminstet f 15 —.
De leden, behalve de student-leden, ontvangen gratis de Entomologische
Berichten, waarvan de prijs voor student-leden f 1.50 per jaar, voor niet-leden
f 20.— per jaar en f 2.— per nummer bedraagt.
De leden kunnen zich voor f 10.— per jaar abonneren op het Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie; hiervan bedraagt de prijs voor niet-leden f 35 — per jaar.
De eerder verschenen publicaties der Vereeniging zijn voor de leden tegen ver-
minderde prijzen verkrijgbaar. De Vereeniging geeft de volgende publicaties uit.
MONOGRAPHIEEN VAN DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
Deze worden met onregelmatige tussenpozen uitgegeven. Er zijn reeds ver-
schenen:
— F. T. Valck Lucassen et al. — Monographie du genre Lomaptera Gory &
Percheron (Coleoptera, Cetoniidae), prijs f 50.—.
1. A. J. Besseling. — De Nederlandse Watermijten (Hydrachnellae Latreille, —
1802), prijs f 25 —.
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 4, 1965 PLAAT 6
Fig. 1—10. Chilo fuscidentalis Hamps., Bamboo Sprout Borer of West Java. 1—2, & and
2 (X 3/2); 3, 1st instar larva (X 10); 4—5, full grown larva (X 3); 6, pupa
(X 1.5); 7, batch of eggs on bamboo sprout; 8, the same, much enlarged; 9, the same
ready to hatch, the first rows parasitized; 10, larvae in process of pupation in top of a sound
bamboo joint (X 3/4) (Water colours by Indonesian artists, Bogor, 1943)
L. G. E. KALSHOVEN : Injurious Lepidoptera from Java
NOTES ON SOME INJURIOUS LEPIDOPTERA FROM JAVA
L. G. E. KALSHOVEN
Blaricum, Netherlands
Abstract
The first of the following four papers treats the biology of two species of Hepialidae,
Hepialiscus (Palpifer) sordida (Snellen) and Endoclita (Phassus) sericeus (Swinhoe) in
Central Java. The first species lives in tubers and other subterraneous parts of monocotyl
plants, the second species is a ring borer. The second paper presents a survey of the biology
of several Indomalayan wood-boring Cossidae and bark-feeding Squamuridae (Arbelidae)
forming an addition to ROEPKE’s monograph “The Cossids of the Malay Region” (1957).
Zeuzera indica Herrich-Schäffer and Xyleutes strix L. are treated in detail, while other
species of these two genera and of Cossus, Phragmataecia, and Squamura are dealt with
briefly. A summary is given of various modes of life and association of some groups of
species with respective host plants. The third paper gives the remarkable biology of two
Pyralid bamboo borers: Chilo fuscidentalis Hampson, gregarious larvae of which cause
characteristic injury to sprouting bamboo culms in West Java, and Eschata chrysargyrea Walker,
boring in young bamboo in Central Java. Finally, the fourth paper is a note on the biology
of Amphitales episcopopa Meyrick (Aegeriidae), a bark borer of Actinophora fragrans.
INTRODUCTION
The four papers published in this issue have no other connection with each
other than their being the result of the author’s work as forest entomologist of
the former “Instituut voor Plantenziekten” at Buitenzorg (Bogor), Java.
The data of the first two papers have been mainly collected at a field station for
forest entomological research in the teak area near Gedangan, a village in the
Semarang District, Central Java.
The paper on the bamboo Pyralidae is largely a compilation of data collected
by Indonesian personnel during the Pacific War.
Provisions of the UYTTENBOOGAART-ELIASEN STICHTING, Amsterdam, have
been of great help in preparing the papers and for financing the colour plate.
1. BIOLOGY OF TWO SPECIES OF HEPIALIDAE
Hepialiscus (Palpifer) sordida (Snellen)
In my book on the pests of Indonesian crops (1951) I have shortly characterized
this species as a borer found at some depth in the soil in tubers of Dioscorea,
Alocasia, and Amorphophallus. On my request the personnel of the field station at
Gedangan took considerable pains to unearth a number of the larvae for ob-
servations and breeding experiments in 1933—1934. The following main data are
extracted from their field notes, arranged according to the host plants.
Dioscorea alata L. (Dioscoreaceae) (“uwi brongkol”), growing either wild or
73
74 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 4, 1965
semi-cultivated, producing a tuber fairly deep in the soil. The tuber contains an
itching substance but can be consumed when properly prepared. From these plants
ten borer specimens were collected; seven nearly mature larvae, 25—30 mm in
length, were moved to a fresh piece of tuber; six pupae were finally obtained from
which four moths emerged.
D. pentaphylla L., (“katak”), a seldom cultivated plant. A single larva, 20 mm,
was found which soon succumbed.
Alocasia macrorrhiza Schott (Araceae), (“senthé”), has a thick edible stem.
From subterranean parts 30 larvae could be collected; seven moths emerged in the
laboratory. Besides, from 245 apparently infested plants, transplanted in a large
outdoor cage on September 21st, 40 moths were obtained between October 25 and
November 15. One couple copulated in the cage on October 31st.
Gloriosa superba L. (Liliaceae), (‘‘mondoliko’’), with the rhizome containing a
poisonous alcaloid. A single larva, 25 mm, was found in the stem.
Another larva, 20 mm, was collected in “kaeroet”, the latin name of which
plant could not be traced.
A portion of an Amorphophallus sp. (Araceae), was received at Bogor from
Madiun, April, 1939. It harboured in the core the whitish caterpillar of Hepialis-
cus which pupated in a white felty cocoon speckled with dirt and yielded a moth
(Dr. C. J. H. FRANSSEN).
The female which mated October 30—31 produced 467 black, granular eggs on
November 1—2. They were kept in a humid atmosphere and hatched on November
15—18, the first stage larvae being 2 mm in size. Some 35 specimens were placed
on November 20 in Dioscorea tubers which were punched previously. Four pupae
developed after 6—8 weeks, one of which produced a moth. Some 100 first stage
larvae were placed on Manihot roots for food, and several of them reached a size
of 14—23 mm but none reached the pupal stage. The life cycle may take some
three months only.
The larval galleries encircle the tubers and stems in Dioscorea and Alocasia and
have a reddish colour.
The moths bred from early stages emerged in the field laboratory in the months
January, February, July, August, and October. In two observed cases the moths
emerged at 4 p.m.
Palpifer sexnotatus var. ronin Pfitz is recorded in Formosa to attack subterranean
parts of Colocasia antiquorum var. esculenta and kill the plant (Rev. Appl. Entom.
1938 : 517). This record confirms the experience that particular hosts of Hepzalis-
cus species ate Monocotyledonous plants.
Endoclita (Phassus) sericeus (Swinhoe)
In the course of forest entomological research in the environment of the field
station at Gedangan a fairly known species of Hepialid collar-borer or ring-borer
of various woody plants in Java and Sumatra was also found in the teak cultivations.
In 1932—1934 some observations were made and experiments carried out in the
field and in the laboratory to fill certain gaps in our knowledge of the species. A
short life history of the borer, then called “Phassus ?damor Moore”, was given
in my handbook (1951). The moth has a rather variable wing pattern. It was
L. G. E. KALSHOVEN : Injurious Lepidoptera from Java 7
finally identified as Endoclita sericeus. A more complete
account of the data on its life history is given below.
Rearing young larvae brought from the field in their
tunnels appeared unsuccessful without special provisions.
However, larvae of over 20 mm could be raised to moths
when the roots of the host plant were kept in water. Some
success was also obtained when medium sized larvae were
moved from their tunnels to pieces of green Manihot
roots, provided this material was changed at frequent
intervals. The adults appeared to be nocturnal, resting
during the day, hanging by the hairy front and middle
legs from some projected part of a plant, the wings folded
loosely round the body (text fig. 1); they resembled a
withered leaf or a large hairy spider.
Copulation could not be induced in captivity, not even
when the insects were released in a spacious cage in the
forest. Accidentally a pair in copula was found elsewhere;
the female hanging in the usual way from the tip of a leaf,
the male resting in opposite position head downwards,
with tips of the abdomens connected. The pair made the
Ole impression of a long crumpled dry leaf. But this was in
doclita sericeus Swinh. in
EA (after! 4 place far from the laboratory and no eggs could be
ROEPKE) secured. PHILLIPS (1938) described a similar mating of
a Phassus species in Ceylon.
In Gedangan eggs were obtained in numbers on the bottom of the outdoor cage,
well stocked with moths of both sexes. The eggs had the form of small, white
granules soon turning black: however they did not hatch, apparently having been
dropped by unfertilized females. So no larvae could be obtained at the laboratory
from eggs. But, fortunately, very young larvae were discovered in the field, hiding
in small tunnels, in dead, more or less rotten twigs, mostly of Lantana, among the
litter near the forest border. These larvae were very slender, cream-coloured, 7—10
mm long and 1 mm broad. The entrance of their narrow tunnel was sealed off
with faecal pellets and other tiny particles spun together. It may therefore be
assumed that fertilized moths strew their eggs while swarming (as do other
Hepialidae), and that the first stage larvae find shelter and food in dry twigs.
This feeding of the borer in its earliest larval stage on saprophytic matter is an
interesting feature in the ecology of the species.
Apparently the young larvae soon move to living plants in the immediate
vicinity, burrowing in stems and stalks, 1—6 cm in diameter, near the collar of the
plant, but not seldom also higher up. They bore a horizontal, circular or spiral
gallery into the bark and sapwood, in addition to making a tunnel for hiding in
the core, often downwards into the root or upwards in the stem or in both directions
simultaneously. The ring-shaped feeding place is enveloped in close-spun silk, to
the outside of which faecal pellets and particles severed from the bark are attached.
The plant often reacts to the damage by growing a collar of wound tissue on the
upperside of the circular wound, and this, in connection with the frequently puffy
Text fig. 1. Moth of En-
76 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 4, 1965
web of the larva, may form a wide cuff around the base which may nevertheless
remain inconspicuous due to its being covered with debris. During the day the
larva hides in the tunnel, venturing outside its burrow at night to feed on the
bark and callus and to repair or enlarge its web. It quickly withdraws into its
tunnel on the slightest disturbance. Larvae removed from their shelter are very lively
showing themselves particularly apt in moving backwards. At this stage the larva is
greyish to blackish while the protrusions on the segments are of a lighter hue. The
larvae are mainly characterized by a strongly sclerotized thoracic segment, provided
with a deep pit (sense organ?) on each side. Growth is rapid according to ob-
servations in the field: the larvae reach 15—30 mm by March, 45—60 in May-
June, and 50—75 mm in September-October, when they are 6—9 mm thick and
ready to pupate.
Pupation takes place in the tunnel which is closed with a membrane resembling
the web of a cavity-dwelling spider. The pupa is rough anteriorly while the ab-
dominal segments have rings of small spines. When the moth is ready to hatch the
pupa wriggles outwards until it projects halfway through the opening.
The emergence of the moth takes place in the afternoon and at dusk. About
4.30 p.m. the pupa may begin to move and show itself at the opening of the
tunnel. It retreats immediately at the slightest alarm. When undisturbed, it takes
the moth some 15—30 minutes to burst the pupal skin and free itself, soon taking
the characteristic resting position. At 6.15—6.45 the moths start swarming. The
appearance of the adults occurs from the end of October till mid February, most
frequently in the month of December. Although the moths are not able to take any
food, they can be kept alive indoors for 9 or even 12 days.
In rather thick stems of soft wood the wood is eaten away by the larvae near
the entrance of the tunnel, a funnel-like cavity being formed, while in some cases
in smaller plants the whole of the root base is destroyed. In plant species that have
strong regenerative capacity (i.e, abundant callus formation), the circular incisions
will be found at a considerable depth. The shelter tunnels may attain a maximum
length of 35 cm but are usually shorter. A stem may be attacked by several larvae
simultaneously (up to four have been observed in a Crotalaria stem, four cm in
diameter) and in these cases the rings occur at some height above soil-level. On one
occasion a gallery was observed 90 cm above the soil in a Lantana stem, 51/4 cm
thick. The borer rarely attacks trunks of big trees, but has been found in a Schima
noronhae, 40 cm in diameter, 40 cm above the soil. It is possible, however, that the
borer in these cases originally inhabited a creeper and later entered the trunk for the
purpose of making a proper shelter tunnel.
The borer attempts its attacks apparently indiscriminately on a very great variety
of plants in the field, but it depends on the properties of the hosts whether it
can complete its life cycle. The borer does not reach the final stage if the tissues
of the host are too hard to allow the excavation of a deep feeding gallery and good
shelter tunnel or if the plant succumbs too rapidly as a result of the girdling.
Saplings of Altingia excelsa, for instance, in West Java forest plantations, are often
attacked but their bark is thin, the wound tissue too scanty, and the wood too hard.
This species, therefore, is unsuitable as a host-plant of Endoclita, Full development
of the borer has been observed in the teak area most frequently in Lantana, often
L. G. E. KALSHOVEN : Injurious Lepidoptera from Java a
in saplings of teak (Tectona), occasionally in those of Actinophora, Dillenia, and
Macaranga, and in several large shrubs as Allophylus, Bridelia, Glochidion, Grewia,
Leea, and Stachytarpheta, as well as once in Pandanus. Lantana plants (Lantana was
originally introduced into Indonesia from abroad but has since proliferated and now
covers stretches of fallow land) appear to offer exceptionally good breeding places
to Endoclita. Scores of larvae at different stages of development have been col-
lected from Lantana stems in the neighbourhood of the field laboratory. Apparent-
ly abortive galleries of the borer have been found in the teak area in Schleichera
and Caesalpinia. In reafforestations on the mountain slopes successful attacks of
the ring-borer have been recorded in saplings of Aleurites, Bischofia, Bixa, Glo-
chidion, Trema, and Tristania and along the skirts of the forest in Eupatorium
pallescens and again in Lantana camara. Of the plants and trees on the estates and
in native gardens Cinchona, Crotalaria, Durio, Ricinus, and cassava (Manihot
utilissima) (Pl. 8 fig. 4) are suitable hosts. A successful infestation of the borer
was once observed in a young Jacaranda tree in the Bogor Botanical Gardens.
Typical traces of incomplete attacks by the ring-borer have been found in Coffea
and Thea which are presumably unsuitable host-plants and in Albizzia, Erythrina,
Datura, and Rosa which may indeed serve as true hosts.
No parasites of the borer have been observed and only very occasionally a
predatory enemy, viz., woodpeckers. The main limiting factor against the spread of
the borer may be that only a small percentage of the dispersed eggs fall in places
conducive to development, while the very young larvae are exposed to numerous
dangers as long as they are in search of a hiding place or host-plants and must be
an easy prey for ants and other predatory species.
The best method of protecting young plantations against an invasion of the borer
might be the removal of Lantana and Expatorium thickets and accumulations of
litter along their borders.
2. BIOLOGY OF INDO-MALAYAN COSSIDAE AND SQUAMURIDAE
COSSIDAE
Cossus subfuscus (Snell., 1895). In an early publication of 1893, quoted by
HEYNE (1950), it was stated that “peté’’ trees, Parkia speciosa (Leguminosae),
suffer from borers and die prematurely when grown below 150 m altitude. This
investigation had not been verified at the time, but in 1918 I observed that Cossid
larvae were regularly found in peté trees at Bogor. They bore holes immediately
under the outer flakes of the bark in the inner bark and sapwood. The same
observation was made near Subah (East of Pekalongan) and, in 1923, in Pur-
woredyo, Central Java. From the larvae at Bogor a few moths were bred which
appeared to be identical with “Trypanzs” subfuscus Snellen in the Leiden Museum
(det. KALSHOVEN, 1921). In 1927 report was received from Purwakarta in West
Java about die-back of peté trees. The insects submitted consisted in part of the
reddish larvae of Cossus, in part of the larvae of Xystrocera globosa, a secondary
Cerambycid. In June, 1940, the horticultural officer of Sidoardyo in East Java
reported about the dying of peté trees, the bark of which had turned black as if
scorched by fire. In a sample of damaged bark, again, Cossus larvae were found.
78 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 4, 1965
Most probably the borer will be present in peté trees in other parts of Java and
elsewhere in Indonesia. However, its occurrence easily escapes attention. The
bark of the trees is rather rough, and the larvae produce little frass. They appear,
when small in number, not to affect the health of the trees. It may be that an
abnormal increase of this number by causes still unknown has harmful effects and
that ín this case secondary borers, like longicorns, are attracted to the weakened
trees and hasten the process.
C. pusillus Roepke, 1957. The original data on the labels of ROEPKE's para-
types, not quoted by him, indicate that the moth borer was found in the trunk of
Diospyros kaki (Ebenaceae) (“batang kesemek”) near Garut, at 800 m, in West
Java, Aug., 1926.
Zeuzera indica Herrich-Schäffer, 1854 (syn.: Z. postexcisa Snell, 1900 nec
Hamps.). ROEPKE (1957) has cited my first discovery of the larva of this large
species in galleries at the base of a huge Phoebe excelsa (Lauraceae) (“huru leu-
heur”), in virgin forest on the South slope of Mt. Gedé, 1000 m, West Java
(KALSHOVEN, 1919). This find should be dated Tjiparai, January, 1917. Since
then the occurrence of the borer in Lauraceous trees has been noticed several times,
as shown by the following field notes.
March, 1921, a specimen of the moth bred from a “sintok” (Cinnamomum
species, particularly C. burmanni and C. iners) found in a 5-year old forest
plantation at Tjiguha, Djampang District, West Java. — June, 1922, a specimen
of the borer found in “adem ati” (Litsea chinensis) collected in the teak forest of
Padas, Semarang District, Central Java. The moth emerged in August. — Novem-
ber, 1923. A consignment of borer-infested material, received from Rambipudyi,
Besuki, East Java, included a portion of a “buru semut” (Lauraceous tree)
containing several galleries. A Cossid larva still present among the frass, soon
succumbed. — October, 1930. Five larvae collected from Litsea chinensis trees
in the teak forest of Manggar, Semarang district. Only a single malformed pupa
was obtained from the material. — 1932. During extensive investigations of
Cossid borers by the Javanese personnel of the field station at Gedangan some
40 infestations of Z. indica in Cinnamomum trees (“sintok”) and 80 in Litsea
chinensis (“adem ati”) were collected; several moths were bred. — July, 1953. An
infested “huru manuk” (Lauraceous tree) found in a neglected plantation near
Leles, East Priangan, West Java. The large faecal pellets were similar to those of
Z. indica (see below).
These records show that the species is more common in Java than ROEPKE
assumed. Presumably it is equally common in Malaya and Sumatra. In a paper by
RIDLEY (1896: 116) I found the note: “The chief enemy of cinnamoms here
[in Malaya} is a very common borer, a red caterpillar which burrows into the
stem. It attacks ... chiefly ... the wood of full grown trees”. In a study of the
forest flora of Sumatra F. H. ENDERT (1925, Tectona 18) mentions that large
larvae make tunnels in the trunks of Lauraceae in Simelungun and the Karo
Lands, causing much trouble when one tries to exploit the timber which often is
of good quality in other respects.
L. G. E. KALSHOVEN : Injurious Lepidoptera from Java 79
The caterpillar is reddish-purple with dark spots (small chitinous disks) on the
dorsal side, the ventral side being yellow-white; a dark streak along the front of
the pronotal shield broadening at the corners; up to 6 cm in length and 12 mm
broad. Sometimes the larva gives off a distinct sourish smell.
Among the hosts observed in the teak woods at Gedangan only young ‘‘sintok”
and “adem ati” trees could be found. The borer’s presence could be detected by
accumulations of round and coarse faecal pellets (Pl. 7 fig. 2), up to 7 mm in
diameter and composed of undigested wood particles, between the buttresses of the
infested tree. There is a round hole in the base of the trunk 1—10 cm above the
soil, where the trunk of young “sintok” is 10—35 cm, that of young “adem ati”
6—30 cm. The hole leads to tunnels of different dimensions in the trunk and in
the main roots, the former sometimes ascending close to one another in which case
they probably have been made by one and the same borer specimen at different
periods of its development. The total length of the tunnels amounts to several
decimeters. The wall of new sections is brown or reddish; that of older sections is
black. These particulars differ considerably from those given by BEESON (1941)
for the galleries of Z. indica in Litsea polyantha in India which are alleged to
resemble the tunnels of a Xyleutes species.
The ejection of faecal pellets, numbering 10—20 daily, is carried out rather
regularly. The pellets disintegrate during rainy weather; the saw dust accumulations
are soon hollowed out from below by termites. When the ejection of pellets ceases
this may be the sign that the larva is preparing for pupation; it then bores a new
hole to the outside which is situated immediately above the old hole and is kept
closed by a thin outer layer of bark. Pupation takes place behind a protective web.
Larvae of varying size have been found in one and the same tree, and nearly
mature specimens or pupae at different seasons of the year, though they were more
numerous in the period of February to April. The latter fact, however, may be due
to a particularly extensive search during this period, and no well-defined periodicity
has become apparent in the borer’s development. When exposed in its gallery the
larva starts to close the opening with silk.
The pupal stage lasts for 4 to 5 weeks, the moths emerging in the afternoon
between 1 p.m. and 7 p.m. The males are not attracted by the females at any great
distance. The life cycle is estimated to last at least one year.
Wood peckers succeeded in extracting the borer in only four out of some 80
infestations observed in “adem ati” trees; no traces of their activities were found
in the borer attack on “sintok”. It happens far more frequently that, apparently
without reason, the ejection of pellets ceases from a hole, originally inhabited.
After having been opened these galleries proved to be empty or contained only the
remnants of a dead larva or pupa. Once a predatory ant (Pheidole sp.) was found
in an abandoned tunnel. Termites had entered the gallery in many cases and filled
it with soil. It is very doubtful, however, whether the termites do any harm to the
borer, no matter how readily they enter holes in the trunks, especially those close
to the ground. The attempts to breed the moth in the field laboratory from in-
fested parts of the holes inhabited by a mature borer and planted in containers
and kept moist, were often unsuccessful and only produced a dead or malformed
pupa. The pupal stage, apparently is rather vulnerable.
80 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 4, 1965
Z. coffeae virens Toxopeus, 1948. In my papers of 1919 and 1940 I have
elaborated on the habits and life history of the “red branch borer”. There only
remains to give an additional list of its foodplants and to compile the notes on
its diseases and parasites.
Alphabetical list of hosts observed in the years 1920—1940
Acalypha hispida Hibiscus rosasinensis
Albizzia procera Hydnocarpus wightiana*)
Annona muricata ' Indigofera suffruticosa
Antidesma bunius Lantana camara
Bixa orellana Mallotus repandus
Bridelia sp. Manihot utilissima
Brucea amarissima Olax scandens
Cassia fistula Peronema canescens
Ceiba pentandra Persea gratissima
Citrus sp. Psidium guajava
Crotalaria anagyroides Pterospermum sp.
Derris macacranta Santalum album
Eugenia sp. (‘‘djambu’’) Stachytarpheta mutabilis
Gossypium obtusifolium Swietenia macrophylla
Graptophyllum pictum Thespesia lampas
Hibiscus cannabinus
*) recorded for Malaya by MILLER (1941)
With 20 names mentioned in an earlier publication (KALSHOVEN, 1919) this
sums up to 50 host plants found in Java. BEESON (1941) has listed 38 foodplants
of the species for India.
A small detail in the habits of the borer, so far unpublished, is that the young
larva sometimes starts boring in a leaf petiole, soon to move to a better suited
place in the stem. This has been observed in Swietenia mahagoni and Cassia siamea.
The larva may leave its gallery also in later stages, in search of better conditions.
Very little has been published on the diseases and enemies of the red branch
borer. A fungus found on a larva, collected on an estate on Mt. Klut, East Java,
has been identified by BOEDIJN as Beauveria densa or basiana (ANONYMOUS,
1933). A few parasitic wasps and a Tachinid have been observed with Zewzera but
only a somewhat conspicuous yellow Braconid, Glyptomorpha sp. (cf. MILLER,
1941), has been named. There was a picture of it on a colour plate by LEEFMANS
(1916) but no name was given. Not infrequently the borer is pecked out by
woodpeckers.
Zeuzera sp. Many times a borer infestation has been observed in saplings of
Cassia siamea, of 5—12 cm in diameter and up to 6 m in height, growing in
forest cultivations in various localities of Central and East Java. The infestation
is conspicuous only in an advanced stage, when the trunks show annular swellings
at various heights (Pl. 8, fig. 2). These swellings appear to have been caused by
the overgrowing of horizontal tunnels encircling the trunks more or less completely.
In recent infestations small holes are found along the trunks from which a black
sap oozes and stains the bark. These holes correspond with horizontal galleries
L. G. E. KALSHOVEN : Injurious Lepidoptera from Java 81
immediately under the bark; they are a few mm high and 9—12 cm long and are
excavated on one side or both sides of the hole. Often a red caterpillar of at most
2.5 cm is found which closely resembles a Zeuzera larva. The black stain covers a
few square cm around the hole and can extend downwards over a few dm. All
these borings appear to be stopped prematurely due to the death of the larva, this
possibly being caused by the sap flow or a too rapid overgrowing of the entrance
hole. As the larva of Zeuzera coffeae virens has the habit of forming a ring in
the cambial zone and of further developing in the dying top part of a stem, the
infestations described may be explained as to be abortive attacks of this species.
Z. roricyanea Walker, 1861. TOXOPEUS in his study of Zewzera material in the
collections at Bogor (1948) came to the conclusion that two species had been
confounded when reference was made to a “red branch borer” in Java, regularly
identified with Zewzera coffeae Nietn. The apparently common polyphagous species
found in small stems and branches he considered to be a subspecies (virens ssp.n.)
of the South Asiatic Z. coffeae Nietner, 1861, originally found in Ceylon. The
second apparently much rarer species TOXOPEUS identified as Z. roricyanea Walk.,
described from specimens collected in Sarawak, 1861, and also found in Kutei,
S.E. Borneo. The biological note with regard to the latter species reads: “Reared
from putat (Barringtonia sp.) and balsa (Ochroma lagopus) in Central and West
Java.” These particulars are based on material obtained during my forest entomo-
logical investigations. A few additional remarks should be made, now, taken from
original field notes.
“Putat” is a collective name for Lecythidaceous trees, particularly Barringtonta
spicata and Planchonta valida, not seldom growing wild in the teak woods in
Central Java and reaching a height of 18 m and 50 m, respectively. The borer
material seen by Toxopgus had been reared by Indonesian personnel from trunks
of “putat” trees, 8—30 cm in diameter at breast height in the neighbourhood of
the Gedangan field station. The moths emerged between the end of October
and the beginning of March. The pupal stage lasted at least 20 days. An ex-
periment to attract male moths from the surrounding forest to female specimens
kept in outdoor gauze cages failed to give any evidence of such an attraction as
has been so commonly observed in Zewzera coffeae virens and in Xyleutes species
(KALSHOVEN, 1934, 1940).
The following borer infestations also attributable to Z. roricyanea have been
observed at Gedangan. (1) In young trees of Melochta umbellata, Euphorbiaceae,
up to 12 cm in diameter; infestations near the base and higher up; sometimes a
distinct swelling apparently caused by annular subcortical galleries; in other cases
irregular ascending tunnels generally overgrown and marked by a prolific growth
of callus tissue. (2) In a young tree of Bauhinia malabarica, Leguminosae, 25 cm in
diameter; galleries in the woodlayers at three places of the trunk. (3) In a
young Eugenia polyantha, Myrtaceae; an ascending tunnel of 35 cm; no horizontal
annular section. These three cases refer to Gedangan, Central Java. (4) In a three
year old plantation of Casuarina equisetifolia, Casuarinaceae, in Deli, East Coast of
Sumatra; stems with ring-like galleries at various heights where the saplings were
4—8 cm thick; in some plots every tree was infested, often the tops died off a
82 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 4, 1965
few meters downwards or had broken off at a point coinciding with an annular
gallery.
The infestation by Z. roricyanea of 11/, year old, vigorous Ochroma lagopus
trees in the garden of the Forest Research Institute at Bogor in 1950—1951 has
been described in some detail by VAN ALPHEN DE VEER & SUDIRO (1951), as
due to “Zewzera coffeae”. The infestation occurred all over the trunks averaging
14 cm in diameter, and in the branches. Several trees showed swellings caused by
the overgrowing of former galleries. Circular galleries right under the bark had
caused the breaking off of top parts.
A similar attack had occurred in 1936—1937 in a newly started plantation of
Ochroma in an estate in Bantam, West Java. The galleries had a horizontal section
in the inner bark and cambial zone cutting through the outer wood layers while
the rest of the tunnel was directed obliquely upwards but continued to run close
under the bark, without killing the trees (Pl. 7 fig. 1).
VAN ALPHEN DE VEER and SUDIRO observed “the same borer” in the experimen-
tal garden at Bogor in young specimens of Khaya anthotheca, Cedrela mexicana and
Eucalyptus deglupta. However, as they were unaware of the mixing up of two
species of Zeuzera (red branch-borer) in Java it remains doubtful whether these
three species of trees have to be listed as hosts of roricyanea or of coffeae virens.
Both borer species may occur side by side in the same area in West and Central
Java.
Toxopeus (l.c.) attributed an attack on cocoa trees (Theobroma cacao) recorded
in 1900 to roricyanea and not to coffeae. If true, this fact must have escaped the
attention of ROEPKE, though he made an extensive study of the borers of the cocoa
trees in Central Java and had the collection of the Experiment Station at Salatiga
at his disposal.*)
The above observations show that roricyanea is less common in the plains and
lower hills of Java and is more selective in its choice of food plants than is
Z. coffeae virens. For the rest Toxopeus’ conclusion that “the distribution of this
species (roricyanea) and the damage caused by it have been studied far from
satisfactorily” is still valid.
Xyleutes strix strix L. is a large borer of Sesbania grandiflora (Leguminosae)
(‘‘turi’’ tree). Observations on its life history made at the Gedangan field station
date from 1933.
The larvae bore tunnels into the wood of the base of trees of 4—20 cm in
diameter. The tunnels extend downwards into the roots or upwards in the stem
over a length of 10—25 cm. The base of the trunk becomes swollen and the bark
is rough in consequence of the borer’s activities. Young larvae are wine-red
(resembling Zewzera larvae), turning purplish later on and finally becoming yel-
lowish or creamy. When full grown they are 7.5—8 cm. The larvae have been
reared in the laboratory from the first instar to half grown specimens on “turi”
*) A minor error in TOXOPEUS’ paper may be rectified here. He supposed that the “kola”
plant mentioned by ROEPKE among the host plants of the red branch borer most probably
was “coca”. In fact the African Kola nut, Cola nitida, Sterculiaceae, was grown in those
years on a small scale in the Experimental Garden at Salatiga.
L. G. E. KALSHOVEN : Injurious Lepidoptera from Java 83
twigs, frequently replaced, then moved to fresh Manihot roots, in which they
bored readily and matured. Before pupation a close and strong cocoon is spun.
The pupa rests in a gallery leading to the surface of the stem at about 10 cm above
the ground. Before emergence the pupa forces its way outwards until it projects
from the hole with the front half. After the moth has left, the empty skin remains
sticking in the hole for a long time. The moths swarm in the months of Novem-
ber-January; they often appear in the afternoon. The females are rather sluggish,
their abdomens being filled with countless eggs; they attract the males during the
night; copulation may continue until 5 o'clock of the next afternoon. Shortly after
pairing the female deposits the eggs in very large yellowish clusters (Pl. 9 fig. 1,
2). The development of first instar larvae and their dispersal is rather similar to
what has become known of Xyleutes ceramica (cf. KALSHOVEN, 1934). The egg
mass turns greyish on the 6th—8th day due to larvae leaving the egg shell and
immediately starting to spin threads. Soon the cluster turns into a teeming mass of
tiny larvae in a communal webbing. On the 12th—15th day the larvae leave the
web and disperse over the plant or substrate constantly spinning. They move to
projecting places like margins of leaves where they lower themselves on the fragile
threads a short distance, dangling with the wind and lengthening the thread at
each stronger puff of air. Where numerous suspended larvae are close together
their parallel threads appear like a flimsy curtain. Ultimately the threads break and
the larvae are carried with them and float in the air. When caught too soon by
some neighbouring object they climb it and repeat the procedure of lowering
themselves and being exposed to the wind until they finally break away and
disappear into the air. Only a small fraction of the thousands of larvae will alight
on or near a host plant and succeed in establishing themselves. This way of
dispersal reminds one of that of air-borne seeds.
The total life cycle of the borer takes about a year.
Once the borer has been found in the root of a “kara” plant (probably Dolichos
lablab, Leguminosae). The “turi” trees seem to sustain no distinct injury from a
slight to moderate infestation. As the twigs and leaves are only used for fodder, the
borer has hardly any economic significance.
X. persona Le Guill. 1841. RoEPKE (l.c.) has synonymized this species with
Duomitus leuconotus auct. Under the latter name it is mentioned by several British
authors as a borer in Cassia spp. in Ceylon, India and Burma (STEBBING, 1914,
T. B. FLETCHER & GOSH, 1920, ANONYMOUS, 1923, MACKENZIE, 1923, GARTH-
WAITE, 1938, by this author as Xyleutes persona, and GARDNER, 1948). In the
collection of the Instituut voor Plantenziekten at Bogor L. J. Toxopeus found
a small male specimen with a host label Cassta sp. (handwritten note, dd. 21 June
1943; unfortunately no species name of Cassia is given). This seemingly confirms
the association of the species with Cassia trees. However, DUPONT bred the moth
from five almost full grown larvae and four pupae found in the base of a felled
Durio tree at Bogor (1937). C. J. H. FRANSSEN (i.l.) observed several infested
young trees of Dario (‘durian’) in the same locality, in January, 1957. These
trees, mostly up to 10 cm in diameter, had large holes mainly in the basal parts
but sometimes higher in the trunk, from which holes frass was expelled and sap
84 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 4, 1965
oozed. The largest holes measured 6 cm in length and 2.5 cm in width. Presumably
the larva was a cambium and callus feeder. “Durian” trees in villages around Bogor
appeared to harbour the borer rather frequently. Young trees may suffer to some
extent, showing die-back of branches, but old trunks do not.
It is surprising that one and the same species of Xyleutes, which genus usually
displays a certain selectivity, should live in trees botanically so different as Cassia
(Leguminosae) and Durio (Bombacaceae). It is also curious that no Cossid borer
has been found during extensive forest entomological investigations in Central Java,
either in Cassia fistula or in C. javanica, trees not seldom grown in plantations and
parcs. Therefore a further study of this discrepancy may be recommended.
HOULBERT (1916) assigned leuconotus Walk. to his genus Melanostrigus; he
does not mention persona Le Guill. GARDNER (1948) writes: “it is doubtful
whether leuconota is a synonym of persona LeG.”.
X. ceramica ceramica Walk. 1865. BEEKMAN (1919) gave a detailed description
of the holes of this borer in teak trees of diverse age in the forests in Java. In
1932 extensive investigations and experiments were started in the field station at
Gedangan to further study the habits of the borer. Some success was achieved in
breeding the moth ab ovo or from young larvae, in the laboratory as well as in
living trees. The working out of the numerous data obtained is still unfinished,
but a short communication on the main habits concerning copulation, oviposition
and dispersal of first instar larvae was published by me in 1934 (in Dutch).
British and Indian forest entomologists have contributed much to the knowledge
and incidence of the borer in India and Burma. An extract of these data comprises
some 8 pages in BEESON’s handbook (1941).
DE Mesa (1933) published a short note on the discovery of the borer in teak
in the Philippines, where this tree has been introduced. He specifies that the
larvae had been found in the branches of a large tree. In Java and India the borer
lives in the trunk. The full grown larva is said by DE MESA to be “satiny white in
colour’, while in the countries just mentioned it is banded transversely with pink
and white on each abdominal segment (BEEKMAN 1919, BEESON 1941).
ROEPKE (l.c.) records that the distribution area of the species includes New
Guinea. In this connection it is interesting that a young plantation of teak in the
Western part of the island appeared to be infested very soon after the experiment
had been started. (Correspondence on this matter is in the 1956 files at the
Tropical Institute, Amsterdam.)
From notes on host plants, so far available, it is clear that the borer is restricted
in its occurrence to species of Verbenaceae all over the Far East, viz., Gmelina
arborea, Premna sp., Tectona grandis and Vitex pubescens.
Woodpeckers as enemies of the borer have been known for a long time (BEEK-
MAN, 1919). In Bandjar, West Java, large squirrels (?Ratupha bicolor) were able
to open the hiding tunnel of the borer in young teak trees, gnawing away the
sap wood and causing large wounds (PI. 9 fig. 3).
X. mineus mineus Cramer, 1775. The Indonesian name for the host
plant of this borer in the teak area of Central Java mostly is “ri bandil” but, in a
L. G. E. KALSHOVEN : Injurious Lepidoptera from Java 85
few cases, has been mentioned as “setjang”’. Both names are used for thorny semi-
climbers or shrubs. In the botanical literature the first name has been used for
Zizyphus oenoplia, an uncommon plant of the Rhamnaceae (KOORDERS, Exkur-
sionsflora, 1912). The second name indicates Caesalpinia sappan, Leguminosae,
often grown in hedges. Presumably the latter identification of the host plant is
the correct one.
The infestation occurs at the root collar of the stems which are 2—10 cm in
diameter. Most galleries, up to 35 cm in length, run downards into the roots, some
upwards. The larvae are yellowish with violet cross bands and dark spots on the
abdomen.
The moths emerged from forest material in August-January. The behaviour of
the species during the short adult stage and the dispersal of the young larvae were
rather similar to those of the preceding species. The male moths became active
at dusk (6.30 p.m.), vibrating their wings with a buzzing sound. A male specimen
fixed by a cotton thread tried to fly away at this hour during four successive days.
The females were more stationary and sometimes attracted a male from the sur-
rounding forest during the night. Soon after copulation the females produced large
egg clusters which turned reddish and began to hatch after about a fortnight.
Experiments at the Gedangan field station in order to raise the borer from first
instar larvae had little success (1932, 1933). During the first six months the
larvae were given fresh twigs of the host. When they had reached a size of a few
cm they were moved to Manzhot roots. Development was slow and mortality very
high. After a year from a hundred larvae only a small number of pupae had been
obtained and several of these did not hatch. Ultimately only a few moths, most of
them males, emerged, one year and two to seven months after the eggs had been
laid.
X. maculata (Snellen, 1879). SNELLEN added to his description that, according
to this collaborator Piepers, the larva presumably lives in Celebes in Canarium
commune (Burseraceae). In Java the moth has been bred from a twig of cotton tree,
Ceiba pentandra (ROEPKE l.c.).
Phragmataecia gummata Swinhoe, 1892 and Ph. sumatrensis Snellen, 1880.
ROEPKE (l.c.) explains that a much longer morphological study is necessary for a
satisfactory separation of the Phragmataecia species described from the Far East.
As for the host plants he expresses his “strong conviction that the giant grass,
Saccharum spontaneum (“kasur” or “glagah”), is the foodplant” and he quotes my
notes on the occurrence of the borer in sugar-cane, Saccharum officinarum (KALS-
HOVEN, 1951). In fact a Phragmataecia had already been reported from Saccharum
Spontaneum in India in 1920 (FLETCHER & GosH). For Java the sugar-cane
borer has been listed and figured by ZEHNTNER in 1897 (p. 488; copied in VAN
DEVENTER's Pests of Sugar-Cane, 1906). It was called the “Bandung borer” having
been found in nursery fields for sugar-cane near Bandung, West Java, but not in the
extensive sugar-cane plantations of Central and East Java. In 1925 the borer oc-
curred in large numbers in an experimental plantation of sugar-cane in Deli,
Sumatra’s East Coast (VAN HALL, 1926).
86 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 4, 1965
In September, 1928, it was reported from the government selection gardens at
Fort de Kock (+ 1000 m, West Sumatra), the species being identified in this
case as Ph. parvipuncta Hamps. at the British Museum, London (det. BRYANT).
The borer was rather injurious to native sugar-cane fields at Padang Pandjang
(W. Sumatra) in 1936 (KALSHOVEN, 1950 : 364). Under the name Ph. castaneae
Hb. the borer has been reported repeatedly from sugar-cane in Malaya (Rev. Appl.
Entom. 1924 : 36, 379 ; 1925 : 550). A Phragmataecia moth has been caught at
lamplight at the Gedangan field station in the months February, April, September,
and November. This is an indication that the larva finds a common breeding place
in wild Saccharum on the borders and in the ravines of the teak woods.
T. B. FLETCHER & GosH (Borers in sugarcane etc. in India, 1920)
mentioned a “purple coloured Zeuzerid borer” in Saccharum arundinaceum (=
Erianthus arundinaceus) and a “violet-spotted Zeuzerid borer (? Phragmataecia
sp.) in Saccharum spontaneum and Andropogon sorghum. They gave notes on the
life history of the latter species and fine drawings of the larva, pupa and adult.
Unfortunately ROEPKE has overlooked these data in the “Pusa Proceedings”.
Cossid in Ceriops. A branch of Ceriops (Rhizophoraceae; a regular constituant
of the coastal vegetation) tunneled by a borer, was collected on a small island
of the tidal forest reservation Angké, North of Djakarta, in November, 1935. The
larva proved to belong to the Cossidae. An attempt to breed the moth failed.
Neither the specific host plant, nor the peculiar habitat give any clue to the possible
identity of the borer.
SQUAMURIDAE (= Arbelidae, Indarbelidae)
This family is well represented in the Indomalayan region. ROEPKE (l.c.) stresses
the fact that “a sharp discrimination between the species, at present, remains
difficult”.
Squamura maculata Heylaerts, 1890, is a very common species in the plains and
lower hills of Java, attracting the attention by the cord-like webbings its larvae —
make on the bole and main branches of trees (PI. 9 fig. 4). The larvae have the
habit to loosen the rather narrow web in the beginning of the night and to shift it
to an adjacent part of the bark on which they feed. They abrase only the epidermis
and superficial tissues, going not deeper than 3—4 mm. Only the soft tissues are
eaten, thick fibres and sklerenchym cells are left alone and become prominent. The
marks and patterns are inconspicuous and do little or no harm to the tree. The
activity of the larvae can be watched easily at night, using a lamp, as the web
under which they work is transparant. At the slightest disturbance the larva im-
mediately retreats in its hole. The moths do not become active until darkness. The
males are attracted to the females; copulation has been observed between 9 and
10 p.m. Repeated experiments to rear the moth ab ovo in the Gedangan field
laboratory proved successful only in a few isolated cases when fresh twigs of
Ceiba were used as food. Total development required about a year.
ROEPKE mentions the cotton tree (Ceiba), two Leguminosae and four fruit trees
as hosts. To these should be added Erythrina, Cassia siamea, and Pithecolobium
lobatum as very common hosts but the list of occasional hosts could be extended
L. G. E. KALSHOVEN : Injurious Lepidoptera from Java 87
almost indefinitely. Apparently tree species with a smooth bark are most suitable.
It ís also interesting that more or less isolated trees are often selected, but not trees
growing under the canopy of woods and groves. Perhaps the outer bark tissues are
less nutritious in the latter case (lacking sufficient chlorophyl ?).
FRANSSEN (1941) mentions several additional fruit trees as hosts and reports on
a very harmful occurrence of the borer in neglected Citrus gardens in the neighbour-
hood of Malang, East Java. A similar case was reported in 1914 (ANONYMOUS) in
Citrus gardens at Punten, Mt. Ardjuno, East Java, in which instance many branches
had died. This kind of damage, also described by FRANSSEN, much resembles that
of Sq. acutistriata (see below); perhaps it was a mixed infestation in which more
than one species of Squamura was involved. ROEPKE did not cite FRANSSEN but he
recorded the breeding of an adult of Sg. magma de Joannis, 1921, from the bark
and stem of Citrus (Bogor, June, 1953, TJoA TJIEN Mo).
Sq. flavina Mell, 1923 is closely related to the preceding species and is numerous
in the mountains of Java between 1000 and 1800 m (ROEPKE, 1957). Its habits
appear to be similar to those of maculata.
Sq. celebensis Roepke, 1957. The single specimen on which ROEPKE founded
his new species was reared from a branch of a cotton tree (Cetba pentandra, Bom-
bacaceae), Makassar, January, 1948, C. FRANSSEN. In December, 1939, a severe
infestation of branches, particularly old branches, of old cotton trees was reported
from South Celebes. The material submitted contained a reddish Cossid-like larva.
No further material was investigated, but as the damage resembled that caused by
a Squamura species (cf. Sq. acutistriata) it would not be too far-fetched to ascribe
the injury to Sg. celebensis, the only known Sguamura species recorded from
Celebes in ROEPKE's monograph.
Sq. acutistriata (Mell, 1923). In contrast with Sg. maculata this species mainly
lives in the crowns of trees, the branches of which are often short, bent and
gnarled. Several observations were made on its occurrence in the crowns of “ke-
dinding” trees (Albizzia lebbeck, Leguminosae) in the area near the field station
at Gedangan. The larvae gnaw rather deeply, viz., 3—5 mm, into the bark of
twigs and small branches, always under cover of a web, causing severe lesions and
often the death of top parts. The dry wood of snags is also eaten. Repeated activity
of the borer renders the tree tops gradually more suitable for breeding and the
limbs become covered with scars.
Mature larvae are 30—32 mm; these larvae as well as pupae have been found in
the beginning of September. The moths continued to appear until the first week of
October, emerging mostly between 5 and 7 p.m. in the laboratory. Female moths,
kept in a gauze cage outdoors, attracted the males from the environment several
times. They appeared between 3 and 9 p.m., once even three specimens at the
same time. When the door of the cage was opened they readily entered; copulation
soon followed and was of short duration. Next day the eggs were laid ín clusters
stuck together by means of a slimy substance. When fresh they are isabella coloured,
turning brown on the 5th day and hatching on the 10th day.
88 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 4, 1965
Rearing the moth in the laboratory succeeded only three times with young
“kedinding” branches as food. The development required about one year.
DOCTERS VAN LEEUWEN (1910) described the injury of the species to cocoa
trees (Theobroma cacao) in estates in Central Java.
Sq. tenera Roepke, 1957. The holotype, a male, was reared at Gedangan from
a greyish larva, 20 mm, found in a horizontal annular gallery at 1 m above the
soil, therefore rather low for a Squamura, on a teak sapling, 28 February, 1933.
The method of feeding and webbing reminded of that of the rootcollar borer,
Endoclita sericeus, but its behaviour and habitus were different. The larva had two
large dorsal sclerotized plates on each segment with a slight dent between. It was
placed for boring and feeding on fresh Manzhot root, which was substituted by a
new piece every 10—14 days; 29 August the larva pupated; during the night of
22/23 September the moth emerged.
DISCUSSION OF THE HABITS AND HOSTS OF INDOMALAYAN COSSIDAE
AND SQUAMURIDAE
There occur Xyleutes species feeding on the nutritive cambial and callus tissue
of a living trunk, while hiding and pupating in a short tunnel, which may be
excavated in the heart-wood of old trunks and in the pith of saplings. X. anceps
Snell. causes gall-like swellings in branches of Derris sp. (KALSHOVEN, 1950).
Apparently several Xyleutes species live in the crowns of trees, but this group is
still very insufficiently known. Some Xyleutes species are associated with certain
plant families (Verbenaceae for X. ceramica) or genera (Cassia and Durio for
X. persona) or even species (Sesbania grandiflora for X. strix).
Zeuzera larvae feed entirely on wood, having to digest large quantities and
therefore to make long galleries. In Z. indica the galleries are excavated in the
living wood of the trunk of Lauraceae. In Z. coffeae the larvae are only able to
live in stems and twigs of small dimensions; after entering the stem the larvae
bore a circular tunnel and thereby intersect the sapflow; they have their main
development in the dying and dry top part of the stem (PI. 8 fig. 1). The latter
species appears to be most specialized in its boring technique, but not in the choice
of its host plants. Z. roricyanea is intermediate between the two other species.
Phragmataecia species are exclusively associated with tall grasses like Saccharum,
Sorghum and the like. As is shown in other Lepidopterous families, feeding on
Graminaceae apparently requires special adaptation as it is met with only in a
limited number of genera and species (cf. the Phragmites fauna in Europe). That
a genus of the usually wood-boring Cossidae has become adapted to living in
graminaceous stalks may be explained by supposing that the Cossid larvae possess
the capacity to break down cellulose, an indigestible substance for most animals with
the exception of several insect groups that live with particular symbionts.
In the Sguamuridae the feeding on wood is much reduced. In boring their shelter
tunnels the larvae often penetrate into old snags, wounds and rotten parts, or they
simply inhabit a groove at the place of forking of the trunk and similar spots. A
peculiarity of the larvae is that they construct extensive webbings, starting from
the entrance hole of the tunnel and covering the portion of bark or wood on which
L. G. E. KALSHOVEN : Injurious Lepidoptera from Java 89
they feed. On the outside the web is covered with excrements and severed particles.
In Sg. acutistriata the feeding on wood appears to be less reduced than in Sg.
maculata and allied species. GARDNER (1948) has pointed to the resemblance in
the habits of larvae of Sguamuridae and Hepialidae which both feed in soft external
tissues of the stem under a camouflage of frass and silk with a deeper tunnel for
refuge. This resemblance is particularly striking in Sg. tenera.
3. TWO PYRALID BORERS OF BAMBOO
A peculiar kind of damage noticeable in bamboo groves in West Java consists of
a series of diseased internodes at some height of the culms; these internodes are
shortened and malformed and show several slits and clefts in the cylindrical wall
(PL. 10 fig. 6). KONINGSBERGER in his “Java zoologisch en biologisch” (1915)
drew attention to this defect. He found a large number of flesh-coloured larvae,
with a tough skin, and sometimes pupae, in the lowest part of the affected portion
of the culm. These insects appeared to be well-known to the native population; they
were called “tjangkilung” and were used for fishing bait. KONINGSBERGER
could not explain on what tissues the larvae feed and how the moths escape from
the sound internode in which they hatch. He recognized the moth as a Pyralid (al-
though not attracted to lamplight), and emphasized the need for further in-
vestigation.
This further study was undertaken in 1940 by Dr. P. A. BLijDORP and his
Javanese assistant Mas SUDIRO, of the Instituut voor Plantenziekten at Bogor.
KONINGSBERGER’s conclusion about the kind of borer causing the malformation
was soon confirmed. In Central Java a different Pyralid appeared to occur in
bamboo culms. Owing to the Pacific War and the Japanese invasion, the work
in the field and in the laboratory was left to Mr. SuDIRO and his native helpers.
After the war, when I was working on a survey of the pests of Indonesian crops,
I found a file containing field notes in Indonesian, tabulations and drawings,
compiled during the foresaid investigations, carried out with much diligence during
the years 1941—1944. Material of the moths was sent by me to the British Museum
of Natural History in London. The identifications by the well-known lepidopterist,
Mr. W. H. T. Tams, were received in 1951, but publication of the notes has been
delayed. Though a coherent record of the observations is not at hand, the data
compiled by the Indonesian personnel point to various most interesting features in
the biology of the borers. An extract covering the main points is presented here.
Chilo fuscidentalis Hampson, is the West Javanese species with brown
markings, wing expanse 40—45 mm (PI. 6 fig. 1—2). This is essentially a borer of
sprouting bamboo. Sprouts of new culms begin to appear in bamboo groves in
West Java in October. They grow fast in height, reaching a length of 25—100 cm
in a month. By this time their top is crowned by a thick bunch of bracteae, which is
shed afterwards. At the end of the month of December the sprouts may be 150—250
cm high. The Chilo moths swarm in the period November—January and lay
characteristic flat batches of eggs, free from hairs or scales, on the sprouts, about
half way to the top (PI. 6 fig. 7—9, Pl. 10 fig. 1). They contain 40—140 eggs (90
90 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 4, 1965
on an average) which are arranged imbricately. When hatching after 12—13 days
the slender larvae, 2.5—2.75 mm in size, begin to move upwards in a file. They
are in search of a spot suited for boring into the tissue. Three to five of the fore-
most individuals select the spot and begin the boring which may be at a distance
of 100—200 cm above the batch of egg shells. The group acts gregariously, the
larvae of the “shock troop” are replaced by new individuals which take their turn
in deepening the entrance, the other larvae milling and resting around (PI. 10 fig.
2, 3). Soon the roundish hole, 1.75—2.75 mm in diameter, is deep enough and
the larvae disappear into it. Extrusion of a milky fluid from the hole indicates that
inner tissues are reached. The whole process takes less than 24 hours. Often, after
2—5 weeks, a curious T-shaped hole leading outwards, appears in a sound joint
beneath the cap, but more results of the activities of the larvae come into evidence
after the cap of dry bracteae is shed. It then appears that a series of 8—10 newly
formed joints below the top of the sprout which were in process of lengthening
and hardening, are stunted and show window-like slits. Moreover, in some cases
it appears that a round hole of 9 mm in diameter and closed with silk has been
made in one of the sound joints beneath the affected part. The T-hole is widened
by the larvae occasionally, but keeps the same shape (PI. 10 fig. 5). From this
hole, sometimes, substantial quantities of dirty coloured liquid are discharged. As _
a tule the top of the sprout keeps growing and forming normal joints, but it has
been observed in several cases that the part formed after the borer-invasion looks
thinner than normal; seldom the top withers. All this takes place between
the months January-September. In two cases where the infested parts of the culm
had to be opened early, the larvae had grown to 24—26 mm in length and 4—6
mm in width in a period of 9—12 weeks.
When undisturbed, the larvae, then 30—31 mm in size and apparently fully
developed, begin to assemble in September, in a sound joint of the culm, just above
the joint with the T-opening, that is, 2—5 joints below the damaged section
(PL. 10 fig. 4). The larvae reach these joints via roundish holes which have been
bored through several sound partitions; these holes are closed by silk afterwards.
The mature larvae keep moving for some time and appear to abrase from the inner
wall of the joint the powdery substance which is present in normal joints. Ultimately
they settle on the ceiling of the internode selected where they attach themselves with
the cremaster and pupate in a hanging position (Pl. 6 fig. 10). This, again, is a
gregarious action.
Some 7 weeks after pupation the moths appear, their emergence being spread
over a period of some 3 weeks. Where the round exit hole has been formed it
appears that the moths use this for emergence, otherwise they apparently use the
T-shaped hole. They squeeze through the opening when still wet and crawl a
little distance upwards to unfold the wings and dry. Hatching of the moths takes
place during the first half of the night, beginning at about 8 o’clock p.m. An
infested culm may yield up to 70 or 80 moths. The longevity of the moths is
12—18 days.
Several attempts failed to have the moths copulate and oviposit in gauze cages
provided with cut bamboo sprouts or live sprouts in the field. Therefore egg batches
were collected from sprouts in bamboo groves in the neighbourhood of Bogor and
L. G. E. KALSHOVEN : Injurious Lepidoptera from Java 91
transmitted to sprouts in private yards where they could be kept under control and
for regular inspection. Notwithstanding these precautions the number of cases
where the whole process had its normal course was limited (in some 10 out of 30
experiments, taken at the time the habits of the borer had become roughly known).
There are several factors which endanger a successful development of the borer.
(1) The eggs become covered with a fungus; (2) they turn black, being parasitized
by a tiny wasp with red eyes, most probably a Trichogramma sp.; (3) they are
destroyed by ants; (4) the infested part of a sprout is gnawn by a squirrel (to feed
on the milky fluid rather than on the boring larvae, as a part of the larvae still
can continue their development); (5) the top of the infested sprout withers which
prevents the borers to develop; (6) a part of the pupae die; (7) a part of the
emerged moths are crippled. It seems possible that factors 1, 3 and 7 are the result
of unnatural conditions prevailing during the experiments.
According to the observations of Mr. SUDIRO attack by “tjangkilung” particularly
occurs in dense bamboo groves in moist places. The semi-wild groves are attended
to by the owners who thin out the sprouts to reduce a too abundant tillering and
to use the sprouts as a vegetable.
The main hosts of the borer are Gigantochloa apus (“bambu tali”), the species
most commonly grown in West Java, and G. verticillata (“bambu andong’’).
The internodes hollowed out and disfigured by the borer number 9—14 in a
single culm; the total length of the affected part is 90—220 cm. Counts in the
villages around Bogor have shown that some 9% of the bamboo culms were
spoilt by this borer in the years 1941—1943. In the early months of 1944 strikingly
less egg batches could be found in comparison to the three preceding years.
Eschata chrysargyria Walk., the borer from East Java is a lustrous white species,
36—40 mm. According to the very incomplete notes available, the habits of this
species are quite different from those of the preceding borer. Young bamboo culms
infested by Eschata have 1—4 internodes which outwardly show one or two small
holes in the wall and a few black punctures, besides a dark ring at the top. From
the holes sap may be oozing. The black rings are caused by a flat circular gallery
bored in the inner wall of the cylinder just beneath a partition and interrupting the
sapflow. A single larva or a pupa may be found inside an internode marked in
this way. The pupa is enclosed between two spun membranes in the internode and
is suspended head downwards from the upper membrane. This separate room also
has a hole in the wall close to the head part of the pupa and apparently made by
the larva before pupating. It is closed by silk and is used by the moth for emergence.
The internodes occupied by the borer are not malformed and it seems that the
larva mainly feeds on nutritious slimy matter (‘legon’’) which accumulates in the
internode.
The borer has been found in wild growing groves of Bambusa vulgaris (“bambu
legi”) and Gigantochloa verticillata (“‘bambu wulung”) in the teak area of Central
Java.
92 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 4, 1965
4. NOTE ON THE BIOLOGY OF AMPHITALES EPISCOPOPA MEYR.
(AEGERIIDAE)
In April, 1937, the forest superintendent F. J. APPELMAN discovered an un-
known disease of Actinophora fragrans (Tiliaceae, “walikukun”) in an 8-year old
plantation between Bondowoso and Situbondo, East Java, at 150 m altitude. The
timber species had been used as an admixture in a plantation of teak (Tectona gran-
dis). The Actinophora trees showed patches of very rough bark with fissures and
excrescenses along their stems, which had a diameter of 4—12 cm (Pl. 8 fig. 5).
The type of damage reminded the reporter of bark cancer (“Krebs”), some trees
having the diseased parts all over the stem. In some parts of the plantation 75%
and more of the trees had been affected.
An investigation of material submitted to the Instituut voor Plantenziekten at
Bogor taught me that the injury apparently originated primarily from galleries of
a small reddish caterpillar, made in the living bark of the trunks, particularly at
the base of side branches and snags. This had led to the formation of fissures in
the bark and to callus growth, while secundary fungi had killed part of the tissues.
Additional galleries had been made along the margin of the wounds and had
enlarged the sickly portions.
Some 19 specimens of a small peculiarly looking moth (text fig. 2) were bred
between 25 May and 5 July, 1937, from infested stems sent to Bogor. Specimens
of the species sent to the British Museum of Natural History were identified as
Amphitales episcopopa Meyr. (det. STRINGER, 1939).
Similar damage to young Actinophora trees was found in Central Java Lor but
no further investigations have been carried out.
ll
w
\ Wi wi 14
\ Va
Text fig. 2. Amphitales episcopopa Meyr.
(X 10; by Indonesian artist)
BIBLIOGRAPHY
ALPHEN DE VEER, E. J. VAN and M. SUDIRO, 1951. Observations on the attack of Zeuzera
coffeae Nietn. on Balsa. Tectona 41 : 137—139.
ANONYMOUS, 1914. Jaarboek Departement van Landbouw, Nijverheid en Handel: 82. Batavia.
, 1923. A preliminary list of the pests of cultivated plants in Ceylon. Dep. Agric.
Ceylon B. 67: 18.
, 1933. Verslag Algemeen Landbouw-Syndicaat : 163. Soerabaja.
BEEKMAN, H., 1919. De groote Djati-boorder (oleng-oleng), Duomitus ceramicus WIk.
Meded. Proefst. Boschwezen 4: 1—17.
BEESON, C. F. C., 1941. The Ecology and Control of the Forest Insects of India and the
Neighbouring Countries, Dehra Dun.
L. G. E. KALSHOVEN : Injurious Lepidoptera from Java 93
BHASIN, G. D., M. L. ROONWAL and BALWANT SINGH, 1958. A list of insect pests of forest
plants in India and the adjacent countries, Part. 3. Ind. Forest Bull. 171.
DOCTERS VAN LEEUWEN, W. M., 1910. Arbela dea Swinhoe, een met de Zeuzera coffeae
Nietn. verwante cacaoboorder. Meded. Alg. Proefst. op Java te Salatiga [2] 37.
Duronr, F., 1937. Three moths new to the fauna of Java. Ent. Meded. Ned. Indië 3 : 10—12.
FLETCHER, BRAINBRIGGE T. and C. C. GosH, 1920. Borers in Sugar-cane, Rice, etc. Report
Proc. Third Entom. Meeting Pusa: 345.
FRANSSEN, C. J. H., 1941. De Plagen van de Djeroekcultuur in Nederlandsch-Indië. Meded.
Inst. v. Plantenziekten 86.
GARDNER, J. C. M., 1948. Immature stages of Indian Lepidoptera (Cossidae, Indarbelidae).
J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 45 : 390—396.
GARTHWAITE, P. F., 1938. Entomological Research. Rep. Silv. Entom. Burma 1936—1937 :
93— 103. Rangoon.
HALL, C. J. J. VAN, 1926. Ziekten en Plagen der Cultuurgewassen in Nederlandsch Indië.
Meded. Inst. v. Plantenziekten 70.
HEYNE, H., 1950. De Nuttige Planten van Indonesië. ’s Gravenhage/ Bandung.
HOULBERT, C. 1916. Catalogue systématique de la Tribe des Xyleutinae. In: Ch. Oberthiir,
C. Houlbert et F. P. Dodd, Etudes Lép. Comp., fasc. 11bis: 107.
KALSHOVEN, L. G. E., 1919. De roode takboorder, Zeuzera coffeae Nietner in boschculturen.
De roode stamboorder, Zeuzera postexcisa Hamps. Meded. Proefst. Boschwezen
4 : 57—65, 69—71.
1934. Levenswijze van de in djatiboomen levende Cosside : Duomitus ceramicus
(Communication). Verslagen Afd. Nederl. Oost-Indië, Ned. Ent. Ver. 1 (5):
148—149.
1940. Observations on the red Branchborer, Zeuzera coffeae Nietn. Entom. Meded.
Ned. Indië 6: 50—54.
, 1951. De Plagen van de Cultuurgewassen in Indonesië. 1: 359—364.
KONINGSBERGER, J. C., 1915. Java zoölogisch en biologisch.
LEEFMANS, S., 1916. Bijdrage tot het Helopeltis vraagstuk voor de Thee. Meded. Labor.
Plantenziekten 26: 95, Pl. 1, fig. 6.
MACKENZIE, J. M. D., 1923. Report on work done between 17th Oct., 1921 and 31st. March,
1922 on the beehole-borer investigation. Burma For. Bull, 7, Rangoon.
Mesa, A. DE, 1933. A giant teak moth borer Duomitus ceramicus Walk. The Makiling Echo
12 : 100—101.
MILLER, N. C. E., 1932. Preliminary list of foodplants in the Federated Malay States.
1941. Insects associated with Cocoa (Theobroma cacao) in Malaya. Bull. Ent. Res.
32: 1—16.
PHırLLıps, W. W. A., 1938. The mating of the moth Phassus purpurascens Moore. Spolia Zey-
lanica 21: 63.
RIDLEY, 1896. Agric. Bull. Mal. Peninsula 5 : 116.
ROEPKE, W., 1957. The Cossids of the Malay Region. Verh. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wet., Nat.
52 : 1—60.
STEBBING, E. P., 1914. Indian Forest Insects of economic importance. Coleoptera.
Toxorrus, L. J., 1948. On the borer moths Zeuzera coffeae Nietn. and Z. roricyanea WIk.
(neuropunctata Gaede). Treubia 19 : 167—175.
2
2
>
PLAAT 7
1965
4,
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL.
j j 5 i
pasodxa poom ay} UT sarta[[e3 YIM owes UL ‘€ “BIZ ‘(9/1 X) vorput vioznog JO syyJod Jesse} pue ajOY YI dad} vvk dro u
puur Sunok jo ed jeseg ‘7 ‘SIA '(EL/, X) vaurlozios viaziaz Aq pasner suoIsa] UMA (rutosgio) qua vspeg 1 ‘Stig
€ C I
A
om Jat
Lepidoptera fi
TOUS
Injur
L. G. E. KALSHOVEN
PLAAT 8
1965
a,
TOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL.
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR EN
sapling by
‘trunk of C
and lar
Characteristic injury
growing from the base
with larva of Zexzera sp. in situ,
doclita
suckers
posed,
Zi
ra coffeae:
15514
e blackish
sericeus. Fig. 5. Stems of Actinophore
NS
per stem tunneled ov
3. Subcortical gallery ex-
ed by En-
top leaves
stamea with tv
ain on the b
aged by
anihot plants dam
episcopopa.
a
era from Jai
Injurious Lepidopt
KALSHOVEN :
E
G
L
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 4, 1965 PLAAT 9
Fig. 1. Camouflaged moth of Xylewtes strix on lichen-covered trunk (X 2/2). Fig. 2. Egg
mass of the same (X 14). Fig. 3. Wounds on teak stems left by squirrels in search of the
larva of Xyleutes ceramica; left, fresh; right, overgrowing. Fig. 4. Cord-like web of Sqwamura
maculata larva on the trunk of Ceiba: traces of feeding alongside the webbing ( 2/3)
L. G. E. KALSHOVEN : Injurious Lepidoptera from Java
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 4, 1965 PLAAT 10
Chilo fuscidentalis. Fig. 1. Batch of eggs on a bamboo sprout, the upper row parasitized
(much enlarged). Fig. 2. First instar larvae entering the newly formed communal hole.
Fig. 3. The same (X 4). Fig. 4. Full grown larvae assembling in a sound joint, in pre-
paration of pupation. Fig. 5. T-shaped hole made by the larvae from the inside. Fig. 6.
Section of bamboo culm showing the traces of former borer activities at the time the joints
were still weak. (After drawings by Indonesian artists)
L. G. E. KALSHOVEN : Injurious Lepidoptera from Java
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
Het verschijnt in één deel van + go bladzijden per jaar, bestaande uit
enkele afleveringen.
ENTOMOLOGISCHE BERICHTEN
Deze zijn bestemd voor de publicatie van kortere artikelen, faunistische notities
etc., alsmede van de Verslagen der Vergaderingen en van mededelingen van het
Bestuur. Zij verschijnen twaalf maal per jaar in een aflevering van 16 of meer
bladzijden, die samen een deel vormen.
TRICHOPTERORUM CATALOGUS
Deze Catalogus van F. C. J. Fischer wordt door de Vereeniging voor rekening
van de auteur uitgegeven. Alle bekende recente en fossiele soorten van de gehele
wereld met hun synoniemen worden er in behandeld. Delen I en II kosten f 39.—
per stuk, delen IIH—V: f 45 —. Er zullen in totaal 15 delen verschijnen. Van alle
_ delen zijn ook éénzijdig bedrukte exemplaren beschikbaar. De prijsverhoging hier-
voor bedraagt f 2.50.
ENTOMOLOGIA EXPERIMENTALIS ET APPLICATA
Dit tijdschrift wordt uitgegeven door de Noord-Hollandse Uitgevers Maatschap-
pij te Amsterdam in opdracht van de Vereeniging. Het publiceert artikelen over
experimentele biologie en oekologie bij insecten en andere land-arthropoden. Het
verschijnt vier maal per jaar en bevat 320 bladzijden. De prijs voor leden bedraagt
f 25 —, voor niet-leden f 40.— per jaar.
Alle zakelijke correspondentie betreffende de Vereeniging te richten aan de
Secretaris, W. Hellinga, Weesperzijde 2311, Amsterdam-O.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van het Tijdschrift voor Entomologie en
de Monographieën te richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. A. Diakonoff, Rijksmuseum
van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van de Entomologische Berichten te rich-
ten aan de Redacteur, B. J. Lempke, Oude IJselstraat 12111, Amsterdam-Z. 2.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van Entomologia Experimentalis et Appli-
cata te richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. P. A. van der Laan, Lab. voor Toegepaste
Entomologie, Linnaeusstraat 2 B, Amsterdam.
Alle betalingen te richten aan de Penningmeester, Drs. H. Wiering, Doorntjes
29, Bergen (N.H.), postgiro 188130, ten name van de Nederlandsche Entomolo-
gische Vereeniging te Bergen (N.H.).
Alle correspondentie betreffende de Bibliotheek der Vereeniging te richten aan
de Bibliotheek, Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O.
NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS
All correspondence referring to subscriptions and exchange of the periodicals
of the Netherlands Entomological Society should be addressed to the Librarian,
Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O, Netherlands.
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
Contributors will receive free of charge fifty reprints of their papers, joint authors have
to divide this number between them at their discretion. Additional reprints may be ordered
when returning proofs.
Manuscripts should be written in Dutch, English, French, German or Italian. If they
contain descriptions of new genera, species, etc., they should be in one of the four last
mentioned languages.
The author should communicate with the editor before submitting his manuscript. He
will enclose with manuscript a Synopsis (Abstract), styled according to recommendations
of the UNESCO (style rules will be provided by the editor) and, if needed, a Summary.
Papers in Dutch should contain an Abstract and/or a Summary in one of the four other
languages.
Manuscripts should be typewritten in double spacing on only one side of the paper, with
a margin of at least three cm at the left side of each sheet. Paragraphs should be indented.
Carbon copies cannot be accepted, as handling makes them illegible.
Captions for text figures and plates should be written on a separate sheet in double
spacing, numbered consecutively in arabic numerals; the use of a, b, c, or any other
subdivision of the figure numbering should be avoided.
Drawings for reproduction should be on good paper in Indian ink, preferably at least
one and a half times as large as the ultimate size desired. Lettering should be uniform, and,
after reduction, of the same size. Photographs should be furnished as shiny positive prints,
unmounted. Plates should be arranged so as to fill a whole page (11.5 x 19 cm) of the
Tijdschrift, or a portion thereof, captions included. Combinations of illustrations into groups
are preferable to separate illustrations, since there is a minimum charge per block.
Names of genera and lower systematic categories, new terms and the like are to be under-
lined by the author in the manuscript by a single straight line. Any other directions as to
size or style of the type are given by the editors, not by the author. Italic type or spacing to
stress ordinary words or sentences is to be avoided. Dates should be spelled as follows: either
”10.V.1948” or "10 May, 1948”. Other use of latin numerals should be avoided, as well as
abbreviations in the text, save those generally accepted. Numbers from one to ten occurring
in the text should be written in full, one, two, three, etc. Titles must be kept short. Foot-
notes should be kept at a minimum.
Bibliography should not be given in footnotes but compiled in a list at end of the
paper, styled as follows:
Mosley, M. E., 1932, "A revision of the European species of the genus Leuctra (Pleco-
ptera)”. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [10] 10 (3): 1—41, pl. 1—5, fig. 1—57. Number of
issue should only be added (in parentheses) when it has individual pagination.
Text references to this list might be made thus:
“Mosley (1932) says....” or "(Mosley, 1932)”.
The editors reserve the right to adjust style to certain standards of uniformity.
Manuscripts and all communications concerning editorial matters only should be sent to:
Dr. A. DIAKONOFF, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, The Netherlands.
aria
Pet REI FAB TE ME DN NE TEN
Pee ed LIBRA
DEEL 108 AFLEVERING 5 1965
TIJDSCHRIFT
VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
UITGEGEVEN DOOR
DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
INHOUD:
C. A. W. JEEKEL. — A revision of the Burmese Paradoxosomatidae (Diplopoda,
Polydesmida) in the Museo Civico di Storia Naturale at Genoa (Part I), pp.
95—144, tekstfig. 1—43.
| | Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, deel 108, afl. 5. Gepubliceerd 30-VII-1965 |
Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging
BESTUUR
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht, President (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
Dr. G. Barendrecht, Vice-President (1965— 1971), Amsterdam.
W. Hellinga, Secretaris (1963— 1969), Amsterdam.
Drs. H. Wiering, Penningmeester (1962—1968), Bergen (N.H.).
Drs. C. A. W. Jeekel, Bibliothecaris (1960— 1966), Amsterdam.
J. A. Janse (1964—1970), Bennebroek.
Dr. A. F. H. Besemer (1965—1970), Bennekom.
COMMISSIE VAN REDACTIE VOOR DE PUBLICATIES
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
P. Chrysanthus (1964—1967), Oosterhout (N.B.).
Dr. A. Diakonoff (1964—1967), Leiderdorp.
G. L. van Eyndhoven (1963—1966), Haarlem.
Dr. L. G. E. Kalshoven (1964—1967), Blaricum.
Prof. Dr. D. J. Kuenen (benoemd 1957), Leiden.
Dr. P. A. van der Laan (benoemd 1957), Bennekom.
B. J. Lempke (1965—1968), Amsterdam.
Prof. Dr. J. de Wilde (benoemd 1957), Wageningen.
Dr. J. T. Wiebes (1963—1966), Leiden.
BESTUUR DER AFDELING VOOR TOEGEPASTE ENTOMOLOGIE
Dr. A. F. H. Besemer, Voorzitter, Wageningen.
Ir. P. Gruys, Secretaris, Rheden.
Dr. Ir. L. Bravenboer, Naaldwijk.
Dr. C. F. A. Bruyning, Oegstgeest.
Dr. Ir. J. B. M. van Dinther, Bennekom.
De contributie voor het lidmaatschap bedraagt f 15—, voor student-leden
f 2.50, per jaar. — Begunstigers betalen jaarlijks tenminstet f 15.—.
De leden, behalve de student-leden, ontvangen gratis de Entomologische
Berichten, waarvan de prijs voor student-leden f 1.50 per jaar, voor niet-leden
f 20.— per jaar en f 2— per nummer bedraagt. DE
De leden kunnen zich voor f 10.— per jaar abonneren op het Tijdschrift v voor |
Entomologie; hiervan bedraagt de prijs voor niet-leden f 35 — per jaar. ol
De eerder verschenen publicaties der Vereeniging zijn voor de leden tegen ver-
minderde prijzen verkrijgbaar. De Vereeniging geeft de volgende publicaties uit.
N
MONOGRAPHIEEN VAN DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
Deze worden met onregelmatige tussenpozen uitgegeven. Er zijn reeds ver- 4
schenen: é 3
— F. T. Valck Lucassen et al. — Monographie du genre Lomaptera Gory &
Percheron (Coleoptera, Cetoniidae), prijs f 50.—. 9
TA U: Besseling. — De Nederlandse Watermijten (Hydrachnellae Latreille,
1802), prijs f 25 —. Ak
A REVISION OF THE BURMESE PARADOXOSOMATIDAE
(DIPLOPODA, POLYDESMIDA) IN THE MUSEO CIVICO
DI STORIA NATURALE AT GENOA (PART I) ')
BY
C. A. W. JEEKEL
Zoölogisch Museum, Amsterdam
Abstract
This paper treats part of the Paradoxosomatidae from Burma described by Pocock, 1895,
many of which were considered species incertae sedis up to now. All species examined are
redescribed and illustrated. The genus Agnesia Attems, 1953, is redefined and its relationship
discussed. The species of the genus Anoplodesmus Pocock, 1895, are briefly surveyed and their
interrelationships discussed. The discontinuous area of the genus is shown in a map. The genus
Trogodesmus Pocock, 1895, is redefined; Attemsina Hoffman, 1963, is considered to be a
junior synonym. The Oriental Paradoxosomatidae characterized by the presence of a femoral
tubercle in the first pair of legs of the male are reviewed and their relationships discussed.
The genus Tetracentrosternus Pocock, 1895, which belongs to this group, is redefined, and a
new genus, Pocockina, for Orthomorpha pilifera Pocock, 1895, also belonging to this group,
is established.
Our knowledge of the millipede fauna of Burma largely goes back to the work
of Pocock. This author published in a series of papers (1890, 1893, 1895,
1896), the results of his studies based on the precious material of the expedition
by the famous Italian collector LEONARDO FEA to that country.
Pocock’s descriptions of the many new species in this collection were, as
regards the verbal part, sufficiently adequate for those days. However, failing a
clear apprehension of the systematic importance of the male gonopods, his
drawings of these organs are practically useless. In consequence, the taxonomic
status of most of the species remained dubious, and the diplopod fauna of Burma
in effect is still largely an enigma.
The Paradoxosomatidae of the FEA collection filled most of the 1895 paper.
Out of 34 recorded species, 32 were described as new, and of the 7 genera dealt
with, 5 were new.
‘+ With this, the importance of a re-examination of these eter maui is suf-
ficiently explained.
In the spring of 1964 I had the an to study the Paradoxosomatidae in
the collection of the Genoa Museum, where most of the diplopod types of the
FEA collection were supposed to be.
Of course, not the entire material upon which Pocock based his report could be
1) Based on data accumulated through the aid of a grant (I 954-36) from the Netherlands
Organisation for the Advancement of Pure Research (Z.W.O.) and the Italian National
Council of Research (C.N.R.).
96 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
located. The author certainly had his share of the available duplicates, and these
are probably in the British Museum (Natural History) now. Moreover, some
specimens appear to have been traded to the Hamburg Museum (WEIDNER, 1960).
Finally, it was found in Genoa that material of some species, amongst it un-
fortunately some very important types, was borrowed by SILVESTRI in 1902 and was
never returned. This material presumably is still in the SILVESTRI collection in
the Laboratorio di Entomologia Agraria at Portici (JEEKEL, 1965).
Nevertheless, the great majority of the species described by Pocock
could be re-examined, as is shown in the list below.
List OF BURMESE PARADOXOSOMATIDAE DESCRIBED OR RECORDED BY
Pocock, 1895
Names printed in Clarendon type refer to species of which there is no material in the Genoa
Museum, but which are most probably in the British Museum (Natural History) of London.
Names between brackets refer to species of which the material should be in Genoa, but
which are now probably in Portici. The species marked with an asterisk have been re-
examined, the results being published in the present paper. The other species will be treated
in a subsequent paper.
(Eudasypeltis pusillus Pocock) (Orthomorpha minlana Pocock)
* Anoplodesmus anthracinus Pocock — karschi (Pocock, 1889)
* — striolatus Pocock ——— insularis Pocock
oe pinguis Pocock —_—- clivicola Pocock
* obesus Pocock - palonensis Pocock
(Strongylosoma ocellatum Pocock) _—— monticola Pocock
*Tetracentrosternus subspinosus Pocock — gestri Pocock
(Trogodesmus bicolor Pocock) — oatesii Pocock
x vittatus Pocock —. fuscocollaris Pocock
* nigrescens Pocock * —— doriae Pocock
*Orthomorpha bisulcata Pocock n; silvestris Pocock
coarctata Saussure, 1860 Prionopeltis planatus Pocock
—— pilifera Pocock ( taurinus Pocock)
* - — coxisternis Pocock — cervinus Pocock (a re-
nr miranda Pocock description of this
—— melanopleuris Pocock species was publish-
- bistriata Pocock ed recently (JEE-
— bivittata Pocock KEL, 1964)
I take pleasure in acknowledging my sincere gratitude to Professor Dr. E.
TORTONESE and Miss Dr. DELFA GUIGLIA, Director and First Curator, respectively,
of the Genoa Museum, for providing ample facilities for my work in the col-
lections of that Museum.
Agnesia Attems
1937 Anoplodesmus in part; Attems, Tierreich 68: 98.
1953 Agnesia Attems, Mém. Mus. nat. Hist. nat. (n.s.) [A] 5: 174.
1953 Anoplodesmus in part; Attems, l.c.: 163.
C. A. W. JEEKEL : Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 97
Type-species.
Agnesia nodulipes Attems, 1953, by original designation.
Diagnosis.
20 somites; poreformula normal. Head without particulars. Antennae of mo-
derate length, somewhat clavate. Collum distinctly wider than the head.
Somites rather weakly to moderately constricted. Stricture of moderate width to
rather broad. Metatergites with a rather deeply impressed transverse furrow from
the 4th or 5th somite onwards. Pleural keels only in the anterior half of the body
or up to the 16th or 17th somite.
Lateral keels well developed, those of the 2nd somite below the level of those of
the 3rd. Posterior edges of the keels produced caudad in all somites. Lateral
margins at least with traces of an indentation.
Sternites of the somites of the middle of the body about as long as wide in the
male, broader than long in the female. Sternal cones weakly developed or absent.
Sternite of the 5th somite of the male between the anterior legs with a short, broad
process, which is more or less incised in the middle. Sternite of the 6th somite
somewhat modified in the male. Legs rather long. Tibial and tarsal brushes present
up to the middle of the body, or absent. First leg of the male without modifications.
Generally a number of podomeres in the middle part of the body of the male are
provided with one or more ventral tubercles.
Gonopod coxa moderately developed. Gonopod prefemur well developed,
somewhat elongate, laterally well demarcated from the femur. Femur well develop-
ed, widening considerably in the distal direction. Spermal channel running along
the medio-anterior side towards the base of the solenomerite. Postfemoral region
distinctly demarcated laterally. Solenomerite arising from the medio-anterior side
of the distal end of the femur; at the anterior side of the base of the solenomerite
the femur protrudes slightly or is produced into a spine-like process. Postfemur with
one or two processes of variable size; the lateral margin of the postfemur is
cristate and projects distad of the base of the tibiotarsus. Tibiotarsus a simple
solenophore without secondary processes; lamina medialis and lamina lateralis
both well developed, sheathing the flagelliform solenomerite for its greater part,
curving caudad first, then laterad and finally cephalad.
Remarks.
In a tentative arrangement of the species hitherto referred to Orthomorpha and
Pratinus (JEEKEL, 1963) I argued the necessity of excluding Orthomorpha doriae
Pocock from the genus Orthomorpha. The re-examination of the type material of
this species and of the even more enigmatic Orthomorpha silvestris Pocock now
shows that these two species have nothing to do with Orthomorpha in the present-
day concept of that genus, and that they are referable to the genus Agnesia Attems.
Agnesia was established by ATTEMS in 1953 to include a single species: A.
nodulipes Attems, 1953, from Indochina. With this evidence at hand, however, it
seems better to widen somewhat the concept of this genus.
Actually, it is strange that ATTEMS himself did not notice the obvious relation-
ship between Agnesia nodulipes and two Indochinese species he erroneously as-
sociated with Anoplodesmus, namely Anoplodesmus hilaris Attems and Anoplo-
desmus mutilatus Attems, the latter of which he described in the very same paper.
98 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
A critical examination of the descriptions of nodulipes, hilaris, and mutilatus
gives only one important character for separating nodulipes from the other two
species, i.e., the spiniform process at the end of the gonopod femur, arising
cephalad of the base of the solenomerite. However, as hilaris and mutilatus have
a distinct rounded protrusion at the corresponding place, this character loses much
of its importance.
Another conspicuous feature of Agnesia nodulipes are the ventral tubercles of
several podomeres of a number of legs. Similar tubercles, however, have been
observed in Anoplodesmus hilaris, although they are somewhat less obvious in that
species. The description of mutilatus, unfortunately, is not concrete on this point.
All things considered, I prefer to bring hilaris and mutilatus under the heading
Agnesia rather than create for them a new, necessarily weakly defined genus.
As for the present reference to Agnesia of the two species from Burma described
by Pocock, it is quite easy to see that doriae must be closely related to hilaris.
The gonopods have the same general morphology, and many other non-gonopod
characters appear to be in close agreement, e.g., the general structure of the legs
of the male, including the ventral tubercles. The other species, silvestris, on the
whole may seem a little more disjunct from the rest, yet its gonopods prove its
close relationship with hilarts, mutilatus and doriae.
In recapitulation, the genus Agnesia now consists of the following species:
Agnesia nodulipes Attems, 1953 (Mém. Mus. nat. Hist. nat. (ns, A) 5 : 174,
fig. 70—74) — Indochina.
Agnesia hilaris (Attems, 1937) (Tierreich 68 : 105, fig. 136; 1938, Mém. Mus.
nat. Hist. nat. (n.s.) 6: 215, fig. 39—41) — Indochina.
Agnesia mutilata (Attems, 1953) (Mém. Mus. nat. Hist. nat. (n.s., A) 5 : 163,
fig. 45—46) — Indochina.
Agnesia doriae (Pocock, 1895) — Burma.
Agnesia silvestris (Pocock, 1895) — Burma.
A slight discrepancy in the gonopod terminology still needs some explanation.
In his descriptions of hilaris and mutilata, ATTEMS points out that a postfemoral
region is not demarcated in the gonopods of these two species. On the other hand,
he maintains that the tibiotarsus of both species is distinctly subdivided into a
tibia and a tarsus. According to my interpretation, however, the so-called tibial
part of the tibiotarsus represents the postfemoral region of the gonopods. The
tarsal section of the tibiotarsus according to ATTEMS’s interpretation, in my
opinion constitutes the whole of the tibiotarsus.
In his description of the gonopods of nodulipes, ATTEMS likewise states that
a postfemoral region is not demarcated. In this case he designates as tibiotarsus
what actually seems to be the postfemur (whether this is marked off from the
femur or not, needs to be verified) and the tibiotarsus, together.
In consequence of his interpretation, ATTEMS named tibial or tibiotarsal pro-
cesses what I have regarded here as postfemoral processes.
All this may seem a rather unimportant and arbitrary matter of interpretation.
Actually, however, the present interpretation of the gonopod structure enables us
at once to ascertain the relationship of Agresia and Oxidus Cook, 1911.
The gonopods of Oxidus gracilis (C. Koch, 1847) have been more than once
C. A. W. JEEKEL : Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 99
adequately illustrated (see, for instance, ATTEMS, 1937: 82, fig. 101; ATTEMS,
1940 : 273, fig. 1—2). On comparison of these drawings with the gonopod
drawing of Agnesia doriae (fig. 5) it is easy to see that there exists a great re-
semblance in the configuration of the femoral and postfemoral regions in these
two species. In Oxidus, however, the denomination of the parts of the gonopods
by ATTEMS is almost entirely in agreement with the homologization adopted here
for Agnesia ! It goes without saying that, whereas the actual names of the various
parts of the gonopods are relatively unimportant, any inconsistency as regards the
denomination renders a comparison of homologous structures practically impossible.
Although Agnesia thus seems quite closely related to Oxidus, there is an
evident difference in the distal part of the gonopods: in Oxzdus there is, aside
from a postfemoral process (marked T7b in the cited drawings by ATTEMS, 1940),
a long branch which may be regarded as a secondary process of the tibiotarsus
(marked 77 by ATTEMS). Moreover, the ventral tubercles of the legs are lacking
in Oxidus.
Also closely related to Agnesia appears to be the genus Sichotanus Attems, 1914,
occurring in Eastern Siberia and Korea. In this genus the end of the gonopod
femur has, cephalad of the course of the spermal channel, an elongate process
directed meso-caudad, which reminds strongly of the corresponding process in
Agnesia nodulipes. The lateral side of the distal end of the postfemoral region
(whether a postfemur is demarcated or not is not clear) is cristate as in Agnesia,
although more produced distad and projecting as a triangular process. The tibio-
tarsus in Sichotanus is typically curving laterad as in Agnesia.
In a way related to Agnesia appears to be, furthermore, Sundanina sigma Attems,
1953, from Indochina. The gonopods of this species seem to represent a somewhat
simplified Agnesia type. They have the typically curved tibiotarsus, a demarcated
postfemoral region which at the caudal side of the distal end is produced into a
little spine, which strongly suggests a similar spine in Agnesia nodulipes. Other
postfemoral processes are lacking, and it is not clear whether or not the postfemur
is laterally cristate.
It must be emphasized here, and it will be evident from the preceding lines, that
the whole matter of defining the interrelationships of these East Asiatic para-
doxosomatid genera is still extremely difficult and unsatisfactory, due partly to the
inadequate exploration of the region and partly to the shortcomings of many of
the descriptions.
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF Agnesia
1. Gonopod femur, cephalad of the base of the solenomerite, produced into a
spiniform process. Some legs with ventral tubercles in the five distal podo-
IMI CRESA N RR ME CREME IR AS SES gt ee A, nodulipes Att.
— Gonopod femur, cephalad of the base of the solenomerite, with a rounded
protrusion. Only up to two podomeres provided with ventral tubercles … … 2
2. Gonopod postfemur with a single small process ............... A. doriae (Poc.)
— Gonopod postfemur with an elongate process or with two processes ...... 3
3. Prefemur of the pregonopodial legs not conspicuously incrassate. Gonopod
postfemur with a ‘single: process... A. silvestris (Poc.)
100 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
— Prefemur of the pregonopodial legs much incrassate, dorsally strongly convex.
Geonopod postfemur with Abwor processes EE eee 4
4. Width 5.0 mm. Lateral border of the lateral keels with one distinct indentation
SARRI RL TATA ee NS A. hilaris (Att.)
— Width 2.8 mm. Lateral border of the lateral keels with two indistinct inden-
FANS Le re hats esha Poi na A. mutilata (Att.)
Agnesia doriae (Pocock)
1895 Orthomorpha doriae Pocock, Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Genova 34 : 823, fig. 19—19a. |
1937 Orthomorpha (O.) doriae ; Attems, Tierreich 68: 80.
Material.
This species was based on an unrecorded number of specimens from Yado, Bia-
po, Meteleo, and Puepoli, all collected by Fra. The type, according to Pocock,
came from Meteleo. This material now seems to be scattered over several museums.
WEIDNER (1960) mentions three paratypes from Puepoli in the Hamburg Mu-
seum. In the British Museum I noted several years ago four specimens.
In the Genoa Museum I studied the following material: Meteleo, Carin Cheba,
900—1100 m, 1 &,1 9; Yado, 1 4, 1 Q; Carin Cheba, 900-1100 m, 2 &,
1 2,1 juv. 4. The male specimen from Meteleo I have selected as lectotype, the
others I labelled as paratypes.
Description.
Colour. — Pocock described the colour of the head and the dorsal surface as
piceous or very deep brown; this has faded now to dull brown.
Width. — &: 3.2 mm; 2.9 mm; 3.4 mm, 2.9 mm. 2: 3.4 mm; 3.6 mm; 3.3
mm. Juv. & with 19 somites: 2.3 mm (sequence in the order of the above enumer-
ation).
Head and antennae. — Labral emargination rather deep and moderately wide;
labrum tridentate. Clypeus moderately convex, rather strongly impressed towards
the labrum; the lateral border widely rounded, a little concave near the labrum.
Headplate moderately shiny, rather densely setiferous up to above the antennal
sockets; vertex somewhat rugulose, with three pairs of hairs. Antennal sockets
separated by the diameter of a socket, or by nearly three quarters of the length of
the 2nd antennomere. Postantennal groove rather deep; the wall in front rather
prominent. Vertex moderately convex, distinctly demarcated from the frontal region
by a transverse depression. Vertigial sulcus rather well impressed, running down-
ward to just above the level of the antennal sockets. Antennae of moderate length,
rather stout, somewhat clavate. Pubescence rather dense proximally to dense
distally. Length of antennomeres: 2 = 3>4>5>6; the 6th antennomere
nearly three quarters of the length of the 2nd.
Collum. — Distinctly wider than the head, subtrapezoidal in dorsal outline.
Anterior border faintly concave in the middle, evenly convex towards the lateral
sides. Posterior border weakly concave, faintly rounded or almost straight laterally
and with a notch above the lateral rounding. Lateral border widely and sym-
metrically rounded, with a weak setiferous notch cephalad. Surface shiny, vety
faintly rugulose, some hairs may be present and are situated on faint prominences.
C. A. W. JEEKEL : Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 101
Marginal rim laterally narrow. Middle weakly transversely convex, more convex
laterally, but concave at the base of the lateral keels which are raised a little but
do not reach a horizontal level.
Somites. — Constriction rather weak. Prosomites silky, sharply demarcated from
the stricture. Stricture of moderate width, finely but distinctly ribbed dorsally, in-
distinctly striolate below the level of the lateral keels. Metatergites shiny, irregularly
rugulose. Transverse furrow present from the 5th to the 18th somite, weakly in-
dicated on the 4th somite, rather deeply and widely impressed. In most somites
also a faint median furrow. Behind the stricture a transverse row of four flattened
granules, which are setiferous only in a few anterior and posterior somites. In
front of the caudal margin of the tergites a similar row of four granules, which,
however, are less distinct than those of the anterior row. In the 18th somite only
the two rows are equally distinct. Sides finely and densely granular. Pleural keels
of the 2nd to 4th somites represented by distinct, somewhat curved ridges which
are caudally produced into an acute, pointed triangular lappet which projects
caudad of the posterior margin of the somites. From the 5th somite onwards
there is only a triangular lappet near the posterior margin of the segments which
projects a little behind that margin. In the 16th somite the lappet does not project
behind the margin; in the 17th somite the lappet is indicated weakly.
Lateral keels. — (fig. 1). 2nd somite a little wider than the collum, and
distinctly wider than the 3rd somite. 4th somite as wide as the 3rd. Keels of the
2nd somite a little below the level of those of the 3rd, horizontal. Anterior margin
widely convex; the latero-anterior edge obtusely angular, produced into a blunt
lateral tooth at the posterior side of which arises a hair. Lateral margin widely
rounded, with two indentations and the indication of a third. Posterior border
widely rounded; the latero-posterior edge about right-angled, projecting caudad of
the posterior border of the somite. Marginal rim narrow, weakly defined except
along the anterior border. Keels of the 3rd and 4th somites subsimilar, those of
the 3rd anteriorly rather widely rounded, those of the 4th more widely rounded;
the lateral borders in both somites faintly convex, with two indentations, the first
of which bears a hair. Posterior edges projecting behind the posterior margins in
both somites. Marginal rims thicker than those of the keels of the 2nd somite. The
keels raised slightly above the horizontal level. Keels of the 5th and subsequent
somites all distinctly raised above the horizontal level but not above the middorsal
level. Anterior borders more or less widely rounded, the lateral borders weakly
convex to practically straight, with two indentations. Posterior edges projecting
caudad of the margin of the somites. In subsequent segments the edges become
more and more acute-angled and more pointed, in particular in the 15th, 16th and
17th somites, the posterior points scarcely directed mesad. Marginal rim of the
keels rather thick dorso-ventrally. Pores laterad and slightly dorsad, situated dorso-
caudad of the second tooth in a distinct, elongate excavation of the rim.
Sternites and legs. — Sternites of middle somites one and one eighth times
longer than broad. Cross impressions distinct, moderately impressed, the transverse
furrow scarcely deeper than the longitudinal one. No distinct sternal cones, though
traces of these may be visible. Pubescence rather dense to moderate. Sternite of
the 5th somite with a short, broad process, two times broader than long, the middle
102 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
weakly incised. In lateral aspect the process has a low conical outline. Anterior
side densely setiferous, without brush. Transverse furrow and longitudinal furrow
in the posterior part of the sternite weakly impressed, the posterior part otherwise
without particulars. Sternite or une otn somite deeply excavated medially, although
Fig. 1—5. Agnesia doriae (Pocock), lectotype 4. — 1: left side of the 10th and 11th
somites, dorsal aspect. 2: right leg of the 7th somite. 3: right leg of the 2nd pair of the
16th somite. 4: postfemur and tibia of same. 5: right gonopod, mesal aspect
C. A. W. JEEKEL : Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 103
not yet level with the ventral side of the metasomal ring. Pubescence moderate,
near the base of the coxae a tuft of setae. Sternites of the 7th and 8th somites
without particulars. Legs (fig. 2—4) rather long, rather stout. Prefemora strongly
incrassate, much convex dorsally, except in the last two pairs of legs. Femora
arched. Last two pairs of legs somewhat shorter than the preceding legs. The legs
of the 6th or 7th to 17th somites are provided with postfemoral tubercles, those
of the 8th to 17th somites also with tibial tubercles. Moreover, the ventral side of
the femora, postfemora and tibiae is rather densely covered with fine granules.
Pubescence of the legs weak to moderate dorsally and dense ventrally, especially
in the anterior legs. No typical brushes. Length of podomeres: 3 > 6 >2>5 =
4; the 6th podomere just over three quarters of the length of the 3rd.
Anal somite. — Epiproct rather thick; the sides converging concavely to become
practically parallel near the end. Lateral preterminal setiferous tubercles distinctly
developed. The end with a pair of well developed rounded terminal knobs, rather
narrowly separated. Valves with moderately high and rather narrow rims, rugulose,
the setiferous tubercles flattened. Hypoproct semicircular, the tubercles distinctly
developed, projecting a little outside the margin but not equalling the middle.
Gonopods. — (fig. 5). Coxa with an anterior setiferous area; the distal end
scarcely bent caudad. Demarcation between prefemur and femur very oblique.
Postfemur with a small, slightly bifid, posterior process; the lateral carina not
serrulate.
Female. — Similar to the male, but differing, aside from the usual sexual
characters, as follows. Antennal sockets separated by three quarters of the 2nd
antennomere. Sides of the collum not raised. Dorsum more convex. Pleural keels
projecting behind the margin of the somite only in the 2nd and 3rd somites,
slightly produced caudad in the 4th and 5th somites. From the 6th to the 14th
somite only a minute, obtuse-angled lappet near the posterior margin. These
lappets are slightly indicated only in the 15th to 17th somites. Lateral keels
comparatively less developed and less produced caudally; the posterior edges
projecting behind the margin in the 2nd to 4th and in the 9th and subsequent
somites, particularly in the 16th and 17th. Sternites of the middle somites over
one and one-quarter times broader than long. Legs rather slender, the prefemora
not incrassate, the femora straight. No postfemoral and tibial tubercles, no granules.
Pubescence moderate, rather dense in the distal podomeres only. Relative length of
podomeres as in the male.
Remarks.
In the incrassate prefemora of the anterior legs of the male this species ap-
proaches A. hilaris (Att.) and A. mutilata (Att.). The male of hilaris, moreover,
has the same distribution of the ventral tubercles of the legs, similar granulation of
the ventral side of the podomeres, and the arched femora. Unfortunately, the
description of mutilata remains silent on these points.
From these two species, doriae is at once distinguished by only one small post-
femoral process in the gonopods, as against two in hilaris and mutilata. The meta-
tergites in the latter two species apparently lack the two transverse rows of tuber-
cles on the metatergites. From hilaris, doriae differs furthermore by its smaller
size and by the two instead of one indentations of the border of the lateral keels.
104 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
Agnesia silvestris (Pocock)
1895 Orthomorpha silvestris Pocock, Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Genova 34: 824,
Material.
This species was based on two specimens, which are both in the Genoa Museum:
Village of Thao, Carin Ghecu, 1200—1400 m, IV. 1888, 1 4, 1 9. The male
I have labelled as lectotype, the female as paratype.
Description.
Colour. — Pitch black according to Pocock, but now faded to the same dull
brown colour as doriae.
Width: — &: 3.6 mm. ©: 4.0 mm.
Head and antennae. — As in the preceding species, but the antennal sockets
separated by a little more than the diameter of a socket or by three fifths of the
length of the 2nd antennomere.
Collum. — As in doriae, but the lateral border without a setiferous notch. The
lateral keels less raised.
Somites. — Stricture rather broad, not ribbed, but dorsally only indistinctly
striate and laterally without sculpture. Surface of metatergites duller than in dorzae,
irregularly rugulose. No distinct tubercles in front of the transverse furrow; the
tubercles along the posterior border indistinct as in doriae. Transverse furrow
present from the Sth to the 17th segment, more sharply but less deeply impressed
than in doriae. Pleural keels projecting behind the margin of the somite also in
the 17th somite, and indicated also in the 18th.
Lateral keels. — (fig. 6). 2nd somite wider than the collum, and narrower
than the 3rd. Keels of the 2nd somite a little declined. Lateral border without
indentations, only with a tooth at the latero-anterior edge. Latero-posterior edge
obtuse, narrowly rounded. Keels of the 3rd somite horizontal. The latero-anterior
tooth very weak, no lateral indentations. Keels of the 4th somite without in-
dentations. Keels of the 5th and subsequent somites horizontal. The lateral borders
with only one single, often very weak, indentation. The posterior edges becoming
gradually more acute-angled, but not pointed as in doriae. Pores situated much
more dorsad than in doriae.
Sternites and legs. — Sternites of middle somites about as long as wide. Post-
gonopodial sternites with obtuse cones at the base of the legs, those at the base
of the caudal legs of each somite pointed and directed caudad. Pubescence mo-
derate. Process of the sternite of the 5th somite shorter than in doriae. Sternite
of the 6th somite only weakly excavated. Legs (fig. 7) with prefemora not
conspicuously incrassate, the femora scarcely arched. Legs of the 6th to 16th somites
provided with tibial and tarsal tubercles, weak in the 16th somite. Tibial and
tarsal brushes present up to about the middle of the body, dense in the pregono-
podial legs.
Anal somite. — Epiproct without lateral preterminal tubercles and with weakly
developed terminal knobs. Hypoproct with an obtuse-angled median edge; the
setiferous tubercles less distinct than in doriae and not projecting outside the
margin.
C. A. W. JEEKEL : Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 105
Fig. 6—8. Agnesia silvestris (Pocock), lectotype &. — 6: left side of the 11th and 12th
somites, dorsal aspect. 7: right leg of the 7th somite. 8: right gonopod, mesal aspect
Gonopods. — (fig. 8). The femur shorter and broader than in doriae. Post-
femur with an elongate, sigmoid process; the lateral carina serrulate.
Female. — Similar to the male, but, aside from the usual sexual features, dif-
ferentiated as follows. Antennal sockets separated by three quarters of the length
of the 2nd antennomere. Sides of collum not raised. Dorsum more convex. Pleural
keels projecting behind the posterior margin in the 2nd to 5th somites only. From
the 8th to the 16th somite the lappet is obtuse-angled, in the 17th it is almost
absent. Lateral keels comparatively less developed. The latero-anterior indentations
are distinct in the 2nd and subsequent somites, but are scarcely noticeable in some
somites in the caudal half of the body. Posterior edges of the keels not or scarcely
projecting behind the margin in the 4th to 8th somites. Sternites in the somites of
the middle of the body over one and two fifths times broader than long. Sternal
cones very weakly developed. No ventral tubercles in the podomeres. Pubescence
of the legs as in the male. The legs stouter than in the female of dorzae.
106 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
Remarks.
In the gonopods this species appears somewhat disjunct by the rather conspicuous
development of the lateral crest of the postfemur. For the rest, the whole structure
of the gonopods is in close agreement with the other species of Agnesia.
Anoplodesmus Pocock
1895 Anoplodesmus Pocock, Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Genova 34: 797.
1898 Sulciferus Attems, Denkschr. k. Akad. Wiss., math.-naturw. Cl., 67: 346.
1936 Jonespeltis Verhoeff, Rec. Ind. Mus. 38: 115.
1937 Anoplodesmus in part; Attems, Tierreich 68: 98.
Type-species.
Anoplodesmus : Anoplodesmus anthracinus Pocock, 1895, by subsequent design-
ation by SILVESTRI, 1896 (Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Genova 36 : 197).
Sulciferus : Anoplodesmus anthracinus Pocock, 1895, by present designation.
Jonespeltis : Jonespeltis splendidus Verhoeff, 1936, by monotypy.
Remarks.
The name Sz/ciferus was proposed by ATTEMS for a kind of “supergenus” to
embrace Anoplodesmus Poc., Prionopeltis Poc. and Levizonus Att. As regards the
status of the name ATTEMS was rather inconsistent. Although Anoplodesmus,
Prionopeltis and Levizonus were regarded as subgenera, they were treated as
generic names in connection with the names of the species. Later, Szlciferus was
completely discarded and soon entirely forgotten.
As no type-species has been designated previously, I have thought it best to make
Sulciferus an objective synonym of Anoplodesmus by designating anthracinus as
type.
After the reallocation of Anoplodesmus hilaris Att. and A. mutilatus Att. in the
genus Agnesia, Anoplodesmus has become a fairly homogeneous genus. It has
a discontinuous range, with a group of species occurring in Ceylon and peninsular
India and another group living in an area which extends from Burma to Sumatra.
One species, moreover, has been recorded from Mauritius, but this occurrence is
undoubtedly due to introduction.
The gonopods of the species of this genus are quite similar and generally do
not give distinct specific characters. Moreover, a slight alteration of the position of
the gonopod when studied may change the outline to such an extent that an un-
critical comparison of the published drawings inevitably must lead to entirely
wrong conclusions. A correct identification of the species is furthermore impeded
by the vagueness of most descriptions.
Inadequacy of the pertinent descriptions apparently was the ground for ATTEMS’
decision (1898, 1937) to synonymize Anoplodesmus striolatus Pocock with A.
luctuosus (Peters), and A. splendidus (Verhoeff) with A. anthracinus Pocock,
without much of a discussion. For mere geographical reasons, of course, it is im-
probable that a species from South Tenasserim is identical with one from Ceylon,
or a species from South India with one from Burma, even when the descriptions
upon comparison fail to give distinctive characters. Such premature acts of
synonymizing only add to the confusion.
C. A. W. JEEKEL: Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 107
In view of the above it may be useful to give here a brief account of the known
species of Anoplodesmus.
From South India the following species have been described:
Anoplodesmus tanjoricus (Pocock)
1892 Leptodesmus tanjoricus Pocock, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 7 : 147, pl. 1 fig. 3—3b. (1)
1932 Anoplodesmus tanjoricus; Carl, Rev. Suisse Zool. 39 : 460, fig. 55—57. (2)
1936 Anoplodesmus tanjoricus; Attems, Mem. Ind. Mus. 11: 206. (3)
1937 Anoplodesmus tanjoricus, Attems, Tierreich 68: 100, fig. 128—129.
Distribution. — India: Tanjore (1, 3), Coimbatore (2), Trivandrum (3).
Anoplodesmus splendidus (Verhoeff)
1936 Jonespeltis splendidus Verhoeff, Rec. Ind. Mus. 38: 115, pl. 7 fig. 18—19.
Distribution. — India: Kovalam.
Anoplodesmus insignis Attems
1936 Anoplodesmus insignis Attems, Mem. Ind. Mus. 11: 207, fig. 33b—33c. (1)
1937 Anoplodesmus insignis ; Attems, Tierreich 68: 101, fig. 130.
Distribution. — India: Courtallam (1).
These three species are extremely closely related, and, as far as descriptions go,
it is impossible to find reliable points of difference.
The gonopods, which have a more erect telopodite than those of the Ceylon
species, apparently lack diagnostic features.
As regards the presence and development of the femoral processes of the 4th
to 7th legs of the male, data are vague and sometimes contradictory. For fanjoricus,
Pocock described femoral prominences in the Sth, 6th and 7th legs. ATTEMS
(1936), however, in his description of this species, which was based partly on
topotypical material, stated the presence of these processes in the 4th to 7th
legs, and made this a distinctive character in respect of his insignis, in which
processes occurred in the 5th to 7th legs.
CARL (1932) studied material from two localities, from Coimbatore and from
“India” without nearer indication, which he referred to fanjoricus. In these two
series he observed differences in the development of the femoral processes, which,
however, were not illustrated and therefore cannot be evaluated.
On comparison of the various descriptions of tanjoricus, splendidus and insignis
further differences seem to exist in the outline of the lateral keels, in the develop-
ment of the pleural keels, and in the shape of the process of the sternite of the
5th somite of the male. But as none of these characters have been illustrated it is
not possible to estimate their significance. On the other hand, these discrepancies
in the descriptions, vague as they may be, preclude from synonymizing the three
species, and only a re-examination of the types and other material can solve the
problem of how many species, or subspecies, are actually involved.
108 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
The following species have been described from Ceylon:
Anoplodesmus luctuosus (Peters)
1864 Polydesmus (Oxyurus) luctuosus Peters, Monatsber. k. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1864 : 532.
(1)
1898 Anoplodesmus luctuosus ; Attems, Denkschr. k. Akad. Wiss., math.-naturw. Cl, 67:
348, pl. 5 fig. 106.
1937 Anoplodesmus luctuosus ; Attems, Tierreich 68: 104, fig. 134.
Distribution. — Ceylon: Rambodde. (1)
Anoplodesmus saussurii (Humbert)
1865 Polydesmus Saussurii Humbert, Mém. Soc. phys. Hist. nat. Genève 18: 26, pl. 2 fig.
8— 8e. (1)
1898 Prionopeltis Saussurei ; Attems, Denkschr. k. Akad. Wiss., math.-naturw. Cl., 67 : 354,
pl. 5 fig. 103—104. (2)
1902 Prionopeltis Saussurei ; Carl, Rev. Suisse Zool. 10 : 593. (3)
1922 Prionopeltis Saussurei , Carl, Zool. Jahrb. (Syst.) 44: 566. (4)
1930 Anoplodesmus attemsii Verhoeff, Zool. Anz. 89: 206. (5)
1936 Prionopeltis saussurei , Verhoeff, Rec. Ind. Mus. 38: pl. 7 fig. 16—17.
1936 Anoplodesmus saussurei ; Attems, Mem. Ind. Mus. 11: 207, fig. 33a.
1937 Anoplodesmus saussurei ; Attems, Tierreich 68 : 102, fig. 131—133. (6)
1937 Anoplodesmus saussurei , Verhoeff, Zool. Anz. 120: 317. (7)
Distribution. — Ceylon : Peradeniya (1, 2, 3, 4, 7), Kandy (2, 5), Paradise (6).
Anoplodesmus thwaitesii (Humbert)
1865 Polydesmus Thwaitesii Humbert, Mém. Soc. phys. Hist. nat. Genève 18 : 27, pl. 2 fig.
9—9b. (1)
1892 Leptodesmus thwaitesii ; Pocock, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 7: 147. (2)
1902 Prionopeltis Twaithesii (sic); Carl, Rev. Suisse Zool. 10: 593. (3)
1937 Anoplodesmus thwaitesii ; Attems, Tierreich 68: 103.
Distribution. — Ceylon: Peradeniya (1).
Anoplodesmus humberti (Carl)
1902 Prionopeltis Humberti Carl, Rev. Suisse Zool. 10: 590. (1)
1937 Anoplodesmus humberti , Attems, Tierreich 68: 103.
Distribution. — Ceylon : Peradeniya. (1)
The gonopods of these four species have the telopodite more rounded, which
distinguishes them well from those of the Indian mainland forms. To what extent
they may serve for discriminating the Ceylon species as against each other cannot be
decided on the basis of the published drawings. Moreover, the gonopods of thwat-
tesii and humberti have not yet been illustrated.
ATTEMS (1898) studied the types of /uctuosus. As regards the presence or
absence of the femoral processes of the legs of the male he made no definite
statement, but, as he brought A. striolatus Pocock into the synonymy of /uctuosus,
and as striolatus lacks these processes, one may assume that they are missing also in
luctuosus.
It is not clear if HUMBERT’s types of saussurii were ever re-examined. They do
C. A. W. JEEKEL : Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 109
not seem to be in the Geneva Museum, otherwise CARL (1902) would have
mentioned this. ATTEMS (1898) redescribed the species after material from the
type locality in the Vienna Museum, but whether or not this included also
HUMBERT's types is not clear.
Although saussurii has been recorded frequently, and should be the best known
species of the genus, the available descriptions and drawings are not yet entirely
satisfactory. According to VERHOEFF (1937), saussurii shows a certain sexual
dimorphism in that the females have the metatergites granulose-subcoriaceous in-
stead of almost smooth as in the males. For that reason he brought his attemsiz,
which was based on a female, into the synonymy of saussurii. Other authors,
however, have not confirmed this dimorphism.
The name of this species has been consequently misspelled as saussurei instead
of saussurii.
A. thwaitesii appears to have a characteristic colour pattern and is distinct from
saussurii in having only the 7th leg of the male provided with a ventral femoral
process, whereas saussurzi has a similar modification in the 6th leg also. A. thwai-
tesu differs from sazssurii also in size and in the outline of the lateral keels.
A. humberti appears very closely related to saussurit. It is said to differ in the
sculpture of the metatergites, smaller size, the outline of the lateral keels, and in
the presence of a ventral prominence in the femur of the 5th leg of the male,
but as these characters have not been illustrated they are difficult to evaluate.
Several species, probably pertaining to Anoplodesmus, have been described from
Ceylon in addition to the four mentioned above. As they have been based on
female specimens or even on juveniles their recognition is practically impossible
without the study of material from the type localities.
Anoplodesmus layardi (Humbert)
1865 Polydesmus Layardi Humbert, Mém. Soc. phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 18: 28, pl. 3 fig.
10—10b.
Distribution. — Ceylon: Peradeniya.
Anoplodesmus inornatus (Humbert)
1865 Polydesmus inornatus Humbert, Mém. Soc. phys. Hist. nat. Genève 18 : 30, pl. 3 fig.
ie (1)
1892 Leptodesmus inornatus; Pocock, J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 7: 147. (2)
Distribution. — Ceylon : Peradeniya (1), Pundaloya (2).
Anoplodesmus sabulosus Attems
1898 Anoplodesmus sabulosus Attems, Denkschr. k. Akad. Wiss., math.-naturw. Cl. 67 : 351.
Distribution. — Ceylon : Kandy.
From Mauritius VERHOEFF described the following subspecies of saussurit,
110 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
Anoplodesmus saussurii (Humbert) subsp. mauritianus Verhoeff
1939 Anoplodesmus saussurei mauritianus Verhoeff, Jena. Zeitschr. Naturw. 73 : 66, fig. 39.
Distribution. — Mauritius.
VERHOEFF distinguished this subspecies from saussurii by slight differences in
the apical portion of the gonopod telopodite. Probably, however, these were caused
by a slightly different position of the gonopod, and the subspecific name is better
discarded. Obviously sassurii has been introduced into Mauritius by human
agency.
From the Eastern area of the genus the following species have been described:
Anoplodesmus anthracinus Pocock
See below.
Anoplodesmus striolatus Pocock
1895 Anoplodesmus striolatus Pocock, Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Genova 34 : 799, fig. 6—6a.
Distribution. — Burma: South Tenasserim.
Anoplodesmus pinguis Pocock
See below.
Anoplodesmus obesus Pocock
See below.
Anoplodesmus dyscheres Attems
1898 Anoplodesmus dyscheres Attems, Denkschr. k. Akad. Wiss., math.-naturw. Cl., 67 : 349,
pl 5 fie 102 1(1)
1937 Anoplodesmus dyscheres ; Attems, Tierreich 68 : 104, fig. 105.
Distribution. — Sumatra : Bindjei (1).
Anoplodesmus kathanus (Chamberlin)
1921 Prionopeltis kathanus Chamberlin, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9) 7: 80. (1)
1937 Anoplodesmus kathanus , Attems, Tierreich 68: 106.
Distribution. — Burma : Katha (1).
In the gonopods of these species we can also distinguish between a more erect
telopodite and a more rounded telopodite. The erect type is found only in anthra-
cinus, and this species indeed appears to be quite closely related to the three
species occurring in South India: A. tanjoricus, A. splendidus and A. insignis.
The other four species have a more strongly curved gonopod telopodite, and
they may be more closely related to the group of species occurring in Ceylon. The
Ceylonese species, however, differ by having a deeper incision between the
solenophore and the secondary lamina of the tibiotarsus.
A. striolatus was brought into the synonymy of luctuosus by ATTEMS, but aside
from the difference in the gonopods mentioned above, it is a much smaller species
— width 5.0 mm against 7.0 mm for /uctuosus.
C. A. W. JEEKEL: Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 111
A. dyscheres must be very closely related to striolatus, and both species should
be re-examined to determine the differential characters.
A. kathanus also needs to be re-examined before anything can be said on its
relationship. ATTEMS (1937) considered it perhaps most closely related to luctuo-
sus. Because of what CHAMBERLIN wrote of the sternal process of the 5th somite I
presume that it may come nearest to anthracinus.
Of the species which ATTEMS (1937) referred to Anoplodesmus there remain
A. indus (Chamberlin, 1920), A. atopus (Chamberlin, 1920), which, however,
do not belong to Anoplodesmus but to Chondromorpha Silvestri, 1897, and A.
spectabilis (Karsch, 1881).
The identity of spectabilis, however, is totally obscure. If we may trust the
gonopod drawing by KARSCH it does not belong to Anoplodesmus at all.
The area of Anoplodesmus as it is known today corresponds with a well-known
discontinuous pattern: Ceylon and Southern India versus tropical East Asia. As it
is probably the first definitely established example of this pattern in Diplopoda, I
give here a map of the region showing the localities where the species of the
genus have been collected.
Map showing the localities from which the species of Anoplodesmus have been described or
recorded. — 1. Coimbatore (tanjoricus). 2. Tanjore (tanjoricus, type). 3. Courtallam (insig-
nis, type). 4. Trivandrum (Zanjoricus), Kovalam (splendidus, type). 5. Kandy (saussurii;
sabulosus, type), Peradeniya (saussurii, type; thwaitesii, type; humberti, type; layardi, type;
inornatus, type). 6. Rambodde (/uctuosus, type), Pundaloya Valley (thwaitesii; inornatus).
7. Katha (kathanus, type)). 8. Minhla (anthracinus). 9. Meteleo (obesus, type), Puepoli
(obesus). 10. Palon (pinguis). 11. Rangoon (anthracinus, type, pinguis, type). 12. South
Tenasserim (striolatus, type). 13. Bindjei (dyscheres, type)
112 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF Anoplodesmus
Excluded are A. layardi (Humb.), A. inornatus (Humb.), A. sabulosus Att, and A.
kathanus (Chamb.).
1 Species: from. Burma vand Sumatra il 2
— ‚species, from India and Ceylonw.. en. are 5
2. Male with femoral prominences in the (4th) 5th to 7th legs. Gonopod telopo-
dite weakly curved, the secondary branch of the tibiotarsus pointing mainly
distad: Wrdth:,4/t0:5 mm. ee ae A. anthracinus Poc.
— Legs of male without femoral prominences. Gonopod telopodite more strongly
curved, the secondary branch of the tibiotarsus pointing manly caudad. Width
Soto: 6:9, MIN werner TE 3
3. Lateral keels of most somites with the posterior border about transverse on the
axis: of the! body ct een een A. striolatus Poc., A. dyscheres Att.
— Lateral keels of most somites with the posterior border directed obliquely
forward net es ce RR I 4
A. Posterior edges tofs keels tounded o n A. obesus Poc.
— Posterior edges of keels more pronounced … A. pinguis Poc.
5. Male with femoral prominences in the (4th) 5th to 7th, 6th and 7th, or
only theszthrleostr „en see oe DEE 6
— Legs of male without femoral prominences ............... A. luctuosus (Pet.)
6. Femoral prominences only in the 7th leg. Width 8 mm. Colour brown with
the margins of the lateral keels and the metatergites yellow; moreover, the
metatergites have two transverse rows of six to eight yellow spots ............
CR I RR A. thwaitesii (Humb.)
— Femoral prominences in the 6th and 7th, or in the (4th) Sth to 7th legs.
Width 4to"7 mem. Colour different” o ee 7
7. Femoral prominences present only in the 6th and 7th legs … …
Si ise oes eRe ie ARA AO SE GR er ree on A. saussurii (Humb.)
— Femoral prominences present in the (4th) Sth to 7th legs .................. 8
8. Metatergites with a transverse row of eight to ten tubercles along the posterior
margin and a similar row of six tubercles in front of the transverse furrow.
Gonopod telopodite rather strongly curved ......... SI A. humberti (Carl)
— Metatergites smooth or somewhat rugulose. Gonopod telopodite weakly
CUVEE: a Een 9
9. Sternal process of the 5th somite of the male broadly rounded and directed
obliquely;backwarde:-. nen A. insignis Att.
— Sternal process of the 5th somite directed downward... A. tanjoricus (Poc.),
A. splendidus (Verh.)
Anoplodesmus anthracinus Pocock
1895 Anoplodesmus anthracinus Pocock, Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Genova 34 : 798, fig. 5.
1898 Anoplodesmus anthracinus ; Attems, Denkschr. k. Akad. Wiss., math.-naturw. Cl., 67:
349, pl. 5 fig. 113—114.
1937 Anoplodesmus anthracinus ; Attems, Tierreich 68: 99, fig. 127 (excl. synonymy).
C. A. W. JEEKEL : Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 113
Material.
This species was based on an unrecorded number of specimens from Rangoon
collected partly by Oates, partly by Fea. Apparently this type material is now
spread over several museums. The specimen to be designated as lectotype must be
in the British Museum. According to WEIDNER (1960) the Hamburg Museum
has six paratypes.
The description published by ATTEMS in 1898, and the drawing published by
that author in 1898 and 1937 were based on material from Rangoon in the
Hamburg Museum. It seems likely that this was, in fact, the paratypical series
mentioned by WEIDNER. Possibly, therefore, some material of the type series is in
the Vienna Museum. At least ATTEMS may have retained a gonopod slide of the
Hamburg material, like he used to do.
In the Genoa Museum there are now only four specimens of anthracinus from
Rangoon, XII.1886, viz. 1 & and 3 ®.I have designated these as paratypes.
In the loan register of the Genoa Museum I found the evidence that SILVESTRI
in 1902 borrowed two specimens which apparently were never returned. Probably,
these are still in the SILVESTRI collection at Portici.
In addition to the typical material mentioned above, the Genoa Museum has a
male specimen from Minhla, 1887, leg. G. B. ComotTO. This specimen was not
seen by Pocock, but was stored under the in litteris name “Strongylosoma dissen-
taneum Silvestri”.
Description.
Colour. — See Pocock. The specimen from Minhla has lost its colour almost
entirely.
Width. — 3: paratype 4.2 mm, & from Minhla: 4.2 mm. 2: 4.8 mm, 3.9
mm, 3.9 mm.
Head and antennae. — Labrum widely and rather deeply emarginate, tridentate.
Clypeus weakly convex, scarcely impressed towards the labrum; the lateral border
widely rounded, weakly emarginate above the labrum. Headplate smooth and shiny,
sparsely hairy up to the frontal region, the vertex hairless. Antennal sockets
separated by somewhat less than one and one third of the diameter of a socket,
or by slightly more than four fifths of the length of the 2nd antennomere. Post-
antennal groove widely and rather deeply concave; the wall in front moderately
prominent. Vertex rather weakly convex; the sulcus moderately impressed, running
downward to halfway between the antennal sockets. Antennae of moderate length,
rather stout, scarcely clavate. Pubescence sparse in the proximal antennomeres to
rather dense in the distal ones. Length of antennomeres: 2 = 3 > 4 = 5 > 6;
the 6th antennomere six sevenths of the length of the 2nd.
Collum. — (fig. 9). Distinctly wider than the head. Anterior border faintly
convex, faintly concave at the base of the lateral keels; the lateral margin of the
keels widely rounded towards the posterior edge. Posterior border widely emargin-
ate, laterally straight, an obtusely rounded edge at the base of the lateral keels;
the posterior border of the lateral keels widely emarginate. Latero-posterior edge
very narrowly rounded, about right-angled. Surface shiny, polished, hairless,
transversely evenly convex, the lateral keels slightly raised, although still rather
114 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
strongly declined. Marginal rim laterally rather broad, the premarginal furrow
fading away towards the middle of the anterior border.
Somites. — Constriction rather weak. Prosomites polished. Stricture very narrow,
not demarcated from the prosomites, dorsally finely beaded, laterally faintly striate
down to the level of the stigmata. Metatergites smooth, polished, hairless. Trans-
verse furrow present from the 5th to the 17th somite, weakly impressed, without
sculpture. Sides smooth or a little rugulose; granulose up to the 5th somite.
Pleural keels represented by distinct ridges in the 2nd and 3rd somites. In the
4th somite a rounded raised lappet, scarcely produced posteriorly. In the 5th
somite a rounded, well developed ridge, dorsally demarcated by a furrow which
curves upwards and runs parallel to the caudal margin of the somite towards the
base of the lateral keel. In the following somites the pleural ridges disappear
gradually; the furrow remains visible up to about the 12th somite.
Lateral keels. — (fig. 9—11). The 2nd somite scarcely wider than the collum,
about as wide as the 3rd. The 4th somite a little narrower than the 3rd. Keels of
the 2nd somite rather strongly declined. The anterior border widely convex,
slightly thrust forward, a little shouldered at the base. Latero-anterior edge rather
widely rounded, obtuse-angled. Lateral border widely rounded. Posterior border
faintly convex, a little curved forward near the base of the keel. Latero-posterior
edge narrowly rounded, about right-angled, produced a little caudad and projecting
very slightly. Marginal rim rather broad, distinctly demarcated. Keels of the 3rd
somite a little less declined than those of the 2nd, the anterior border shouldered
at the base, but otherwise directed obliquely caudad. Posterior border practically
straight. Latero-posterior edge narrowly rounded, very slightly acute-angled. The
marginal rim thicker than in the 2nd somite. Keels of the 4th somite similar to
those of the 3rd, but the latero-anterior angle more obtuse. Keels of the 5th and
subsequent somites with the anterior margins a little shouldered at the base. The
latero-anterior border widely, more or less evenly rounded, without distinct latero-
anterior edge. Posterior edges rather narrowly rounded, obtuse-angled up to the
13th somite and in the 15th somite, the angle becoming a little acute in the 14th,
16th, and subsequent somites. From the 16th somite onwards the posterior edges
project a little behind the posterior margin of the somites. Keels of the 5th somite
a little declined, those of the 6th and following somites horizontal. Marginal rim
dorsoventrally rather thick; the pores lateral in a distinct, oval concavity.
Sternites and legs. — Sternites of middle somites as long as wide. Cross im-
pressions indistinct. The transverse furrow widely interrupted in the middle,
distinct only between the coxal bases. Instead of a longitudinal furrow a wide and
moderately deep excavation. Pubescence moderate, the hairs short. Sternite of the
5th somite normal between the posterior legs. Between the anterior legs a swelling,
with on the middle a transverse ridge of about two thirds of the width between the
coxae, rather thick, rounded, slightly emarginate in the middle. Pubescence normal.
Sternite of the 6th somite caudally very slightly excavate, otherwise normal.
Sternites of the 7th and 8th somites without particulars. Legs (fig. 12—13) rather
long, stout. Pubescence moderate ventrally, absent dorsally, except in the distal
podomeres. The two ultimate pairs distinctly shorter than the preceding ones, but
not modified. Anterior legs more incrassate. The femora of the 5th and Gth legs
C. A. W. JEEKEL : Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 115
Fig. 9—14. Anoplodesmus anthracinus Pocock, paratype &. — 9: left side of the head,
collum and the 2nd and 3rd somites, lateral aspect. 10: left side of the 10th somite, lateral
aspect. 11: left side of the 10th and 11th somites, dorsal aspect. 12: 2nd leg of the 5th
somite. 13: telopodite of the 2nd leg of the 6th somite. 14: right gonopod, mesal aspect
116 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
with a ventral conical swelling, of the 7th leg with a rounded process. Brushes of
tibiae and tarsi present in the anterior legs but not conspicuously thick, thinning
out in the postgonopodial legs and absent in the 2nd half of the body. Length of
podomeres: 3>6>5 = 2 > 4; the 6th podomere three fifths of the 3rd.
Anal somite. — Epiproct long, narrow, parallel-sided or even faintly constricted
near the base. The end rounded, truncate, without terminal knobs. Ventral side
convex. Basal and distal setiferous tubercles minute. Valves a little rugulose. The
rims of moderate height and width. Setiferous tubercles large but low. Hypoproct
subtriazgular to almost evenly rounded, broad. The setiferous tubercles weakly
developed, not projecting behind the border.
Gonopods. — (fig. 14). Coxa straight, of moderate width and length, with
some latero-distal hairs. Coxal horn with a slender distal projection. Prefemur
elongate, in one line with the axis of the acropodite, laterally distinctly, obliquely
demarcated from the femur. Femur stout, slightly curved mesad. No postfemoral
region demarcated. At the end, arising from the medio-posterior side, a small
acuminate (post)femoral process directed mesad and a little proximad. Tibio-
tarsus laterally distinctly demarcated from the femoral region, consisting of a
solenophorous part and a simple secondary lamella. The solenophore curving
slightly mesad, the secondary lamella directed distad and a little mesad. Spermal
channel running almost straight along the anterior side of the femur. Solenomerite
stout, arising from the anterior side of the distal end of the femur, supported but
not actually sheathed by the solenophore.
Female. — Differentiated from the male by the following characters, aside from
the usual sexual ones. Antennal sockets separated by nine tenths of the length of
the 2nd antennomere. Antennae relatively shorter, the 6th antennomere scarcely
shorter than the 2nd. Body a little more robust, with the keels slightly less
developed. 2nd, 3rd and 4th somites each somewhat wider than the preceding
somites. Length of the sternites of the middle somites a little over four fifths of
the width. Legs comparatively a little shorter, moderately slender. Length of
podomeres: 3 > 6 > 2> 5 = 4. Epiproct relatively shorter, the sides slightly
convergent.
Remarks.
According to Pocock, this species has the femora of the legs of the 5th and
6th somites provided with inferior thickenings. In the material studied the anterior
legs of the Sth somite definitely lack this modification. ATTEMS (1898) mentions
only the process on the femora of the posterior legs of the 6th somite.
Either Pocock had more than one species before him, or anthracinus is variable
as regards the development of the femoral modifications, or Pocock may have
been in error. The first two alternatives seem somewhat improbable to me, but only
the examination of the lectotype can solve this problem. ATTEMS probably over-
looked the smaller processes of the posterior legs of the 5th, and the anterior legs
of the 6th somite.
Among the species of Anoplodesmus occurring in Burma, Malaya and Sumatra,
anthracinus stands rather isolated, although the enigmatic A. kathanus (Chamb.)
may eventually prove to be closely related.
C. A. W. JEEKEL : Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 117
A clear relationship, however, exists with the species described from South
India, namely A. tanjoricus (Poc.), A. splendidus (Verh.) and A. insignis Att.
According to Pocock, anthracinus may be distinguished from fanjoricus “by its
fuscous legs and sternal areas, much less prominent keels and deeper transverse
tergal sulcus”. A. insignis also appears to have more strongly developed lateral
keels, and the process of the sternite of the 5th somite is described as a “broad,
designated as lectotype and paratype respectively.
A. splendidus was brought into the synonymy of anthracinus by ATTEMS
(1937), but the description by VERHOEFF is too short to judge the correctness
of this action.
Anoplodesmus obesus Pocock
1895 Anoplodesmus obesus Pocock, Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Genova 34: 800.
1895 Anoplodesmus pinguis & Pocock, l.c.: 800, fig. 7—7a.
1937 Anoplodesmus obesus + Anoplodesmus pinguis &; Attems, Tierreich 68: 105.
Material.
This species was based on an unrecorded number of specimens of both sexes
from Meteleo. The Genoa Museum has a male and a female, which I have
designated as holotype and paratype respectively.
Moreover, the male specimen from Puepoli which Pocock referred to A.
pinguis is not conspecific with the female lectotype of that species, but belongs to
obesus.
Meteleo, Carin Cheba, coll. L. FEA, 1 & lectotype, 1 & paratype. Puepoli, Ca-
rin Cheba, coll. L. FEA, 1 &.
Description.
Colour. — See Pocock.
Width. — ¢: lectotype: 6.0 mm; paratype of pinguis: 5.7 mm. 9: 5.6 mm.
Head and antennae. — Antennal sockets separated by one and a half times the
diameter of a socket, or by four fifths of the length of the 2nd antennomere.
Postantennal groove wide and shallow, the wall in front weakly prominent.
Pubescence of antennae moderate in the basal antennomeres to dense in the distal
ones. Length of antennomeres: 2 = 3 = 4 > 5 > 6; the 6th antennomere four
fifths of the length of the 2nd.
Collum. — Distinctly wider than the head. The anterior border straight in the
middle, laterally widely and almost evenly rounded towards the latero-posterior
edge. Posterior border faintly emarginate or practically straight in the middle,
widely convex laterally. A notch at the base of the lateral keels. Posterior border
of keels faintly convex or straight. Latero-posterior edge of keels slightly obtuse-
angled, very narrowly rounded. Surface of collum smooth and rather shiny in the
middle, rugulose on the lateral keels.
Somites. — Constriction very weak. Prosomites rather shiny. Stricture narrow,
sculpture as in anthracinus. Metatergites smooth and rather shiny, coriaceous on
the lateral keels. Transverse furrow present from the 5th to the 18th somite, weak
also in the 4th somite. Sides coriaceous and minutely granular. Pleural keels
118 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
represented by distinct ridges in the 2nd to 4th somites, produced caudally in a
triangular lappet, which projects scarcely behind the posterior border only ın the
2nd somite, not in the 3rd and 4th somites. The lappet is slightly acute-angled ın
the 2nd and 3rd somites, obtusely angular in the 4th. Pleural keels in the 5th and
subsequent somites represented by a well developed, rounded swelling, dorsally
demarcated by a furrow which caudally curves upward along the posterior margin.
The furrow is present up to the 15th somite, and is faintly indicated in the 16th
and 17th somites.
Lateral keels. — (fig. 15). The 2nd, 3rd, and 4th somites about as wide as the
collum. Keels of the 2nd somite a little declined. The anterior border scarcely
shouldered at the base, widely rounded, more strongly rounded towards the
lateral side and shading off into the lateral border, which is straight. Anterior
border practically transverse on the longitudinal axis of the body. Posterior border
as in anthracinus, scarcely curved forwards basally. Latero-posterior edge obtuse-
angled, narrowly rounded, projecting a little caudad of the posterior border of
the somite. Keels of the 3rd somite with the anterior border widely rounded,
directed obliquely caudad; no latero-anterior edge, but the latero-anterior border
rather widely, obtusely rounded. Posterior border a little concave basally, laterally
obtusely and rather widely rounded, without latero-posterior edge. Keels of the
Ath somite similar to those of the 3rd, both are projecting a little behind the
border of the somites. Keels of the 5th and subsequent somites slightly declined
as in the preceding somites. Anterior borders not shouldered. The anterior borders
widely to very widely rounded. Latero-posterior edges obtuse-angled up to the 16th
somite, right-angled in the 17th, acute-angled and slightly projecting in the 18th
and 19th somites. Marginal rim rather thick, in the poriferous keels widening in
the area of the pore, becoming about two times as wide as the poreless keels.
Sternites and legs. — Cross impressions of the sternites with the longitudinal
furrow scarcely impressed, the transverse furrow distinct. Sternite of the 5th
somite with a very thick process between the anterior legs (fig. 16), which curves
caudad, covering also a part of the posterior half of the sternite. It has a sub-
pentagonal shape. Posterior part of the sternite of the 5th somite somewhat con-
cave. Sternite of the 6th somite without particulars between the anterior legs, the
posterior part a little excavate. Sternite of the 7th somite with a weak transverse
ridge laterad of the anterior margin. Sternite of the 8th somite without particulars.
Legs rather long, moderately slender, somewhat incrassate in the anterior part of
the body, but without modifications. Last legs not modified.
Anal somite. — Epiproct with the sides nearly parallel.
Gonopods. — (fig. 17). Coxal horn without slender projection. Prefemur a
little less elongate than in anthracinus. Femur more strongly rounded, widening
Fig. 15—19. Anoplodesmus obesus Pocock. — 15: left side of the 10th and 11th somites,
dorsal aspect, lectotype &. 16: sternite of the Sth somite, ventral aspect, lectotype ¢. 17:
right gonopod, mesal aspect, lectotype &. 18: left side of the 10th somite, dorsal aspect,
paratype @. 19: left side of the 17th, 18th and 19th somites, dorsal aspect, paratype 9.
Fig. 20—21. Anoplodesmus pinguis Pocock, lectotype 9. — 20: left side of the 10th somite,
dorsal aspect. 21: left side of the 17th, 18th and 19th somites, dorsal aspect
119
C. A. W. JEEKEL: Burmese Paradoxosomatidae
120 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
distad. Both parts of the tibiotarsus pointing meso-caudad, relatively larger than
in anthracinus.
Female. — Differentiated from the male, aside from the usual sexual characters,
as follows. Antennal sockets separated by about the length of the 2nd antennomere.
Antennae relatively a little shorter. Body a little more robust, with the lateral keels
somewhat less developed (fig. 18—19). The 2nd somite a little wider than the
collum. The 3rd and 4th somites of about the same width as the 2nd. Sternites as
long as wide. Legs relatively somewhat shorter, slightly more slender. Length of
podomeres: 3 > 6 > 2 >5 = 4; the 6th podomere about half the length of the
3rd. Epiproct relatively shorter, the sides weakly convergent.
In the characters not mentioned obesus agrees with anthracinus.
Remarks.
After close comparison of the lectotype ¢ of obesus with the male specimen
from Puepoli referred to A. pinguis by Pocock, there remains no doubt whatever
that these two specimens are conspecific. In fact, it is difficult to see why Pocock
referred the Puepoli specimen to pinguis, for the alleged differences in the shape
of lateral keels are totally insignificant and do not correspond with the differences
between the females of obesus and pinguis.
A. obesus belongs in a group with A. pinguis Poc., A. striolatus Poc., and A.
dyscheres Att. It appears to come closest to A. pingzis of which, unfortunately,
the male is still unknown. A. striolatus and A. dyscheres both differ from obesus
in the shape of the lateral keels, which have the posterior border transverse on the
axis of the body instead of running obliquely cephalad. Undoubtedly, more
characters will be found when these two species are re-examined.
Anoplodesmus pinguis Pocock
1895 Anoplodesmus pinguis 2 Pocock, Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Genova 34: 800.
1937 Anoplodesmus pinguis 9; Attems, Tierreich 68 : 105.
Material.
This species was based on two female specimens from Rangoon, one collected by
OaTES, one by FEA, and several immature specimens from Palon in Pegu col-
lected by FEA.
The Genoa Museum has one female specimen from Rangoon, which I have
designated as lectotype, and a single juvenile female from Palon, now labelled as
paratype.
WEIDNER (1960) quotes a single paratype from Palon in the Hamburg Museum,
obviously one of the juveniles mentioned by Pocock. The specimen collected by
OATES is probably located in the British Museum.
The male specimen from Puepoli certainly does not belong to pinguis as was
suggested by Pocock, but proves to be conspecific with obesus.
Description.
Colour. — See POCOCK.
Width. — 2: 6.4 mm; juvenile $ with 19 segments: 4.1 mm.
Head and antennae. — Antennal sockets separated by one and two fifths times
the diameter of a socket or by seven eighths of the length of the 2nd antennomere.
C. A. W. JEEKEL: Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 1211
Collum. — Lateral margin without distinct latero-posterior edge.
Lateral keels. — (fig. 20—21). The latero-anterior and latero-posterior edges
of the keels of the 2nd somite slightly more widely rounded than in obesus. The
latero-posterior edges of the keels in the second half of the body distinctly an-
gular; the edges right-angled in the 17th somite, acutely angular in the 18th and
19th somites. All the lateral keels are smaller than in obesus.
Sternites. — In the middle somites the sternites are somewhat broader than
long.
In the characters not mentioned, pingnis agrees with the paratype female of
obesus.
In the juvenile female the keels are relatively somewhat more strongly developed
than in the adult. As usually the reverse is the case, one may wonder if this juvenile
does not belong to an other species.
Remarks.
As the male which Pocock tentatively referred to this species does not belong
to pinguis but to obesus, the male characters of pinguis are unknown. Yet,
pinguis is undoubtedly closely related to obesus, and we may safely assume that the
gonopods will prove to be largely similar to those of obesus, and that anyhow the
differential characters are to be found mainly in the external morphology, particu-
larly in the shape of the lateral keels.
Trogodesmus Pocock
1895 Trogodesmus Pocock, Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Genova 34: 804.
1937 Kronopolites in part; Attems, Tierreich 68: 49.
1963 Attemsina Hoffman, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 5: 585.
Type-species.
Trogodesmus: Trogodesmus bicolor Pocock, 1895, by subsequent designation by
SILVESTRI, 1896 (Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Genova 36 : 197).
Attemsina: Kronopolites uncinatus Attems, 1936, by original designation.
Diagnosis.
When he established this genus, Pocock characterized Trogodesmus in the
following way: “Resembles Strongylosoma in the majority of its characters, but
differs markedly in the unusual development of the two tubercles upon the anal
sternite”.
At the time, the name Strongylosoma embraced a vast and heterogeneous
majority of the known Paradoxosomatidae of the world, and this, together with the
nature of the used character, made the diagnosis quite unsatisfactory from the
very beginning. Moreover, the three species of Trogodesmus were based on female
specimens, and it is therefore no wonder that the genus was foredoomed to fall
into oblivion.
While studying the type material of two species of Trogodesmus in the Genoa
Museum, I realized that they presented a combination of characters which is quite
singular in the family Paradoxosomatidae. After a confrontation of this material
with the descriptions of the paradoxosomatids subsequently described from Burma
and adjacent regions, it became evident that the two species of Trogodesmus were
122 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
extremely similar to Kronopolites uncinatus Attems from Assam, and Kronopolites
helvolus Attems from Burma.
As a rule a generic identification without the aid of male characters is question-
able in this family. However, it becomes less so when the general morphology of
the species involved is sufficiently characteristic as in the present case, and the
postulation is supported by a geographical argument. I feel, therefore, perfectly
safe to refer uncinatus and helvolus to Trogodesmus and to supplement the generic
diagnosis with the male characters of these two species.
20 somites; poreformula normal. Head without particulars. Antennae of
moderate length. Collum somewhat wider than the head.
Somites moderately (4) to weakly (9) constricted; stricture narrow. Meta-
tergites with a rather coarse leathery sculpture; a deep transverse furrow from the
4th or 5th somite onwards. Pleural keels weakly developed and present only up to
the 4th somite, or absent (?).
Lateral keels rather weakly developed; those of the 2nd somite somewhat below
the level of those of the 3rd. Posterior edges of keels projecting behind the
margin of the somites in the 2nd somite only or in the 2nd and a few posterior
somites. Margin of keels entire, without indentations.
Sternites in the middle part of the body about as long as wide (3, ®) or
somewhat broader than long ( 2 ); no sternal cones. Sternite of the 5th somite of
the male without process. Legs of moderate length. Brushes on tarsi present or
absent. First leg of male not modified.
Gonopod coxa moderately developed. Prefemur short, ovoid. Femur slender,
elongate, straight. Spermal channel running straight along the mesal side of the
femur. No postfemoral region demarcated. Solenomerite arising from the mesal
side of the distal end of the femur. Tibiotarsus springing from the lateral side
of the distal end of the femur, slender, straight in line with the axis of the femur.
Solenomerite sheathed or at least supported by the tibiotarsus.
Remarks.
In the Genoa Museum I found only the type material of Trogodesmus vittatus
Poc. and T. nigrescens Poc. The two type specimens of T. bicolor Poc. mentioned
by Pocock were sent out on loan to SILVESTRI many years ago; they may still be
in the SILVESTRI collection at Portici.
Although I thus could not re-examine the type-species of Trogodesmus, the
three species described by Pocock appear to be so similar that their congenerity
seems beyond doubt.
As was stated above, I consider two species previously referred to Kronopolites
Att., viz., K. uncinatus Att. and K. helvolus Att. congeneric with the species of
Trogodesmus on account of their external similarity. These two species have
nothing to do with the type-species of Kronopolites, and actually were removed
from that genus recently by HOFFMAN (1963). HOFFMAN quite correctly created
a new genus, Attemsina, for the two, but unfortunately I have to bring this name
into the synonymy of Trogodesmus.
The genus Trogodesmus thus consists of the following species:
Trogodesmus bicolor Pocock, 1895 (Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Genova 34:
804, fig. 10—10a) — Burma.
C. A. W. JEEKEL : Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 123
Trogodesmus vittatus Pocock, 1895 — Burma.
Trogodesmus nigrescens Pocock, 1895 — Burma.
Trogodesmus uncinatus (Attems, 1936) (Mem. Ind. Mus. 11: 230, fig. 47;
1937, Tierreich 68 : 55, fig. 68—69) — Assam.
Trogodesmus helvolus (Attems, 1936) (Mem. Ind. Mus. 11: 231, fig. 48;
1937, Tierreich 68 : 56, fig. 70—71) — Burma.
Owing to the circumstance that the male characters are known only for two out
of five species, the distinction between the species of Trogodesmus is almost im-
possible. Therefore, the following key perforce is very defective.
Key to the species of Trogodesmus
1. Width (2) 6.0 mm. Dorsum with a broad, continuous and parallel-sided
yellow stripe. Hypoproct with a convex posterior border; the elongate tubercles
Bojeermesconsiderablys.. e iii T. bicolor Poc.
— Vi (sr 40 to 40 mm I TT 2
2. Dorsum with a broad median yellowish band or series of spots ............ 3
Dosim without yellow band or spots "nt 4
US
. À large yellow spot on the metatergites. Keels of the 17th somite right-angled,
of the 18th and 19th somites acute-angled, not projecting behind the posterior
margin (9). Hypoproct with the posterior border obtuse-angled, rounded;
tubercles mammiform, projecting behind the margin, but not reaching beyond
dre ile SRE T. vittatus Poc.
— Dorsum with a continuous yellow band. Keels of the 16th and 17th somites
right-angled, of the 18th and 19th acute-angled, scarcely projecting behind the
margin (4). Hypoproct rounded (tubercles ?) ......... T. helvolus (Att.)
4. Dorsal surface a uniform chocolate brown. Keels of the 16th somite right-
angled, of the 17th to 19th acute-angled, those of the 18th and 19th somites
projecting a little behind the posterior border (2). Hypoproct with the
posterior border obtusely angular, rounded; the tubercles somewhat bifid,
projecting behind the: middle... T. nigrescens Poc.
— Colour pale brown. Keels from the 13th to the 15th somite angular, those of
the 16th to 19th a short blunt tooth ( 4 ). Hypoproct with the posterior border
straieht: with two large tubercles ............. T. uncinatus (Att.)
Trogodesmus vittatus Pocock
1895 Trogodesmus vittatus Pocock, Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Genova 34: 806.
Material.
This species was based on a single female specimen which I studied in the
Genoa Museum: Palon (Pega), coll. L. Fra, 1 9 holotype.
Description.
Colour. — See Pocock.
Width. — 4.4 mm.
Head and antennae. — Labrum tridentate, the emargination deep and moderately
wide. Clypeus moderately convex, rather strongly impressed towards the labrum;
the lateral border straight, a distinct notch near the labrum. Headplate rugulose
124 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
in the clypeal part, otherwise smooth. Pubescence rather dense to moderate
up to the lower part of the vertex. Vertex hairless. Antennal sockets separated
by the diameter of a socket, or by a little more than two thirds of the
length of the 2nd antennomere. Postantennal groove widely and rather deeply
impressed; the wall in front moderately prominent. Vertex moderately convex,
demarcated from the frontal region by a weak transverse depression. Vertigial
sulcus well impressed, running downward to the upper level of the antennal
sockets. Antennae of moderate length, moderately stout, distinctly clavate.
Pubescence moderate in the proximal antennomeres to dense in the distal ones.
Length of antennomeres: 2 = 3 > 4 > 5 = 6; the 6th antennomere about four
fifths of the length of the 2nd.
Collum. — (fig. 22). A little wider than the head, subtrapezoidal in dorsal
outline. Anterior border straight in the middle, evenly rounded towards the lateral
border. Posterior border widely emarginate in the middle, faintly convex laterally,
and practically straight at the side. Lateral border rather widely and practically
symmetrically rounded. Surface minutely rugulose-subgranulose, hairless. Marginal
rim laterally very narrow and weakly defined. Collum transversely almost evenly
convex, the lateral sides scarcely raised.
Somites. — Robust and weakly constricted. Prosomites dulled, somewhat silky.
Stricture narrow, anteriorly sharply demarcated from the prosomite, dorsally finely
but distinctly ribbed down to the level of the lateral keels, faintly striate below.
Metatergites minutely but rather coarsely leathery rugulose, hairless. Transverse
furrow well impressed, finely striolate, present in the 4th to 18th somites, weak also
in the 19th. Sides minutely but densely granulate. Pleural keels of the 2nd and 3rd
somites represented by well developed ridges, which are scarcely produced caudad.
The posterior edge in the 3rd somite is about right-angled. In the 4th somite the
pleural ridge is less defined and caudally rounded. From the Sth somite onwards the
pleural keels are missing.
Lateral keels. — (fig. 22—24). 2nd, 3rd and 4th somites each slightly wider
than the preceding somite. Keels of the 2nd somite with the anterior border faintly
convex, slightly thrust forward. Latero-anterior edge slightly acute-angled. Lateral
border widely convex. Latero-posterior border rather narrowly rounded, without
distinct edge, projecting somewhat behind the margin of the somite. Marginal rim
narrow, laterally weakly demarcated. Keels of the 3rd somite semi-elliptical in
outline, anteriorly and posteriorly evenly rounded, without edges. Marginal rim
thin as in the 2nd somite, but more distinctly demarcated. The lateral margin
faintly undulate. Keels of the 4th somite similar to those of the 3rd, but the
anterior border a little more widely rounded, and the keel a little broader caudally.
Keels of the 5th and subsequent somites with the latero-anterior border becoming
more and more widely rounded. Posterior edges weakly defined, very obtuse,
except in the 17th somite, where right-angled, and in the 18th and 19th somites,
where acutely angular. In none of these somites the edges project behind the
margin of the somites. Poreless keels only dorsally demarcated, the poriferous
keels also ventrally demarcated by a furrow in the posterior half. Pores lateral in a
small ovoid excavation.
Sternites and legs. — Sternites in the middle part of the body as long as wide.
C. A. W. JEEKEL : Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 125
Fig. 22—24. Trogodesmus vittatus Pocock, holotype 9. — 22: left side of head and four
anterior somites, lateral aspect. 23: left side of the 11th and 12th somites, dorsal aspect.
24: left side of the 11th and 12th somites, lateral aspect. Fig. 25. Trogodesmus nigrescens
Pocock, holotype 9. — left side of the 11th and 12th somites, dorsal aspect
Cross impressions moderately developed; the transverse furrow distinct, deepest;
the longitudinal furrow weaker. No sternal cones. Pubescence moderate to sparse.
Legs of moderate length, moderately slender. Pubescence ventrally moderate,
dorsally sparse becoming moderately dense in the tarsi only. Length of podomeres:
3>6>5 = 2 > 4; the 6th podomere almost two thirds of the length of the
3rd.
Anal somite. — Epiproct of moderate size; the sides converging concavely, be-
coming parallel near the end. Basal setiferous tubercles distinct; preterminal seti-
ferous tubercles also well developed. Epiproct produced into two well developed
cones which are moderately widely separated and directed a little ventrad. Valves
126 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
somewhat rugulose. The marginal rims narrow but rather high. Setiferous tubercles
large. Hypoproct triangular-subtrapezoidal; the sides practically straight, the
posterior border with a very obtuse-angled rounded median edge. Setiferous
tubercles very large, mammiform, protruding past the margin but not projecting
beyond the middle of the posterior border.
Remarks.
Under the name of Trogodesmus vittatus Pocock the Genoa Museum has also
three juvenile specimens from Palon. Obviously these are the juveniles Pocock
(l.c.: 805) referred to T. bicolor Pocock. The material consists of a 19-segmented
&, width 2.7 mm, and two 19-segmented 9, width 3.0 mm, and 3.1 mm. They
lack a distinct longitudinal flavous band and their reference to one of the two
mentioned species is purely arbitrary.
T. vittatus in colouring apparently suggests T. helvolus (Att.) from Lashio,
Burma. But the middorsal band of yellowish colour is broken into a large spot on
each metatergite, instead of being continuous as seems to be the case in helvolus.
For the rest, ATTEMS’s description of helvolus does not contain reliable characters
for separating it from vittatus.
T. bicolor Poc. also has a yellow middorsal band which is continuous and parallel-
sided. Moreover, bicolor is a larger species.
Trogodesmus nigrescens Pocock
1895 Trogodesmus nigrescens Pocock, Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Genova 34: 806.
Material.
The single female specimen on which this species was based has been re-examined
in the Genoa Museum: Carin Cheba, Bia Po, 400—900 m, coll. L. FEA, 1 9,
holotype.
Description.
Colour. — See POCOCK.
Width. — 4.9 mm.
Head and antennae. — As in vittatus.
Collum. — In general as in vittatus, but the lateral marginal rim more distinct.
The lateral lappets more raised than in v7ttatus, but still declined.
Somites. — Metatergites more shiny than in vittatus, similarly rugulose but
coarsely so only on the upper surface of the lateral keels. Pleural keels as in vittatus,
those of the 2nd and 3rd somites produced into a distinct right-angled lappet, not
projecting caudad of the margin of the somite.
Lateral keels. — (fig. 25). Relatively a little more strongly developed than in
vittatus. Keels of the 2nd somite with the latero-anterior edge distinctly toothed,
and the posterior edge obtusely rounded. The marginal rim well demarcated. Keels
of the 3rd somite with the anterior border thrust forward a little and with a weakly
defined obtusely rounded posterior edge. Keels of the 4th somite anteriorly faintly
shouldered at the base. Keels of the Sth to 8th somites anteriorly a little shouldered
at the base. The posterior edge right-angled in the 16th somite, acute-angled from
the 17th somite onwards. From the 16th somite onwards the edges are slightly
C. A. W. JEEKEL : Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 127
produced caudad, in the 18th and 19th somites they project very slightly beyond
the posterior margin.
Sternites and legs. — Sternites of the middle somites almost one and one fifth
times broader than long. Pubescence rather dense, in the anterior sternites dense.
Pubescence of legs in general a little more strongly developed than in vittatus.
Length of podomeres: 3>6>2>5 = 4; the 6th podomere about half as
long as the 3rd.
Anal somite. — Epiproct as in vittatus, but the terminal cones at least two
times longer than in vittatus, and directed obliquely ventrad. Hypoproct as in
vittatus, but the setiferous tubercles bifid, more elongate and projecting behind the
middle.
Remarks.
This species differs from bicolor, vittatus and helvolus in the absence of a yellow
median band. From T. wncinatus it seems to differ in the development of the
lateral keels, in which the posterior edges appear to be more pronounced. Perhaps
there is a difference in the hypoproct too, but the description of wncinatus is too
vague for a satisfactory comparison.
The Oriental Paradoxosomatidae characterized by the presence of a femoral
tubercle in the first pair of legs of the male
The next two genera, Tetracentrosternus Poc. and Pocockina gen. nov., belong
to the group of Indo-Australian Paradoxosomatidae in which the femur of the
first legs of the male has a ventral tubercle. This group includes all the
known Australian Paradoxosomatidae, with the possible exception of Mjoeber-
godesmus Verhoeff, 1924. Furthermore, it has some genera in the Papuan
region, viz., Aschistodesmus Pocock, 1898, Dendrogonopus Jeekel, 1964,
and possibly Haplochiropus Attems, 1944, as well as the following genera in the
Oriental region. Some of these genera have not yet been established, and the giving
of names is deferred until actual examination of pertinent material.
Unnamed genus
“Strongylosoma’ montigena Carl, 1935 (Rev. Suisse Zool. 42 : 330, fig. 9—14; ATTEMS,
1937, Tierreich 68: 255, fig. 317) — Sikkim.
Unnamed genus
“Orthomorpha” hingstoni Carl, 1935 (Rev. Suisse Zool. 42: 326, fig. 1—6; ATTEMS,
1937, Tierreich 68: 230, fig. 289) — Tibet.
“Orthomorpha’ simulans Carl, 1935 (Rev. Suisse Zool. 42: 330, fig. 7—8; ATTEMS,
1937, Tierreich 68: 231) — Nepal, Tibet.
Delarthrum Attems, 1936 (Mem. Ind. Mus. 11: 236)
Delarthrum obscurum Attems, 1936 (l.c.: 236, fig. 50, 1937, Tierreich 68: 246, fig. 307)
— Northern Pakistan.
Pocockina gen. nov., cf. p. 134
Pocockina pilifera (Pocock, 1895) — Burma.
Ywennanina Attems, 1936 (Mem. Ind. Mus. 11: 234)
Yuennanina ceratogaster Attems, 1936 (l.c.: 234, fig. 49 ; 1937, Tierreich 68: 259, fig.
323—324) — Yunnan.
128 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
Tetracentrosternus Pocock, cf. p. 129
Tetracentrosternus subspinosus Pocock, 1895 — Burma.
Xiphidiogonus Carl, 1932 (Rev. Suisse Zool. 39: 444)
Xiphidiogonus spinipleurus Carl, 1932 (lc: 444, fig. 31—34; ATTEMS, 1937, Tierreich
68 : 247, fig. 308) — Peninsular India.
Xiphidiogonus dravidus Carl, 1932 (l.c.: 447, fig. 35—39; ATTEMS, 1937, Tierreich 68:
248, fig. 309) — Peninsular India.
Xiphidiogonus hendersoni Carl, 1932 (lc. : 449, fig. 40—43; ATTEMS, 1937, Tierreich
68 : 248, fig. 310) — Peninsular India.
Unnamed genus
“Polydrepanum” implicatum Carl, 1941 (Rev. Suisse Zool. 48: 371, fig. 23—25) —
Peninsular India.
The taxonomic importance of the presence of a femoral tubercle in the first
pair of legs of the male is difficult to evaluate in these eight genera.
In the Paradoxosomatidae of Australia and New Guinea the character largely
correlates with the gonopod structure. Unfortunately this is not the case in the
above eight genera. The presence of the femoral tubercle does not coincide with
any particular structure of the gonopods.
Nevertheless, it seems justified to regard the character as an indication of a
certain amount of relationship between the genera involved, even though it has no
decisive value.
Two of the above mentioned genera, Xiphidiogonus and a genus to be erected
for “Polydrepanum” implicatum Carl, have a femoral tubercle also in the 2nd pair
of legs. By evidence of the gonopods and in view of the geographical coherence
these two appear to be most closely related to a number of South Indian genera
which have the modification only in the 2nd pair of legs, viz., Polydrepanum Carl,
1932, Telodrepanum Carl, 1932, and Grammorhabdus Carl, 1932, as well as
Gyrodrepanum Carl, 1932, a genus which lacks femoral tubercles in both anterior
pairs of legs.
Recently (1964) I removed “Strongylosoma” montigena Carl from the genus
Akamptogonus Att., to which it had been referred by ATTEMS (1937). The species
certainly represents a generic type which appears to stand quite isolated even among
the group which has the femoral tubercle in the first leg of the male.
The genus to be proposed for “Orthomorpha” hingstoni Carl and “O.” simulans
Carl is characterized by a peculiar small process arising from the lateral side of the
gonopod femur. The two species were referred to the genus Alogolykus Attems,
1936, by ATTEMS (1937), but, as HOFFMAN (1963) pointed out, they have
nothing to do with that genus. The two species may come nearest to Delarthrum
Att., but the relationship is by no means obvious.
The remaining four genera will be discussed under the remarks on Tetracen-
trosternus and Pocockina.
C. A. W. JEEKEL: Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 129
Key to the paradoxosomatid genera of the Oriental region characterized by the
presence of a ventral femoral tubercle in the first pair of legs of the male
1. Gonopods with an entirely free solenomerite, which is longer and stouter than
the other processes of the acropodite, and is not acuminate towards the end.
The 2nd pair of legs of the male without a femoral process. Legs of the 4th
to 8th pairs with a basal swelling on the ventral side of the femur. Pleural
Keelsfabsenti tan Unnamed genus (“Strongylosoma” montigena Carl)
— Gonopods with a slender, acuminate solenomerite supported or sheathed by the
tibiotarsus, and not exceeding the tibiotarsus in length ………… … 2
2. The 2nd pair of legs of the male without femoral process ..................... 3
— The 2nd pair of legs of the male with a femoral process similar to the one
CONS | Cure eo CREER 7
3. Acropodite of the gonopods deeply split into several processes; the femoral
partalessuthanvhalf the lengthyot the acropodite rn... nn. nenn 4
— Acropodite not deeply split; the femoral part exceeding half the length of the
ACT DOONS" aat 5
4. Sternite of the 5th somite of the male with a long anterior and a short posterior
process. Sternite of the 6th somite with a large process. Solenomerite of the
gonopods with two accessory branches. Pleural keels absent ... Ywennanina Att.
— Sternite of the 5th somite of the male with only the usual anterior process.
Sternite of 6th somite without process. Solenomerite without accessory branches.
Pleural keels present in a number of anterior somites ... Tetracentrosternus Poc.
5. Prefemur of gonopods with a small finger-like process arising from the lateral
side. Pleural keels absent ... Unnamed genus (‘‘Orthomorpha hingstoni Carl,
“Orthomorpha simulans Carl)
— Prefemur of gonopods without process. Pleural keels present ............... 6
6. Tibiotarsus well demarcated from the femur of the gonopods, subarticulate.
Gonopod femur with a small distal process .................. Delarthrum Att.
— Tibiotarsus not sharply demarcated from the gonopod femur. The femur with
a process exceeding half the length of the tibiotarsus … … Pocockina nov. gen.
7. Acropodite of the gonopods split to the middle of the femur, from where
arise a large and a small femoral process ....................- Unnamed genus
(“Polydrepanum” implicatum Carl)
— Acropodite of the gonopods not deeply split. The femoral processes small …
RAE Ta dae end Xiphidiogonus Carl
Tetracentrosternus Pocock
1895 Tetracentrosternus Pocock, Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Genova 34 : 802.
1963 Tetracentrosternus ; Hoffman, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 5: 589.
Type-species.
Tetracentrosternus subspinosus Pocock, 1895, by monotypy.
Diagnosis.
20 somites; poreformula normal. Head without particulars. Antennae long, a
little clavate. Collum a little narrower than the head, transversely furrowed.
130 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
Somites moderately constricted; the stricture of moderate width. Metatergites with
a deep transverse furrow present from the 2nd somite onwards. Pleural keels
present only in the somites of the anterior half of the body.
Lateral keels moderately developed, those of the 2nd somite below the level of
those of the 3rd. Posterior edges of keels produced caudad only in a number of
somites in the posterior half of the body. Lateral margin of keels without distinct
indentations.
Sternites of the somites of the middle of the body about as long as wide in the
male. Sternal cones present in most postgonopodial somites. Sternite of the 5th
somite of the male with a well developed process between the anterior legs. Sternite
of the 6th somite of the male somewhat modified. Legs rather long. Tibial and
tarsal brushes present in most legs of the male. First leg of the male with a ventral
femoral tubercle.
Gonopod coxa relatively small. Gonopod prefemur short and broad, laterally well
demarcated from the acropodite. Femur completely reduced, the acropodite con-
sisting of three main processes arising directly from the prefemur: a femoral
process, a solenomerite and a tibiotarsus. Solenomerite and femoral process elongate
and both partly sheathed by folds of the tibiotarsus. Laterad of these two prongs
arises the tibiotarsus, which is folded complicatedly and ends in a reflexed lamina.
Remarks.
The type-species of Tetracentrosternus has been studied recently by HOFFMAN
(1963), who gave a pair of gonopod drawings and discussed the relationship of
the genus. Together with Alogolykus Attems, 1936, and Touranella Attems, 1937,
Tetracentrosternus was brought into a new tribe Alogolykini, which was characteriz-
ed mainly by the shortened gonopod femur, the presence of a femoral process in
the gonopods, and the absence of a femoral tubercle in the first pair of legs of the
male.
As regards the non-gonopod characters of Tetracentrosternus, HOFFMAN relied
on the description of Pocock, and consequently overlooked the presence of a
femoral tubercle in the first leg of the male of T. swbspinosus. This does not,
however, affect HOFFMAN's discussion of the relationship of Tetracentrosternus
with Alogolykus, since this is mainly based on the undeniable agreement in the
gonopod structure. On the other hand, the presence of the femoral tubercle seems
to indicate that Tetracentrosternus is also related to Ywennanina Att., a genus also
characterized by an abbreviate gonopod femur, but lacking an elongate femoral
process in the gonopods.
Tetracentrosternus subspinosus Pocock
1895 Tetracentrosternus subspinosus Pocock, Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Genova 34 : 803, fig.
9— 9.
1963 Tetracentrosternus subspinosus ; Hoffman, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 5: 591, fig.
9—10.
Material.
This species was originally described after material from Puepoli and Bia Po;
the number of specimens was not recorded. Judging from the arrangement of the
C. A. W. JEEKEL : Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 131
description it seems that Pocock had only male specimens of this species.
In the British Museum there is only one male from Puepoli which has been
recently selected as lectotype by HOFFMAN. In the Genoa Museum I found a
single male from Bia Po which I have labelled as paratype and on which the
following description has been based. In the loan register of the Genoa Museum
I found the evidence that one specimen from Puepoli was sent out to SILVESTRI
in 1902. This specimen is probably still in the SILVESTRI collection at Portici.
Carin Cheba, Bia Po, 1000—1200 m, coll. L. FEA, 1 4 paratype.
Description.
Colour. — See Pocock.
Width. — 2.0 mm.
Head and antennae. — Labrum deeply and rather widely emarginate, tridentate.
Clypeus moderately convex, moderately impressed towards the labrum; the lateral
border widely emarginate. Headplate smooth (?); pubescence moderate up to the
lower half of the vertex. Antennal sockets separated by one and one third times
the diameter of a socket or by three fifths of the length of the 2nd antennomere.
Postantennal groove wide, rather deep; the wall in front rather prominent. Vertex
weakly convex. The sulcus well impressed, not reaching the upper level of the
antennal sockets. Vertex demarcated from the frontal region by a weak depression.
Antennae long and rather stout, a little clavate. Pubescence moderate proximally to
dense distally. Length of antennomeres: 3 > 4 >5 > 2 > 6; the 6th antennomere
over three quarters of the length of the 2nd, and over three fifths of the length
of the 3rd.
Collum. — A little narrower than the head, subsemicircular in dorsal outline.
Anterior border evenly widely rounded, slightly more narrowly rounded laterally.
Posterior border faintly concave, widely rounded laterally. Sides widely and a
little asymmetrically rounded, the rounding narrowing caudad. Surface shiny,
smooth; a deep transverse furrow; some dispersed hairs. Marginal rim laterally
narrow but well raised, anteriorly practically obsolete. Convexity of collum weak
in the middle, much stronger towards the lateral sides.
Somites. — Prosomites dulled by a fine cellular structure, distinctly marked off
from the stricture. Stricture finely ribbed dorsally down to the level of the lateral
keels, below that level with some transverse striae. Metatergites shiny, smooth or
with some irregular wrinkles. Transverse furrow widely and deeply impressed,
finely but distinctly striate, present from the 2nd to the 18th somite, weak also on
the 19th. A weak longitudinal median furrow may be visible sometimes. Sides
smooth, only in the anterior somites with a few dispersed granules in the lower
part. Pleural keels represented by a distinct ridge in the 2nd somite. In the 3rd
and 4th somites a rounded lappet projecting outward, in the 4th somite produced
caudad a little but not projecting behind the margin of the somite. In the 5th, 6th
and 7th somites a lappet projecting outward only above the posterior legs,
particularly developed in the 6th somite.
Lateral keels. — (fig. 26—27). 2nd somite a little wider than the collum; 3rd
somite narrower than the 2nd; the 4th wider than the 2nd. Keels of the 2nd somite
below the level of those of the 3rd somite, sloping a little in a ventro-cephalad
direction. Anterior border moderately widely rounded, shouldered a little at the
132 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
Fig. 26—32. Tetracentrosternus subspinosus Pocock, paratype &. — 26: left side of the
10th somite, lateral aspect. 27: left side of the 10th and 11th somites, dorsal aspect. 28:
sternite of the 16th somite, ventral aspect. 29: sternal process of the 5th somite, caudo-
ventral aspect. 30: telopodite of the first leg. 31: right gonopod, mesal aspect. 32: right
gonopod, lateral aspect
C. A. W. JEEKEL: Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 133
base. Latero-anterior edge obtusely angular, produced into a small tooth. Lateral
border widely rounded, faintly undulate. Posterior border narrow, practically
straight. Latero-posterior edge obtuse-angled, produced and projecting very slightly
behind the posterior border of the somite. Marginal rim narrow. Keels of the 3rd
and 4th somites anteriorly and laterally moderately to widely rounded, with indica-
tions of two teeth; the rounding in the 4th somite a little wider. Posterior edges
obtuse, narrowly rounded, not produced caudad. Posterior borders faintly convex.
Marginal rims narrow. Keels of the 5th and subsequent somites with the anterior
and lateral borders widely rounded, without notches. Posterior edges obtusely
angular up to the 11th somite, right-angled in the 12th, becoming more acutely
angular from the 13th somite onward. From the 13th somite onward the edges are
produced a little, the 15th to 19th somites and particular the 17th somite having a
small triangular posterior lappet. Only in the 18th and 19th somites the edges
project a little behind the posterior margin of the somites. Poriferous keels with
the pores in an oblique elliptical excavation. In front of the poriferous excavation
a similar more elongate excavation; the two being separated by an oblique ridge.
Poreless keels narrow dorso-ventrally, without particulars.
Sternites and legs. — Middle sternites about as long as wide. Cross impressions
with the transverse furrow moderately impressed, the longitudinal furrow
practically absent; the sternites conspicuously little raised above the level of the
ventral side of the somite. Near the coxae a setiferous knob, low in the 8th somite,
more strongly developed in the 9th, becoming conical in the 10th and subsequent
somites. From the 11th somite onwards the posterior cones are directed backwards,
from the 12th somite onwards the anterior cones also. In the subsequent somites
the sternal cones become stronger and sharply pointed (fig. 28). In the 18th
somite the cones are totally absent. Coxal bases in the 4th somite conspicuously
widely separated. Sternite of the 5th somite with a broad, almost semicircular
process between the anterior legs, directed a little cephalad. Distal end medially
with a narrow, rather deep incision, the anterior side with short setae near the
distal end but without brush (fig. 29). Prosomite of the 5th somite a little swollen
in front of the process. Transverse furrow weak. Posterior portion of the sternite
scarcely raised above the ventral level of the metasomite; pubescence reduced to a
pair of tufts. Sternite of the 6th somite deeply excavated, not raised above the
ventral surface of the metasomite; pubescence reduced to four tufts of setae.
Sternite of the 7th somite without particulars. Legs rather long and moderately
slender; the prefemora a little incrassate. Legs of the first pair a little incrassate,
with a ventral femoral tubercle (fig. 30). 2nd pair of legs missing in specimen
studied. Ventral pubescence of legs rather dense, dense in the prefemora; dorsal
pubescence sparse to moderately dense, rather dense in tarsi only. Dense tarsal and
distal tibial brushes present in most legs, thinning out in the last third part of
the body and absent in the last two pairs. Length of podomeres: 3 >6>5 =
2 > 4; the 6th podomere seven tenths of the length of the 3rd.
Anal somite. — Epiproct rather broad, rather short, moderately thick. Sides
converging a little concavely. Preterminal setiferous tubercles small. The end
truncate, slightly emarginate, without distinct terminal knobs (tail damaged a
little by the pin running through the body). Valves rugulose, the rims of moderate
134 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
width and height; setae not on tubercles. Hypoproct trapezoidal, the sides a little
emarginate, the posterior border rounded. No distinct setiferous tubercles.
Gonopods. — (fig. 31—32). Coxa curving a little caudad, with a rather densely
setiferous area on the anterior side. Prefemur directed distad, the demarcation
between prefemur and acropodite parallel to the longitudinal axis of the latter.
Femoral process arising mesad of the base of the solenomerite, curving into the
same direction as the tibiotarsus, the distal portion largely sheathed by two folds
of the tibiotarsus. The process is a slender style which is finely acuminate towards
the end; it remains on the mesal side of the tibiotarsus throughout. Solenomerite
also curving in the same direction as the tibiotarsus, the distal part also largely
sheathed by folds of the tibiotarsus. The solenomerite is also a slender style, but
it runs along the latero-anterior side of the tibiotarsus and bends finally towards
the caudal side. Structure of the tibiotarsus very complicated, for the details see
the drawings.
Pocockina gen. nov.
Type-species.
Orthomorpha pilifera Pocock, 1895.
Diagnosis.
20 somites; poreformula normal. Head without particulars. Antennae strongly
clavate. Collum about as wide as the head.
Somites rather strongly constricted; the stricture rather broad. Metatergites with
a deep transverse furrow, present from the 4th somite onwards. Pleural keels
weakly developed, present in a few anterior somites only.
Lateral keels well developed, those of the 2nd somite below the level of those
of the 3rd. Posterior edges of keels produced caudad and projecting behind the
posterior margin in all somites. Lateral margin of keels with two indentations.
Sternites in the middle part of the body slightly longer than wide in the male,
broader than long in the female. No sternal cones. Sternite of the 5th somite of
the male with a well developed process between the anterior legs. Sternites of the
6th and 8th somites of the male somewhat modified. Legs rather long. Tibial and
tarsal brushes present in most legs of the male. First leg of male with a ventral
femoral tubercle.
Gonopod coxa well developed. Gonopod prefemur short, ovoid, laterally well
demarcated from the femur. Femur slender, elongate. Spermal channel running
straight along the medial side of the femur. Distally the femur curves abruptly
laterad, and gives rise to a simple, leaf-like femoral process, the solenomerite and
the tibiotarsus. Femoral process arising cephalad of the course of the spermal
channel. Solenomerite flagelliform, in its natural position probably almost entirely
sheathed by the lamellae of the tibiotarsus. Tibiotarsus consisting of a large con-
cave blade, with concavity mesad, subsemicircular in outline, complicated by thin,
serrulate lamellae.
Remarks.
When describing Orthomorpha pilifera, Pocock compared this species with
Orthomorpha coarctata (Sauss.), which, of course, was quite incorrect.
C. A. W. JEEKEL: Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 135
Like Tetracentrosternus, the species belongs to the group of South East Asian
paradoxosomatids in which the males have a femoral tubercle in the first pair of
legs. It comes nearest to Delarthrum obscurum Attems, 1936, from the Abottabad
district in the North of West Pakistan, but seems sufficiently distinct to warrant
a generic separation.
The differences between Delarthrum Att. and Pocockina mainly concern the
distal part of the gonopod telopodite. In Delarthrum there is a small femoral
process arising near the end of the femur on the medial side, cephalad of the
course of the spermal channel. This small femoral process in Delarthrum, in
Pocockina apparently is represented by the leaf-like lamella, which, however,
arises here just distad of the bend of the femur. In Delarthrum the tibiotarsus is
sharply demarcated from the femoral section of the gonopod, whereas in Pocockina
there is no such sharp demarcation. In Delarthrum, moreover, the solenomerite
arises straight from the distal end of the femur, without the spermal channel
first making an abrupt bend in the lateral direction as in Pocockina. The structure
of the tibiotarsus in Pocockina also appears widely different from that in Delar-
thrum.
As to how far external morphology of Delarthrum and Pocockina presents dif-
ferences of generic importance is difficult to say at present.
The new genus is named in memory of R. I. Pocock.
Pocockina pilifera (Pocock)
1895 Orthomorpha pilifera Pocock, Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Genova 34 : 809, fig. 11—11a.
Material.
This species was based on material from Rangoon collected by OATES, and
from Palon in Pegu collected by Fra. The number of specimens has not been
recorded. The British Museum has 1 4 and 1 © from Rangoon, of which the first
should eventually be designated as lectotype. WIEDNER (1960) quotes one paratype
from Palon in the Hamburg Museum.
In the Genoa Museum I examined 1 & and 1 ® from Palon, which I have
labelled as paratypes and on which the following description is based.
Description.
Colour. — See Pocock.
Width. — &: 1.8 mm; 9 : 2.1 mm.
Head and antennae. — Labrum widely and rather deeply emarginate, tridentate.
Clypeus moderately convex, moderately impressed towards the labrum; the lateral
border straight, widely emarginate near the labrum. Headplate smooth, shiny,
moderately setiferous up to between the antennal sockets, the vertex hairless(?).
Antennal sockets separated by one and one third times the diameter of a socket or by
amply four fifths of the length of the 2nd antennomere. Postantennal groove wide,
moderately deep; the wall in front moderately prominent. Vertex weakly convex;
the sulcus rather weakly impressed, not reaching the upper level of the antennal
sockets. Antennae of moderate length, moderately stout. Pubescence moderate in
the proximal antennomeres to dense in the distal ones. Length of antennomeres:
136 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
2>3>4>5 = 6; the 6th antennomere three quarters of the length of the
2nd; width of the 6th antennomere equal to five sixths of its length.
Collum. — Subtrapezoidal in dorsal outline; about as wide as the head. Anterior
border widely rounded in the middle, a little more narrowly rounded towards the
lateral sides and practically straight laterally. Posterior border widely and weakly
emarginate, laterally faintly convex. Lateral border widely rounded towards a
narrowly rounded posterior lappet which is slightly produced caudad. Surface
smooth, shiny; three transverse rows of hairs: one along the anterior margin, one
in the middle and one near the posterior margin. Marginal rim of the sides narrow,
caudally weakly defined. Convexity of collum weak in the middle, much stronger
towards the sides, the lateral sides scarcely raised.
Somites. — Prosomites very dull, but not silky. Stricture distinctly ribbed dorsally
to low down the sides. Transverse furrow of metatergites very deeply and widely
impressed, coarsely ribbed, present from the 4th to the 18th somite. A weakly
impressed median furrow behind the transverse furrow, and generally a weak
longitudinal furrow in front of the transverse furrow. A transverse row of four
setae behind the stricture and a similar row of generally eight setae near the
posterior margin; the hairs of moderate length. Sides coarsely granulate in the
anterior somites, coarsely granulate in the lower half only and smooth in the
upper half in the subsequent somites. Pleural keels weakly developed. 2nd somite
with a coarse ridge produced downward. In the 3rd somite a rather weak ridge,
not produced caudad. In the 4th somite a similar, but weaker ridge. 5th and sub-
sequent somites without pleural keels, but with a ridge along the posterior margin
from the lateral keels downward curving a little cephalad above the posterior leg.
Above the anterior leg a swelling. The ridges and swellings remain visible up to
the 17th somite.
Lateral keels. — (fig. 33—34). 2nd, 3rd and 4th somites each slightly wider
than the preceding somites. Keels of the 2nd somite somewhat declined. Anterior
border widely rounded, a little shouldered at the base. Latero-anterior edge about
right-angled, produced laterally into a tooth. Lateral border widely rounded, with
two indentations. Posterior border practically straight. Latero-posterior edge slightly
acute-angled, not pointed, produced caudad and projecting distinctly behind the
posterior margin of the somite. Margin of keels thin, the rim rather distinctly
defined. Keels of the 3rd and 4th somites subsimilar. Anterior border widely
rounded, lateral border almost straight, with two indentations. Posterior edges
very acute-angled, pointed and strongly produced caudad, and projecting behind
the margin. Marginal rims moderately thick. Keels of the 5th and subsequent
somites with the anterior border rather widely rounded and the lateral border
almost straight and with two indentations. The posterior edges acutely angular, in
the middle somites somewhat less acute than in the anterior and posterior somites.
Pores in an elliptical excavation, and situated just above the second lateral tooth.
Sternites and legs. — Sternites of middle somites one and one eighth longer
than broad. Cross impressions with the transverse furrow deepest. Pubescence
moderate to rather sparse. Sternite of the 5th somite with a quadrate process
between the anterior legs, which is more than one half as wide as the distance between
the coxae. The end of the process rather abruptly and strongly curved cephalad,
C. A. W. JEEKEL : Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 137
weakly and widely incised in the middle. Before the end a brush of short hairs in
the anterior concavity. Transverse furrow behind the process well impressed.
Posterior portion of the sternite triangularly emarginate-excavate. Sternite of the
6th somite deeply excavate, not raised above the level of the ventral side of the
metasomite except near the coxal bases. Pubescence reduced to four tufts of setae.
Sternite of the 7th somite with a weak ridge latero-cephalad of the gonopod
opening. Sternite of the 8th somite somewhat excavate, without distinct lon-
gitudinal furrow and with a weak transverse furrow. Legs rather long, moderately
stout. The prefemora somewhat incrassate. Anterior legs incrassate, the femur
Fig. 33—38. Pocockina pilifera (Pocock), paratype &. — 33: left side of the 10th somite,
lateral aspect. 34: left side of the 10th and 11th somites, dorsal aspect. 35: first leg. 36:
right gonopod, mesal aspect. 37: left gonopod apex, anterior aspect. 38: the same, posterior
aspect
138 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
of the 1st leg with a ventral tubercle (fig. 35). Legs of the 17th, and especially
of the 18th somite slightly shortened, and with in particular the 4th and 5th
podomeres incrassate. Dorsal pubescence of legs moderate, rather dense only in
the tarsi. Ventral pubescence moderate, but dense in the prefemora and rather dense
in the femora. Tarsal and distal tibial brushes very dense in the anterior legs,
gradually thinning out in the subsequent legs and almost absent in the legs of the
17th somite. No brushes in the legs of the 18th somite. Length of podomeres:
3>6>5 = 2> 4; the 6th podomere nine tenths of the length of the 3rd.
Anal somite. — Epiproct broad, moderately long, the ventral side a little con-
cave. Sides converging concavely, parallel near the end. Preterminal lateral setifer-
ous tubercles small, the other setiferous tubercles also rather inconspicuous. End of
epiproct broad, with a pair of rather narrowly separated, large, low, rounded
terminal knobs. Valves rugulose; the marginal rims narrow and rather high.
Setiferous tubercles weakly developed. Hypoproct triangular-subtrapezoidal. The
sides a little concave, the posterior border rounded. Setiferous tubercles minute, not
produced.
Gonopods. — (fig. 36—38). Coxa distinctly bent caudad in the distal half,
anteriorly setose. Demarcation between prefemur and femur almost transverse on
the longitudinal axis of the femur. Tibiotarsus very complicated, the concave
lamella with several serrulate laminae. Owing to dirt attached to the concave
lamella it was not possible to determine the exact structure of this lamella and the
true position and base of the solenomerite.
Female. — Aside from the usual sexual characters differing from the male
by the following characters. Antennal sockets separated by slightly more than the
diameter of a socket or by three quarters of the length of the 2nd antennomere.
Antennae relatively shorter. Pleural keels as in the male, but those of the 4th
somite almost absent. Sternites of middle somites one and one quarter times broader
than long. Legs relatively shorter and more slender. The last four pairs shortened
as in the male. Length of podomeres: 3 > 6>2>5 = 4.
“Orthomorpha” coxisternis Pocock
1895 Orthomorpha coxisternis Pocock, Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Genova 34: 811, fig. 12.
Material.
This species was based on a single female specimen which has been re-examined
in the Genoa Museum: Bhamo, coll. L. Fea, 1 2 holotype.
Description.
Colour. — See Pocock.
Width. — 2.9 mm.
Head and antennae. — Labrum tridentate; the emargination rather deep and
moderately wide. Clypeus moderately convex, moderately impressed towards the
labrum; the lateral border widely convex, distinctly emarginate near the labrum.
Headplate rugulose to smooth, shiny; pubescence rather dense to moderate up to
the lower part of the vertex, middle of vertex with a pair of hairs. Antennal
C. A. W. JEEKEL : Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 139
sockets separated by slightly more than the diameter of a socket or by three quarters
of the length of the 2nd antennomere. Postantennal groove rather deep and wide;
the wall in front moderately prominent. Vertex rather convex; the sulcus moder-
ately impressed, running downward to between the antennal sockets. Antennae of
moderate length, moderately stout, scarcely clavate. Pubescence moderate proximally
to rather dense distally. Length of antennomeres: 2 = 3 > 4 > 5 > 6; the 6th
antennomere only one seventh shorter than the 2nd.
Collum. — (fig. 39). A little wider than the head, subsemicircular in dorsal
outline. Anterior border widely rounded, slightly more strongly rounded towards
the sides. Posterior border weakly and widely emarginate, a little convex towards
the lateral sides and a little concave again above the lateral rounding. Lateral
border slightly asymmetrically rounded. Surface shiny, polished, hairless. The
marginal rim narrow laterally, fading away towards the middle of the anterior
border. Surface transversely almost evenly convex, scarcely flattened in the middle.
Somites. — Moderately constricted. Prosomites silky, distinctly demarcated from
the stricture. Stricture of moderate width, the posterior part finely ribbed down
to the level of the lateral keels, finely striate below that level. Metatergites shiny,
smooth. Transverse furrow deep and rather wide, finely striate, present from the
5th to the 18th somite, weak also on the 4th. A short median impression imme-
diately caudad of the stricture. In some somites there is a transverse row of four
Fig. 39—41. “Orthomorpha’ coxisternis: Pocock, holotype 9. — 39: left side of the head
and three anterior somites, dorsal aspect. 40: left side of the 10th and 11th somites, dorsal
aspect. 41: left side of the 10th somite, lateral aspect
minute granules in front of the transverse furrow. Sides finely granulate. Pleural
keels in the 2nd, 3rd and 4th somites represented by strong ridges, which are
caudally produced into an obtusely angular lappet. In the 3rd somite the lappet
projects a little behind the margin of the somite, in the 4th it just reaches that
margin. 5th somite with an obtusely angular lappet near the caudal margin, not
140 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
produced posteriorly. Towards the 10th somite this lappet gradually disappears.
Lateral keels. — (fig. 39—41). 2nd somite a little wider than the collum; the
3rd a little narrower than the 2nd, and about equal to the 4th. Keels of the 2nd
somite below the level of those of the 3rd, declined. Anterior border slightly thrust
forward, faintly convex. Latero-anterior angle obtuse. Lateral border widely round-
ed, anteriorly with a weak notch bearing a hair. Posterior border practically straight,
slightly notched at the base. Latero-posterior edge about right-angled, projecting
distinctly caudad of the margin of the somite. Marginal rim of moderate width,
weakly demarcated posteriorly. Keels of the 3rd and 4th somites rather widely to
widely rounded, each with a distinct latero-anterior tooth, dorso-ventrally thicker
than the keels of the 2nd somite. Posterior edges slightly acutely angular, projecting
a little behind the border of the somite, though scarcely in the 4th somite. Keels
of the 5th and subsequent somites widely rounded, with a distinct latero-anterior
notch. Posterior edge right-angled in the 5th somite, acutely angular from the 6th
onwards, projecting a little caudad of the margin of the somite. In the 15th, and
particularly in the 16th to 19th somites the posterior edge becomes more sharply
pointed, though not conspicuously spiniform. Poriferous keels having the marginal
rim distinctly widening caudad of the latero-anterior notch. Pores latero-dorsal in a
slight ovoid concavity. At least in the posterior half of the keels the marginal rim
is also ventrally demarcated by a furrow.
Sternites and legs. — Middle sternites only slightly longer than broad. Cross
impressions distinct, well impressed; both furrows of equal depth. No sternal
cones. Pubescence moderate. Legs rather long, moderately slender. Pubescence of
the four basal podomeres ventrally moderate, dorsally sparse to practically absent;
only the tibiae and tarsi rather densely setiferous all around. Length of podomeres:
3>6>5 = 2 > 4; the 6th podomere seven eighths of the length of the 3rd.
Anal somite. — Epiproct of moderate length and width. The sides converging
concavely, almost parallel near the end. Basal setiferous tubercles distinct; distal
setiferous tubercles rather distinct, situated close to the end. The end with a pair
of rather short, thick, bluntly rounded knobs which are separated by a narrow
concavity. Ventral side of epiproct a little concave. Valves somewhat rugulose.
Setiferous tubercles large and flat; the rims narrow and moderately high. Hypo-
proct broad: an obtusely angular triangle with widely rounded sides. Setiferous
tubercles projecting slightly behind the margin, but not equalling the middle.
Remarks.
Pocock (l.c.: 807) already noted the isolated position of this species within
the genus Orthomorpha Bollman, 1893, and I can only confirm his opinion.
“O.” coxisternis certainly does not belong to Orthomorpha in the current con-
ception of that genus. Neither could I associate it generically with any of the
other Burmese paradoxosomatids.
As such, the species has no outstanding characters. Nevertheless it presents a
combination of characters which suggests a relationship with the genera Tetra-
centrosternus Poc. and Pocockina g.n. Possibly it will ultimately prove to belong to
a not yet recognized generic type belonging to the group of Southeast Asian
Paradoxosomatidae in which the femora of the first pair of legs of the males are
provided with a ventral tubercle.
C. A. W. JEEKEL : Burmese Paradoxosomatidae 141
“Orthomorpha” bisulcata Pocock
1895 Orthomorpha bisulcata Pocock, Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Genova 34: 808.
Not:
1903 Orthomorpha bisulcata; Attems, Zool. Jahrb. (Syst.) 18: 64.
Material.
This species was based on two female specimens which are both in the Genoa
Museum. Obviously the specimen from Rangoon was regarded as the type by
Pocock; consequently I have designated this as lectotype. The specimen from
Meteleo I have labelled as paratype.
Rangoon, coll. L. Fra, 1 © lectotype; Carin Cheba, Meteleo, coll. L. FEA, 1 9
paratype.
Description.
Colour. — See Pocock.
Width. — Lectotype 9: 2.5 mm; paratype 9 : 2.4 mm.
Head and antennae. — Labrum widely and rather deeply emarginate, tridentate.
Clypeus moderately convex, strongly impressed towards the labrum; the lateral
border widely emarginate. Headplate shiny, rather densely to moderately setiferous
up to the lower half of the vertex; middle of vertex with two hairs. Antennal
sockets separated by one and a half times the diameter of a socket, or by almost
half the length of the 2nd antennomere. Postantennal groove deep and rather wide;
the wall in front rather prominent. Vertex rather convex; the sulcus well im-
pressed, not reaching the upper level of the sockets. Antennae rather long,
moderately slender, moderately clavate. Pubescence moderate in the proximal
antennomeres to rather dense in the distal ones. Length of antennomeres: 3 > 4
= 2>5 > 6; the 6th antennomere two thirds of the length of the 2nd.
Collum. — Reniform in dorsal outline; narrower than the head. Anterior border
widely rounded, a little more strongly so towards the lateral sides. Posterior border
widely emarginate, laterally faintly convex. Lateral border asymmetrically rounded,
the latero-posterior edge obtuse and narrowly rounded. Surface shiny, smooth;
a few dispersed hairs. A weak transverse furrow is present. Marginal rim very
narrow laterally, practically absent anteriorly. Transverse convexity of collum
weak in the middle, much stronger towards the sides.
Somites. — Rather strongly constricted. The prosomites somewhat dulled by a
fine cellular structure. Stricture of moderate width, distinctly demarcated from the
prosomites, coarsely beaded dorsally down to about halfway the lateral sides
becoming indistinctly striate below. Metatergites more shiny than the prosomites.
Transverse furrow deep and wide, finely and indistinctly striolate, present from
the 2nd to the 19th segment. A rather deep median furrow behind the transverse
furrow, and a similar but weaker furrow in front of the transverse furrow. A
few anterior metatergites with some dispersed hairs. Sides up to the 6th or 7th
somite very coarsely granulate-tuberculate in the lower half, and up to the 12th
or 13th somite with a few dispersed minute granules, otherwise smooth. Pleural keels
present only in the 2nd, 3rd and 4th somites. In the 2nd and 3rd somites they are
ending caudally in a distinct triangular lappet projecting ventrad. In the 4th somite
only a tuberculate ridge.
142 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
Lateral keels. — 2nd somite a little wider than the collum; 3rd somite a little
narrower than the 2nd, and equal to the 4th. Keels of the 2nd somite below the
level of those of the 3rd, strongly declined, almost vertical. The anterior border
widely rounded; at the latero-anterior edge a strong tooth projecting downwards.
Lateral border widely rounded, a little undulate. Posterior border narrow, straight.
Latero-posterior edge obtusely angular, weakly produced caudad and scarcely
projecting beyond the margin of the somite. Marginal rim narrow but distinct.
42
Fig. 42—43. “Orthomorpha” bisulcata Pocock, lectotype 9. — 42: left side of the 10th and
11th somites, dorsal aspect. 43: left side of the 10th somite, lateral aspect
Keels of the 3rd somite also on a rather low level. Border anteriorly narrowly
rounded, laterally widely rounded; no latero-anterior tooth. Posterior border narrow
and a little concave. Latero-posterior edge about right-angled, projecting slightly
caudad of the margin of the somite. Marginal rim narrow. Keels of the 4th
somite similar to those of the 3rd, but the anterior rounding wider. The latero-
posterior edge slightly acute-angled, not projecting behind the margin of the
somite. Keels of the 5th and subsequent somites (fig. 42—43) with the anterior
border widely rounded. The lateral border a little emarginate in the middle but
without distinct tooth in front of the emargination. Posterior edges acute-angled
and projecting a little behind the margin from the 11th somite onwards, although
scarcely in the 19th somite. From about the 11th or 12th somite the posterior edges _
become more spiniform or uncate, the spines curving inwards a little. Marginal
rim of keels narrow, widening around the pore which lies in a distinct, elliptical
excavation.
Sternites and legs. — Sternite in middle somites one and a quarter times longer
C. A. W. JEEKEL : Burmese Paradoxosomatidae È’ 143
than broad. Cross impressions well developed; the longitudinal furrow almost as
deeply impressed as the transverse furrow. No sternal cones. Pubescence moderately
dense, the hairs rather long. Legs rather long, slender. The 1st pair somewhat
incrassate; the last legs not modified. Pubescence moderate, but rather dense in
the tarsi. Length of podomeres: 3>6>5 = 2> 4; the 6th podomere six
sevenths of the length of the 3rd.
Aanal somite. — Epiproct rather broad and short, rather thick. The sides
converging concavely, not parallel before the end. Preterminal lateral tubercles
distinct. The end moderately narrow, truncate and faintly emarginate; no terminal
knobs. Basal setiferous tubercles rather weak. Ventral side of epiproct not concave.
Valves shiny, rugose. The marginal rims of moderate width and height. Setiferous
tubercles weakly developed. Hypoproct trapezoidal, with the sides concave and
the posterior border practically straight. Setiferous tubercles absent, the setae
arising simply from the edges.
Remarks.
Like the foregoing species, biswlcata stands isolated and cannot be assigned to
any of the known Burmese genera. The species has some particular features, like
a transverse furrow from the collum to the 19th somite as well as a longitudinal
furrow, the coarse beads of the stricture, the conspicuously coarse granulation of
the sides, the structure of the lateral keels, etc., which in combination may well
allow of a generic allocation, eventually.
It may be possible that this species too belongs to a genus of the group of
Tetracentrosternus, Pocockina, etc., but only the discovery of the male of this or
of a closely related species can solve the problem.
ATTEMS (1903) recorded this species from Java, Tjibodas, but this record,
published without any comment, for mere geographical reasons must have been
based on a misidentification.
REFERENCES
ATTEMS, C., 1898. System der Polydesmiden, I. Theil. Denkschr. k. Akad. Wiss., math.-
naturw. Cl. 67: 221—482, pl. 1-—11.
, 1903. Beiträge zur Myriopodenkunde. Zool. Jahrb. (Syst.) 18: 63—154, pl. 5—11.
, 1936. Diplopoda of India. Mem. Ind. Mus. 11: 133—323.
, 1937. Polydesmoidea I, Fam. Strongylosomidae. Das Tierreich 68: I—XXII,
1—300.
, 1938. Die von Dr. C. Dawydoff in französisch Indochina gesammelten Myriopoden.
Mém. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. (n.s.) 6: 187—353.
, 1940. Croisiére du Bougainville aux Iles Australes Francaises, VI. Myriopodes.
Mém. Mus. Nat. Hist. nat. (n.s.) 14: 271—282.
, 1953. Myriopoden von Indochina. Expedition von Dr. C. Dawydoff (1938—1939).
Mém. Mus. Hist. nat. (n.s.) [A} 5: 133—230.
CARL, J., 1902. Exotische Polydesmiden. Rev. Suisse Zool. 10 : 563—679, pl. 10—12.
, 1922. Diplopoden aus Sumatra, Java, Malakka und Ceylon. Zool. Jahrb. (Syst.)
44: 565—578.
, 1932. Diplopoden aus Süd-Indien und Ceylon. 1. Teil. Polydesmoidea. Rev. Suisse
Zool. 39 : 411—529.
, 1935. Polydesmiden gesammelt von Major R. W. Hingston auf der III. Everest-
Expedition, 1924. Rev. Suisse Zool. 42 : 325—340.
, 1941. Orientalische Polydesmoiden. Rev. Suisse Zool. 48 : 359—376.
144
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 5, 1965
CHAMBERLIN, R. V., 1921. New Chilopoda and Diplopoda from the East Indian Region.
Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (9) 7: 50—87.
HOFFMAN, R. L., 1963. A contribution to the knowledge of Asiatic Strongylosomoid Di-
plopoda (Polydesmida : Strongylosomatidae). Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13) 5:
Da).
HUMBERT, A., 1865. Essai sur les Myriapodes de Ceylan. Mém. Soc. phys. Hist. nat. Genève
Iene
JEEKEL, C. A. W., 1963. Paradoxosomatidae from Borneo (Diplopoda, Polydesmida).
>
Tijdschr. Ent. 106 : 205—283.
1964. Two new species of Pratinus Attems, with taxonomic notes on the genus
and a redescription of its type-species (Diplopoda, Polydesmida). Beaufortia 11:
61—73.
1964. Notes on the genus Akamptogonus Attems, with descriptions of a new
genus and species from New Guinea (Diplopoda, Polydesmida). Nova Guinea,
Zool. 29: 105—113.
1965. A revision of the South American Paradoxosomatidae in the Museo Civico
di Storia Naturale di Genova (Diplopoda, Polydesmida). Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat.
Genova (in press).
PETERS, W., 1864. Übersicht der im Königl. zoologischen Museum befindlichen Myriopoden
Pocock,
LI
aus der Familie der Polydesmi, so wie Beschreibungen einer neuen Gattung, Tra-
chyjulus, der Juli und neuer Arten der Gattung Siphonophora. Monatsber. k. Akad.
Wiss. Berlin 1864: 529—551.
R. I., 1890. On the Myriopoda of Burma. Pt. 1. Report on the Oniscomorpha col-
lected by Sig. L. Fea, by Mr. E. W. Oates and by the late Sig. G. B. Gomotto. Ann.
Mus. civ. Stor. nat. 30: 384—395.
1892. Report upon two collections of Myriopoda sent from Ceylon by Mr. E. E.
Green, and from various parts of Southern India by Mr. Edgar Thurston, of the
Government Central Museum, Madras. J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 7: 131—174,
pl. 1-2.
1893. On the Myriopoda of Burma. Pt. 3. Report on the Julidae, Chordeumidae
and Polyzonidae collected by Sig. L. Fea and Mr. E. W. Oates. Ann. Mus. civ.
Stor. nat. Genova 33: 386—406.
1895. The Myriopoda of Burma, Pt. IV. Report upon the Polydesmoidea collected
by Sig. L. Fea, Mr. E. W. Oates and others. Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Genova 34 :
787—834.
1896. Supplementary note upon the Juloidea, containing descriptions of three new
species. Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Genova 36: 349—352.
VERHOEFF, K. W., 1930. Über einige Chilognathen aus Ceylon, nebst vergleichend-morpho-
logischen Notizen. 117. Diplopoden-Aufsatz. Zool. Anz. 89: 193—210.
1936. Ueber einige Indische Chilognathen gesammelt von Herrn S. Jones, Madras.
Rec. Ind. Mus. 38 : 103—123, pl. 5—8.
1937. Zur Kenntnis indisch-ostasiatischer Diplopoden, Polydesmoidea. Zool. Anz.
120 : 306—319.
1939. Diplopoden der Insel Mauritius und ihre zoogeographische Bedeutung. Jena.
Zeitschr. Naturw. 73 : 37—96, pl. 2—6.
WEIDNER, H., 1960. Die entomologischen Sammlungen des Zoologischen Staatsinstituts und
Zoologischen Museums Hamburg. III. Teil. Chilopoda und Progoneata. Mitt. Ham-
burg. Zool. Mus. Inst. 58: 57—104.
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
Het verschijnt in één deel van er bladzijden per jaar, bestaande uit
enkele afleveringen.
ENTOMOLOGISCHE BERICHTEN
Deze zijn bestemd voor de publicatie van kortere artikelen, faunistische notities
etc, alsmede van de Verslagen der Vergaderingen en van mededelingen van het
ln
Bestuur. Zij verschijnen twaalf maal per jaar in een aflevering van 16 of meer
bladzijden, die samen een deel vormen.
TRICHOPTERORUM CATALOGUS
Deze Catalogus van F. C. J. Fischer wordt door de Vereeniging voor rekening
van de auteur uitgegeven. Alle bekende recente en fossiele soorten van de gehele
wereld met hun synoniemen worden er in behandeld. Delen I en II kosten f 39 —
per stuk, delen IIT—V: f 45 —. Er zullen in totaal 15 delen verschijnen. Van alle
delen zijn ook éénzijdig bedrukte exemplaren beschikbaar. De prijsverhoging hier-
voor bedraagt f 2.50.
ENTOMOLOGIA EXPERIMENTALIS ET APPLICATA
Dit tijdschrift wordt uitgegeven door de Noord-Hollandse Uitgevers Maatschap-
pij te Amsterdam in opdracht van de Vereeniging. Het publiceert artikelen over
experimentele biologie en oekologie bij insecten en andere land-arthropoden. Het
verschijnt vier maal per jaar en bevat 320 bladzijden. De prijs voor leden bedraagt
f 25.—, voor niet-leden f 40.— per jaar.
Alle zakelijke correspondentie betreffende de Vereeniging te richten aan de
Secretaris, W. Hellinga, Weesperzijde 2311, Amsterdam-O.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van het Tijdschrift voor Entomologie en
de Monographieën te richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. A. Diakonoff, Rijksmuseum
van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van de Entomologische Berichten te rich-
ten aan de Redacteur, B. J. Lempke, Oude IJselstraat 12111, Amsterdam-Z. 2.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van Entomologia Experimentalis et Appli-
cata te richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. P. A. van der Laan, Lab. voor Toegepaste
Entomologie, Linnaeusstraat 2 B, Amsterdam.
Alle betalingen te richten aan de Penningmeester, Drs. H. Wiering, Doorntjes
29, Bergen (N.H.), postgiro 188130, ten name van de Nederlandsche Entomolo-
gische Vereeniging te Bergen (N.H.).
Alle correspondentie betreffende de Bibliotheek der Vereeniging te nu aan
de Bibliotheek, Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O.
NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS
All correspondence referring to subscriptions and exchange of the periodicals
of the Netherlands Entomological Society should be addressed to the Librarian,
_ Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O, Netherlands.
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS -
Contributors will receive free of charge fifty reprints of their papers, joint authors have
to divide this number between them at their discretion. Additional reprints may be ordered
- when returning proofs.
Manuscripts should be written in Dutch, English, French, German or Italian. If they
contain descriptions of new genera, species, etc., they should be in one of the four last
mentioned languages.
The author should communicate with the editor before submitting his manuscript. He
will enclose with manuscript a Synopsis (Abstract), styled according to recommendations
of the UNESCO (style rules will be provided by the editor) and, if needed, a Summary.
Papers in Dutch should contain an Abstract and/or a Summary in one of the four other
languages.
Manuscripts should be typewritten in double spacing on only one side of the paper, with
a margin of at least three cm at the left side of each sheet. Paragraphs should be indented.
Carbon copies cannot be accepted, as handling makes them illegible.
Captions for text figures and plates should be written on a separate sheet in double
spacing, numbered consecutively in arabic numerals; the use of a, b, c, or any other
subdivision of the figure numbering should be avoided.
Drawings for reproduction should be on good paper in Indian ink, preferably at least
one and a half times as large as the ultimate size desired. Lettering should be uniform, and,
after reduction, of the same size. Photographs should be furnished as shiny positive prints,
unmounted. Plates should be arranged so as to fill a whole page (11.5 x 19 cm) of the
Tijdschrift, or a portion thereof, captions included. Combinations of illustrations into groups
are preferable to separate illustrations, since there is a minimum charge per block.
Names of genera and lower systematic categories, new terms and the like are to be under-
lined by the author in the manuscript by a single straight line. Any other directions as to
size or style of the type are given by the editors, not by the author. Italic type or spacing to
stress ordinary words or sentences is to be avoided. Dates should be spelled as follows: either
”10.V.1948” or ”10 May, 1948”. Other use of latin numerals should be avoided, as well as
abbreviations in the text, save those generally accepted. Numbers from one to ten occurring
in the text should be written in full, one, two, three, etc. Titles must be kept short. Foot-
notes should be kept at a minimum. À
Bibliography should not be given in footnotes but compiled in a list at end of the
paper, styled as follows:
Mosley, M. E., 1932, "A revision of the European species of the genus Leuctra (Pleco-
ptera)”. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [10} 10 (3): 1—41, pl. 1—5, fig. 1—57. Number of
issue should only be added (in parentheses) when it has individual pagination.
Text references to this list might be made thus:
“Mosley (1932) says....’ or ”(Mosley, 1932)”.
x
The editors reserve the right to adjust style to certain standards of uniformity.
Manuscripts and all communications concerning editorial matters only should be sent to:
Dr. A. DIAKONOFF, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, The Netherlands.
Be FOP LL
_ DEEL 108 AFLEVERING 6 en
Qui 15 1969
MARVARD
UNIVERSN
Beten
VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
UITGEGEVEN DOOR
DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
INHOUD:
À
q
a A. REYNE. — Observations on some Indonesian Scale Insects, pp. 145—188,
4 tekstfig. 1—73.
4 Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, deel 108, afl. 6. Gepubliceerd 17-IX-1965
Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging
BESTUUR
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht, President (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
Dr. G. Barendrecht, Vice-President (1965— 1971), Amsterdam.
W. Hellinga, Secretaris (1963— 1969), Amsterdam.
Drs. H. Wiering, Penningmeester (1962—1968), Bergen (N.H.).
Drs. C. A. W. Jeekel, Bibliothecaris (1960— 1966), Amsterdam.
J. A. Janse (1964—1970), Bennebroek.
Dr. A. F. H. Besemer (1965—1970), Bennekom.
a COMMISSIE VAN REDACTIE VOOR DE PUBLICATIES
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
P. Chrysanthus (1964—1967), Oosterhout (N.B.).
Dr. À. Diakonoff (1964—1967), Leiderdorp.
G. L. van Eyndhoven (1963—1966), Haarlem.
Dr. L. G. E. Kalshoven (1964—1967), Blaricum.
Prof. Dr. D. J. Kuenen (benoemd 1957), Leiden.
Dr. P. A. van der Laan (benoemd 1957), Bennekom.
B. J. Lempke (1965—1968), Amsterdam.
Prof. Dr. J. de Wilde (benoemd 1957), Wageningen.
Dr. J. T. Wiebes (1963—1966), Leiden.
BESTUUR DER AFDELING VOOR TOEGEPASTE ENTOMOLOGIE
Dr. À. F. H. Besemer, Voorzitter, Wageningen.
Ir. P. Gruys, Secretaris, Rheden.
Dr. Ir. L. Bravenboer, Naaldwijk.
Dr. C. F. A. Bruyning, Oegstgeest.
Dr. Ir. J. B. M. van Dinther, Bennekom.
De contributie voor het lidmaatschap bedraagt f 15—, voor student-leden
f 2.50, per jaar. — Begunstigers betalen jaarlijks tenminstet f 15.—.
De leden, behalve de student-leden, ontvangen gratis de Entomologische
Berichten, waarvan de prijs voor student-leden f1. 50 per jaar, voor niet-leden _
f 20.— per jaar en f 2.— per nummer bedraagt. -
De leden kunnen zich voor f 10.— per jaar abonneren op het Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie; hiervan bedraagt de prijs voor niet-leden f 35 — per jaar.
De eerder verschenen publicaties der Vereeniging zijn voor de leden tegen ver-
minderde prijzen verkrijgbaar. De Vereeniging geeft de volgende publicaties uit.
MONOGRAPHIEEN VAN DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
Deze worden met onregelmatige tussenpozen uitgegeven. Er zijn reeds ver-
schenen: |
— F. T. Valck Lucassen et al. — Monographie du genre Lomaptera Gory &
Percheron (Coleoptera, Cetoniidae), prijs f 50.—.
1. A. J. Besseling. — De Nederlandse Watermijten (Hydrachnellae Latreille, |
1802), prijs f 25.—.
OBSERVATIONS ON SOME INDONESIAN SCALE INSECTS
BY MUS. COMP. ZOOI
A. REYNE LIBRARY
Zoölogisch Museum, Amsterdam
on
Te pio 140:
Abstract ek
HARVARD
Additional data are given on the biology of the myrmecophile genus Hippebrorcais Réyne è.
(REYNE, 1954; BUCHNER, 1957). A description is presented of a Pseudococcid larva which is
transported by flying ants in Sumatra (ROEPKE, 1930). There follow descriptions of Cero-
blastes sumatrensis spec. nov. and of Buchnericoccus javanus gen. et spec. nov. Furthermore,
records and redescriptions are given of Pseudococcus hispidus Morrison, from Java, found
in an aphid gall; of Hemaspidoproctus cinereus (Green), in West Java; and records of some
Drosicha species from Java.
Finally a report is added of the study of some 100 males of Monophlebinae from Indonesia,
largely caught at lamp light, the females of which are unknown. Drosichoides haematoptera
(Cockerell) is widely distributed in Java and Borneo. Males of the following new species
are described: Drosicha minor (small islands in the Java Sea), Monophlebulus toxopei and
M. montanus (West New Guinea). The genus Monophlebulus Cockerell was hitherto only
known from non-tropical Australia.
Contents
1. Hippeococcus Reyne, 1954 . . ML is, ee Bee TR MATA
2. A pseudococcid larva transported by Ae Ans EEN NA Ta AE odes TA
3. Pseudococcus hispidus Morrison, 1921, in an do Lal ka na De TE ee ASO
4. Ceroplastes sumatrensis spec. nov. . . . hera Decken toy Speer ents. 50108
5. Hemaspidoproctus cinereus (Green, 1922) . SR SN 9
OMEZENNENCOCG4S(AUANUS 'gen.n., spec NOV. . … LL e 1167
7. ASIA Walker, 1858. un. such gar ade a wan af B val Gas a ae ea te 474
Bares Nanophlebinae 14 ame. N. Al et ee de TT
1. HIPPEOCOCCUS REYNE, 1954
In a former paper (1954) I have described three species of this remarkable
Pseudococcid genus from Java. BUCHNER (1957) published an elaborate study on
the development and reduction of the mycetome of Hippeococcus.
These insects feed on different trees and plants, and are always attended by
ants of the genus Dolichoderus. Though the larvae of Hippeococcus are often very
abundant on these plants, adult females are usually scarce, and always immature,
without eggs or embryos, as was already reported by VAN DER GOOT (1929).
When the attending ants are disturbed and run away, the agile coccids quickly
climb upon them. As the ungual digitules of the coccids are shaped like sucking
cups, they are able to hold on tightly to the smooth body of the ant.
When examining the ants’ nests it appears that they contain a large quantity of
mature Hippeococcus females, wholly filled with full-grown embryos. It seems
that the females only come to maturity in the ants’ nests, and that the emerging
larvae are transported to their food-plants by the ants. Adult females of Hzppeo-
145
146 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 6, 1965
coccus have peculiar flat spatular hairs on the dorsum (REYNE, 1954, fig. 20 and
47), connected with glandular tissue; perhaps this tissue produces some sub-
stance, by taste or odour attractive for the ants. Wax is certainly not produced by
it, as the cuticle of Hzppeococcus is quite smooth, without any waxy coating.
In the ants’ nests no adult female Hzppeococcus were found attached to roots.
It is a question, or rather a bold guess, whether the adult females of Hzppeococcus
are fed by the ants; they certainly want a large quantity of food for the production
of embryos. Perhaps this question can be solved when using artificial ants’ nests,
as it is impossible to observe this in natural nests.
According to BUCHNER (1957) the mycetome in Hippeococcus develops in the
same way as in Pseudococcns, but it remains sterile, without symbionts. Finally
the majority of the mycetome cells is transformed into fat cells. BUCHNER sup-
poses that the female Hippeococcus comes to maturity by being fed by the ants,
as has been observed in the aphid Paracletus cimiciformis VON HEYDEN, 1837*).
When in Blattidae and other insects the symbionts are destroyed by antibiotics the
adults do not attain sexual maturity.
As mentioned above, the flat dorsal hairs are connected with glandular tissue.
I am indebted to professor BUCHNER who examined, on my request, his sections
of adult females of Hippeococcus. He found under the whole cuticle a layer of
glandular cells, often connected with each other by thin strands of protoplasm. He
did not find undifferentiated epithelium cells, though in the larvae these cells
form a continuous layer, only interrupted by basal cells of the large setae. In the
sections of the adult females most setae were broken, but the flat spatular hairs
were often present. Professor BUCHNER added to his letter of 6.III.1954 two
pencil-drawings, made with a camera lucida, which are copied in fig. 1.
After the publication of my 1954 paper on Hippeococcus Dr. HAROLD MOR-
RISON submitted to me three old slides from the National Collections at Washing-
ton, D.C., with request to identify these Hippeococcus species. The result was as
follows.
(1) A slide with four specimens, Mt. Boender (BRYANT and PALMER),
20.V.1909. Mt. Boender is a small mountain (about 800 m) at the foot of Mt.
Salak (2200 m) in the environment of Bogor (West Java). The expedition of
BRYANT and PALMER explored Mt. Salak and Mt. Boender in May 5—31, 1909
(according to Flora Malesiana, vol. 1); the Government resthouse at Mt. Boender
was probably their abode. The four specimens belong to a variety or closely allied
species of Hippeococcus wegneri Reyne, 1954. The apex of the abdomen is more
elongate than in wegneri; the sclerite with the anal ring reaches beyond the top
of the anal lobes (fig. 2). Though most of the setae are missing, the presence
of six apical setae on the anal lobes could be recognized by their sockets; one of
the setae is implanted more forward than the five other (REYNE, 1954, fig. 43).
In July, 1929 VAN DER Goor (1929) collected a Hippeococcus on the northern
summit of Mt. Salak, but a figure or description of this species is wanting. I
*) ZWÖLFER (1958, Zeitschr. angew. Entom. 42 and 43) does not produce a convincing
proof that this aphid, living in the nests of Tetramorium caespitum, is really fed by the
ants. Such proof could probably be furnished in artificial ants’ nests where the ants are fed
with honey mixed with some radioactive compound.
A. REYNE: Indonesian Scale Insects 147
presume that VAN DER GOOT thought that it was the same species as the one he had
formerly found in the Tengger Mts. (East Java) and near Garut and Bogor (West
Java). VAN DER GOOT states that already in 1909 EDWARD JACOBSON had found
Hippeococcus, in association with Dolichoderus gibbifer Emery, in the Tengger Mts.,
East Java. From the present slide it appears that in 1909 Hippeococcus has also
been collected in West Java, but the insects remained unnamed untill 1954,
(2) No. Q 22075. On Rubus moluccanus, Java (at 1200 m), coll. E. JACOBSON,
Dec., 1912. No locality mentioned on the label, neither could the locality be
established in Washington. The slide contains eight specimens, almost certainly
belonging to H. wegneri.
(3) Labelled: Porspo, coll. P. VAN DER Goor, 2.11.1913. The slide contains
one specimen which is almost certainly H. rappardi Reyne, 1954. Dr. L. G. E.
KALSHOVEN informed me that Poespo is meant, a locality in the Tengger Mts.
at about 650 m, where VAN DER GOOT used to collect aphids in 1913, when
on the staff of the Sugar Cane Experiment Station at Pasuruan.
Identification of the specimens of these old slides is mainly based on the
anal lobes and their apical setae. It is certain that H. montanus (REYNE, 1954,
figs. 39— 40) was not present on these slides.
2. A PSEUDOCOCCID LARVA TRANSPORTED BY FLYING ANTS
In 1954 I received from the late Prof. Dr. W. ROEPKE a slide with a temale
winged ant, mounted with a coccid-larva between the mandibles. A number
of these insects were collected by ROEPKE in August, 1929, during a visit to a
plantation in Serdang district, East coast of Sumatra.
ROEPKE (1930) published a description of this remarkable case of myrme-
cophily, but was not able to identify the coccid larva. He remarks that it would be
interesting to search the nests of these ants in order to obtain adult specimens, and
to study the relation between ants and coccids more closely.
As far as ROEPKE knew, this transport of coccids by ants during nuptial
flight was a unique case, but SILVESTRI (1924) mentions a similar case in his
description of. Xenococcus annandalei, a coccid from nests of the ant Acropyga
acutiventris Roger, 1862, in the district of Madras, India. According to Dr. N.
ANNANDALE the female ants transport the scale insects between the jaws during
nuptial flight. The same Xenococcus species was also found at Penang, about 250
km from Serdang, in Tongking, North Vietnam, and near Hongkong (SILVESTRI,
1926). In 1926, SILVESTRI described Ewmyrmococcus smithii, from nests of
Acropyga (Rhizomyrma) sauteri Forel, 1912, in China (Macao, Shanghai); ac-
cording to TAKAHASHI (1934) this scale insect is also known from Formosa and
Japan. It is closely allied to Xenococcus, and SILVESTRI supposes that Eumyrmo-
coccus is also transported by the ants during nuptial flight, but observations of this
phenomenon were lacking.
SILVESTRI (1924, 1926) does not comment on the systematic position of his
new genera Xenococcus and Eumyrmococcus. My own opinion is that Xenococcus
annandalei certainly belongs to the Pseudococcidae, as two medioventral circuli
are present on the second and third abdominal segments (SILVESTRI, 1924, fig.,
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 6, 1965
e
.
LI
Ù
Ù
e
t
Ù
Ù
.
X}
6
U
LI
L
!
Ù
'
1
'
Ù
t
'
A. REYNE: Indonesian Scale Insects 149
I and V). The position of the setae on the rostrum (fig. II) also points to the
Pseudococcidae. The tarsus and the claw with short, acute digitules reminded
SILVESTRI of the Ortheziinae, but other characters were quite different. In my
opinion the tarsus and the claw may equally well be compared with those of
Rhizoecus species, belonging to the Pseudococcidae. This applies also to Eumyr-
mococcus where the claw with its minute digitules is as long as the tarsus (SIL-
VESTRI, 1926, fig. II 5); for comparison with a Rhizoecus species, fig. 28 in
HAMBLETON (1946) may be mentioned. The rostrum or labium of Eumyrmo-
coccus with its setae (SILVESTRI, 1926, fig. II) also clearly points to the Pseudo-
coccidae.
According to BUNZLI (1935) the larvae of Rhizoecus coffeae Laing, 1925, are
transported in Surinam by the females of Acropyga (Rhizomyrma) paramaribensis
Borgmeier, 1933, during nuptial flight (pp. 550—552, and fig. 41 and 44B).
In 1924, when on the staff of the Agricultural Experiment Station in Surinam, I
have often collected the above-mentioned Rhizoecus on roots of the coffee-tree.
LAING (1925) described the species as R. coffeae, from material which I had
sent to the British Museum for identification. My observations of this insect were
made in connection with the phloem necrosis of the coffee-tree in Surinam, a
disease killing many trees. Observing that this insect was often very abundant on
the roots of the coffee-tree, and was feeding on the phloem, I supposed that
Rbizoecus either caused or transmitted the disease; in 1924 it was not known
whether the phloem necrosis was caused by a virus or some organism*). The ants
which were often found in association with Rhizoecus coffeae were collected but
not studied more closely, as I left Surinam in July, 1924. These ants were described
in 1933 by BORGMEIER as Rhizomyrma paramaribensis, and afterwards studied in
detail by BUNZLI (1935).
The larva of RoEPKE's slide shows only a few details, being partly covered
by the mandibles and the antennae of the ant, while the specimen is not
macerated. ROEPKE (1930), who had also specimens in alcohol, published
figures of the habit, the tibia with tarsus, the antennae, and the tip of the
rostrum (fig. C—G).
*) STAHEL (1931, 1933), who made an elaborate study of this disease, finally discovered
that the phloem necrosis in the roots and root collar of the coffee-tree is preceded by a large
number of flagellates, clogging the sieve tubes. BUNZLI (1935, p. 559/60) claimed to have
proved that the disease is transmitted by Rhizoecus coffeae Laing, but STAHEL denied this.
Fig. 1—2. Hippeococcus wegneri Reyne, adult female. 1, Transverse section of dorsal cuticle
and underlying glandular cells (X 800). After unpublished pencil drawings by Prof. P.
BUCHNER; the cuticle, which is dotted in the figure, shows a faint horizontal striation in the
original drawing; 2, two last abdominal segments in ventral aspect (X 90); posterior ostioles
shown in upper and anal ring (a) in lower part of the figures. Right, a normal specimen,
(Tjibodas). Left, a specimen from Mt. Boender, a variety of H. wegneri.
Fig. 3—5. Pseudococcid-larva, transported by an ant during its nuptial flight. 3, outline of
fore leg (X 300) and its tarsus (X 650); 4, labium, in ventral aspect (X 460); 5, antenna
(X 650); one sensory seta clearly visible, broken seta at top is probably also a sensory seta.
Fig. 6—7. Pseudococcus hispidus Morrison, adult female. 6, dorsal setae (X 460); 7,
ventral setae (X 460)
150 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 6, 1965
Wax pores and ostioles are wanting, as far as I could observe, but this applies
also to the genera Xenococcus and Eumyrmococcus of SILVESTRI. It seems, however,
that RoEPKE's larva also belongs to the Pseudococcidae. The rostrum or labium
(fig. 4) shows a setal pattern resembling that of the Pseudococcid genus Rhizoecus
Künckel, 1878; compare fig. 16 in WILLIAMS (1962).
The tapering tarsus (fig. 3) with large claw (about half as long as the tarsus),
and a sensorium at its base, also resembles that of Rhizoecus Künckel; cf., e.g.,
fig. 28 in HAMBLETON (1946). The ungual digitules are wanting or extremely
small as in Eumyrmococcus (SILVESTRI, 1926, fig. II 5). The two-segmented an-
tenna in the present larva is very short (fig. 5), as in Eumyrmococcus (SILVESTRI,
1926, fig. II 3). The anal ring seems to be very narrow, but this remains un-
certain as in the available slide its position is vertical. The number or anal hairs
could not be fixed (8 ?), as some other large setae are placed at the apex of the
abdomen.
It seems to me that the present larva shows more resemblance to Eumyrmococcus
than to Xenococcus (two-segmented short antennae, no circuli, no longer setae on
ventral side of the abdomen). A definite identification of the available larva will
only be possible when the adult females, probably living on roots in ants’ nests,
are collected. SILVESTRI (1926) has only described the adult females of Eumyrmo-
coccus, but not the larvae.
The ant, which transports coccıd larvae in Sumatra during nuptial flight, was
provisionally identified as a species of Cladomyrma Wheeler, 1920. BUNZLI (1935 :
458) supposes that it may be a species of Rhizomyrma Forel, 1893; this sub-
genus of Acropyga Roger, 1863, has been reported from China (Macao, Shanghai),
Formosa, New Guinea, and Sumatra. ROEPKE's ant from Sumatra was recently
identified by G. E. J. Nixon, Commonwealth Institute of Entomology, London,
as Acropyga (Atopodon) sp. FOREL (1913, 1915) reported A. (A.) inezae, am-
blyops, and butteli from Sumatra, and A. (A.) termitobia, from Malacca.
The structure of Xenococcus, Eumyrmococcus, and of the larva from Sumatra,
is quite different from that of Hippeococcus (mentioned above, chapter 1), though
they are all myrmecophilous Pseudococcidae. Hippeococcus feeds on green parts of
plants and trees above the level of the soil, and only turns to subterranean life
habits after the female has reached the adult stage. Xenococcus and Eumyrmococcus
feed on roots, and remain permanently below the level of the soil, except when
they are transported by flying ants in whose nests they live. Hzppeococcus has two
pairs of ostioles and trilocular wax-pores (though very few), typical features of
the Pseudococcidae, absent in the above-mentioned species which have a more
reduced structure. In Hippeococcus the ungual digitules are shaped like sucking-
cups which enable them to climb upon the attending ants. In the species described
above the ungual digitules are very short setae which are sometimes vestigial, as in
Eumyrmococcus, or apparently wholly absent, as in ROEPKE's larva.
3. PSEUDOCOCCUS HISPIDUS MORRISON, 1921, IN AN APHID GALL
In 1951 I received from Mr. D. Hire Ris LAMBERS a Pseudococcus sp., found
in and on an aphid gall, caused by Astegopteryx styracophila Karsch, 1890, on
A. REYNE: Indonesian Scale Insects 151
Styrax benzoin. The gall has been described by DOCTERS VAN LEEUWEN (1926).
The gall from which the Psewdococcus was taken had been collected by Dr. A.
DIAKONOFF in the Botanical Garden, Bogor, West Java, 10.VIII.1950.
The slide sent contained six adult females, and one larva of the first stage. The
species can be described as follows:
Adult female. Body from 1.8 x 1.3 to 2.5 X 2.0 mm. Ovoviviparous; old
females contain fully developed embryos with spirally coiled mouth setae. In one
of the specimens an embryo with coiled mouth setae is just emerging from the
vulva. |
Antennae 8-segmented, length about 370 u (fig. 9). Legs short and stout (fig.
8); length ca. 0.5 mm. In: the hind legs the tibia is about 130 u, and the tarsus
80 u; the femur is 170 x 80 u. The posterior coxae show a number of minute
translucent pores; a few of similar pores are usually also present on the tibia
(fig. 8). The digitules slightly longer than the claw and knobbed (fig. 8). The
legs are provided with small setae (fig. 8); their number is usually as follows: coxa
9, trochanter 5, femur 12—-14, tibia 8—10, and tarsus 6—8.
Labium (rostrum) pointed, triangular: length 120—130 u, base 100 u (fig.
10). The rostral loop reaches the line of the posterior coxae, when the mouth setae
are withdrawn. The anal lobes are well sclerotized, apical seta 90—100 y. The
anal ring is of the common Pseudococcid type, with 2 rows of pores (fig. 11);
length of the 6 anal setae 90—100 u.
Dorsal side. Two pairs of ostioles which are almost round, and provided with
sclerotized lips (fig. 12). There are 18 pairs of cerarii, each with 3—5 spines;
cerarii with 2 or 6 spines are rare. The total number of cerarian spines on each
side of the body is about 70 (average of 6 counts 67, variation 63—76). In the
cerarii the spines are often of different size (fig. 13); further one spine may be
separated from the other spines which are set closely together. In many cerarii 1—2
accessory setae are observed, in the 2 posterior cerarii 3—4 may be present. Some-
times 1—2 spines are so slender that it remains uncertain whether they should be
interpreted as cerarian spines or as accessory setae. The posterior cerarius is set on
a distinct sclerotized plate. Sometimes the bases of the 2 following cerarii are also
sclerotized, but only slightly. Trilocular pores are the only type of wax-pores which
are present on the dorsal side; there is a slight concentration of these pores in the
cerarii (cf. fig. 13). |
Abdomen and thorax are provided with a rather large number of stout setae
(50—70 u), next to short and slender setae (20 u); see fig. 6. These stout setae
are more or less regularly arranged in transverse rows on the abdomen; the largest
setae are usually observed in the mediodorsal region. Stout setae may even occur
on the lips of the posterior ostioles, though much reduced in size (fig. 12).
Ventral side. The setae are much shorter than the stout setae on the dorsal side,
usually 20 u, at most 30 u (fig. 7). A medioventral circulus is present on the
second and third abdominal segments and divided by the intersegmental line (fig.
14). Only in one specimen the circulus was clearly visible; width about 150 u,
length (along the middle line of the body) 100 u. In the other specimens the
circulus could be traced only with difficulty, in these specimens the circulus being
folded along the intersegmental line, its weakly sclerotized rim hardly visible. In
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 6, 1965
152
A. REYNE: Indonesian Scale Insects 153
the larva the circulus was clearly visible. Trilocular pores are distributed over the
whole ventral side. Only very few, at most 5, multilocular pores were found, near
the vulva which is situated opposite the anal ring. Multilocular pores are usually
very scarce in ovoviviparous species. I failed to observe any tubular ducts on the
ventral as well as on the dorsal side.
First stage larva. Length of body 0.6 mm. Antennae 6-segmented, about
200 y. The posterior cerarius has only 2 spines, the 2 following cerarii are recog-
nizable, but the spines are as slender as the other dorsal setae. The apical seta of
the anal lobe as long as the anal setae. The stout dorsal setae, as found in the
adult female, are already recognizable though their size is still very small. The
circulus is clearly visible in my specimen; width and length about 50 u (fig. 15).
Our species from the Styrax gall resembles Pseudococcus hispidus Morrison,
1921, from Singapore, and Psewdococcus dorsospinosus Wirjati, 1958, collected in
the environment of Bogor. Similarity to Pseudococcus jacobsoni Green, 1930, from
Sumatra and Java, was also noticeable, but an association of these species with galls
has nowhere been mentioned. As I could not identify our species with the avail-
able literature with certainty, I sent it to Dr. D. J. WırLıams, Commonwealth
Institute of Entomology, London. He felt sure that is was Pseudococcus hispidus
Morrison which he had often received from Malaya, and that Pseudococcus dorso-
spinosus Wirjati may be the same species.
P. hispidus, as described by MORRISON (1921), has 7-segmented antennae,
while in P. dorsospinosus, P. jacobsoni, and my own specimens the antennae are
8-segmented. MORRISON had only two specimens at his disposal, a slide from E. E.
GREEN. From MORRISON's fig. 8 f it is evident that the antennal segments IV
and V are fused, as a partial division on segment IV is shown in his figure; the
dimensions of this segment IV, as reported in the text, corroborate our view.
Further MORRISON's description agrees with our specimens, but the number of
cerarian spines is larger is his specimens, viz., 80—97 on each side. In our
specimens the average number was 67 (varying from 63 to 76). BETREM (1937)
mentions an average of 70 for P. jacobsoni, and WIRJATI (1958), 71 for P.
dorsospinosus. As was stated above, it is sometimes difficult to distinguish between
a slender spine and an accessory seta, so that the number of spines in some cerarii
is difficult to ascertain.
The number of stout dorsal setae in the above-mentioned species seems to be
rather variable. GREEN (1930) states that the principal difference between his
P. jacobsoni and P. hispidus Morrison is that in P. jacobsoni only five pairs of stout
dorsal setae are present, viz., mediodorsally on the abdomen. BETREM (1937) does
not mention that stout dorsal setae are restricted to the abdomen in P. jacobsoni, but
considers the smaller number of cerarian spines and the 8-segmented antennae as the
Fig. 8—15. Pseudococcus hispidus Morrison, adult female. 8, hind leg (X 200) and claw
with digitules (X 460); 9, outline of antenna (X 200); 10, outline of labium (X 200);
11, left half of anal ring, with bases of anal setae (X 650); 12, posterior ostiole (X 460);
13, penultimate cerarius (X 460); of broken cerarian spines only bases figured; 14, circulus
(X 200); the broken line indicates the outline, when focusing more deeply; first stage Jarva;
15, circulus (X 200)
154 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 6, 1965
main difference with P. hispidus. WIRJATI (1958) figures the stout dorsal
setae in P. dorsospinosus in a mediodorsal position on the thorax as well as on the
abdomen (her fig. 4), and the number is much larger than five pairs, as mentioned
by GREEN (1930). The largest dorsal setae in P. dorsospinosus are indistinctly
two-jointed (WIRJATI, fig. 5). Like GREEN in P. jacobsoni, WIRJATI observed a
circulus in P. dorsospinosus (her fig. 4). As Miss WIRJATI informed me, this
circulus measures about 120 X 76 u. In GREEN’s figure of P. jacobsoni the
circulus is approximately 100 X 27 u; in our specimens of P. hispidus the
dimensions were 130—150 X 60—100 u. In MORRISON's description of P. hispi-
dus and in BETREM's description of P. jacobsoni no mention of a circulus is made.
The circulus in our specimens has a weakly sclerotized rim; being located across an
intersegmental line on which it can easily fold, it can often be distinguished only
with difficulty.
WIRJATI (1958) mentions as the principal difference between P. dorsospinosus
and P. hispidus the 8-segmented antennae, the 2-jointed dorsal setae, the absence
of pores on the posterior coxae and tibiae, and the sclerotization, restricted to the
anal lobe, and not present under the two following cerarii, as in P. hispidus. P.
dorsospinosus was collected in a virgin forest near Djasinga, W. Java, about 40 km
from Bogor, and in a secondary forest near the South coast of West Java. The
small size of this species (adult females from 1.1 X 0.8 to 1.8 X 1.4 mm) is
perhaps due to the locality where it was collected*).
MORRISON (1921) observed a few multilocular pores near the vulva in
P. hispidus; they were also present in our specimens. BETREM (1937) observed in
P. jacobsoni from Central Java a single row of these pores behind the genital fissure
and a few before it. GREEN (1930) and WIRJATI (1958) state that multilocular
pores are absent in P. jacobsoni and P. dorsospinosus. MORRISON, GREEN, BETREM,
and myself did not find tubular ducts in the examined specimens. WIRJATI reports,
however, tubular ducts, though very scarce and minute, in the anterior and marginal
area of P. dorsospinosus.
After comparing the descriptions of the above-mentioned authors with my own
specimens I have come to the conclusion that P. jacobsoni Green, 1930, from
Sumatra and Central Java is probably the same species as P. hispidus Morrison,
1921, from Malaya. This applies also to our own specimens; their occurrence in
Styrax-galls seems to be only accidental. I am not quite certain about P. dorsospino-
sus Wirjati, 1958, as tubular ducts and bipartite setae seem to be absent in P. his-
pidus and P. jacobsoni.
Male stages have not been observed in P. hispidus, jacobsoni, and dorsospinosus,
so that the reproduction may be parthenogenetic; in this case a wide range of
variation can be expected, as mutations are not obscured by cross-breeding. With
*) WIRJATI states that scale insects in dusky virgin forest are usually very rare. In 1920
I have found a Pseudococcus sp. in a wild cacao forest in Surinam, far into the interior of
primeval forest along the upper course of the Coppename River. From the cacao trees, which
grew in the dusk under tall trees of the virgin forest, 100 fruits were examined. Among
these fruits 29 showed scars of bees or wasps, while 5 were infested by a Pseudococcus sp.;
50 fruits were undamaged, and the rest were more or less malformed probably by other animals
than insects. The Pseudococcus sp. was certainly an indigenous insect, considering the col-
lecting locality.
A. REYNE: Indonesian Scale Insects 155
parthenogenesis it is difficult to delimit well-marked species, and it is desirable to
use a rather wide range when describing them.
In future P. hispidus Morrison has certainly to be removed from the genus
Pseudococcus Westwood, 1840, but our knowledge of allied species is still too
fragmentary, so that a more correct classification is not possible at present.
4. CEROPLASTES SUMATRENSIS Spec. nov.
Dr. EDWARD JACOBSON collected in Febr., 1914, a remarkable species of Cero-
plastes of which dry specimens are preserved in the Museum of Natural History at
Leiden, labelled Nr. 3673. The insect was collected at Buo, Sumatra, about 70 km
northeast of Padang, and is remarkable by four snow-white bands on the dorsal
side (fig. 16); it was found on the leaves of a dicotyledonous plant, probably a
shrub or tree.
Fig. 16. Ceroplastes sumatrensis sp.n. Adult female on leaf (X 3); photograph by
courtesy of the Leiden Museum
Habit. The waxy test shows a regular, elliptical base, with which it is attached
to the leaves, especially along the larger veins (fig. 16). Dimensions of the
larger specimens 7—8 X 5 mm, height 3—4 mm. After removal of the wax the
adult female measures about 4.5 3 mm. Colour brown-yellow. The white bands
arising from the stigmatic furrows almost reach the top of the dorsum which in
younger specimens shows a pit or nucleus, obsolete or absent in older specimens.
The white bands have a width of about 1 mm, and consist of parallel lines of pure
white wax. These white bands are also present in the stigmatic furrows on the
ventral side. White bands, as mentioned above, are visible in other Ceroplastes
species, especially in young specimens, but I never saw them so distinctly developed
as in C. sumatrensis. The wax of the dry specimens, collected 50 years ago, is very
156 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 6, 1965
hard and does not melt in boiling water; for C. ceriferus (Anderson, 1790) it is
reported that the wax melts at 50— 60° C. It was difficult to remove the wax in our
specimens with a hot solution of 10% KOH. The solution took a brown or yellow
colour, probably caused by the insect and not by the wax which was detached in
white flocks.
Adult female. Four females were mounted. As is well-known, it is dif-
ficult to obtain suitable microscopic preparations of strongly sclerotized and very
convex insects like Ceroplastes and other Lecaniidae. Moreover, our specimens had
been preserved in a dry state during half a century. My preparations are defective,
but the principal characteristics can be examined, including the stigmatic spines
which in Ceroplastes are often an important feature for identification.
The specimens measured on the slide from 3.5 X 1.5 to 4.5 X 3.0 mm; length
of body, excluding the anal process, from 2.8 to 3.3 mm (fig. 17).
Antennae 6-segmented. Length 270—300 y, average of 6 antennae 285 u
(fig. 18).
Legs (fig. 19). Length 370—380 u, average of 6 legs 374 u; tarsus (without
claw) about 60u, tibia 100 u. The digitules are longer than the claw and distinctly
knobbed (fig. 20).
Anal process well developed; length 1.2 mm, width at base 0.50—0.65
mm (fig. 17). In one specimen, with the anal process almost detached from the
body, its length was 1.7 mm. In a species from Curacao, C. magnicauda Reyne,
1964, I saw that this process of the young adult female (already provided with
multilocular pores) grows considerably in length till full maturity is reached, so
that its length is variable according to the age of the adult female (REYNE, 1964,
fig. 53). FERRIS (1948, p. 347) reports the same with reference to C. rubens
Maskell, 1892.
Anal plates 140—150 y long (fig. 23). The setae in my specimens are
broken, but judging from their sockets the discal seta is the largest. The apical seta,
near which 1—2 minute setae are found, seems to be the second largest seta. In
two specimens a minute seta was also present on the outer margin of the anal
plate, opposite the discal seta.
Anal fringe with 2 groups of 4 minute setae (20 „). The anal ring and
its setae could not be examined in our specimens. The tips of 4 anal setae were
visible outside the anal fringe, but probably 6 are present.
Labium or rostrum one-segmented, with 4 pairs of setae. The rostral loop
probably reaches the line of the middle coxae, or slightly further, when the
protruded mouth setae are retracted.
Fig. 17—25. Ceroplastes sumatrensis n.sp., adult female. 17, insect on slide, ventral aspect,
diagrammatic (X 20). Antennae, mouthparts, bases of legs, and spiracles indicated. Area
with multilocular pores, as far as observable, is dotted. Along margin of body groups of
stigmatic spines are indicated, and on anal process 2 anal plates; 18, outline of antenna (X
200); 19, outline of fore leg (X 200); 20, claw with digitules (X 650); 21, posterior group
of stigmatic spines (X 200). Left, anterior half, right, posterior. The large spine, marked with
a cross, is opposite the posterior spiracle; 22, stigmatic spines of different dimensions (X
460); 23, anal plate (X 200); 24, anterior spiracle (X 200); 25, dorsal wax pores; left,
a dorsal seta (X 650)
+ CO
@
©
I -
+ > =
SED Si
ENT VVI 17
158 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 6, 1965
Stigmatic spines (figs. 17 and 21). Four groups of stigmatic spines
are present opposite the spiracles. Length of the groups about 0.8 mm, sometimes
1.0 mm, of the intervening space ca. 0.5 mm. The anterior group contains 50—60
spines, and the posterior group 60—70 in our best specimen. The largest spines
(30—40 u) are opposite the spiracles, but they are mixed with smaller spines of
which the smallest are only 15—20 u long (fig. 22). The spines are largely
arranged in a single row which is doubled in an irregular way in the middle of
the group (fig. 21). A particularly large spine (50—60 4) is usually present op-
posite the spiracles. Besides stigmatic spines some ordinary setae (30—35 u) are
present along the margin of the body, but only about a dozen on each side (3 are
shown in fig. 21). On the anal lobes 3—5 larger setae (60—70 u) are present;
in fig. 17 they are indicated at the base of the anal process.
Dorsal side. Provided with many triangular wax pores with a thick
sclerotized rim and 3 loculi; sometimes these pores have an elliptical outline and
2 loculi (fig. 25). Further minute cylindrical setae (fig. 25) are present which
are less numerous than the trilocular pores. Sclerotized areas, excepting the anal
process, were not observed in the 4 prepared specimens.
Ventral side. The spiracles are large (fig. 24); diameter of peritreme
70—80 u. Three kinds of wax pores are present on the ventral side. Quin.
quelocular pores (3—4 u) are present in the stigmatic furrows; along the body.
margin they occupy a stretch of about 120—130 u. Multilocular pores were
observed near the base of the anal process, behind a pair of longer setae (60—80
u); see fig. 17. In most Lecaniidae one or more pairs of longer setae are found
medioventrally on the abdomen, in front of the genital opening. These setae help
to find the area with multilocular pores which is often difficult to discover in Cero-
plastes species. The pores are usually obscured by the strong sclerotization of the
anal region. The multilocular pores are crowded in a small area, the distance of
the pores being about 1—2 times their diameter which is 5—7 u. Minute uni-
locular wax pores are probably distributed over the whole ventral side; their dia-
meter is about 2 u, and their opening not larger than 1 u. Besides the 2 long
setae mentioned above, 1—2 similar setae are present inside the antennae. Further
minute setae like the dorsal ones, but pointed, are sporadically distributed over the
whole venter.
Discussion. Ceroplastes is a large genus of which about 120—130 species
and a number of varieties have been described. About 10 species are known from
Indonesia. Less than 20 species are reported from tropical Asia, but almost 40
from Brasil alone. Tropical America, and in a lesser degree Africa, are the main
areas of distribution. Ceroplastes species are difficult to identify. The specific dif-
ferences are often vague; a critical revision of this large genus is not available.
C. sumatrensis shows some resemblance to C. ceriferus (Anderson, 1790),
originally described from India, but at present known from most tropical countries,
including Indonesia. It differs from C. sumatrensis in its waxy test, and stigmatic
spines (compare the figures of the stigmatic spines of C. ceriferus in MORRISON
(1920), KUWANA (1923), and BORCHSENIUS (1957) with our fig. 21). Legs
and antennae are shorter in C. ceriferus. Hind legs, 290— 315 u (KUWANA, and
A. REYNE: Indonesian Scale Insects 159
BORCHSENIUS, loc. cit.), in C. swmatrensis 370—380 u. Antennae (excluding
basal segment) 173—178 u, as against 240 u in C. sumatrensis.
Type slides of C. sumatrensis in the Zoological Museum, Amsterdam, dry
specimens in the Museum of Natural History, Leiden.
5. HEMASPIDOPROCTUS CINEREUS (GREEN, 1922)
In 1957 I received from Prof. Dr. P. BUCHNER two adult females, collected in
June, 1957, by Mr. A. M. R. WEGNER, at the time, Director of the Zoological
Museum at Bogor, in the botanical garden at Tjibodas. This garden, about 1450 m
above sea-level, on the slope of Mt. Gedeh, is a branch of the Botanic Garden of
Bogor, West Java, 27 km southeast of Bogor (formerly Buitenzorg). The insects
were found under dry bark of a tree, Altingia excelsa Noronha, fam. Hamameli-
daceae, about 1 m above the surface of the soil.
As the specimens from Tjibodas showed several minor differences from H. cine-
reus of Ceylon and South India, as described and figured in detail by MORRISON
(1928, pp. 148—151), I thought that they represented a new species, closely allied
to H. cinereus. However, after examining slides with specimens from Ceylon, South
India, and Sumatra, I came to the conclusion that H. cinereus is a very variable
species, as is already shown by GREEN's description (1922, pp. 450—453); and
that it is not advisable to propose a new specific name for the specimens from
Tjibodas. The adult female and first stage larva from this material are described
below.
Adult female (2 ad.)
Habit. The two specimens in alcohol have a thin coating of wax on the
dorsal side with two parallel rows of tubercles along the margin. Seen from above
the shape is ovoid with the largest width in the line of the hind coxae. In lateral
view the shape is almost hemispherical. Dimensions of the two specimens about
10 x 10 and 8 X 6 mm; on the slide, after compression about 11 X 11 and
9.5 X 8 mm. The flat ventral side in the unprepared specimens showed two black
areas, one around the rostrum, and a larger one behind the posterior legs which
formed a cover or operculum above the sunken genital area with its eggs. This
cover had a cordiform shape, and seemed to be hinged between the hind legs;
dimensions of the black cover about 3 x 3 mm (fig. 29).
Antennae 11-segmented; length 1.7—1.9 mm (fig. 26). In the two
examined specimens the membranous parts between the antennal segments occupy a
rather large space; the total length of the brown sclerotized segments is 1.4—1.6
mm, or slightly more. The number of setae on different segments is as follows: I
(basal segment) 6—8, II 15—16, II—X 12—15, XI 20—30. On segment XI
3—5 sensory setae could be recognized, on segments III—X sometimes one per
segment, but they are usually difficult to distinguish from ordinary setae. The
sensory setae are somewhat thicker in their basal part, and their top is not provided
with a hair-like point (fig. 26).
Legs with spine-like setae on the inner side of the tibia (fig. 27). Hind legs
2.8—3.0 mm; femur about 0.8, tibia 0.9—1.0, tarsus 0.5—0.6, claw 0.18—0.19
160 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 6, 1965
mm. The trochanter has 3—4 sensoria on both sides. The longest seta of the
trochanter is about 0.40 mm; the two long setae at the base of the femur, inserted
below that of the trochanter, are at most half as long (0.13—0.17 mm). Ungual
digitules shorter than the claw (fig. 27).
Labium (rostrum) one-segmented, with about 30 setae, all sharply pointed.
The rostral loop reaches about the line of the hind coxae. Eyes well-developed,
conical (fig. 28); diameter of base ca. 130 y.
Dorsal surface densely covered with spines (fig. 30) which are about
60 u, and very few setae (ca. 150 u). Along the sides of the body these spines
are more or less arranged in groups, in which the spines point to a common centre.
The double row of wax tubercles, observed in the unprepared specimens, is
probably produced by these spine groups. The anal opening is surrounded by about
50 long setae (300—400 y), and a broad ring of crowded wax pores. Diameter
of these pores about 10 u, mutual distance 1—2 X diameter, sometimes less.
Most of these wax pores have a central triangle or ellips, surrounded by 10—12
loculi. The anal tube has at its inner end a double ring of polygonal cells (fig. 31);
width of anal tube between these cells about 170 y. Outside the anal area the wax
pores usually show a central triangle with 3 loculi, surrounded by 10—12,
sometimes 16 other loculi. In some pores the central figure has the shape of a
cross with 4 loculi; this figure has seldom the form of a pentagon or a hexagon.
Ventral surface with spines and a few setae along the margin, similar to
those on the dorsum (fig. 30). The medioventral region is provided with setae
(130—150 x long), but between the middle and hind legs spines prevail. Around
the rostrum crowded setae and numerous wax pores are situated. Between these
setae some black matter was still present, as visible in unprepared specimens. The
area around the genital opening shows again crowded setae and wax pores. These
pores have a triangular, cross-shaped, or pentagonal centre, surrounded by small
loculi. The crowded pores around the rostrum are quadrilocular and heavily
sclerotized, which applies also to the ovisac band. The ovisac band with its crowded
wax pores, and few setae, is distinctly developed (fig. 32). Width of this band
about 300—350 u; distance of wax pores 1—2 X their diameter (ca. 10 u),
sometimes less. The ovisac band forms a black waxy operculum (fig. 29) over the
genital area; the central part of the operculum is possibly produced by the crowded
wax pores around the genital opening. MORRISON (1928) calls this structure of a
Fig. 26—35. Hemaspidoproctus cinereus (Green), adult females. 26, outline of antenna
(X 45); separate figs.: a. common seta (left) and a sensory seta from the apical segment
(X 640); 27, hind leg (X 45); separate figs: spine from interior side of tibia (X 640) and
claw with digitulus (X 200); 28, eye (X 200); 29, operculum on genital area (X 10);
cf. fig. 32; 30, two spines from margin of body (X 640); 31, polygonal cells at inner end of
anal tube (X 640); 32, ovisac band with crowded quadrilocular pores (X 18); inner margin
sharply defined, but outer margin (indicated by a broken line) is not; sunken genital area
within ovisac band, in which the eggs are deposited, covered by an operculum (fig. 29 and
35); 33, median circulus and 3 lateral circuli (X 45); the broken line indicates the middle
line of the venter; 34, thoracic and abdominal spiracle (X 90); the broken line indicates
the sunken area with wax pores in which the thoracic spiracle is situated; 35, wax pores
(X. 1000). A quadrilocular pore from the ovisac band (upper fig.), and two ventral pores
from the thorax
A. REYNE: Indonesian Scale Insects 161
162 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 6, 1965
sunken genital area, covered by a waxy operculum, half-marsupium. The area en-
closeu by the ovisac band is about 2.5 mm long and wide, so that the band runs at
a considerable distance from the margin of the abdomen, and not along it, as in
some other Monophlebinae. The operculum is about 3 mm long and wide, and
consists of intertwined strands of parallel wax filaments, cemented by some dark
substance. After removal of the operculum of the largest specimen more than
150 eggs were found in the sunken genital area.
Behind (or in) the ovisac band 5—7 well defined circuli are present, with a
small sclerotized area in their centre (fig. 33). Diameter of the median circulus
about 230 y, of the lateral circuli 150, 100, and 50 u, respectively. The smallest
circulus of 50 y is wanting in one of the two available females. Small reticulated
areas (‘organes grillagés” of VAYSSIERE, 1926) are numerous on the abdomen
and thorax; they indicate muscle insertions (cf. REYNE, 1957, figs. 40—41) and
cannot be confounded with the circuli in the present species.
Thoracic spiracles large, with a bar (fig. 34); width of peritreme 300—400 u,
of opening about half as much. The posterior spiracle is larger than the anterior
one. No wax pores are found within the atrium of the spiracles, though these
pores are crowded around the peritreme; the spiracle and surrounding pores are
placed in a sunken area of the cuticle (fig. 34). Of the abdominal spiracles only |
few could be observed in the adult females; diameter about 30 u, no pores within
the atrium (fig. 34). As 7 pairs of abdominal spiracles are present in the first
stage larva, the majority of them are apparently hidden in the adult females by the
spines and folds of the mounted specimen. As mentioned above, the wax pores
around the rostrum and those of the ovisac band are quadrilocular and heavily
sclerotized (fig. 35). The dark coloured wax around the rostrum and in the
genital area is apparently produced by these pores. The ventral wax pores outside
the rostral and genital area have a triangular, elliptical or cross-shaped figure in
the centre, surrounded by 10—12 small loculi (fig. 35).
First stage larva (larva I)
Several eggs, collected from the half-marsupium, contained full-grown embryos,
ready to emerge. The following description is based on these embryos.
Dimensions on slide from 1.6 X 0.9 to 1.7 X 1.0 mm.
Antennae 5-segmented (fig. 36), with swollen apical segment; length of
antenna about 0.50 mm. On the apical segment 4 sensory setae are present, but it is
rather difficult to distinguish them from the other setae which is also the case in
the adult female. Number of setae on different segments: I (basal segment)
3—4 ?, II 6—7, III 6-8, IV 8, V 13—15 and 4 sensory setae.
Legs about 0.90 mm long, but only the tarsus (fig. 37) is well-stretched, the
other parts show a wrinkled outline. Tarsus (without claw) 250—280 y, claw
60—65 u. The claw-digitules are acutely pointed and reach the top of the claw;
sometimes they are slightly longer and bluntly pointed. The inner side of the claw
has a faint bend near the tip which forms a blunt denticle, but it is scarcely visible.
Trochanter with 2 sensoria on both sides. Setae on inner side of tibia and tarsus
spine-like as in the adult female (fig. 37). Labium (rostrum) one-segmented
with about 20 setae, among which the apical ones (so-called sensory setae) are
A. REYNE: Indonesian Scale Insects 163
also sharply pointed. Length of labium and width at base about 200 u. Eyes
(fig. 38) already brown and sclerotized like the coiled mouth setae; diameter at
base about 70 u.
Dorsal surface. Several longer setae along the margin of the body;
length 120—200 u, on the head sometimes 300 u. The 2 apical setae of the ab-
domen are always longer (500—550 u) and stouter than the marginal setae. The
general impression is that the apical setae of the abdomen are about twice as long
as the marginal ones. In Walkeriana floriger (Walker, 1858) and W. tosariensis
Reyne, 1957, long marginal setae are inserted opposite the marginal bilocular
tubular pores (described below) which is not the case in the present species.
The abdomen along the middle line shows 2 series of setae (70—170 u long)
with 6—10 setae per segment. The 2 mediodorsal series of setae are flanked on
both sides by a band of spines. These spines (fig. 39) are about 35 u long, and
are arranged in groups in which the spines are more or less pointing to a common
centre. Six or seven of such groups, each with 20—40 spines, were found between
metathorax and anal opening. The spine groups are not surrounded by a ring of
wax pores as in Walkeriana floriger and W. tosariensis. Outside this spine band
another series of setae is present with only 5—6 setae per segment. Outside this
series, along the margin of the body, a second band of spines is present in which
the spine-groups are less distinctly defined than in the mediodorsal spine bands.
In conclusion it may be stated that the abdomen of the dorsal side is provided
with 4 longitudinal series of spines, separated by 4 series of setae, of which 2 are
located along the middle line. Thorax and head are mainly occupied by spines
among which few setae are present. These spines are not arranged in groups as on
the abdomen, but on the thorax in transversal bands; on the metathorax sometimes
5 or 6 indistinct spine groups could be recognized.
The anal opening is surrounded by a cluster of 20—30 setae, 160—200 u long,
and a ring of 15—20 wax pores. In the anal tube a double row of elongate cells
(fig. 40) is clearly visible at the inner end; width of tube between these cells
40—45 u. About halfway the tube 10—12 multilocular disc-pores are observed;
these pores touch each other and are arranged in a single row. I failed to find the
8 short, bluntly pointed setae at the outer end of the anal tube, according to Mor-
RISON (1928, fig. 74), present in the first stage larva of Hemaspidoproctus and
other Monophlebini. As more than 20 embryos were examined, some showing the
anal opening in a favourable position, it seems that these special setae are absent in
the material at hand. The dorsal surface is scantily provided with wax pores which
usually show a triangle in the centre, surrounded by 6—12 small loculi; the pores
around the anal opening have an ellips in the centre. Remarkable are the large
bilocular tubular pores (fig. 41) along the margin of the body (cf. Morrison,
1928, figs. 71, 74, and 77, REYNE, 1957, fig. 4). About 40 of these pores were
observed along each side of the body, usually in groups of 2—3 pores, but on
the head, between the antennae, groups of 4—5 pores were present. These
bilocular pores are wanting in the adult female.
Ventral surface. Spiracles of the thorax with a bar (fig. 42); no
disc-pores within the atrium, but 4—5 near the peritreme; width of peritreme
ca. 60 u. The abdominal spiracles (along the dorsal margin of the abdomen) very
164 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 6, 1965
A. REYNE: Indonesian Scale Insects 165
small, at most 5 „; opening of spiracle and diameter of trachea about 2 u (fig. 42).
In one specimen 7 abdominal spiracles on one side of the abdomen, so that probably
7 pairs are present. À medioventral circulus, about 80 u in diameter, near the end
of the abdomen; sometimes a small sclerotized centre visible. Only few setae
(70—80 u) and wax pores are present on the ventral side. The wax pores have
a triangle or ellips in the centre, surrounded by small loculi; cross-shaped central
figures are rare.
A peculiar structure in some embryos is a serrated, sclerotized ridge between
antennae and rostrum (fig. 43) which apparently serves to rupture the embryonic
membranes when the larva emerges. As far as I could see this serrated ridge is not
a part of the larval cuticle, but of one of the embryonic envelopes which are shed
during emergence.
Discussion
The present specimens are assigned to the genus Hemaspidoproctus Morrison,
1927, on account of their half-marsupium, the 5—7 well-defined circuli, and the
absence of disc pores within the atrium of the thoracic and abdominal spiracles (cf.
MORRISON, 1928; key on p. 123, description and figs. of type-species on pp.
148—151).
It seems that at present only one species of Hemaspidoproctus is known. GREEN
(1922) described next to H. cinereus a second species, H. euphorbtae, but doubts
whether it is valid as it differs from H. cinereus only in colour and dimensions.
The dimensions of mature specimens of the female H. cinereus are very variable;
the smallest specimens are about half as large as the largest. GREEN (1922) also
mentions a variety of H. cinereus with closely set spines, setae and wax pores,
which may be distinct from H. cinereus.
By courtesy of the Commonwealth Institute of Entomology in London I examined
slides with H. cinereus of Coimbatore (South India), Kandy and Delft (Ceylon),
and of Fort de Kock (Sumatra). Only one slide, with specimens from Sumatra,
contained larvae, viz., one larva of the first and four larvae of the second stage.
Fig. 36—43. Hemaspidoproctus cinereus (Green), first stage larva. 36, outline of antenna
(X 90); 37, tarsus of hind leg (X 200); separate fig.: spine from inner side (X 640); 38,
eye (X 200); 39, dorsal spine from abdomen (X 640); 40, polygonal cells at inner end of
anal tube (X 800); 41, marginal bilocular tubular pore, seen from above (left fig.) and
from the side (X 465); 42, thoracic spiracle (X 300); on the right, abdominal spiracle
(X 640); 43, serrated chitinous ridge in a full-grown embryo, between antennae and rostrum
(X 300).
Fig. 44—52. Buchnericoccus javanus gen. nov., spec. nov. Adult female. 44, outline of
antenna (X 40); left, a 10-segmented antenna, and right, a 8-segmented one; 45, outline of
hind leg (X 20); separate fig.: spine from inner side of tibia (X 300); 46, claw of hind
leg (X 200); 47, dorsal spines from margin of abdomen (X 640); 48, bases of different
setae (X 640); upper fig.: base of a large seta from anal area. Lower fig.: base of a normal
dorsal seta; 49, the 3 circuli (X 65); only inner edge of rim is well-defined and drawn
with a full line; 50, anterior spiracle with wax pores within atrium (X 90); separate fig.:
abdominal spiracle (X 90); 51, anal tube (X 65), with anal opening (a), and ring of
polygonal cells (p.); separate fig.: outer side of polygonal cells (X 430); 52, wax pores
(X 1500); left, a pore from dorsum of thorax, right, one from midventer
166 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 6, 1965
The specimens from Sumatra have been collected in May, 1930, by Dr. E. JACOB-
SON, from twigs of Saraca declinata (fam. Leguminosae) at Fort de Kock, 900 m
above sea-level; the insects were identified by GREEN (1930, p. 296).
After comparing the specimens from West Java with those on the above-
mentioned slides I found that the antennae and hind legs are about 1.5 times as
long as in the specimens of Ceylon and Sumatra. The antennae of the specimens
from Java are distinctly 11-segmented, but in the specimen from South India a
partial division of the 10th segment is visible, as was also shown by MORRISON
(1928, fig. 73 L). The specimen from Kandy (Ceylon) has 9-segmented antennae
with a partial division of the 6th segment, these antennae are only 1.0—1.1 mm
long (as against 1.7—1.9 mm in the specimens from West Java). According to
figures of GREEN (1922) and MORRISON (1928) the antennae of the specimens
from Ceylon and South India are about 1.2 mm. In the specimens from Sumatra
certainly 10 antennal segments are present, but a part of the top is missing; there
is no indication of a partial division of the 6th segment.
The setae on the legs are also variable. In the Javanese and Sumatran specimens
the inner side of the tibia shows spines, but in the specimen from South India
these setae have a long, hair-like point, less pronounced in the specimens from
Ceylon. The setae of the femur also show differences. Sometimes a very long seta
is present near the base of the femur, similar to that on the trochanter. In other
specimens this long seta on the femur is replaced by 2 smaller ones, at most half
as long. Of the first stage larva only one specimen was available for comparison
with those of West Java, viz., larva I from Sumatra. Its length was 1.4 mm (as
against 1.6—1.7 in the specimens from Java which were still enveloped by em-
bryonic membranes). According to GREEN (1922) the average length of young
larvae is 1.12 mm. Spines and setae are very scarce in larva I from Sumatra, when
compared with those of West Java. Only 36 marginal bilocular pores are present,
as against about 80 in the Javanese specimens. GREEN's figures (1922, plate 189,
figs. 5 and 6) show about 60—70 glassy filaments, produced by bilocular pores,
in specimens from Ceylon. The only important difference observed in the Sumatran
larva is that the 8 short, bluntly pointed setae at the outer end of the anal tube
are well developed, while they seem to be absent in the larvae from West Java.
The larva from Sumatra seems to be poorly developed. This is probably due to the
fact that petioles and leaves of small twigs, on which these larvae have settled, die
before the larvae reach the adult stage, as was observed by the collector (cf.
GREEN, 1930).
On the whole H. cinereus seems to be a very variable species, as is already shown
by GREEN’s description (1922, pp. 450—453). The mature female varies in
length from 7 to 14 mm. The antennae are 9—11-segmented, varying in length
from 1.0 to 1.9 mm. The number of circuli is sometimes 3, sometimes 7, but
usually 5. The diameter of the circuli varies considerably. This is also the case
with the single circulus of larva I (Sumatra 33 u, Java 80 u, India and Ceylon,
according to a figure of MORRISON, about 10 u). In the first stage larva the
number of bilocular pores seems to vary from about 40 to 80.
Male stages of the genus Hemaspidoproctus are not known.
A. REYNE: Indonesian Scale Insects 167
6. BUCHNERICOCCUS JAVANUS gen. nov., spec. nov.
In 1955, during his residence in Java, Prof. Dr. P. BucHNER collected an
unknown Monophlebine coccid in the botanic garden at Tjibodas (see Chapter 5).
The insects were found on the bark of an unidentified tree, near and largely under
the soil level, and accompanied by ants. BUCHNER got the impression that the
mature females deposit their eggs in the soil, and that the larvae feed on roots or
base of the stem. Adult females and their 3 larval stages are available; male stages
are wanting.
Buchnericoccus gen. nov.
Adult females, and their three larval stages, with disc-pores within the atrium
of the thoracic spiracles, but without such pores in the abdominal spiracles. An-
tennae 8—10-segmented. Setae on the inner side of tibia and tarsus spine-like.
Labium (rostrum) one-segmented, about as long as wide. Dorsum densely covered
with short, bottle-shaped spines which are arranged in more or less definite groups.
Three circuli in the adult female, and its larvae of the second and third stage. No
ovisac band in the adult female.
First stage larva with 5-segmented antennae and one circulus. Marginal bilo-
cular tubular pores wanting, also in the following stages. Dorsal spines of the
same shape as in the adult female. Anal tube with a double row of polygonal cells
at the inner end, and a single row of multilocular pores about half-way the tube.
Type-species, B. javanus sp.n.
The genus is named after Professor Dr. P. BUCHNER who collected the
specimens, and to whom we are indebted for several important studies on the
mycetome of scale insects.
Buchnericoccus javanus spec. nov.
Adult female
Habit. The dorsum shows longitudinal rows of wax processes on the ab-
domen and the posterior part of the thorax; on the head and the anterior part of
the thorax the arrangement of these processes is irregular. In the available alcohol
material the distribution of the wax processes is most distinct in the smaller larvae.
Fig. 57 shows the distribution of wax on the dorsum of a second stage larva, but
the irregularly distributed processes on the anterior part of the body have been
omitted. Around the body margin 24—25 flat wax processes are present, but on the
frontal part they were probably broken off. On the dorsum 3 longitudinal rows of
transversal wax plates are conspicuous; these rows are separated by a longitudinal
row of small wax tubercles (fig. 57). Sometimes a similar row seems to be present
inside the marginal wax processes, as indicated by white spots, but in other
specimens I failed to observe this row.
Antennae 8—10-segmented, length 1.40—1.60 mm (fig. 44). The number
of setae on the different segments of the 10-segmented antenna as follows: I (basal
segment) and II about 20, III 15, IV—VI 10—12, VII—IX 13—15, X ca. 30.
168 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 6, 1965
On the terminal segment some setae are as long as the segment itself (380 u); on
some other segments setae of 250 u were observed. Sensory setae are difficult to
recognize in the available specimens, but are conspicuous in the third stage larva
which is described below.
Legs. Length of the hind legs (fig. 45) about 3.6—3.8 mm; femur 1.10, tibia
1.15, tarsus (without claw) 0.65, and claw 0.23 mm. The trochanter has 3 sen-
soria on both sides. The legs are provided with numerous setae. From 170—190
were counted on the hind legs of 2 specimens: coxa 40, trochanter 15—20, femur
60—70, tibia 40, tarsus 15—20. The setae on the inner side of the tibia and tarsus
are spine-like (fig. 45). Claw digitules tapering to a fine point, and shorter than
the claw (fig. 46).
Labium (rostrum) one-segmented, about as long as wide (0.60 mm); with
about 30 longer setae, and 10 shorter ones at the tip, some of which are bluntly
pointed (so-called sensory setae). Near the longitudinal slit of the labium, closer
to base than tip, an initial transverse sclerotization is present (also in the larvae)
which seems to indicate that the labium has a tendency to become bipartite. No
special importance has been attached to this indistinct character. The rostral loop
reaches halfway the abdomen, and is about 5 mm.
Eyes large, sclerotized; base 170 u, height 100 u.
Dorsal surface densely covered with short, bottle-shaped spines (fig.
47); length 40—50 y. The spines are arranged in rather definite groups, especially
on the abdomen. Between these spine-groups setae of different length are inserted;
the longer setae (200—300 y) usually have a collared base which is wanting in
the shorter setae (50—150 u); see fig. 48.
In comparison with the densely crowded spines wax pores are scanty on the
dorsum, also in comparison with the ventral pores. I suppose that the dorsal spines
secrete wax so that wax pores are not needed on the dorsal surface, but could not
study this point more closely. Professor BUCHNER has kindly examined for me his
transverse sections. Some dorsal spines were connected with 1—2 glandular cells,
but in other spines no connection with glandular tissue was found. Separate glandular
cells, not connected with the dorsal spines, were also present. The wax pores are
scattered among the setae between the spine groups; only very few are observed
among the spines themselves. Most dorsal pores have a square figure with 4 loculi
in their centre which is surrounded by about 12 additional loculi (fig. 52). The
pores of the anal region usually have a triangular, round, or elliptical figure in
their centre. Pores with a pentagonal or hexagonal figure in the centre are rare.
The anal opening is surrounded by long setae (400 u) and by wax pores, more
crowded than elsewhere on the abdomen. The anal tube is about as long as wide
(0.22 mm), and has one row of polygonal cells at the inner end. The outside of
these cells is shown in fig. 51. The inner side of the polygonal cells probably shows
a reticulation as observed in the third stage larvae (cf. fig. 59), but in my
preparations not distinct. Sometimes the ring of polygonal cells seems to be slightly
thicker on the ventral than on the dorsal side.
Ventral surface with crowded setae and wax pores, but an ovisac band
is lacking. Average diameter of the pores about 10 u (variation 8—12 u); inter-
vening space of pores 10—50 u, usually 30—50 u. Length of ventral setae
A. REYNE: Indonesian Scale Insects 169
100—150 u, intervening space 30—80 u. Very few collared setae are present, prin-
cipally along the margin of the body; the majority of the setae have no collared base
(cf. fig. 48). The wax pores on the head and thorax usually have a triangular or
square figure in the centre, with 3—4 loculi; this figure is surrounded by 8—12
additional loculi (cf. fig. 52). A hexagonal figure in the centre with 6 loculi is
occasionally present. The pores on the abdomen show a different structure. In the
median region stellate pores with 6 (sometimes 7) radii prevail (fig. 52). Outside
the median region the wax pores show a large circular figure in the centre, sur-
rounded by 8—10 loculi.
Behind the genital opening (a transversal fissure) 3 well-defined circuli are
present (fig. 49). Diameter of the middle circulus about 275 u, of the lateral ones
130 u.
The thoracic spiracles are large, and have 20—25 wax pores within their atrium
(fig. 50); diameter of peritreme about 350 y. In one of the adult females 7 ab-
dominal spiracles were observed on one side of the abdomen, and 6 on the other
side. Apparently 7 pairs are present, as was also observed in a second stage larva.
The abdominal spiracles are located on the dorsal margin of the abdomen, between
the spine groups. Diameter of these spiracles 30—45 y; average of 10 spiracles 38
u. No wax pores are present within the abdominal spiracles (fig. 50).
First stage larva (larva I)
Available two specimens; dimensions on slide 1.6—1.7 X 1.0 mm.
Antennae 5-segmented, 0.45—0.50 mm long (fig. 54). With rather long
setae, some as long as the apical segment. Number of setae on different segments:
I (basal segment) 8, II 8, III 8—9, IV 5, V about 25, among which 3—4 sensory
setae can be recognized.
Hind legs about 0.9 mm long; femur 250, tibia 270, tarsus 200, and claw
70 u. Claw digitules about as long as the claw, acutely pointed. The legs are
provided with about 100 slender spine-like setae; coxa 12, trochanter 8, femur 30,
tibia 30, and tarsus 20 setae. On the trochanter 2 sensoria on both sides, which
applies also to the second and third stage larvae. At the base of the tarsus another
sensorium, also present in the other stages of the female.
Labium one-segmented, about as long as wide (200—220 u). With 24
longer setae, and 8 shorter ones at the tip, of which 4 are bluntly pointed (so-
called sensory setae). Rostral loop very long, 2.0—2.3 mm, coiled (fig. 53). Eyes
sclerotized, base about 80 u.
Dorsal surface with numerous short, pointed spines (fig. 55) of the
same shape as in the adult female; length about 40 y. The spines are arranged in
9—10 transversal bands on abdomen and thorax. Longitudinal rows of spine groups
(5—6?) are vaguely visible on the abdomen; along the margin of the body they
are best defined. Among the spines several long setae (150—250 u) are present;
a few setae on frons and apex of abdomen reach 300 u. At the apex of the ab-
domen 2 robust setae are present, longer than 300 u, but broken in my
specimens; their length was probably about 400 u. Two types of setae are present,
with and without a collared base (fig. 55). Most setae are inserted outside the
spine groups, but a distinct separation of spine and setae groups is not visible.
1
1)
ih
(17,
|
if
IM
Hh
4 AN
7 |
AI N
Il ( N
AY) NN
HN
AN
Y Y
h Ni
=
|
SS
A. REYNE: Indonesian Scale Insects 171
Anal tube (fig. 56) with a double row of polygonal cells at the inner end,
and 10—12 multilocular pores, arranged in a single row, about halfway the tube.
The 8 short, bluntly pointed, sometimes fimbriated setae at the outer end of the
anal tube, as present in some other genera of the Monophlebinae, are wanting. The
anal opening is surrounded by a cluster of about 20 setae of variable length
(100— 200 u).
Only few wax pores are present on the dorsum; they have a triangular, sometimes
round, elliptical, or square figure in the centre, surrounded by 9—12 loculi.
Marginal, bilocular, tubular pores, as mentioned in chapter 5, are certainly absent,
which applies also to the following stages.
Ventral surface with many setae of 100—200 u. The wax pores are
more numerous than on the dorsum, but of the same type. One medioventral cir-
culus present; diameter 50—60 u. As far as could be observed, the thoracic spiracles
have 1—3 disc pores within their atrium. The abdominal spiracles could not be
located with certainty; these minute structures (sometimes smaller than the wax
pores) are difficult to discover, when their tracheae are not visible, and when there
are many spines or setae along the margin of the abdomen. In the larvae of the
second and third stage abdominal spiracles are certainly present.
Second stage larva of the female (larva II)
Available 2 specimens; dimensions on slide 5.0 X 3.5 mm. Antenna 6-
segmented, 0.70—0.80 mm long, with 4 sensory setae on the apical segment.
Hind leg about 1.5 mm long; femur 450, tibia 460, tarsus 260—300, and claw
110 u long. Labium one-segmented, about as long as wide at base (300 u),
with about 12 short setae at the tip, some of which are bluntly pointed. Dorsal
surface with numerous spines (40 u), and setae (150—200 u) of the same
shape as in the other stages. A cluster of longer setae (150—300 x) and a
concentration of wax pores is present around the anal opening. The anal tube
shows at the inner end a single row of polygonal cells which are reticulated on the
inner side (cf. fig. 59), and provided at their proximal end with a chitinous ring.
A row of multilocular pores, as observed in the first stage larva, is wanting in the
following stages. Wax pores are scanty except around the anal opening. These
Fig. 53—59. Buchnericoccus javanus gen. nov., spec. nov. First stage larva. 53, coiled rostral
loop (X 40); bases of legs, and outline of rostrum also figured; 54, outline of antenna
(X 90); 55, dorsal spines and base of a collared seta on margin of head (X 640); 56,
polygonal cells at inner end of anal tube; left, one of the 10—12 wax pores from half-way
the anal tube (X 640); second stage larva of female; 57, wax processes on dorsum (X 8);
processes on anterior part of body omitted, being damaged and partly missing; the sublateral
series of small wax-tubercles only indicated by white dots; 58, anterior spiracle with 6(—8)
wax pores within atrium (X 200); third stage female larva; 59, inner side of polygonal cells
of anal tube (X 640).
Fig. 60—61. Drosichoides haematoptera (Cockerell), Adult male. 60, abdominal spiracle,
lateral view (X 465); 61, apical part of protruded penis, ventral view (X 65); in separate
fig.: two setae (X 465). Fig. 62—64. Drosicha minor n.sp. Adult male. 62, apical part of
protruded penis, ventral view (X 65); 63, penis sheath, ventral view (X 90); 64, haltere
(X 65). Fig. 65. Monophlebulus toxopei sp.n. Adult male. 65, apical part of protruded
penis, dorsal view (X 300); separate seta (X 465)
172. TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 6, 1965
pores have a triangular, or more often a square or round figure in the centre,
surrounded by about a dozen loculi. Sometimes the central figure has the form of
a pentagon. Only in few cases loculi were distinctly seen within the central figure,
2 in an elliptical, 3 in a triangular, and 4 in a square figure. The structure of the
prevailing wax pores is about the same in all female stages. Ventralsurface
with many setae. The wax pores show the same structure as on the dorsum. The
thoracic spiracles (fig. 58) have 6—8 wax pores within their atrium. In one
specimen 7 abdominal spiracles could be observed on one side of the abdomen
(diameter 12—15 u); they have no pores within their atrium. Near the end of the
abdomen 3 circuli are present; diameters about 50, 120—130, and 50 u.
Third stage larva of female (larva III)
Two specimens are available. One specimen has 7-segmented antennae, but the
fourth segment in one antenna shows an initial partition. This specimen measures
8.0 X 5.5 mm, and is ready to moult; coiled mouth setae and claws of the adult
female are clearly visible. A second specimen, which measures only 5.0 X 3.0 mm,
has 8-segmented antennae. At first I thought that this specimen was a male larva
of the second stage, but closer inspection learned that it belongs to the third stage.
As this larva is much shrunk, the following description is mainly based on the
first mentioned specimen.
Antennae 7—8-segmented; length 0.90—1.00 mm. On the apical segment
4 sensory setae can be recognized, and on the other segments 1 or 2, excepting the
2 basal segments.
Hind legs about 2.5 mm long; femur 700, tibia 750, tarsus 450, and claw
165 u. About 145 setae were counted on the hind leg (tarsus 20, tibia 40, femur
45, trochanter 15, coxa 25).
Dorsal surface with numerous spines (40—50 u long) of the same shape
as in the other stages. The spines on the abdomen and thorax are more or less
arranged in bulging spine groups, separated by a few setae, 100—200 u long. The
longer setae usually have a collared base, and the shorter setae, which are more
numerous, have no collared base. The anal region shows a cluster of long setae
(300—400 „), and a concentration of wax pores. The anal tube, which is about
as long as wide, has a single row of polygonal cells at the inner end, but some
cells are doubled. The cells have a reticulation (fig. 59) on the inner side as in the
larvae of the second stage. The diameter of the anal tube between the polygonal
cells in the different stages is about 220 u in the adult female, 150 y in larva III,
120 y in larva II, and 60 y in larva I. The wax pores are rather small (8—10 u),
and usually have a triangular or square figure in the centre, sometimes a circular,
and less common a pentagonal or hexagonal figure. The central figure contains
3—6 loculi and is surrounded by 12—16 additional loculi.
Ventral surface with numerous short setae (70—160 u) without collar;
only a few collared setae are present along the margin. The dorsal spines partly
overlap the ventrolateral margin. The thoracic spiracles have 12—14 wax pores
within their atrium. Of the abdominal spiracles only one could be located with
certainty; diameter 25 u, no wax pores within atrium. Three circuli are present;
A. REYNE: Indonesian Scale Insects 173
the middle circulus is the largest (diameter about 230 u), the two lateral ones
are smaller (ca. 130 u). The wax pores are more numerous than on the dorsal
surface, but of the same structure.
The 4 female stages can easily be separated by their antennae and legs. Larva I,
5-segmented antenna (0.50 mm). Length of femur + tibia + tarsus 0.7 mm. Claw
70 u. Only one circulus. Larva II, 6-segmented antenna (0.70 mm). Femur +
tibia + tarsus 1.2 mm, claw 110 u; 3 circuli. Larva III, 7—8-segmented antennna
(0.90—1.00 mm). Femur + tibia + tarsus 1.9 mm, claw 165 u; 3 circuli. Adult
female, 8—10-segmented antenna (1.4—1.6 mm). Femur + tibia + tarsus 2.9
mm, claw 230 u; 3 circuli.
The present species can be recognized by the following characters. All female
stages have the dorsum densely covered with short, pointed, bottle-shaped spines
(figs. 47 and 55). They have disc pores within the atrium of the thoracic spiracles,
but not in the abdominal spiracles. Larva I has a single median circulus, but the
following stages have 3 circuli, of which the median is the largest.
Types of adult female and its 3 larval stages in the Zoological Museum at
Amsterdam.
Discussion
According to the classification of MORRISON (1928) the present species belongs
to the subfamily Monophlebinae, tribe Monophlebini, group 1; in this group
marginal bilocular tubular pores are wanting in all stages.
Morrison describes six genera of this group, viz., Menophleboides Morrison,
1927, Palaeococcus Cockerell, 1894, according to Morrison, probably a
synonym of Menophleboides, Nietnera Green, 1922, Monophlebidus Morrison,
1927, Perissopneumon Newstead, 1900, and Pseudasptdoproctus Morrison, 1927.
After comparing the original descriptions and figures of Perissopneumon Newstead,
1900, and Drosichiella Morrison, 1927, I came to the conclusion that these genera
are probably synonyms. As I found recently, Rao (1950) holds the same view.
The present species from Java cannot be assigned to any one of the above-
mentioned genera; so I propose a new genus for it. This genus seems to be allied
to Nietnera from Ceylon. Nietnera is the only genus, according to MORRISON
(1928), which has disc pores in the atrium of the thoracic spiracles, but not in
the spiracles of the abdomen. Further the dorsum of Nietnera in the adult female
and larva I is densely covered with short spines which is also the case in our species
from Java. The circuli of Nietnera, however, are quite different from those of
the Javanese species, viz., 6 in larva I, and several minute circuli in the adult
female. VAYSSIERE (1926, pp. 296—298) described Aspidoproctus serrei from
Batavia (West Java). This species has about 20 wax pores in the atrium of the
thoracic spiracles, but a description of the abdominal spiracles, and also of the
circuli, is wanting. Groups of 3—6 large gland pores (25—30 „ in diameter ac-
cording to VAYSSIERE's fig. 50, C), apparently bilocular tubular pores as described
by Morrison (1928), are certainly absent in our species from West Java. In the
latter species the legs are much longer, the dorsal spines of another shape, and a
slit-like marsupium is wanting, so that our species is certainly different from A.
serrei \ AYSSIERE.
174 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 6, 1965
The waxy secretion of Buchnericoccus javanus shows some resemblance to that of
Walkeriana compacta (GREEN 1922; plate 185, fig. 1). As GREEN does not
mention the occurrence of wax pores in the atrium of the thoracic spiracles, a
character which he could scarcely have overlooked, it is pretty certain that
B. javanus and W. compacta are not congeneric. The larvae of W. compacta are
still unknown so that it is not known whether this species is provided with
marginal bilocular tubular pores like the other Walkeriana, including the type-
species, W. floriger (Walker, 1858).
Our present knowledge of the Monophlebinae is still very imperfect in spite of
the elaborate studies of VAYSSIERE (1926) and MORRISON (1928). “La sous-
famille des Monophlebinae a été toujours la terreur des coccidologistes’’ says
VAYSSIERE. This statement is still true at the present day. MORRISON is of
opinion that the extensive overlapping and intermingling of characters in these
insects are an expression of a stage in the phylogenetic development which they
have at present attained. To these statements may be added that the Monophlebi-
nae are largely confined to the tropics and subtropics, and that the specimens are
often found single or very few together. The existing collections, consequently, are
very incomplete.
7. DROSICHA WALKER, 1858
Identification of species of the genus Drosicha Walker, 1858, is an arduous
matter. Adult females and males, and also larvae are very difficult to separate (cf.
MORRISON, 1928, p. 167—170). For a correct identification all stages of develop-
ment are needed. KUWANA (1922) studied in detail the life-history of three Dro-
Sicha species in Japan, RAHMAN & LATIF (1945) that of Drosicha stebbingi
(Green, 1902), in India. Our knowledge of other species is usually very incomplete.
The life cycle of Drosicha species occupies a considerable time, so that a complete
series of all stages can only be obtained by regular observation of the breeding
places which is often difficult for non-residents. In several cases only males have
been collected and described, while females of the same species (which certainly
exist!) are not known, or are described under another specific name. Only by
breeding adult males from the pupal cocoons will it be possible to decide
whether a certain male and female belong to the same species. The males, of
which the female is not known, were apparently caught on the wing, perhaps
largely at lamp-light. RAHMAN & LATIF (1945) caught 272 males of Drosicha
stebbingi with lanterns. In Dutch collections from Indonesia I have found about
100 males of Monophlebinae, but only a few females.
Agricultural entomologists in Indonesia (the former Netherlands Indies) have
sometimes recorded Drosicha species from cultivated plants. KALSHOVEN (1950 —
51) mentions a large coccid (about 13 X 6.5 mm, according to his fig. 170),
reported in 1915 by BERNARD from roots of the tea shrub. This insect, probably
a Drosicha sp., was also found on other cultivated plants and on some wild trees.
According to unpublished notes of Dr. KALSHOVEN, MENZEL in 1929 recorded a
Monophlebus (Drosicha ?) among the pests of the tea shrub. Further BETREM
in 1933 identified insects, found among the berries of coffee-trees in Central
A. REYNE: Indonesian Scale Insects 175
and East Java, as Drosicha sp. In my collection there is a slide with a second stage
larva of Drosicha sp., collected by Mr. F. W. RAPPARD on a cacao tree in Malang
(East Java), and a slide with an adult female Drosicha from a tea estate near
Garut (West Java), collected by Jhr. W. C. VAN HEURN.
Only four female Drosicha species were available for examination, of which two
represent immature stages. They cannot be identified from the available literature,
and it seems not advisable to describe them as new species, as only one stage is
available. In the two adult females, first stage larvae and adult males are lacking,
needed for a precise description. The four species are shortly described below under
a-d in the hope that the stages which are not available will be collected in future.
(a) Adult females of a Drosicha sp. from the stems of Caswarina montana Miq.,
collected by Jhr. W. C. VAN HEURN in July, 1936 on Mt. Argapura (East Java),
not far below the summit (3000 m). The insects were found singly on different
stems at a height of about 1—1.5 m above soil level. A number of well-preserved
specimens in alcohol is available in the Museum of Natural History, Leiden; the
largest specimens have a length of about 15 mm. Three specimens were prepared.
Dimensions on slide 10 X 6.5, 12 X 6.5, and 12 X 7 mm; shape of body
elliptical. Antennae 8-segmented, length 2.0 mm. Rostrum 3-segmented, basal
segment narrow; total length 0.6 mm. On the apical segment of the rostrum about
30 setae were found; about 10 are placed at the tip, some of which are bluntly
pointed. Rostral loop ending between middle and hind legs. In the hind legs
the femur is about 1.12, the tibia 1.12, the tarsus 0.65, and the claw 0.21 mm
long. Base of sclerotized eye ca. 0.12 mm. Thoracic spiracles with a distinct bar,
width of peritreme 0.23—0.27 mm. Width of abdominal spiracles 40—50 u.
Circuli distorted, only in two specimens vaguely visible. Wax pores all of about
the same shape, like those figured by MORRISON (1928) in figs. 83 C and 84 E;
the aspect of these pores changes somewhat with the depth of focussing. Width of
anal opening 0.12—0.14 mm. The anal tube is short and sclerotized at the inner
end, without polygonal cells (cf. MORRISON, 1928, fig. 83 E). The wax pores
around the anal opening are somewhat different from the other pores; the central
hexagonal figure is almost isodiametric (sometimes circular or elliptical) and sur-
rounded by about 12 loculi.
Middorsal setae 40 u, midventral setae 50—60 u, so that according to MORRI-
SON’s key (1928, p. 169) Drosicha townsendi (Cockerell, 1905), and D. steb-
bingu (Stebbing, 1902) may be excluded. The first species is known from the
Philippine Islands, and the second from India.
Professor BUCHNER is at present studying the mycetome of this species and
several other Monophlebinae. I hope that his studies may contribute in some mea-
sure to the classification of this difficult subfamily.
(b) Drosicha sp. from the tea estate Ardjuno (near Garut, West Java). The
available specimen, an adult female, was collected in 1932 by Jhr. W. C. VAN
HEURN, but he cannot remember from what kind of plant the insect was taken.
Dimensions of body 11 X 6 mm. As the body is parallel-sided the insect shows
some resemblance to that, reported by BERNARD in 1915 from roots of tea shrub in
West Java (cf. KALSHOVEN, 1950, fig.170). Antennae 8-segmented, length ca. 2.15
mm. In the hind legs the femur is 1.4, the tibia 1.5 and the tarsus 0.7 mm long;
176 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 6, 1965
claw 0.17—0.18 mm. Base of eye ca. 0.15 mm. Rostrum 3-segmented, length 0.60,
width at base 0.40 mm. On the apical segment of the rostrum about 40 setae were
observed, of which some at the tip were bluntly pointed. Width of peritreme in
anterior thoracic spiracle 0.35, in posterior one 0.40 mm. Opening of abdominal
spiracles about 30 x, but widening inside to 60 u; rings of trachea distinct. Width
of anal opening 0.12—0.13 mm. The inner end of the short anal tube shows a
U-shaped sclerotization, and a single row of polygonal cells which seem to be
reticulated on the inner side. The 3 circuli are largely fused; width of this complex
about 1.0 mm; dimensions of lateral circuli 0.20 X 0.35 mm (?). Genital opening
almost round, width 0.6, length 0.4 mm. The wax pores resemble those of the
Casuarina-species, but the central figure with its 6—8 radii is usually surrounded
by 6—12 loculi. Length of middorsal setae 30—50 u, of midventral setae 60—80 u,
so that D. townsendi and D. stebbingit may be excluded (see above). This species
is certainly different from that of Caszarina montana, as is already shown by the
shape of its body.
Dr. HAROLD MORRISON has examined my slides with the two above-
mentioned Drosicha-species in 1954, but he could not identify them with any of
the species in the collections at Washington, D.C. He thought it to be fairly safe to
describe them as new, if they could not be identified with species from India in
the British Museum (in litt, 9. VIII.1954).
(c) Drosicha sp. from a cacao tree near Malang (East Java), collected by F. W.
RAPPARD, 25.X.1951. Only one immature specimen is available, probably a second
stage larva. Dimensions of body on slide 3.5 X 2.0 mm. Antennae 6-segmented,
length 0.83 mm. In the hind legs the femur is 0.50 mm long, the tibia 0.60, and
the tarsus 0.30 mm. Claw 70 u; digitules reaching the tip of the claw, and
pointed. Rostrum 3-segmented, length 0.3 mm, width at base 0.2 mm. The rostral
loop reaches the line of the posterior coxae. Inner end of anal tube with a
sclerotized ring, but without polygonal cells. Thoracic spiracles with distinct bar;
width of peritreme 100— 110 u. Of the abdominal spiracles 7 could be located;
opening ca. 13 y. Circuli could not be seen. Dorsal wax pores like those of the
Casuarina species. Middorsal setae on thorax 50—120 y. The margin of the body is
provided with at least 20 long collared setae, some of which reach a length of
600 u.
(d) A species near Drosicha. On the roots of Altingia excelsa, in ants’ nests, at
Tapos, Mt. Gedeh (C. J. H. FRANSSEN, Aug. 1932), and on the roots of Ficus
annulata in the district of Bandjar (L. G. E. KALSHOVEN, July, 1935); both in
West Java. Dr. HAROLD MORRISON reported in 1941 about these insects: pretty
certainly an undescribed genus and species. A larva from roots of the tea-shrub
in West Java (Ch. BERNARD, July, 1915), available in the Bureau of Entomology
at Washington, D.C., probably belonged to the same species. MORRISON stated
that he needed adult males and larvae to place the insect precisely. These data
are taken from unpublished notes of Dr. L. G. E. KALSHOVEN.
By the kind help of Miss Louise M. RUSSELL I could examine a slide of KALS-
HOVEN’s specimen from the collection of the U.S. National Museum at Washing-
ton, D.C. (Nr. 3135). Dimensions 12 X 6 mm, sides of body almost parallel. It
is an immature specimen, apparently a third stage larva (pre-adult), as the antennae
A. REYNE: Indonesian Scale Insects 177
are 6—7-segmented, and only 0.65—0.75 mm long. Legs short and stout, with a
long, slender claw. In the hind legs the femur measures about 0.50 X 0.14 mm,
and the tibia 0.40 0.07 mm; the tarsus is about 0.27 mm long, and the claw
0.22 mm. Rostrum 3-segmented, 0.50 X 0.30 mm. Anal tube with a row of
polygonal cells (reticulated on the inner side?) at the inner end. In the thoracic
spiracles the width of the peritreme is 160 y. The abdominal spiracles are
conspicuous in this specimen; opening about 20 y, widening inside to 40 u.
Remarkable are three winged apophyses medio-ventrally on the thorax; these are
absent in the three above-mentioned species a—c. Circuli were not found. The dor-
sum is densely covered by short setae (ca. 25 u); the setae at the sides of the body
are longer, about 50—60 y. The wax pores have a circular or elliptical opening in
the centre which is probably surrounded by smaller loculi, but they were not
visible in the specimen at hand. This species differs from the species a-c by its
short, stout legs, and the medioventral apophyses on the thorax. Miss RUSSELL
informed me that the specimen, collected at Tapos, Mt. Gedeh, by Dr. FRANs-
SEN, is also a pre-adult. I consider the examined specimen as a Drosicha sp., but
this remains uncertain so long as the other stages remain unknown.
The Drosicha species are usually polyphagous, so that the foodplant does not
point to the species. Of D. stebbingi (Green) more than 60 food-plants are
known, and of D. corpulentus (Kuwana), more than 30. About a dozen Drosicha
species have been described from the Oriental Region (often only the males), and
four from the Palaearctic Region (Manchurian Subregion), but hitherto not a
single species from Indonesia can be identified with certainty, though I got the
impression that at least six or more species are represented in the available col-
lection of females and males (see chapter 8).
8. MALES OF MONOPHLEBINAE
As already mentioned in chapter 7, about 100 males of Monophlebinae were
found in Dutch collections of Indonesian insects. Apparently these insects were
caught on the wing, perhaps largely at lamp light, though this is nowhere noted
on the labels. RAHMAN & LATIF (1945) report that they caught 272 males of
Drosicha stebbingi with lanterns. Dr. M. A. LIEFTINCK, who caught several males
of Monophlebinae in Java, informed me that these males are attracted by lamp
light, but that some species were caught in broad daylight, for example a species
with red body which was taken from banana leaves. The male Monophlebinae are
easily recognized by their dark, blackish wings, and one to six pairs of appendages
(fleshy tassels) at the posterior end of the abdomen, so that they easily draw
attention of collecting entomologists.
The females to which these males belong are nearly always unknown, though
they certainly exist. In the few cases in which males and females can be assigned
to the same species, the males were probably collected among the egg-mass or
bred from the pupal cocoons. It is likely that in some cases male and female have
been described as different species, when males are only represented by specimens
caught on the wing.
The difficulty begins already with Monophlebus atripennis Burmeister, 1835,
178 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 6, 1965
the first species described in the subfamily Monophlebinae. Only the adult male
of this species is known. It was collected in Java and described very superficially.
This male was rather large (length of body about 7 mm) and had only one
pair of caudal appendages (length 1 mm). MORRISON (1928, p. 144) is ot
opinion that this male from Java, which has never been definitely rediscovered,
belongs to the Walkeriana group of the tribe Monophlebini. As far as I know,
Labioproctus pole: Green, 1922, is the only oriental species in this tribe, of which
male and female are known (Cf. MORRISON, 1928, pp. 145—148). This species is
reported from South India, Ceylon, and Java. The male is only 4 mm long, and
the abdomen is not dark red, and without deep incisions, as described for Mono-
phlebus atripennis, so that the male of Labioproctus polei cannot be identified with
that of M. atripennis. Of the four Walkeriana species, described by GREEN (1922),
not a single male is known. In Walkertana tosariensis Reyne, 1957, males certainly
exist, as among the dry material of this species pupal cocoons with prepupae and
pupae were found (REYNE, 1957, pp. 127—129).
In the Museum of Natural History at Leiden some old pinned males are labelled
Monophlebus atripennis, but this is certainly a misidentification. I have examined
a specimen from Supajang (environment of Surabaja, East Java). The date of
collection is not certain; the label reads 24/477 (= 24.4.1877?). As far as the
dry specimen could be investigated the following description is drawn. Length
of body 5 mm; thorax and abdomen broad, 2—3 mm. Length of wing about 6
mm, wing-span 15 mm. The abdomen is black and provided with 5 pairs of caudal
appendages of which the apical are at least 1 mm long. A microscopical mount of
a piece of broken antenna was made, probably segments III—VI. Segments 0.90—
0.95 mm long, tri-nodose, with 3 distinct whorls of setae; in each whorl about
12—15 setae, 1.0—1.2 mm long. This male is probably a Drosicha species, as
indicated by the number of caudal appendages and the venation of the wings.
In the collection of the Museum of Natural History at Leiden, and of the Zoo-
logical Museum at Bogor (Java) the males of Indonesian Monophlebinae are
preserved dry, as pinned insects, so that only few characters can be examined. For
a detailed study of scale insects, males as well as females, it is necessary to make
microscopical mounts. When small, fragile insects are pinned, legs, antennae,
wings and other appendages are often lost in the course of time. A more suitable
way of preserving such insects dry is to enclose them in a small tube which can be
pinned through the cork; in this case no parts can be lost. It is, however, difficult
to make a good microscopical mount of these dry and shrivelled males, as they
become very brittle and are easily broken during preparation. When wings, legs,
and antennae are undamaged, a suitable mount can be obtained by soaking them
during some days in phenolum liquefactum, after which they can be mounted on
a slide. The best method of preserving for later mounting on slides is in alcohol
with a small amount of glycerine or lactic acid, to prevent hardening.
The oldest collection is that in the Museum at Leiden. It contains specimens,
collected in Java, Sumatra, Borneo, and Timor by SALOMON MULLER who died
in 1864, so that these males are centenarians. Some specimens were collected by
the expedition of Dr. A. W. NIEUWENHUIS to Borneo, in 1894, and some
specimens by C. SCHAEFFER on the island of Wetar (near Timor), in 1898. In
A. REYNE: Indonesian Scale Insects 179
the present century some specimens were collected in Java and Sumatra by Drs.
JACOBSON, KOHLBRUGGE, KARNY, LIEFTINCK, and VAN DER VECHT.
| Some of the oldest specimens in the collection at Leiden are labelled Monophle-
bus species. These identifications are probably based on the coloured plate 6 in
WESTWOOD (1843). M. atripennts Burmeister, 1835, the type-species, was already
mentioned above. There are several specimens of M. burmeisteri Westwood, 1843,
from Timor, Java, Sumatra, and Borneo, collected by MÜLLER, and specimens
from Java, collected by BLUME and Piepers. This species according to MORRISON
(1928) is a Drosicha sp. If all these males from Java, Sumatra, Borneo, and
Timor really belong to the same species, it must be widely distributed in Indonesia.
As far as I am aware, the species M. burmeisteri Westwood has never been
examined in detail after WESTWOOD's short note and his figure of 1843. In the
collections at hand specimens with five pairs of caudal appendages, like M.
burmeisteri, are present from East Java (Surabaja), Central Java (Rembang), South
Sumatra (Benkulen), and Halmahera, but specimens with three pairs of caudal
appendages are by far the most numerous.
In the Museum at Leiden there is also a species, labelled Monophlebus raddoni
Westwood, 1843, collected by M. G. PIEPERS at Sindanglaja (West Java). This is
certainly a misidentification, as M. raddoni has only been reported from the Gold
Coast (Ghana) in West Africa. According to WestwooD's coloured figure (plate
6, fig. 3) M. raddoni has the same characteristic wing as Drosichoides haemato-
ptera (Cockerell, 1919), though the caudal appendages are quite different. It is
almost certain that PIEPERS has collected the latter species which is known from
Tjisarua (M. A. LIEFTINCK, 1939), and Tjibodas (H. H. Karny, 1923, M. A.
LIEFTINCK, 1930). Sindanglaja, Tjisarua, and Tjibodas are situated on the slope
of Mt. Gedeh (West Java) at altitudes of about 1100, 1200, and 1400 m,
respectively. In the collection at Leiden Drosichordes haematoptera is also repre-
sented by specimens from Tosari (East Java), and Borneo (expedition A. W.
NIEUWENHUIS, July 1894). The collection of Bogor contains specimens from
West Java, viz., Mt. Gedeh and Mt. Tangkuban Prahu (coll. F. C. DRESCHER,
1937, 4000—5000 ft), and also a specimen from East Borneo (H. C. SIEBERS,
1925). According to COCKERELL (1919) the holotype was collected at Sandakan
in British North Borneo. Though the males seem to be widely distributed in
Borneo and Java, the female is still unknown.
The majority of the 53 males from Bogor seems to belong to the genus Dro-
sicha Walker, 1858, which is also the case with the male Monophlebinae of the
Museum at Leiden. It is a hopeless affair to identify or to describe these dry
shrivelled males, as even in the few cases where all stages of a Drosicha species are
known the separation of different species is difficult. I have made an exception
for a species which at once draws the attention by its small size. It was collected
in the Karimondjawa Islands, small islands in the Java Sea, (north of Semarang),
in Nov., 1930, by Dr. M. A. LIEFTINCK, and on Enkhuizen Island (Pulu Njamuk
Ketjil) in the bay of Batavia (Djakarta) by Epw. JACOBSON (Sept., 1907). Of the
first lot, three specimens were prepared for microscopical examination, and one
specimen of the second lot. It is described at the end of this paper as a new
species, Drosicha minor. 1 suppose that it is the only Drosicha species living in
180 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 6, 1965
these small islands, so that confusion with other species may be excluded, and
hope that the females will be found in future.
Only one species of the tribe Drosichini can be easily recognized, viz., Drosichoi-
des haematoptera (Cockerell, 1919), by its wing pattern. The anterior vein
and the costal area between this vein and the wing margin are red, but in old dry
specimens this colour turns yellow or light brown (cf. MORRISON, 1928, plate 6,
fig. B). In a microscopical mount of old dry wings granules of bright red pigment
are sometimes visible in transmitted light; it appears that the pigment is most
concentrated in the anterior vein. The specimens from Java, collected at altitudes of
1100—1700 m, show slight differences from the type-species and the other
specimens from Borneo. Perhaps these latter specimens were collected in the
lowland, but precise data on this point are wanting. Microscopical mounts were
made of two specimens from Mt. Tangkuban Prahu, mentioned above, and of
one specimen from Borneo; see discussion below.
The collection from Bogor contains also a dozen specimens from New Guinea
striking by their small size, like our Drosicha minor. These specimens were col-
lected by Dr. L. J. Toxopeus during the Third Archbold Expedition to New
Guinea, 1938—1939. As far as examined, all specimens seem to belong to one or
two closely allied species. Microscopical mounts show that they belong to the tribe
Monophlebulini, untill present only known from Australia (cf. MORRISON, 1928,
pp. 173—179). It is rather certain that our specimens belong to the genus Mono-
phlebulus Cockerell, 1902, of which five species are known from non-tropical
Australia (cf. H. & E. Morrison, 1923). The specimens from New Guinea, col-
lected at altitudes of 0—1800 m, and at 2100 m are described below as two new
species.
It is remarkable that among about 100 males of Monophlebinae from Indonesia
no specimens were found with only one pair of caudal appendages, as characteristic
for the tribes Monophlebini and Iceryini, of which female specimens are known
from Indonesia belonging to the genera Labioproctus Green, 1922, Walkeriana
Signoret, 1875, Hemaspidoproctus Morrison, 1927, and Icerya Signoret, 1875.
Perhaps the males of these genera are seldom seen in flight, or they may be scarce
in comparison with the females. The majority of the 100 available males certainly
belongs to the tribe Drosichini which are apparently often on the wing, so that
they draw the attention of collecting entomologists. The best way to collect Mono-
phlebinae is certainly to collect females during or shortly after oviposition. The
first stage larvae can be bred from the eggs, and adult males from the pupal
cocoons, if available.
Drosichoides haematoptera (Cockerell, 1919) &
COCKERELL (1915, p. 344) described the male of a remarkable Monophlebine
coccid from Palawan Island, near the North point of Borneo, as Llaveia sangut-
nea. Afterwards he received two males from Sandakan in British North Borneo
which he described as Llaveia haematoptera (cf. COCKERELL, 1919, p. 272). The
latter species was chosen by MORRISON (1927, p. 106) as the type-species of a
new genus, Drosichoides. Though the female is still unknown, the genus seems to
A. REYNE: Indonesian Scale Insects 181
be valid on account of its remarkable wings and abdominal spiracles. The wings,
marked by their red anterior vein and costal area, were already mentioned above.
The posterior vein is slightly longer than the anterior and curved forward, so that
it almost reaches the top of the white line (a hyaline fold) between the two veins
(cf. MORRISON, 1928, fig. 87G). The abdominal spiracles of Drosichoides are
more or less sclerotized and slit-like, with some minute denticles along the margin
(fig. 60). This structure has not yet been observed in other Monophlebinae. My
three prepared specimens (from East Borneo, and Mt. Tangkuban Prahu, in Java)
show slight differences from the type-species, as described and figured by MORRI-
SON (1928, pp. 171—172). There is also some difference between my specimens
from Java and Borneo. The type-species was probably collected in the lowland, as
Sandakan is a coastal town. My specimens from Java were collected at 1100—
1700 m.
According to MORRISON (1928, fig. 88 A) the caudal appendages in the type-
species are about 4.0, 3.2, and 2.5 mm long; COCKERELL (1919) says that the
apical appendages are about 3.5 mm. In my specimen from Borneo the length of
the caudal appendages is about 2.6, 2.2, and 1.8 mm, and in those from W. Java
only 1.6, 1.2, and 0.45 mm. The range of variation in the length of these ap-
pendages is unknown, as in each locality only 1—4 specimens were collected.
There seems to exist some difference in shape of the point of the penis sheath,
though shape and dimensions of the sheath are similar. In my specimen from Bor-
neo this point is narrower than in MORRISON's fig. 88 D. of the type-species,
and in the specimens from Java the point is still narrower. As long as the
adult females and the larvae are unknown, I am inclined to assign our specimens
from Borneo and Java to the type-species Drosichoides haematoptera. MORRISON
(1928) saw no structural differences in the dry type-specimens of D. haematoptera
and D. sanguinea; only a difference in size of body and colour of the thorax was
observed. Dry specimens of D. haematoptera can easily be recognized by their
wings; antennae, abdomen and caudal appendages show the same colour as the
costal area in the wings, viz., yellow to light brown.
If Monophlebus raddoni Westwood, 1843, from West Africa also belongs to the
genus Drosichoides, as seems acceptable on account of its wings, it certainly belongs
to another species than D. haematoptera, as is shown by six pairs of very short
caudal appendages (cf. WESTWOOD, 1843, pl. 6, fig. 3).
In one of my mounts the penis is protruded (fig. 61). Its apical part is dif-
ferent from that of the penis in Monophlebulus toxopei spec. nov. (fig. 65), but
similar to that of Drosicha minor spec. nov. (fig. 62). When this organ is not
protruded, as is usually the case, its shape cannot be examined.
Drosicha minor spec. nov. (4)
As mentioned above, this species was collected in the Karimondjawa Islands and
in an island in the Bay of Batavia. Three specimens of the first series were pre-
pared for microscopical examination, and one of the second series.
Length of body about 4 mm. Length of the 3 pairs of caudal appendages 1.7,
1.4—1.5, and 0.5—0.6 mm. As usual the apical appendages are the longest, and
A. REYNE: Indonesian Scale Insects 183
the following ones of diminishing length. The apical appendages are as long as
the abdomen which has a length of about 1.5 mm.
Length of wings about 4 mm or slightly less. These wings are greyish brown
and almost translucent, but the costal area is of a darker colour. The wing-
venation is shown in fig. 66. The haltere is 0.35—0.45 mm long and provided
with 4—5 curved setae at its top which are hooked on a small pocket at the base of
the wing (fig. 64).
The 10-segmented antennae have a length of about 4.5 mm. The antennal seg-
ments III—X are tri-nodose, and provided with three distinct whorls of setae; this
feature is sometimes less distinct in the two apical segments. Length of segment
III 0.50—0.60 mm, and of its setae 0.40—0.50 mm; there are usually 12—15
setae in each whorl.
In the hind legs the femur is 0.7—0.8 mm long, the tibia 1.0—1.2 mm, and
the tarsus 0.45—0.55 mm. The claw has a length of 100 u or slightly more, and is
provided with two rather long digitules which almost reach the tip of the claw,
but are not knobbed. The trochanter has 3—4 sensoria on each side. A number
of bifurcate setae is present on the anterior femora, as is also mentioned by
MORRISON (1928, p. 165) in his diagnosis of the male Drosicha. Remarkable is
a small triangular sclerite at the base of the tarsus, so that it seems to be 2-
segmented. This character was also observed in other mounts where the legs were
well cleared. According to MORRISON (1928, p. 29) it is a normal feature in the
legs of male Monophlebinae.
The penis sheath measures about 0.47 X 0.25 mm. It is somewhat constricted
in the apical portion (fig. 63), as seems to be characteristic for the genus Drostcha
(cf. MORRISON, 1928, fig. 85 B, and KUWANA, 1922, fig. 65). In one specimen
the penis is protruded; it has the same shape as in Drosichoides, but its setae are
different (fig. 62).
The largest diameter of the compound eye is 0.30 mm, and of the facets 20—25
a. The peritreme of the thoracic spiracles has a diameter of 0.15 mm. The ab-
dominal spiracles could not be located, though in two specimens the sides of the
abdomen were well cleared; these spiracles are probably very small, not larger
than the wax pores.
In the collection from Bogor four other males are present with only slightly
infuscated wings, and almost without a wavy pattern, as observed in species with
dark wings. These males were collected at Tjibodas (alt. 1400 m) in West Java
Fig. 66. Drosicha minor sp.n. Adult male. Wing (X 18); veins black, dark costal area
shaded; two white lines (hyaline folds) shown by a broken line. At the base of wing a small
pocket visible, where curved setae of haltere (cf. fig. 64) are hooked. Fig. 67—70. Mono-
phlebulus toxopei sp.n. Adult male. 67, third antennal segment (X 65), with two whorls of
setae (drawn only on the left side); 68, penis sheath, ventral view (X 90); 69, wing (X 18),
dark costal area dotted; cf. explanation fig. 66; 70, apex of abdomen with two pairs of appen-
dages and protruded penis (cf. fig. 65); outline, dorsal view (X 45). Fig. 71—73.
Monophlebulus montanus sp.n. Adult male. 71, third antennal segment (X 65), with two
whorls of setae (drawn only on the left side); cf. fig. 67. 72, apex of abdomen (X 65),
with two pairs of appendages and ‘protruded penis; 73. penultimate abdominal spiracle with
trachea, lateral view (X 435)
184 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 6, 1965
by Dr. H. H. Karny, in 1923. The wings are about 6 mm long, and the an-
tennae 6.5 mm, so that these parts are almost 1.5 times as long as in D. minor;
the legs are only slightly longer. Further the dorsum of the Tjibodas species is
densely clothed with long setae (250—350 u), except the thorax. In D. minor
setae are scarce on the dorsum, and only numerous along the sides of the abdomen
(length 200—250 u). For the rest dimensions, shape of body, caudal appendages,
halteres, and penis sheath show no essential differences from D. minor, so that
both species seem to be closely allied. Their position can only be clarified after
adult females and larvae have been collected.
Monophlebulus toxopei which is described below resembles D. minor by its
small size and semi-translucent wings, but the bi-nodosity of the antennae shows
immediately the difference.
Types of Drosicha minor spec. nov. are preserved in the Zoological Museum at
Amsterdam.
Monophlebulus
During the Third Archbold Expedition to New Guinea 1938— 1939 eleven males
of Monophlebinae were collected by the late Dr. L. J. TOXOPEUS in a mountainous
region south of the Idenburg River, an affluent of the Mamberamo or Rochus-
sen River. This region is situated about 200 km S. E. of Hollandia (Kota Baru).
One specimen was collected in Araucaria Camp (alt. 800 m; weather rainy and
often stormy), three specimens were caught in Mist Camp (alt. 1800 m; dense,
very damp forest), and seven specimens were collected in Top Camp (alt. 2100 m;
on a sparsely overgrown summit; weather less cloudy than in Mist Camp). The
specimens from Mist and Top Camp were collected in Jan., 1939, and that from
Araucaria Camp, in March, 1939. Further there is one specimen from Hollandia,
on the sea-coast, collected in July, 1938; this specimen seems to belong to the
same species as those from Araucaria and Mist Camp.
Seven specimens were mounted on slides; five other were examined unmounted.
In the 10-segmented antennae the segments III—X are bi-nodose, and provided
with two whorls of long setae. Undamaged specimens have usually two pairs of
caudal appendages. From these characters it is evident that the males of New
Guinea belong to the tribe Monophlebulini, at present only known from non-
tropical Australia. This tribe contains two genera, Monophlebulus Cockerell, 1902,
and Nodulicoccus Morrison, 1923. Unfortunately the male of Nodulicoccus is not
known. Of Monophlebulus five species have been described, but of Nodulicoccus
only one. As far as known the females live on Eucalyptus. The males from New
Guinea are very similar to those of Monophlebulus crawfordi (Maskell, 1888), as
described and figured by Morrison (1928), so that I have accepted that our
males belong to the genus Monophlebulus. As in all species, of which only males
are known, there remains some uncertainty in this identification.
The specimens from Hollandia, Araucaria Camp and Mist Camp belong to the
same species described below. The specimens from Top Camp hav. much smaller
antennae and legs, as is already visible with a pocket-lens, so that I believe that
A. REYNE: Indonesian Scale Insects 185
they belong to another species, though closely allied; this is the second new species
described here.
Monophlebulus toxopei spec. nov. 4
Length of body 3.0—3.5 mm; abdomen 1.2—1.4 X 0.8—0.9 mm (on slide).
As far as could be examined in the dry specimens the head and the compound eyes
are red. The abdomen is greyish red, probably on account of a slight deposit of
wax; sometimes the whole abdomen is covered by a white layer of wax. The ab-
domen is only slightly sclerotized in comparison with the rest of the body. The
sides of the abdominal segments are protruding, and provided with many setae
which are scarce in the middorsal region.
Two pairs of caudal appendages are present on the last abdominal segments
(fig. 70). The apical appendages have a length of 0.40—0.60 mm, and the other
pair of 0.30—0.35 mm. These appendages are provided with 3—7 long setae at
the top which may reach a length of 0.30—0.40 mm. In other specimens only
the two apical appendages are present; it seems that in this case the penultimate
ones are not developed.
Compound eyes protruding, crimson; largest diameter 0.25—0.30 mm; facets
20 u or slightly more. The transparent part of the ocelli has a diameter of about
40 u.
Antennae 10-segmented, length 4.0 mm. In one complete antenna the length of
the different segments was as follows: I (basal segment) 0.15, II 0.23, III 0.50,
IV 0.47, V 0.45, VI 0.42, VII 0.42, VIII 0.44, IX 0.43, and X 0.53 mm; total
length 4.04 mm. In two other specimens, in which only the five basal segments
were present, the length of the broken antenna was 1.73 and 1.78 mm; in the
complete antenna segments I—V have a length of 1.80 mm. The antennal segments
II—X are bi-nodose and provided with two whorls of long setae. In the third
segment which is about 0.50 mm long, each whorl has 10—15 setae with a length
of 0.70—0.80 mm (fig. 67).
In the hind legs the femur is 0.70—0.75 mm long, the tibia 0.95—1.00 mm,
and the tarsus 0.50—0.55 mm; total length of these three parts in four specimens
2.15— 2.25 mm. The claw is about 100 u long; its digitules are pointed and short,
at most half as long as the claw. The trochanter has 4—5 sensoria on each side.
Tibia and tarsus are provided with spine-like setae on the inner side; some of
these spines are bifurcate.
Length of wings 4.0—4.5 mm, width 1.8—2.0 mm. The wings are more or
less translucent, but the costal area is darker coloured; this area is separated by a
narrow, almost hyaline strip from the anterior vein. The posterior vein is short, at
most half as long as the wing (fig. 69). The haltere is 0.37—0.40 mm long, and
provided with 2—3 large curved setae at its top. These setae, which are hooked
into a small pocket at the base of the wing, end in a long acute point which is
faintly knobbed.
The ventral penis sheath has the shape of an isosceles triangle with a rounded
base (fig. 68); length about 0.40 mm, width at base 0.20 mm. The apical part of
186 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 6, 1965
the penis has a different shape from that in Drosicha and Drosichoides (fig.
SD).
The abdominal spiracles are difficult to find. In one specimen four of these
could be located on one side, and two on the other side; diameter 20—25 u. It
seems that only the posterior abdominal spiracles are well developed, and the
anterior ones but poorly which is also the case in Monophlebulus crawfordi (cf.
MORRISON, 1928). The peritreme of the thoracic spiracles has a diameter of about
120 p.
Wax pores are numerous along the sides of the abdomen. They have a square
shape, and are quadrilocular. Some of these pores are also observed on the caudal
appendages which are protrusions of the posterior abdominal segments.
Monophlebulus montanus spec. nov. &
This species, of which seven specimens were collected in Top Camp (2100 m),
differs from M. toxopei by much shorter antennae, and shorter legs. Body and
wings are only slightly smaller. For the rest no essential differences were observed.
In one complete antenna the length of the different segments was as follows:
I (basal segment) 0.19, II 0.19, Ill 0.35, IV 0.28, V 0.305; V1:030, Vl ol278
VIII 0.29, IX 0.25, and X 0.33 mm; total length 2.75 mm. Of another antenna, in
which one segment was missing, the total length was computed at 2.83 mm. In
M. toxopei the antenna has a length of 4.0 mm. In M. montanus segment III is
about 0.35 mm long, and its setae 0.30—0.40 mm. In M. toxopez segment III is
about 0.50 mm long, and its setae are 0.70—0.80 mm (figs. 71 and 67). By their
antennae the 2 species can easily be separated. Even with a pocket lens this is
possible.
The legs in M. montanus are also smaller than in M. toxopei. Femur 0.50—
0.55 mm, tibia 0.80 mm, tarsus 0.35 mm; total 1.65—1.70 mm as against 2.15—
2.25 mm in M. toxopet.
Of two prepared specimens one had two pairs of caudal appendages (fig. 72),
but in another only the apical appendages were present. Length of the two pairs
about 0.40 and 0.25 mm.
In one specimen of M. montanus the two posterior abdominal spiracles with
their tracheae were visible (fig. 73). More forward 3—4 other spiracles seemed
to be present, but only their tracheae could be vaguely recognized, so that the
spiracles themselves seemed to be either absent or rudimentary.
Types of Monophlebulus toxopei and M. montanus are in the Zoological
Museum at Amsterdam.
*) In Drosichoides haematoptera Ckll. the setae of the apical part of the penis are black
or blackish, and rather robust; length about 30 u. In Drosicha minor sp.n. these setae are
more slender, hyaline or yellowish, and only 15 u long. In Monophlebulus toxopei sp.n. the
setae are very slender, hyaline, and 40—50 u long. In Drosichoides and Drosicha the dorsal
side of the apical penis has very short, flattened, and pectinate setae which are absent in
Monophlebulus. The setae on the ventral side in Drosichoides and Drosicha are as described
above.
A. REYNE: Indonesian Scale Insects 187
REFERENCES
BETREM, J. G., 1937. Morphology and systematics of the principal mealybug species of Java.
— Arch. Koffiecult. Ned. Indië 11 : 1—118 (Dutch, with English summary).
BORCHSENIUS, N. S., 1957. Fauna USSR, Homoptera. — 9. Zool. Inst. Acad. USSR, new
series Nr. 66. (Moscow-Leningrad). See fig. 16 on p. 17.
BUCHNER, P., 1957. Endosymbiosenstudien an Schildläusen, IV Hippeococcus, eine myrme-
kophile Pseudococcine. — Z. Morph. Oekol. der Tiere 45 : 379—410, 33 figs.
BUNZLI, G. H., 1935. Untersuchungen über coccidophile Ameisen aus den Kaffeefeldern von
Surinam. — Mitt. Schweiz. entom. Ges. 16: 454—593, 51 figs.
COCKERELL, T. D. A., 1915. A remarkable Monophlebine coccid from the Philippine Islands.
— Canad. Entom. 47: 344.
, 1919. A new Monophlebine coccid from Borneo. — J. econ. Entom. 12: 272.
DOCTERS VAN LEEUWEN-REYNVAAN, J. & W. M. DOCTERS VAN LEEUWEN, 1926. The zoo-
cecidia of the Netherlands East Indies, Botanic Gardens, Buitenzorg (p. 452).
Ferris, G. F., 1948. Description of Ceroplastes rubens Maskell in E. C. ZIMMERMAN. —
Insects of Hawaii 5: 343—347. (Honolulu).
FOREL, A., 1913. Ameisen aus Sumatra, Java, Malacca, und Ceylon. — Zool. Jahrb., Syst.
36: 1—148.
, 1915. Fauna simalurensis, Hymenoptera aculeata, Fam. Formicidae. — Tijdschr.
Entom. 58 : 22—43.
GREEN, E. E., 1922. The Coccidae of Ceylon 5: 345—472, pls. 133—191. (Dulau & Co,
London).
, 1930. Fauna Sumatrensis Nr. 65, Coccidae. — Tijdschr. v. Entom. 73 : 279—297.
Goor, P. VAN DER, 1929. Remarks on the habits and distribution of Hippeococcus made in
a conference of the Entom. Soc. at Bogor. — Entom. Berichten 9: 65, 113.
HAMBLETON, E. J., 1946. Studies of hypogeic mealybugs. — Rev. Entom. (Rio de Janeiro)
17 : 1—77.
KALSHOVEN, L. G. E., 1950—1951. De plagen van de cultuurgewassen in Indonesië. 2 vols.
— The Hague (Pests of cultivated plants in Indonesia).
KUWANA, I., 1922. Studies on Japanese Monophlebinae, the genus Warajicoccus. — Dept.
Agric. & Comm., Imp. Plant Quar. Station. Bull. 1 : 1—58, pls. 1—12 (the present
name of this genus is Drosicha).
, 1923. Descriptions and biology of new or little-known coccids from Japan. —
Dept. Agric., Imp. Plant Quarantine Station, Bull. 3 (fig. 4 on p. 17).
LAING, F., 1925. Descriptions of two species of Coccidae feeding on roots of coffee. — Bull.
entom. Res. 15 : 383—384.
MORRISON, H., 1920. The non-diaspine Coccidae of the Philippine Islands. — Philippine J.
Sc. 17: 147—202 (fig. 28, p. 188).
—, 1921. Some non-diaspine Coccidae from the Malay Peninsula. — Philippine J. Sc.
18 : 637—677.
——, 1927. Descriptions of new genera and species belonging to the coccid family Mar-
garodidae. — Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 40: 99—109.
—, 1928. A classification of the higher groups and genera of the coccid family Mar-
garodidae. — U.S. Dept. Agriculture Technical bulletin No. 52.
MORRISON, H. & E. MORRISON, 1923. The scale insects of the subfamilies Monophlebinae
and Margarodinae treated by Maskell. — Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 62, art. 17.
RAHMAN, K. A. & M. A. LATIF, 1945. Description, bionomics and control of the giant mealy-
bug Drosicha stebbingi Green. — Bull. ent. Res. 55 : 197—209.
Rao, V. P., 1950. The status of the genus Perissopneumon Newstead. — Proc. Roy. Entom.
Soc. London (B) 19: 114—120.
REYNE, A., 1954. Hippeococcus, a new genus of Pseudoccocidae from Java with peculiar
habits. — Zoöl. Med. 32: 233—257, 53 figs.
, 1957. Walkeriana tosariensis, a new Monophlebine coccid from Casuarina Jung-
huhniana Miquel in East-Java. Beaufortia 6: 115—145, 50 figs.
, 1964. Scale insects from the Netherlands Antilles. Beaufortia 11 : 95—130, 53 figs.
188 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 6, 1965
ROEPKE, W., 1930. Ueber einen merkwürdigen Fall von Myrmekophilie bei einer Ameise
(Cladomyrma sp.?) auf Sumatra beobachtet. — Misc. Zoologica Sumatrana 45 :
1—3, 7 figs.
SILVESTRI, F., 1924. A new myrmecophilous genus of Coccidae from India. — Indian Museum
Records 26: 311—315, 5 figs.
1926. Descrizione di un novo genere di Coccidae mirmecophilo delle Cina. — Boll.
Lab. Zool. gen. agrar. (Portici) 18: 271—275, 2 figs.
STAHEL, G., 1931, 1933. Zur Kenntnis der Siebröhrenkrankheit (Phloémnecrose) des Kaffee-
baumes in Surinam. — Phytopath. Zeitschr. 4: 65—82, 539—544, 6: 335—337.
See also STAHEL’s article of 1954 in Neth. J. agric. Sc. 2: 260—264.
TAKAHASHI, R., 1934. Observations on the Coccidae of Formosa IV. — Formosa Govt. Res.
Inst, Dept. Agric., Report 63: 1—38 (p. 2).
VAYSSIERE, P., 1926. Contribution a l'étude biologique et systématique des Coccidae. — Ann.
des Epiphyties 12: 197—382.
WESTWOOD, J. O., 1843. Arcana Entomologica I: 22. (W. Smith, London). (Pl. 6 contains
coloured fig. of 8 males of Monophlebinae).
WILLIAMS, D. J., 1962. The British Pseudococcidae. — Bull. Br. Museum (Nat. Hist.),
Entomology 12: 1—79, 29 fig.
WIRJATI, 1958. A small mealybug from a virgin forest. — Idea (J. Ent. Soc. Indonesia) 11:
12—17.
>
es ad ug
pn
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
Het verschijnt in één deel van 350—450 bladzijden per jaar, bestaande uit
enkele afleveringen.
ENTOMOLOGISCHE BERICHTEN
Deze zijn bestemd voor de publicatie van kortere artikelen, faunistische notities
etc., alsmede van de Verslagen der Vergaderingen en van mededelingen van het
bestuur. Zij verschijnen twaalf maal per jaar in een aflevering van 16 of meer
bladzijden, die samen een deel vormen.
TRICHOPTERORUM CATALOGUS
_ Deze Catalogus van F. C. J. Fischer wordt door de Vereeniging voor rekening
van de auteur uitgegeven. Alle bekende recente en fossiele soorten van de gehele
wereld met hun synoniemen worden er in behandeld. Delen I en II kosten f 39.—
| per stuk, delen III—V: f 45 —. Er zullen in totaal 15 delen verschijnen. Van alle
delen zijn ook éénzijdig bedrukte exemplaren beschikbaar. De prijsverhoging hier-
| voor bedraagt f 2.50.
ENTOMOLOGIA EXPERIMENTALIS ET APPLICATA
| Dit tijdschrift wordt uitgegeven door de Noord-Hollandse Uitgevers Maatschap-
| pij te Amsterdam in opdracht van de Vereeniging. Het publiceert artikelen over
experimentele biologie en oekologie bij insecten en andere land-arthropoden. Het
| verschijnt vier maal per jaar en bevat 320 bladzijden. De prijs voor leden bedraagt
_ £ 25.—, voor niet-leden f 40.— per jaar.
Alle zakelijke correspondentie betreffende de Vereeniging te richten aan de
Secretaris, W. Hellinga, Weesperzijde 2311, Amsterdam-O.
_ Alle correspondentie over de redactie van het Tijdschrift voor Entomologie en
_de Monographieën te richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. A. Diakonoff, Rijksmuseum
van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van de Entomologische Berichten te rich-
ten aan de Redacteur, B. J. Lempke, Oude IJselstraat 12111, Amsterdam-Z. 2.
_ Alle correspondentie over de redactie van Entomologia Experimentalis et Appli-
| cata te richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. P. A. van der Laan, Lab. voor Toegepaste
_ Entomologie, Linnaeusstraat 2 B, Amsterdam.
3
a
Alle betalingen te richten aan de Penningmeester, Drs. H. Wiering, Doorntjes
| 29, Bergen (N.H.), postgiro 188130, ten name van de Nederlandsche Entomolo-
7 gische Vereeniging te Bergen (N.H.).
E Alle correspondentie betreffende de Bibliotheek der Vereeniging te richten aan
de Bibliotheek, Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O.
NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS
All correspondence referring to subscriptions and exchange of the periodicals
of the Netherlands Entomological Society should be addressed to the Librarian,
_ Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O, Netherlands.
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
Contributors will receive free of charge fifty reprints of their papers, joint authors have
to divide this number between them at their discretion. Additional reprints may be ordered
when returning proofs.
Manuscripts should be written in Dutch, English, French, German or Italian. If they
contain descriptions of new genera, species, etc., they should be in one of the four last
mentioned languages.
The author should communicate with the editor before submitting his manuscript. He
will enclose with manuscript a Synopsis (Abstract), styled according to recommendations.
of the UNESCO (style rules will be provided by the editor) and, if needed, a Summary.
Papers in Dutch should contain an Abstract and/or a Summary in one of the four other
languages.
Manuscripts should be typewritten in double spacing on only one side of the paper, with
a margin of at least three cm at the left side of each sheet. Paragraphs should be indented.
Carbon copies cannot be accepted, as handling makes them illegible. 4
Captions for text figures and plates should be written on a separate sheet in double
spacing, numbered consecutively in arabic numerals; the use of a, b, c, or any other —
subdivision of the figure numbering should be avoided. i
Drawings for reproduction should be on good paper in Indian ink, preferably at least
one and a half times as large as the ultimate size desired. Lettering should be uniform, and,
after reduction, of the same size. Photographs should be furnished as shiny positive prints,
unmounted. Plates should be arranged so as to fill a whole page (11.5 x 19 cm) of the :
Tijdschrift, or a portion thereof, captions included. Combinations of illustrations into groups
are preferable to separate illustrations, since there is a minimum charge per block.
Names of genera and lower systematic categories, new terms and the like are to be under-
lined by the author in the manuscript by a single straight line. Any other directions as to
size or style of the type are given by the editors, not by the author. Italic type or spacing to
stress ordinary words or sentences is to be avoided. Dates should be spelled as follows: either
”10.V.1948” or "10 May, 1948”. Other use of latin numerals should be avoided, as well as
abbreviations in the text, save those generally accepted. Numbers from one to ten occurring
in the text should be written in full, one, two, three, etc. Titles must be kept short. Foot-
notes should be kept at a minimum.
Bibliography should not be given in footnotes but compiled in a list at end of the
paper, styled as follows:
Mosley, M. E., 1932, "A revision of the European species of the genus Leuctra (Pleco- —
ptera)”. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [10] 10 (3): 1—41, pl. 1—5, fig. 1—57. Number of «
issue should only be added (in parentheses) when it has individual pagination. 4
Text references to this list might be made thus:
“Mosley (1932) says....’ or ’ (Mosley, 1932)”.
Alta tees RES
The editors reserve the right to adjust style to certain standards of uniformity.
Manuscripts and all communications concerning editorial matters only should be sent to: 4
Dr. A. DIAKONOFF, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, The Netherlands.
DT 568 2
va
n
TIJDSCHRIFT ©
VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
UITGEGEVEN DOOR
DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
INHOUD:
ee See il EI.
- D. Hire Ris LAMBERS. — On some Japanese Aphididae (Homoptera), pp.
189 203.
Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging
BESTUUR
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht, President (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
Dr. G. Barendrecht, Vice-President (1965—1971), Amsterdam.
W. Hellinga, Secretaris (1963—1969), Amsterdam.
Drs. H. Wiering, Penningmeester (1962—1968), Bergen (N.H.).
Drs. C. A. W. Jeekel, Bibliothecaris (1960—1966), Amsterdam.
J. A. Janse (1964—1970), Bennebroek.
Dr. A. F. H. Besemer (1965—1970), Bennekom.
COMMISSIE VAN REDACTIE VOOR DE PUBLICATIES
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
P. Chrysanthus (1964—1967), Oosterhout (N.B.).
Dr. A. Diakonoff (1964—1967), Leiderdorp.
G. L. van Eyndhoven (1963—1966), Haarlem.
Dr. L. G. E. Kalshoven (1964—1967), Blaricum.
Prof. Dr. D. J. Kuenen (benoemd 1957), Leiden.
Dr. P. A. van der Laan (benoemd 1957), Bennekom.
B. J. Lempke (1965—1968), Amsterdam.
Prof. Dr. J. de Wilde (benoemd 1957), Wageningen.
Dr. J. T. Wiebes (1963—1966), Leiden.
BESTUUR DER AFDELING VOOR TOEGEPASTE ENTOMOLOGIE
Dr. A. F. H. Besemer, Voorzitter, Wageningen.
Ir. P. Gruys, Secretarts, Rheden.
Dr. Ir. L. Bravenboer, Naaldwijk.
Dr. C. F. A. Bruyning, Oegstgeest.
Dr. Ir. J. B. M. van Dinther, Bennekom.
De contributie voor het lidmaatschap bedraagt f 15.—, voor student-leden
f 2.50, per jaar. — Begunstigers betalen jaarlijks tenminstet f 15.—.
De leden, behalve de student-leden, ontvangen gratis de Entomologische _—_
Berichten, waarvan de prijs voor student-leden f 1.50 per jaar, voor niet-leden j
f 20.— per jaar en f 2.— per nummer bedraagt. È;
De leden kunnen zich voor f 10.— per jaar abonneren op het Tijdschrift voor "
Entomologie; hiervan bedraagt de prijs voor niet-leden f 35.— per jaar.
De eerder verschenen publicaties der Vereeniging zijn voor de leden tegen ver-
minderde prijzen verkrijgbaar. De Vereeniging geeft de volgende publicaties uit. N
MONOGRAPHIEEN VAN DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
Deze worden met onregelmatige tussenpozen uitgegeven. Er zijn reeds ver
schenen: À
— F. T. Valck Lucassen et al. — Monographie du genre Lomaptera Gory &
Percheron (Coleoptera, Cetoniidae), prijs f 50.—.
PEAS: Besseling. — De Nederlandse Watermijten (Hydrachnellae Latreille,
1802), prijs f 25.—.
ON SOME JAPANESE APHIDIDAE (HOMOPTERA)
BY
D. HILLE RIS LAMBERS
Bladluisonderzoek T.N.O., Bennekom, Netherlands
MUS. COMP. ZOO!
LIBRARY
OC PT S900
ABSTRACT
HARVARD
In a study on Far Eastern Aphididae (Homoptera) the following new genefd;] species “and:
subspecies are described.
Ryoichitakahashia gen. nov., type-species R. ilicis spec. nov. with as synonym Anuraphis
celastri Shinji, 1941, nec Matsumura, 1917, from Ilex serrata, Japan. Neodysaphis gen. nov.
type-species N. deutziae spec. nov. from Deutzia, Japan. Juncomyzus gen. nov., type-species
J. obscurus spec. nov. from Juncus ?, Japan. Longicaudinus gen. nov. type-species Hyalo-
pteroides sinensis Tao, 1963, a probable synonym of Pergandeidia corydisicola Tao, 1962.
Longicaudus dunlopi spec. nov. from Thalictrum flavum, Netherlands, of which Semiaphis
sphondylii van der Goot, 1915, nec Koch, 1854, is a synonym. Longicaudus himalayensis
spec. nov. vagrant on Qwercus?, India. Trichosiphoniella formosana spec. nov. from Prunus
persica, Formosa. Cryptomyzus taoi spec. nov. from Marrubium supinum, China. Cavariella
takahashii spec. nov. from Salix, Japan. Matsumuraja nuditerga spec. nov. from Rubus, Japan.
Longicaudus trirhodus subspec. japonicus nov., from Rosa and Thalictrum, Japan.
The genus Recticallis Matsumura, 1919, is discussed. Tuberculoides nigrostriata Shinji,
1941, and Myzocallis pseudoalni Takahashi, 1921, are transferred to Recticallis, and Tuber-
culoides alnifoliae Shinji, 1941, is synonymized with Recticallis alni-japonicae Matsumura,
1919.
Myzus rhois Takahashi, 1924, is referred to Sumoia Tao, 1963, and Sitomyzus japonicus
Takahashi, 1963, is declared a synonym of the first.
Megoura japonica Okamoto & Takahashi, 1927; Nectarosiphon moriokae Shinji, 1923;
Amphorophora lathyro Shinji, 1924; Megoura japonica Shinji, 1933; Megoura japonica
Takahashi, 1937; and Megoura viciae coreana Moritsu, 1948, are declared synonyms of
Megoura viciae subspec. crassicauda Mordvilko, 1919, which is raised to the specific rank.
Trichosiphoniella Shinji, 1929, is discussed; Aphis spinulosa Essig & Kuwana, 1918, is
transferred to Trichosiphoniella and considered a species distinct from the type-species of
Trichosiphoniella.
In a discussion of Takecallis Matsumura, 1917, T. bambusae Matsumura, 1917, is declared
a synonym of Callipterus arundicolens Clarke, 1903; Myzocallis bambusifoliae Takahashi,
1921, is tentatively synonymized with Myzocallis arundinariae Essig, 1917. Myzocallis sasae
Matsumura, 1917, is referred to Takecallis and distinguished from Myzocallis taiwana Taka-
hashi, 1926. Therioaphis tectae Tissot, 1934, is considered a synonym of Myzocallis taiwana
Takahashi.
It is suggested that Aphis soyogo Uye, 1923 represents the variety with the twice furcated
media in the forewings of Toxoptera aurantii (Fonscolombe, 1841) and the name soyogo is
suggested for this variety.
Introduction
Dr. R. TAKAHASHI used to send me material of most of the Japanese aphids
that he discovered or rediscovered and my Californian colleague, Dr. R. VAN DEN
BoscH, gave me many aphids collected by him in Japan in 1964. Death came to
189
190 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 7, 1965
Dr. TAKAHASHI in 1963 and I now am obliged to follow his suggestions to publish
on some of the material that he sent.
Ryoichitakahashia gen. nov.
Diagnosis. Like Aphts L., with marginal tubercles on abdominal segments I (on
the line between abdominal stigmata I and II), VII (below the stigmata) and
II—IV, with single pairs of spinal and on the anterior four abdominal tergites very
irregularly pleural hairs, but with a very large number of marginal hairs, 20—30
on each of abdominal segments II—IV, and with a concave front as in certain
Macrosiphoniella species. Hind tibiae also in young larvae without sound pegs.
Type-species: Ryoichitakahashia ilicis spec. nov.
Ryoichitakahashia ilicis spec. nov.
Apterous viviparous female.
Body rather broad, with only the head and a long bar across abdominal tergite
VIII brown sclerotic. Abdominal tergum faintly, marginally more distinctly
reticulated. Marginal tubercles on abdomen rounded, semiglobular to as high as
their basal width, on abdominal segments I—IV and VII. Dorsal hairs fine, wavy,
about 3 times as long as basal diameter of antennal segment III but often some of
the erratic pleural hairs short and as long as that diameter; spinal hairs usually in
a complete row of pairs, but pleural hairs on abdomen very irregularly present,
marginal hairs very numerous and abdominal tergite VIII with some 10—16 hairs.
Front smooth, straight in the middle, with low, very strongly diverging frontal
tubercles to rather evenly concave, near the antennal bases blackish. Antennae
about as long as body, thick, strongly imbricated with basal segments and basal
1/,—1/. of segment III blackish brown, distal 1/3 of III, distal 1/3—1/, of IV,
distal 1/3 of V and mostly the whole VI brown to blackish brown, the middle
part of III light to dark brown, the basal parts of IV and V whitish to yellowish
and the processus terminalis lighter than the basal part of last segment; III on
distal half with about 5—15 bulging rhinaria along one side; IV with 0—6
rhinaria; antennal hairs very numerous, very long, like the dorsal body hairs;
processus terminalis 4—5 times as long as basal part of VI, 11/,6—11/,; times III.
Rostrum reaching to the middle of the hind coxae; last segment thick and blunt,
with 2—3 pairs of lateral hairs besides the 3 subapical pairs, about 11/,, times as
long as second joint of hind tarsi. Legs rather stout, blackish brown to black with
only the very base of the femora and the middle 3/5 (fore and middle legs) or
basal half (of the hind legs) of the tibiae yellow to brownish yellow, with the same
number and type of spreading hairs as the antennae, but on the inner side of
particularly the hind tibiae near apex with some much shorter spiny hairs; first
tarsal joints with 3, 3, 2, sometimes 3, 3, 3, rather short hairs, the second joints,
apart from 4 ventral and lateral hairs of 0.008 mm, near apex with the smallest and
thinnest hairs possible, less than 0.002 mm long. Siphunculi jet black, evenly im-
bricated, at base as thick as the middle or the apex of the femora, tapering to half
that width just below the apex, about 1/5 of the length of body, with hardly
developed flange. Cauda brown, variable, shortly bluntly conical to rounded, with
D. Hirre Ris LAMBERS: Japanese Aphididae 191
very narrow “hard” portion, just shorter than its basal width, 1/3, rarely 1/, of
the length of the siphunculi, with some 18—24 long hairs. Subgenital plate as
hairy on anterior part as on posterior margin but with few hairs in between.
Measurements ín mm. Length body: 2.14; antenna: 1.97; antennal segments:
III: 0.51, IV: 0.31, V: 0.29, VI: (0.11 + 0.53); siphunculus: 0.44; cauda: 0.13.
Rhinaria on antennal segment III: 10 and 13.
Holotype. Apterous viviparous female, host unknown, Mt. Hikosan, Biological
Research Station, Kyushu, Japan, 10.VI.1964, leg. R. van DEN BOSCH. Paratypes.
Apterae viviparae with the same data, and 3 apterae viviparae from Ilex serrata,
Kobuka, Kawachi-Nagano, Osaka Prefecture, Japan, leg. M. Sorin.
Notes. According to field notes by Dr. VAN DEN BOSCH this is a dull black
species occurring in dense colonies on stems. Dr. TAKAHASHI first sent the species
as an unknown Dysaphis? However, the species is not unknown. Figures on p. 470
in SHINJI (1941) relate to this aphid, under the name Anuraphis celastri Mats.
But MATSUMURA (1917) described the cauda of Aphis celastri as: “large, some-
what longer than the tarsi, in the middle constricted’, etc., and stipulates that in
the aptera antennal segment III has no sensoria. According to information received
from Dr. M. Sorin the host plant given by SHINJI (1941, in Japanese) is Ilex
serrata var. sieboldi. UYE (1923) described Aphis soyogo from Ilex in Japan, but
from his figures and the description as translated for me by Dr. SORIN it would
seem that UYE described the form with a twice furcated media of Toxoptera
aurantii (Fonsc.) from Ilex pedunculata, Thea japonica and Eurya japonica, a
form which might be called Toxoptera aurantii var. soyogo.
Neodysaphis gen. nov.
Diagnosis. Fundatrix Aphis-like with the oval abdominal stigmata I and II not
much nearer each other than II and III, with the tergum membranous, with rather
long, fine, acute hairs; head broad, front as in Aphis L., antennae without secon-
dary rhinaria, of 6 segments; siphunculi faintly incrassate, constricted near the tip,
not spinulose, not reticulated; cauda very short, much wider than long, triangular,
rather acute; no marginal nor spinal tubercles present. Alatae also without distinct
frontal tubercles, distance between eye and basis of antenna as long as basal dia-
meter of antennal segment III; abdomen with stigmal pori I and II very near each
other, with typical Myzus-like central sclerite; antennae with few rhinaria on
antennal segment III. First tarsal joints in adults with 4, 4, 4 hairs (two sense pegs,
two thinner lateral hairs). No larvae available. Type-species: Neodysaphis deutziae
spec. nov.
The genus looks rather like Dysaphis Börner, also in its Aphidine fundatrix but
“Myzine” alatae, but the absence of tubercles, the few rhinaria in alatae and above
all, the chaetotaxy of the tarsi, separate it.
Neodysaphis deutziae spec. nov.
Fundatrix.
Body about 2.35 mm long, roundish, membranous, smooth, with normal, fine
hairs of about 0.030 mm long. Front slightly sinuated, smooth. Antennae of 6
192 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 7, 1965
segments, very dark, nearly smooth with only the processus terminalis imbricated,
with normal rather small primary rhinaria and a few hairs as long as about half
basal diameter of segment III. Eyes with triommatidion and some 30 facets.
Rostrum probably with 2 hairs besides the 3 subapical pairs. Siphunculi blackish,
cylindrical, with apical constriction or also basally slightly attenuated, about 6 times
as long as their halfway width, evenly lightly imbricated, with rather large flange.
Legs brownish yellow with dark knees, smooth, with local very slight imbrications
on the femora; hind tibiae with a number of pseudosensoria on distal half; first
tarsal joints with 4, 4, 4 hairs.
Measurements in mm. Length body: 2.34; antenna: 0.90; antennal segments:
III: 0.28, IV: 0.19, V: 0.21, VI: (0.065 + 0.07); siphunculus: 0.35; cauda: 0.07.
Alate viviparous female.
Very different from fundatrix, slightly smaller. Front similar. Antennae con-
siderably shorter than body; segment III with 3—10 (average 6.0) mostly rather
large rhinaria along one side, irregularly placed; primary rhinarium on segment V
unusually large with a broad rim and protruding but apically flat membrane, the
one on segment VI slightly smaller. Eyes large. Last rostral segment bluntish with
2—4 hairs besides the 3 subapical pairs, 11/3 times second joint of hind tarsi.
Wings with normal venation, but second fork of the media rather close to wing
tips and stigma rather long. Legs rather long and blackish, femora with rather long,
somewhat spiny hairs, hairs on the tibiae shorter, gradually longer towards apex;
hind tibiae with a small number of pseudosensoria on distal half; first tarsal joints
with 4, 4, 4 hairs. Abdominal dorsum with a large, dark, spinapleural central sclerite
from tergites II—VI, with some perforations along the segmental borders and
with irregular sides (as in Myzus proper). Siphunculi rather dark, mottled, mostly
basally and apically darkest, cylindrical, with a slight attenuation below the small
flange, as thin as thickest part of the hind tibiae, evenly imbricated, nearly 1/6
body’s length. Cauda triangular, about 1/4 of the siphunculi, with 5 hairs.
Measurements in mm. Length body: 2.08; antenna: 1.57; antennal segments:
II: 0.37, IV: 0.32, V: 0.24, VI: (0.13 + 0.34); siphunculus: 0.34; cauda: 0.085.
Rhinaria on antennal segment III: 9 and 10.
Holotype. Alate viviparous female, from Deutzia, Mt. Kongo, Osaka Prefecture,
Japan, 17.V.1959, leg. R. TAKAHASHI. Paratypes. One alate and one fundatrix with
the data of the holotype, and some mostly damaged alatae, Prunus sp.?, locality
as above, 29.V.1964, leg. R. VAN DEN BoscH, V-29t.
Notes. Dr. R. VAN DEN BoscH provided some mostly strongly damaged alatae
from Prunus?, but a few years before Dr. TAKAHASHI had sent the same insect
from the same locality, however, with Deutzia as host plant. Some elements in the
description of A. utsigicola Monzen, 1929, from Deutzia scabra, such as the dark
patch on the abdomen in the alate suggest that he was dealing with our new species.
But the distribution of sensoria of the antennae, the description of the cauda with
10 hairs, marginal tubercles, etc, make MONZEN’s species very different from
Neodysaphis deutziae spec. nov.
D. Hurr Ris LAMBERS : Japanese Aphididae 193
As the second generation apparently is completely alate, one may assume that the
species has host alternation. Recognition is easy by the pseudosensoria on the hind
tibiae in viviparae.
Juncomyzus gen. nov.
Diagnosis. Head broad, ventrally and dorsally above the front and around the
antennal bases very scabrous, with straight front and low, diverging, on the inner-
side conspicuously rounded, frontal tubercles. Antennae of about body’s length;
segment III in apterae with some rhinaria, in alatae also IV sometimes with a few.
Rostrum normal. Wings with twice forked media. Dorsum in apterae variably
sclerotic with perforations and with reticulation, in alatae membranous. Dorsal hairs
very short, blunt, scarce. Siphunculi long, imbricated, with flange, not swollen.
Cauda elongate. Legs normal; first tarsal joints with 3, 3, 3 hairs, but the lateral
hairs only 1/3—1/, of the length of the middle hair. Few spinules on the hind
tibiae in nymphs. Type-species: Juncomyzus obscurus spec. nov.
The genus seems to be related to Neomyzus van der Goot, but the broad head
with the low diverging frontal tubercles distinguish it. The presence of rhinaria
on antennal segment III distinguishes it from Myzus Pass. Sumoia Tao, 1963, the
type-species of which I have not seen, according to Tao’s figure, differs in the
chaetotaxy of the first tarsal joints which in Juncomyzus more than anything else
resembles that of Pentalonia Coq.
Juncomyzus obscurus spec. nov.
Apterous viviparous female.
Body 1.23 to 1.81 mm long, oval, not depressed, in very small specimens dorsally
only marginally and caudad the siphunculi with some brownish sclerotisation, in
normal specimens with irregular darkish sclerotic transverse bars that tend to
coalesce; especially on the sclerotic areas reticulated. No marginal or spinal tubercles.
Dorsal hairs very short, scarce and inconspicuous; abdominal tergite VIII with
4— 6 such hairs. Head twice as wide as long, dark, scabrous except on most of its
dorsal surface. Front straight to faintly convex in the middle, with low, strongly
diverging (30—45°), rounded frontal tubercles. Antennae scabrously imbricated,
longer than body, rather thick, dark except for the pale basal 1/3—2/3 part of
segment III; segment III in apterae not at base but more or less on the middle part
with 1—5 rather flat rhinaria on a thickened part of the segment; for interrelation
of segments vide measurements; antennal hairs very scarce and the few present
hardly higher than the imbrications. Rostrum nearly reaching the hind coxae, the
short, rather blunt last segment about 11/, times as long as second joint of hind
tarsi, with 1—4 short hairs besides the 3 subapical pairs. Legs normal, with dark,
scabrous femora and smooth, short-haired, yellowish tibiae with dark apices; first
tarsal joints with one spiny median hair and two short lateral hairs. Siphunculi
black, about 2/7 of length of body, straight in dorsal view, but bent near base in
lateral view, rather evenly tapering, in the middle about 13/g times as thick as
half-way width of hind tibiae, markedly, densely semibluntly imbricated throughout
194 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 7, 1965
with somewhat denticulate imbrications, with rather small flange. Cauda dark,
rather elongate, conical with rounded tip, 1/3 of the siphunculi. Subgenital plate
with 2—5 short hairs on anterior half.
Measurements in mm. Length body: 1.47; antenna: 1.63; antennal segments:
III: 0.33, IV: 0.29, V: 0.22, VI: (0.12 + 0.49); siphunculus: 0.46; cauda: 0.14.
Rhinaria on antennal segment III: 3 and 4.
Alate viviparous female.
Head and thorax black sclerotic; abdominal dorsum only with rather conspicuous
pleural sclerites, marginal and postsiphuncular sclerites; only the postsiphuncular
sclerites reticulated. Antennal segment III with 6—12 rhinaria in an irregular row,
segment IV with 1—3 rhinaria. Wings with normal venation, the veins rather
thick, brownish and very narrowly and vaguely bordered. Siphunculi more cylin-
drical with enlarged base. Cauda slightly shorter and more acute. Otherwise similar
to apterae.
Measurements in mm. Length body: 1.55; antenna: 1.78; antennal segments:
II: 0.36, IV: 0.33, V: 0.25, VI: (0.14 + 0.54); siphunculus: 0.39; cauda: 0.13.
Rhinaria on antennal segment III: 8 and 9; on IV: 1 and 2.
Larvae: only on the dorsal surface of the hind tibiae somewhat scabrously
spinulosely imbricated; in lateral view this is only visible by a serrated dorsal out-
line. No sclerotisation on abdomen.
Holotype. Apterous viviparous female, from Juncus sp.?, Nara, Osaka-Fu, Japan,
25.V.1964, leg. R. VAN DEN BOSCH, V-25a. Paratypes. Apterae and alatae vivi-
parae with the same collecting data.
Notes. In a search for the name for this species I came across Aulacorthum
scirpi van der Goot, 1917, but the colour and the interrelation of the antennal
segments did not agree. In the Japanese literature, including the pictures in SHINJI's
(1941) monograph, I found no reference to aphids resembling the present one
and therefore I am describing it as a new species. According to the collector the
species is dull black in life and it lives in thick colonies on the stems of the host
plant.
Recticallis Matsumura, 1919
The genus was erected with Recticallis alni-japonicae Mats., 1919, as the type-
species, but has since been neglected, as the few species known have been placed in
Myzocallis, Agrioaphis, etc. Yet recognition is extremely easy. The genotype has
a row of quite long scabrous unpaired processi on the anterior abdominal tergites.
Slides received from the late Dr. TAKAHASHI show that he accepted the genus
Recticallis and besides the type-species, placed also Tuberculoides nigrostriata
Shinji, 1941, in it. It appears from SHINJrs figures that Tuberculoides alnifoliae
Shinji, 1941, is a synonym of the type-species. Examination of authentic material of
Myzocallis (later, in 1931, Agrioaphis) pseudoalni Tak., 1921 ‚shows that pseudo-
alni should be referred to the genus Recticallis Mats.
D. Hime Ris LAMBERS: Japanese Aphididae 195
Examination of embryos of all three species, and of a number of older larvae
of the genotype shows that Recticallis is nearest related to Prerocallis Pass., 1860.
The long knobbed hairs have conspicuously rough shafts. The processus terminalis
is typically shorter than the basal part of the last antennal segment. The genus
seems to differ from Pterocallis only in the presence of very long unpaired processi
on the abdomen in adult winged morphs and in the fact that all viviparae are
winged.
It is possible that Japanese material from Alnus sieboldianus belongs to a fourth
species. Specimens from that host have a faint smoky dash between the tips of the
sector radii and the upper branch of the media, their siphunculi are more slender
than in alni-japonicae identified by Dr. TAKAHASHI, and the embryos inside have
the spinal hairs on Vth abdominal tergite very thick and 0.048 mm long, as against
the thinner, 0.052 mm long hairs in embryos of alni-japonicae Mats., as identified
by Dr. TAKAHASHI.
Myzus rhois Tak., 1924
In a recent paper (1963) Dr. TAKAHASHI renamed this aphid Sztomyzus japo-
nicus, because he placed the species in Sitomyzus H.R.L. where it would be pre-
occupied by Sitomyzus rhois (Monell, 1879). However, rhois Monell belongs in
Glabromyzus Richards, 1960, and Myzus rhois Tak. is not congeneric with rhozs
Monell, could not possibly be placed in S7tomyzus H.R.L. and probably is a Sumota
Tao, 1963. Therefore Sitomyzus japonicus Tak., 1963, becomes a synonym of
Sumoia rhois (Takahashi, 1924).
Megoura crassicauda Mordvilko, 1919
The Japanese relative of Megoura viciae Buckt. differs from its European form
in the apterae having numerous strongly protruding rhinaria over about 3/4—9/10
of antennal segment III along one side of the segment, while in alatae also antennal
segment IV is covered with a number of rhinaria. MATSUMURA (1918) described
Rhopalosiphum viciae var. japonicum from Vicia unijuga but as he described the
heads in apterae and alatae as greenish yellow and yellowish green, respectively,
he probably had Megoura lespedezae Essig & Kuwana.
OKAMOTO & TAKAHASHI (1927) described Megoura japonica (Mats.) from
Vicia cracca, V. flava and V. sp. from Corea and this undoubtedly is the species that
Dr. VAN DEN BOSCH collected in Japan and that Dr. TAKAHASHI sent me as Me-
goura viciae japonica Mats. from Japan. However, in SHINJI’s monograph of
Japanese aphids (1941) the same species is described and figured as Amphoro-
phora lathyri Shinji (1924), which name is older than M. japonica Okamoto &
Takahashi. MATSUMURA (1918) described his aphid as a variety and therefore his
name cannot be used as the author of a species M. japonicum, apart from the dif-
ferent identity of his aphid.
MORITSU (1948) also described this aphid under the name Megoura viciae
Matsumura and recorded Nectarosiphon moriokae Shinji, 1923, Amphorophora
lathyri Shinji, 1924, Megoura japonica Shinji, 1933, and Megoura japonica Taka-
196 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 7, 1965
hashi, 1937, as synonyms. But MORITSU gave to Megoura japonica Okamoto &
Takahashi, 1927, a new subspecific name, Megoura viciae coreana, which is not
necessary, as the name japonica was not preoccupied. He described the variability
of his japonica and separated it from his coreana by a smaller number of rhinaria,
20—40 for viciae japonica in the key, 14—43 on p. 87 of his paper.
MorDVILKO (1919) described Megoura viciae subsp. crassicauda from Lathyrus
and Vicia faba, from Slavjanka and Tchernigovka, in the Maritime Territory just
north of North Korea, separating this subspecies by a thicker cauda from viciae
sensu stricto. This character is not effective, but in the description MORDVILKO
writes that apterae have 30—40 (41 in his measurements) rhinaria over 3/,—5/;
of the length of antennal segment III. Consequently the name Megoura crassicauda
Mordv. has to be used for the Japanese equivalent of Megoura viciae Buckton,
while Megoura viciae coreana Moritsu may well be a synonym of crassicauda
Mordv.
Longicaudus van der Goot, 1913 and Longicaudinus gen. nov.
So far only one species, Aphis trirhodus WIk., 1849 has been assigned to Longi-
caudus van der Goot. However, more species should be attributed to this genus.
VAN DER GOOT in 1913 recorded as Longicaudus, and in 1915 described as
Semiaphis sphondylii, what he thought to be Hyalopterus sphondylii Koch, 1854,
from an unidentified Umbellifera. Comparison of his 1915 description with the
original description of Hyalopterus sphondylii Koch immediately shows that this
identification was wrong. VAN DER GooT's aphid is an entirely pallid insect,
KocH's sphondylii is a typical Semiaphis, with a dark head, cauda and siphunculi.
An insect completely agreeing with VAN DER GooT's description was collected
in 1946 from Thalictrum flavum L. by Mr. DUNLOP. It agrees in chaetotaxy of the
tarsi, etc., with Longicaudus trirhodus (\Wlk.), has like that species the extremely
long third antennal segment, but the processus terminalis is about 13/;—2 times
as long as the basal part of antennal segment VI and the siphunculi are even
shorter than those in ¢rirhodus Wik. while they have hardly any flange. I believe
that VAN DER GOOT, who was not a very good botanist, mistook Thalictrum for
an Umbellifera. Herewith I rename Semzaphis sphondyli van der Goot, 1915, nec
KocH, 1854, Longicaudus dunlopi nom. nov. I should point out that also Longi-
caudus trirhodus (\WIk.) infests Thalictrum besides Aguilegia, but the species can
very easily be separated by the length of the processus terminalis.
Japanese Longicaudus from Rosa and from Thalictrum in some respects differ
from Western European material. All alatae from both hosts that I have lack the
square black sclerotic patch on the abdomen but instead have a few disconnected
rather rudimentary crossbars on segments III—V. The processus terminalis in
specimens from Rosa (alatae and one aptera) is about 5—10% longer than the
basal part of last antennal segment, in specimens from Thalictrum 30% (aptera)
to 75% longer than that part. The chaetotaxy of the tarsi agrees with Western
European specimens. For the Japanese material I propose the name Longicaudus
trirhodus japonicus subsp. nov.
Two alate aphids, collected on Quercus?, Kufri (Simla), India, Oct. 1957, leg.
K. K. Nirura, have the black central abdominal sclerite, the very long third an-
D. Hire Ris LAMBERS : Japanese Aphididae 197
tennal segment (equals IV + V + VI) with some 75 very tuberculate rhinaria,
the short last rostral segment, etc., of Longicaudus trirhodus (Wlk.), but the first
tarsal joints have 6 hairs (2 sense pegs), the antennal segment IV has 0—3 (0 & 1;
2 & 3) rhinaria, the processus terminalis is 21/3— 21/5 times as long as the base
of segment VI and the siphunculi (0.135 mm) are about as long as the cauda,
12/7 times as long as second joint of hind tarsi (in alate trirhodus siphunculus:
cauda: second joint hind tarsi is 1 : (2 to 21/,) : 11/9). Because of the several
differences I propose the name Longicaudus himalayensis spec. nov. for this
material.
Finally there is corydisicola Tao, 1962, which CHENG CHu Tao placed in Per-
gandeidia together with trirhodus Wik. I have not examined type material of this
species, but the late Dr. TAKAHASHI sent me some apterae from Corydalis from
Japan for identification. Cotypes of Hyalopteroides sinensis Tao, 1963, would
seem to be the same species as corydisicola. I find for both cotypes of sinensis and
Japanese specimens from Corydalis 3, 3, 2 hairs on the first tarsal joints and 7—9
hairs on the cauda, and therefore the only differences seem to be in the number
of rhinaria in alatae, 9—10 in corydisicola, 13—15 in sinensis. Alatae have the
typical abdominal ornamentation of Longicaudus trirhodus Wk.
I erect the new genus Longicaudinus gen. nov., type-species Hyalopteroides
sinensis Tao, 1963, of which I have authentic material. This genus differs from
Longicaudus in the chaetotaxy of the first tarsal joints and the different antennae.
The type-species may be the same as, or a subspecies of corydisicola Tao, 1962.
Two of the Japanese apterae of the latter show an extensive dusky pleural
sclerotisation.
Trichosiphoniella Shinji, 1929
Two Japanese aphids have been referred to Trichosiphoniella: Myzus momonis
Mats., 1917, and Myzus sasakii Mats., 1917, both forming galls or pseudogalls on
Prunus leaves. MORITSU (1947) has dedicated a special paper to the group of four
Myzus species that form galls on Prunus trees in Japan, giving a key. Dr. R. VAN
DEN BOSCH collected several samples of Myzzs with hairs on the siphunculi in
Japan; according to the material that I now possess, there would seem to be con-
fusion among the various Japanese authors on the identity of these aphids.
(1) In one sample, with a number of fundatrices with 4 antennal segments and
very curious thin siphunculi, the alatae have lightly imbricated siphunculi with few
hairs, at most 2, a rather short processus terminalis, and there is no distinct central
sclerite on the abdominal dorsum. This sample is from Dazaifu Shrine, Fukuoka
Prefecture, Japan, 29.IV.1964, leg. R. VAN DEN BoscH IV-29c. The material agrees
perfectly with one identified by the late Dr. TAKAHASHI as sasakii and collected
at Wakayama, Japan, 23.V.1954, leg. R. TAKAHASHI. Also nymphs in both these
samples agree very well in the fact that they have a large number of spinules on
the outside of the hind tibiae. We can therefore follow Moritsu (1947) and
Dr. TAKAHASHI and define T. sasakii Mats. as the species with 4 antennal seg-
ments in the fundatrices, without a developed central abdominal sclerite in alatae
and nymphs with spinulose hind tibiae. The species apparently leaves Prunus in the
198 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 7, 1965
second generation as no apterae except fundatrices occur on Prunus. Dr. TAKA-
HASHI wrote to me that the species migrates to Artemisia and sent me a slide of
apterae from Artemisia (Osaka, Japan, VI-1957, leg. R. TAKAHASHI) which look
like a Phorodon in the structure of head and antennal segment I, without hairs on
the siphunculi; the larva in this slide still has its spinulose hind tibiae.
(2) Also Trichosiphoniella momonis Mats. is available from Japan, from
“Cherry”, Osaka, Japan, 5.V.1954, leg. R. TAKAHASHI, and from ‘Cherry’, Kashi
Shrine near Fukuoka, 22.IV.1964, leg. R. VAN DEN BoscH, IV-22a. The latter
sample contains stem mothers with 5-segmented antennae and one aptera vivipara
of the second generation besides many alatae and nymphs. The slide from Dr.
TAKAHASHI holds a second generation aptera, two alatae and nymphs. The
specimens, especially apterae and nymphs, have markedly flanged, scabrously
imbricated siphunculi with several short hairs of about 0.016 mm long. The
alatae have thicker antennae with more rhinaria and a slightly longer processus
terminalis than in the preceding; on the abdomen there is a distinct but rather
perforated central sclerite. All the characters mentioned by MORITSU (1947) are
present. The insects are very similar to T. sasakii Mats., but all the nymphs have
only 1—3 inconspicuous spinules on the hind tibiae. By the latter character samples
with nymphs are very easily recognized.
MATSUMURA (1917) originally described Myzus momonis from Prunus persica
and does not mention galls, although he does so for Myzus sakurae and M. sasakii
on the same page. MORITSU (1947) mentions numerous samples from various
Prunus spp., but writes that he has not collected the species on Prunus persica.
(3) I have material from Prunus persica from Formosa (Kagi, VIII.1928, leg.
TAKAHASHI) identified by Dr. TAKAHASHI as Myzus momonis Mats. In the
samples are some apterae viviparae and nymphs and they differ very considerably
from the momonis mentioned sub (2). The nymphs have very large numbers of
spinules over the whole length of the hind tibiae and not only on the hind tibiae
but also on the fore and middle tibiae. Even the adult apterae have a large number
of spinules on all tibiae. Quite clearly the Formosan momonis are not the same as
the Japanese ones: the late Dr. BÖRNER would certainly have placed them in dif-
ferent genera. They differ from TAKAHASHI's Osaka 1954 momonis as apterae
also by the complete absence of sclerotisation or pigmentation, a rounder body and
shorter extremities; their dorsal hairs (0.013 mm) are only little shorter than those
of Japanese apterae (0.017 mm).
The Formosan material from Prunus persica recorded by TAKAHASHI (1924)
and TAO (1963) does not agree with any of the published descriptions of momonis
[or of its synonyms, according to Moritsu (1947), Myzus higansakurae Monzen,
1927, and Myzus rarus Monzen, 1927]. I therefore propose the name Tricho-
siphoniella formosana spec. nov. The holotype and paratypes, all apterous vivi-
parous females, are from Prunus persica, Kagi, Formosa, VIII.1928, leg. R. TAKA-
HASHI.
(4) A sample from Prunus spec., Mt. Kongo, Osaka, Japan, 29.V.1964, leg.
R. VAN DEN BoscH, V-291, is again quite different. Only apterae viviparae are
present and they differ from the specimens mentioned under 2 and 3 by having
much longer hairs on the dorsum (0.035 mm), siphunculi (0.021—0.026 mm)
D. Hire Ris LAMBERS : Japanese Aphididae 199
and antennae. The hind tibiae in nymphs have sporadic spinules. The tergum is
rather heavily dark sclerotic. The figures in Essic & KUWANA (1918, p. 77) of
their Aphis spinulosa from “Cherry” agree perfectly with material mentioned
sub (4) as to length and numbers of hairs, and shape of cauda but do not agree
at all with material mentioned sub (2). Therefore the sample R. van DEN BOSCH
V-291 is considered to be Trichosiphoniella spinulosa (Essig & Kuwana, 1918).
Cryptomyzus taoi spec. nov.
Apterous viviparous female.
Body about 2.00—2.25 mm long, with colourless integumentum. Knobbed hairs
on abdomen numerous, on abdominal tergites II—IV per segment about 14—18,
of which the longest are about 21/, times as long as halfway diameter of the hind
tibiae; marginal groups on these segments composed of 4—5 hairs each, more
rarely 3 hairs. Antennae pallid, 12/7 times length of body; segment III with some
6—11 bulging rhinaria irregularly placed along one side on basal 1/3 part; proces-
sus terminalis about 23/,—25/, times segment V; hairs on segment III up to
5/7 of basal diameter of that segment, about half as long as longest hair on seg-
ment I. Rostrum with last segment 11/3—11/, times as long as second joint of
hind tarsi, with 7—9 hairs besides the 3 subapical pairs. Siphunculi 1/;—1/, of
length of body, very distinctly swollen on distal half and there 11/3—13/; times
as wide as the smallest width more basad, with small flange. Cauda very short, 1/5
of the length of the siphunculi, with 7 hairs.
Measurements in mm. Length body: 2.17; antenna: 1.29; antennal segments:
III: 0.64, IV: 0.46, V: 0.37, VI: (0.11 + 1.00); siphunculus: 0.51; cauda: 0.10.
Rhinaria on antennal segment III: 8 and 11.
Alate viviparous female.
Abdomen with a large compact trapezoidal central sclerite from the hairs of
segment III to those on segment VI, laterally including pleural sclerites, cephalad
partly connected with spinal and pleural sclerites around hair-bases on tergite III,
with some rather large perforations between tergites V and VI spinally; hairs on
dorsum still rather stout and knobbed, the longest on tergite III just longer than
halfway diameter of hind tibiae; marginal sclerites with 3—4 knobbed hairs.
Antennae black; segment III with about 47—51 slightly tuberculate bulging rhi-
naria, IV with 24—28, V with 8—10; processus terminalis 31/4 times segment V.
Siphunculi in the swollen area about 13/4 times as wide as the thinnest part of
the stem.
Measurements in mm. Length body: 2.00; antenna: 2.63; antennal segments:
III: 0.64, IV: 0.46, V: 0.37, VI: (0.11 + 1.00); siphunculus: 0.51; cauda: 0.10.
Rhinaria on antennal segment III: 47 and 50; on IV: 25 and 25; on V: 8 and 8.
Holotype. Apterous viviparous female, on Marrubium supinum, Chengtu, Sze-
chuan, China, I.XII.1936, leg. C. C. Tao. Paratypes: apterae and alatae with the
same collecting data.
200 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 7, 1965
Notes. The species clearly belongs in the relationship of Cryptomyzus ribis (L.),
not in that of C. galeopsidis (Kltb.), and the apterae in my key (1953) run to
couplet 7 (6), which holds C. korschelti Börner and C. heinzei H.R.L. The latter
is excluded because of its 2—3 pairs of marginal hairs on abdomen and the short
hair on antennal segment I, while indeed C. korschelti Börner is very nearly related
to C. taoi spec. nov. However, C. tao? has marginal groups of 4—5 hairs, C. kor-
schelti groups of 3, rarely 4, and as also more additional spinal and pleural hairs
are present, abdominal tergites II-IV in korschelti have mostly 12, very rarely
including the small hairs up to 18 hairs, while in faoi there are normally 16, but
up to 22 hairs. On the other hand the last rostral segment in korschelti has 11—18
hairs besides the 3 subapical pairs, but in tao? there are 8 hairs besides the sub-
apical pairs. In alatae there is very little difference between C. korschelti and C.
taoi spec. nov. The chaetotaxy of the rostrum differs as in apterae, the hair on the
inner apex of antennal segment I in C. tao is twice as long as the longest hair on
segment III, while in £orschelti that hair on segment I is not or only little longer
than the longest hair on segment III. However, in siphunculi, antennae and dorsal
ornamentation the two species are extremely similar, and clearly very nearly related.
In my (1953) revision of European Cryptomyzus, as a questionable synonym of
C. ribis (L.) this aphid was quoted as Capitophorus ribis Tseng & Tao, 1936.
Since then I received a slide of this species from Dr. C. C. TAO, with permission
to describe the aphid. TAO (1963) refers to it as Cryptomyzus taoi H.R.L.
Cavariella takahashii spec. nov.
Alate viviparous female (rather heavily potashed).
Body about 2.25—2.30 mm long with indistinct central sclerotisation on
posterior half of abdomen. Antennae very much like those of C. japonica Essig &
Kuwana, but segment III slightly thicker, with 51—52 (3 antennae) tuberculate,
bulging rhinaria, IV with 10—11, V with 3—5 secondary rhinaria; processus
terminalis just longer than base of last segment; hairs on antennae short, about
half basal diameter of segment III. Rostrum reaching to hind coxae; last segment
1.45 times second joint of hind tarsi, with 2 pairs of long hairs on basal half.
Wings normal. Femora all with many long wavy hairs, most of which are 2/3 or
more of the halfway diameter of the femora, but with a number of spiny much
shorter hairs on distal half similar to those on the tibiae. Siphunculi slightly
tapering from the middle, more strongly so near base, not constricted or abruptly
narrowed at apex, with very small flange, about 2/,; length of body and about
6 times as long as their halfway width. Abdominal tergite VIII with the two spinal
hairs close to each other, but without a trace of a supracaudal process. Cauda thick
and very blunt, nearly half as long as the siphunculi, with 11—14 hairs. |
Measurements in mm. Length body: 2.26; antenna: 1.48; antennal segments:
III: 0.52, IV: 0.18, V: 0.13, VI: (0.13 + 0.15); siphunculus 0:30; cauda 20.72
Rhinaria on antennal segment III: 51 and ?; on IV: 11 and ?; on V: 3 and ?
Holotype. Alate viviparous female, from Salix, Yokohama, Japan, 30.IV.1918, |
leg. P. VAN DER Goor. Paratype. Alate with the same data.
D. Hire Ris LAMBERS : Japanese Aphididae 201
Notes. Notwithstanding the absence of a supracaudal process and its long
femoral hairs, the species is not nearly related to C. sapporoensis Tak., 1961 and
C. oenanthi Shinji, 19221), which both possess very long siphunculi and dense,
long hairs on the tibiae. The closest relative is C. japonica Essig & Kuwana, 1918
from which takahashii differs by a few more rhinaria on the somewhat thicker
antennal segment III, by the shorter processus terminalis (more than 1.5 times
base of VI in japonica), numerous long femoral hairs, long ventral hairs (longest
on abdomen 0.030—0.043 mm in japonica, 0.060—0.082 mm in takahashii),
apically not constricted siphunculi, and thick fingertip-shaped cauda with 11—14
hairs instead of conical cauda with 7—10 hairs.
The above species was collected in 1918 by P. vAN DER GOOT at Yokohama
when he was on his way from Java to the Netnerlands, via Japan and Siberia. I
sent it as undescribed to Dr. TAKAHASHI, who had not seen it before but un-
fortunately did not describe it and did not include it in his 1961 key to Cavariella
of Japan. The original sample consisted of a mixture of C. japonica Essig & Ku-
wana with C. takahashii spec. nov.; a fundatrix and apterae seem to belong to
C. japonica. There is a very small flaw in the key to alatae in TAKAHASHI (1961),
where in couplet (2) C. japonica is keyed as having no long femoral hairs; mostly
that species has one long hair on the underside near the middle of the fore femora
in alatae.
Matsumuraja nuditerga spec. nov.
Apterous viviparous female.
Body small, only about 1.18—1.34 mm long. Capitate hairs only present on
front, sides of pro and mesonotum and abdominal tergites VII and VIII; all other
dorsal hairs minute, not capitate, and placed on normal, very inconspicuous sockets.
Last rostral segment about 1.1 times as long as second joint of hind tarsi. Other
characters more or less as in Matsumuraja rubifoliae Tak., as described by TAKA-
HASHI (1959).
Holotype and paratype. Apterous viviparous females, from Rubus, Nara, Osaka-
Fu, Japan, 25.V.1964, leg. R. van DEN BoscH, V-25g.
Notes. Japanese species of the genus were recently discussed by TAKAHASHI
(1959), Formosan and continental Chinese species by TAO (1963). Material of
M. rubi (Matsumara, 1918), M. rubicola Takahashi, 1927, and M. rubifoliae
Takahashi, 1931, all identified by Dr. TAKAHASHI is available.
The present species differs strongly from the published descriptions of Matsu-
muraja species, but TAKAHASHI (1959, p. 57—58) in discussing M. rubifoliae,
tefers to the occasional absence or minute size of pleural and sometimes spinal
hairs. It would seem therefore that I described abnormal specimens of the latter
species. However, it appears that the embryos inside the apterae that I described
above have the setal pattern of only capitate hairs on front and abdominal tergites
1) Spelled “oenauthi” in SHINJI (1941, p. 638), where possibly two species are mixed.
202 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 7, 1965
VII and VIII with exceedingly short hairs on the rest of the dorsum, whereas
rubifoliae apterae with occasional short hairs have embryos with a full complement
of capitate hairs from head to tail. The last rostral segment in nwditerga is only
1.1 times as long as the second joint of the hind tarsi as against 1.4 times in
dwarfs of rubifoliae. Also in slightly higher frontal tubercles, longer and less
variegated antennae and more slender siphunculi does M. nuditerga differ from
M. rubifoliae.
Japanese species of Takecallis Matsumura, 1917
A number of Myzocallis-like aphids have been reported from Japan from grasses
of the bamboo group. All seem to belong to Takecallis Mats., a genus characterized
by adults having a fingertip-like processus on the clypeus.
1. T. bambusae Matsumura, 1917, type of Takecallis Mats., 1917, lives on the
undersides of flat leaves. Material of that species from Japan cannot be disting-
uished from Callipterus arundicolens Clarke, 1903, and bambusae must be
considered a synonym. T. arundicolens (Clarke) was described from California,
but it also occurs in England, Switzerland, Mediterranean France, Italy, Bulgaria,
and Japan.
2. T. arundinariae (Essig, 1917), was described as a Myzocallis from California.
I also saw material from North Carolina and England. Myzocallis bambustfoliae
Tak., 1921, from Formosa and Japan, may be a synonym but I have not seen
material from that area. It lives, like the preceding species, on flat leaves.
3. T. sasae (Matsumura, 1917) was described as a Myzocallis. The species has
apparently not been found outside Japan. The original description gives the colour
as yellowish green and this is one respect in which it differs from the next species
which in life is bright green. According to Dr. VAN DEN BoscH who collected it
in Japan, the insects live on the youngest, tender, rolled leaves or shoots.
4. T. tatwana (Takahashi, 1926) was first recorded by TAKAHASHI (1925)
from Formosa as Myzocallis sasae Mats., later given the name Myzocallis tatwana.
It infests the same parts of the hosts as the preceding species. Both tazwana and
sasae were collected by Dr. VAN DEN BOSCH in Japan, and in slides they are ex-
tremely similar. However, specimens identified by the late Dr. TAKAHASHI as
T. sasae Mats., and similar ones collected by Dr. VAN DEN BOSCH near Wakayama
City, have very little contrast in the ornamentation of the flagellum of the anten-
nae, and the hairs on the outer side of the hind tibiae are near its middle very long
and fine, about 0.044 mm, while in T. tazwana these hairs are about 0.026 mm
or shorter. T. taiwana is widely distributed. It was described as Therioaphis tectae
Tissot, 1932, from Arundinaria tecta in Florida. I saw it in North Carolina; in
Europa it was found in England, Southern France, the Crimea; it occurs also in
South Africa. Material from the mentioned areas including paratypes of tectae
was examined; the specimens closely agree in the length of the tibial hairs.
REFERENCES
Essic, E. O. & S. I. KUWANA, 1918. Some Japanese Aphididae. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sc. [4]
8: 36—112.
D. Hire Ris LAMBERS : Japanese Aphididae 203
Hire Ris LAMBERS, D., 1953. Contributions to a monograph of the Aphididae of Europe,
V. Temminckia 9: 1—176.
MATSUMURA, S., 1917. A list of the Aphididae of Japan, with description of new species
and genera. Journ. Coll. Agric. Tohoku Imp. Univ. Sapporo 7 : 351—414.
, 1918. New Aphidinae of Japan. Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Society 7: 1—22.
MORDVILKO, A., 1919. Aphidodea. Faune d.l. Russie; Ins. Hémiptéres 1, livr. 2: 237—508.
Morıtsu, M., 1947. Four gall-forming aphids on cherry trees in Japan. Mushi 18 : 39—48.
, 1948. The genus Megoura Buckton in Japan, with a note on the variation of the
external characters in Megoura viciae japonica (Matsumura). Mushi 18: 83—88.
OKAMOTO, H. & R. TAKAHASHI, 1927. Some Aphididae from Corea. Ins. Matsumurana 1:
131— 148.
SHINJI, O., 1941. Monograph of Japanese Aphididae (in Japanese). Tokyo: 1—1215.
TAKAHASHI, R., 1924. Aphididae of Formosa, part 3: 1—121.
, 1925. Aphididae of Formosa, part 4: 1—65.
——., 1959. On the aphid Matsumuraja rubifoliae Takahashi (Homoptera: Aphididae).
Trans. Shihoku Ent. Soc. 6: 55—58.
——., 1961. Cavariella of Japan (Aphididae, Homoptera). Bull. Univ. Osaka Pref., [B]
12: 1—11.
——., 1963. Eumyzus, Paramyzus, Macromyzus, Sitomyzus, Micromyzus, and Micromy-
zodium of Japan (Homoptera; Aphididae). Ins. Matsumurana 26: 55—63.
Tao, Ch. CHIA-CHU, 1962. Revision of Chinese Aphinae. Plant Protection Bull. (Taiwan)
4, no. 3: 95—110.
, 1963. Revision of Chinese Macrosiphinae (Aphidae, Homoptera). Plant Protection
Bull. (Taiwan) 5, no. 3: 162—205.
UYE, T., 1923. New species of Japanese Aphididae (in Japanese). Insect World 27: 3—5.
ah ne
Ty spas ran
Kat TE
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
Het verschijnt in één deel van 350-450 bladzijden per jaar, bestaande uit
enkele afleveringen.
ENTOMOLOGISCHE BERICHTEN
Deze zijn bestemd voor de publicatie van kortere artikelen, faunistische notities
etc, alsmede van de Verslagen der Vergaderingen en van mededelingen van het
bestuur. Zij verschijnen twaalf maal per jaar in een aflevering van 16 of meer
bladzijden, die samen een deel vormen.
TRICHOPTERORUM CATALOGUS
Deze Catalogus van F. C. J. Fischer wordt door de Vereeniging voor rekening
van de auteur uitgegeven. Alle bekende recente en fossiele soorten van de gehele
wereld met hun synoniemen worden er in behandeld. Delen I en II kosten f 39.—
per stuk, delen III—V: f 45.—. Er zullen in totaal 15 delen verschijnen. Van alle
delen zijn ook éénzijdig bedrukte exemplaren beschikbaar. De prijsverhoging hier-
voor bedraagt f 2.50.
ENTOMOLOGIA EXPERIMENTALIS ET APPLICATA
Dit tijdschrift wordt uitgegeven door de Noord-Hollandse Uitgevers Maatschap-
pij te Amsterdam in opdracht van de Vereeniging. Het publiceert artikelen over
experimentele biologie en oekologie bij insecten en andere land-arthropoden. Het
verschijnt vier maal per jaar en bevat 320 bladzijden. De prijs voor leden e
| £25.—, voor niet-leden f 40.— per jaar.
|
Alle zakelijke correspondentie betreffende de Vereeniging te richten aan de
| Secretaris, W. Hellinga, Weesperzijde 2311, Amsterdam-O.
_ Alle correspondentie over de redactie van het Tijdschrift voor Entomologie en
de Monographieén te richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. A. Diakonoff, Rijksmuseum
van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van de Entomologische Berichten te rich-
ten aan de Redacteur, B. J. Lempke, Oude IJselstraat 12111, Amsterdam-Z. 2.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van Entomologia Experimentalis et Appli-
cata te richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. P. A. van der Laan, Lab. voor Toegepaste -
Entomologie, Linnaeusstraat 2 B, Amsterdam.
| Alle betalingen te richten aan de Penningmeester, Drs. H. Wiering, Doorntjes
: 29, Bergen (N.H.), postgiro 188130, ten name van de Nederlandsche Entomolo-
| gische Vereeniging te Bergen (N.H.).
È
Alle correspondentie betreffende de Bibliotheek der Vereeniging te richten aan
| de Bibliotheek, Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O.
NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS
È All correspondence referring to subscriptions and exchange of the periodicals
of the Netherlands Entomological Society should be addressed to the Librarian,
_ Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O, Netherlands.
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
Contributors will receive free of charge fifty reprints of their papers, joint authors have
to divide this number between them at their discretion. Additional reprints may be ordered
when returning proofs.
Manuscripts should be written in Dutch, English, French, German or Italian. If they
contain descriptions of new genera, species, etc., they should be in one of the four last
mentioned languages.
The author should communicate with the editor before submitting his manuscript. He
will enclose with manuscript a Synopsis (Abstract), styled according to recommendations
of the UNESCO (style rules will be provided by the editor) and, if needed, a Summary.
Papers in Dutch should contain an Abstract and/or a Summary in one of the four other
languages.
Manuscripts should be typewritten in double spacing on only one side of the paper, with
a margin of at least three cm at the left side of each sheet. Paragraphs should be indented.
Carbon copies cannot be accepted, as handling makes them illegible.
Captions for text figures and plates should be written on a separate sheet in double
spacing, numbered consecutively in arabic numerals; the use of a, b, c, or any other
subdivision of the figure numbering should be avoided.
Drawings for reproduction should be on good paper in Indian ink, preferably at least
one and a half times as large as the ultimate size desired. Lettering should be uniform, and,
after reduction, of the same size. Photographs should be furnished as shiny positive prints,
unmounted. Plates should be arranged so as to fill a whole page (11.5 x 19 cm) of the
Tijdschrift, or a portion thereof, captions included. Combinations of illustrations into groups
are preferable to separate illustrations, since there is a minimum charge per block.
Names of genera and lower systematic categories, new terms and the like are to be under-
lined by the author in the manuscript by a single straight line. Any other directions as to
size or style of the type are given by the editors, not by the author, Italic type or spacing to
stress ordinary words or sentences is to be avoided. Dates should be spelled as follows: either
”10.V.1948” or "10 May, 1948”. Other use of latin numerals should be avoided, as well as
abbreviations in the text, save those generally accepted. Numbers from one to ten occurring
in the text should be written in full, one, two, three, etc. Titles must be kept short. Foot-
notes should be kept at a minimum.
Bibliography should not be given in footnotes but compiled in a list at end of the
paper, styled as follows:
Mosley, M. E., 1932, "A revision of the European species of the genus Leuctra (Pleco-
ptera)”. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [10] 10 (3): 1—41, pl. 1—5, fig. 1—57. Number of
issue should only be added (in parentheses) when it has individual pagination.
Text references to this list might be made thus: ~
“Mosley (1932) says....’ or ’’ (Mosley, 1932)”.
The editors reserve the right to adjust style to certain standards of uniformity.
Manuscripts and all communications concerning editorial matters only should be sent to:
Dr. A. DIAKONOFF, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, The Netherlands.
pee ee I SOS A
DEEL 108 AFLEVERING 8 MUS. CONS
\ foi
ATVI
TIJDSCHRIFT
VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
UITGEGEVEN DOOR
DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
INHOUD:
A. S. MENKE. — Synonymical notes on New World Wasps of the subfamily
Sphecinae (Hymenoptera, Sphecidae), pp. 205—218, tekstfig. 1—8.
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, deel 108, afl. 8. Gepubliceerd 17-IX-1965
rig
Nederlandsche Entomologische Veen
BESTUUR
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht, President (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
Dr. G. Barendrecht, Vice-President (1965—1971), Amsterdam.
W. Hellinga, Secretaris (1963— 1969), Amsterdam.
Drs. H. Wiering, Penningmeester (1962—1968), Bergen (N.H.).
Drs. C. A. W. Jeekel, Bibliothecaris (1960— 1966), Amsterdam.
J. A. Janse (1964—1970), Bennebroek.
Dr. A. F. H. Besemer (1965—1970), Bennekom.
COMMISSIE VAN REDACTIE VOOR DE PUBLICATIES
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
P. Chrysanthus (1964—1967), Oosterhout (N.B.).
Dr. A. Diakonoff (1964—1967), Leiderdorp.
G. L. van Eyndhoven (1963—1966), Haarlem.
Dr. L. G. E. Kalshoven (1964—1967), Blaricum.
Prof. Dr. D. J. Kuenen (benoemd 1957), Leiden.
Dr. P. A. van der Laan (benoemd 1957), Bennekom.
B. J. Lempke (1965—1968), Amsterdam.
Prof. Dr. J. de Wilde (benoemd 1957), Wageningen.
Dr. J. T. Wiebes (1963—1966), Leiden.
BESTUUR DER AFDELING VOOR TOEGEPASTE ENTOMOLOGIE
Dr. A. F. H. Besemer, Voorzitter, Wageningen.
Ir. P. Gruys, Secretaris, Rheden.
Dr. Ir. L. Bravenboer, Naaldwijk.
Dr. C. F. A. Bruyning, Oegstgeest.
Dr. Ir. J. B. M. van Dinther, Bennekom.
De contributie voor het lidmaatschap bedraagt f 15.—, voor student-leden
f 2.50, per jaar. — Begunstigers betalen jaarlijks tenminstet f 15.—.
De leden, behalve de student-leden, ontvangen gratis de Entomologische
Berichten, waarvan de prijs voor student-leden f 1.50 per jaar, voor niet-leden
f 20.— per jaar en f 2.— per nummer bedraagt.
De leden kunnen zich voor f 10.— per jaar abonneren op het Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie; hiervan bedraagt de prijs voor niet-leden f 35 — per jaar.
De eerder verschenen publicaties der Vereeniging zijn voor de leden tegen ver-
minderde prijzen verkrijgbaar. De Vereeniging geeft de volgende publicaties uit.
MONOGRAPHIEEN VAN DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
Deze worden met onregelmatige tussenpozen uitgegeven. Er zijn reeds ver-
schenen:
— F. T. Valck Lucassen et al. — Monographie du genre Lomaptera Gory &
Percheron (Coleoptera, Cetoniidae), prijs f 50.—.
1. A. J. Besseling. — De Nederlandse Watermijten (Hydrachnellae Latreille,
1802), prijs f 25.—.
ae ee
SYNONYMICAL NOTES ON NEW WORLD WASPS OF THE
SUBFAMILY SPHECINAE (HYMENOPTERA, SPHECIDAE)
US. COMP.
BY LIBRARY
A. S. MENKE OCT 15 1965
University of California, Davis, U.S.A.*)
HARVARD
ABSTRACT WNIVERSITY
The following new synonymy is proposed: Sphex flavipes Smith, 1856 and hirsutus Saus-
sure, 1867 = Sphex flavovestitus Smith, 1856; Sphex croesus Lepeletier, 1845 and ichneu-
moneus ignota Strand, 1916 = Sphex ichneumoneus (Linnaeus), 1758; Sphex beata Cameron,
1888 and neotropicus Kohl, 1890 = Sphex nitidiventris Spinola, 1853; Sphex caliginosa
Erichson, 1848 and erythroptera Cameron, 1888 = Sphex fusca Lepeletier, 1845 (preoccupied,
= caliginosus); Sphex clypeata Smith, 1856 = Sphex latro Erichson, 1848; Sphex pensyl-
vanicus robustisoma Strand, 1916 = Sphex pensylvanicus Linnaeus, 1763; Sphex servillei
Lepeletier, 1845 and chichimecus Saussure, 1867 = Sphex fuliginosus Dahlbom, 1843;
Sphex proxima Smith, 1856 and funestus Kohl, 1890 = Sphex difficilis Spinola, 1853; Sphex
aztecus digueti Berland, 1926 = Isodontia philadelphica (Lepeletier), 1845; Sphex robusta
Cameron, 1889 = Isodontia azteca (Saussure), 1867; Ammophila mutica Dahlbom, 1845,
moneta Smith, 1856, and fragilis Smith, 1856 = Ammophila gracilis Lepeletier, 1845.
Sphex guatemalensis Cameron, tinctipennis Cameron, and Isodontia costipennis (Spinola)
are recognized as valid species.
Lectotypes are designated for many species and in addition to the species listed above,
taxonomic and/or nomenclatorial notes are given for the following: Sphex opacus Dahlbom,
prosper Kohl, melanopus Dahlbom, latreillei Lepeletier, Palmodes dimidiatus (De Geer),
Chlorion viridicoeruleum Lepeletier and Serville, hemiprasinum (Sichel), bemipyrrbum
(Sichel), Ammophila binodis (Fabricius), auromaculata Perez, eximia Lepeletier, and Poda-
lonia violaceipennis (Lepeletier).
Introduction
Recent studies of types of sphecine species have revealed some new synonymy
and also made possible the selection and designation of lectotypes for some.
Probably the most important aspect of my investigations has been the identification
of some of the Western Hemisphere wasps described by LEPELETIER and SPINOLA,
a few of which have gone unrecognized since they were described. Most SPINOLA
wasp types, as well as many of LEPELETIER’s, are in the SPINOLA Collection in Turin,
Italy. Much of the material in this collection is unlabelled, that is, there are no
labels on the pins. Instead, the specimens of each species are pinned in front of
large, rectangular, colored labels which bear the name and author of the species,
and often the word “type”, presumably indicating that these are the types of the
species involved. Some labels have additional information such as the name of the
* The support of a Grant-in-Aid from Sigma Xi-RESA is gratefully acknowledged.
205
ZOOI
206 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 8, 1965
collection from which SPINOLA obtained the insects (“coll. LATREILLE”, “coll.
SERVILLE”, etc.). Although the majority of LEPELETIER’s species are represented
by material in the collection, only about half can definitely be said to be true types.
Some specimens do not agree with the original description, or in other cases the
data on the labels do not agree with those cited by the author of the species. This
latter discrepancy makes it difficult to decide whether or not specimens should be
considered as types even though they fit the original description perfectly. How-
ever, in most cases I have accepted these specimens as types with the belief that
labelling errors are involved. I have taken this perhaps unsound course of action
primarily because, at least in the case of LEPELETIER types, the specimens in Turin
are probably as close to being true types as will be found.
Acknowledgements
During the summer of 1964 I visited several important European collections.
To the following curators I extend my appreciation for their assistance during
my visits: SIMONE KELNER-PILLAULT, Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris;
Guipo Bacci, Instituto e Museo di Zoologia, Università di Torino, Turin; DELFA
GUIGLIA, Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Genoa; and J. F. PERKINS and I. H. H.
YARROW, British Museum (Natural History), London.
Type material has also been borrowed from a number of institutions. I would
like to thank the following people for the loan of types: MAX FISCHER, Natur-
historisches Museum, Vienna (KOHL types); EBERHARD KÖNIGSMANN, Zoolo-
gisches Museum der Humboldt Universitàt, Berlin (DAHLBOM and ERICHSON
types); JOACHIM OEHLKE, Deutsches Entomologisches Institut, Eberswalde
(STRAND types); CLAUDE BESUCHET, Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle, Geneva (DE
SAUSSURE types); IvoR LANSBURY, University Museum, Oxford (SMITH type);
and HUGO ANDERSSON, Lunds Universitets Zoologiska Institution, Lund (DAHL-
BOM types).
Systematics
Sphex opacus Dahlbom (fig. 8)
Sphex opaca Dahlbom, 1845. Hymen. Europaea 1 (fasc. 3): 437. Holotype &, “Americ.
Merid.” (Lund Universitets Zoologiska Institution, Lund).
Sphex flavipes iheringii Kohl, 1890. Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien 5: 207. Lectotype
4, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil (Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienna), present designation.
I have examined the types of opacus and iheringii and can verify that SCHULZ
(1912) and FERNALD (1931) correctly synonymized the two species. Sphex opacus
closely resembles the typical color form of S. flavovestitus Smith but the latter
does not occur within the range of opacus (southern Mexico to Argentina). Mexi-
can flavovestitus are differently colored and are easily separated from opacus (see
discussion under flavovestitus). In male opacus the broad fossulae on flagellomeres
IV—VI which extend the full length of each flagellomere, the elongate thumb-
like median projection of the last sternite (fig. 8), and appressed golden hair on
the gena, are distinctive features. The male genitalia of the two species are totally
different. Female opacus differ from flavovestitus in having silver instead of gold
A. S. MENKE : Synonymy of New World Sphecinae 207
ulivi,
wt bi,
He
Ù >
a PAGE
72
È =
N
2
<
~
SKE
Ga i SL KK LE &
Fig. 1—2. Lateral view of head of dissected aedeagus of Sphex nitidiventris and Sphex
prosper (lectotype), respectively. Fig. 3. Volsella of Sphex prosper (lectotype). Fig. 4. Lateral
view of head of dissected aedeagus of Sphex tinctipennis. Fig. 5—8. Apical outline of male
subgenital plate of Sphex prosper (lectotype), tinctipennis, nitidiventris, and opacus,
respectively
appressed hair on the propodeum above the petiole socket. Also, female opacus
usually have appressed gold hair on the gena.
Sphex guatemalensis Cameron
Sphex guatemalensis Cameron, 1888. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Hymen. 2: 32. Lecto-
type ®, San Geronimo, Guatemala (British Museum, London), present designation.
CAMERON described guatemalensis from a male and female; however, I could
find only the female and a slide of the male genitalia in London. The male
genitalia of this species do not appear to differ from S. opacus Dahlbom sug-
gesting that guatemalensis is merely a color form of DAHLBOM’s species. SCHULZ
(1912) and FERNALD (1906) considered guatemalensis as a subspecies of opacus.
208 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 8, 1965
Apparently however, the ranges of the two overlap in southern Mexico without
intergradation of hair and body color which leads me to suspect that they are
distinct species. The lectotype female of guatemalensis and a male in my collection
from Hujintlan, Morelos, Mexico, have clear wings, and dense, bright golden,
erect body hair in contrast to the infumate wings, and paler body hair of Mexi-
can opacus. Furthermore, unlike opacus, guatemalensis has gold appressed hair
on the propodeal enclosure and around the petiole socket. The appressed pleural
hair in guatemalensis is golden and much more extensive than in opacus. The
gaster in the lectotype of gwatemalensis is black but reddish ventrally. In the
Hujintlan male the gaster is red except for the first tergite and a triangular black
spot on the second tergite.
Sphex guatemalensis is similar to the Mexican color form of S. flavovestitus
Smith but the wings are yellowish in the latter and the propodeal enclosure lacks
appressed golden hair. The flagellomere and sternite characters in guatemalensis
are identical with opaczs and thus serve to separate males of the former from
flavovestitus (see discussion under opacus).
Sphex flavovestitus Smith
Sphex flavovestita Smith, 1856. Cat. Hymen. Insect. Coll. Brit. Mus. 4: 253. Holotype
&, “India” (British Museum, London).
Sphex flavipes Smith, 1856. Cat. Hymen. Insect. Coll. Brit. Mus. 4: 263. Holotype ®,
Georgia (British Museum, London). Preoccupied by Sphex flavipes Fabricius, 1781. New
synonymy.
Sphex hirsutus Saussure, 1867. Reise Oesterreich. Fregatte Novara, Hymen. 2: 40. Lecto-
type &, Orizaba, Mexico (Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle, Geneva), present designation.
Preoccupied by Sphex hirsutus Scopoli, 1763. New synonymy.
Chlorion flavitarsis Fernald, 1906. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 31 : 379. New name for flavipes
Smith, 1856.
Chlorion flavitarsis saussurei Fernald, 1906. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 31 : 381. New name
for hirsutus Saussure, 1867.
Sphex flavitarsis (Fernald) of Bohart & Menke, 1963. Univ. Calif. Pub. Entomol. 30 : 121.
FERNALD (1931) erroneously stated that flavovestita Smith was synonymous
with opacus Dahlbom. I have examined the types of both names and they represent
two different species. Sphex flavovestitus is conspecific with the type of the eastern
North American wasp Sphex flavipes Smith, currently known as flavitarsis (Fer-
nald). In the United States flavovestitus has infumate wings with dark veins, but
Mexican specimens have yellowish wings with pale veins. This latter color form
was described by DE SAUSSURE under the preoccupied name hérsutus which
FERNALD subsequently renamed saussurei. I have studied DE SAUSSURE's syntypes
and selected a male as lectotype. The type locality for flavovestitus, “India”, is
certainly a labelling error.
Sphex ichneumoneus (Linnaeus)
Apis ichneumonea Linnaeus, 1758. Systema Natur., 10th. ed., p. 578. Lectotype 9, Suri-
nam (Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm), designated by BOHART & MENKE, 1963.
Sphex croesus Lepeletier, 1845. Hist. Natur. Insect, Hymen. 3 : 351. Holotype 2, Ame-
rique Septentrionale (type lost). New synonymy.
A. S. MENKE : Synonymy of New World Sphecinae 209
Sphex ichneumoneus ignota Strand, 1916. Archiv Naturges. [A] 81: 99. Holotype 9,
Colombia (Deutsches Entomologisches Institut, Eberswalde). New synonymy.
I examined a female labelled “Sphex croesus Lep.” in SPINOLA’s collection
which agrees with LEPELETIER's description of croesus except for a red petiole.
This discrepancy would seem to eliminate this specimen as the type of croesus.
In addition, red petiolate ichneumoneus are of South American origin and croesus
was described from North America. In any case, the original description leaves
little doubt that croesus is a synonym of ichneumoneus.
The type of zgnota Strand is the typical South American form of ichneumoneus,
e.g., petiole red, and terminal gastral segments black. The wings are amber and
the veins are dark brown.
Sphex tinctipennis Cameron (fig. 4, 6)
Sphex tinctipennis Cameron, 1888. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Hymen. 2: 32. Lecto-
type 9, El Tumbador, Guatemala (British Museum, London), present designation.
KOHL (1890) regarded tinctipennis as a synonym of S. brasilianus Saussute,
but the former has completely black legs while the latter has partially red legs.
Until the type of brasilianus can be studied it seems best to regard tinctipennis
as a valid species. CAMERON described tinctipennis from several females collected
in Guatemala and Costa Rica but I could only find a Guatemalan female and have
selected it as lectotype. The male of this species has not been recognized although
KOHL (1895) described a red legged male which he believed to be the male of
brasilianus. 1 have seen a female of tinctipennis from Vitoria do Mearim, Maran-
hao, Brazil and a male from the same locality which appears to be the other sex
of this species. This male is similar to the female except that the spots and bands
of appressed hair are more extensive and the erect hair is denser. Flagellomeres
IV—VI bear narrow, elongate oval fossulae which occupy only the basal half of
each flagellomere. The penis valve head and subgenital plate are illustrated by
figures 4 and 6, respectively. Male tinctipennis resemble the all black color form
of male S. dorsalis Lepeletier, but in the latter only flagellomeres V—VI have
fossulae and the aedeagus is different (see figures 75, 81 in BOHART & MENKE,
1963; mislabelled as nudus).
I have seen female #nctipennis from Mexico to Brazil.
Sphex nitidiventris Spinola (fig. 1, 7)
Sphex nitidiventris Spinola, 1853. Mem. Reale Accad. Torino [2} 13: 53. Lectotype 9,
Para, Brazil (Universita di Torino, Turin), present designation.
Sphex beata Cameron, 1888. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Hymen. 2: 31. Lectotype 9,
Pantaleon, Guatemala (British Museum, London), present designation. New synonymy.
Sphex neotropicus Kohl, 1890. Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien 5: 420. Syntypes ¢, 9,
Bahia, Brazil; Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil (Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienna). New
synonymy.
KoHL's description of reotropicus compares very well with my homotype of
nitidiventris. My studies of the type of beatus indicate that it is merely a Central
210 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 8, 1965
American bicolored form of the totally black South American nitidiventris. Typical
nitidiventris is shiny black with infumate wings, black erect body hair, and the
body does not have silver or golden appressed hair except occasionally on the face.
Specimens from Panama to Mexico become progressively more colorful northward.
In these the front and sometimes the middle femora and tibiae are red, the erect
head hair is coppery or golden, and the appressed head and scutal hair is similarly
colored. In Mexican examples the erect propodeal hair is pale. The penis valve
head and subgenital plate are shown by figures 1 and 7, respectively.
I have selected one of SPINOLA’s two female syntypes of nitidiventris as lecto-
type. CAMERON described beatws from a male and female but only the female could
be found.
Sphex prosper Kohl (fig. 2, 3, 5)
Sphex prosper Kohl, 1890. Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien 5: 426. Lectotype &, Vene-
zuela (Naturhistorisches Museum, Wien), present designation.
This species is known only by the male and female syntypes from Venezuela.
I have selected the male as lectotype. Sphex prosper is entirely black and the body
is covered with dense, pale, erect hair. The only appressed hair occurs on the frons
and is silver. The wings are strongly infumate. The antennae in the male are not
intact but one has five flagellomeres. Flagellomeres IV—V bear moderately broad
fossulae which end just short of the apex of each flagellomere. The penis valve
head, volsella and subgenital plate of the lectotype are shown by figures 2, 3, 5,
respectively.
Sphex caliginosus Erichson
Sphex fusca Lepeletier, 1845. Hist. Natur. Insect, Hymen. 3: 335. Lectotype ®, “Sans
Patrie” (Brazil on label) (Università di Torino, Turin), present designation. Preoccupied
by Sphex fusca Linnaeus, 1761.
Sphex caliginosa Erichson, 1848. In Schomburgk, Reisen Britisch-Guiana Jahr. 1840—1844
3: 589. Lectotype &, British Guiana (Brazil on label) (Humboldt Universität, Berlin),
present designation. New synonymy.
Sphex erythroptera Cameron, 1888. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Hymen. 2: 30. Lecto-
type &, Orizaba, Mexico (British Museum, London), present designation. New synonymy.
Two females in SPINOLA's collection are probably the types of fusca Lepeletier.
However, the label beneath the specimens reads “Bresil”. LEPELETIER’s description
says “sans patrie”. In spite of this discrepancy the specimens fit the original
description perfectly and I have selected one female as lectotype.
KOHL (1890) and FERNALD (1906) have already indicated the synonymy of
erythroptera with caliginosa. Two males and four females of caliginosa were sent
to me from Berlin that are probably the syntypes of this species. I have selected a
male bearing a large green label, “caliginosa, N., Brasil”, as lectotype. This is a
J. KLUG manuscript label and ERICHSON attributes the name caliginosa to KLUG
in the original description. No definite type locality was given by ERICHSON but
presumably it was British Guiana. However, none of the lectoparatypes give this
A. S. MENKE : Synonymy of New World Sphecinae 20]
locality. Some have no labels but two are labelled “Cayenne” and “St. Thom.” in
KrugG's handwriting. Several syntypes of erythroptera from various localities were
found in the British Museum. A male has been selected as lectotype.
Sphex latro Erichson
Sphex latro Erichson, 1848. In Schomburgk, Reisen British-Guiana Jahr. 1840—1844
3: 588. Lectotype &, British Guiana (Humboldt Universität, Berlin), present designation.
Sphex clypeata Smith, 1856. Cat. Hymen. Insect. Coll. Brit. Mus. 4: 257. Holotype 4,
Brazil (British Museum, London). New synonymy.
Sphex roratus Kohl, 1890. Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien 5: 417. Syntypes, &, 9,
Bahia, Brazil; Cayenne, French Guiana (Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienna). Synonymy
teste KoHL, 1895, and FERNALD, 1931.
One male and two female syntypes of latro exist. The male bears a label that
reads “latro Er, Br. Guy., Schomb.” (in ERICHSON’s handwriting). KOHL placed
another label on this specimen that says “= roratus Kohl”. I am selecting this
male as lectotype. The two females have no labels. I have studied SMITH's holotype
of clypeatus and it is identical with Jatro.
Sphex pensylvanicus Linnaeus & Johannson
Sphex pensylvanica Linnaeus & Johannson, 1763. Centuria Insect. Rar., p. 30. Holotype @,
Pennsylvania (British Museum, London).
Sphex pensylvanicus robustisoma Strand, 1916. Archiv Naturges. [ A} 81: 101. Holotype
9, “Patria?” (Deutsches Entomologisches Institut, Eberswalde). New synonymy.
The type of robustisoma is a typical specimen of pensylvanicus.
Sphex fuliginosus Dahlbom
Sphex fuliginosa Dahlbom, 1843. Hymen. Europaea 1 (fasc. 1): 25. Lectotype ©, Brazil
(Humboldt Universität, Berlin), present designation.
Sphex servillei Lepeletier, 1845. Hist. Natur. Insect., Hymen. 3 : 336. Holotype 4, Brazil
(Universita di Torino, Turin). New synonymy.
Sphex chichimecus Saussure, 1867. Reise Osterreich. Fregatte Novara, Hymen. 2: 40.
Lectotype ¢, Orizaba, Mexico (Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, Geneva), present designation.
New synonymy.
Sphex congener Kohl, 1890. Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien 5: 418. Syntypes, 9, Bahia,
Brazil; Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil (Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienna). Synonymy teste
KOHL, 1895.
Sphex jorgenseni Brèthes, 1913. Anal. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires 24: 120. Holotype &,
Mendoza, Argentina (Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Buenos Aires). Synonymy teste
WILLINK, 1951.
When DAHLBOM described fuliginosus he had before him specimens of two
different species. One was from “Tranquebar” (India) and the other from “Bra-
zil”. It seems clear however, that DAHLBOM intended the Brazilian material to
represent fuliginosus because in his key to species on page 436 of Hymenoptera
Europaea he cited only Brazil under this name. The Tranquebar specimens, two
females, are in DAHLBOM's collection in Lund, Sweden. They appear to be Sphex
212 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 8, 1965
luteipennis Mocsary (? = diabolicus Smith). The Brazilian syntypic material of
fuliginosus is in Berlin and consists of three males and one female. I have selected
the female as lectotype. The only label on this specimen reads “= Sphex congener
Kohl” (in Kout’s handwriting).
One of the syntype males bears an ERICHSON handwritten label which reads
“fuliginosa M. Dahlb.”, and a Krug label which reads “‘fuliginosa N., Brasil”.
In support of not selecting this specimen as lectotype it must be pointed out that
the males of fuliginosa have brownish wings with a very slight yellow tint. DAHL-
BOM, in the original description, clearly stated that the wings were yellow, a
characteristic of the female. Furthermore, he did not mention the male sex.
A male in the SPINOLA Collection is labelled “Sphex servillei Le Pell., typus,
coll. Serville, Bresil”. It is synonymous with fuliginosus. I have seen three male
syntypes of chichimecus from Orizaba, Mexico. They are the same as fuliginosus
except that the erect body hair is pale. South American male fwlzginosus have black
erect hair.
Sphex fuliginosus is very similar to pensylvanicus and studies of the male
genitalia have disclosed no apparent differences. The former occurs from southern
Mexico to Argentina while the latter is known from extreme northern Mexico and
over most of the United States. The only differences between the two species
appears to be color. Sphex pensylvanicus is totally black with strongly infumate
wings. Males have some appressed silver facial hair. Sphex fuliginosus has yellow
wings in the female and lightly infumate wings in the male. Both sexes have silver
faces, genae, pronotal lobes, and small silver spots on the pleura. Some males have
appressed silver hair on top of the collar and in the scutal furrows. Erect body hair
is black except in Mexican males.
In view of the structural similarities between pensylvanicus and fuliginosus it is
tempting to consider them conspecific. However, since a large gap exists between
the known ranges of the two entities, and also because of the color differences, it
seems advisable at this time to recognize both as distinct species.
Sphex melanopus Dahlbom
Sphex melanopa Dahlbom, 1843. Hymen. Europaea 1 (fasc. 1): 27. Holotype &, Brazil
(Lunds Universitets Zoologiska Institution).
Sphex ruficauda Taschenberg, 1869. Zeitsch. Ges. Naturwiss. Halle 34: 418. Holotype &,
“Amer. Merid.” (Martin Luther Universität, Halle). Synonymy teste MENKE, 1963.
Recently I stated (MENKE, 1963) that the type of melanopus was in Berlin.
This was based on the authority of KOHL (1895) and FERNALD (1931). However,
DAHLBOM, in his original description, said that the unique type of melanopus was
in Lund. I have recently studied the Lund specimen and it fits the current inter-
pretation of DAHLBOM’s species. Sphex proxima Smith was considered as syno-
nymous with melanopus by FERNALD (1931) but my studies of the type indicate
that it is a synonym of S. difficilis Spinola.
Sphex difficilis Spinola
Sphex difficilis Spinola, 1853. Mem. Reale Accad. Torino [2] 13 : 54. Holotype ®, Pará,
Brazil (Universita di Torino, Turin).
A. S. MENKE : Synonymy of New World Sphecinae 213
Sphex proxima Smith, 1856. Cat. Hymen. Insect. Coll. Brit. Mus. 4: 258. Holotype ©,
Brazil (British Museum, London). New synonymy.
Sphex funestus Kohl, 1890. Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus. Wien 5 : 397. Syntypes, 9, Bahia,
Brazil; Surinam; Demerara, British Guiana (Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienna). New
synonymy.
I have studied the types of difficilis and proxima and they are the same as the
species currently called funestus Kohl. Sphex difficilis is morphologically very
similar to S. melanopus Dahlbom but the wings are strongly infumate and there
is little or no appressed gold hair on the mesosoma in the former. In contrast, the
wings of melanopus are clear and the mesosoma is densely covered with appressed
gold hair especially on the collar, scutal furrows, propodeal enclosure, pronotal lobe
and on the mesopleura behind the pronotal lobe. In view of the geographic vari-
ation in wing color and pubescence found in other Neotropical Sphex species it is
possible that difficilis and melanopus will prove to be synonymous. The male of
difficilis is unknown. Sphex proxima Smith is merely a color form of difficilis in
which the gaster is red.
Sphex latreillei Lepeletier
Sphex latreillei Lepeletier, 1831. Guerin’s Mag. Zool. 1: 33. Holotype &, Chile (Museo
Civico di Storia Naturale, Genoa).
Sphex thunbergi Lepeletier, 1831. Guerin’s Mag. Zool. 1: 34. Holotype 9, Chile (type
lost).
Sphex chilensis Lepeletier, 1845. Hist. Natur. Insect., Hymen. 3 : 341. Holotype 9, Chile
(type lost).
I found a male wasp in Genoa labelled: “Sphex latreillei L. Farg., Mag. Z., du
Chili” and “coll. Guerin”. It seems probable that this is the type of latreillei. I
was unable to find specimens in Turin, Genoa, or Paris that could be positively
identified as types of chilensis or thunbergi.
Isodontia (Isodontia) philadelphica Lepeletier
Sphex philadelphica Lepeletier, 1845. Hist. Natur. Insect, Hymen. 3 : 340. Holotype 9,
Pennsylvania (Universita di Torino, Turin).
Sphex aztecus digueti Berland, 1926. Bull. Mus. Hist. Natur. 32: 283. Holotype 9,
Basse-Mixtéque, Oaxaca, envir. Sylacayoapam (Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris).
New synonymy.
There is a female Isodontia in the SPINOLA collection that is in front of the
following label: “Sphex caerulea Lep.?, Coll. Latr., Philadelphie”. This is the
specimen considered by BOHART and MENKE (1963) as the type of philadelphica.
However, LEPELETIER stated that this type came from SERVILLE’s collection so that
the “caerulea” specimen may not be the type of philadelphica. Nevertheless, this
specimen agrees with the original description very well. The type of digueti is
typical philadelphica. The type locality of digzeti extends the known range of
philadelphica well into Mexico. Previously this species was known from the United
States.
214 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 8, 1965
Isodontia (Isodontia) azteca (Saussure)
Sphex aztecus Saussure, 1867. Reise Osterreich. Fregatte Novara, Hymen. 2 : 38. Syntypes,
4, 2, Cordova, Mexico (Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle, Geneva).
Sphex robusta Cameron, 1889. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Hymen. 2 : 33. Lectotype 9,
N. Yucatan, Mexico (British Museum, London). New synonymy.
The specimen I have selected as lectotype for robusta compares very well with
notes taken by R. M. BOHART on the syntypes of azteca. Isodontia azteca is known
only from Mexico. It is similar to the North American I. apicalis (Smith) but the
male genitalia are distinct. See figures 67 and 68 in BOHART & MENKE (1963)
for genitalic differences.
Isodontia (Isodontia) costipennis (Spinola)
Sphex costipennis Spinola, 1853. Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino [2] 13 : 54. Holotype 2, Pará,
Brazil (Università di Torino, Turin).
Both VAN DER VECHT (1961) and BoHART & MENKE (1963) considered
costipennis a synonym of I. fuscipennis (Fabricius). However, examination of
SPINOLA’s type has proven that costipennis is a different species. It is related to
azteca (Saussure) but has a narrower face and more strongly converging eyes. The
body is black except for reddish middle and hind femora and tibiae. The erect
clypeal hair is golden but the erect mesosomal hair is white. There is some appres-
sed silver hair on the clypeus and also a small silver spot near the hind coxa. The
first pair of wings are infumate along the costal margin. The type measures 23.5
mm. in length.
Palmodes dimidiatus (De Geer)
Sphex dimidiatus De Geer, 1773. Mem. Hist. Insect. 3 : 587. Holotype &, Pennsylvania
(Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm).
Sphex violaceipennis Lepeletier, 1845. Hist. Natur. Insect, Hymen. 3 : 349. Holotype 9,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania (type lost).
I was unable to find a specimen in SPINOLA’s collection that could be considered
the type of violaceipennis Lepeletier. KOHL (1890) and FERNALD (1906) were
of the opinion that LEPELETIER’s species was the same as P. abdominalis (Cresson)
(= dimidiatus (De Geer)) and the original description does agree very well with
DE GEER’s species. Since the type of violaceipennis is lost it seems best to follow
the interpretation of KoHL and FERNALD regarding the status of this species.
Chlorion viridicoeruleum Lepeletier and Serville
Chlorion viridicoeruleum Lepeletier and Serville, 1828. Encyclopedie Methodique 10 (livr.
100): 451. Holotype 9, Cayenne, French Guiana (Africa on label) (Università di Torino,
Turin).
I examined a female in Turin which is probably the type of virsdicoernleum.
The label behind the specimens reads: “Chlorion viridicoeruleum Serv., Coll. Serv.,
A. S. MENKE : Synonymy of New World Sphecinae 215
Afrique”. It is the same as the species referred to under this name by MENKE &
WILLINK (1964). The fact that “Afrique” is mentioned on the label suggests an
error in labelling or that the specimen may not be the real type, but in any case
it is probably as close to type material as will ever be found.
Chlorion hemiprasinum (Sichel)
Sphex hemiprasina Sichel, 1863. Ann. Soc. Entomol. France [4] 3: 23. Holotype 9,
Montevideo (Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris).
I have examined the type of hemiprasinum and can verify that MENKE &
WILLINK (1964) were correct in their interpretation of this species.
Chlorion hemipyrrhum (Sichel)
Sphex hemipyrrha Sichel, 1863. Ann. Soc. Entomol. France [4} 3: 23. Holotype 9,
Montevideo (Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris).
SICHEL described hemipyrrhum as variety E of hemiprasinum. One female in the
Paris collection bears the label “hemiprasinum, var. E” and must be the type of
hemipyrrhum, although it is not labelled as such. The type agrees with the inter-
pretation of MENKE & WILLINK (1964). The gaster is entirely red and the wings
are clear. The erect body hair is black.
Ammophila (Eremnophila) binodis (Fabricius)
Sphex binodis Fabricius, 1798. Suppl. Entomol. Syst., p. 243. Holotype 9, Cayenne, French
Guiana (Bosc Collection, Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris).
The type of binodis agrees with my interpretation of FABRICIUS’ species (MENKE,
1964). This is the same specimen referred to by FERNALD (1931). The label on
the type reads: “S. binodis Fab., Cajenne” and is in FABrıcıus’ handwriting. An-
other label says “Cayenne, coll. Bosc 1828”.
Ammophila (Eremnophila) auromaculata Perez
Ammophila auromaculata Perez, 1891. Mem. Soc. Zool. France 4: 499. Holotype 9,
Gran Chaco (Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris).
The type of auromaculata agrees with my interpretation of this species (MENKE,
1964).
Ammophila (Eremnophila) eximia Lepeletier
Ammophila eximia Lepeletier, 1845. Hist. Natur. Insect, Hymen. 3 : 373. Holotype &,
Brazil (“Am. Sept.” on label) (Universita di Torino, Turin).
Ammophila eugenia Smith, 1856. Cat. Hymen. Insect. Coll. Brit. Mus. 4: 220. Holotype
6, “R. Grand.” (University Museum, Oxford).
MENKE (1964) correctly interpreted both of these names. The specimen
examined in Turin is probably the type of eximia although the label behind the
216 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 8, 1965
wasp reads: “Ammophila eximia Kl, M. B, D. Kru, Am. Sept.” LEPELETIER
gave “Bresil” as the type locality in the original description. The type is the all
black form of the species and probably originated in northern South America since
the mesopleural appressed hair is reduced to a small spot. The type of eugenta is
a male of the bicolored form of eximia. Although SMITH described the acuminate
clypeus of the male, in his description he said that it was a female.
Ammophila (Ammophila) gracilis Lepeletier
Ammophila gracilis Lepeletier, 1845. Hist. Natur. Insect, Hymen. 3 : 381. Holotype 9,
Mexico (Universita di Torino, Turin).
Ammophila mutica Dahlbom, 1845. Hymen. Europaea 1 (fasc. 3): 431. Holotype, gynan-
dromorph, Brazil (Lunds Universitets Zoologiska Institution, Lund). New synonymy.
Ammophila moneta Smith, 1856. Cat. Hymen. Insect. Coll. Brit. Mus. 4: 219, Lectotype
9, Brazil (British Museum, London), designated by MENKE, 1964. New synonymy.
Ammophila fragilis Smith, 1856. Cat. Hymen. Insect. Coll. Brit. Mus. 4: 219. Lectotype
®, Brazil (British Museum, London), designated by MENKE, 1964. New synonymy.
The types of all four names have been examined. Ammophila gracilis has pri-
ority over DAHLBOM’s name because according to VERHOEFF (1948, p. 183)
LEPELETIER’s work appeared prior to the third fascicle of DAHLBOM’s paper. The
type locality of gracilis is certainly an error since the species is not known to occur
outside of South America.
Podalonia violaceipennis (Lepeletier)
Ammophila violaceipennis Lepeletier, 1845. Hist. Natur. Insect., Hymen. 3 : 370. Lecto-
type @, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania (Mexico on label) (Universita di Torino, Turin), present
designation.
Ammophila cementaria Smith, 1856. Cat. Hymen. Insect. Coll. Brit. Mus. 4: 223. Lecto-
type ©, St. John’s Bluff, E. Florida (British Museum, London), present designation.
I have examined the probable type of violaceipennis and can verify that MURRAY
(1940) was correct in his interpretation of LEPELETIER’s species. There are two
different females pinned in front of the label volacezpennis. One is the same as
Podalonia montana (Cameron) and is not a true type. The other fits the descrip-
tion of violaceipennis very well. To avoid confusion I have labelled the latter
specimen as lectotype. Even so, there is the possibility that this specimen is not a
true type because the label reads, “Ammophila violaceipennis Lep., G. Psammo-
phila Dahlb., D. Deyrolles, Mexico”. The type locality of violaceipennis is Phila-
delphia. The label may refer to the montana specimen which is a Mexican species.
The type of cementaria Smith is identical with violaceipennis.
LITERATURE CITED
BOHART, R. M. & A. S. MENKE. 1963. A reclassification of the Sphecinae with a revision
of the Nearctic species of the tribes Sceliphronini and Sphecini. Univ. Calif. Pub.
Entomol. 30: 91—182.
A. S. MENKE : Synonymy of New World Sphecinae 217
FERNALD, H. T. 1906. The digger wasps of North America and the West Indies belonging
to the subfamily Chlorioninae. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 31: 291—423.
, 1931. Notes on some American Sphecinae. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 24 : 439—450.
KoHL, F. F. 1890. Die Hymenopterengruppe der Sphecinen I. Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus.
Wien 5: 77—194, 317—561.
—, 1895. Zur Monographie der naturlichen Gattung Sphex Linne. Ann. Naturhist.
Hofmus. Wien 10: 42—74.
MENKE, A. S. 1963. Notes and synonymy of some Neotropical Sphex and Isodontia described
by E. Taschenberg and S. Rohwer. Pan Pacific Entomol. 39 : 228—230.
—, 1964. A new subgenus of Ammophila from the Neotropical Region. Can. Entomol.
96: 874—883.
—— & A. WILLINK. 1964. A survey of the Neotropical species of Chlorion. Ann.
Entomol. Soc. Amer. 57 : 548—552.
Murray, W. D. 1940. Podalonia of North and Central America. Entomol. Amer. 20 : 1—82.
SCHULZ, W. A. 1912. Aelteste und alte Hymenopteren skandinavischer Autoren. Berlin.
Entomol. Zeitschr. 57 : 52—102.
VECHT, J. VAN DER. 1961. Hymenoptera Sphecoidea Fabriciana. Zool. Verh. Leiden 48 :
1—85.
VERHOEFF, P. M. F. 1948. Systematische Verzeichnis der niederländischen Oxybelus-Arten.
Tijdschr. Entomol. 89 : 158—208.
WILLINK, A. 1951. Las especies Argentinas y Chilenas de Chlorionini. Acta Zool. Lilloana
E53 225:
Ne EERE AA
| aa is È; a RR
> I, 7 Ne 1 .
3 i
i
|
=
he
1
È ar
= orm
ere UA s
a +f u
| 1° 5 | u
an
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
Het verschijnt in één deel van 350—450 bladzijden per jaar, bestaande uit
enkele afleveringen.
ENTOMOLOGISCHE BERICHTEN
Deze zijn bestemd voor de publicatie van kortere artikelen, faunistische notities
etc., alsmede van de Verslagen der Vergaderingen en van mededelingen van het
bestuur. Zij verschijnen twaalf maal per jaar in een aflevering van 16 of meer
bladzijden, die samen een deel vormen.
TRICHOPTERORUM CATALOGUS
Deze Catalogus van F. C. J. Fischer wordt door de Vereeniging voor rekening
van de auteur uitgegeven. Alle bekende recente en fossiele soorten van de gehele
wereld met hun synoniemen worden er in behandeld. Delen I en II kosten f 39.—
per stuk, delen III—V: f 45 —. Er zullen in totaal 15 delen verschijnen. Van alle
delen zijn ook éénzijdig bedrukte exemplaren beschikbaar. De prijsverhoging hier-
voor bedraagt f 2.50.
ENTOMOLOGIA EXPERIMENTALIS ET APPLICATA
Dit tijdschrift wordt uitgegeven door de Noord-Hollandse Uitgevers Maatschap-
pij te Amsterdam in opdracht van de Vereeniging. Het publiceert artikelen over
experimentele biologie en oekologie bij insecten en andere land-arthropoden. Het
verschijnt vier maal per jaar en bevat 320 bladzijden. De prijs voor leden bedraagt
f 25 —, voor niet-leden f 40.— per jaar.
Alle zakelijke correspondentie betreffende de Vereeniging te richten aan de
| Secretaris, W. Hellinga, Weesperzijde 2311, Amsterdam-O.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van het Tijdschrift voor Entomologie en
de Monographieën te richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. A. Diakonoff, Rijksmuseum
van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden.
4
_ Alle correspondentie over de redactie van de Entomologische Berichten te rich-
ten aan de Redacteur, B. J. Lempke, Oude IJselstraat 12111, Amsterdam-Z. 2.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van Entomologia Experimentalis et Appli-
| cata te richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. P. A. van der Laan, Lab. voor Toegepaste
__Entomologie, Linnaeusstraat 2 B, Amsterdam.
Alle betalingen te richten aan de Penningmeester, Drs. H. Wiering, Doorntjes
29, Bergen (N.H.), postgiro 188130, ten name van de Nederlandsche Entomolo-
| gische Vereeniging te Bergen (N.H.). |
Alle correspondentie betreffende de Bibliotheek der Vereeniging te richten aan
de Bibliotheek, Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O.
NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS
All correspondence referring to subscriptions and exchange of the periodicals
of the Netherlands Entomological Society should be addressed to the Librarian,
Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O, Netherlands.
i
:
Ò
4
È
=
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
Contributors will receive free of charge fifty reprints of their papers, joint authors have —
to divide this number between them at their discretion. Additional reprints may be ordered
when returning proofs.
Manuscripts should be written in Dutch, English, French, German or Italian. If they
contain descriptions of new genera, species, etc., they should be in one of the four last
mentioned languages.
The author should communicate with the editor before submitting his manuscript. He
will enclose with manuscript a Synopsis (Abstract), styled according to recommendations
of the UNESCO (style rules will be provided by the editor) and, if needed, a Summary.
Papers in Dutch should contain an Abstract and/or a Summary in one of the four other
languages.
Manuscripts should be typewritten in double spacing on only one side of the paper, with
a margin of at least three cm at the left side of each sheet. Paragraphs should be indented.
Carbon copies cannot be accepted, as handling makes them illegible.
Captions for text figures and plates should be written on a separate sheet in double
spacing, numbered consecutively in arabic numerals; the use of a, b, c, or any other
subdivision of the figure numbering should be avoided.
Drawings for reproduction should be on good paper in Indian ink, preferably at least
one and a half times as large as the ultimate size desired. Lettering should be uniform, and,
after reduction, of the same size. Photographs should be furnished as shiny positive prints,
unmounted. Plates should be arranged so as to fill a whole page (11.5 x 19 cm) of the
Tijdschrift, or a portion thereof, captions included. Combinations of illustrations into groups
are preferable to separate illustrations, since there is a minimum charge per block.
Names of genera and lower systematic categories, new terms and the like are to be under-
lined by the author in the manuscript by a single straight line. Any other directions as to
size or style of the type are given by the editors, not by the author. Italic type or spacing to
stress ordinary words or sentences is to be avoided. Dates should be spelled as follows: either
”10.V.1948” or "10 May, 1948”. Other use of latin numerals should be avoided, as well as
abbreviations in the text, save those generally accepted. Numbers from one to ten occurring
in the text should be written in full, one, two, three, etc. Titles must be kept short. Foot-
notes should be kept at a minimum. È
Bibliography should not be given in footnotes but compiled in a list at end of the
paper, styled as follows:
Mosley, M. E., 1932, "A revision of the European species of the genus Leuctra (Pleco-
ptera)”. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [10} 10 (3): 1-41, pl. 1—5, fig. 1—57. Number of
issue should only be added (in parentheses) when it has individual pagination.
Text references to this list might be made thus:
” Mosley (1932) says....” or (Mosley, 1932)”.
The editors reserve the right to adjust style to certain standards of uniformity.
Manuscripts and all communications concerning editorial matters only should be sent to:
Dr. A. DIAKONOFF, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, The Netherlands.
EED Pel AR
N
AFLEVERING 9
DEEL 108 MUS. comp! 230)
LIBRARY
TIJDSCHR IFT vare
D CMOLOGM
UITGEGEVEN DOOR
DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
INHOUD:
P. J. DEN BOER. — External characters of sibling species Trechus obtusus Er. and
T. quadristriatus Schrk. (Coleoptra), pp. 219—239, tekstfigs. 1—8, graph.
1—4, tables 1—10.
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, deel 108, afl. 9. Gepubliceerd 17-IX-1965 |
4
Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging
BESTUUR
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht, President (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
Dr. G. Barendrecht, Vice-President (1965—1971), Amsterdam.
W. Hellinga, Secretaris (1963—1969), Amsterdam.
Drs. H. Wiering, Penningmeester (1962—1968), Bergen (N.H.).
Drs. C. A. W. Jeekel, Bibliothecaris (1960— 1966), Amsterdam.
J. A. Janse (1964—1970), Bennebroek.
Dr. A. F. H. Besemer (1965—1970), Bennekom.
DO. te eae NUE VS
nr
COMMISSIE VAN REDACTIE VOOR DE PUBLICATIES
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
P. Chrysanthus (1964—1967), Oosterhout (N.B.).
Dr. A. Diakonoff (1964—1967), Leiderdorp.
G. L. van Eyndhoven (1963— 1966), Haarlem.
Dr. L. G. E. Kalshoven (1964-1967), Blaricum.
Prof. Dr. D. J. Kuenen (benoemd 1957), Leiden.
Dr. P. A. van der Laan (benoemd 1957), Bennekom.
B. J. Lempke (1965—1968), Amsterdam.
Prof. Dr. J. de Wilde (benoemd 1957), Wageningen.
Dr. J. T. Wiebes (1963—1966), Leiden.
BESTUUR DER AFDELING VOOR TOEGEPASTE ENTOMOLOGIE
Dr. A. F. H. Besemer, Voorzitter, Wageningen.
Ir. P. Gruys, Secretaris, Rheden.
Dr. Ir. L. Bravenboer, Naaldwijk.
Dr. C. F. A. Bruyning, Oegstgeest.
Dr. Ir. J. B. M. van Dinther, Bennekom.
ei na RA ro ee ee en eee ee eee
De contributie voor het lidmaatschap bedraagt f 15.—, voor student-leden
f 2.50, per jaar. — Begunstigers betalen jaarlijks tenminstet f 15.—.
De leden, behalve de student-leden, ontvangen gratis de Entomologische
Berichten, waarvan de prijs voor student-leden f 1.50 per jaar, voor niet-leden
f 20.— per jaar en f 2.— per nummer bedraagt. i
De leden kunnen zich voor f 10.— per jaar abonneren op het Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie; hiervan bedraagt de prijs voor niet-leden f 35 — per jaar.
De eerder verschenen publicaties der Vereeniging zijn voor de leden tegen ver-
minderde prijzen verkrijgbaar. De Vereeniging geeft de volgende publicaties uit.
MONOGRAPHIEEN VAN DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
Deze worden met onregelmatige tussenpozen uitgegeven. Er zijn reeds ver-
schenen:
— F. T. Valck Lucassen et al. — Monographie du genre Lomaptera Gory &
Percheron (Coleoptera, Cetoniidae), prijs f 50 —.
1. A. J. Besseling. — De Nederlandse Watermijten (Hydrachnellae Latreille,
1802), prijsıt 25, —
EXTERNAL CHARACTERS OF SIBLING SPECIES TRECHUS
OBTUSUS ER. AND T. QUADRISTRIATUS
AMP. ZOOI
SCHRK. (COLEOPTERA)' MUS. COMP. ZO
LIBRARY
BY 6
P. J. DEN BOER oc1 15 1%
Biologisch Station, Wijster HARVARD
UNIV ERSIT%
ABSTRACT
A survey is given of the confusion in the literature about the taxonomic status of Trechus
obtusus Er. By a quantitative analysis of the external characters mentioned in the literature
and by measuring random samples of specimens from The Netherlands, Western Germany,
Scandinavia, Czechoslovakia, England and Iceland, it is possible to judge the diagnostic
significance of these characters. The only external characters by which T. obtusus can be
separated from T. gwadristriatus Schrk. appear to be the width of the temple, and the distance
between the supra-orbital setigerous pores and the inner margin of the eye. It is evident that
T. obtusus and T. gwadristriatus should be considered distinct species, the former being
dimorfic and the latter, macropterous.
INTRODUCTION
For along time there has been much confusion in the literature about the
taxonomic status of Trechus obtusus Er. Many authors from the 19th century
considered T. obtusus a distinct species (e.g., ERICHSON, 1837; THOMSON, 1859;
SCHAUM, 1860; PANDELLE, 1867; PUTZEYS, 1870; SEIDLITZ, 1891; cited by
JEANNEL, 1927). whereas others believed it to be merely a brachypterous
form of T. guadristriatus Schrk. (e.g., REDTENBACHER, 1858; GANGLBAUER, 1892;
EVERTS, 1898). During the first quarter of the 20th century many authors again
considered T. obtusus to be a separate species (e.g., REITTER, 1903, 1908; KUHNT,
1913; MUNSTER, 1926; DAHL, 1928), but others (e.g., APFELBECK, 1904; EVERTS,
1922) still regarded T. obtusus as a form of T. guadristriatus.
After the discovery of the valuable characters of the male genitalia (JEANNEL,
1927) most authors agreed that T. obtusus should be considered a distinct species,
e.g., JEANNEL (1927, 1941); LINDROTH (1943, 1945); Csıkı (1946), with the
remarkable exception of HORION (1941): “Nach meiner Meinung besteht die alte
Ansicht von GANGLBAUER auch heute noch (trotz der JEANNEL’schen Monogra-
phie) zu recht, dass obtwsus nur eine Form von guadristriatus ist; … … H.
WAGNER ist derselben Ansicht”.
*) Mededeling van het Biologisch Station te Wijster, No. 113 (Communication Nr. 113
of the Biological Station, Wijster, Holland).
219
220 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 9, 1965
In my opinion T. obtusus is a distinct species, the males of which can be
separated from those of T. guadristriatus with the characters of the genitalia. I had
the opportunity to study the genitalia of a great number of male specimens espe-
cially from the Netherlands, and also some from Western Germany and Iceland
(Sl)
Although I am sure that the structure of the male genitalia has solved the
taxonomic status of T. obtusus, there is still much confusion about the external
characters which enable us to separate T. obtusus from T. quadristriatus. This is
illustrated by the following survey of the opinions of a number of authors. My
view, to be presented here, is mainly based on the study of specimens from the
Netherlands, Western Germany, Scandinavia, Iceland, Czechoslovakia and England.
TABLE 1. EXTERNAL CHARACTERS OF TRECHUS OBTUSUS ER. AND
QUADRISTRIATUS SCHRK.
(1) a. T. obtusus is brachypterous and gxadristriatus macropterous: REDTEN-
BACHER, 1858; GANGLBAUER, 1892; EVERTS, 1898, 1922; DAHL, 1928; HORION,
1941; LINDROTH, 1943, 1945 (especially in West and North Europe); CSIKI,
1946.
— b. T. obtusus is dimorfic and guadrisiriatus macropterous (except specimens
from Elbe, JEANNEL, 1927): JEANNEL, 1927, 1941; BRAKMAN, 1961; DEN BOER
(p» 223):
(2) a. T. obtusus is smaller than quadristriatus : REITTER, 1908; KUHNT,
1913; the same, but only in the brachypterous form of obtusus and especially in the
mountain form renati Jeann.: JEANNEL, 1941.
— b. T. obtusus is darker than guadristriatus : REITTER, 1908; KUHNT, 1913;
DAHL, 1928; JEANNEL, 1927; CSIKI, 1946.
— c. No diagnostic differences in body length and in colour : GANGLBAUER,
1892; EVERTS, 1922; DEN BOER (p. 225 and Table 2; var. renati Jeann. is un-
known to me).
(3) a. Hind angles of the pronotum are more rounded in T. obtusus than in
quadristriatus : REDTENBACHER, 1858; GANGLBAUER, 1892; EVERTS, 1898; REIT-
TER, 1908; DAHL, 1928; JEANNEL, 1927; CsIKI, 1946.
guadristriatus : REDTENBACHER, 1858; GANGLBAUER, 1892; EVERTS, 1898; REIT-
TER, 1908; DAHL, 1928.
— c. Hind angles of the pronotum with a minute tooth in T. gwadristriatus :
GANGLBAUER, 1892.
— d. No diagnostic characters in the hind angles of the pronotum : GANGL-
BAUER, 1892; EVERTS, 1922; BRAKMAN, 1961; DEN BoER (they are highly
variable).
(4) a. Elytra are more faintly striated in T. obtusus than in quadristriatus :
GANGLBAUER, 1892; CSIKI, 1946.
— b. No diagnostic characters in the striae of the elytra : EVERTS, 1922; DEN
Boer (highly variable).
(5) a. Elytra are shorter in T. obtusus than in guadristriatus : REDTENBACHER,
1858; the same especially in the brachypterous form of obtusus : JEANNEL, 1927,
1941; BRAKMAN, 1961.
P. J. DEN BOER: Sibling species Trechus obtusus and T. quadristriatus 221
— b. Elytra are broader and more rounded in T. obtusus than in gwadristriatus :
EVERTS, 1898; CSIKI, 1946; the same especially in the brachypterous form of
obtusus : JEANNEL, 1927, 1941; BRAKMAN, 1961.
— c. No diagnostic characters in the dimensions of the elytra, neither for the
separation of T. obtusus from quadristriatus, nor of brachypterous from macro-
pterous specimens of obtusus : DEN BOER (Table 4; fig. 2, 6 and graph 1); un-
fortunately it was not possible to study material from France. As far as the material
studied is concerned, in T. obtusus the elytra are somewhat more rounded laterally
than in gwadristriatus (fig. 2, 6), but this difference could hardly be used for the
separation of the two species; moreover the dimensions of the elytra are highly
variable and the values largely overlap : DEN BOER (p. 225).
(6) a. Eyes are smaller in T. obtusus than in guadristriatus : GANGLBAUER,
1892; REITTER, 1903; JEANNEL, 1927.
— b. Eyes larger in T. obtusus than in quadristriatus : CSIKI, 1946.
— c. No diagnostic difference in the diameter of the eye, although in the
material studied the eyes were on the whole a little smaller in T. obtusus than in
quadristriatus : DEN BOER (p. 230 and Table 7).
(7) Temple is shorter in T. quadristriatus than in obtusus : REITTER, 1903;
DEN BOER (p. 230, Table 7, and fig. 3—4, 7—8).
(8) a. Posterior supra-orbital setigerous pore behind the level of the hind
margin of the eye in T. obtusus and in this level in guadristriatus : GANGL-
BAUER, 1892; MUNSTER, 1926.
— b. Posterior supra-orbital setigerous pore in the level of the hind margin
of the eye in T. obtusus and before it in guadristriatus : REITTER, 1903.
— c. No diagnostic character in the position of the posterior supra-orbital pore
with respect to the hind margin of the eye, although i in general this pore is situated
more backward with respect to the hind margin of the eye in T. obtusus than in
quadristriatus (fig. 3—4, 7—8); however, the situation is highly variable
and difficult to express quantitatively : BRAKMAN, 1961; DEN BOER (p. 235).
(9) Both the anterior and the posterior supra-orbital setigerous pores closer to
the inner margin of the eye in T. guadristriatus than in obtusus : DEN BOER (p.
232, Table 9 and fig. 3—4, 7—8).
MATERIAL AND METHODS
To study more closely the external characters of T. obtusus and T. quadristriatus
the following material was examined: 458 specimens from different parts of the
Netherlands (31 from the collection P. VAN DER WIEL, 29 from the collection
K. VEGTER (Emmen), 257 from Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden
(119 of which from the collection EVERTS), 88 from the Meijendel collection,
Zoölogisch Laboratorium, Leiden *, and 53 from the collection of Biologisch
Station, Wijster); 104 specimens from different parts of Western Germany (Zoo-
logisches Forschungsinstitut und Museum Alexander Koenig, Bonn, among which
*) A random sample of 88 specimens of the 1953 catches from Meijendel, Netherlands
(DEN BOER, 1958a and b) appear to contain T. obtusus only. This means that the results
mentioned in these papers on gwadristriatus obviously concern obtusus.
222
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 9, 1965
P. J. DEN Boer: Sibling species Trechus obtusus and T. quadristriatus 223
specimens of HORION); 333 specimens from Drahanoviëe (Olomouc, Czechoslo-
vakia, B. Novak); about 250 specimens from different parts of Sweden, 120
specimens from Iceland, five specimens from Finland, four specimens from the
Caucasus, and one specimen from Esthonia, Norway, Denmark and Czechoslovakia
each (these 383 specimens from Naturhistoriska Museet, Göteborg, for the greater
part from the collection LINDROTH); 70 specimens from Wellesbourne (National
Vegetable Research Station, Warwickshire, England, S. FINCH) and six specimens
from Austria (Naturhistorisches Museum, Wien).
To test as objectively as possible the diagnostic value of the external characters
recorded in the literature and given here in Table 1, the genitalia of a large number
of male beetles collected in the Netherlands (especially from the collections
K. VEGTER, P. VAN DER WIEL and Biologisch Station, Wijster) were dissected.
Clear differences in the genitalia enabled me to separate these males easily and
completely into two groups: guadristriatus (fig. 1) and obtusus (fig. 5). In the
first place it appeared that these guadristriatus males were all macropterous while
some of the obtusus males were macropterous but most specimens were brachy-
pterous (also: Table 1, no. 1b). Next, the external characters of these two groups
were studied and compared (Table 1). The only external characters which allowed
separation into the same two groups as the male genitalia were: the width of the
temple (Table 1, no. 7) and the distance between the supra-orbital setigerous pores
and the inner margin of the eye (Table 1, no. 9). The division is especially distinct
if in each specimen these dimensions are related to the diameter of the eye (p. 230
and 232).
With the help of these external characters most specimens (including females)
could be placed into one of the groups mentioned above; of males that could not
easily be identified in this way (especially some macropterous specimens) the
genitalia were examined. In random samples from different regions the width of
the temple, the diameter of the eye and the distance between the supra-orbital
setigerous pores and the inner margin of the eye were measured with an eyepiece
micrometer (enlargement 25 X 4, i.e., one eyepiece micrometer unit = 24,3 u)
in the manner as given in fig. 34, 7—8; the results are given in Tables 7 and 9.
In other random samples from the same regions the length of the body, the length
of the elytra and the greatest width of both elytra combined (enlargement 25 X 1,6,
i.e., one eyepiece micrometer unit = 63,1 u) were measured (results in Tables
2 and 4).
RESULTS
Length of the body. To test the diagnostic value of the length of the body
(Table 1, no. 2) the frequency distributions over ten classes (class interval = 0,12
mm) of a number of random samples containing 30 specimens each were compared
Fig. 1—4. Trechus quadristriatus Schrk. 1—2, specimen from Emmen, Province of Drente
(coll. K. VEGTER); 1. aedeagus, lateral aspect; 2. elytra; 3—4, the same, specimen from
Schouwen, Province of Zeeland (coll. v. D. WIEL); 3, temple region of head, lateral aspect;
4, head, dorsal aspect. Fig. 5—8. T. obtusus Er. 5—6, macropterous specimen from Emmen
(coll. K. VEGTER); 5, aedeagus, lateral aspect; 6, elytra; 7—8, the same, specimen from
Lheebroek, Province of Drente (coll. Biol. Stat, Wijster); 7, temple region of head;
8, head, dorsal aspect
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 9, 1965
224
snjerajstapenb ‘I PTXPAOTSOUD3Z)
Ci
sno1s4dAypeaq
à
snzeTtu>3STUpend ‘JL
*UYOPUG + ‘Joe
(4 snsnjqo *I
SPUPTASUFON
sno1s2dAyseuq
tai snsn3go *I
snodejdouoew
0 h L snsnjqo *I
heh LZ*h | 80*h | S6°E | z8'e | 69°€ | 9S°E | ene | oc'e | ze
Th | -60"h | -96°E | -EB'E | -OL°E | -LS°E | -hh'E |--Le | -BL'E | -5O'E satoads jo ordwes WOLF; susumaads
xequnu
fee
Te303 (wu UT) Apoq ay} Jo UI3uoT € eTqeL ‘PP
sn3eragstapenb *], pue snsn3go snyoaal, JO sordwes QUEUIFITP UT U33uor Apog *z orgel
P. J. DEN BOER: Sibling species Trechus obtusus and T. quadristriatus 225
(Table 2). It is evident from Table 2 that the frequency distributions of most
samples largely or wholly overlap, to such an extent that the body length cannot
have any diagnostic value, neither for separation of T. obtusus and quadristriatus,
nor for ready separation of the brachypterous and macropterous specimens of T.
obtusus, nor of individuals of the same species from different regions. When tested
with the two-sample test devised by WILCOXON (VAN DER VAART, 1950; WABEKE
& VAN EEDEN, 1955; DE JONGE, 1963) the differences between various combina-
tions of two samples are significant in only two out of ten cases tested (Table 3):
macropterous T. obtusus specimens from the Netherlands (A) are significantly
longer than brachypterous specimens (B) and even significantly longer than 7.
quadristriatus specimens from the Netherlands (C) (also: Table 1, no. 2a). Al-
though in the greater body length the macropterous specimens of T. obtusus agree
with JEANNEL's form obtustoides (JEANNEL, 1927, 1941), in my opinion there is
no reason to consider these specimens as belonging to a separate form, since body
length measured in the two Dutch samples (A and B) overlap to a great extent
(about 85%); unfortunately among the obtusus specimens studied from other
regions (183 in total) only a few macropterous specimens were found (eight from
Western Germany and one from the Caucasus).
Table 3. Length of the body
p value of the difference between two samples
samples
cf. Table 2 p value of the
difference
between a and b
A
B
A
B
B
D
E
C
C
E
O D M M mm Va À w
Dimensions of the elytra. From Table 4 it will be evident that no
diagnostic characters can be found in the length (Table 1, no. 5a) or the width
(Table 1, no. 5b) of the elytra. Nevertheless, the elytra of T. obtusus specimens
generally make an impression of being somewhat shorter and broader than those
of T. quadristriatus specimens. This is however, a form of optical illusion, caused
by the laterally more rounded elytra in obtusus as compared with the elytra in
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 9, 1965
226
Pi
si
Ba
Le* LI BL°LI S9°L | ZS°L | GEL
a OSE SO hete
(WW UT) ASUJ9304 PAIÁTS
u30q Jo UPIM Jsojeald
GCSC IE NORD Et
TES EN aa | mac FI
N oo «wo m Sr N
N Ge = =
Me
a
er
ce
ce
a
da
ES
a
Ei
(wu UT) BUIATO eu} JO YUIZUT
LN RZ
-50°7 | -E6°L
snjerdjstapenb *I
snotsjdAuoezq
SNSNIGO *L
‘yoeaq + ‘JOEU
snsnjqo *L
snjerdjstapenb *I
snjerdastapenb *L
*UOPUG + ‘JOeW
snsnjqgo ‘JL
snowzezdAyoraq
snsnjqo °L
snauegdouoew
snsnago *I
sotoods jo aTdues
SNIETUISTUPEND *I pue snsn3go snyoeuL Jo sordwes JusuaFFTp UT BUZAT9 ou} JO SUOTSUAUTA *h STILI
PIMNPAOTSOUDSZI
NS
Aueuusg
UIO4SOM
SPUETIUIAN
a
P. J. DEN Boer : Sibling species Trechus obtusus and T. quadristriatus 227
quadristriatus (Table 1, no. 5c). This optical illusion is nicely illustrated by two
specimens from Emmen with exactly the same length and width of the elytra: one
quadristriatus specimen (fig. 2) and one macropterous obtusus specimen (fig. 6).
Besides the small but unreliable (difficult to express quantitatively) difference
in the lateral curve of the elytra, the form of the elytra, expressed as the quotient
length of the elytra
largely overlaps in the two species
greatest width of both elytra combined
(graph 1) and consequently has no diagnostic value (Table 1, no. 5c). Never-
theless, the differences between various combinations of two samples are often
significant (Table 5; WILCOXON's two sample test). Generally the value of the
length of the elytra
greatest width of both elytra combined
number of number of
specimens specimenst 20
lor A IO
O O
I Ke)
O O
|
10
4+__—_.»—__ Zu
1.24. 1.30.1.36.1.42.1.48_1.54-- O
1.29 1.35 141 147 1.53 159
O
4-130-136-142.148-1.54-
9
1.2
129 1.35 141 147 153 1,59
Graph 1. Shape of the elytra (length/greatest width) in 30 specimens of Trechus. A. obtusus
(macropterous), Netherlands. B. obtusus (brachypterous), Netherlands. C. gwadristriatus,
Netherlands. D. obtusus (brachypterous), Iceland. E. quadristriatus, Western Germany.
F. obtusus (brachypterous + macropterous), Western Germany. G. gwadristriatus, Czecho-
slovakia (cf. Table 5)
quotient is significantly higher (form of the elytra more elongate) in the samples
of guadristriatus than in those of obtusus. There are, however, important statistical
differences in the form of the elytra between samples of the same species from
different regions (geographic variation). For instance, the quotient mentioned
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 9, 1965
228
x) 990000°0 >
x) 990000°0>
x) 990000°0 >
hhS00°0
x) 990000°0 >
x) 990000°0>
8705°0
80L000°0
982L°0
hLh0*O
88LE°0
88600°0
chz9°0
8290°0
9S10°0
8hS0°0
hh8€°0
CORRE RD ara) m)
HM O NO TO O
q pue e uoomjeg
QQUBUIFJITP SOUSUSJFTP
(L STAEL :99S)
serdwes
eu} Jo antea d
ey} Jo anten d
soTdwes om} usamjeq SOUSISIITP oy} Jo anten d
343 UZ JO Jouet *9 STEL
(L9*h = X) 990000°0>
23900°0
9LhL°O
8Lh°0
9LL000°0
L60°0
&t0°0
8578°0
CTzz00°0
96500°0
25200°0
Th8”0
sam OO HE AAA m
I
a
I
d
9
9
a
a
q
9)
0)
a
mo 0 A LL L KM] O
< M amm A H Oo vo
(L STgeL :99S)
sotdues
q pue P UsemMjeq
DOUSUSJJTP ou} JO antea d
saTdues om} uoomjeg SOUSISJFTP SUI Jo ontea d
deu39807 PAJÂT® UIO JO UIPIM 35970213
*g stqeL
DUMTO SUI JO UISUT
229
P. J. DEN BOER: Sibling species Trechus obtusus and T. quadristriatus
*atqtssod se ae} se pray eu} JO APIs JJeT UF WIJ USYPI are samseou SUI (4
snauejd4yoeag
snsn3gqo *I
oO
e
©
-
erAeUrpueos
ETNEAOTSOYD9ZI
N
pueTeol
oO
m
N
~
w
>
‘yoeaq + *JoeU
snsn3go “I
Aueuueg
snzeraastapenb *L LES SM
am OL | LL EI snjerdjstapenb *I
N
un
+
N
oO
Mm
‘yoeag + ‘oew
9L | te [6h JEL snsn3qo *I
spueTdeugen
sno1sydAyseaq
SNSNIGO *L
N
©
oo
m
OL
o
o
e
+
Mm oO + w
- N Lui
m
e
snousydouseu
snsn3go *I
SLE | 062 | SOC} One] SLZ
asqunu 18307 162 | -997 | -Lhe | -ILE | -L6L
(dut)
349 eu} JO Jozowerp
SS
oO
x
=
-
m
satoads jo aTdues wouF suowroeds
(dl ur) etduez 2UI JO UIPIM
(, sngeragstapenb *] pue snsnygo snysaıL JO sordwes JusxsJFTp UT 249 au} Jo dozouerp pue ordwor eu} JO YIPIM *L 2I92L
230 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 9, 1965
above is significantly higher in obtusus specimens from Iceland (D) than in those
from the Netherlands (A), whereas obtusus specimens from Western Germany (F)
are intermediate. In fact, the form of the elytra in obtusus specimens from Iceland
(D) is the same as that in gwadristriatus specimens from the Netherlands (C).
The elytra of quadristriatus specimens from Czechoslovakia (G) are the most
elongate among the samples studied.
Diameter of the eye. Although in the 7. obtusus samples the diameter
of the eye is in general a little smaller than in the gwadristriaius samples (Table 7),
this difference has no diagnostic value (Table 1, no. 6), since there is an important
overlap. About half of the differences between various combinations of two samples
are significant (Table 6), but they do not show any clear tendency: the diameter
of the eyes in brachypterous (B) and in macropterous (A) obtusus specimens from
the Netherlands do not differ significantly, whereas the diameter of the eye in
Dutch guadristriatus specimens (C) is significantly greater than that in brachy-
pterous obtusus specimens (B) but it does not differ from that in macropterous
obtusus specimens (A); the diameters of the eyes differ significantly in obtusus
samples from different regions (geographic variation; Table 6 : B and D, B and F,
D and F), but not in all samples of T. quadristriatus.
Width of the temple. From Table 7 it will be seen that in general the
temple is diagnostically wider in T. gwadristriatns specimens than in obtusus
specimens (Table 1, no. 7), which is especially clear if specimens of the two species
from the same region are compared. Since the width of the temple is highly in-
fluenced by the diameter of the eye (the position of the frontal groove is apparently
more fixed than the diameter of the eye; see also fig. 3—4 and 7—8), the value
diameter of the eye
width of the temple
mens more sharply.
To show the diagnostic value of this character, the frequency distributions over
eleven classes of the quotient, are given for all measured specimens combined
from the Netherlands and Western Germany (graph 2). The histogram of the
Dutch specimens is evidently bimodal: apparently one population consists of ma-
cropterous specimens only, the other mainly of brachypterous individuals. Thus,
the Dutch material must contain two separate forms, one macropterous (T. guadri-
striatus) and one dimorfic (T. obtusus). The histogram of the specimens from
Western Germany is less clear in this respect, although the distribution of macro-
pterous and brachypterous specimens shows the same division into two separate
groups. In the Trechus material from Western Germany this character apparently
discriminates less distinctly between T. guadristriatus and obtusus than in the
material from the Netherlands.
The data for the specimens from other regions are given in Table 8. From this
table (and from graph 2) it is obvious that this character is more variable in T.
quadristriatus than in obtusus; this is especially clear for the specimens from
Czechoslovakia (Drahanovice) and from England (Wellesbourne).
of the quotient separates obtusus and quadristriatus speci-
231
P. J. DEN BOER: Sibling species Trechus obtusus and T. quadristriatus
sn3jerajstapenb *y Pp puer8ug
[mme | semo
. (eraasnv)
SNJETAISTUPEND *L 9
N
m
PTXHPAOTSOUD2ZI
GRR] MSC A PG Seo SENS SE Zui bel) See
Zu || SSeS) ye) EN horn EC 008
eee
n
ae
ae
a
DI
di.
PE
N
n
wo
|
ae
an
+
Sr
aTdwe} ay} FO UIPIM
eA9 sy} JO dezeuerp
satoads Jo ordures
248 UI JO USZIUEIP DUI 04 UOTIETAI UT eTduez ay JO UIPIM *8 TILL
232 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 9, 1965
diameter ofthe eye
width of the temple
number of
SOT specimens 200 specimens from
the Netherlands
104 specimens from
Western Germany
4-6.0.6.6.7.2. 7.8.
9 65 71 77 83
N
va
wo
u UI
MN = brachypterous specimens
DD] = macropterous specimens
Graph 2. Width of the temple in relation to the diameter of the eye in all measured Trechus
specimens from the Netherlands and Western Germany combined (cf. Table 8). Figures
above columns indicate number of T. guadristriatus specimens falling in the relevant class
(only given for classes where both species are represented)
Distance between the innersmarsins of, chessehjegarndd
the supra-orbital pores. Table 9 shows that in T. quadristriatus
specimens the distance between the inner margin of the eye and the supra-orbital
pores is diagnostically smaller than in obtusus specimens (Table 1, no. 9), which is
clearer for the posterior supra-orbital pore than for the anterior. Since the distance
between the inner margin of the eye and these pores is highly influenced by the
diameter of the eye (the position of the supra-orbital pores is apparently more fixed
than the diameter of the eye; see also fig. 3—4, 7—8), specimens of obtusus and
of quadristriatus can be separated even more sharply by the value of the quotient
diameter of the eye d. eye ‚ or by the value
distance: anterior supra-orbital pore — eye \ ap. — eye
diameter of the eye d. eye
distance: posterior supra-orbital pore — eye \ p.p. — eye
233
P. J. DEN BOER: Sibling species Trechus obtusus and T. quadristriatus
‘arqrssod se ae} se pray ay} JO opIs 3JoT UF WF UHP} are samseou SUI (,
ef | || of | Je Jefe) enen |
snatejdAyoer
HAAREN Eo aa =|
°yoead+*Joew
i AUPBWISS)
*yoeag+*aoeu
SPUFTUSUFON
snousydAydeuq
snous2dorseu
hoL | 16 | 82 | S9| ZS | GE} 92] 16) BL] SO} 2S] GE] 92
26 | -6L | -99 | -ES | -Oh | -LZ | ~hL |] -64 | -99 | -ES | -Ohf =LZ | hl.
auod
auod TPITqUO
-eudns aordejsod eu]
snyeragstupenb °L D
sngeragstapenb *I H
OL snjetajstupenb ‘I
hh
snjerajstapenb °*I
TEITqUO-PUANS dotuoqjue 3UI satoads Jo aTdues WI; sueutoeds
pue 249 oy} Jo UTBUEU USUUT ou} USSMIAG (Nur) soueISTP
( snjeragstapenb *I pue snsn3go snyoal] JO sordwes quaraJitp UT satod TP3IQUO-BUdNS sy} JO UOTITSOd *6 2TIEL
i}
234 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 9, 1965
To show the diagnostic value of these characters the frequency distributions of
these two quotients are given for all the measured Trechus specimens combined
from the Netherlands and Western Germany (graph 3—4). Both histograms of
graph 3 and those of graph 4 are bimodal, so that it is evident that the material
from the Netherlands as well as that from Western Germany contains two separate
forms: one macropterous (T. guadristriatus) and one dimorfic (T. obtusus). A
d.
comparison of the graphs 3 and 4 shows that Nasen (graph 4) dis-
PiP: = eye
d. eye
a.p. eye
number of 200 specimens from
specimens the Netherlands
0.2.5. 3.0. 35- 4.0.4.5- 5.0-5.5- 6.0- 6.5.7.0. 7.5. 8.0. 8.5-9.0- 9.5- 1I0,0.105-
24 29 34 39 44 49 5A 59 6A 69 7.4 7.9 84 39 94 9.9 104109
104 specimens from
Western Germany
2.0- 2.5- 30. 3.5- 4.0-4.5. 5.0-5.5- 6.0-6.5-7.0. 7.5-80-8.5- 9.0- 9.5- IOO.IO.5-
24 29 34 39 44 49 54 59 64 69 7.4 7.9 84 89 94 9.9 10.4109
BEE = brachypterous specimens
[_]= macroprerous specimens
Graph 3. Position of anterior supra-orbital pore in relation to diameter of eye in all measured
Trechus specimens from the Netherlands and Western Germany combined (cf. Table 10).
Figures above columns indicate number of T. guadristriatus specimens falling in the relevant
class (only given for classes where both species are represented)
criminates more sharply between T. gwadristriatus and obtusus than does
d. eye
ap. — eye
the data for specimens from other regions are given. From this table it becomes
(graph 3). The same conclusion can be drawn from Table 10 in which
P. J. DEN BOER: Sibling species Trechus obtusus and T. quadristriatus 235
d, eye
p.p. eye
number of 200 specimens -
specimens from the Netherlands
104 specimens from
Western Germany
5- 9.0. 9.5
24 29 3.4 39 44 49 5459 6469 7.4 79 84 89 94 9.9
O 2.0. 2.5. 30- 3.5. 4.0. 4.5. 5.0. 5.5. 6.0.6.5- 7.0. 7.5- 8.0.8.
EEE = brachypterous specimens
L_]=macropterous specimens
Graph 4. Position of posterior supra-orbital pore in relation to diameter of eye in all measured
Trechus specimens from the Netherlands and Western Germany combined (cf. Table 10).
Figures above columns indicate number of T. guadristriatus specimens falling in the relevant
class (only given for classes where both species are represented)
clear that these characters are more variable in T. quadristriatus than in obtusus,
which is especially evident for the specimens from Czechoslovakia (Drahanovice).
Since in both specimens not only the diameter of the eye but also the form of
the eye is highly variable (e.g., fig. 3, 7), the position of the posterior supra-orbital
pore in comparison with the hind margin of the eye (in or behind this level)
is also variable and has no or only little diagnostic value (Table 1, no. 8).
CONCLUSIONS
We may conclude that Trechus obtusus and T. guadristriatus should be con-
sidered distinct species which can be distinguished not only by the shape of the
male genitalia but also by the following characters:
(a) In T. obtusus the temple is diagnostically wider than in quadristriatus; the
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 9, 1965
236
ES
(eraasny)
adamg tenus)
ETHPAOTSOUDIZS
eÂe-sdod Te TqUo-eadns UIOTISISOI i FIUPISTP
afe eu] JO dsjeuætp
ete wen = a a
Sena
EEE EEE
HAS bh HEEF GOL he OL 6°6 h’6 6°8 n° Bet hab n°g n° 6°h h°h he hz
O°CLI-S°LLJ-O°LLJ-S*OLJ-O°OL] -S°6] -0°6| -5°8 ae Sache Al Poles Bo =029 en >. = Siani IS OËn en SOSE er -0°7
Jequnu
ERO 343 oy} JO dozowerp
PTAPUTPUPDS
eAa-aaod Te tTquo-eudns YOTuaj}Ue:e0ue}STP
satoads jo ordues | wory suewroeds
249 eu} JO JeJeuPTP ay} O0} UOTIETAI UT Sauod Te tquo-eudns eu} JO UOTITSOJ *0L STILL
P. J. DEN BOER: Sibling species Trechus obtusus and T. quadristriatus 237
separation is especially distinct (p. 230) in the form of the quotient
width of the temple
diameter of the eye’
(b) Both the anterior and the posterior supra-orbital setigerous pores are situated
diagnostically closer to the inner margin of the eye in T. gwadristriatus than in
obtusus; the separation is especially distinct (p. 232) in the form of the quotients
d. eye Ba d. eye
a.p. — eye p.p. — eye
is more important for diagnosis than the position of the anterior pore.
(c) As far as the material studied is concerned (p. 221), T. guadristriatus is a
constantly macropterous species, and obtusus, a dimorfic one in which the brachy-
pterous form is the more common. Thus, brachypterous specimens always belong
to T. obtusus (except in the Isle of Elbe where the brachypterous form would
belong to T. guadristriatus : JEANNEL, 1927).
(d) The remaining external characters from those mentioned in Table 1 have no
diagnostic value for the regions where the specimens under consideration came
from. In doubtful cases (which were very few among the 1354 Trechus studied,
p. 223) the form of the elytra, especially the lateral curve (p. 225) may give some
indication as to specific identity.
(e) In both species many dimensions show a distinct geographic variation
(e.g., Tables 5 and 6 and 7, 8 and 10).
. The position of the posterior supra-orbital pore
No other diagnostic differences than the development of the wings could be
found between macropterous and brachypterous T. obtusus specimens from the
Netherlands (52 macropterous and 230 brachypterous specimens were studied).
Hence, in my opinion, there is no more reason for naming the macropterous form
in T. obtusus (f. obtusioides Jeannel) than in other dimorfic species of Carabid
beetles (p. 225). This doet not exclude, of course, that in Southern France, Spain
and North Africa, the range of abtusioides according to JEANNEL (1927), the full-
winged form could be much more distinct morphologically than in the Nether-
lands. I had no opportunity to study specimens from Southern Europe and North
Africa, but the remark by JEANNEL (1927): “Pas plus obtusioides que renati ne
présentent d’ailleurs une constance absolue dans leurs caractères extérieurs; ce sont
des variétés plus fréquentes dans certaines conditions de climat et d'altitude, mais
non des sous-espèces nettement tranchées”, suggests that for these geographical
areas too, the situation is obscure.
DISTRIBUTION
According to JEANNEL (1927, 1941) the macropterous form obtusioides of
Trechus obtusus is restricted to Southern France (1927: Bordeaux, Gironde; Castres,
Tarn), Spain (1927: Cadiz; Cercedilla) and North Africa (1927: Tétouan, Mo-
rocco; Yakouren, Kabylie, Algeria; Ain-Draham, Souk-el-Arba, Tunisia). In Eng-
land, Germany, Austria, the Faroe Islands, Iceland, Italy, Roumania, Yugoslavia
and the greater part of France the brachypterous form (the typical form or the
238 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 9, 1965
form renati Jeannel) would be the only one. LINDROTH (1945: 659), apparently,
has the same opinion: “Bei uns, wie überhaupt in W.- und N.-Europa, ist der Käfer
konstant brachypter...”. The results of my investigations are not in agreement with
these views: macropterous specimens were frequently found in Dutch material
(52 among 282 specimens = 18%), in material from Western Germany (8 among
44 specimens = 18%), and in material from the Caucasus (1 among 4 speci-
mens). The obtusus specimens that I saw from other regions were all brachypte-
rous: 8 from Scandinavia, 7 from Central Europe (6 from Austria), and 120 from
Iceland. Within the Netherlands macropterous specimens were found in most
obtusus-populations (these data will be published separately). In this connection
it would be worth while to study large samples of T. obtusus from all parts of its
range.
Trechus quadristriatus is distributed throughout Europe (except the Faroe Is-
lands) and Western Asia (JEANNEL, 1927, 1941). I saw material from the Nether-
lands (176 specimens), from Western Germany (60), from Scandinavia (about
250), from Wellesbourne, England (70) and from Drahanovice, Czechoslovakia
(333).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
It is a pleasant duty for the author to thank those who made his investigation
possible by kindly sending Trechus specimens, viz., Mr. S. FINCH, National
Vegetable Research Station, Wellesbourne, England; Dr. F. JANCZYK, Naturhisto-
tisches Museum, Wien, Austria; Prof. Dr. D. J. KUENEN, Zoölogisch Laboratorium,
Leiden, Netherlands; Dr. B. Novák, Universita Palackénov Olomouci, Czecho-
slovakia; Dr. H. RoER, Zoologisches Forschungsinstitut und Museum Alexander
Koenig, Bonn, Western Germany; Mr. K. VEGTER, Emmen, Netherlands; Mr. H.
WALDÉN, Naturhistoriska Museet, Göteborg, Sweden; Dr. J. T. WIEBES, Rijks-
museum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, Netherlands; and the late P. VAN DER
Wier, Doorwerth, Netherlands.
ZUSAMMENFASSUNG
Der taxonomische Status von Trechus obtusus Er. hat viel Verwirrung gegeben
in der Literatur. Tabelle 1 gibt eine Übersicht von dieser Verwirrung. Um die
Bedeutung für die Diagnostik der aüsserlichen Merkmale, welche in der Literatur
benutzt werden zur Trennung von T. obtusus und T. gwadristriatus Schrk., objectiv
beurteilen zu können, wurden diese Merkmale quantifiziert und an vielen Exem-
plaren aus den Niederlanden, West-Deutschland, Skandinavien, der Tsechoslo-
wakei, England und Island gemessen. Die einzige aüsserliche Merkmale, welche
sich als verwendbar für die Trennung der beiden Arten herausstellten, sind: die
Breite der Schläfe, und der Abstand zwischen den Supraorbitalsetae und dem Inner-
rande des Auges. Die Frequenzverteilungen dieser quantitativen Merkmale werden
verglichen und besprochen. Die Verbreitung der macropteren und brachypteren
Form von T. obtusus wird besprochen.
P. J. DEN BOER: Sibling species Trechus obtusus and T. quadristriatus 239
REFERENCES
APFELBECK, V., 1904. — Die Käferfauna des Balkanhalbinsel, 1, Caraboidea. Berlin : 129.
BOER, P. J. DEN, 1958a. — Activiteitsperioden van loopkevers in Meijendel. Ent. Ber. 18:
80—89.
, 1958b. — De loopkevers van Meijendel, II. Activiteitsperioden in 1953. De Levende
Natuur 61: 88—95, 111—115.
BRAKMAN, P. J., 1961. — Korte coleopterologische Notities IV. Ent. Ber. 21: 8—21.
CSIkI, E., 1946. — Die Käferfauna des Karpatenbeckens, 1. Allgemeiner Teil und Caraboidea.
Budapest : 270 + 271.
DAHL, see MROZEK-DAHL.
ERICHSON, 1837. — cited by JEANNEL, 1927 : 303.
Everts, Ed., 1898. — Coleoptera Neerlandica, I. ’s-Gravenhage: 65.
, 1922. — Ibid. III. ’s-Gravenhage : 23 + 24.
GANGLBAUER, L., 1892. — Die Käfer von Mitteleuropa, 1, Caraboidea. Wien : 192,
HORION, A., 1941. — Faunistik der deutschen Käfer, I, Adephaga-Caraboidea : 176 + 177.
JEANNEL, R., 1927. — Monographie des Trechinae. L’Abeille 33 : 292—301 + 303—309.
, 1941. — Coléoptéres Carabiques, 1. partie. Faune de France 39: 327—329.
JONGE, H. DE, 1963. — Inleiding tot de medische statistiek 1, 2e ed. Leiden: 293—300.
KUHNT, P., 1913. — Illustrierte Bestimmungs-Tabellen der Käfer Deutschlands. Stuttgart : 69.
LINDROTH, C. H., 1943. — Zur Systematik fennoskandischer Carabiden, 16. Ent. Tidskr.
64: 13.
, 1945. — Die Fennoskandischen Carabidae, I, spezieller Teil; Göteborgs Kungl.
Vetensk. Vitterh. Samh. Handl. [B., B.} 4 (1): 657—661.
MROZEK-DAHL, T., 1928. — Coleoptera I: Carabidae. Die Tierwelt Deutschlands 7: 83.
MUNSTER, Th., 1926. — cited by LINDROTH, 1943.
PANDELLE, 1867. — cited by JEANNEL, 1927: 303.
PUTZEYS, 1870. — cited by JEANNEL, 1927: 303.
REDTENBACHER, W., 1858. — Fauna Austriaca, die Kafer, Ed. II. Wien: 70.
REITTER, Ed., 1903. — Uebersicht der Arten der Carabidengattung Trechus Clairv. Wien
Ent. Ztschr. 22: 1—7.
, 1908. — Fauna Germanica, Die Kafer des Deutschen Reiches, 1. Stuttgart : 127.
SCHAUM, 1860.— cited by JEANNEL, 1927: 303.
SEIDLITZ, 1891. — cited by JEANNEL, 1927: 303.
THOMSON, 1859. — cited by JEANNEL, 1927: 303.
VAART, H. R. VAN DER, 1950. — Gebruiksaanwijzing voor de toets van Wilcoxon; Rapport
S 32 (M4) v. Statistische Afd. Mathem. Centrum, Amsterdam.
WABEKE, D. & EEDEN, C. VAN, 1955. — Handleiding voor de toets van Wilcoxon; Rapport
S 176 (M65) v. Statistische Afd. Mathem. Centrum, Amsterdam.
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
Het verschijnt in één deel van 350—450 bladzijden per jaar, bestaande uit
_enkele afleveringen.
ENTOMOLOGISCHE BERICHTEN
Deze zijn bestemd voor de publicatie van kortere artikelen, faunistische notities
etc., alsmede van de Verslagen der Vergaderingen en van mededelingen van het
| bestuur. Zij verschijnen twaalf maal per jaar in een aflevering van 16 of meer
bladzijden, die samen een deel vormen.
TRICHOPTERORUM CATALOGUS
Deze Catalogus van F. C. J. Fischer wordt door de Vereeniging voor rekening
van de auteur uitgegeven. Alle bekende recente en fossiele soorten van de gehele
wereld met hun synoniemen worden er in behandeld. Delen I en II kosten f 39.—
per stuk, delen III—V: f 45.—. Er zullen in totaal 15 delen verschijnen. Van alle
delen zijn ook éénzijdig Bedekt exemplaren beschikbaar. De prijsverhoging hier-
voor bedraagt f 2.50.
ENTOMOLOGIA EXPERIMENTALIS ET APPLICATA
Dit tijdschrift wordt uitgegeven door de Noord-Hollandse Uitgevers Maatschap-
pij te Amsterdam in opdracht van de Vereeniging. Het publiceert artikelen over
experimentele biologie en oekologie bij insecten en andere land-arthropoden. Het
verschijnt vier maal per jaar en bevat 320 bladzijden. De prijs voor leden bedraagt
f 25 —, voor niet-leden f 40 — per jaar.
‚Alle zakelijke correspondentie betreffende de Vereeniging te richten aan de
Secretaris, W. Hellinga, Weesperzijde 2311, Amsterdam-O.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van het Tijdschrift voor Entomologie en
de Monographieën te richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. A. Diakonoff, Rijksmuseum
van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van de Entomologische Berichten te rich-
ten aan de Redacteur, B. J. Lempke, Oude IJselstraat 12111, Amsterdam-Z. 2.
REE ea ia
3
n
&
È
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van Entomologia Experimentalis et Appli-
cata te richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. P. A. van der Laan, Lab. voor Toegepaste
Entomologie, Linnaeusstraat 2 B, Amsterdam.
Alle betalingen te richten aan de Penningmeester, Drs. H. Wiering, Doorntjes
| 29, Bergen (N.H.), postgiro 188130, ten name van de Nederlandsche Entomolo-
gische Vereeniging te Bergen (N.H.).
Alle correspondentie betreffende de Bibliotheek der Vereeniging te richten aan
de Bibliotheek, Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O.
NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS
All correspondence referring to subscriptions and exchange of the periodicals
of the Netherlands Entomological Society should be addressed to the Librarian,
Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O, Netherlands.
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
Contributors will receive free of charge fifty reprints of their papers, joint authors have
to divide this number between them at their discretion. Additional reprints may be ordered
when returning proofs.
Manuscripts should be written in Dutch, English, French, German or Italian. If they
contain descriptions of new genera, species, etc., they should be in one of the four last
mentioned languages.
The author should communicate with the editor before submitting his manuscript. He
will enclose with manuscript a Synopsis (Abstract), styled according to recommendations
of the UNESCO (style rules will be provided by the editor) and, if needed, a Summary.
Papers in Dutch should contain an Abstract and/or a Summary in one of the four other
languages.
Manuscripts should be typewritten in double spacing on only one side of the paper, with
a margin of at least three cm at the left side of each sheet. Paragraphs should be indented.
Carbon copies cannot be accepted, as handling makes them illegible.
Captions for text figures and plates should be written on a separate sheet in double
spacing, numbered consecutively in arabic numerals; the use of a, b, c, or any other
subdivision of the figure numbering should be avoided.
Drawings for reproduction should be on good paper in Indian ink, preferably at least
one and a half times as large as the ultimate size desired. Lettering should be uniform, and,
after reduction, of the same size. Photographs should be furnished as shiny positive prints,
unmounted. Plates should be arranged so as to fill a whole page (11.5 x 19 cm) of the
Tijdschrift, or a portion thereof, captions included. Combinations of illustrations into groups
are preferable to separate illustrations, since there is a minimum charge per block.
Names of genera and lower systematic categories, new terms and the like are to be under-
lined by the author in the manuscript by a single straight line. Any other directions as to
size or style of the type are given by the editors, not by the author. Italic type or spacing to
stress ordinary words or sentences is to be avoided. Dates should be spelled as follows: either
”10.V.1948” or ”10 May, 1948”. Other use of latin numerals should be avoided, as well as
abbreviations in the text, save those generally accepted. Numbers from one to ten occurring
in the text should be written in full, one, two, three, etc. Titles must be kept short. Foot-
notes should be kept at a minimum.
Bibliography should not be given in Bois but ur in a list at end of the
paper, styled as follows:
Mosley, M. E., 1932, "A revision of the European species of the genus Leuctra (Pleco-
ptera)”. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [10] 10 (3): 1—41, pl. 1—5, fig. 1—57. Number of
issue should only be added (in parentheses) when it has individual pagination.
Text references to this list might be made thus:
”Mosley (1932) says...” or ”’(Mosley, 1932)”.
The editors reserve the right to adjust style to certain standards of uniformity.
Manuscripts and all communications concerning editorial matters only should be sent to:
Dr. A. DIAKONOFF, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, The Netherlands.
Ban rt RI mn
ee
BED -7 ss 2
fi. AFLEVERING 10 PRES
| MUS, COMP. ZCOL
LICRARY
JAN 2 + 1566
HARVARD
ED OSCHRIHT'- “od
VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
UITGEGEVEN DOOR
DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
INHOUD:
B. J. LEMPKE. — Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera (Twaalfde
Supplement), pp. 241—323, tekstfig. 42—43, t. 1115.
1 Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, deel 108, afl. 10 Gepubliceerd 30-XII-1965 |
SE
Bk
Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging
BESTUUR
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht, President (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
Dr. G. Barendrecht, Vice-President (1965— 1971), Amsterdam.
W. Hellinga, Secretaris (1963—1969), Amsterdam.
Drs. H. Wiering, Penningmeester (1962—1968), Bergen (N.H.).
Drs. C. A. W. Jeekel, Bibliothecaris (1960— 1966), Amsterdam.
J. A. Janse (1964—1970), Bennebroek.
Dr. A. F. H. Besemer (1965—1970), Bennekom.
COMMISSIE VAN REDACTIE VOOR DE PUBLICATIES
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
P. Chrysanthus (1964—1967), Oosterhout (N.B.).
Dr. A. Diakonoff (1964—1967), Leiderdorp.
G. L. van Eyndhoven (1963—1966), Haarlem.
Dr. L. G. E. Kalshoven (1964—1967), Blaricum.
Prof. Dr. D. J. Kuenen (benoemd 1957), Leiden.
Dr. P. A. van der Laan (benoemd 1957), Bennekom.
B. J. Lempke (1965—1968), Amsterdam.
Prof. Dr. J. de Wilde (benoemd 1957), Wageningen.
Dr. J. T. Wiebes (1963—1966), Leiden.
BESTUUR DER AFDELING VOOR TOEGEPASTE ENTOMOLOGIE
Dr. A. F. H. Besemer, Voorzitter, Wageningen.
Ir. P. Gruys, Secretaris, Rheden.
Dr. Ir. L. Bravenboer, Naaldwijk.
Dr. C. F. A. Bruyning, Oegstgeest.
Dr. Ir. J. B. M. van Dinther, Bennekom.
De contributie voor het lidmaatschap bedraagt f 15—, voor student-leden
f 2.50, per jaar. — Begunstigers betalen jaarlijks tenminstet f 15 —.
De leden, behalve de student-leden, ontvangen gratis de Entomologische
Berichten, waarvan de prijs voor student-leden f 1.50 per jaar, voor niet-leden
f 20.— per jaar en f 2.— per nummer bedraagt.
De leden kunnen zich voor f 10.— per jaar abonneren op het Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie; hiervan bedraagt de prijs voor niet-leden f 35 — per jaar.
De eerder verschenen publicaties der Vereeniging zijn voor de leden tegen ver-
minderde prijzen verkrijgbaar. De Vereeniging geeft de volgende publicaties uit.
MONOGRAPHIEEN VAN DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
Deze worden met onregelmatige tussenpozen uitgegeven. Er zijn reeds ver-
schenen:
— F. T. Valck Lucassen et al. — Monographie du genre Lomaptera Gory &
Percheron (Coleoptera, Cetoniidae), prijs f 50.—.
IPA] Besseling. — De Nederlandse Watermijten ee Latreille,
1802), prijs f 25.—.
CATALOGUS DER NEDERLANDSE MACROLEPIDOPTERA
(TWAALFDE SUPPLEMENT) wmuS. COMP. ZCOL
DOOR Libs ARY.
B. J. LEMPKE JAN 2 * 1553
Amsterdam HARVARD
ABSTRACT UNIVERSI.Y
This Supplement of the Catalogue contains the greater part of the Dutch species of the
subfamily Amphipyrinae of the family Noctuidae.
The following particulars for each species are presented: the time of appearance, where
known the biotope which it prefers, localities additional to those mentioned in my original
Catalogue (except for common species met with everywhere in the country), and the variation.
AMPHIPYRINAE
Amphipyra Ochsenheimer
Amphipyra pyramidea L. Tijdschr. Entom. 90: 87; Cat. VIII: (497). Uit de
verbreidingskaart (fig. 42) blijkt duidelijk, dat de soort vooral in bosachtige
gebieden in het oosten en zuiden van het land voorkomt, maar dat ook vrij veel
vindplaatsen in het Duindistrict, het Hafdistrict en het Fluviatiel District bekend
zijn. Dat de vlinder hier werkelijk thuis hoort, blijkt wel uit de volgende opmer-
kingen van verzamelaars: Beemster, vrij gewoon (HUISENGA), Rotterdam, de
rupsen in het voorjaar van 1954 talrijk op iep, vooral op het uitschot van de stam-
men (ELFFERICH), Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht, vrij gewoon (BOGAARD), Schelluinen,
gewoon (SLOB). In het Waddendistrict is pyramidea aangetroffen op Terschelling.
De vliegtijd kan in het najaar nog iets langer duren dan in 1949 bekend was.
De uiterste data worden nu: 10.VII—19.X. De vroegste datum werd in 1950 te
Haaren-N.B. waargenomen (KNIPPENBERG), de laatste in 1962 te Assel (VAN
AARTSEN).
Variabiliteit. Zoals reeds in Cat. VIII werd opgemerkt, is de vlinder zeer
variabel, maar een indeling van de vormen is niet altijd gemakkelijk, daar ver-
scheidene ervan zonder scherpe grenzen in elkaar overgaan.
f. virgata Tutt, 1892. Exemplaren met duidelijk afstekend donker middenveld
van de voorvleugels komen toch weinig voor. Nieuwe vindplaats: Geulem (LEEF-
MANS).
f. melaleuca Lenz, 1927. Ook deze vorm met zwartachtige voorvleugels, waar-
tegen de witte dwarslijnen scherp afsteken, is niet gewoon. Nieuwe vindplaatsen:
Apeldoorn, Hoenderlo (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Amsterdam, e. 1. (Zoöl. Mus.).
f. fusca Rocci, 1914. Exemplaren met roetkleurige, dus zwartbruine voorvleu-
gels, die onduidelijk getekend zijn, werden nog bekend van Diepenveen (LUKKIEN)
en Apeldoorn (LEFFEF).
241
A
Fig. 42. Verbreiding van Amphipyra pyramidea L. in Nederland
f. pallida Lambillion, 1908. Deze naam kan gebruikt worden voor alle exem-
plaren met opvallend lichte voorvleugels. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Apeldoorn (LEF-
FEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Ulenpas (Hoog-Keppel) (LEFFEF); Slijk-Ewijk (VAN DE
Por); Eindhoven (VERHAAK). Een extreem licht 9 van Twello (J. VERBURGH).
f. marginata nov. Bovenzijde voorvleugels: ruimte tussen golflijn en achterrand
veel lichter dan de grondkleur (bij het holotype ook het grootste deel van de
achtervleugels lichter). Amsterdam, 9, 16.VIII.1955 (holotype, PEERDEMAN).
[Upper side fore wings: the area between submarginal line and fringe is much paler than
the ground colour (the hind wings of the holotype are also for the greater part much paler).]
(789) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 243
f. reducta Lempke, 1949. Exemplaren zonder ronde vlek werden nog bekend
van Apeldoorn (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Bergeijk, Epen (VAN WISSELINGH);
Asten (Zoöl. Mus.).
f. striata Lempke, 1949. Exemplaren met wortelwaarts uitgerekte pijlvlekken
werden nog aangetroffen te: Apeldoorn, Lochem (Zoöl. Mus.); Aerdenhout, Epen,
Schin op Geul (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. lineata Lempke, 1949. Komt wel overal onder de soort voor, zodat geen
nieuwe vindplaatsen meer vermeld worden.
f. unicolor nov. Voorvleugels eenkleurig bruinachtig, eerste en tweede dwarslijn
enkel; van de verdere tekening is alleen de wortelstreep, de ronde vlek, en de
donkere vlek voor de niervlek aanwezig. Apeldoorn, juli 17 (1917?) (holotype,
CARON).
[Fore wings unicolorous brownish, antemedian and postmedian single, the further markings
only consist of the basal line, the orbicular and a dark spot before the reniform.]
Dwerg. Apeldoorn (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.).
Amphipyra perflua Fabricius. Tijdschr. Entom. 90: 87; Cat. VIII: (497). Na
de vondst van 1913 nooit meer in ons land aangetroffen. Ook uit het omringende
gebied is weinig nieuws bekend geworden. Voor Denemarken meldt HOFFMEYER
in de tweede druk van De Danske Ugler (1962) nu ook een vangst op Bornholm
(p. 205). Bij Hamburg werd de vlinder voor het laatst in 1878 gezien, terwijl in
1945 twee rupsen bij de stad Sleeswijk werden gevonden (Bombus 1: 145, 1947).
In België werd perflua in 1963 en 1964 te Buzenol (in Belgisch Luxemburg, bij
Virton) gevangen (Linn. Belg. 2: 127, 1964, 3: 69, 1965; Lambillionea 63: 22,
1964).
Eén van de twee Nederlandse exemplaren is afgebeeld op plaat 11, fig. 1.
Amphipyra tragopoginis L. Tijdschr. Entom. 90: 86; Cat. VIII: (496). Met
uitzondering van Rottum is de soort nu op alle waddeneilanden gevonden.
De vliegtijd kan nog langer duren dan in 1949 werd opgegeven. De uiterste
grenzen worden nu: 9.VII—9.X. De late vangst is afkomstig van de Rivon-lamp
te Haamstede in 1962 (LEFFEF).
Variabiliteit. f. nigrescens Spuler, 1906. Exemplaren met zwartachtige
voorvleugels zijn niet al te zeldzaam. Er zijn zoveel nieuwe vindplaatsen, verspreid
over vrijwel het hele land, dat een opsomming ervan achterwege kan blijven.
f. grisea Vorbrodt, 1921. De vorm met grijze voorvleugels is stellig zeldzaam.
Ik zag slechts een & van Amsterdam en een 9 van Cadzand (PEERDEMAN).
f. variegata Lempke, 1949. Exemplaren met licht franjeveld van de voorvleugels
werden nog bekend van: Apeldoorn, Weesp (Zoöl. Mus.); Amsterdam, Amster-
damse Bos (PEERDEMAN); Melissant (HUISMAN); Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht (Bo-
GAARD); Geulem (BOTZEN).
f. demaculata Nordström, 1939. Nieuwe vindplaatsen van exemplaren zonder
de zwarte stippen op de voorvleugels: Groessen, Heemstede (VAN DE Por); Wes-
tenschouwen (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Nuenen (NEIJTS).
f. conjuncta Lempke, 1949. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Raalte (FLINT); Hollandse
Rading (Zoöl. Mus.); Melissant (HUISMAN); Epen (VAN WISSELINGH).
244 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (790)
f. venata nov. De aderen op de voorvleugels over de hele lengte zwartachtig.
Niet al te zeldzaam. Wijster, Apeldoorn, Hoenderlo, Berg en Dal, Hollandse
Rading, Amsterdam, Den Haag (Zoöl. Mus.); Wassenaar, Epen (VAN WISSE-
LINGH).
Holotype: & van Apeldoorn, 27.VIII.1954, LEFFEF leg, in Zoöl. Mus.
[The nervures on the fore wings over their whole length blackish.]
Dwergen. Tongeren, Apeldoorn, Blaricum, Haarlem (Zoöl. Mus.); de Voorst
(S. R. DIJKSTRA); Beemster (HUISENGA); Castricum (AUKEMA); Bergeijk (VAN
WISSELINGH); Belfeld (OTTENHEIJM); Eijs (VAN DE POL).
Mormo Ochsenheimer
Mormo maura L. Tydschr. Entom. 90: 85; Cat. VIII: (495). Het hoofdver-
spreidingsgebied in Nederland blijft het zuiden van Limburg. Daarnaast komen
een paar nieuwe vindplaatsen in midden-Limburg, het midden van Noord-Brabant
en als grote verrassing een vangst in Friesland, mogelijk weer een ver van zijn
normale woongebied afgedwaalde zwerver.
Geen correctie op de vliegtijd, waarvan de uiterste data dus blijven: 12.VI—
19.IX.
Vindplaatsen. Fr.: Bakkeveen, 11.VIII.1962, één exemplaar op smeer (G. STOBBE).
Ov.: Volthe (KNoop). N.B.: Tilburg, in 1942 verscheidene exemplaren (A. DE BOER).
Lbg.: Grubbenvorst, Roggel, Swalmen, Stein, Vaesrade, Wittem, Schin op Geul, Rijckholt,
Camerig, Vijlen.
Variabiliteit. f. ocjoviensis Biezanko, 1924. Nieuwe vindplaatsen van
deze somber uitziende vorm: Denekamp, Valkenburg (Zoöl. Mus.); Epen (VAN
WISSELING).
f. virgata Tutt, 1892. Vrij gewoon.
f. striata Tutt, 1892. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Valkenburg, Epen (VAN WISSE-
LINGH).
f. unicolor nov. Voor- en achtervleugels eenkleurig donkerbruin, vlekken en
de beide dwarslijnen zwak zichtbaar; de lichte postdiscale lijn op de achter-
vleugels flauw aanwezig. Cortenbach (Voerendaal), 4, 7.VIII.1928 (holotype),
Geulem, &, 19.VII.1950 (Zoöl. Mus.).
[Fore and hind wings unicolorous dark brown; stigmata and the two transverse lines
feebly visible; the pale postdiscal line on the hind wings obsolete.]
f. nigrescens nov. Grondkleur van voor- en achtervleugels bruinachtig zwart.
Epen, &, 23.VII.1959 (holotype, LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.).
{Ground colour of fore and hind wings brownish black.]
f, juncta Lempke, 1949. Nieuwe vindplaats: Epen (VAN WISSELINGH).
Dypterygia Stephens
Dypterygia scabriuscula L. Tijdschr. Entom. 90: 84; Cat. VIII: (494). De
(791) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 245
vlinder is nu ook bekend van Schiermonnikoog, zodat alleen Ameland en Rottum
nog in de lijst van de waddeneilanden ontbreken. Verder werden nog enkele
nieuwe vindplaatsen buiten de zandgronden bekend: Slijk-Ewijk (VAN DE Por),
Hoorn (HOUTMAN), Amsterdam-Slotermeer (WITMOND), Rotterdam (VAN DER
AA), Schelluinen (één exemplaar in 1955, SroB), Arkel, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht
(1963, BOGAARD) en Melissant.
Een exceptioneel vroeg exemplaar ving VAN DER AA op 25 maart 1959 te Rot-
terdam. De laatste datum van de eerste generatie wordt nu: 4.VIII (in 1947 een
afgevlogen dier te Bennekom). De eerste datum van de tweede generatie is 9. VIII
(in 1953 te Bennekom, gevolgd door andere verse exemplaren op 10.VIII en
13.VIII). Al deze gegevens genoteerd door VAN DE Por.
Variabiliteit. f. pinastri L., 1761. Exemplaren met werkelijk zwartachtige
grondkleur van de voorvleugels (en dan ook donkerder achtervleugels) blijven
vrij zeldzaam. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Nierssen (LEFFEF leg.), Bussum, Den Haag
(Zoöl. Mus.); Aerdenhout (VAN WISSELINGH); Nuenen (NEIJTS); Montfort
(MAASSEN).
f. confluens Lempke, 1949. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Overveen, Wassenaar (VAN
WISSELINGH); Leiden (Lucas).
Dwergen. Cadzand (PEERDEMAN); Venlo (Zoöl. Mus.).
Rusina Stephens
Rusina ferruginea Esper, [1785] (Phalaena umbratica Goeze, 1781, nec Lin-
naeus, 1758; tenebrosa Hübner, [1800—1803]). Tijdschr. Entom. 90: 85; Cat.
VIII: (495). De naam, waaronder de soort lange jaren bekend is geweest, is on-
geldig, daar hij een primair homoniem is.
De vlinder wordt maar zelden buiten de in Cat. VIII aangegeven biotopen aan-
getroffen. Bekend werden de vindplaatsen Nijetrijne (in 1964, LEFFEF), Heteren
en Melissant (beide in 1963, HUISMAN) en Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht, een 9 in 1963
(BOGAARD). In het Waddendistrict is het dier nu ook aangetroffen op Vlieland
en Terschelling, zodat, net als bij de vorige soort, Ameland en Rottum nog ont-
breken.
Op de vliegtijd is geen correctie, zodat de uiterste data dus blijven: 22.V—4. VIII.
Variabiliteit. Esper beschrijft de grondkleur wel als roodbruin, maar
zijn figuren geven afbeeldingen van vlinders met een vrij donkerbruine grondkleur.
HUBNER’s fig. 158 is iets donkerder en vooral veel nauwkeuriger dan die van
Esper. Beide auteurs beelden bonte dieren af met donkere banden op de voor-
vleugels. De typische vorm is dan ook die, waarbij vooral het 3 op een bruin-
achtige grondkleur een donkere middenschaduw heeft en een donkere band voor
de tweede dwarslijn, terwijl vaak ook het franjeveld en de voorrand donker zijn.
Tot deze vorm behoort de grote meerderheid van onze exemplaren.
f. obscura Tutt, 1892. De vorm met zwartachtig bruine voorvleugels, waartegen
de donkere banden dus niet meer afsteken, terwijl de niervlek wel licht geringd is,
komt bij beide seksen voor en is vooral bij het & niet zeldzaam. Nieuwe vindplaat-
sen: Eelde, Wiessel, Dabbelo, Vorden, Heemskerk (Zoöl. Mus.); Ermelo (VAN
DER MEULEN); Slijk-Ewijk (VAN DE Por); Aerdenhout, Epen (VAN WISSELINGH) ;
Meijendel, Oostvoorne (LUCAS).
246 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (792)
f. & concolor nov. Voorvleugels eenkleurig bruin, niet verdonkerd; de teke-
ning bestaat slechts uit twee (meestal vrij zwakke) dwarslijnen en de niervlek. Een
bij het & zeker niet zeldzame vorm. Putten, Hoenderlo, Renkum, Oosterbeek,
Soest, Bergen op Zoom, Breda (Zoöl. Mus.); Zeist (GORTER).
Holotype: & van Renkum, 26.VI.1907, in genoemd museum.
[Fore wings unicolorous brown, not darkened; the markings consist of the two transverse
lines (which may be rather feeble) and the reniform. The form is not rare with the male.]
f. phaeus Haworth, 1803. De vorm met grijsachtig bruine bont getekende voor-
vleugels werd nog bekend van Bussum, Venlo (Zoöl. Mus.); Aerdenhout (VAN
WISSELINGH).
f. bellieri Culot, 1914. Nieuwe vindplaats van deze vorm met zwak getekende
eenkleurig licht bruingrijze voorvleugels: Bennekom (VAN DE Por).
f. demaculata nov. Bovenzijde voorvleugels: eerste en tweede dwarslijn scherp
getekend, maar ronde vlek en niervlek ontbreken volkomen. Plaat 11, fig. 3.
Bergeijk, 4, 7.VII.1961 (holotype, VAN WISSELINGH).
[Upper side fore wings: antemedian and postmedian sharply marked, but orbicular and
reniform fail completely. Plate 11, fig. 3.]
Dwergen. Austerlitz, Zeist (GORTER).
Thalpophila Hübner
Thalpophila matura Hufnagel. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 124; Cat. VII: (451).
Een vrij groot aantal nieuwe vindplaatsen zijn bekend geworden in de in 1943
aangegeven biotopen, waaruit blijkt dat de vlinder vooral in de duinen sterk ver-
breid is. Daarnaast werden ook enkele exemplaren gevangen in het Hafdistrict en
het Fluviatiel District, die ongetwijfeld wel grotendeels tot de rubriek van de
zwervers gerekend zullen moeten worden. In het Waddendistrict is matura bekend
van alle eilanden met uitzondering van Rottum (op Terschelling zeer gewoon,
LEFFEF).
Op de vliegtijden zijn geen correcties, zodat de uiterste data blijven: 17.VII—
22.1X.
Vindplaatsen. Fr.: Vlieland, Sexbierum (1962, 1963, STOBBE). Dr.: Schoonlo,
Odoornerveen, Vledder, Havelte. Ov.: Markelo, Frieswijk. Flevoland: Lelystad. Gdl.: Har-
derwijk, Vierhouten, Assel, Uchelen, Hoenderlo, Otterlo, Harskamp, Lunteren, Ede; Slijk-
Ewijk. Utr.: Hollandse Rading. N.H.: Amsterdam (1959, PEERDEMAN), Sloterdijk (NIEUW-
LAND), Zaandam (1957, AUKEMA), de Koog, Hargen, Groet, Schoorl, Bergen, Egmond aan
Zee, Bakkum, Heemskerk, Beverwijk, Haarlem, Heemstede. Z.H.: Schevingen, Kijkduin, Stael-
duin, Sliedrecht, één exemplaar in 1959 overdag vliegend (BOGAARD), Oostvoorne, Helle-
voetsluis, Ouddorp. Zl.: Burgh, Haamstede, Westenschouwen, Oostkapelle, Valkenisse,
Groede, Cadzand. N.B.: Hoogerheide, Oosterhout, Dorst, Chaam, Hilvarenbeek, Waalwijk,
Drunen, Haaren, Sint Michielsgestel, Oirschot, Vessem, Bergeijk, Nuenen, Eindhoven,
Geldrop, Someren, Gassel. Lbg.: Milsbeek, Bergen, Velden, Tegelen, Swalmen, Montfort,
Peij, Stein, Vijlen, Vaals.
Variabiliteit. Het verschil tussen de populaties uit het duingebied en die
uit het binnenland is niet zo absoluut als in 1943 leek. Bij uitzondering komen in
de duinen ook wel donkere dieren voor, zoals blijkt uit de vangst van zo een exem-
plaar te Aerdenhout (VAN WISSELINGH), één op Schiermonnikoog en enkele op
(793) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 247
Terschelling (Zoöl. Mus.), terwijl de lichte vorm ook wel in het binnenland kan
worden aangetroffen. Een serie matura van Hilversum in het Zoöl. Mus. bevat
diverse lichte dieren naast een aantal donkere. In dezelfde collectie bevinden zich
ook twee lichte exemplaren van Apeldoorn (1894) en Wientjesvoort. Maar in
series naast elkaar geplaatst is het verschil duidelijk.
f. connexa Hübner, [1809—1813}. Exemplaren met duidelijk roodachtige
grondkleur van de voorvleugels komen weinig voor. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Zeist
(GORTER) ; Laren-N.H. (Zoöl. Mus.) ; Meijendel, Oostvoorne (Lucas); Den Haag
(Leids Mus.).
f. texta Esper, [1787}. Exemplaren met eenkleurige, maar duidelijk gete-
kende voorvleugels werden nog bekend van: Ermelo (Zoöl. Mus.); Meijendel,
Oostvoorne, Peij (Lucas); Bergeijk (VAN WISSELINGH); Swalmen (MAASSEN).
f. obscura nov. Voorvleugels bovenzijde zwartbruin met flauw zichtbare teke-
ning, onderzijde eenkleurig zwartachtig; achtervleugels donkerder geel. Plaat 11
fig. 2. Westenschouwen, 4, VIII.1961 (holotype, LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Breda
(Leids Mus.); Chaam (LUKKIEN); Bergeijk (VAN WISSELINGH); Sint Pieter (VAN
DER MEULEN).
[Fore wings upper side black-brown, markings obsolete, under side unicolorous blackish;
hind wings darker yellow. }
f. albisignata nov. Voorvleugels: de eerste en tweede dwarslijn, de golflijn, de
franjelijn en de omranding van ronde vlek en niervlek fel wit, scherp afstekend.
Zeist, 9, 22.VII.1953 (holotype, GORTER).
[Fore wings upper side black-brown, markings obsolete, under side unicolorous blackish;
as well as the circumscriptions of orbicular and reniform pure white, sharply contrasting. ]
f. wahlgreni Nordström, 1940. Overveen (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. conjuncta Lempke, 1943. Exemplaren met de zwarte tapvlekstreep komen
blijkbaar niet veel voor. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Bilthoven (BROUWER); Meijendel
(Lucas).
Dwergen. Lelystad (VAN DE Por); Velp (Leids Mus.); Bakkum (S. DE BOER).
Trachea Ochsenheimer
Trachea atriplicis L. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 127; Cat. VII: (455). Uit de com-
binatie van beide lijsten van vindplaatsen blijkt duidelijk, dat de vlinder in vrijwel
het hele land kan worden aangetroffen, al is hij op vochtige gronden in de regel
gewoner dan op droge. In het Waddendistrict nu bekend van Vlieland en Ter-
schelling.
(Merkwaardig is de enorme achteruitgang van de soort op de Britse eilanden.
De laatste vangst, die in de nieuwe editie van „SOUTH wordt vermeld, dateert
van 1915 (Moths Brit. Isles 1: 275, 1961). Het dier wordt er op het ogenblik als
uitgestorven beschouwd).
Beide generaties kunnen vroeger gaan vliegen dan in 1943 werd vermeld. De
uiterste data worden nu: de eerste van 11.V—11.VIII, de tweede van 20.VIII—
19.X. In warme zomers kan de tweede generatie vrij gewoon zijn. Op 18 september
1947 ving BOTZEN 14 stuks op smeer te Vinkeveen en Baambrugge. In de regel
echter zijn herfstexemplaren zeldzaamheden.
248 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (794)
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Terschelling, Vlieland, Leeuwarden, Tietjerk, Duurswoude,
Fochtelo, Beetsterzwaag, Olterterp, Oude Mirdum, Tjerkwerd. Gr.: Zevenhuizen (Leek),
Onnen, Glimmen, Noordlaren, Borgercompagnie, Veendam, Vlagtwedde. Dr.: Paterswolde,
Peize, Roden, Norg, Donderen, Zuidlaren, Schipborg, Eext, Schoonlo, Odoorn, Vledder.
Ov.: Denekamp, Volthe, Rossum, Ootmarsum, Hezingen, Losser, Saasveld, Almelo, Aadorp,
Ommen, Oud-Leusen, Rijssen, Holten, Raalte, Abdij Sion, Frieswijk, Tjoene, Loo (Bathmen),
Platvoet, Zwartsluis, Vollenhove. Gdl.: Terschuur, Harderwijk, Hattem, Wapenveld, Ton-
geren, Epe, Wiessel, Hoog-Soeren, Assel, Uchelen, Teuge, Laag-Soeren, Hoenderlo, Kootwijk,
Velp, Lunteren; Gorssel, de Velhorst, Hackfort, Ruurlo, Woold, Hoog-Keppel, Laag-Keppel,
Didam, Loerbeek; Hatert, Heteren, Ingen, Buren, Geldermalsen, Culemborg. Utr.: Drieber-
gen, Amersfoort, Maarssen, Maarsseveen, Vreeland, Vinkeveen, Baambrugge. N.H.: ’s-Grave-
land, Naarden, Weesp, Amsterdamse Bos, Halfweg, Schellingwoude, Landsmeer, Zaandam,
Middelie, Beemster, Oosthuizen, Hoorn, Overveen, Aerdenhout. Z.H.: Woerdense Verlaat,
Noorden, Den Haag, Capelle aan den IJssel, Kralingerhout, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht, Schellui-
nen, Gorkum, Arkel, Dubbeldam, Zuidhollandse Biesbosch, Hellevoetsluis. Zl: Burgh,
Haamstede, Westenschouwen, Oostkapelle, Valkenisse. N.B.: Waalwijk, Drunen, Nieuwkuik,
Sint Michielsgestel, Uden, Kampina, Best, Vessem, Bergeijk, Valkenswaard, Tongelre,
Geldrop, Someren, Maarheeze, Helenaveen, Sint Anthonis. Lbg.: Griendsveen, Sevenum,
Weert, Venlo, Tegelen, Swalmen, Montfort, Stein, Amstenrade, Klimmen, Bocholtz, Bunde,
Gronsveld, Vijlen, Lemiers.
Variabiliteit. f. diffusa Spuler, 1906, Schmetterl. Eur. 1: 210 (enaris-
mene Slastshevsky, 1908). De vorm met onscherpe tekening op de voorvleugels en
nauwelijks zichtbare witte vlek (zoals SPULER hem uitstekend beschrijft) is bij ons
beslist zeldzaam. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Almelo (KLEINJAN); Wiessel (LEFFEF);
Ingen (Zoöl. Mus.).
f. inornata Alpheraky, 1908. De vorm zonder groene tint op de voorvleugels
(maar overigens niet afwijkend) is eveneens zeldzaam. Nieuwe vindplaatsen:
Loerbeek (PEERDEMAN); Bergeijk (VAN WISSELINGH). Overgangen met heel wei-
nig groen van Soest en Vreeland (Zoöl. Mus.).
f. nigrescens nov. Sterk verdonkerd. Lichaam en voorvleugels zwartachtig;
achtervleugels eveneens verdonkerd. Plaat 15 fig. 2. Bij de twee exemplaren, die
ik gezien heb, is de groene kleur ook gereduceerd. Onnen, &, 16.VI.1961 (holo-
type), Glimmen (VAN DE Por).
[Strongly darkened. Body and fore wings blackish; hind wings also darkened. The two
specimens I saw of this form had the green colour also much reduced.}
f. viridimaculata Lempke, 1943. Een exemplaar met eenkleurig groene ronde
vlek van Breda (Zoöl. Mus.).
f. juncta Lempke, 1943. Een exemplaar, waarbij ronde vlek en niervlek elkaar
raken, van Ootmarsum (VAN WISSELINGH).
Dwerg. Zeist (GORTER).
Euplexia Stephens
Euplexia lucipara L. Tijdschr. Entom. 85 : 126; Cat. VII: (453). Ook bij deze
soort wijzen de beide lijsten van vindplaatsen op een sterke verbreiding in Neder-
land. Behalve op de zandgronden is de vlinder ook van tal van plaatsen in het
Hafdistrict en het Fluviatiel District bekend geworden. In het Waddendistrict is
lucipara tot nog toe alleen aangetroffen op Vlieland.
(795) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 249
De rups is vrij polyfaag. LEFFEF vond hem veel op bosbes en varens, maar ook
op wilgen en melde.
De eerste generatie kan reeds begin mei verschijnen. De grenzen van beide
generaties worden nu: de eerste van 6.V—6.VIII, de tweede van 25.VIII—17.IX.
(In 1953 trof VAN DE POL op 3 maart een exemplaar binnenshuis aan te Benne-
kom, maar dit was ongetwijfeld geforceerd).
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Terschelling, Vlieland, Tietjerk, Eernewoude, Beetsterzwaag,
Olterterp, Duurswoude, Oosterwolde, Oldeberkoop, Nijetrijne, Nije Mirdum, Oude Mirdum,
Kippenburg. Gr.: Leek, Groningen, Haren, Glimmen, Noordlaren, Onnen, Borgercompagnie,
Veendam. Dr.: Paterswolde, Roden, Peest, Vries, Zuidlaren, Schipborg, Eext, Schoonlo,
Odoorn, Vledder. Ov.: Volthe, Rossum, Saasveld, Albergen, Nijverdal, Rijssen, Abdij Sion,
Raalte, Zwartsluis, Vollenhove. Gdl.: Harderwijk, Hulshorst, Epe, Nierssen, Wiessel, Assel,
Hoog-Soeren, Uchelen, Teuge, Dabbelo, Hoenderlo, Hoog-Buurlo, Kootwijk, Lunteren;
Gorssel, Hackfort, Ruurlo, Woold, Hoog-Keppel, Didam, Loerbeek; Slijk-Ewijk, Gelder-
malsen, Neerijnen. Utr.: Soesterberg. N.H.: ’s-Graveland, Blaricum, Huizen, Naarden, Naar-
dermeer, Muiderberg, Weesp, Amsterdamse Bos (vrij gewoon, PEERDEMAN), Amsterdam,
Zaandam, Nek, Beemster, Oosthuizen, Hoorn, Bergen, Alkmaar, Castricum, Bakkum, Heems-
kerk, Overveen, Aerdenhout, Heemstede, Vogelenzang. Z.H.: Woerdense Verlaat, Lisse,
Leiden, Oegstgeest, Voorschoten, Rijswijk, Delft, Staelduin, Vlaardingen, Rotterdam (ook
Kralingerhout, VAN DER AA), Schelluinen, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht (zeldzaam, maar in 1963
niet minder dan 20 stuks, BOGAARD), Zwijndrecht, Oostvoorne, Rockanje, Hellevoetsluis,
Ouddorp. Zl.: Burgh, Haamstede, Westenschouwen, Oostkapelle, Cadzand. N.B.: Galder,
Dorst, Waalwijk, Sint Michielsgestel, Haaren, Kampina, Vessem, Bergeijk, Eindhoven,
Nuenen, Helmond, Someren, Helenaveen, Gassel. Lbg.: Griendsveen, Sevenum, Heel, de
Hamert, Arcen, Tegelen, Swalmen, Sint Odiliënberg, Merum, Montfort, Stein, Amstenrade,
Thull, Heerlerbaan, Aalbeek, Geulem, Bunde, Maastricht, Sint Pietersberg, Gronsveld, Die-
pendal, Vijlen, Bocholtz, Lemiers, Vaals.
Variabiliteit. f. obscura nov. De laatste jaren zijn zeer donkere exem-
plaren bekend geworden, die onder elkaar wel iets verschillen, maar zonder bezwaar
tot dezelfde vorm gerekend kunnen worden. Lichaam sterk verdonkerd, niet zelden
zelfs zwart; middenveld van de voorvleugels zwartachtig, terwijl ook de rest van
de voorvleugels sterk verdonkerd kan zijn en de lichte niervlek scherp afsteekt;
achtervleugels eveneens veel donkerder. Plaat 11 fig. 7. Eernewoude (G. Dyk-
STRA); Borgercompagnie, Peest, Vorden, Oostdorp (Zoöl. Mus.); Onnen, Glim-
men, Bennekom, Gassel (VAN DE Por); Wiessel (LEFFEF) ; Blaricum (VAN TUIJL);
Bussum (TER LAAG); Huizen, Heemskerk (VAN AARTSEN); Amsterdamse Bos
(PEERDEMAN) ; Swalmen (PIJPERS); Heerlerbaan (LUKKIEN).
Holotype: 4 van Peest, 8.VI.1952, in collectie Zoöl. Mus.
[Body strongly darkened, not rarely even quite black; central area of the fore wings blackish,
the rest of these wings may also be strongly darkened, whereas the reniform strongly contrasts;
hind wings also much darker. }
f. maculata Lempke, 1943. Exemplaren met eenkleurig geelachtige niervlek
werden nog bekend van: Noordlaren, Slijk-Ewijk (VAN DE Por); Velp (DE Roo);
Soest, Hilversum, Weesp, Plasmolen (Zoöl. Mus.); Lunteren (BRANGER); Leiden
(Lucas).
f. obsoleta Lempke, 1943. Exemplaren met geheel donker gevulde niervlek zijn
veel zeldzamer. Nog bekend geworden van Hoog-Soeren (LEFFEF); Bussum (TER
LAAG); Zaandam (AUKEMA).
250 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (796)
f. flavescens Lempke, 1943. Exemplaren met lichte geelachtige gewaterde band
werden nog aangetroffen te: Lelystad, Bennekom (VAN DE Por); Doorn (Zoöl.
Mus.); Zeist (BROUWER); Bussum (TER LAAG).
f. pallida Lempke, 1943. Een prachtig licht exemplaar werd door VAN AARTSEN
gevangen te Oostkapelle (Zoöl. Mus.). Zie plaat 11 fig. 8.
f. postmarginata nov. Achtervleugels witachtig met brede donkere achterrand.
Beemster, 3, 4.VI.1960 (holotype, HUISENGA).
{Hind wings whitish with a broad dark marginal band.]
f. clausa Lempke, 1943. Exemplaren, waarbij de twee dwarslijnen elkaar aan
de binnenrand van de voorvleugels raken, werden nog bekend van: Apeldoorn
(LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Bakkum (AUKEMA).
f. semiconfluens Lempke, 1943. Niet al te zeldzaam, zoals uit de volgende
nieuwe vindplaatsen blijkt: Noordbroek, Arnhem, Hilversum, Velzen (Zoöl. Mus.).
Dwergen. Apeldoorn (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Nuenen (NEIJTS); Maasniel
(FRANSSEN); Sint Michielsgestel (KNIPPENBERG); Montfort (MAASSEN); Nije
Mirdum (Murper); Plasmolen (Leids Mus.).
Phlogophora Treitschke
Phlogophora meticulosa L. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 122; Cat. VII: (449). De
vlinder is nu bekend van alle waddeneilanden met uitzondering van Ameland en
Rottum en komt overigens in het gehele land op allerlei grondsoorten voor. Het
aantal kan nogal schommelen. In sommige herfsten is meticulosa zeer gewoon
(1961, 1962 bijv.), in andere veel schaarser (zoals in 1963). Natuurlijk zullen
deze schommelingen in aantal voor een belangrijk deel veroorzaakt worden door
oecologische factoren, maar mogelijk hebben zij ook iets te maken met de sterke
neiging tot trekken of zwerven, zoals die blijkt uit herhaalde vangsten van de
vlinder op het Nederlandse lichtschip Noord Hinder en op Britse lichtschepen.
De eigenschap van de soort zowel als imago als in verschillende stadia van de
rups en als pop te kunnen overwinteren maakt de volgorde van de generaties tot
een nogal gecompliceerde zaak. Decemberwaarnemingen van vlinders zijn de vol-
gende: 30.XII.1943 een dood exemplaar in een sloot te Nijkerk (H. TERLOUW);
1.XII.1945 één tegen een boomstam te Twello (COLDEWEIJ); 2.XII.1945 een pas
uitgekomen vlinder met nog slappe vleugels te Middelie (S. DE BOER); 14.XII.
1947 & te Katwoude, 21.XII.1947 9 te Amsterdam (WITMOND); 13.XII.1948,
vers exemplaar op straat te Leeuwarden (VAN MINNEN); 11.X11.1948, een vlinder
op een boom te Babberich (POSTEMA); 28.XII.1953 te Doorn (ELFFERICH);
XII.1948, e. 1, Zeist (GORTER); 10.XII.1961 fraai exemplaar op de lamp te
Montfort (MAASSEN).
Minstens even opvallend zijn vangsten van imagines in januari en februari. De
volgende kunnen vermeld worden: 3.1.1948, een overwinterend exemplaar in huis
te Hilversum (CARON); 12.1.1948 een vlinder gekweekt uit een half december te
Zeist gevonden rups (BROUWER); 17.1.1949, een vers exemplaar te Nuenen
(NETS); 24.1.1949 een vlinder te Leeuwarden (VAN MINNEN); 27.1.1949, een
vers dier buiten te Naaldwijk (MEURER); op dezelfde datum een vlinder te Stein
(797) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 251
(Pater MUNSTERS); 1.11.1949 weer een exemplaar te Stein; 7.1.1950 een vlinder
bij -4° C buiten te Amsterdam (VAN OORSCHOT); 22.11.1959 een vlinder in huis
te Amsterdam (ENGEL). Op al deze gegevens aansluitend zijn enerzijds een aantal
waarnemingen in november, anderzijds in maart en april.
Interessant is een eikweek in de open lucht van PEERDEMAN in 1961. De rupsen
groeiden zeer onregelmatig op. Verpoppingsrijpe rupsen gingen dood bij vorst,
maar de niet volwassen rupsen en de poppen doorstonden de lage temperatuur
zonder enige schade. Ik ken geen enkele andere inlandse soort, die in staat is in
zoveel verschillende stadia te overwinteren. Overigens blijft het een feit, dat metz-
culosa nooit zo talrijk is als in het najaar.
Variabiliteit. f. suffusa Warren, 1911. De bekende vorm met rood-
achtige voorvleugels blijft zeldzaam, maar is wel vrij geregeld in een enkel exem-
plaar onder de soort aan te treffen. Van enige samenhang met warme of koude
zomers, zoals BALFOUR meende opgemerkt te hebben, is ook na 1943 niets geble-
ken. We weten dan ook nog niets over de factor of factoren, waaraan de vorm zijn
ontstaan te danken heeft. Nieuwe vindplaatsen (zonder opgave van de collecties)
zijn: Raalte, Wiessel, Apeldoorn, Slijk-Ewijk, Amersfoort, Zeist, Zaandam, Mid-
delie, Heemskerk, Aerdenhout, Rotterdam, Oostvoorne, Melissant, Burgh, Westen-
schouwen, Valkenisse, Bergeijk, Eindhoven, Stein, Neercanne, Sint Pietersberg,
Epen, Vaals. Ook wat minder extreme overgangsexemplaren komen voor.
f. viridescens Lempke, 1943. Exemplaren met zuiver groene voorvleugels zonder
spoor van rood of rose zijn veel zeldzamer. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Apeldoorn (LEF-
FEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Amersfoort (NIEUWLAND); Slijk-Ewijk (VAN DE Por).
f. flavescens Saundby, 1963, Ent. Rec. 75: 85. Sterk verbleekt. De grondkleur
van de voorvleugels licht geelachtig wit, de tekening licht geelachtig groen, achter-
vleugels eveneens lichter dan normaal; lichaam dezelfde lichte kleur als de voor-
vleugels. Plaat 11 fig. 5. Amsterdam, &, 20.IX.1902 (Leids Mus.).
f. fumosa Cockayne, 1951, Ent. Rec. 63: 160, plaat 5 fig. 3. Voorvleugels en
thorax verdonkerd. Bij het holotype waren de achtervleugels normaal van kleur,
maar de naam kan naar mijn mening gebruikt worden voor alle opvallend ver-
donkerde exemplaren, waarbij ook de achtervleugels hun gewone lichte kleur mis-
sen. Apeldoorn (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Berg en Dal (BOLDT); Zeist (GORTER);
Amsterdam, Katwoude (WITMOND); Middelie (DE BOER).
f. reducta Lempke, 1943. Exemplaren, waarbij het donkere middenveld de
binnenrand van de voorvleugels niet bereikt, zijn blijkbaar vrij zeldzaam. Nieuwe
vindplaatsen: Glimmen, Lelystad, Slijk-Ewijk (VAN DE Por); Eindhoven (VAN
DULM).
f. trapezina Lempke, 1943. Ook dieren met opvallend verbreed middenveld
waar dit de binnenrand raakt, komen weinig voor. Nieuwe vindplaats: Voerendaal
(Zoöl. Mus.).
f. westi Chalmers-Hunt, 1961, Entomologist 94: 282, pl. VII fig. 9. Op de voor-
vleugels loopt de antemediane lijn van de voorrand min of meer verticaal omlaag
tot dicht bij de binnenrand, buigt dan buitenwaarts en loopt vrijwel horizontaal
even boven de binnenrand om daarna weer omhoog te gaan in de richting van de
voorrand. In het subapicale gebied ligt franjewaarts van de lijn een lichte vlek.
Zie plaat 11 fig. 6. Amersfoort (NIEUWLAND).
252 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (798)
f. minor Cabeau, 1925. Dwergen werden nog bekend van Slijk-Ewijk (VAN DE
Por); Den Haag (Zoöl. Mus.); Oostkapelle (VAN AARTSEN); Nuenen (NEIJTS);
Epen (VAN WISSELINGH).
Teratologisch exemplaar. Rechter achtervleugel ontbreekt. Zeist
(GORTER).
Callopistria Hübner
Callopistria juventina Cramer. Tijdschr. Entom. 95: 279; Cat. XI: (890). De
vangst te Aerdenhout in 1951 is een unicum gebleven in het westen van Neder-
land. Daarentegen is de vlinder sinds 1952 op verschillende plaatsen in het zuiden
en midden van Limburg gevangen, bij voorkeur in bosachtig terrein. Waarschijnlijk
is er een samenhang tussen deze vondsten en die in België. Of juventina in dit
deel van ons land steeds is aan te treffen, is op het ogenblik nog moeilijk uit te
maken. De aantallen zijn in de regel zeer klein.
Ook uit het omringende gebied zijn nieuwe vondsten bekend geworden, die
voor een deel toch wel doen denken aan recente pogingen tot gebiedsuitbreiding.
In de omgeving van Hamburg werd in 1954 een exemplaar te Beimoor (ten oosten
van de stad) aangetroffen (Bombus 1: 354, 1954). In België werd de soort voor
het eerst vermeld van Baudour (in Henegouwen, ten noordwesten van Bergen),
waar in 1941 een rups gevonden werd (Lambillionea 44: 10, 1944). In 1949
werd de vlinder vermeld van Strijtem (in Brabant, ten westen van Brussel) (Lam-
billionea 49: 17 en 107). In 1955 werd een vlinder te Brussel tegen een muur
gevonden (op. cit. 58: 72, 1958). Tenslotte werd in 1963 een exemplaar te War-
sage (prov. Luik) gevangen (op. cit. 63: 22, 1964). Ook in Engeland is juventina
een paar maal gesignaleerd. Het eerste exemplaar werd in 1959 in de Leighton
Woods (Sussex) gevonden (Ent. Gazette 11: 3, 1960). Het tweede werd in 1962
te Wye (Kent) aangetroffen (Proc. Trans. South London ent. nat. Hist. Soc.
1962: 45, pl. 1 fig. 7, 1963).
De Nederlandse vangsten liggen tussen eind juli en de tweede helft van augus-
tus (30.VII—19.VIIT).
Vindplaatsen. Lbg.: Swalmen, 9.VIII.1952 (PiJPERS, nu in Mus. Rotterdam);
Geulem, in 1954 en 1955 tussen 4.VIII en 19.VIII samen zeven stuks (HARDONK; hiervan
vier mannetjes en een @ in Zoöl. Mus.); Valkenburg, 6.VIII.1963 (HUISENGA); Gronsveld,
juli 1961 (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Epen, 5.VIII.1954 en 30.VII.1956 (VAN WISSELINGH).
Ipimorpha Hübner
Ipimorpha retusa L. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 87; Cat. VII: (414). Hoewel de
vlinder over een groot deel van het land verbreid is, is hij op vele vindplaatsen
toch vrij schaars, vooral op drogere gronden. In vochtiger terreinen kan hy echter
soms tamelijk gewoon zijn. In het waddendistrict is refusa nu bekend van Schier-
monnikoog en Terschelling.
De vliegtijd kan tot in oktober duren. De uiterste data worden nu: 4.VII—10.X.
De laatste datum werd in 1962 door VAN AARTSEN genoteerd (na 2.X door
BOGAARD, die in hetzelfde jaar te Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht een exemplaar ving).
(799) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 253
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Terschelling (in klein aantal, TANIS), Sexbierum, Sint Anna
Parochie, Leeuwarden, Tietjerk, Eernewoude, Hieslum, Oosterwolde, Nijetrijne, Oude Mir-
dum, Dedgum, Tjerkwerd. Dr.: Donderen, Norg, Eelde, Peize, Schoonlo, Wijster, Havelte.
Ov.: Denekamp, Volthe, Albergen, Almelo, Saasveld, Holten, Raalte, Abdij Sion, Platvoet,
Vollenhove, Marknesse. Gdl.: Wiessel, Hoog-Soeren, Assel, Hoog-Buurlo, Uchelen, Empe,
Laag-Soeren, Hoenderlo, Otterlo, Wageningen, Bennekom, Lunteren; Zutfen, Eefde, Almen,
de Velhorst, Korenburgerveen, Doetinchem, Hoog-Keppel, Babberich, Loerbeek; Slijk-Ewijk.
Utr.: Utrecht, Vreeland. N.H.: ’s-Graveland, Kortenhoef, Bussum, Naardermeer, Weesp,
Amsterdamse Bos (gewoon, PEERDEMAN), Halfweg, Landsmeer, Zaandam, Middelie, Oost-
huizen, Hoorn, Schoorl, Egmond aan Zee, Castricum, Heemskerk, Bloemendaal, Aerdenhout,
Heemstede. Z.H.: Woerdense Verlaat, Leiden, Oegstgeest, Delft, Wateringen, Staelduin,
Vlaardingen, Capelle aan den IJssel, Schelluinen, Gorkum, Arkel, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht (van
1956—1960 gewoon, daarna veel zeldzamer, BOGAARD), Oostvoorne, Hellevoetsluis, Middel-
harnis, Melissant, Ouddorp. Zl: Burgh, Haamstede, Westenschouwen, Oostkapelle, Valke-
nisse, Cadzand. N.B.: Ulvenhout, Biesbosch, Waalwijk, Drunen, Haaren, Eindhoven, Schaft,
Someren, Gassel, Sint Anthonis, Helenaveen. Lbg.: Sevenum, Grubbenvorst, Tegelen, Steijl,
Heel, Stein, Heerlerbaan, Voerendaal, Heer, Gronsveld, Rijckholt, Slenaken, Vijlen, Lemiers,
Vaals.
Variabiliteit. f. grisea Lempke, 1943. Enkele exemplaren met donker-
grijze voorvleugels werden nog aangetroffen te: Volthe (VAN DER MEULEN);
Denekamp, Kortenhoef, Serooskerke, Brabantse Biesbosch, Gronsveld (Zoöl.
Mus.); Heemskerk (WESTERNENG); Epen (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. gracilis Haworth, 1809. De vorm met roodachtige voorvleugels is niet zeld-
zaam.
f. obscura nov. Grondkleur van voor- en achtervleugels sterk verdonkerd,
zwartachtig. Volthe, Almelo (VAN DER MEULEN); Vreeland, Epen (VAN WISSE-
LINGH); Amsterdamse Bos (PEERDEMAN); Serooskerke-Walcheren (holotype,
2, 1.VIII.1938, Zoöl. Mus.).
[Ground colour of the fore and hind wings strongly darkened, blackish.}
f. submarginata nov. Bovenzijde voorvleugels: de gewaterde band is duidelijk
lichter dan de grondkleur. Vreeland, 9, 27.VII.1941 (holotype, VAN WISSE-
LINGH).
[Upper side fore wings: the area between postmedian and submarginal line is distinctly
paler than the ground colour. |
f. nictitans Lempke, 1943. Exemplaren met scherpe lichte tekening werden nog
bekend van: Schiermonnikoog (VAN WISSELINGH); Denekamp (Zoöl. Mus.);
Apeldoorn (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.).
f. obsoleta nov. Voorvleugels met zeer zwakke nauwelijks zichtbare tekening.
Sloten-N.H. (2, juli 1880, holotype), Weesp, Zoutelande, Breda (Zoöl. Mus.);
Wassenaar (VAN WISSELINGH).
[Fore wings with obsolete markings. }
Ipimorpha subtusa Schiff. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 86; Cat. VII: (413). De vlin-
der is het minst verbreid in het Hafdistrict en in het noordoosten van het land.
Daarentegen zijn in het Fluviatiel District belangrijk meer vindplaatsen bekend dan
van de vorige soort. Het zuidoosten van het land blijft echter het deel met de
254 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (800)
sterkste verbreiding. Hier zullen maar weinig plaatsen zijn, waar de soort niet is
aan te treffen. In het Waddendistrict is subtusa tot nog toe alleen bekend geworden
van Terschelling, dat trouwens het best doorzochte waddeneiland is.
De vliegtijd kan tot in de tweede helft van september duren. De uiterste data
worden nu: 27.VI—19.IX.
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Terschelling, Sexbierum, Leeuwarden, Tietjerk, Eernewoude,
Oosterwolde, Nijetrijne, Nije Mirdum, Oude Mirdum (weinig, LEFFEF), Tjerkwerd. Gr.:
Glimmen, Borgercompagnie. Dr.: Roden, Donderen, Schoonlo (gewoon, LEFFEF), Wijster.
Ov.: Volthe, Almelo, Hengelo, Raalte, Holten, Abdij Sion, Deventer, Vollenhove, Mark-
nesse. Gdl.: Garderbroek, Wiessel, Teuge, Hoenderlo, Otterlo, Renkum, Bennekom, Lunteren;
Gorssel, Eefde, Neede, Winterswijk, Woold, Hoog-Keppel, Babberich, Loerbeek; Slijk-Ewijk,
Buren, Ingen, Geldermalsen. Utr.: Odijk, Utrecht, Amersfoort. N.H.: 's-Graveland, Korten-
hoef, Bussum, Naarden, Naardermeer, Weesp, Amsterdam, Amsterdamse Bos (gewoon,
PEERDEMAN), Zaandam, Beemster, Oosthuizen, Hoorn, Schoorl, Bergen, Castricum, Heems-
kerk, Bloemendaal, Aerdenhout. Z.H.: Meijendel, Voorschoten, Delft, Vlaardingen, Schel-
luinen, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht (van 1956—1960 zeldzaam, daarna gewoon, meer dan retusa,
BOGAARD), Oostvoorne, Hellevoetsluis, Melissant. Zl: Burgh, Haamstede, Westenschouwen,
Oostkapelle, Valkenisse, Goes, Cadzand. N.B.: Waalwijk, Drunen, Haaren, Sint Michiels-
gestel, Kampina, Nuenen, Eindhoven, Someren, Helenaveen, Gassel. Lbg.: Horst, Grubben-
vorst, Swalmen, Merum, Sint Odiliënberg, Herkenbosch, Montfort, Stein, Brunssum, Heerler-
baan, Wijlre, Bunde, Heer, Cannerbos, Gronsveld, Slenaken, Vijlen, Lemiers, Vaals.
Variabiliteit. f. rufescens Lempke, 1943. Exemplaren met roodachtige
voorvleugels werden verder bekend van: Amsterdam (Zoöl. Mus.); Aerdenhout
(VAN WISSELINGH).
f. grisea Lempke, 1943. Exemplaren met zuiver donkergrijze voorvleugels wer-
den aangetroffen te: Apeldoorn, Oisterwijk, Gronsveld (Zoöl. Mus.); Aerdenhout
(VAN WISSELINGH).
f. obscura nov. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels zwartachtig bruin. Oosthuizen,
3 , 8.VIII.1954 (holotype, DE BOER).
[Ground colour of the fore wings blackish brown. ]
f. bicolor nov. Wortelveld en achterrandsveld van de voorvleugels donker,
middenveld licht afstekend. Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht, 9, 11.VII.1958 (holotype,
BOGAARD).
[Basal and outer areas of the fore wings dark, central area contrasting through a distinctly
paler ground colour.]
f. rufolineata Lempke, 1943. Nieuwe vindplaatsen van exemplaren met rood-
achtige dwarsliinen en omranding van de vlekken: Marknesse (VAN DE POL);
Amsterdamse Bos (PEERDEMAN); Rotterdam (Zoöl. Mus.); Schelluinen (Lucas).
f. conjuncta nov. De ronde vlek raakt de tapvlek. Apeldoorn (holotype, DE
Vos).
[The orbicular touches the claviform.]
Dwergen. Twello (CoLDEWEIJ); Kortenhoef (Zoöl. Mus.); Montfort (MAAS-
SEN); Stein (Missiehuis); Epen (VAN WISSELINGH).
(801) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 255
Enargia Hübner
Enargia paleacea Esper. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 80; Cat. VII: (407). Heel duide-
lijk weer een soort, die zijn areaal in de loop van deze eeuw in ons land sterk uit-
gebreid heeft. Aan het einde van de 19de eeuw waren slechts drie vindplaatsen
bekend: Nederhorst den Berg, Breda en de Sint Pietersberg. In 1943 kon ik daar
10 nieuwe aan toevoegen. Thans, ruim 20 jaar later, volgt een lijst van weer 65
nieuwe vindplaatsen, terwijl de vlinder op verscheidene van de reeds vermelde na
1943 herhaaldelijk aangetroffen is. Dat hij nog steeds bezig is zijn gebied uit te
breiden, blijkt uit vangsten in het Hafdistrict en het Fluviatiel District, biotopen,
die volkomen van zijn normale vindplaatsen afwijken. Deze vangsten zullen dan
ook merendeels wel zwervers betreffen. Natuurlijk moeten we de moderne vang-
methoden door een veel groter aantal verzamelaars dan vroeger niet uit het oog
verliezen. Maar daar de vlinder volgens de ervaring van LEFFEF nog veel beter op
stroop dan op licht komt (wat hij overigens ook voortreffelijk doet), had de vorige
generatie van verzamelaars hem zeker niet gemist als hij er werkelijk geweest was.
Het voornaamste biotoop wordt gevormd door bosachtige gebieden op drogere
gronden, wat wel duidelijk blijkt uit het voorkomen op de Veluwe. Uit het om-
ringende gebied zijn mij slechts enkele nieuwe gegevens bekend geworden. In
Denemarken heeft de vlinder zich in Jutland uitgebreid. Zie HOFFMEYER, De
Danske Ugler, 2de druk: 278, 1962. Uit het omringende Duitse gebied zag ik
alleen een vermelding van Rheidt in de voormalige Rijnprovincie (KÜNNERT,
1957, Ent. Z. Frankfurt 67: 152), maar gezien onze ervaring in Limburg moet
paleacea ook hier gewoner geworden zijn. In België zijn uitsluitend enkele nieuwe
vindplaatsen in het oosten van het land bekend geworden. De heer DE LAEVER
gaf mij de volgende op: Seraing (Luik), Hotton, Han-sur-Lesse, Virton (alle in
de prov. Luxemburg) en Membre s. Semois (Namen). In Groot-Brittannië is het
areaal wel iets uitgebreid, maar niet in die mate als bij ons. Uit Schotland zijn nu
ook enkele vindplaatsen bekend. Zie SOUTH, Moths Brit. Isles, nieuwe editie 1:
327 (1961).
De vliegtijd kan al eind juni beginnen en voortduren tot in oktober. De uiterste
data worden nu: 23.VI—7.X. De vroegste datum werd in 1959 door Pater Mun-
STERS waargenomen te Stein (29.VI.1947 te Bennekom, VAN DE Por, 30.VI.1959
te Hoenderlo, LEFFEF). De laatste datum werd in 1962 door LEFFEF te Westen-
schouwen genoteerd.
Vindplaatsen. Fr.: Sexbierum (1964, STOBBE). Dr.: Roden, Eext, Schoonlo. Ov.:
Volthe, Saasveld, Abdij Sion, Colmschate. Gdl.: Wiessel, Hoog-Soeren, Assel, Teuge, Uche-
len, Imbosch, Hoenderlo, Otterlo (gewoon), Lunteren; Gorssel, Almen, Ruurlo, Neede,
Korenburgerveen, Winterswijk; Slijk-Ewijk, Neerijnen. Utr.: Rhenen, Amerongen, Zeist,
Bilthoven. N.H.: Bussum, Halfweg (1964, VAN AARTSEN), Oosthuizen (1956, DE BOER),
Schoorl, Overveen. Z.H.: Schelluinen (1964, SLoB), Dordrecht (1964, kapelaan GROENEN-
DIJK), Oostvoorne, Hellevoetsluis. Zl.: Burgh, Haamstede (bij het kasteel, gewoon, LEFFEF),
Westenschouwen, Oostkapelle. N.B.: Boxtel, Bergeijk, Nuenen, Helenaveen (vrij gewoon,
LEFFEF). Lbg.: Geijsteren, Sevenum, Castenray, Venlo, Tegelen, Swalmen, Roggel, Maalbroek,
Vlodrop, Posterholt, Montfort, Stein, Simpelveld, Bunde, Heer, Rijckholt, Gronsveld, (Epen,
reeds bekend, in sommige jaren vrij talrijk, bijv. 25 in 1954, VAN WISSELINGH), Vijlen,
Lemiers.
256 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (802)
Variabiliteit. Nu het Zoöl. Mus. over een flinke serie beschikt, is het
duidelijk, dat de typische vorm verreweg het meest hier te lande voorkomt.
f. angulago Haworth, 1809. De vorm met diep oranjegele voorvleugels is waar-
schijnlijk wel overal onder de soort aan te treffen, maar is veel schaarser.
f. pallida nov. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels bleekgeel. Twello, Otterlo,
Geulem (Zoöl. Mus.).
Holotype: & van Otterlo, 22.VIII.1960, in genoemde collectie.
[Ground colour of the fore wings pale yellow.]
f. suffusa nov. Voorvleugels sterk verdonkerd door een min of meer dichte
bestuiving van zwarte schubben. Hoenderlo, Otterlo, Halfweg, Gronsveld (Zoöl.
Mus.); Epen, 2 (VAN WISSELINGH).
Holotype: & van Halfweg, 14.VIII.1964 (VAN AARTSEN leg., in Zoöl. Mus.).
[Fore wings strongly darkened through a more or less strong suffusion with black scales. }
f. obsoleta nov. Tekening van de voorvleugels zeer zwak. Apeldoorn, Helena-
veen (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Otterlo, Sint Pieter (Zool. Mus.); Epen, Vaals
(VAN WISSELINGH).
Holotype: 9 van Sint Pieter, 15.VII, in Zoöl. Mus.
[Markings of the fore wings obsolete.]
f. juncta nov. Ronde vlek en niervlek raken elkaar. Apeldoorn, 9, 26.VII.
1953 (holotype, Zoöl. Mus.).
[Orbicular and reniform touch each other.}
f. semiconfluens nov. Ronde vlek en niervlek smal met elkaar verbonden.
Apeldoorn, 9, 22.VIII.1956 (holotype, LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Otterlo (Zoöl.
Mus.); Ruurlo (LUKKIEN); Epen (VAN WISSELINGH).
[Orbicular and reniform connected by a narrow isthmus. }
f. confluens nov. Ronde vlek en niervlek samengesmolten tot één enkele vlek.
Epen, &, 21.VIII.1954 (holotype, VAN WISSELINGH).
[Orbicular and reniform completely fused.]
Dwergen. Apeldoorn, Otterlo, Geulem (Zoòl. Mus.); Zeist (GORTER).
Enargia ypsillon Schiff. Tijdschr. Entom. 90: 83; Cat. VIII: (493). De in
1949 gegeven verbreiding is wel juist. Toch valt het aantal nieuwe vindplaatsen
vooral in het oosten van het land niet mee, een aanwijzing, dat de vlinder niet
overal tot de gewone soorten behoort. In het Hafdistrict en in het zuiden van het
land is hij daarentegen goed verbreid. In het Waddendistrict is ypsillon nu bekend
van Texel, Vlieland en Terschelling (hier niet zeldzaam, TANIS).
De vlinder kan al begin juni verschijnen. De uiterste data worden nu: 1.VI—
8.VIII. De vroegste datum werd in 1947 te Stein waargenomen door Pater MUN-
STERS (3.VI.1954 te Marknesse, VAN DE POL).
(803) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 257
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Terschelling, Vlieland, Sexbierum, Leeuwarden, Tietjerk, Nije-
trijne, Friens, Oude Mirdum, Tjerkwerd. Dr.: Peize, Donderen, Norg, Zuidlaren, Schoonlo,
Hooghalen. Ov.: Volthe, Bornerbroek, Raalte, Abdij Sion, Colmschate, Marknesse. Gdl.:
Voorthuizen, Garderbroek, Wiessel, Hoog-Soeren, Teuge, Uchelen, Hoenderlo, Bennekom,
Ederveen, Lunteren; Eefde, Ruurlo, De Velhorst, Babberich; Ooy, Slijk-Ewijk. N.H.: Naarden,
Naardermeer, Weesp, Amsterdamse Bos, Beemster, Oosthuizen, Hoorn, Nek, Schoorl, Bergen,
Bakkum, Heemskerk, Overveen, Aerdenhout. Z.H.: Woerdense Verlaat, Noorden, Leiden,
Oegstgeest, Den Haag, Vlaardingen, Capelle aan den IJssel, Schelluinen, Arkel, Dubbeldam,
Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht, Hellevoetsluis, Ouddorp. ZI.: Burgh, Haamstede, Westenschouwen,
Oostkapelle, Valkenisse, Goes, Cadzand. N.B.: Hilvarenbeek, Helvoirt, Sint Michielsgestel,
Haaren, Kampina, Nuenen, Eindhoven, Schaft, Someren, Deurne, Sint Anthonis. Lbg.: Seve-
num, Velden, De Hamert, Herten, Linne, Montfort, Stein, Schinveld, Brunssum, Heerlerbaan,
Bocholtz, Eijs, Wijlre, Heer, Gronsveld, Vijlen, Lemiers.
Variabiliteit. f. cinerea Heinrich, 1923. De vorm met lichtgrijze normaal
getekende voorvleugels werd nog aangetroffen te: Weesp, Voerendaal (Zoöl.
Mus.); Nuenen (NEIJTS); Geulem, Epen (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. obscura Favre, 1897. Overal zeer gewoon, vooral bij het 9.
f. corticea Esper, {1788}. Exemplaren met roodbruine grondkleur van de voor-
vleugels blijven zeldzaamheden. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Aalten (VAN GALEN);
Heemstede (VON HERWARTH); Nuenen (NEIJTS).
f. nigrescens Tutt, 1892. Ook de vorm met zwartachtige voorvleugels komt nog
weinig voor. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Vorden, Noorden, Oegstgeest (Lucas); Oost-
huizen (DE BOER); Aerdenhout, Heemstede (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. obsolescens Lenz, 1927. De vorm met zeer zwak getekende voorvleugels is
vrij gewoon.
f. juncta Lempke, 1949. Overal gewoon onder de soort.
f. semiconfluens Lempke, 1949. Vrij gewoon, eveneens haast overal onder de
soort aan te treffen.
f. confluens Lempke, 1949. Deze extremere vorm daarentegen blijft een zeld-
zaamheid. Ik ken geen nieuwe vindplaatsen.
Dwergen. Lunteren (BRANGER); Aerdenhout (VAN WISSELINGH).
Dicycla Guenée
Dicycla oo L. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 80; Cat. VII: (407). Het is nu wel duide-
lijk, dat deze soort hier te lande niet inheems is. We kennen slechts vangsten uit
de jaren 1869, 1872, 1877 en 1940 (en de nog oudere niet gedateerde waarneming
te Empe). Wel is de vlinder in een deel van de vorige eeuw hier blijkbaar een iets
minder zeldzame gast geweest dan hij later geworden is. Overigens blijft de vangst
van maar liefst tien stuks te Borne in 1940 wel heel merkwaardig (enkele van deze
exemplaren bevinden zich nu in Zoöl. Mus.).
Ook uit het omringende gebied is weinig nieuws te melden. In Denemarken
heeft men dezelfde ervaring als bij ons. In de vorige eeuw is de vlinder plaatselijk
gewoon geweest, maar uit de 20ste eeuw zijn slechts enkele vangsten bekend van
1900, 1910 en 1938 (HOFFMEYER, De Danske Ugler, 2de druk, p. 276—277,
1962). In het noordwesten van Duitsland is geen enkele nieuwe waarneming ge-
meld. Uit België werd slechts één nieuwe vangst bekend: Saint Mard (bij Virton,
prov. Luxemburg) in 1963 (Linn. Belg. 2: 127, 1964).
258 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (804)
Cosmia Ochsenheimer
Subgenus Cosmia Ochsenheimer
Cosmia (Cosmia) affinis L. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 85; Cat. VII: (412). Niet-
tegenstaande het vrij grote aantal vindplaatsen is de vlinder toch tamelijk lokaal,
althans nu, wat waarschijnlijk wel zal samenangen met de veel geringere aanplant
van de voornaamste voedselplant, de iep. Toch kan het dier ook nu nog op plaatsen,
waar de boomsoort in voldoende mate aanwezig is, vrij gewoon zijn. In het Wad-
dendistrict bekend van Terschelling en Schiermonnikoog.
De vliegtijd kan tot in de derde decade van september duren. De uiterste data
worden nu: 20.VI—24.IX. De laatste datum werd in 1956 te Stein waargenomen
(Pater MUNSTERS).
Vindplaatsen. Fr.: Terschelling (niet gewoon, TANIS), Sexbierum, Tietjerk, Friens,
Oude Mirdum, Tjerkwerd. Dr.: Schoonlo. Gdl.: Ermelo, Nunspeet, Wiessel, Apeldoorn,
Teuge, Laag-Soeren; Hoog-Keppel; Slijk-Ewijk. Utr.: Grebbe, Vreeland. N.H.: Bussum,
Weesp, Middelie, Beemster, Oosthuizen, Hoorn, Groet, Bergen, Velzen, Santpoort, Bentveld,
Aerdenhout, Heemstede. Z.H.: Arkel, Hellevoetsluis, Melissant, Goedereede, Ouddorp. ZI.:
Burgh, Haamstede, Westenschouwen, Oostkapelle, Valkenisse, Cadzand. N.B.: Uden, Helena-
veen. Lbg.: Sevenum, Montfort, Stein, Amstenrade, Heerlen, Chèvremont, Eijs, Geulem,
Bunde, Heer, Cannerbos, Gronsveld, Mheer, Vijlen.
Variabiliteit. Of de typische vorm met roodachtige voorvleugels nu nog
de hoofdvorm is, is zeer de vraag. Plaatselijk althans zeker niet. Bij de flinke serie
van Walcheren van VAN AARTSEN bevond zich maar een enkel exemplaar. De
meeste dieren waren donker tot zeer donker.
f. suffusa Tutt, 1892. De vorm met donkergrijze, soms iets groen getinte voor-
vleugels is thans gewoon en kan plaatselijk zelfs overheersen.
f. obsoleta-suffusa Tutt, 1892. Een variant van de vorige vorm, waarbij de witte
vlekjes aan de voorrand van de voorvleugels vrijwel verdwenen zijn, is veel zeld-
zamer. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Weesp, Den Haag, Gronsveld (Zoöl. Mus.); Mid-
delie (DE Boer); Epen (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. ochrea Tutt, 1892. De vorm met licht okerachtig bruine voorvleugels is
evenmin gewoon. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Vreeland (Zoöl. Mus.); Vogelenzang
(VAN WISSELINGH); Stein (VAN DE POL).
f. obsoleta-ochrea Tutt, 1892. De variant van de vorige vorm met nauwelijks
aanwezige witte vlekjes aan de voorrand van de voorvleugels werd nog aangetroffen
te: Bolsward (Zoöl. Mus.); Gronsveld (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.).
f. obsoleta Lempke, 1943. De vorm met typische roodachtige voorvleugels,
waarop de witte voorrandsvlekjes vrijwel geheel ontbreken, werd nog bekend van:
Paterswolde, Haarlem, Wassenaar (VAN WISSELINGH); Slijk-Ewijk, Heemstede
(VAN DE Por); Stein (Missiehuis); Geulem, Gronsveld (Zoöl. Mus.); Cannerbos
(Lucas).
f. affinella Strand, 1915. De mooie vorm met opvallend grote witte voorrands-
vlekken is vooral in de lichtere vormen vrij verbreid.
f. nigrimaculata Warren, 1911. De vorm met extra zwarte tekening op de voor-
vleugels is zeldzaam. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Heer (VAN DE Por); Mechelen (VAN
WISSELINGH).
(805) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 259
f. bredemanni Warnecke, 1933, Entom. Anzeiger 13: 95. Voorvleugels normaal
getekend en gekleurd (dus variërend van typisch tot suffusa), maar achtervleugels
eenkleurig zwart met gele franje, naar de wortel iets lichter. Plaat 11 fig. 12.
Tjerkwerd (MULDER); Slijk-Ewijk, Heemstede (VAN DE Por); Weesp (Zoöl.
Mus.); Middelie (DE Boer); Schoorl (AUKEMA); Groet, Burgh (PEERDEMAN);
Aerdenhout, Epen (VAN WISSELINGH); Den Haag (Leids Mus.); Oostkapelle
(VAN AARTSEN); Mheer (TER LAAG). Blijkbaar al een vrij verbreide vorm.
f. nigrata Schawerda, 1927, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 77: (82). Voorvleugels
even zwart als de achtervleugels, maar de tekening is nog te zien. Ook deze extreem
melanistische vorm is uit ons land bekend: Ouderkerk, &, 1960 (LOURENS);
Mheer, &, 1958 (TER LAAG).
Dwergen. Gronsveld (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Eijs (VAN DE POL).
Cosmia (Cosmia) diffinis L. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 84; Cat. VII: (411). Sinds
1943 zijn alleen enkele vangsten in het zuiden van Limburg bekend geworden,
zodat hier blijkbaar de tegenwoordige uiterste grens van het areaal in het westen
van het continent ligt. Dit verklaart ook de zeldzaamheid hier te lande. Nieuwe
gegevens uit het omringende gebied zijn mij niet bekend geworden.
De vliegtijd kan al in de eerste helft van juli beginnen. De uiterste data worden
nu: 10.VII—12.VIII.
Vindplaatsen. Ibg.: Stein, 30.VII.1929, 5.VIII en 10.VIII.1958, 10.VII.1959,
30.VII.1960 en 26.VII.1964 (collectie Missiehuis); Geulem, 4.VIII.1954 (HARDONK, nu in
Zoöl. Mus.).
Variabiliteit. f. pallescens nov. Bovenzijde voorvleugels: wortelveld
normaal van kleur behalve een smalle streep langs de binnenrand, de rest licht
roodbruin behalve een smalle band van de normale kleur langs de voorrand tot
aan de golflijn; achtervleugels en lichaam normaal van kleur. Plaat 11 fig. 13.
Geulem, 4, 4.VIII.1954 (holotype, HARDONK leg., in Zoöl. Mus.).
[Upper side fore wings: basal area of the normal colour except a narrow stripe along the
inner margin, the rest pale red-brown except a narrow band of the normal colour along the
costa as far as the submarginal line; hind wings and body of normal colour.]
Subgenus Calymnia Hübner
Cosmia (Calymnia) pyralina Schiff. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 83; Cat. VII: (410).
Hoewel de vlinder inderdaad vooral in bosachtige gebieden voorkomt, zijn toch
ook een flink aantal vindplaatsen in het Hafdistrict en het Fluviatiel District
bekend geworden, zodat we wel mogen aannemen, dat pyralina ook hier een echte
indigeen is. In het Waddendistrict is het dier echter nog niet waargenomen.
Slechts een zeer kleine correctie op de vliegtijd, waarvan de uiterste data nu
worden: 23.VI—14.VIII.
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Terschelling (vrij gewoon, LEFFEF), Sexbierum, Leeuwarden,
Tietjerk, Friens, Beetsterzwaag, Oosterwolde, Oude Mirdum. Gr.: Veendam, Vlagtwedde.
Dr.: Peize, Roden, Zuidlaren, Eext, Schoonlo (talrijk, LEFFEF), Odoorn, Wijster. Ov.: Dene-
kamp, Volthe, Albergen, Saasveld, Wiene, Nijverdal, Raalte, Abdij Sion, Diepenveen, Plat-
voet, Vollenhove. Gdl.: Ermelo, Leuvenum, Uddel, Tongeren, Heerde, Wiessel, Hoog-Soeren,
260 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (806)
Assel, Teuge, Uchelen, Empe, Laag-Soeren, Hoenderlo, Lunteren; Zutfen, Eefde, Warnsveld,
de Voorst, Ruurlo, Woold; Slijk-Ewijk, Heteren, Ingen, Geldermalsen. Utr.: Leusden, Amers-
foort, Maarsseveen. N.H.: ’s-Graveland, Hilversum, Ouderkerk, Amsterdamse Bos (zeldzaam,
PEERDEMAN), Beemster, Hoorn, Bergen, Heemskerk, Bloemendaal, Overveen, Aerdenhout,
Heemstede. Z.H.: Noordwijkerhout, Oegstgeest, Leiden, Wassenaar, Staelduin, Schelluinen,
Arkel, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht (weinig, BOGAARD), Hellevoetsluis, Melissant. ZI: Burgh,
Haamstede, Oostkapelle, Valkenisse. N.B.: Bergen op Zoom, Ulvenhout, Udenhout, Nieuw-
kuik, Sint Michielsgestel, Haaren, Kampina, Vessem, Someren, Helenaveen, Gassel. Lbg.:
de Hamert, Velden, Sevenum, Swalmen, Sint Odiliënberg, Montfort, Stein, Sittard, Amsten-
rade, Bocholtz, Eijs, Wijlre, Aalbeek, Geulem, Bunde, Heer, Cannerbos, Gronsveld, Mheer,
Mechelen, Vijlen, Lemiers, Vaals.
Variabiliteit. f. arnoi Schawerda, 1924. De vorm met lichte, rosebruine
voorvleugels is vrij zeldzaam. Afgevlogen exemplaren, die oorspronkelijk de nor-
male purperachtig bruine grondkleur hadden, kunnen er sterk op gaan lijken.
Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Almelo (VAN DER MEULEN); Eext, Colmschate, Tongeren,
Apeldoorn (Zoöl. Mus.); Valkenisse (VAN AARTSEN); Epen (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. obscura Hoffmann, 1914, Mitt. naturw. Ver. Steiermark 50: 141. Grond-
kleur van de voorvleugels zwartbruin (en ook de achtervleugels sterk verdonkerd).
Plaat 11 fig. 14. Eext (Zoöl. Mus.); Platvoet, 4, 1946 (LUKKIEN); Ratum
(PEERDEMAN) ; Slijk-Ewijk, Eijs (VAN DE Por); Aerdenhout (VAN WISSELINGH) ;
Oostvoorne (Lucas); Montfort (MAASSEN); Gronsveld (VAN AARTSEN). De
vorm verbreidt zich blijkbaar al vrij sterk onder de soort.
f. nigra nov. Voorvleugels eenkleurig zwartachtig, achtervleugels eveneens sterk
verdonkerd. Winterswijk, 4, 26.VII.1956 (holotype), Eijs (VAN DE POL).
[Fore wings unicolorous blackish, hind wings also strongly darkened.]
f. saturatebrunnea Strand, 1915, Arch. Naturgesch. 81 A(11): 164. Kop, thorax
en vleugels bruiner. Blijkbaar worden hiermee exemplaren bedoeld, die de rood-
achtige tint in de grondkleur missen. Maarsseveen, een dier met grijsachtig bruine
voorvleugels (DE NIJS).
f. dealbata nov. De witte vlekjes aan de voorrand van de voorvleugels ontbreken
volkomen, overigens normaal. Ermelo, 4, 1958, Saasveld, 9, 1959 (VAN DER
MEULEN); Zeist (GORTER); Epen, &, 17.VII.1956 (holotype, plus twee andere
mannetjes van dezelfde vindplaats in 1952 en 1955, VAN WISSELINGH).
[The white spots on the costa of the fore wings fail completely, for the rest normal. }
Dwergen. Zuidlaren, Doetinchem (Zoöl. Mus.); Zeist (GORTER).
Teratologisch exemplaar. 9 met onontwikkeld abdomen, dat
slechts drie mm lang is. Hatert (VAN WISSELINGH).
Cosmia (Calymnia) trapezina L. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 81; Cat. VII: (408).
De vlinder komt in allerlei biotopen voor. LEFFEF merkt op: „Letterlijk overal,
maar toch het meest in eiken-berkenbosgebieden. Komt beter op stroop dan op
licht”. Maar ook te Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht is trapezina gewoon (BOGAARD). In
het Waddendistrict nu bekend van Texel (de Koog, FISCHER), Vlieland, Terschel-
ling (gewoon, LEFFEF, TANIS) en Schiermonnikoog.
De vliegtijd kan al in de tweede helft van juni beginnen en nog iets langer duren
(807) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 261
dan in 1943 bekend was. De uiterste data worden nu: 22.VI (in 1943 te Rotter-
dam, Lucas) tot 5.X (in 1954 te Heemstede, VAN DE POL).
. Variabiliteit. De gewoonste vorm is de typische, waartoe alle exemplaren
met lichte duidelijk getekende voorvleugels gerekend moeten worden, al zit ook
in deze groep nog vrij veel variatie.
f. pallida Tutt, 1892. De exemplaren met lichte onduidelijk getekende voor-
vleugels zijn bij de wijfjes gewoon, bij de mannetjes komen ze veel minder voor.
f. ochrea Tutt, 1892. Exemplaren met helder geelachtige duidelijk getekende
voorvleugels zijn gewoon, maar komen bij het & minder voor dan bij het 9.
f. obsoleta-ochrea Tutt, 1892. Dezelfde kleurvorm, maar met onduidelijk ge-
tekende voorvleugels is bij het 9 niet zeldzaam, maar komt bij het & weinig voor
(in Zoöl. Mus. slechts een paar exemplaren van Kollum, Apeldoorn, Warnsveld en
Venlo).
f. carnea Warren, 1911. Exemplaren met lichte voorvleugels, maar waarbij alle
donkerdere partijen en vooral de middenschaduw mooi roodachtig van tint zijn,
zijn zeker niet gewoon. Geen nieuwe vindplaatsen.
f. rufo-pallida Tutt, 1892. Exemplaren met lichte voorvleugels, maar waarbij het
hele middenveld roodachtig is, zijn daarentegen niet zeldzaam, maar komen bij het
& meer voor dan bij het 9.
f. aurantia Lempke, 1943. Exemplaren, waarbij de voorvleugels een oranje
grondkleur hebben, blijven vrij zeldzaam. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Noordlaren, Ben-
nekom (VAN DE Por); Otterlo, de Voorst (Zoöl. Mus.); Montfort (MAASSEN);
Epen (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. rufa Tutt, 1892. Exemplaren met roodachtige duidelijk getekende voorvleu-
gels zijn gewoon en komen bij 4 en 9 ongeveer even talrijk voor. Verscheidene
exemplaren van deze kleurgroep hebben zeer donkere achtervleugels, die op de
lichte voorrand en de franje na soms bijna zwart zijn.
f. obsoleta-rufa Tutt, 1892. Dezelfde kleurvorm, maar met zwak getekende
voorvleugels, is beslist zeldzaam, wat wel duidelijk blijkt uit het feit, dat de col-
lectie van het Zoöl. Mus. slechts één & en twee wijfjes bevat. Nieuwe vindplaatsen:
Oosterbeek, Soest, Bussum (Zoöl. Mus.); Steijl (Br. ANTHONIUS).
f. conspersa Warren, 1911. Exemplaren met roodachtige voorvleugels, die sterk
donker bestoven zijn, komen bij het & niet zeldzaam voor, maar zijn bij het 2
veel zeldzamer (in het Zoöl. Mus. slechts twee stuks van Apeldoorn en Otterlo).
f. ochrea-conspersa Lempke, 1943. Exemplaren met geelachtige sterk met zwarte
schubben bestoven voorvleugels zijn niet zeldzaam en komen bij 4 en 9 ongeveer
even veel voor.
f. grisea Tutt, 1892. Exemplaren met grijsachtige sterk donker bestoven voor-
vleugels zijn bij het & gewoon, maar komen bij het 9 weinig voor (in het Zoöl.
Mus. slechts vier stuks van Apeldoorn, Twello, Lochem en Hollandse Rading).
f. brunnea nov. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels bruin, zonder rode of gele
tint. Valkenisse (CARON); Epen, &, 10.VIII.1958 (holotype, VAN WISSELINGH).
[Ground colour of the fore wings brown, without red or yellow tint.]
f. obscura nov. Voorvleugels zwartgrijs, achtervleugels iets lichter. Hoenderlo,
4, 4.VIII.1961 (holotype), Assel, 1963 (VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.).
[Fore wings black-grey, hind wings a little paler.]
262 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (808)
f. sagittata nov. Bovenzijde voorvleugels: aan de binnenkant van de golflijn een
rij scherp afstekende zwarte wigvormige vlekken. Groenekan (Leids Mus.); Zeist
(GORTER); Valkenisse, 9 , 18.VII.1959 (holotype, VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.).
[Upper side fore wings: on the inner side of the submarginal line a row of strongly
contrasting black sagittate spots. }
f. clausa nov. De eerste en de tweede dwarslijn raken elkaar aan de binnenrand
van de voorvleugels. Slijk-Ewijk, 4, 10.VII.1961 (holotype, VAN DE POL).
[The antemedian and the postmedian touch each other on the inner margin of the fore
wings. }
f. fasciata Erschoff, 1882. De vorm met lichte voorvleugels en een geheel ge-
vulde scherp afstekende donkerbruine middenband blijft zeldzaam. Een prachtig
exemplaar is afgebeeld op plaat 11 fig. 4. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Saasveld (Molen-
ven), 1958 (VAN DER MEULEN); Zeist, 1959, 1963 (GORTER); Heemstede, 1954
(VAN DE Por); Stein, 1958 (Missiehuis); Brunssum, 1959 (CLAASSENS).
f. lutescens Wehrli, 1917. Exemplaren met eenkleurig geelachtige achtervleugels
zijn vrij zeldzaam. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Zeist (GORTER); Hilversum, Bussum
(Zool. Mus.); Haarlem (VAN DER MEULEN); Wassenaar (VAN WISSELINGH);
Aarle-Rixtel (PEERDEMAN); Stein (Missiehuis); Lemiers (DELNOYE).
f. postnigrescens nov. Gehele achtervleugel zwartachtig op de lichte franje na;
de lichte rand langs de costa ontbreekt dus. Stein, &, 25.VII.1927 (holotype,
Missiehuis).
[The whole hind wing blackish with the exception of the fringes; the pale band along the
costa fails.}
Dwergen. Blijkbaar niet al te zeldzaam. Nunspeet, Apeldoorn, Velzen (Zoöl.
Mus.) ; Bussum (TER LAAG); Heemskerk (BANK); Wassenaar (VAN WISSELINGH).
Hyppa Duponchel
Hyppa rectilinea Esper. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 125; Cat. VII: (452). Het meest
komt de vlinder voor in het centrale gedeelte van de Veluwe, in bosgebieden met
ondergroei van bosbessen. Plaatselijk is hij soms gewoon op smeer (LEFFEF, in
1954 80 op één avond!). Daarnaast is een enkele nieuwe vindplaats in Utrecht
bekend geworden in precies hetzelfde biotoop, terwijl ook Limburg een paar nieuwe
gegevens heeft opgeleverd.
De vliegtijd kan tot in de tweede helft van juli duren. De uiterste data worden
nu: 16.V—23.VII. De laatste datum stamt uit 1946, Steijl, Br. ANTHONIUS.
Vindplaatsen. Gdl.: Speulderholt (bij Putten), Garderen, Elspeet, Uddel, Epe,
Gortel, Nierssen, Wiessel, Kootwijkerveen, Kootwijk, Hoog-Soeren, Assel, Uchelen, Spelder-
holt, Hoenderlo, Dabbelo, Imbosch. Utr.: Austerlitz (1953, GORTER). Lbg.: Steijl (1946,
Br. ANTHONIUS), Cannerbos (1952, Leids Mus.).
Variabiliteit. f. semivirgata Tutt, 1892. Nog een enkel exemplaar werd
aangetroffen, waarbij alleen de onderhelft van de middenband van de voorvleugels
verdonkerd is: Apeldoorn (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.).
(809) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 263
f. fuscomarginata nov. Bovenzijde voorvleugels: het achterrandsveld vrijwel
even donker als het middenveld, maar het wortelveld blijft licht bruingrijs. Apel-
doorn, &, 19.VI.1958 (holotype, LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Assel (VAN AARTSEN,
in Zoöl. Mus.).
[Upper side fore wings; the postdiscal area almost as dark as the central area, but the basal
area remains pale brown-grey.]
f. postmarginata nov. Achtervleugels met brede donkere scherp afstekende
achterrandsband. Kootwijkerveen, @, 1.VI.1958 (holotype, LEFFEF, in Zoöl.
Mus.); Apeldoorn (VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.).
[Hind wings with broad dark sharply contrasting band along the hind margin.]
f. juncta Lempke, 1943. Een exemplaar met elkaar rakende vlekken werd nog
bekend van Wiessel (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.).
f. semiconfluens Lempke, 1943. Een exemplaar met smal verbonden vlekken
van Breda, 1882 (Leids Mus.).
Actinotia Hübner
Actinotia polyodon L. Tijdschr. Entom. 82: 252; Cat. IV: (259). In verband
met de voedselplant van de rups (Hypericum, hertshooi) liggen vrijwel alle vind-
plaatsen op de zandgronden en in het Krijtdistrict. Daarbuiten zijn slechts enkele
vangsten bekend geworden, die zeer waarschijnlijk vondsten aan spoorbanen of
zwervers betreffen. Op de meeste vindplaatsen is de vlinder vrij schaars of zelfs
zeldzaam. Alleen in het Duindistrict is polyodon plaatselijk soms tamelijk gewoon.
In de drie noordelijke provincies en op de waddeneilanden is de soort nog steeds
niet aangetroffen. Een deel van de noordwestgrens van het areaal loopt blijkbaar
door ons land. In dit verband kan ook gewezen worden op de grote zeldzaamheid
van de vlinder op de Britse eilanden. Hier is hij alleen zeer sporadisch in de zui-
delijke helft van Engeland waargenomen, terwijl slechts één twijfelachtige vermel-
ding van Ierland bekend is.
De eerste generatie kan al in april beginnen te vliegen. De uiterste data ervan
worden nu: 30.IV (in 1954 te Swalmen, LÜCKER) tot 24.VI. Die van de tweede
generatie blijven: 11.VII—29.VIII. Heel zelden komt blijkbaar een partiële derde
generatie voor. In 1948 ving DELNOYE nog op 17 oktober een exemplaar te Vaals.
Vindplaatsen. Ov.: Volthe, Almelo, Abdij Sion. Gdl.: Wageningen, Bennekom;
Eefde, de Voorst, Lochem, Aalten, Terborg, Babberich. N.H.: Hilversum, Halfweg (één
exemplaar in 1959, VAN AARTSEN), Heemskerk, Aerdenhout, Heemstede. Z.H.: Leiden
(1954, Lucas), Wassenaar. Lbg.: Sevenum, Swalmen, Heel, Sint Odiliënberg, Montfort,
Stein, Chèvremont, Simpelveld, Bocholtz, Geulem, Bunde, Cannerbos, Gronsveld, Rijckholt,
Cadier, Vaals.
Variabiliteit. Afgezien van kleine tintverschillen in de grondkleur van de
voorvleugels is niets van variatie te bespeuren.
264 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (810)
Apamea Ochsenheimer
Apamea monoglypha Hufnagel. Tijdschr. Entom. 90: 62; Cat. VIII: (472).
Aan de in 1949 aangegeven verbreiding is niets nieuws toe te voegen. Reeds toen
was de vlinder van alle waddeneilanden met uitzondering van Rottum bekend en
dat is tot nog toe zo gebleven. Van de vangsten met de Rivon-lampen op Schouwen
merkt LEFFEF op: „Te Burgh en Haamstede astronomische aantallen. Blijkbaar een
ideaal milieu voor de soort hier”.
De vliegtijd kan al eind mei beginnen en nog tot in oktober voortduren. Op
15.X.1953 ving GORTER nog een & te Zeist. Of dit een exemplaar van een dan
wel zeer exceptionele tweede generatie is (die zelfs uit het zuiden van Europa niet
bekend is), dan wel een verlaat dier van de normale enige generatie, is moeilijk
uit te maken. Voorlopig lijkt me het laatste wel het waarschijnlijkste. De uiterste
data zijn nu: 31.V (in 1964 te Stein, Pater MUNSTERS) tot 15.X.
Variabiliteit. f. pallida Lempke, 1949. Een mooi exemplaar met zeer
lichte grondkleur van Gronsveld (PEERDEMAN).
f. grisea Lempke, 1949. Exemplaren met donkergrijze grondkleur werden nog
bekend van Zuidlaren (BouwseMA), Middelie (DE BoER) en Westenschouwen
(LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.).
f. pallida-fasciata Lempke, 1949. Een exemplaar met witachtige gewaterde band
werd te Apeldoorn gevangen (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.).
f. contraria Lempke, 1940. De vorm met donkerbruine grondkleur, maar met
grote lichte vlek aan de binnenrandshoek van de voorvleugels, is niet zeldzaam.
Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Apeldoorn (Lucas); Winterswijk (Oorp); Valkenisse
(VAN AARTSEN); Waalwijk (DIDDEN); Swalmen (PIJPERS); Brunssum (GIEL-
KENS); Chèvremont (LUKKIEN); Meerssen (RIJK).
f. fuscomarginata nov. Bovenzijde voorvleugels: grondkleur normaal, maar
het achterrandsveld donkerbruin, scherp afstekend. Harderwijk, &, 15.VI.1960
(holotype, HARSEVOORD).
[Upper side fore wings: ground colour normal, but the area between postdiscal line and
hind margin dark brown, sharply contrasting. }
f. intacta Petersen, 1903. Zeer gewoon.
f. uniformata Weymer, 1878. Eveneens gewoon.
f. benesignata Lempke, 1949. De vorm met donkerbruine voorvleugels, waarop
de drie lichte dwarslijnen scherp afsteken, is zeldzaam. Nieuwe vindplaatsen:
Glimmen (VAN DE Por); Delfzijl, Wassenaar (VAN WISSELINGH); Twello (Zoöl.
Mus.); Zeist (GORTER); Vierhouten, Apeldoorn, Oostvoorne (Lucas); Deurne
(Nies); Chevremont (LUKKIEN).
f. brunnea Tutt, 1889. De vorm met donkerbruine onduidelijk getekende voor-
vleugels is slechts van enkele nieuwe vindplaatsen bekend geworden: Doetinchem,
Renkum, Woerdense Verlaat (Zoöl. Mus.); Wassenaar (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. infuscata White, 1871. De vorm met zwartbruine, duidelijk getekende voor-
vleugels komt door het gehele land onder de soort voor, al blijven het altijd op-
vallende dieren. Zowel bij deze als bij de volgende vorm schijnen de wijfjes te
overheersen.
(811) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 265
f. obscura Thierry Mieg, 1886. Ook hetzelfde kleurtype, maar met onduidelijk
getekende voorvleugels, is op alle vindplaatsen aan te treffen.
f. rosea Schönfeld, 1917. Dit moet wel een rariteit zijn. Ik heb er geen enkel
nieuw exemplaar van gezien.
f. juncta Lempke, 1949. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Delfzijl (VAN WISSELINGH);
Bennekom (VAN DE Por).
f. semiconfluens Lempke, 1949. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Slijk-Ewijk (VAN DE
Por); Bilthoven (Zoöl. Mus.); Zaandam (AUKEMA); Woerdense Verlaat (VAN
AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.); Leiden (Leids Mus.).
f. obsoleta nov. Voorvleugels licht bruinachtig grijs, tekening zeer onduidelijk.
Plaat 12 fig. 1. Amsterdam, 4, 8.VII.1932 (holotype, VAN DER MEULEN).
[Fore wings pale brownish grey, markings obsolete. ]
f. tangens nov. Bovenzijde voorvleugels: de twee dwarslijnen raken elkaar boven
de binnenrand en lopen dan weer uit elkaar. Den Haag, 4, 4.VII.1938 (HAR-
DONK, in Zoöl. Mus.); Vierhouten (Lucas).
[Upper side fore wings: the antemedian and the postmedian touch each other above the
inner margin, then separate again. }
Dwergen. Oosterend-Terschelling (Lucas); Nije Mirdum (MULDER); Odoorn
(PEERDEMAN) ; Colmschate, Leuvenum, Ubbergen (Zoöl. Mus.); Zeist (GORTER) ;
Schelluinen (SLOB).
Apamea lithoxylaea Schiff. Tijdschr. Entom. 90: 61; Cat. VIII: (471). Sinds
1949 zijn verschillende vindplaatsen in het Hafdistrict bekend geworden. Merk-
waardig is dat de vlinder sterk in het Fluviatiel District verbreid blijkt te zijn.
Ook in het noorden van het land is hij nu aangetroffen en hij is tenminste van
een van de waddeneilanden bekend geworden. Hoewel de soort dus in een groot
deel van ons land blijkt voor te komen, is hij echter zelden op de vindplaatsen
werkelijk gewoon.
Geen correctie op de vliegtijd, die dus blijft: 4.VI—25.VII.
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Terschelling (één exemplaar in 1956 te West-Terschelling,
LEFFEF). Gr.: Groningen. Dr.: Schoonlo. Ov.: Deventer, Platvoet, Zwartsluis. Gdl.: Ermelo,
Heerde, Wiessel, Hoog-Soeren, Assel, Teuge, Uchelen, Hoenderlo, Kootwijkerveen; Almen,
Winterswijk, Loerbeek, Aerdt; Slijk-Ewijk, Buren, Geldermalsen, Neerijnen. Utr.: Leersum,
Zeist, Soesterberg, Vreeland. N.H.: ‘s-Graveland, Weesp, Amsterdamse Bos, Halfweg, Zaan-
dam, Beemster, Oosthuizen, Schoorl, Heemskerk, Aerdenhout, Heemstede. Z.H.: Leiden,
Wassenaar, Voorschoten, Delft, Staelduin, Vlaardingen, Rotterdam (ook Kralingerhout),
Capelle aan den IJssel, Schelluinen, Gorkum, Arkel, Dubbeldam, Zwartewaal. Zl.: Burgh,
Westenschouwen, Valkenisse, Krabbendijke, Cadzand. N.B.: Sint Michielsgestel, Haaren,
Oisterwijk, Kampina, Bergeijk, Geldrop, Someren, Nuenen, Sint Anthonis, Boxmeer. Lbg.:
Sevenum, Kelpen, Swalmen, Melick, Herkenbosch, Montfort, Stein, Amstenrade, Hoensbroek,
Heerlen, Chèvremont, Huls, Simpelveld, Wijlre, Geulem, Heer, Gronsveld, Vijlen, Lemiers,
Vaals.
Variabiliteit. Zoals reeds in 1949 werd opgemerkt, is deze zeer gering.
f. cinerascens nov. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels lichtgrijs, dus donkerder
dan bij de typische vorm, achtervleugels met donkerder band langs de achterrand.
266 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (812)
Epen, 9, 4.VII.1964 (holotype), plus enkele mannetjes en wijfjes van dezelfde
vindplaats uit 1963 en 1964 (VAN WISSELINGH).
[Ground colour of the fore wings pale grey, darker than with the typical form, hind wings
with darker band along the outer border. }
Dwergen. Wiessel (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Cadzand (PEERDEMAN).
Apamea sublustris Esper. Tijdschr. Entom. 90: 61; Cat. VIII: (471). Het duin-
gebied is in ons land ongetwijfeld het beste milieu voor de soort. Het is het enige
biotoop, waar sublustris werkelijk gewoon kan zijn. Zo geeft VAN WISSELINGH
voor Aerdenhout op: steeds talrijk. En LEFFEF vermeldt, dat de Rivon-lamp, die
in 1964 te Overveen brandde, een groot aantal exemplaren opleverde, terwijl hij
de vlinder in 1956 ook talrijk te West-Terschelling aantrof. In het binnenland is
sublustris vooral verbreid (maar lang niet zo gewoon) in het zuiden en midden van
Limburg, terwijl hij dan verder in het oosten van het land lokaal en zeldzaam
wordt aangetroffen. Hij is nu ook van één van de waddeneilanden bekend.
De vliegtijd kan al eind mei beginnen (30.V.1959, Lucas, 31.V.1950, VAN
WISSELINGH, 31.V.1956, VAN DE Por) en tot in de tweede helft van augustus
duren (17.VIII.1955, Leiden, Lucas). Daardoor valt hij dus vrijwel samen met —
die van de vorige soort.
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Terschelling. Gr.: Groningen. Ov.: Platvoet. N.H.: Schoorl,
Egmond aan Zee, Bakkum, Limmen, Beverwijk, Heemstede, Vogelenzang. Z.H.: Meijendel,
Voorschoten, Loosduinen, Staelduin, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht, Oostvoorne, Rockanje, Helle-
voetsluis, Melissant, Goedereede, Ouddorp. Zl.: Burgh, Haamstede, Westenschouwen, Oost-
kapelle, Cadzand. Lbg.: Sevenum, Swalmen, Simpelveld, Bocholtz, Maastricht, Heer, Grons-
veld, Savelsbos, Cottessen, Vijlen.
Variabiliteit. De door Esper afgebeelde vlinder (plaat 133 fig. 1), heeft
inderdaad vrij donkere voorvleugels, al moeten we wel rekening houden met de
tamelijk primitieve platen in zijn werk. De tekst zegt ook al niet zoveel, omdat
Esper blijkens zijn afbeeldingen sublustris en lythoxylaea als dezelfde soort be-
schouwde (vandaar dat hij de vlinder nogal variabel vond). Toch is de figuur
van het holotype beslist donkerder dan wat wij hier in de regel vangen, zodat
het correct is alleen exemplaren met duidelijk donkerder grondkleur als typisch te
beschouwen. Zulke dieren zijn vrij zeldzaam bij ons. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Egmond,
Heemskerk, Vogelenzang (Zoöl. Mus.); Meijendel, Oostvoorne (LUCAS).
De grote meerderheid hoort tot de lichtere f. intermedia Tutt.
f. pallida Tutt, 1889. Deze lichte vorm is blijkbaar niet al te zeldzaam. Nieuwe
vindplaatsen zijn: Deventer, Egmond, Heemskerk, Zandvoort, Wassenaar, Den
Haag (Zoël. Mus.); Aerdenhout (VAN WISSELINGH); Meijendel, Oostvoorne
(Lucas).
f. versicolor Lempke, 1949. Exemplaren met roodbruine donkere tekening zijn
veel zeldzamer. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Doetinchem (Zoöl. Mus.); Meijendel, Oost-
voorne (LUCAS).
f. obsoleta nov. De donkere tekening op de voorvleugels veel lichter, nauwelijks
afstekend. Plaat 15 fig. 4. Aerdenhout, &, 9.VII.1955 (holotype, VAN WISSE-
(813) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 267
LINGH); Overveen (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Heemstede (vAN DE Por).
[The dark markings on the fore wings much paler, hardly contrasting.}
Apamea crenata Hufnagel. Tijdschr. Entom. 90: 67; Cat. VIII: (477). Hoewel
de vlinder inderdaad het meest op de zandgronden voorkomt, zijn de laatste jaren
tal van vindplaatsen in het Hafdistrict en het Fluviatiel District bekend geworden,
die moeilijk alle aan zwervers toegeschreven kunnen worden. In het eerstgenoemde
district zijn dit: Sexbierum, Marknesse, Kalenberg, Zwartsluis, Oosthuizen, de
Beemster, Halfweg, het Amsterdamse Bos, in het laatstgenoemde district: Aerdt,
Slijk-Ewijk, Heteren, Ochten, Asperen, Arkel (hier in 1964 gewoon, ZWAKHALS),
Schelluinen.
In het Waddendistrict is crenata nu ook aangetroffen op Vlieland, zodat alleen
Ameland en Rottum nog ontbreken in de eilandenreeks.
In vroege jaren kan de vlinder al in april verschijnen, zoals blijkt uit de vangst
van een exemplaar op 20.IV.1961 in het Amsterdamse Bos door PEERDEMAN. Dit
is echter een grote uitzondering. De daarop volgende datum is 7.V (in 1960 te
Oostvoorne door LUCAS).
Variabiliteit. f. pallida Heinrich, 1916. Deze zeer lichte vorm werd nog
aangetroffen te Borgercompagnie (WITMOND), Apeldoorn, Hilversum (Zoöl.
Mus.), Montfort (MAASSEN).
f. putris Hübner, [1800—1803}, Samml. Europ. Schmetterl., Noct., fig. 241.
Grondkleur van de voorvleugels geelachtig bruin, middenveld en franjeveld don-
kerder bruin, dwarslijnen volledig, duidelijk zichtbaar, evenals de ronde vlek en
de niervlek. Westervelde (BLOM); Hooghalen (VAN DER MEULEN); Burgh (PEER-
DEMAN).
f. subrurea Petersen, 1902. Enkele nieuwe vindplaatsen: Haren-Gr. (VAN NIE-
DEK), Zuidlaren (BOGAARD), Eext (Zoöl. Mus.); Bennekom (VAN DE Por).
f. grisescens nov. Voorvleugels eenkleurig grijsbruin, ronde vlek en niervlek
licht, duidelijk. Valkenisse, 9, 12.VI.1963 (holotype, VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl.
Mus.).
[Fore wings unicolorous grey-brown, orbicular and reniform pale, distinct.}
f. nigro-rubida Tutt, 1889. Deze zwartachtig rode vorm, de donkerste die op het
ogenblik bekend is, komt op tal van plaatsen onder de soort voor, maar bij het 9
opvallend meer dan bij het 4.
f. juncta Lempke, 1949. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Delfzijl, Aerdenhout (VAN
WISSELINGH); Veenhuizen (Zoöl. Mus.); Leiden, Oostvoorne (Lucas).
f. semiconfluens nov. Ronde vlek en niervlek smal met elkaar verbonden.
Wijster, @, 6.VII.1938 (holotype), Groenekan (Leids Mus.).
[Orbicular and reniform connected by a narrow isthmus. }
Dwergen. Eext, Deurne (Zool. Mus.).
Apamea epomidion Haworth, 1809 (Noctua characterea Hübner, [1800—
1803], nec Schiff, 1775). Tüdschr. Entom. 90: 66; Cat. VIII: (476). Sinds de
publicatie van Cat. VIII in 1949 is slechts één nieuwe Nederlandse vangst bekend
268 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (814)
geworden, ook weer in het zuiden van Limburg. Alles wijst er dan ook op, dat de
vlinder slechts een enkele maal in staat is zijn areaal tot in dit gebied uit te breiden,
maar dat hij zich hier niet duurzaam kan handhaven.
In het omringende gebied is epomidion nu ook bij Hamburg aangetroffen. In
1954 werd te Beimoor ten oosten van de stad een exemplaar gevangen (Bombus
1: 353, 1954). Uit België werden vangsten bekend te Buzenol in 1961 (Linn.
Belg. 1: 126) en te Argenteau (Lambillionea 63: 22, 1964).
De uiterste data van de weinige Nederlandse vangsten worden nu: 18.VI—
11.VII.
Vindplaats. Lbg.: Kasteel Neercanne, 9, 11.VII.1959 (BLOM).
Variabiliteit. Van de vorm, die nu de typische vorm geworden is, is
alleen het exemplaar van Houthem bekend uit de collectie-DE Vos.
f. lipara Tams, 1961, in SOUTH, Moths Brit. Isles, new ed., 1: 277, pl. 92 fig. 5.
Dit is de nu geldige naam voor de bruinere bontere vorm, die voorheen als typisch
werd beschouwd en die in „SOUTH” uitstekend afgebeeld is. Zij komt blijkbaar
het meest voor. Ook het exemplaar van 1959 hoort er weer toe.
Apamea aquila funerea von Heinemann. Tijdschr. Entom. 90: 65; Cat. VIII:
(475). Binnen het in 1949 aangegeven territorium zijn nog een aantal nieuwe
vindplaatsen bekend geworden. Plaatselijk, zoals in het noorden van Drente en
in de Peel, kan de vlinder zeer talrijk zijn. Hij komt echter veel beter op stroop
dan op licht.
De vliegtijd kan tot eind augustus duren. De grenzen worden nu: 3.VII—
31.VIII. De laatste datum werd in 1962 door LEFFEF genoteerd in de Peel.
Vindplaatsen. Fr.: Fochtelo, Oosterwolde. Dr.: Peize, Roden, Norg, Donderen,
Zuidlaren, Grollo, Dwingelo, Havelte. Ov.: Saasveld (Molenven). Gdl.: Uddel, juli 1914
(CARON, uit collectie-MACHERY). N.B.: Helenaveen. Lbg.: Griendsveen.
Apamea lateritia Hufnagel. Tijdschr. Entom. 90: 64; Cat. VIII: (474). Alge-
meen verbreid op de zandgronden in de oostelijke helft van het land. Slechts enkele
vindplaatsen in het Wadden-, Haf-, Fluviatiel- en Duindistrict, die voor het groot-
ste deel de indruk maken op zwervers betrekking te hebben.
De vliegtijd kan tot eind augustus duren. De uiterste data worden nu: 15.VI—
31.VIII. De laatste datum werd in 1956 door Lucas genoteerd.
Vindplaatsen. Fr.: Terschelling (in 1956 enkele exemplaren te West-Terschelling,
LEFFEF), Leeuwarden, Beetsterzwaag, Duurswoude, Fochtelo, Nijetrijne. Gr.: Noordlaren,
Veendam, Vlagtwedde. Dr.: Peize, Roden, Steenbergen, Donderen, Vries, Zuidlaren, Eext,
Grollo, Schoonlo, Odoorn, Odoornerveen, Wijster, Dwingelo, Havelte. Ov.: Volthe, Vasse,
Albergen, Saasveld, Markelo, Raalte, Abdij Sion, Tjoene, Frieswijk, Platvoet, Steenwijker-
wold, Marknesse. Gdl.: Garderbroek, Ermelo, Hulshorst, Vierhouten, Wezep, Wiessel, Hoog-
Soeren, Assel, Uchelen, Leesten, Hoenderlo, Otterlo, Harskamp, Kootwijkerveen, Wageningen,
Lunteren; Gorssel, Almen, de Velhorst, Ruurlo, Woold, Loerbeek; Slijk-Ewijk. Utr.: Amers-
foort, Soestduinen, Nieuw-Loosdrecht, Utrecht. N.H.: 's-Graveland, Blaricum, Huizen, Am-
sterdamse Bos (en de reeds vermelde vindplaats Amsterdam, beide weinig, PEERDEMAN),
Hoorn (één exemplaar in 1956, HOUTMAN). Z.H.: Den Haag, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht (één
exemplaar in 1959, BOGAARD). Zl.: Burgh (enkele exemplaren, LEFFEF), Cadzand (één
exemplaar in 1963, PEERDEMAN). N.B.: Schijf, Teteringen, Oosterhout, Waalwijk, Drunen,
(815) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 269
Goirle, Hilvarenbeek, Haaren, Sint Michielsgestel, Kampina, Moergestel, Oirschot, Best,
Eindhoven, Vessem, Bergeijk, Geldrop, Someren, Helenaveen, Mill, Gassel. Lbg.: Griends-
veen, Sevenum, Wellerlooi, de Hamert, Arcen, Lomm, Grubbenvorst, Belfeld, Swalmen,
Maasniel, Sint Odiliënberg, Vlodrop, Montfort, Chèvremont, Eijs, Geulem, Cadier, Sint
Pietersberg, Gronsveld, Vijlen.
Variabiliteit. f. unicolor Heinrich, 1916. Deze eenkleurige vorm is zeker
niet gewoon. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Oirschot (KNIPPENBERG); Eindhoven (VER-
HAAK).
f. derufata Warren, 1911. Ook deze vorm komt weinig voor. Nieuwe vind-
plaatsen: Hulshorst, Doorn (Zoöl. Mus.); Deurne (Nies); Chevremont (LUK-
KIEN).
f. grisescens Lempke, 1949. Deze grijsachtige vorm is evenmin gewoon. Nieuwe
vindplaatsen: Tongeren, Apeldoorn (Zoöl. Mus.); Hoog-Soeren (Lucas).
f. contraria Heydemann, 1933. Slechts een enkele nieuwe vindplaats van deze
bonte vorm: Gronsveld (VAN AARTSEN).
f. borealis Strand, 1903. Een vrij gewone donkere vorm, die op vele plaatsen
onder de soort voorkomt.
f. melania Lambillion, 1903. De donkerste vorm van de soort en nog altijd
zeldzaam. Nog bekend geworden van: Eext (Zoöl. Mus.); Wijster (Lucas);
Tjoene (LUKKIEN); Bergeijk (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. albicingulata Warnecke, 1931. Nieuwe vindplaatsen van de vorm met wit
geringde vlekken zijn: Hoenderlo (Lucas); Arnhem, Zeist, Hilversum, Deurne
(Zoöl. Mus.); Apeldoorn (LEFFEF); ’s-Graveland (Nat.hist. Mus. Zaandam);
Someren (PEERDEMAN).
f. obsoleta Stephan, 1924. Deze vorm is weer veel zeldzamer. Nog bekend van:
Harskamp (Lucas); Bergeijk (VAN WISSELINGH).
Dwergen. Apeldoorn (Zoöl. Mus.); Zeist (GORTER).
Teratologisch exemplaar. Linker achtervleugel te klein. Winters-
wijk (VAN DE Por).
Apamea furva freyeri Boie. Tijdschr. Entom. 90: 73; Cat. VIII: (483). De
vlinder komt zowel op droge zandgronden als op (de resten van) hoogvenen lokaal
in het oosten en hier en daar in het zuiden van het land voor. Plaatselijk soms niet
zeldzaam.
In België, waar de vlinder tot nog toe uitsluitend uit de Kempen bekend was,
werd hij nu ook in de provincie Luxemburg gevonden (Emeilles bij Grand Han,
4.VI.1948, DE LAEVER, Lambillionea 49 : 43, 1949).
Ook bij ons kan fwrva reeds in juni verschijnen. In het Zoöl. Mus. bevindt zich
een exemplaar van Nijverdal, dat helaas niet nauwkeuriger gedateerd is dan
VI.1935. De laatste datum blijft 26.IX.
Vindplaatsen. Dr.: Peizerveen, Westervelde, Schoonlo, Dwingelo, Ruinen, Havelte.
Ov.: Nijverdal. Gdl.: Ermelo, Assel, Uchelen, Otterlo, Harskamp. N.B.: Waalwijk, Aarle-
Rixtel. Lbg.: Griendsveen, Sevenum.
Variabiliteit. Terwijl de vlinder geografisch vrij sterk varieert (zie de
bespreking hiervan in 1949), is de variabiliteit binnen de populaties uiterst gering.
Dwerg. Ruinen (VIS c.s.).
270 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (816)
Apamea oblonga Haworth, 1809 (abjecta Hübner, [1809—1813}). Tijdschr.
Entom. 90: 70; Cat. VIII: (480). De in 1949 aangegeven verbreiding is juist met
deze correctie, dat de vlinder in het westen van het land plaatselijk zeer gewoon
kan zijn, vooral op de Zuidhollandse eilanden en in Zeeland.
De vliegtijd kan tot in de tweede helft van augustus duren. De uiterste data
worden nu: 9.VI—22.VIII. De laatste datum werd in 1960 te Glimmen waarge-
nomen (VAN DE POL).
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Terschelling (West-Terschelling en de Boschplaat, TANIS),
Sexbierum, Leeuwarden, Friens, Nijetrijne. Gr.: Glimmen. Dr.: Norg, Schoonlo. Ov.: Vol-
lenhove, Giethoorn. Flevoland: Lelystad (tamelijk gewoon, VAN DE Por). Gdl.: Ermelo,
Wiessel, Wageningen; Slijk-Ewijk. Utr.: Woudenberg, Zeist, Spakenburg, Breukelen. N.H.:
Naarden, Amsterdamse Bos (geregeld in klein aantal, PEERDEMAN), Halfweg, Zaandam,
Den Helder, Schoorl, Santpoort, Aerdenhout. Z.H.: Schelluinen, Gorkum, Spijk bij Arkel,
Dubbeldam, Oostvoorne, Hellevoetsluis, (op de reeds vermelde vindplaats Melissant de
gewoonste Apamea, schrijft HUISMAN!), Goedereede. Zl: Burgh (in 1963 zeer talrijk,
LEFFEF), Haamstede, Westenschouwen, Nieuwerkerk (Schouwen), Sloedam, Oostkapelle,
Valkenisse, Cadzand. Lbg.: Griendsveen.
Variabiliteit. De typische vorm is de bonte, dezelfde, die later door
STAUDINGER f. variegata werd genoemd. Deze vorm is zeldzaam, zoals wel blijkt
uit de weinige bekende vindplaatsen, en ook daar steeds in een enkel exemplaar.
Nieuw zijn de volgende: Lelystad (VAN DE Por); Zaandam (AUKEMA); Nieuwer-
kerk (Lucas); Sloedam (VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.); Bergen op Zoom (Kor-
RINGA).
f. unicolor Tutt, 1889. Deze vrijwel eenkleurige donkere vorm komt inderdaad
bij ons het meest voor.
f. nigro-distincta Tutt, 1889. Deze donkere maar duidelijk getekende vorm is
iets minder gewoon dan de vorige, maar is op alle vindplaatsen onder de soort aan
te treffen.
Alle andere in 1949 vermelde vormen behalve de volgende moeten vervallen.
Bij oudere exemplaren wordt de grondkleur vaak bruiner, maar verse dieren met
zo een tint heb ik niet gezien.
f. juncta Lempke, 1949. Geen nieuwe vondsten.
f. semiconfluens Lucas, 1959, Ent. Ber. 19: 205. De ronde vlek en de niervlek
smal met elkaar verbonden. Nieuwerkerk (Lucas).
Dwerg. Lelystad (VAN DE Por).
Apamea remissa Hübner. Tijdschr. Entom. 90: 75; Cat. VIII: (485). Ook in
het Hafdistrict is de vlinder plaatselijk geen zeldzaamheid. Nieuwe vindplaatsen
in dit gebied zijn: Nijetrijne (gewoon, LEFFEF), Marknesse, Kalenberg, Halfweg,
Zaandam, Woerdense Verlaat, Noorden, Leiden. Hij is nu ook bekend van Vlie-
land, zodat hij op Rottum na op alle waddeneilanden is aangetroffen.
De vliegtijd kan van half mei tot begin augustus duren. De uiterste data worden
nu: 16.V—3.VIII. De vroegste datum werd in 1949 te Sint Michielsgestel waar-
genomen (KNIPPENBERG), de laatste in 1962 te Best (LEMPKE).
Variabiliteit. f. obscura Haworth, 1809. Deze donkere vorm is niet ge-
woon, maar is wel tamelijk verbreid onder de soort.
(817) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 271
f. supermissa Spuler, 1905. Deze mooie extreem bonte vorm is evenmin talrijk,
maar wordt ook vrijwel overal onder de soort aangetroffen.
f. brunnea nov. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels helder bruin, overigens tot
de eenkleurige groep behorend. Bennekom, @, 21.VI.1939 (holotype, VAN DE
Por).
[Ground colour of the fore wings clear brown, for the rest a representative of the uni-
colorous group. }
f. protensa nov. De ronde vlek wortelwaarts uitgerekt tot aan de eerste dwars-
lijn. Zeist, @, 21.VI.1951 (holotype, GORTER).
[The orbicular lengthened in the direction of the base and touching the antemedian.]
Dwergen. Blijkbaar niet al te zeldzaam. Eext, Apeldoorn, Twello, Den Haag,
Valkenisse (Zoöl. Mus.); Lunteren (BRANGER); Amersfoort (NIEUWLAND);
Zaandam (AUKEMA); Nuenen (NEIJTS).
Apamea unanimis Hübner. Tijdschr. Entom. 90: 69; Cat. VIII: (479). Vooral
verbreid op vochtige terreinen, wat natuurlijk in verband staat met de voedselplant
van de rups (Rietgras, Phalaris) en daardoor met vrij veel vindplaatsen in het Haf-
district en het Fluviatiel District. Nu bekend van twee waddeneilanden.
Geen correctie op de vliegtijd, die dus blijft: 10.V—21.VII.
Vindplaatsen. Fr.: Terschelling, Vlieland, Sexbierum, Sint Anna Parochie, Leeuwar-
den, Tietjerk, Delleburen, Oosterwolde, Oldeberkoop, Wolvega, Nijetrijne (zeer talrijk, in
1963 bijv. op één avond 180 stuks op de lamp, LEFFEF), Oude Mirdum, Dedgum, Tjerk-
werd. Dr.: Roden, Schoonlo. Ov.: Volthe, Almelo, Abdij Sion, Zwartsluis, Marknesse. Gdl.:
Wapenveld, Wiessel, Hoog-Soeren, Teuge (talrijk, LEFFEF), Hoenderlo; Winterswijk, Didam,
Aerdt; Ochten, Slijk-Ewijk, Geldermalsen, Neerijnen. Utr.: Amerongen, Cothen, Zeist, Utrecht,
Amersfoort. N.H.: ’s-Graveland, Weesp, Amsterdamse Bos (gewoon, PEERDEMAN), Halfweg
(gewoon in 1964, VAN AARTSEN), Zaandam, Beemster, Oosthuizen, Hoorn, Schoorl, Bergen,
Heemskerk, Aerdenhout. Z.H.: Woerdense Verlaat, Noorden, Duinrel, Den Haag, Delft,
Arkel, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht, Oud-Beierland, Brielle, Middelharnis, Melissant, Goedereede,
Ouddorp. Zl.: Burgh, Haamstede, Westenschouwen, Oostkapelle, Goes, Cadzand. N.B.: Sint
Michielsgestel, Oisterwijk, Best, Eindhoven, Nuenen, Helenaveen. Lbg.: Mook, Plasmolen,
Arcen, de Hamert, Griendsveen, Tegelen, Belfeld, Voerendaal, Cadier, Cannerbos, Gronsveld,
Vijlen, Lemiers.
Variabiliteit. f. fasctata Warren, 1911. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Zeist
(GORTER); Aerdenhout, Wassenaar (VAN WISSELINGH); Leiden (Lucas).
f. semiochrea Warren, 1911. Niet gewoon. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Apeldoorn
(LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.) ; Bussum, Kortenhoef, Voerendaal (Zoöl. Mus.) ; Halfweg
(VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.); Middelie (DE BOER); Aerdenhout (VAN WISSE-
LINGH).
f. nigro-brunnea Hoffmann, 1916. Deze donkere vorm is gewoon en is wel
overal onder de soort aan te treffen. In 1964 ving VAN AARTSEN er een lange serie
van te Halfweg (nu in Zoöl. Mus.).
f. flavomaculata Lempke, 1949. Kortenhoef (Zoöl. Mus.); Halfweg, Best (VAN
AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.); Wassenaar (VAN WISSELINGH).
Apamea illyria Freyer. Van deze soort zijn tot nog toe twee vangsten uit ons
272 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (818)
land bekend, beide in het zuiden van Limburg. De eerste werd vermeld in Ent.
Ber. 15: 119, 1954, waar het bewuste exemplaar ook afgebeeld werd.
In het omringende gebied is zllyria aangetroffen in Denemarken, waar in 1962
twee stuks werden gevangen te Hostemark in Jutland (KAABER & NORGAARD,
Flora og Fauna 69: 109, 1963). In het noordwesten van Duitsland is de soort
alleen bekend van het bergachtige deel van Zuid-Hannover en wat de voormalige
Rijnprovincie betreft, alleen in de Hunsrück. In België werd de vlinder voor het
eerst in 1956 gevangen en wel in talrijke exemplaren te Grandmenil in het noorden
van de provincie Luxemburg en vrijwel gelijktijdig te Han-sur-Lesse in de provincie
Namen. In 1958 werd hij aangetroffen te Wavreille (ook in Namen, ten oosten
van Han-sur-Lesse) en in 1960 bij Tailles op het plateau van de Baraque de Frai-
ture (in het noorden van de prov. Luxemburg ten zuidoosten van Grandmenil)
(zie Lambillionea 57: 5, 59: 81 en 61: 18, waar bij vergissing als jaar van de eerste
vangst 1958 wordt vermeld). Onze Nederlandse vangsten moeten uitlopers van
dit nieuwe Oostbelgische areaal zijn. De vlinder is niet bekend van de Britse eilan-
den. De indruk is wel, dat z/yria zijn areaal in noordelijke richting tracht uit te
breiden (al is het resultaat in ons land niet bijster groot), niet dat we met een
migrant te doen hebben.
Van de vliegtijd is uiteraard nog weinig te zeggen. Beide vangsten vonden plaats
in de tweede helft van mei. Maar uit de Belgische blijkt, dat de vlinder tenminste
tot half juni kan voorkomen.
Vindplaatsen. Lbg.: Steijn, 4, 30.V.1963 (collectie-Missiehuis); Vaals, &, 17.V.
1953 (LÜCKER).
Variabiliteit. FREYER beschreef de soort naar materiaal uit Illyrië, een
koninkrijk, dat in 1814 gevormd was uit het tegenwoordige Slovenië en Dalmatië
en dat in zijn tijd nog bestond. De daar vliegende nominaatvorm heeft voorvleugels
met een donkerbruin middenveld en lijkt sterk op A. unanimis. Op plaat 12 fig. 4,
is een exemplaar uit het Pitztal in Zuid-Tirol afgebeeld (coll-CARON), terwijl
CULOT een fraaie afbeelding geeft van een exemplaar van Tramelan in de Zwitserse
Jura (Noctuelles, pl. 30 fig. 4).
Het is zeer twijfelachtig, of deze nominaatvorm ook in onze omgeving voorkomt.
De heer DE LAEVER schreef me, dat alle Belgische exemplaren, die hij gezien had,
een zwart middenveld hadden, terwijl wortelveld en achterrandsveld licht afstaken.
Ik beschik echter over veel te weinig materiaal om een nieuwe subspecies te kunnen
beschrijven. Het op plaat 12 fig. 5 afgebeelde exemplaar (omgeving Querfurt,
Oost-Duitsland) is donkerder dan de nominaatvorm, maar heeft geen zwart mid-
denveld.
De beide Nederlandse exemplaren zijn extreem donker. Niet alleen het midden-
veld is zwart, maar ook het wortelveld. Alleen het achterrandsveld is dus lichter.
Ik beschreef deze vorm als:
f. nigrescens Lempke, 1954, Ent. Ber. 15: 120, fig. Het holotype is nu nogmaals
afgebeeld op plaat 12 fig. 6.
[I doubt whether the nominate form with darker brown central area of the fore wings
occurs in our surroundings. M. DE LAEVER writes me, that all Belgian specimens known to
him have a really black central area. The two Dutch specimens known at present form still
(819) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 273
stronger extremes, because they also have a black basal area (cf. the holotype of f. nigrescens,
plate 12 fig. 6). I wish only to draw attention to the possibility of all these specimens being
a separate subspecies, characterised by much darker fore wings. But my experience with the
species is too limited for any further conclusions. }
Apamea anceps Schiff, 1775 (sordida Borkhausen, 1792). Tijdschr. Entom.
90: 71; Cat. VIII: (481). De vlinder is het talrijkst in de duinstreek. Vooral op de
waddeneilanden (die nu alle als vindplaats bekend zijn) is hij zeer gewoon. Maar
ook op Schouwen trof LEFFEF hem talrijk aan. In het binnenland is anceps veel
schaarser, al is hij hier zeker niet tot de zandgronden beperkt. Zowel in het Haf-
district als in het Fluviatiel District is het dier op verscheidene plaatsen aange-
troffen. Voor een deel zijn dit echter incidentele vondsten, die wel op zwervers
betrekking hebben.
Geen nieuwe gegevens over de vliegtijd.
Vindplaatsen. Fr.: Vlieland (veel, CAMPING). Gr.: Glimmen, Noordlaren. Dr.:
Eext, Grollo, Schoonlo, Odoornerveen. Ov.: Denekamp, Volthe, Saasveld, Rijssen, Colmschate,
Raalte, Vollenhove. Gdl.: Stroe, Garderen, Wiessel, Hoog-Soeren, Hoenderlo, Kootwijker-
veen, Dieren, Wageningen, Lunteren; Gorssel, Ruurlo, Winterswijk, Aerdt; Slijk-Ewijk.
Utr.: Amerongen, Zeist, Amersfoort. N.H.: Amsterdam (1940, BOTZEN), Halfweg (1963,
VAN AARTSEN), Zaandam (1952, Kroos), Den Helder, Schoorl, Oostdorp, Egmond aan
Zee, Heemskerk, Overveen, Aerdenhout. Z.H.: Noordwijk, Leiden, Meijendel, Schelluinen,
Gorkum, Arkel, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht, Rockanje, Hellevoetsluis, Melissant, Ouddorp. ZI.:
Burgh, Haamstede, Westenschouwen, Oostkapelle. N.B.: Gassel, Mill, Nuenen, Geldrop,
Bergeijk, Heeze. Lbg.: Griendsveen, Roggel, Arcen, Swalmen, Montfort, Echt, Sint Joost,
Stein, Sittard, Heerlerbaan, Benzenrade, Chèvremont, Huls, Bocholtz, Colmond, Eijs, Geulem,
Heer, Maastricht, Slavante, Gronsveld, Vijlen, Lemiers, Vaals.
Variabiliteit. f. nigrescens Hannemann, 1917. Deze donkere vorm (plaat
12 fig. 3) blijft zeldzaam. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Winterswijk, Bennekom, Gassel
(VAN DE Por); Meijendel (Lucas); Bergeijk (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. anceps Hübner, [1809—1813}. Een exemplaar met licht bruinachtige voor-
vleugels van Bennekom (VAN DE Por) is het enige, dat ik verder van deze vorm
gezien heb.
f. engelhartii Duurlo, 1889. Het exemplaar van Halfweg behoort tot deze lichte
vorm en is kennelijk een zwerver uit het duingebied. Maar in het Zoöl. Mus.
bevindt zich ook een lichtgrijs dier van Hatert.
f. lactea Cockayne, 1933. Geen nieuwe vindplaatsen van deze crèmekleurige
vorm, waarvan een fraai exemplaar afgebeeld is op plaat 12 fig. 2.
f. renardii Boisduval, 1829. Van deze lichte zeer zwak getekende vorm werden
exemplaren aangetroffen op Rottum (DIDDEN) en Vlieland (CAMPING).
f. juncta Lempke, 1949. Geen nieuwe vondsten.
f. semiconfluens Lempke, 1949. Vlieland (G. DijKSTRA); Lunteren (BRAN-
GER); Bennekom (VAN DE Por); Aalten (VAN GALEN); Meijendel (Lucas);
Oisterwijk (Zoöl. Mus.).
Dwerg. Vlieland (Zoöl. Mus.).
Pathologisch exemplaar. Linker achtervleugel langs de achterrand
gedeeltelijk verbleekt. Heemskerk (Zoöl. Mus.).
Apamea sordens Hufnagel. Tijdschr. Entom. 90: 68; Cat. VIII: (478). De
274 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (820)
vlinder is nu ook bekend van Vlieland, zodat alleen Rottum nog in de rij van de
waddeneilanden ontbreekt. Overigens geen commentaar op de verspreiding.
De vliegtijd kan al in de laatste week van april beginnen en nog iets langer
duren dan in 1949 bekend was. De uiterste data worden nu: 26.IV—28.VII. Op
de vroege aprildatum werd in 1961 een exemplaar gevangen in het Amsterdamse
Bos door PEERDEMAN. De late datum stamt uit 1949, toen de Eerw. Heer KNIP-
PENBERG een sordens te Sint Michielsgestel ving.
Variabiliteit. f. pallida Tutt, 1889. De vorm met lichte grondkleur (soms
zelfs witachtig grijs) is vrij gewoon en komt vrijwel overal onder de soort voor.
f. unicolor Tutt, 1889. Beschreven als een vorm met donker roodachtig bruine
grondkleur en onduidelijke tekening. Maar zulke zwak getekende exemplaren
komen ook met andere grondkleur voor, zowel met de lichte van pallida als met
de grijze van cinerea. Het lijkt me het verstandigste al zulke zwak getekende dieren
onder de naam wxicolor te verenigen. Vrij zeldzaam, maar wel tamelijk verbreid
onder de soort.
f. cinerascens Tutt, 1889. Exemplaren met zuiver grijze voorvleugels zijn nogal
zeldzaam, maar komen tamelijk verbreid onder de soort voor.
f. obscura nov. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels zwartgrijs, achtervleugels don-
kergrijs. Apeldoorn (LEFFEF) ; Slijk-Ewijk (VAN DE Por); Chèvremont (LUKKIEN);
Gronsveld, &, 23.V.1964 (holotype, VAN WISSELINGH).
[Ground colour of the fore wings black-grey, hind wings dark grey.]
f. bicolor nov. Het middenveld van de voorvleugels van een andere kleur dan
de rest van de vleugels en duidelijk afstekend (bij het holotype bruinachtig, terwijl
de overige delen van de voorvleugels grijs zijn). Aalten, 9, 28.V.1935 (holotype,
VAN GALEN).
[The central area of the fore wings of another colour than the rest of the wings and
distinctly contrasting (with the holotype the central area is brownish, basal and outer areas
are grey).]
f. cruda Lempke, 1949. Weesp (WESTERNENG); Oostvoorne (Lucas); Eijs
(VAN DE Por).
f. delineata nov. De dwarslijnen op de voorvleugels ontbreken volkomen, maar
de vlekken blijven duidelijk zichtbaar, in elk geval de niervlek. ’s-Graveland (Nat.-
hist. Mus. Zaandam); Muiderberg, Amsterdam (VAN DER MEULEN); Zaandam
(AUKEMA); Aerdenhout, Plasmolen (VAN WISSELINGH).
Holotype: 4 van Plasmolen, 9.VI.1958, in collectie-vAN WISSELINGH.
[The transverse lines on the fore wings fail completely, but the stigmata remain distinct,
at least the reniform. }
f. reducta Lempke, 1949. Exemplaren zonder spoor van de ronde vlek werden
nog gevangen te: Apeldoorn (Zoöl. Mus.); Oostvoorne (Lucas); Geldrop (HAAN-
STRA).
f. nictitans Lempke, 1949. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Delfzijl (VAN WISSELINGH);
Apeldoorn, Noordwijk (Zoöl. Mus.); Amersfoort (NIEUWLAND).
f. juncta Lempke, 1941. Nieuwe vindplaats: Stein (Missiehuis).
(821) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 275
f. alinea Turner, 1929. Exemplaren zonder de opvallende zwarte wortelstreep
zijn zeldzaam. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Apeldoorn (LEFFEF); Aalten (VAN GALEN);
Amsterdam (PEERDEMAN); Nuenen (NEIJTS); De Rips (Nies); Brunssum
(CLAASSENS).
Dwergen. Wageningen (BERGMAN); Apeldoorn (LEFFEF, in Zoòl. Mus.);
Zeist (GORTER); Amsterdam, Amst. Bos (PEERDEMAN); Aerdenhout (van WIs-
SELINGH); Meijendel (Lucas); Melissant (HUISMAN).
Apamea scolopacina Esper. Tijdschr. Entom. 90: 82; Cat. VIII: (492). De in
1949 gegeven verbreiding is juist. Volgens LEFFEF wordt het optimale milieu
gevormd door schraal grasland. In het Waddendistrict is de vlinder tot nog toe
alleen op Terschelling aangetroffen.
De vliegtijd kan ongeveer een week eerder beginnen en later eindigen dan in
Cat. VIII werd vermeld. De uiterste data worden nu: 19.VI (in 1962 waargenomen
door LEFFEF) tot 25.VIII (in 1954 te Heemstede, VAN DE POL).
Vindplaatsen. Fr.: Terschelling (LEFFEF), Tietjerk, Oosterwolde, Nijetrijne. Gr.:
Haren, Glimmen, Noordlaren. Dr.: Roden, Donderen, Zuidlaren, Eext, Schoonlo, Wijster,
Vledder. Ov.: Saasveld, Abdij Sion, Colmschate. Gdl.: Hulshorst, Nunspeet, Wiessel, Teuge,
Wageningen, Bennekom, Lunteren; Eefde, de Voorst, Winterswijk, Woold, Aalten; Slijk-
Ewijk. Utr.: Amersfoort, Bilthoven, Bunnik, Utrecht, Maarsseveen. N.H.: 's-Graveland,
Naarden, Muiderberg, Weesp, Amsterdamse Bos (één exemplaar in 1964, PEERDEMAN),
Schoorl, Bergen, Heemskerk, Overveen, Aerdenhout. Z.H.: Oegstgeest, Voorschoten, Schel-
luinen (één exemplaar in 1959, SLoB), Hellevoetsluis, Melissant, Ouddorp. Zl.: Burgh,
Haamstede, Westenschouwen, Oostkapelle, Valkenisse, Cadzand. N.B.: Nieuwkuik, Sint
Michielsgestel, Schijndel, Haaren, Best, Nuenen. Lbg.: Griendsveen, De Hamert, Arcen, Sint
Odiliënberg, Montfort, Merum, Stein, Nieuwenhagen, Amstenrade, Heerlerbaan, Aalbeek,
Valkenburg, Heer, Gronsveld, Vijlen.
Variabiliteit. f. abbreviata Haworth, 1809. Deze bleke vorm is niet
zeldzaam. Hij is op de meeste plaatsen onder de soort aan te treffen.
f. unicolor-brunnea Wagner, 1922. Ook deze eenkleurig bruine vorm is tamelijk
verbreid, zodat geen afzonderlijke vindplaatsen meer worden vermeld.
f. rufescens nov. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels mooi roodachtig. Oostkapelle,
&, 4.VII.1959 (holotype, VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.).
[Fore wings with beautiful reddish ground colour}
f. obscura nov. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels donker bruinachtig, de witte
niervlek duidelijk afstekend. De vorm is veel donkerder dan wnicolor-brunnea en
bovendien duidelijk getekend. Zeist (GORTER); Oostkapelle, Best, Venlo (VAN
AARTSEN, in Zool. Mus.).
Holotype: 4 van Best, 17.VII.1963, in genoemde collectie.
[Ground colour of the fore wings dark brownish, the white reniform distinctly contrasting.
Much darker than wnicolor-brunnea and also differing by its distinct markings.]
Dwergen. Twello (Zoöl. Mus.); Vorden (Leids Mus.); Ouddorp (HUISMAN).
Apamea ophiogramma Esper. Tijdschr. Entom. 90: 81; Cat. VIII: (491). Uit
de combinatie van de twee lijsten van vindplaatsen blijkt de sterke verbreiding van
276 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (822)
de vlinder in ons land. Vooral op vochtige terreinen kan hij zeer gewoon zijn, wat
natuurlijk in verband staat met de levenswijze van de rups.
De vliegtijd kan tot in de tweede helft van augustus duren. De uiterste data
worden nu: 26.V—20.VIII. De laatste datum werd genoteerd door KNoop.
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Terschelling, Sexbierum, Tietjerk, Eernewoude, Oosterwolde,
Wolvega, Nijetrijne, Oude Mirdum, Tjerkwerd. Gr.: Veendam. Dr.: Eelderwolde, Donderen,
Schoonlo, Odoorn. Ov.: Denekamp, Volthe, Albergen, Saasveld, Almelo, Raalte, Abdij Sion,
Colmschate, Platvoet, Vollenhove, Zwartsluis. Flevoland: Lelystad. Gdl.: Garderbroek,
Wiessel, Apeldoorn, Teuge, Laag-Soeren, Wolfheze, Wageningen, Lunteren; Gorssel, Eefde,
Warnsveld, Zutfen, Ruurlo, Winterswijk, Woold, Eldrik, Montferland; Slijk-Ewijk, Gelder-
malsen, Neerijnen. Utr.: Zeist, Amersfoort, Loosdrecht. N.H.: ’s-Graveland, Kortenhoef,
Naarden, Naardermeer, Muiderberg, Weesp, Amsterdamse Bos, Halfweg, Landsmeer, Mid-
delie, Beemster, Oosthuizen, Hoorn, De Koog (Texel), Schoorl, Bergen, Heemskerk, Aerden-
hout. Z.H.: Noorden, Oegstgeest, Leidschendam, Delft, Staelduin, Vlaardingen, Capelle aan
den IJssel, Schelluinen, Gorkum, Arkel, Dubbeldam, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht, Oostvoorne,
Rockanje, Hellevoetsluis, Middelharnis, Melissant, Goedereede, Ouddorp. Zl.: Haamstede,
Burgh, Westenschouwen, Valkenisse, Cadzand. N.B.: Drunen, Sint Michielsgestel, Haaren,
Kampina, Best, Bergeijk, Eindhoven, Geldrop, Nuenen, Helmond, Someren, Sint Anthonis,
Gassel. Lbg.: Griendsveen, Tegelen, Steijl, Swalmen, Merum, Sint Odiliënberg, Montfort,
Stein, Amstenrade, Heerlerbaan, Klimmen, Geulem, Gronsveld, Mechelen, Vijlen, Epen.
Variabiliteit. f. pallescens nov. De grote donkere vlek aan de voorrand
van de voorvleugels grijsbruin, weinig afstekend, gele niervlek flauw zichtbaar,
donkere tekening langs de achterrand vrijwel geheel ontbrekend. Bleke, bijna een-
kleurige vorm. Weesp, 9, 23.VII.1929 (holotype, Zoöl. Mus.).
[The large dark costal spot of the fore wings grey-brown, hardly contrasting; the yellow
reniform feebly visible, dark markings along the outer border nearly absent. Pale, nearly
unicolorous form. }
f. rufescens Lempke, 1949. De roodbruine vorm van ophiogramma werd verder
bekend van: Aerdenhout (VAN WISSELINGH); Noorden (Lucas); Valkenisse
(VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.); Eindhoven (HAANSTRA).
f. moerens Staudinger, 1901. Van deze donkere vorm zijn zoveel nieuwe vind-
plaatsen bekend geworden, dat ze niet meer vermeld worden. Blijkbaar komt hij,
hoewel vrij zeldzaam, verbreid onder de soort voor.
Dwerg. Bussum (TER LAAG).
Oligia Hübner
Oligia strigilis L. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 137; Cat. VII: (464). Blijkens de beide
lijsten van vindplaatsen in het hele land zeer verbreid, hoewel de vlinder op drogere
gronden stellig zeldzamer is dan op vochtiger terreinen. Over het geheel genomen
is strigilis duidelijk minder gewoon dan /atruncula. In het Waddendistrict is de
soort nu van één van de eilanden bekend.
De vliegtijd kan vroeger beginnen dan in 1943 bekend was en voortduren tot
eind augustus. De uiterste data zijn nu: 13.V (in 1964 te Stein, Pater MUNSTERS)
tot 30.VIII (in 1962 te Sexbierum, STOBBE).
Vindplaatsen. Fr.: Vlieland, Sexbierum, Harlingen, Leeuwarden, Tietjerk, Ooster-
wolde, Nijetrijne. Gr.: Groningen, Veendam. Dr.: Peizermade, Schipborg, Zuidlaren, Eext,
(823) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 277
Grollo. Ov.: Denekamp, Volthe, Albergen, Saasveld, Almelo, Aadorp, Borne, Enschede,
Rijssen, Raalte, Abdij Sion, Platvoet, IJsselmuiden, Zwartsluis, Vollenhove. Flevoland: Lely-
stad. Gdl.: Vierhouten, Wezep, Wiessel, Hoog-Soeren, Loenen, Wageningen, Lunteren;
Eefde, Vorden, Ruurlo, Hackfort, Babberich; Slijk-Ewijk, Buren, Geldermalsen. Utr.: Zeist,
Amersfoort, Maarsseveen, Harmelen. N.H.: ’s-Graveland, Blaricum, Kortenhoef, Naarden,
Weesp, Amsterdamse Bos (gewoon, PEERDEMAN), Halfweg, Zaandam, Middelie, Beemster,
Hoorn, Den Helder, Bergen, Heemskerk, Aerdenhout, Heemstede. Z.H.: Noorden, Woer-
dense Verlaat, Lisse, Oegstgeest, Meijendel, Voorschoten, Leidschendam, Delft, Staelduin,
Vlaardingen, Capelle aan den IJssel, Schelluinen, Gorkum, Arkel, Biesbosch, Dubbeldam,
Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht, Oostvoorne, Rockanje, Middelharnis, Melissant. Zl.: Burgh, Haamstede,
Valkenisse, Goes, Terneuzen. N.B.: Wouw, Galder, Oosterhout, Waalwijk, Drunen, Sint
Michielsgestel, Uden, Gassel, Mill, Nuenen, Eindhoven, Geldrop, Heeze, Maarheeze, Helena-
veen. Lbg.: Arcen, Swalmen, Heel, Sint Odiliënberg, Montfort, Stein, Amstenrade, Brunssum,
Heerlerbaan, Chèvremont, Bocholtz, Eijs, Valkenburg, Geulem, Gronsveld, Rijckholt, Vijlen,
Lemiers.
Variabiliteit. De typische vorm met donker bruinachtig middenveld en
witte gewaterde band komt inderdaad het meest voor, tenminste over het gehele
land gerekend.
f. fasciata Tutt, 1891. Exemplaren met zwartachtig middenveld, maar overigens
niet afwijkend, zijn vrij schaars. Nieuwe vindplaatsen zijn: Lelystad, Wageningen
(VAN DE Por); Wiessel, Apeldoorn (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Aerdenhout, Was-
senaar, Arcen (VAN WISSELINGH); Heer (Mus. Rotterdam); Montfort (MAASSEN).
f. amoena Kroulikovski, 1908. Exemplaren met groenachtig getinte gewaterde
band van Slijk-Ewijk, Oud-Beijerland en Gassel (VAN DE Por).
f. pallida nov. De normaal donkere delen van de voorvleugels zijn licht bruin-
achtig, de witte tekening niet afwijkend. Plaat 13 fig. 3. Delfzijl, 4, 1922, Anke-
veen, 9, 30.VI.1907 (holotype, Zoöl. Mus.) ; Beemster (HUISENGA) ; Aerdenhout
(VAN WISSELINGH); Goedereede (HUISMAN).
[The normally dark parts of the fore wings are pale brownish, the white markings not
differing from the typical form.}
f. intermedia Helbig, 1933. Exemplaren, waarbij de gewaterde band niet wit is,
maar grijsachtig (doch waarbij de tweede dwarsliin over de gehele lengte wit
blijft), zijn niet al te zeldzaam, zoals blijkt uit een serie van ongeveer 20 stuks in
het Zoöl. Mus.
f. ferrea Warren, 1911, „Seitz 3: 172, plaat 40 rij k fig. 1. Voorvleugels een-
kleurig grijs met fijne zwarte tekening van vlekken en dwarslijnen. Heeze, ¢,
1959, donkerder grijs dan het door WARREN afgebeelde exemplaar, maar duidelijk
verschillend van de zwarte vorm (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. suffumata Warren, 1911. De vorm met zwartgrijze verdonkerde gewaterde
band en vaak gereduceerde tweede dwarslijn is beslist niet zo gewoon als ik in
1943 schreef, hoewel hij wel tamelijk verbreid onder de soort is.
f. aethiops Haworth, 1809, Lep. Brit.: 215 (aethiops Osthelder, 1927). (Vol-
gens TAMS & EDELSTEN, in SOUTH, Moths Brit. Isles (new edition) 1: 286, behoort
de door HAWORTH beschreven vorm niet tot Oligia latruncula, maar tot O. strigi-
lis). De geheel zwarte vorm komt blijkens de vele vindplaatsen verbreid onder de
soort voor, ook in het westen van het land: Utrecht, Kortenhoef, Hoorn, Leiden,
Oegstgeest, Melissant. In het zuiden van Limburg is de vorm inderdaad gewoon.
278 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (824)
f. conjuncta Heydemann, 1932. De vorm met een zwarte streep van de tapvlek
naar de tweede dwarslijn is gewoon.
Oligia versicolor Borkhausen. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 136; Cat. VII: (463).
Hoewel nog maar weinig nieuwe vindplaatsen bekend geworden zijn, is toch wel
duidelijk, dat we het voornaamste biotoop in bosachtige gebieden moeten zoeken
en dan wel voornamelijk in loofbosgebieden. Als bij zovele soorten is ook hier al
een vangst bekend uit een volkomen afwijkend biotoop, maar deze verandert niets
aan de totale indruk. De vlinder schijnt bij ons zeer lokaal te zijn en is tot nog toe
nergens in het westen van het land aangetroffen.
Wat het omringende gebied betreft, uit België is nu een vangst bekend van Ivoz-
Ramet bij Luik, waar in 1947 een & door G. DASSE werd verzameld (Lambillionea
47: 38, 1947). Op de Britse eilanden is versicolor zeer verbreid in Engeland. In de
nieuwe editie van ,,SOUTH” (Moths 1: 288, 1961) worden 12 Engelse graafschap-
pen vermeld, waaruit de vlinder bekend is (Somerset ontbreekt er aan, dit graaf-
schap werd reeds vermeld door DE WORMS in Entomologist 79: 72, 1946). Verder
werd het dier aangetroffen in Wales, Schotland, op de Hebriden en in Ierland.
Van dit laatste eiland vermeldt GREER twee exemplaren, die in 1903 in East Tyrone
werden gevangen (Entomologist 78: 96, 1944).
De vliegtijd kan van de tweede week in juni tot begin augustus duren. De nu
bekende uiterste data zijn: 9. VI—3.VIII.
Vindplaatsen. Fr.: Bolsward, ¢, 9.VI.1889 (Zoöl. Mus. ex coll.-VAN DER WEIJ).
Gdl.: Winterswijk, 20.VI.1952 (VAN WISSELINGH), 18.VI.1956 (VAN DE Por). Utr.:
Austerlitz, 17.VI.1953 (GORTER); Zeist, 21.VI.1951, 20.VI.1957 (idem). N.B.: Best,
27.VI.1960 en 3.VIII.1962 (VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.); Nuenen, herhaaldelijk gevangen
en hier althans in sommige jaren beslist niet zeldzaam (NEIJTS); Eindhoven, 29.VI.1946
(VERHAAK). Lbg.: Arcen, juli 1950 (Zoöl. Mus.); Maalbroek, 19.VII.1955 (Mus. Rotter-
dam); Vijlen, 26.VI.1960 (GORTER).
Variabiliteit. De typische vorm met roodbruine grondkleur en grijze
gewaterde band, terwijl ronde vlek en niervlek lichter zijn dan het roodachtige
middenveld en duidelijk afsteken, komt bij ons niet veel voor. Van een serie van
20 exemplaren, die de heer NEIJTS in 1961 bij Nuenen verzamelde en die ik voor
hem determineerde, behoorde er slechts één toe. Verder het exemplaar van Eind-
hoven (VERHAAK). Plaat 13 fig. 7.
f. fasciata Lenz, 1927, in OSTHELDER, Schmetterl. Südbayerns: 269, plaat XIV
fig. 19, 20. Als de typische vorm, maar voorvleugels met witachtige scherp afste-
kende gewaterde band. (Vgl. HEYDEMANN, 1932, Ent. Z. Frankfurt 46: 56). Plaat
13 fig. 8. Winterswijk (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. roseo-suffumata Heydemann, 1932. Deze vorm onderscheidt zich vooral van
de typische vorm door het donkerder franjeveld. Vgl. de reeds geciteerde afbeel-
ding in ,,Seitz’”. Bolsward (Zoöl. Mus.); Nuenen (NEIJTS, negen stuks van de
serie van 20).
f. psendolatruncula Heydemann, 1932, Ent. Z. Frankfurt 46: 56; 1942, Stett.
ent. Z. 103, plaat IV fig. 36, 37. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels donker grijs-
bruin, de vlekken lichter, gewaterde band licht grijsbruin, vaak vuil geelgrijs getint.
Franjeveld weer donker. Zeist, 1951, 1957 (GORTER); Best, Arcen (Zoöl. Mus.);
(825) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 279
Nuenen (NEIJTS, de helft van de in 1961 gevangen serie).
f. aethiops Heydemann, 1932. De vrijwel eenkleurig zwarte vorm (plaat 13
fig. 9) blijkt in elk geval niet de gewoonste te zijn. Nuenen (Zool. Mus.) ; Maal-
broek (Mus. Rotterdam).
Oligia latruncula Schiff. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 134; Cat. VII: (461). Algemeen
verbreid over het gehele land zonder enige duidelijke voorkeur voor een bepaald
biotoop. In het Waddendistrict blijkt de vlinder tot nog toe slechts op Vlieland en
Terschelling aangetroffen te zijn. Overigens worden geen vindplaatsen meer ver-
meld.
De vliegtijd kan tot begin augustus duren. De uiterste data worden nu: 21.V—
4. VIII (de laatste datum in 1962 te Westenschouwen, LEFFEF). In 1961 werden
te Burgh op de Rivon-lamp telkens twee exemplaren gevangen op 4, 8 en 11 sep-
tember (LEFFEF). Dit lijken toch wel vertegenwoordigers van een overigens weinig
voorkomende partiële tweede generatie geweest te zijn.
Variabiliteit. De typische vorm met donker bruinachtig grijze tot donker
bruinachtige voorvleugels en helder roodbruine gewaterde band is vrij zeldzaam.
Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Peest (Koor); Tietjerk (CAMPING); Vollenhove (WIN-
TERS); Weesp (Zoöl. Mus.); Oegstgeest (KAIJADOE); Nuenen (NEIJTS).
f. meretricula Borkhausen, 1792. De vorm met licht grijsgele tot licht bruingele
gewaterde band is gewoon en komt practisch overal onder de soort voor.
f. fasciata Lempke, 1943. Van de vorm met donkere grondkleur en witte scherp
afstekende gewaterde band wordt een exemplaar afgebeeld op plaat 13 fig. 2.
Ook deze is beslist niet zeldzaam, zoals blijkt uit de lijst van nieuwe vindplaatsen:
Vlieland, Tietjerk, Bolsward, Eext, Rijssen, Apeldoorn, Middelie, Bergen-N.H.,
Wassenaar, Krimpen aan den IJssel, Melissant, Ooster Schengen.
f. rufo-suffumata Heydemann, 1942. De vorm met roodachtig middenveld is
tot nog toe uitsluitend uit het westen van het land bekend. Nieuwe vindplaatsen:
Blaricum (BERGMAN); Zaandam (BANK); Middelie (DE Boer); Beemster (DE
VRIES); Voorschoten (GROENENDIJK); Den Haag, Oostkapelle, Valkenisse (Zoöl.
Mus.); Oostvoorne (Lucas); Rockanje (GORTER); Ouddorp (VROEGINDEWEIJ).
f. intermedia Hormuzaki, 1898, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 48: 448. De vorm
met vrijwel eenkleurig roodachtig bruine voorvleugels is beslist niet gewoon en
tot nog toe ook bijna alleen uit het westen van het land bekend. Vlieland, Ter-
schelling (CAMPING); Groningen, Haamstede (VAN WISSELINGH); Weesp, Den
Haag (Zoöl. Mus.).
f. grisea nov. Voorvleugels eenkleurig grijs, zonder rood of bruin; tekening
zichtbaar, maar niet opvallend afstekend, de witte kleur in de tweede dwarslijn kan
geheel ontbreken. Vlieland, 9 (CAMPING); Heeze, ¢, 5.VI.1959 (holotype,
VAN WISSELINGH).
[Fore wings of a uniform grey, markings visible, but not strikingly contrasting; the white
colour in the postmedian may fail completely.}
f. unicolor Tutt, 1891. De vorm met eenkleurig zwartachtig bruine voorvleugels
is gewoon. Overgangsexemplaren met een wat lichter achterrandsveld zijn even-
eens vrij gewoon.
280 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (826)
f. aeruginis Edelsten & Tams, 1961, in SOUTH, Brit. Moths (new ed.) 1: 287
(aethiops auct. nec Haworth). De min of meer eenkleurig zwartachtige vorm.
Gewoon, overal onder de soort. Volgens de Engelse auteurs is deze vorm nooit zo
diep zwart als die van strigilis, maar onder het Nederlandse materiaal bevinden
zich wel degelijk zulke intens zwarte exemplaren.
f. rufo-aethiops Heydemann, 1942, Ent. Z. Stettin 103: 10. Voorvleugels donker,
als bij unicolor of aeruginis, maar het middenveld met koperkleurige glans. Apel-
doorn, Renkum, Ubbergen, Weesp, Rotterdam, Breda (Zoöl. Mus.); Amsterdam
(VAN DER MEULEN); Rockanje (GORTER).
f. victiuncula Heydemann, Ent. Z. Frankfurt 46: 80. Voorvleugels zwartachtig
met diepzwarte duidelijk afstekende middenband. Halsteren (ASSELBERGS).
f. juncta Lempke, 1943. Oostvoorne (Lucas).
Oligia fasciuncula Haworth. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 133; Cat. VII: (460). Blij-
kens de beide lijsten van vindplaatsen is de vlinder over vrijwel het gehele land
verbreid. Maar op vochtige terreinen is hij veel gewoner dan op droge. Vandaar
ook het grote aantal vindplaatsen in het westen van het land. In het Waddendistrict
tot nog toe alleen bekend van Terschelling, Ameland en Schiermonnikoog.
De vliegtijd kan in de derde decade van mei beginnen en tot in de derde decade
van augustus duren. De uiterste data zijn nu: 24.V (in 1961 te Slijk-Ewijk, VAN
DE Por, en te Stein, Pater MUNSTERS) tot 21.VIII (in 1962, Sexbierum, STOBBE).
Vindplaatsen. Fr.: Terschelling, Sexbierum, Harlingen, Leeuwarden, Eernewoude,
Duurswoude, Oosterwolde, Nijetrijne (zeer algemeen, LEFFEF), Balk, Tjerkwerd. Gr.: Haren,
Glimmen, Borgercompagnie, Veendam. Dr.: Paterswolde, Peizermade, Roden, Lieveren, Norg,
Peest, Assen, Zuidlaren, Annen, Eext, Schoonlo, Ruinen, Vledder, Havelte. Ov.: Volthe,
Albergen, Saasveld, Aadorp, Rijssen, Daarle, Raalte, Abdij Sion, Platvoet, Olst, Zwartsluis,
Vollenhove, Marknesse. Gdl.: Harderwijk, Wezep, Wiessel, Hoog-Soeren, Assel, Teuge,
Terwolde, Empe, Hoenderlo, Velp, Ede, Lunteren; Eefde, Winterswijk; Slijk-Ewijk, Ochten.
Utr.: Doorn, Bunnik, Maarsseveen, Loosdrecht, Bilthoven, Amersfoort. N.H.: Blaricum,
Huizen, Naarden, Naardermeer, Muiden, Weesp, Amsterdamse Bos (gewoon, PEERDEMAN),
Kwadijk, Middelie, Beemster, Hoorn, Bakkum. Z.H.: Noorden, Woerdense Verlaat, Noord-
wijkerhout, Meijendel, Voorschoten, Leidschendam, Delft, Staelduin, Hillegersberg, Capelle
aan den IJssel, Lekkerkerk, Schelluinen, Gorkum, Arkel, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht, Oostvoorne,
Rockanje, Hellevoetsluis, Melissant, Goedereede, Ouddorp. Zl.: Burgh, Haamstede, Westen-
schouwen, Oostkapelle. N.B.: Rijen, Chaam, Waalwijk, Nieuwkuik, Sint Michielsgestel,
Veghel, Mill, Gassel, Haaren, Kampina, Nuenen, Eindhoven, Geldrop. Lbg.: Griendsveen,
Sevenum, Sint Odiliënberg, Montfort, Stein, Amstenrade, Heerlerbaan, Chèvremont, Bocholtz,
Hulsberg, Aalbeek, Maastricht, Gronsveld, Rijckholt, Epen, Vijlen, Lemiers, Vaals.
Variabiliteit. Bij de typische vorm varieert de grondkleur van een mooie
dieprode tint tot lichter rood en zelfs bruinachtig rood, terwijl de tekening soms
bijna afwezig is en dan weer duidelijk zichtbaar. De verwijzing naar ,,SOUTH’,
fig. 2, moet zijn: fig. 8
f. cana Staudinger, 1871. Volgens de oorspronkelijke diagnose is dit een vorm
met licht grijsachtige grondkleur maar met roodachtig middenveld. Dergelijke
exemplaren komen weinig voor. Reeds TUTT gebruikte de naam voor alle dieren
met lichte grondkleur maar met volledig donker middenveld, onafhankelijk van
de tint daarvan (1891, Brit. Noct. 1: 102). In deze zin is cana de gewoonste van
onze lichte vormen.
(827) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 281
f. pallida Tutt, 1891. Deze lichte vorm, waarbij alleen het onderste deel van
het middenveld nog donkerder is, maar het bovenste niet meer afsteekt, is even-
eens gewoon, maar toch wat minder talrijk dan f. cana.
f. extrema Tutt, 1891, Brit. Noct. 1: 102. Voorvleugels eenkleurig licht grijs-
achtig zonder donkerder afstekend middenveld. Apeldoorn, Leiden (Zoöl. Mus.).
f. brunneata Warren, 1911. De vorm, waarbij de voorvleugels bruinachtig zijn,
dus zonder rode tint, is niet gewoon. Marknesse, Bennekom, Terwolde, Winters-
wijk, Slijk-Ewijk (VAN DE Por); Loosdrecht (von HERWARTH); Soest (Zoöl.
Mus.); Aerdenhout (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. flavescens nov. Voorvleugels vrijwel eenkleurig geelachtig bruin. Twello, 4,
21.VI.1931 (holotype, Zoöl. Mus.); Volthe (VAN DER MEULEN).
[Fore wings nearly unicolorous yellowish-brown. }
f. postnigra nov. Achtervleugels diepzwart met scherp afstekende lichte franje.
Kan zowel bij exemplaren met roodachtige voorvleugels als bij grijsachtige voor-
komen. Eext, 4, 6.VI.1964 (holotype), Halfweg (Zoöl. Mus.); Sevenum (VAN
DE Por).
[Hind wings deep black with sharply contrasting pale fringes. Occurs both in specimens
with reddish and with pale greyish fore wings}.
Mesoligia Boursin
Mesoligia furuncula Schiff. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 128; Cat. VII: (455). Hoewel
de vlinder in het gehele land voorkomt, is hij toch wel het talrijkst in het westen
(Hafdistrict, Duindistrict). LEFFEF vond hem veel op Terschelling, te Schoorl,
Overveen, en vooral in het duingebied van Schouwen. Merkwaardig in dit verband
is het voorkomen op de Britse eilanden: vooral langs de kusten (tot op de Orkaden
toe), hoewel ook hier en daar in het binnenland (SOUTH, Moths (new ed.) 1: 289,
1961). Bij ons is het verschil tussen kustgebied en binnenland echter niet zo sterk
en kan furuncula ook ver landinwaarts nog een gewoon dier zijn.
In het Waddendistrict is de vlinder met uitzondering van Rottum nu op alle
eilanden aangetroffen.
De vliegtijd kan tot ver in september duren. Of hierbij soms sprake kan zijn
van een partiële tweede generatie is op zijn minst zeer twijfelachtig. De uiterste
data zijn nu: 26.V—23.IX. De laatste datum werd in 1941 door VAN WISSELINGH
te Wassenaar genoteerd als slot van een hele serie september-data. Bijna even laat
is 21.IX.1956 (Lucas). In 1963 ving PEERDEMAN in het Amsterdamse Bos nog
een exemplaar op 13.IX. VAN DE Pot noteerde twee septemberdata: 4.IX.1954 te
Rijckholt en 9.IX.1956 te Heemstede.
Variabiliteit. Hoewel de vlinder zeer variabel is, maakt een serie uit het
oosten van het land toch een geheel andere indruk dan een uit het westen. In de
laatste komen veel meer lichte dieren voor.
De typische vorm met tweekleurige voorvleugels (wortelhelft donker roodbruin
tot bruinachtig, franjehelft licht grijsbruin tot licht bruin) is vooral in de oostelijke
helft van het land niet zeldzaam en op tal van plaatsen aangetroffen. In het westen
komt hij daarentegen nauwelijks voor.
282 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (828)
f. pallida Tutt, 1891. Deze lichte vorm (wortelhelft voorvleugels lichtgrijs,
franjehelft witachtig, maar achtervleugels niet altijd wit) is vrij zeldzaam en vrijwel
beperkt tot het westen. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Hilversum, Muiden, Diemen, Cocks-
dorp, Hillegom, Den Haag, Rotterdam, Burgh (Zoöl. Mus.).
f. pseudonychina Heydemann, 1933. Deze bleke vorm met vrijwel eenkleurig
geelwitte voorvleugels komt vooral in het Hafdistrict (ook Vollenhove, WINTERS),
het Duindistrict en het westelijke deel van het Fluviatiel District voor. In het oosten
veel zeldzamer (Gassel, VAN DE POL).
f. bicoloria Villers, 1789. Deze bonte vorm met grijsachtig bruine wortelhelft
en witachtige franjehelft der voorvleugels is onze meest voorkomende vorm, althans
over het hele land gerekend. Natuurlijk door overgangen met de andere vormen
verbonden.
f. antithesis Schultz, 1934. Deze fel contrasterende vorm (donkerbruin—fel wit)
is veel zeldzamer. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Eefde (Zoöl. Mus.); Amerongen (BEN-
TINCK); Purmerend (HUISENGA).
f. reticulata Tutt, 1891. Gewoon.
f. humeralis Haworth, 1809. Gewoon.
f. insulicola Staudinger, 1871. Gewoon.
f. cinerascens nov. Voorvleugels eenkleurig lichtgrijs. Melissant, 4, 14.VIII.
1953 (holotype, HUISMAN).
[Fore wings pale grey, unicolorous. (This description corresponds more or less with
TUTT’s conception of f. insulicola Staudinger (Brit. Noct. 1: 105, 1891). But that form has
brownish fore wings. Cf. the figure of HERRICH-SCHÄFFER, cited by STAUDINGER).]
f. terminalis Haworth, 1809. Niet zeldzaam. Vrij verbreid onder alle populaties.
f. pulmonariae Duponchel, 1826. Zonder twijfel is deze bonte vorm zeldzaam
(wortelhelft voorvleugels licht roodachtig okerkleurig, franjehelft licht okerkleurig
tot lichtgrijs). Nieuwe vindplaats: Aalten (Zoöl. Mus.).
f. rufa-reticulata Tutt, 1891. Hetzelfde geldt voor de vorm met eenkleurig rood-
achtig gele duidelijk getekende voorvleugels. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Wassenaar
(VAN WISSELINGH); Groede (Zoöl. Mus.).
f. rufuncula Haworth, 1809. De vorm met eenkleurig licht roodachtige voor-
vleugels zonder duidelijke tekening is daarentegen niet zeldzaam, vooral niet in de
westelijke helft van het land.
f. nigrobrunnea Heydemann, 1942, Stett. ent. Z. 103: 19, plaat IV fig. 4. Voor-
vleugels bijna eenkleurig donkerbruin tot zwartbruin. Terschelling (G. DIJKSTRA);
Tjerkwerd (MULDER); Odoorn, Clinge (PEERDEMAN); Assel, Heemskerk, Oost-
kapelle (VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.); Slijk-Ewijk, Grubbenvorst, Gronsveld
(VAN DE Por); Zeist (GORTER). Blijkbaar vrij verbreid, maar alleen onder modern
materiaal.
f. nigrescens Lempke, 1943. De vorm met wortelhelft van de voorvleugels zwart
en franjehelft donker grijs blijft zeldzaam. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Odoorn (PEER-
DEMAN); Nuenen (NEIJTS); Epen (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. obscura Lempke, 1943. De vorm met eenkleurig zwartgrijze voorvleugels is
wat minder zeldzaam. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Noordlaren, Schijf (VAN DE Por);
(829) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 283
Odoorn (PEERDEMAN); Apeldoorn (SOUTENDIJK); Zeist (GORTER); Aerdenhout
(VAN WISSELINGH); Arcen (LUKKIEN).
f. albimacula Spuler, 1905. De vorm met geheel wit gevulde niervlek is ver-
breid onder de soort, maar over het algemeen toch wel vrij schaars.
f. vinctuncula Hübner, [1800—1803}. Over het midden van de eenkleurige
voorvleugels loopt een opvallend zwart lijntje, dat zich echter verbreden kan tot
een smal zwart bandje. Plaat 13 fig. 3. Hoewel de vorm zeldzaam is, is hij toch
langzamerhand van tal van vindplaatsen bekend geworden, vooral in de oostelijke
helft van het land. Maar ook in het westen komt hij nu en dan voor, zoals uit de
beide lijsten van vindplaatsen blijkt. Nieuw zijn: Heerde, Aalten, Loerbeek,
Heemskerk, Aerdenhout, Heemstede, Burgh, Teteringen, Hilvarenbeek, Bergeijk,
Eindhoven, Someren, Deurne, Swalmen, Montfort, Stein, Sint Pietersberg, Epen.
f. centrifasciata nov. Voorvleugels bont, maar met hetzelfde smalle zwartachtige
bandje als f. vinctuncula. Veel zeldzamer dan bij de eenkleurige vorm. Plaat 13
fig. 6. Bergeijk, 4, 21.VIII.1960 (holotype, VAN WISSELINGH).
[Fore wings variegated, but with the same narrow blackish band as f. vinctuncula. Much
rarer than with the unicolorous form.}
f. unicolor Warren, 1911. Deze vorm, waarbij het donkere bandje of lijntje
slechts iets donkerder is dan de grondkleur, is veel zeldzamer. Plaat 13 fig. 4.
Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Eefde (Zoöl. Mus.); Loerbeek (PEERDEMAN); Hilversum
(CARON).
f. constricta Heydemann, 1935. Bonte exemplaren, waarbij de donkere wortel-
helft en de lichte achterrandshelft van de voorvleugels door een smal donkerder
middenveld van elkaar gescheiden zijn, zijn vrij zeldzaam. Plaat 13 fig. 5. Nieuwe
vindplaatsen: Colmschate (LUKKIEN); Apeldoorn, Amsterdam, Valkenisse, Best,
Oostkapelle (Zoöl. Mus.); Aalten (VAN GALEN); Den Haag (FISCHER).
f. lineata nov. Voorvleugels eenkleurig (bij het holotype grijsbruin), de om-
randing van de twee vlekken en de eerste en tweede dwarslijn zwartachtig, golflijn
licht. Deze drie lijnen scherp afstekend. Valkenisse, &, 31.VII.1964 (holotype,
VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.).
[Fore wings unicolorous (with the holotype grey-brown), circumscription of the stigmata
and the antemedian and postmedian blackish, subterminal pale. These three lines sharply
contrasting. |
f. conjuncta Heydemann, 1942, Stett. ent. Z. 103: 19, plaat IV fig. 6. Vanuit de
tapvlek loopt een zwartbruin streepje door het middenveld tot de tweede dwarslijn.
Ameland (CAMPING); Muiden, Amsterdam, Den Haag, Rotterdam (Zoöl. Mus.).
f. longistriata Warren, 1911, in SEITZ, Gross-Schmetterl. 3: 173, plaat 40 rij 1
fig. 8. Op de bovenzijde van de voorvleugels een scherpe zwarte horizontale lijn
even boven de binnenrand van wortelveld tot achterrand. Hoorn, 1958 (P. DE
VRIES).
f. latistriata Hoffmeyer & Knudsen, 1935. Deze vorm heeft in plaats van de
dunne lijn een veel bredere zwarte streep. Nieuwe vindplaats: Zeist (GORTER).
f. minor Dufrane, 1932. Gewoon.
284 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (830)
Mesoligia literosa Haworth. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 132; Cat. VII: (459). Het
optimale biotoop wordt in ons land stellig gevormd door het duingebied, waar de
vlinder plaatselijk zeer gewoon kan zijn, ook op de waddeneilanden. In het bin-
nenland is /iterosa veel lokaler en schaarser en ook daar is het dier vrijwel beperkt
tot de zandgronden (waarvoor soms ook de spoordijken dienst kunnen doen).
Opvallend is het geringe aantal vindplaatsen in Noord-Brabant en Limburg. Met
uitzondering van Rottum is de vlinder nu bekend van alle waddeneilanden.
De vliegtijd kan tot half september voortduren. De uiterste data zijn nu: 25.VI—
IDA DG
Vindplaatsen. Fr.: Vlieland, (op het reeds vermelde eiland Terschelling zeer ge-
woon, LEFFEF), Nijetrijne (enkele, LEFFEF), Nije Mirdum. Gr.: Appelbergen, Veendam. Dr.:
Peize, Zuidlaren, Schoonlo, Odoornerveen. Ov.: Raalte, Abdij Sion, Holten, Colmschate,
Platvoet. Gdl.: Wiessel, Assel, Uchelen, Hoenderlo, Kootwijkerveen, Bennekom, Lunteren;
Eefde, Almen, Ruurlo, Winterswijk. Utr.: Utrecht. N.H.: Zaandam, Hoorn, De Koog, Sint
Maartensbrug, Bergen, Egmond aan Zee, Egmond aan den Hoef, Castricum, Bakkum,
Heemskerk, Aerdenhout. Z.H.: Leiden, Meijendel, Rijswijk, Rotterdam, Oostvoorne, Helle-
voetsluis, Melissant, Ouddorp. Z.H.: Burgh, Haamstede, Westenschouwen (op deze drie
plaatsen gewoon tot talrijk, LEFFEF), Oostkapelle, Valkenisse, Cadzand. N.B.: Schijf, Bergeijk.
Lbg.: Griendsveen, Gronsveld, Vijlen.
Variabiliteit. f. subrosea Warten, 1911. Van de vorm met roodachtig
bruine voorvleugels zijn slechts enkele nieuwe vindplaatsen bekend geworden.
Rijswijk-Z.H., Oostkapelle (Zoöl. Mus.).
f. constricta Warren, 1911. Ook de vorm met smal donker middenveld is niet
gewoon. Nieuwe vindpaatsen: Egmond aan Zee (Zoöl. Mus.); Oostkapelle, Val-
kenisse (VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.).
f. modesta Diehl, 1957, Bombus 1: 405. Voorvleugels lichtgrijs, maar naar de
achterrand nog met de paarsachtige tint van de typische vorm, tekening zeer zwak;
achtervleugels lichter, naar de achterrand iets verdonkerd. Vooral onder de duin-
populaties komen nu en dan zeer zwak getekende exemplaren voor, die echter niet
tot de volgende vorm gerekend kunnen worden. Vlieland (LUKKIEN); Twello,
Heemskerk, Den Haag, Valkenisse, Venlo (Zoöl. Mus.); Egmond aan den Hoef
(CARON).
f. onychina Herrich-Schäffer, 1856. De vorm met eenkleurig grijsachtige of
geelachtig grijze voorvleugels is een typische duinvorm, maar voor zover ik weet,
maakt hij overal slechts een klein deel van de populatie uit. Nieuwe vindplaatsen:
Vlieland (CAMPING); Sint Maartensbrug (DE BOER); Egmond aan den Hoef
(CARON); Burgh (PEERDEMAN); Valkenisse (VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.).
f. juncta Lempke, 1943. Meijendel (Lucas).
Dwergen. Schiermonnikoog, Oostkapelle (Zoöl. Mus.).
Mesapamea Heinicke
Mesapamea secalis L. Tijdschr. Entom. 90: 76; Cat. VIII: (486). Met uitzon-
dering van Rottum is de vlinder nu van alle waddeneilanden bekend. Overigens
kan voor de verbreiding en het voorkomen naar Cat. VIII verwezen worden.
In vroege jaren kan de vliegtijd al in mei beginnen. De uiterste data zijn nu:
16.V (in 1959 te Stein waargenomen, Pater MUNSTERS) tot 14.IX.
(831) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 285
Variabiliteit. Een veel eenvoudiger en dus ook veel grover indeling van
de vele vormen wordt gegeven door HEINICKE (1960, Deutsche ent. Z. (N.F.) 7:
166—173). Hier wordt echter weer de uitvoerige indeling van 1949 gevolgd. Stel-
lig zullen diverse telkens weer terugkerende vormen (kleur van de niervlek, aan- of
afwezigheid van de tapvlekstreep enz.) wel door erfelijke factoren bepaald worden,
terwijl verschillende in elkaar overgaande tinten van grondkleur ten dele wel ver-
oorzaakt zullen worden door oecologische factoren tijdens het gevoelige stadium
van de pop. Experimenteel is hierover echter niets bekend.
De typische vorm — zie Cat. VIII: (489) — is niet zeldzaam en is op tal van
plaatsen onder de soort aangetroffen.
f. grisea-flavo Tutt, 1891. Zeldzaam. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Platvoet (LUKKIEN) ;
Oisterwijk (Lucas); Nuenen (NEIJTS).
f. grisea-albo Tutt, 1891. Evenmin gewoon. Weesp, Amsterdam, Heemskerk
(Zoöl. Mus.); Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht (BOGAARD); Melissant (HUISMAN).
f. reticulata-albo Tutt, 1891. Ermelo (JONKER); Bolsward, Amsterdam, Half-
weg, Voerendaal (Zoöl. Mus.); Middelie (DE Boer); Heemstede (HERWARTH).
f. reticulata-flavo Tutt, 1891. Niet gewoon, maar toch vrij verbreid onder de
soort.
f. secalina-albo Tutt, 1891. Zeldzaam. Apeldoorn (Lucas); Vorden, Hilversum
(Zool. Mus.); Eindhoven (VERHAAK); Helmond (KNIPPENBERG).
f. secalina-flavo Tutt, 1891. Eveneens zeldzaam. Bolsward, Weesp, Den Haag
(Zoöl. Mus.); Vollenhove (WINTERS); Apeldoorn (Lucas).
f. virgata-albo Tutt, 1891. Volthe (VAN DER MEULEN); Tongeren, Apeldoorn,
Lochem, Weesp (Zoöl. Mus); Aalten (VAN GALEN); Zeist (GORTER); Middelie
(DE BOER); Amsterdamse Bos (PEERDEMAN); Vlaardingen (VAN KATWIJK).
f. virgata-flavo Tutt, 1891. Niet zeldzaam. Alleen in Zoöl. Mus. bevindt zich al
een serie van 15 exemplaren.
. i-niger-albo Tutt, 1891. Niet zeldzaam, vrij verbreid.
. i-niger Haworth, 1809.Vrij gewoon, overal onder de soort.
. oculea Guenée, 1852. Vrij gewoon. De meeste exemplaren zijn wijfjes.
oculea-flavo Tutt, 1891. Gewoon. Ook hoofdzakelijk wijfjes.
rufa-albo Tutt, 1891. Nogal schaars, maar van vrij veel vindplaatsen bekend.
rufa-flavo Tutt, 1891. Meer dan de vorige vorm, maar zeker niet gewoon.
nictitans Esper, {1788}. Zeer gewoon, zowel bij 4 als by 9.
secalina Hübner, [1808—1809}. Gewoon bij beide geslachten.
nictitans-linea Tutt, 1891. Zeer gewoon.
secalinea-linea Tutt, 1891. Zeer gewoon.
f. rava Haworth, 1809. Slechts enkele nieuwe vindplaatsen: Oosterwolde (VAN
RANDEN); Soest (Zoöl. Mus.); Middelie (DE Boer); Vlaardingen (VAN KAT-
WIJK).
f. rava-flavo Tutt, 1891. Blijkens de mij nu bekende vindplaatsen vrijwel overal
in klein aantal onder de soort voorkomend.
f. didyma Esper, [1788]. Een schaars voorkomende vorm, waarvan slechts enkele
nieuwe vindplaatsen bekend werden: Bathmen (Zoöl. Mus.) ; Middelie (DE BOER);
Schelluinen (SLOB).
286 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (832)
f. didyma-flavo Tutt, 1891. Veel gewoner dan de vorm met witte niervlek, wel
overal onder de soort aan te treffen.
f. furca Haworth, 1809. Ook weer veel minder dan de typische door LINNAEUS
beschreven vorm met gele niervlek. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Wijster (Lucas); Weesp,
Valkenisse, Venlo (Zoöl. Mus.).
f. nigra-albo Tutt, 1891. Niet gewoon. Vlieland (CAMPING); Bathmen, Apel-
doorn (Zoöl. Mus.); Zutfen (WILMINK); Helmond (KNIPPENBERG).
f. nigra-flavo Tutt, 1891. Eveneens zeer schaars. Voerendaal (Zoöl. Mus.).
f. lugens Haworth, 1809. Vrij zeldzaam, maar verbreid.
f. lugens-flavo Tutt, 1891. Niet zeldzaam (in Zoöl. Mus. op het ogenblik een
serie van 19 stuks).
f. leucostigma Esper, [1791}. Ook maar enkele nieuwe vindplaatsen: Halle-
Gdl. (NIEUWLAND); Ingen (Zoöl. Mus.); Bergeijk (VAN OOSTEN); Heerlerbaan
(LUKKIEN).
f. flavistigma Lempke, 1949. Eveneens schaars. Apeldoorn, Bussum, Weesp
(Zoöl. Mus.); Noorden (Lucas).
f. pulverosa Warren, 1911. De vorm met wit bestoven aderen komt weinig
voor. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Leeuwarden (Mus. Leeuwarden); Hooghalen (VAN
DER MEULEN); Westerbork (VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.); Apeldoorn (LEFFEF);
Aalten (VAN GALEN); Hoorn, Haamstede, Someren (PEERDEMAN); Vlaardingen
(VAN KATWIJK).
f. struvei Ragusa, 1885. Zeldzaam. Almelo, Saasveld (VAN DER MEULEN); Aal-
ten (VAN GALEN); Oostvoorne (LUCAS).
f. struvoculea Aubert, 1952, Papillons d'Europe 2: 39, fig. D; 1953, Rev. franc.
de Lép. 14: 110, pl. V fig. 8. Als f. oculea Guenée (en de door LINNAEUS beschre-
ven typische vorm), maar de grondkleur van de voorvleugels wit en de grote don-
kere vlek aan de voorrand donkerbruin. Assen, Vogelenzang, Epen (VAN WIS-
SELINGH) ; Deventer ( 9 ), Twello ( 4 en 9), De Bilt (& ) (Zoöl. Mus.); Lely-
stad (VAN DE Por); Apeldoorn (DE Vos); Beemster (HUISENGA); Kerkrade
(FRANSSEN).
[AUBERT only knew females of this form, but the Dutch material proves that the form
also occurs with the male. It is, however, a fact that specimens which have the same colour
pattern as f. oculea, are principally females.]
[f. struvei-excessa Turner, 1932. Als struvoculea, maar de grote voorrandsvlek
is zwartachtig. Van de in Cat. VIII vermelde exemplaren behoort geen enkele tot
deze vorm. Hij moet voorlopig als inlands vervallen. }
f. lilacina Warren, 1911. Slechts enkele nieuwe vindplaatsen: Vriezenveen (VAN
DER MEULEN); Ermelo (JONKER); Zeist (GORTER); Noorden (Lucas); Valke-
nisse (VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.).
f. lilacina-flavo Wightman, 1933. Wiessel (Lucas); Valkenisse (VAN AART-
SEN, in Zoöl. Mus).
f. uniformis Spuler, 1905. Geen nieuwe vangsten.
f. armoricae Culot, 1909, Noct. et Géom. d’ Europe 1: 164, plaat 30 fig. 7.
Voorvleugels licht bruingrijs, dwarslijnen zeer flauw, alleen de tapvlekstreep dui-
delijk afstekend; niervlek geelachtig wit. Raalte, &, 1960 (FLINT); Nunspeet, &,
1921 (Zoöl. Mus.).
(833) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 287
f. albomaculata nov. Voorvleugels met volle witte niervlek zonder donkere
tekening erin. Diepenveen, ¢, 26.VII.1912 (holotype, Zoöl. Mus.); Zeist (Gor-
TER); Halfweg, 2, (VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.); Amsterdamse Bos (PEERDE-
MAN).
[Fore wings with full white reniform without dark centre.]
f. obsoleta Lempke, 1949. Niet zeldzaam.
f. juncta Lempke, 1949. Halfweg, Valkenisse (VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.).
f. semiconfluens Lempke, 1949. Apeldoorn (LEFFEF); Breda (Zoöl. Mus.);
Eijs (VAN DE POL).
f. approximata nov. Het middenveld van de voorvleugels sterk versmald. Zeist,
8, 17.VII.1957 (holotype, GORTER).
[The central area of the fore wings strongly narrowed. |
f. clausa Lempke, 1949. Aerdenhout (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. brevipennis nov. Alle vleugels te kort. Sint Michielsgestel (holotype, KNIP-
PENBERG ).
[All wings too short}
Dwergen. Komen bij deze soort blijkbaar nogal veel voor. Ik heb aantekeningen
van meer dan een dozijn vindplaatsen.
Somatische mozaiek. Een exemplaar, dat mogelijk tot deze afwijking
hoort, heeft op de linker voorvleugel een gele niervlek en op de rechter een witte.
Hilversum, ¢, 1940 (Zoöl. Mus.).
Photedes Lederer
Photedes minima Haworth, 1806. Lep. Brit.: 215 (arcwosa Haworth, 1806,
op. cit.: 260). Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 90; Cat. VII: (417). De vlinder is verbreid
over een groot deel van het land, doch mijdt droge gronden, zoals duidelijk blijkt
uit het geringe aantal vindplaatsen op de Veluwe. Maar ook in het kale polderland
komt hij nauwelijks voor. Het voornaamste biotoop schijnt gevormd te worden
door niet te droge terreinen in de omgeving van loofhout. De soort is nu van drie
van de waddeneilanden bekend.
Op plaatsen waar minima voorkomt, is hij toch zelden gewoon te noemen. Bo-
vendien zijn de meeste exemplaren, die met de vanglamp bemachtigd worden,
mannetjes. De veel kleinere en duidelijker getekende wijfjes zijn in haast alle
collecties zeer schaars vertegenwoordigd. Mogelijk zijn ze veel trager dan de man-
netjes.
De vliegtijd kan van begin juni tot half augustus duren. De uiterste data zijn
nu: 1.VI (1960, Nieuw-Helvoet, VROEGINDEWEIJ) tot 14.VIII (1963, ® te Best,
VAN AARTSEN).
Vindplaatsen. Fr.: Terschelling (weinig, LEFFEF), Vlieland (CAMPING), Schier-
monnikoog (STOBBE), Eernewoude, Nijetrijne (slechts enkele exemplaren, LEFFEF). Gr.:
Vlagtwedde, Ter Borg. Dr.: Schoonlo, Wijster, Vledder. Ov.: Denekamp, Volthe, Almelo,
288 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (834)
Holten, Ommen, Beerse, Diepenveen, Deventer, Vollenhove. Gdl.: Lunteren, Wageningen;
de Voorst, Ruurlo, Babberich, Loerbeek, Aerdt; Heteren. N.H.: ’s-Graveland, Hilversum,
Blaricum, Weesp, Amsterdamse Bos (geregeld, maar weinig, PEERDEMAN), Halfweg, Zaan-
dam, Heemskerk, Heemstede. Z.H.: Noorden, Staelduin, Schelluinen, Arkel, Hendrik-Ido-
Ambacht, Oostvoorne, Nieuw-Helvoet, Hellevoetsluis, Melissant. Zl.: Burgh, Haamstede,
Westenschouwen (al deze plaatsen schaars, LEFFEF), Oostkapelle, Valkenisse, Cadzand. N.B.:
Vught, Kampina, Best, Eindhoven, Nuenen, Schaft, Someren, de Rips. Lbg.: Sevenum,
Griendsveen, Stein, Amstenrade, Brunssum, Geulem, Heer, Vijlen, Vaals.
Variabiliteit. f. lutescens Haworth, 1809. De vorm met opvallend geel-
achtige voorvleugels is vrij zeldzaam. De collectie van het Zoöl. Mus. telt op het
ogenblik slechts zeven exemplaren van Vorden, Leiden, Hillegersberg en Venlo.
Blijkbaar is hij wel vrij verbreid onder de soort.
f. obscura nov. Opvallend verdonkerde vorm. Bij het & voorvleugels langs de
binnenrand van de golflijn en tussen golflijn en achterrand verdonkerd, bij het 9
bovendien de twee dwarslijnen veel scherper; bij beide seksen de achtervleugels
opvallend verdonkerd. Zie plaat 13 fig. 11 en 12. Amsterdamse Bos (PEERDE-
MAN); Best, 17.VII.1963 (twee mannetjes, waarvan één het holotype is, VAN
AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.); Swalmen (LÜCKER); Gronsveld (GORTER).
[Strikingly darkened. With the 4 fore wings along the inner side of the submarginal and
between this line and the outer border darkened, with the @ moreover the transverse lines
much sharper; with both sexes the hind wings distinctly darkened. }
f. grisescens Lempke, 1943. Geen nieuwe vindplaatsen.
f. luciola Prochaska, 1920. Geen nieuwe vindplaatsen.
f. airae Freyer, 1836. Mannetjes met volledige donkere dwarslijnen op de voor-
vleugels komen niet veel voor. Nieuwe vindplaats: Geulem (Zoöl. Mus.).
f. approximata nov. De eerste en de tweede dwarslijn op de bovenzijde van de
voorvleugels staan dicht bij elkaar. Best, 4, 3.VIII.1962 (holotype, VAN AARTSEN,
in Zoöl. Mus.).
[The antemedian and the postmedian are close together. ]
f. obsoleta nov. Op de bovenzijde van de voorvleugels ontbreekt elk spoor van
tekening op enkele zwakke stippen op de plaats van de tweede dwarslijn na. Wel
op de meeste plaatsen onder de mannetjes voorkomend.
Holotype: &, Hillegersberg, 7.VII.1893, in Zoöl. Mus.
[All markings on the upper side of the fore wings fail with the exception of a few feeble
points in the place of the postmedian. }
Photedes extrema Hübner. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 73; Cat. VII: (400). De vlin-
der is bij ons in de eerste plaats een duindier. In dit biotoop kan hij plaatselijk
gewoon zijn. Maar daarnaast is hij de laatste jaren ook op enkele plaatsen in het
binnenland aangetroffen. Sommige daarvan stemmen overeen met een uit Engeland
bekend biotoop van de soort, namelijk moerassige terreinen.
Wat de verspreiding in het omringende gebied betreft, in Denemarken is extrema
reeds in 1940 aan de oostkust van Falster gevonden, maar toen niet herkend. Zie
E. PYNDT, Flora og Fauna 64: 203, fig., 1958. In het oosten van Holstein werd —
het eerste exemplaar in 1953 te Kellenhusen gevangen (Mitt. faun. Arb.gemeinsch.
(835) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 289
Schlesw.-Holst., Hamburg u. Lübeck (N.F.) 6: 63, 1953). In België is volgens
mededeling van de heer DE LAEVER de verspreiding vrijwel als bij ons: gewoon
in de kuststreek, zeldzaam in het binnenland: Grand Han (prov. Luxemburg),
Sclessin (prov. Luik), Sutendael (Limburg) en Groenendael (Brussel).
De vliegtijd kan al half mei beginnen en nog voortduren in de tweede helft van
juli. De uiterste data zijn nu: 13.V (in 1959 te Oostvoorne, Lucas) tot 24.VII
(in 1962 op Schouwen, LEFFEF). Daarnaast zijn enkele data uit augustus bekend
geworden: 13.VIII.1963. Cadzand (PEERDEMAN) en 21.VIII.1960, Heemskerk
(VAN AARTSEN). Mogelijk zijn dit vertegenwoordigers van een partiële tweede
generatie. De hoofdvliegtijd van de vlinder is juni.
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Terschelling (gewoon, TANIS), Vlieland (CAMPING), Nijetrijne,
1964 (LEFFEF), Oude Mirdum, 1961 (idem). N.H.: Hilversum, 2.VI.1947, gaaf 9 op licht
(CARON), Bergen, Egmond aan Zee, Castricum, Heemskerk, Beverwijk, Heemstede. Z.H.:
Leiden (KROON, Lucas), Meijendel, Staelduin, Dordrecht, 17.VI.1905 (DE JONCHEERE, in
Leids Mus.), Oostvoorne, Rockanje, Hellevoetsluis, Goedereede. Zl.: Burgh, Westenschouwen,
Oostkapelle, Cadzand. Lbg.: Griendsveen, 1964 (LEFFEF), Sevenum (idem), Swalmen, 9,
1959 (VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.); Gronsveld, 1962 (PEERDEMAN).
Variabiliteit. f. radiata Wagner, 1922. Dieren met opvallend donkere
bestuiving tussen de aderen werden nog bekend van Heemskerk (VAN AARTSEN),
Aerdenhout (VAN WISSELINGH), Wassenaar, Meijendel, Oostvoorne (Lucas).
f. pallida Lucas, 1959, Ent. Ber. 19: 205. Voorvleugels eenkleurig witachtig,
zonder donkere schubben of tekening. Wijk aan Zee (Zoöl. Mus.); Aerdenhout
(VAN WISSELINGH); Meijendel (Lucas).
f. punctilinea Lucas, 1959, Ent. Ber. 19: 205. De voorvleugels met volledige
eerste en tweede dwarslijn, doordat de in de regel aanwezige donkere stippen met
elkaar verbonden zijn. Aerdenhout (VAN WISSELINGH); Meijendel, Oostvoorne
(Lucas).
f. tangens Lucas, 1960, Ent. Ber. 20: 229. De (in de regel slechts gedeeltelijk
aanwezige) eerste en tweede dwarslijn raken elkaar even boven de binnenrand van
de voorvleugels en gaan dan weer uiteen. Heemskerk, vijf exemplaren (VAN
AARTSEN, ín Zoöl. Mus.); Oostvoorne (Lucas).
f. depunctata Lempke, 1943. Exemplaren, waarbij de stippenrij op de plaats
van de tweede dwarslijn ontbreekt, zijn niet zeldzaam en komen in elke voldoend
grote serie voor.
Photedes elymi Treitschke. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 75; Cat. VII: (402). In ver-
band met de voedselplant van de rups, de helm, is de vlinder vrijwel uitsluitend aan
te treffen in het duingebied, zowel van het vasteland als van de eilanden. Hier kan
hij plaatselijk zeer gewoon zijn. Met uitzondering van Texel kennen we hem nu van
alle waddeneilanden. Op het reeds vermelde Rottum trof DIDDEN het dier in 1959
en 1960 weer talrijk aan.
De vliegtijd kan lang duren, namelijk van begin mei tot begin september. Of
we soms met exemplaren van een partiële tweede generatie te doen hebben, is
moeilijk uit te maken, daar een duidelijk hiaat ontbreekt. De uiterste data zijn nu:
4.VI (in 1963 te Cadzand, PEERDEMAN) tot 2.IX (in 1962 te Oostvoorne, LUCAS).
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Ameland, Terschelling (talrijk volgens verschillende verzame-
290 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (836)
laars), Vlieland (idem, CAMPING). N.H.: Bergen, Egmond aan Zee, Aerdenhout, Heem-
stede. Z.H.: Leiden (Lucas), Meijendel, Oostvoorne, Melissant, Goedereede. ZI.: Oostkapelle,
Zoutelande (Walcheren), Valkenisse, Cadzand.
Variabiliteit. f. saturatior Staudinger, 1889. Exemplaren met bruin-
achtige voorvleugels werden nog bekend van Rottum (DIDDEN); Huizen (Zoöl.
Mus.); Egmond aan Zee (WESTERNENG).
f. suffusa nov. Voorvleugels grotendeels zwartachtig verdonkerd, alleen onder
de middencel blijft in de regel nog een baan van de lichte grondkleur. Terschelling,
Aerdenhout (VAN WISSELING); Valkenisse, &, 26.VII.1962 (holotype, VAN
AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.); Cadzand (PEERDEMAN).
[Fore wings for the greater part darkened, but as a rule a stripe of the normal pale ground
colour remains under the cell.]
f. depunctata Nordström, 1940. De vorm zonder de rij zwarte stippen op de
plaats van de tweede dwarslijn werd nog bekend van Terschelling, Aerdenhout
(VAN WISSELINGH); Oostkapelle, Zoutelande (Zoöl. Mus.). Waarschijnlijk niet
zeldzaam.
f. tangens nov. De (meestal slechts gedeeltelijk zichtbare) eerste en tweede
dwarslijn ontmoeten elkaar even boven de binnenrand en gaan dan weer uit elkaar.
Terschelling, &, 2.VII.1948 (holotype, Zoöl. Mus.).
[The antemedian and the postmedian (which as a rule are only partly present) meet each
other a little above the inner margin of the fore wings and then separate again. }
f. renifera Nordström, 1940. Exemplaren met duidelijk zichtbare niervlek komen
weinig voor. Ik zag er alleen nog van Rottum (DIDDEN).
Photedes fluxa Haworth. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 74; Cat. VII: (401). Het tal-
rijkst is de vlinder in het duingebied, zowel op het vasteland als op de eilanden.
Daarnaast is hij tamelijk verbreid in bosachtige gebieden in het oosten en zuiden
van het land en zelfs hier en daar in het noorden, vooral op zandgronden. Maar
bovendien blijkt fluxa nogal voor te komen in het Fluviatiel District en daar plaat-
selijk zelfs niet al te zeldzaam te zijn.
De vliegtijd kan al in de eerste week van juni beginnen en voortduren tot in de
tweede week van september. De uiterste data zijn nu: 5.VI (HUISMAN) tot 11.IX
(in 1963 te Hellevoetsluis, LEFFEF).
Vindplaatsen. Fr.: Schiermonnikoog (STOBBE), Ameland (CAMPING), Terschelling
(talrijk, TANIS), Vlieland (gewoon, CAMPING), Oosterwolde, Oude Mirdum. Dr.: Schoonlo.
Ov.: Abdij Sion, Deventer. Gdl.: Gorssel, de Voorst, Zutfen, Aalten, Babberich; Slijk-Ewijk.
N.H.: ’s-Graveland, Schoorl, Bergen, Castricum, Bakkum, Heemskerk, Beverwijk, Heemstede.
Z.H.: Leiden, Meijendel, Staelduin, Schelluinen, Arkel, Spijk, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht, Oost-
voorne, Hellevoetsluis, Goedereede. Zl.: Haamstede, Westenschouwen, Oostkapelle, Valke-
nisse, Goes, Cadzand. Lbg.: Griendsveen, Sevenum, Tegelen, Swalmen, Montfort, Valkenburg,
Epen.
Variabiliteit. Afgezien van een paar extreme vormen komt de soort bij
ons in drie kleurtypen voor: een licht roodachtige of roodbruinachtige (de ty-
pische), een bleke witachtige (f. hellmanni) en een grijsachtige (f. pulverosa).
(837) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 291
In de duinen overheerst f. hellmanni, maar op alle vindplaatsen kunnen ook de
beide andere vormen aangetroffen worden. Ook in het binnenland komt f. hell-
manni over het algemeen het meest voor, al is het percentage typische exemplaren
in de regel groter. In 1960 werden in de vanglamp van de Plantenziektenkundige
Dienst te Slijk-Ewijk 7 stuks van de typische vorm aangetroffen, tegen 17 hell-
manni, 3 saturata en 7 pulverosa (VAN DE Por). Overigens blijken de exemplaren
van deze niet geselecteerde serie duidelijk forser van bouw dan de gemiddelde
dieren uit het duingebied. Enkele zijn zelfs ware reuzen. Zie plaat 15 fig. 5—10.
Genitaalonderzoek leverde echter geen enkel punt van verschil met de kleinere
duindieren op.
f. saturata Staudinger, 1871. Een extreme kleurvorm van de typische f/uxa met
donker bruinachtige voorvleugels. Zeldzaam. Slijk-Ewijk (VAN DE Por); Heems-
kerk (VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.); Oostvoorne (LUCAS).
f. pallida Lucas, 1959, Ent. Ber. 19: 205. Voorvleugels eenkleurig wit. Van de
anders altijd zichtbare niervlek (een uitstekend kenmerk om de soort te determi-
neren) is nauwelijks meer iets te zien. Natuurlijk niet te verwarren met af gevlogen
exemplaren van f. hellmanni. Vlieland (AUKEMA); Twello, Heemstede (Zoöl.
Mus.); Meijendel (Lucas).
f. pulverosa Warren, 1911. Vrij zeldzaam, maar vermoedelijk wel haast overal
onder de soort aan te treffen, zoals uit de volgende lijst van nieuwe vindplaatsen
blijkt: Vlieland (CAMPING); Abdij Sion (FLINT); Slijk-Ewijk (VAN DE Por);
Egmond aan Zee, Heemskerk, Burgh, Valkenisse (Zoöl. Mus.); Bakkum (AUKE-
MA); Aerdenhout, Wassenaar (VAN WISSELINGH); Oostvoorne (LUCAS).
Photeres pygmina Haworth. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 72; Cat. VII: (399). De in
1943 aangegeven verbreiding is goed. Uit het grote aantal nieuwe vindplaatsen
blijkt duidelijk, dat de vlinder in allerlei biotopen is aan te treffen, mits ze maar
niet te droog zijn. Hij is nu van twee van de waddeneilanden bekend.
De vliegtijd kan voortduren tot in november. In 1963 werd nog op 9.XI een
exemplaar aangetroffen in de Rivon-val te Burgh (LEFFEF). De uiterste nu
bekende grenzen zijn dus: 20.VII—9.XI.
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Terschelling, Vlieland, Sexbierum, Eernewoude, Bakkeveen,
Beetsterzwaag, Oosterwolde, Fochtelo, Oldeberkoop, Wolvega, Nijetrijne, Oude Mirdum,
Tjerkwerd. Gr.: Glimmen, Noordlaren, Borgercompagnie, Veendam. Dr.: Peize, Donderen,
Assen, Eext, Schoonlo. Ov.: Volthe, Saasveld, Boekelo, Ommen, Boetelerveld, Abdij Sion,
Zwartsluis, Kalenberg, Vollenhove. Flevoland: Lelystad. Gdl.: Ermelo, Wiessel, Terwolde,
Uchelen, Empe, Otterlo, Arnhem, Wageningen, Bennekom, Lunteren; Gorssel, Eefde, Laren,
Ruurlo, Neede, Korenburgerveen, Winterswijk, Hoog-Keppel, Babberich, Groessen: Slijk-
Ewijk. Utr.: Amerongen, Zeist, Bilthoven. N.H.: ’s-Graveland, Kortenhoef, Naarden, Naar-
dermeer, Weesp, Amsterdamse Bos (gewoon, PEERDEMAN), Halfweg, Nek, Hoorn, Schoorl,
Egmond aan Zee, Heemskerk, Aerdenhout, Heemstede. Z.H.: Noorden, Woerdense Verlaat,
Reeuwijk, Leiden, Meijendel, Vlaardingen, Schelluinen, Gorkum, Arkel, Oostvoorne, Helle-
voetsluis, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht, Dirksland, Melissant, Ouddorp. Zl.: Haamstede, Burgh,
Westenschouwen, Oostkapelle, Valkenisse, Goes, Cadzand. N.B.: Hoogerheide, Hilvarenbeek,
Waalwijk, Vught, Sint Michielsgestel, Haaren, Kampina, Boxtel, Best, Oirschot, Bergeijk,
Eindhoven, Nuenen, Geldrop, Leende, Asten, Helenaveen, Sint Anthonis, Gassel. Lbg.: Seve-
num, Griendsveen, Tegelen, Swalmen, Sint Odiliënberg, Montfort, Stein, Brunssum, Valken-
burg, Gronsveld, Epen, Vijlen.
292 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (838)
Variabiliteit. De typische vorm met roseachtige voorvleugels, waarover
soms een prachtige lila gloed ligt, is gewoon.
f. concolor Tutt, 1888. De vorm met witachtige voorvleugels is niet gewoon.
Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Tjerkwerd (MULDER); Paterswolde (VAN WISSELINGH);
Noordlaren, Heemstede (VAN DE POL); Boetelerveld (FLINT); Albergen (VAN
DER MEULEN); Zeist, Hilversum (GORTER); Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht (BOGAARD).
f. pallida Stephens, 1829. De vorm met witachtig gele voorvleugels komt blij-
kens de uitgebreide serie in het Zoöl. Mus. het meest voor.
f. ochracea Tutt, 1891. De vorm met helder geelachtige voorvleugels is veel
zeldzamer. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Eernewoude (CAMPING); Aalten (VAN GALEN);
Kortenhoef, Amsterdam, Halfweg (Zoöl. Mus.); Rotterdam (Lucas).
f. punicea Tutt, 1888. Exemplaren met lichtgrijze iets rose getinte voorvleugels
zijn niet al te zeldzaam en waarschijnlijk wel in elke flinke serie aan te treffen.
f. punicea-suffusa Tutt, 1888. Exemplaren met dezelfde grondkleur, maar met
donkere bestuiving langs de aderen, zijn evenmin schaars. Scherp is de grens tussen
beide laatstgenoemde vormen uiteraard niet.
f. fulva Hübner, [1809—1813}. De vorm met helder roodbruine tot bruin-
achtige voorvleugels is blijkens het thans aanwezige materiaal een van de gewoonste
vormen, gewoner dan de typische, maar wat minder dan f. pallida.
If. neurica Stephens, 1829, kan beter ingetrokken worden. Ten eerste berust de
naam op een verkeerde determinatie en ten tweede kunnen de als zodanig gede-
termineerde exemplaren zonder bezwaar tot f. fulva gerekend worden. }
f. fusca Lempke, 1943. De vorm met sterk verdonkerde voorvleugels, maar
vrijwel normale achtervleugels, werd nog aangetroffen te Best (VAN AARTSEN, in
Zoöl. Mus.).
f. nervosa nov. Voorvleugels met zwarte aderen. Abdij Sion, 4, 18.IX.1963
(holotype, FLINT); Glimmen, Wageningen (VAN DE Por); Amsterdamse Bos
(PEERDEMAN).
[Fore wings with black nervures.]
f. nigrescens nov. Voorvleugels roodachtig zwart, achtervleugels zwartachtig.
Volthe (VAN DER MEULEN); Abdij Sion, 4, 10.IX.1964 (holotype, FLINT);
Kalenberg, &, 1964 (AUKEMA).
[Fore wings blackish red, hind wings blackish.]
f. bilinea nov. Voorvleugels met volledige eerste en tweede dwarslijn. Assen,
&, 10.IX.1953 (holotype, VAN DE POL).
[Fore wings with complete antemedian and postmedian.]
Photedes brevilinea Fenn. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 76: Cat. VII: (403). Een van
de raadselachtigste bestanddelen van onze vlinderfauna. Behalve de oorspronkelijke
vindplaats op Texel is nu een tweede in het centrum van Friesland bekend, waar
de vlinder beslist inheems is en althans in goede jaren stellig geen zeldzaamheid.
genoemd kan worden. Maar overigens heeft geen enkele vanglamp in moerassige
gebieden een spoor van brevilinea kunnen doen ontdekken. Noch de Rivon-lamp,
(839) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 293
die in 1963 en 1964 te Nijetrijne brandde, noch de val, die door hetzelfde in-
stituut in 1964 te Kalenberg geplaatst was (zo op het oog toch twee ideale gebieden
voor de soort) leverde een enkel exemplaar van deze rietuil op.
Uit de omringende gebieden zijn weinig nieuwe gegevens bekend geworden.
Alleen DE Worms meldt de vangst van brevilinea te Lowestoft in 1950 (Ento-
mologist 84: 148, 1951). (Behalve in Engeland en Nederland is brevilinea ook
gevangen in Frankrijk (Epannes, dep. Deux-Sèvres); zie LHOMME, Catalogue,
p- 286).
Volgens de nu bekende gegevens vliegt de vlinder bij ons van de tweede helft
van juli tot de tweede helft van augustus. De uiterste data zijn nu: 21.VII—
24. VIII.
Vindplaats. Fr.: Eernewoude (CAMPING trof de vlinder hier voor het eerst aan in
1953. Zie Ent. Ber. 15: 192, 1954).
Variabiliteit. f. sinelinea Farn, 1878, Entomologist 9: 103. De zwarte
wortelstreep op de bovenzijde van de voorvleugels ontbreekt. Eernewoude, geregeld
onder de soort (CAMPING etc.).
f. depunctata nov. Op de bovenzijde van de voorvleugels ontbreekt de rij post-
discale zwarte stippen. Eernewoude, &, 8.VIII.1957 (holotype, Zoöl. Mus.).
[The row of postdiscal points on the upper side of the fore wing is absent. |
f. rufescens Edelsten, 1902, Ent. Rec. 14: 103. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels
roodachtig. Eernewoude (Zoöl. Mus.).
Eremobia Stephens
Eremobia ochroleuca Schiff. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 122; Cat. VII: (449). Over
het algemeen een schaarse soort, die vrijwel geheel beperkt is tot de zandgronden
in het noorden, oosten en zuiden van het land. In het westen is geen enkele nieuwe
vindplaats bekend geworden.
Geen correctie op de vliegtijd, die dus blijft: 6.VII—22.VIll.
Vindplaatsen. Ov: Holten. Gdl.: Epe, Wolfheze; Eibergen, Korenburgerveen, Halle,
Didam, Babberich. Utr.: Leersum. N.B.: Oosterhout, Hilvarenbeek, Kampina, Vught, Best,
Nuenen, Bergeijk, Sint Anthonis. Lbg.: Swalmen, Sint Odiliënberg, Herkenbosch, Stramproy,
Montfort, Echt, Welterberg, Hulsberg, Eijs, Wijlre.
Luperina Boisduval
Luperina testacea Schiff. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 120; Cat. VII: (447). Geen
nieuwe gegevens over de verspreiding en evenmin over de vliegtijd, waarvan de
uiterste data dus blijven: 18.VII—5.X.
Variabiliteit. De f. gweneei Doubleday moet vervallen, daar hij niet tot
deze soort behoort, maar tot de niet uit ons land bekende Luperina nickerlii Freyer.
f. albescens nov. Voorvleugels witachtig, alleen langs de voorrand donkerder.
Glimmen, 2, 3.IX.1960 (holotype, VAN DE POL).
[Fore wings whitish, only darker along the costa}
f. ochreo-pallida Culot, 1909—1913. Exemplaren met licht geelbruine voor-
294 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (840)
vleugels komen weinig voor. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Middelie (DE BoER); Amsten-
rade (LUCAS).
f. cinerea Tutt, 1889. Exemplaren met lichtgrijze voorvleugels zijn gewoon.
f. obscura Culot, 1909—1913. Exemplaren met donkerbruine voorvleugels zijn
zeer gewoon.
f. nigrescens Tutt, 1889. Exemplaren met zwartachtige voorvleugels komen
onder het oudere materiaal nauwelijks voor. Daarentegen worden ze onder het
moderne steeds meer aangetroffen. In het Zoöl. Mus. bevinden zich op het ogen-
blik alleen exemplaren van Otterlo, Halfweg, Heemskerk en Oostkapelle (alle
VAN AARTSEN leg.). Verder zag ik er van Glimmen, Noordlaren, Lelystad, Ben-
nekom, Groessen, Gassel (VAN DE Por); Wiessel (LUCAS); Zeist (GORTER);
Amsterdam (PEERDEMAN); Melissant (HUISMAN).
f. bicolor Culot, 1909— 1913. Exemplaren, waarbij het middenveld donker af-
steekt tegen de rest van de voorvleugels, werden nog bekend van Apeldoorn (LEF-
FEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Zeist (GORTER); Den Helder, Noorden (Lucas); Leidschen-
dam (Zoöl. Mus.).
f. obsoleta Tutt, 1889. Exemplaren met zeer flauwe tekening komen bij diverse
kleurvormen voor. Het lijkt me het beste ze alle tot f. obsoleta te rekenen. Berkel
(VLUG).
f. lunato-strigata Haworth, 1809. Overal onder de soort aan te treffen.
f. albifasciata nov. Gewaterde band witachtig, duidelijk afstekend tegen de rest
van de voorvleugels. Abdij Sion, 9, 1963 (FLINT); Amsterdam, &, 19.IX.1956
(holotype, PEERDEMAN).
{Submarginal band of the fore wings whitish, distinctly contrasting with the rest of the
wings. }
f. marginata nov. Franjeveld van de voorvleugels sterk verdonkerd, scherp
afstekend. Zeist, &, 2.IX.1953 (holotype, GORTER).
[Marginal area of the fore wings strongly darkened, sharply contrasting. }
f. x-notata Haworth, 1809. De vorm met x-vormige verbindingsstreep tussen
eerste en tweede dwarslijn komt niet veel voor. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Zeist (GOR-
TER); Heemskerk (VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.).
f. juncta Lempke, 1943. Geen nieuwe vangsten bekend.
f. semiconfluens Lempke, 1943. Voor deze vorm geldt hetzelfde.
f. clausa nov. De eerste en tweede dwarslijn raken elkaar aan de binnenrand
van de voorvleugels. Apeldoorn, &, 20.VIII.1954 (holotype, LEFFEF, in Zoöl.
Mus.); Zeist (GORTER).
[The antemedian and the postmedian touch each other on the inner margin of the fore
wings. |
f. nigrolineata nov. Voorvleugels (bij het holotype) licht bruingrijs; eerste en
tweede dwarslijn en omranding van de tapvlek diep zwart, scherp afstekend. Zeist,
8, 21.VIII.1955 (holotype, GORTER).
[Fore wings (with the holotype) pale brown-grey, antemedian, postmedian and the circum-
scription of the claviform deep black, sharply contrasting.]
(841) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 295
Dwergen. Bij deze soort vrij gewoon.
Teratologisch exemplaar. Linker achtervleugel te klein. Bennekom
(VAN DE Por).
Luperina zollikoferi Freyer. Tijdschr. Entom. 95: 279; Cat. XI: (890). Een
van de grootste zeldzaamheden onder de Westeuropese immigranten. Na het reeds
vermelde exemplaar, dat in 1949 te Zeist gevangen werd door GORTER, is dan ook
geen tweede uit ons land bekend geworden.
Een voortreffelijk artikel over de soort publiceerde WARNECKE in Z. Wiener
ent. Ges. 44: 101—108, 1959. Hij kwam na een uitvoerige studie van de literatuur
tot het resultaat, dat van 1834 tot 1949 in geheel Midden- en Noord-Europa in
totaal 54 exemplaren gevangen zijn, waarvan slechts vijf in het zuidelijke gedeelte
van Midden-Europa. De vlinder is waarschijnlijk de enige immigrant, die vanuit
Oost-Europa westwaarts trekt.
Amphipoea Billberg
Amphipoea oculea L. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 108; Cat. VII: (435). Hoewel de
vlinder inderdaad vooral verbreid is op onze zandgronden, is hij toch beslist niet
zo sterk aan zulke terreinen gebonden als ik in 1943 schreef. Inmiddels zijn ver-
scheidene vindplaatsen in het Hafdistrict en het Fluviatiel District bekend gewor-
den, die voor een deel misschien zwervers betreffen, maar waarschijnlijk toch niet
alle.
Behalve van Rottum is oczlea nu van alle waddeneilanden gemeld.
De vliegtijd kan al de eerste week van juli beginnen en tot het eind van de eerste
oktober-decade voortduren. De uiterste data zijn nu: 4.VII (in 1959, Lucas) tot
8.X (in 1962, LEFFEF).
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Ameland, Terschelling (talrijk, TANIS), Vlieland (gewoon,
CAMPING), Sexbierum, 1962 en 1963 (STOBBE), Leeuwarden, Tietjerk, Oosterwolde, Foch-
telo, Nijetrijne, Rijs. Gr.: Zevenhuizen (Leek), Glimmen, Noordlaren, Veendam. Dr.: Peizer-
veen, Peize, Westervelde, Zuidlaren, Grollo, Hooghalen, Vledder, Havelte. Ov.: Losser,
Rutbeke, Lonneker, Volthe, Saasveld, Rectum, Boekelo, Delden, Elzen, Holten, Nijverdal,
Raalte, Abdij Sion, Frieswijk, Colmschate, Steenwijkerwold. Gdl.: Harderwijk, Vierhouten,
Epe, Nieuw-Millingen, Kootwijk, Wiessel, Hoog-Soeren, Assel, Hoog-Buurlo, Uchelen, Beek-
bergen, Wilp, Empe, Wolfheze, Otterlo, Harskamp, Lunteren; Gorssel, Eefde, Warnsveld,
de Velhorst, Neede, Wientjesvoort, Winterswijk, Bredevoort, Hoog-Keppel, Didam, Babbe-
rich, Groesbeek; Ingen. Utr.: Doorn, Maarssen, Maartensdijk, Loosdrecht. N.H.: ’s-Grave-
land, Blaricum, Naardermeer, Amsterdamse Bos (weinig, PEERDEMAN), Zaandam, Kwadijk,
Oosthuizen, Hoorn, De Cocksdorp, Schoorl, Bergen, Castricum, Bakkum, Heemskerk, Over-
veen, Aerdenhout, Heemstede, Vogelenzang. Z.H.: Noordwijkerhout, Oegstgeest, Leiden,
Wassenaar, Meijendel, Voorschoten, Staelduin, Arkel, Sliedrecht, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht,
Oostvoorne, Melissant, Goedereede, Ouddorp. ZI.: Burgh, Haamstede, Westenschouwen.
N.B.: Hoogerheide, Oosterhout, Waalwijk, Nieuwkuik, Haaren, Kampina, Best, Bergeijk,
Eindhoven, Nuenen, Helenaveen. Lbg.: Milsbeek, Griendsveen, Sevenum, Swalmen, Montfort,
Stein, Heerlerheide, Ransdaal, Geulem, Geulle, Gronsveld, Camerig, Vijlen, Vaals.
Variabiliteit. Wat in 1943 over de geografische variabiliteit werd ge-
schreven, moet wel grotendeels herzien worden. Dat in het oosten van ons land
twee subspecies door elkaar zouden voorkomen, is onmogelijk. Al onze populaties
behoren tot de nominaatvorm, die dus in grootte kan variëren, zoals ook al blijkt
uit de afmetingen, die in „Svenska Fjärilar” voor de Zweedse exemplaren worden
opgegeven.
296 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (842)
De infrasubspecifieke variabiliteit is vrij groot, zoals al te zien was uit de tekst
van 1943.
f. auricula Donovan, 1807. Exemplaren met volle gele niervlek zijn zeldzaam-
heden. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Vlieland, Havelte (CAMPING); Velp (pE Roo);
Apeldoorn, Oostvoorne (Lucas); Bussum (Vari); Vught (VERHAAK) ; Epen (VAN
WISSELINGH).
f. erythrostigma Haworth, 1809. Exemplaren met normaal roodbruine voor-
vleugels en geheel oranjerode niervlek zijn eveneens vrij zeldzaam, al komen ze
blijkbaar wel op de meeste plaatsen onder de soort voor. Nieuwe vindplaatsen zijn:
Vlieland (CAMPING); Oosterwolde (VAN RANDEN); Blaricum (BERGMAN); Aer-
denhout, Wassenaar (VAN WISSELINGH); Oegstgeest (KAIJADOE); Oostvoorne
(Lucas); Melissant (HUISMAN); Burgh (WILMINK).
f. obscura Tutt, 1888. De vorm met zeer donker roodbruine voorvleugels en
witte niervlek is practisch overal onder de soort aan te treffen, getuige de zeer
lange serie vindplaatsen, die ik ervan ken.
f. obscura-flavo Tutt, 1891. De donkere vorm met gele niervlek is natuurlijk
een zeldzaamheid. Nog bekend geworden van Vlieland (CAMPING); Meijendel,
Oostvoorne (LUCAS).
f. obscura-rufo Tutt, 1891. Dezelfde vorm met oranjerode niervlek werd nog
aangetroffen te Hoogerheide (KORRINGA).
f. rosea Tutt, 1888. De vorm met licht roodachtige voorvleugels en witte nier-
vlek is niet gewoon. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Vlieland (CAMPING); Peizerveen (VAN
NIDEK); Veenhuizen, Gorssel, Hollandse Rading (Zoöl. Mus.); Bussum (TER
LAAG); Leiden (Lucas).
f. rosea-flavo Tutt, 1891, Brit. Noct. 1: 60. Dezelfde vorm met gele niervlek
werd aangetroffen te Hoogerheide (KORRINGA).
f. pallida Tutt, 1888. De vorm met licht geelachtig rode voorvleugels en witte
niervlek is vrij zeldzaam. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Terschelling, Oostvoorne (LUCAS);
Vlieland (CAMPING); Boekelo (VON HERWARTH); Blaricum (BERGMAN) ; Bussum
(Zoöl. Mus.).
f. pallida-flavo Tutt, 1891. Dezelfde vorm met gele niervlek werd gevangen
te Vlieland (CAMPING); Oostvoorne (LUCAS).
f. pallida-rufo Tutt, 1891. Dezelfde vorm, maar met oranjerode niervlek, werd
aangetroffen te: Bussum (Zoöl. Mus.); Oostvoorne (LUCAS).
f. grisea Lempke, 1943. De vorm met vuil geelachtig grijze voorvleugels en
witte niervlek is toch niet al te zeldzaam blijkens het aantal nieuwe vindplaatsen:
Terschelling, Meijendel, Oostvoorne (Lucas); Vlieland (CAMPING); Oosterwolde
(VAN RANDEN); Hoog-Soeren (LEFFEF); Apeldoorn, Hollandse Rading, 's-Grave-
land, Bussum, Heemskerk (Zoöl. Mus.) ; Bakkum (DE BOER); Overveen (ALDERS) ;
Aerdenhout (VAN WISSELINGH); Goedereede (HUISMAN); Burgh (WILMINK).
Ook met oranje vlek komt deze kleurvorm voor: Vlieland (CAMPING); Noord-
laren (VAN DE POL).
f. aurigera Heydemann, 1932. Geen nieuwe vindplaatsen bekend.
Dwergen. Vlieland (CAMPING); Raalte (FLINT); Hatert, Zeist (GORTER);
Hollandse Rading, ’s-Graveland (Zoöl. Mus.).
(843) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 297
Amphipoea fucosa Freyer. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 111; Cat. VII: (438). Blijkens
het nu bekende grote aantal vindplaatsen een in vele delen van het land voorko-
mende vlinder, die over het algemeen wel meer op vochtiger terreinen voorkomt
dan oculea, maar toch ook op drogere plaatsen is aan te treffen. Vaak is fucosa
de dominerende soort, behalve in de regel op te droge gronden. Hier is oculea
meestal in de meerderheid. In het duingebied echter is dit weer niet het geval.
Daar is fucosa (althans plaatselijk) veel gewoner. Met uitzondering van Ameland
en Rottum is de vlinder nu van alle waddeneilanden bekend.
De vliegtijd kan tot begin oktober duren. De uiterste data worden nu: 1.VII—
2.X. De late datum werd in 1962 door HUISMAN te Melissant genoteerd.
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Terschelling (gewoon, TANIS), Vlieland (vrij gewoon, maar
minder dan oculea, CAMPING), Leeuwarden, Oosterwolde, Fochtelo (verreweg de gewoonste
van de drie verwante soorten), Oldeberkoop, Nijetrijne (gewoon, LEFFEF), Tjerkwerd. Gr.:
Zevenhuizen (Leek), Groningen, Appelbergen, Glimmen, Noordlaren, Veendam, Vlagt-
wedde. Dr.: Peizerveen, Peize, Steenbergen, Eext, Schoonlo, Odoorn, Emmen, Havelte.
Ov.: Losser, Enschede, Volthe, Aadorp, Ommen, Raalte, Abdij Sion, Platvoet, Vollenhove,
Marknesse. Flevoland: Lelystad. Gdl.: Garderbroek, Ermelo, Vierhouten, Wiessel, Hoog-
Soeren, Apeldoorn, Uchelen, Beekbergen, Hoenderlo, Otterlo, Velp, Wolfheze, Renkum,
Wageningen, Bennekom, Lunteren; Eefde, de Voorst, Warnsveld, Zutfen, Almen, Wientjes-
voort, Neede, Winterswijk, Bredevoort, Halle, Didam, Babberich, Wehl, Loerbeek; Slijk-
Ewijk, Heteren. Utr.: Zeist, Amersfoort. N.H.: Blaricum, Naarden, Naardermeer, Weesp,
Diemen, Amsterdamse Bos (weinig, PEERDEMAN), Zaandam, Middelie, Hoorn, de Cocks-
dorp, Groet, Schoorl, Egmond aan Zee, Castricum, Overveen, Heemstede, Aerdenhout. Z.H.:
Staelduin, Vlaardingen, Vianen, Schelluinen, Sliedrecht, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht, Pernis,
Oostvoorne, Middelharnis, Melissant, Goedereede, Ouddorp. Zl.: Zierikzee, Nieuwerkerk-Sch.,
Haamstede, Westenschouwen, Burgsluis, Kats, Kamperland, Veere, Oostkapelle, Valkenisse,
Groede, Cadzand. N.B.: Hoogerheide, Oosterhout, Waalwijk, Bergeijk, Eindhoven, Helena-
veen, Sint Anthonis, Gassel. Lbg.: Plasmolen, Milsbeek, Castenraij, Griendsveen, Tegelen,
Swalmen, Heel, Sint Odiliënberg, Posterholt, Herkenbosch, Montfort, Peij, Echterbos, Stein,
Amstenrade, Bocholtz, Geulem, Epen, Vaals.
Variabiliteit. Bij deze soort zijn in ons land wel twee subspecies te onder-
scheiden. Waar ze elkaar raken, komen echter gemengde populaties voor.
Subsp. paludis Tutt, 1888. Deze is gekarakteriseerd door gemiddeld geringere
grootte, het overheersen van vormen met geelachtige of grijsachtige voorvleugels
en dus het procentueel veel geringere voorkomen van dieren met roodachtige voor-
vleugels. De niervlek varieert in breedte, precies als bij de andere ondersoort, al
komen exemplaren met zeer smalle niervlek bij subsp. paludis meer voor dan bij
subsp. fzcosa. De mooiste populaties van subsp. paludis zag ik van Texel, Zaandam
en Vlaardingen, terwijl zich in zeer korte tijd een sterke populatie in oostelijk
Flevoland ontwikkelde. In het algemeen kunnen we zeggen, dat deze subsp. voor-
komt in (een deel van) het Waddendistrict, het Hafdistrict en het westelijke deel
van het Fluviatiel District.
Subsp. fwcosa Freyer. Gemiddeld groter dan subsp. paludis, terwijl exemplaren
met roodachtige voorvleugels overheersen. Het spreekt vanzelf, dat onder deze
subsp. ook paludis-achtige exemplaren kunnen voorkomen. In flinke niet geselec-
teerde series is het verschil echter duidelijk.
[Observation. Subsp. paludis Tutt, described from salt marshes along the English
coast, also occurs in the western part of the Netherlands. It is as a rule smaller than subsp.
298 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (844)
fucosa Freyer, whereas specimens with greyish or yellowish fore wings dominate. A very
fine population developed in a few years in the new Flevopolder (south-eastern part of the
IJselmeer). It is probable that formerly the whole Doggerland was inhabited by this sub-
species.
Subsp. fucosa Freyer is on the whole larger than subsp. paludis, whereas specimens with
reddish fore wings dominate. It inhabits the higher and drier parts in the east and south of
the Netherlands. Where both subspecies meet, populations with a mixed character result}
Individueel varieert fucosa nog veel sterker dan oculea (en lucens). Het in 1943
gegeven overzicht van de in ons land aangetroffen vormen was nogal verward en
kan vrij belangrijk vereenvoudigd worden. De verschillende kleuren van de nier-
vlek kunnen bij elke tint van de grondkleur voorkomen. De naam pallescens Stau-
dinger kan in geen geval voor een hier voorkomende kleurvorm gebruikt worden,
daar het de naam is voor een subspecies uit Azië.
Alle exemplaren met licht geelbruine grondkleur (en oranjerode niervlek)
kunnen tot de typische vorm gerekend worden. Deze is vrij gewoon.
f. fucosa-alba Heydemann, 1931. Dezelfde vorm, maar met witte niervlek, is
nogal zeldzaam, maar komt toch vrij verbreid onder de soort voor, zelfs op de wad-
deneilanden en in het westen van het land (Terschelling, Vlaardingen, Westen-
schouwen).
f. intermedia Tutt, 1888. De vorm met donkerder geelbruine grondkleur van de :
voorvleugels is zeer gewoon met oranje niervlek (f. intermedia-flavo Tutt), iets
minder talrijk, maar toch ook gewoon, met witte niervlek (f. intermedia-albo Tutt).
f. grisea Tutt, 1888. De vorm met vuil grijsgele voorvleugels is zowel met oranje
(f. grisea-flavo Tutt) als met witte niervlek (f. grisea-albo Tutt) vooral bij subsp.
paludis zeer gewoon.
f. rufa Tutt, 1895. De vorm met roodachtige voorvleugels is eveneens zeer
gewoon, vooral bij subsp. fwcosa, zowel met oranje (f. rufa-flavo Tutt) als met
witte niervlek (f. r#fa-albo Tutt).
f. brunnea Tutt, 1891. De vorm met bruinachtige voorvleugels (donkerder dan
de vorige vorm) is gewoon, zowel met oranje als met witte niervlek (f. brunnea-
flavo Tutt en f. brunnea-albo Tutt).
f. obscura Lempke, 1943. Exemplaren met zeer donker bruine voorvleugels zijn
nogal zeldzaam. Oorspronkelijk beschreven met de achtervoeging flavomaculata
voor dieren met gele of oranje niervlek, maar deze beperking kan vervallen. Nieu-
we vindplaatsen: Vlieland (CAMPING); Oosterwolde (VAN RANDEN); Apeldoorn
(LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Lunteren (BRANGER); Slijk-Ewijk (VAN DE Por).
Met witte niervlek iets gewoner: Vlieland (CAMPING); Fochtelo (G. DIJKSTRA);
Terschelling, Peize, Norg, Grollo, Wiessel, Westenschouwen, Oostkapelle, Echt
(Zoöl. Mus.) ; Glimmen, Slijk-Ewijk (VAN DE Por); Aalten (VAN GALEN); Lobith
(SCHOLTEN).
f. nigrescens nov. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels zwartachtig (variërend in
tint), achtervleugels zwartachtig met fel afstekende lichte franje. Bennekom, 9,
10.VIII.1956 (holotype, VAN DE Por); Goedereede (HUISMAN).
[Ground colour of the fore wings blackish (varying in tint), hind wings blackish with
sharply contrasting pale fringe.]
f. virgata Cockayne, 1951, Ent. Rec. 63: 160. Op de bovenzijde van de voor-
(845) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 299
vleugels is het middenveld donkerder dan de rest van de vleugels. Goedereede,
1960 (HUISMAN).
f. obsoleta Richardson, 1952, Ent. Rec. 64: 272. De ronde vlek en de niervlek
zijn van dezelfde kleur als de grondkleur en sterk gereduceerd. Ik zou de naam
willen gebruiken voor alle exemplaren, waarbij de niervlek niet meer afsteekt en nog
vrijwel alleen zichtbaar is door de omranding ervan. Oosterwolde (VAN RANDEN);
Fochtelo (CAMPING); Marknesse, Lelystad (VAN DE POL).
f. nigrisignata nov. Niervlek zwart geringd en in het midden met een zwarte
lijn. Zaandam, &, 19.VIII.1963 (holotype, AUKEMA).
[Reniform with black circumscription and with black line in the centre. ]}
f. trimaculata nov. Ronde vlek licht, niervlek (bij het holotype) fel wit, tapvlek
met volledige donkere omranding en lichte vulling. Odoorn, ¢, 24.VII.1957
(holotype, PEERDEMAN).
[Orbicular pale, reniform (with the holotype) pure white, claviform with complete dark
circumscription and pale centre. }
Dwergen. Korenburgerveen (Zoöl. Mus.); Weesp (WESTERNENG); Melissant
(HUISMAN); Brunssum (CLAASSENS).
Somatische mozaiek. Een 4 van Steenbergen (Dr.), 1964 (BLOM),
heeft op de linker voorvleugel een gele niervlek en op de rechter een oranjerode.
Mogelijk behoort het tot deze groep van afwijkingen.
Amphipoea lucens Freyer. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 115; Cat. VII: (442). De
vlinder komt lokaal voor in de oostelijke helft van het land. Wat in 1943 over het
biotoop geschreven werd, is juist gebleken. Toch vormen hoogvenen ongetwijfeld
wel het optimale biotoop van de soort. In 1964 behoorde al het materiaal, dat
LEFFEF in de Peel verzamelde, tot /wcens. Maar in het Fochteloër veen bleek fucosa
de overheersende soort te zijn! Van een serie, die ik in 1956 bij de heer G. Dijk-
STRA van deze vindplaats zag, behoorden 58 exemplaren tot laatstgenoemde soort,
slechts twee tot /ucens en één tot oculea. Opmerkelijk is de vrij sterke verbreiding
in het Drentse District. Zie overigens ook de verspreidingskaart, fig. 43.
In België is /ucens nog steeds niet aangetroffen. De soort werd wel vermeld in
Lambillionea 59: 55—56 (1959) van enkele vindplaatsen, maar deze opgave bleek
toch op een onjuiste determinatie te berusten (Linn. Belg. 1: 57, 1960). Gemid-
deld is /zcens de meest forse soort van de drie, maar er komen ook ware dwergen
voor, die kleiner zijn dan een normale fzcosa. Door middel van een genitaaiprepa-
raat is /ucens echter heel makkelijk met zekerheid te onderscheiden, zoals reeds
uiteengezet is in Cat. VII. Vooral het kleine bundeltje dorentjes aan het uiteinde
van de cucullus is bij de mannetjes al een biezonder eenvoudig kenmerk.
In de nieuwe editie van ,,SOUTH” (Moths 1: 310, 1961) wordt /zcens opgegeven
van drie graafschappen in het midden en noorden van Engeland, van Schotland,
het eiland Skye (het grootste van de binnenrij der Hebriden) en van Ierland (hier
gewoon).
De vliegtijd kan tot de tweede helft van september duren. De uiterste data zijn
nu: 18.VII—22.IX. De hoofdvliegtijd is augustus.
Fig. 43. Verbreiding van Amphipoea lucens Freyer in Nederland
Vindplaatsen. Fr.: Eernewoude, Oosterwolde, Fochtelo. Dr.: Peize, Eelde, Donderen,
Westervelde, Norg, Grollo, Schoonoord, Havelte. Ov.: Volthe, Almelo, Delden. Gdl.: Apel-
doorn; Warnsveld, Zutfen, Korenburgerveen. N.B.: Helenaveen. Lbg.: Griendsveen, Roggel.
Variabiliteit. De typische vorm heeft roodbruine voorvleugels met oranje-
rode niervlek. Blijkens de serie in het Zoöl. Mus. is deze niet gewoon, maar komt
wel overal onder de soort voor.
f. lucens-flavo Tutt, 1891. Roodbruine exemplaren met gele niervlek zag ik
van Fochtelo (DIJKSTRA).
f. lucens-albo Tutt, 1891. Roodbruine exemplaren met witte niervlek: Fochtelo
(847) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 301
(CAMPING); Peize (WILMINK); Korenburgerveen, Helenaveen (Zoöl. Mus.).
f. rufa Tutt, 1891, Brit. Noct. 1: 62. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels helder
rood. Deze kleurvorm met roodbruine niervlek is de gewoonste bij ons.
f. rufa-albo Tutt, 1891, I. c. Dezelfde vorm met witte niervlek is veel zeldzamer.
Schoonoord, Twello, Korenburgerveen (Zoöl. Mus.).
f. grisea Tutt, 1891, I. c. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels grijsachtig okerkleu-
rig, middenveld iets roodachtig. Exemplaren met gele niervlek (f. grisea-flavo
Tutt) van Volthe (VAN DER MEULEN) en Griendsveen (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.).
Exemplaren met witte niervlek (f. grisea-albo Tutt) van Fochtelo, Eelde, Norg,
Griendsveen (Zoöl. Mus.) en Volthe (VAN DER MEULEN).
f. brunnea Tutt, 1895. Exemplaren met bruinachtige duidelijk okerachtig
getinte voorvleugels, dus vrij licht. Met roodbruine niervlek (f. brunnea-rufo Tutt,
1895) van Peize (WILMINK); Twello, Groenlo (Zoöl. Mus.).
Met gele niervlek (brunnea-flavo Tutt, 1895) van Norg (Zoöl. Mus.); Volthe
(VAN DER MEULEN); Zutfen (WILMINK).
Met witte niervlek (f. brunnea-albo Tutt, 1895) van Havelte, Almelo (VAN DER
MEULEN); Apeldoorn, Twello (Zoöl. Mus.).
f. castanea Lempke, 1943. Exemplaren met diepbruine voorvleugels. Met rood-
bruine niervlek van Fochtelo, Apeldoorn, Grollo, Helenaveen (Zoöl. Mus);
Eernewoude (CAMPING).
Met gele niervlek (waartoe ook het holotype behoorde) van Fochtelo (Dijk-
STRA); Peize, Warnsveld (WILMINK); Grollo, Korenburgerveen, Helenaveen
(Zoöl. Mus.).
Met witte niervlek van Grollo, Helenaveen (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Volthe
(VAN DER MEULEN).
Dwerg. Griendsveen (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.).
Hydraecia Guenée
Hydraecia micacea Esper. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 119; Cat. VII: (446). Een aan-
vulling van de reeds gepubliceerde lijst van vindplaatsen zou te lang worden. Waar
in de vliegtijd ook maar verzameld werd, ving men micacea. Niet overal echter
is de soort even gewoon. Hij heeft duidelijk een voorkeur voor niet te droge ge-
bieden. Zeer opvallend is het grote aantal vindplaatsen in het noorden van het
land, terwijl dit gebied faunistisch toch vrij slecht bekend is. Wat de wadden-
eilanden betreft, is micacea nu bekend van Texel, Terschelling en Ameland.
De vliegtijd kan iets eerder beginnen dan in 1943 bekend was. De uiterste data
zijn nu: 4.VII—6.XI. De vroege datum werd in 1959 genoteerd door Lucas.
Variabiliteit. De meeste exemplaren behoren tot de typische vorm met
min of meer roodbruine voorvleugels, die duidelijk getekend zijn.
f. grisea Tutt, 1888. Exemplaren met lichtgrijze zwak getekende voorvleugels
komen niet veel voor. Twello, Weesp, Halfweg (Zoöl. Mus.); Nijmegen (VAN
WISSELINGH).
f. discolor Kroulikovsky, 1894. Fxemplaren met groenachtig grijze voorvleugels
zijn gewoon en komen overal onder de soort voor.
f. lutea Tutt, 1888. Exemplaren met licht roodachtig gele voorvleugels en licht
302 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (848)
geelachtige zwak getekende achtervleugels komen weinig voor. Glimmen (VAN DE
Por); Amsterdamse Bos (PEERDEMAN).
f. cypriaca Haworth, 1809. Exemplaren met licht roodachtige voorvleugels zijn
niet gewoon. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Apeldoorn, Halfweg, Numansdorp (Zoöl.
Mus.); Amsterdamse Bos (PEERDEMAN); Haarlem (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. rubida Tutt, 1888. Exemplaren met diep rode, soms iets purper getinte voor-
vleugels komen wat meer voor, maar zijn toch niet gewoon. Nieuwe vindplaatsen:
Leeuwarden (CAMPING); Vollenhove, Halfweg, Numansdorp, Valkenisse, Best
(Zoöl. Mus.); Groessen (VAN DE Por); Weesp (VAN TUIJL); Hendrik-Ido-
Ambacht (BOGAARD).
f. brunnea Tutt, 1888. Exemplaren met diep bruine voorvleugels, waarvan de
grondkleur vaak sterk doet denken aan die van Hydraecia petasitis, zijn gewoon.
f. plumbosa Heslop-Harrison, 1929, Vasculum 15: 39. Grondkleur van de
voorvleugels zwartachtig (-bruin, -grijs). Volgens de oorspronkelijke beschrijving
dof loodkleurig, maar het lijkt me het verstandigste alle melanistisch gekleurde
exemplaren onder één naam te verenigen. Dieren met zwartachtige voorvleugels
zijn (nog) zeldzaam. Borgercompagnie, Valkenisse (Zoöl. Mus.) ; Beemster (Hur-
SENGA); Aerdenhout (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. virgata nov. Voorvleugels met volledige donkere middenband, die duidelijk
afsteekt tegen het lichtere wortelveld en achterrandsveld. Lelystad, 9, 12.IX.1961
(holotype, VAN DE Por).
[Fore wings with complete dark central band, which clearly contrasts with the basal and
marginal areas. }
f. intacta Warren, 1911. Exemplaren met licht roodachtig bruine voorvleugels
en geelachtige ongetekende achtervleugels werden nog aangetroffen te Voerendaal
(Zoöl. Mus.).
f. trilinea Hoffmeyer, 1958. Flora og Fauna 64: 15, fig. 3. Voorvleugels met
duidelijke middenschaduw. Apeldoorn (LEFFEF leg., Zoöl. Mus.); Zeist (GORTER).
f. nigrolineata nov. Voorvleugels met zwarte eerste en tweede dwarslijn. Slijk-
Ewijk, 4, 31.VII.1960 (holotype, VAN DE POL).
[Fore wings with black antemedian and postmedian. ]
f. obsoleta nov. Voorvleugels eenkleurig (bij het holotype roodachtig), met
zeer zwakke tekening. Glimmen, &, 30.VII.1959 (holotype, VAN DE POL).
[Fore wings unicolorous, with the holotype reddish, markings obsolete.]
f. semiconfluens nov. Ronde vlek en niervlek smal met elkaar verbonden.
Gassel, ¢, 2.IX.1957 (holotype, VAN DE POL).
[Orbicular and reniform connected by a narrow isthmus.]
f. immaculata Hoffmeyer, 1958, |. c.: 15, fig. 4. Tekening van de bovenzijde
min of meer normaal, maar achtervleugels aan de onderzijde (en in dat geval ook
altijd aan de bovenzijde) zonder discale vlek. Hilversum, Best (Zoöl. Mus.) ; Breda
(Leids Mus.).
Dwergen. Bij deze soort opvallend gewoon, soms zeer kleine exemplaren.
Hydraecia petasitis Doubleday. De soort werd voor het eerst als inlands ver-
(849) B. J. LEMPKE: Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 303
meld door LEFFEF (Ent. Ber. 16: 18, 1956), die in 1955 een exemplaar bij Apel-
doorn ving. Later bleek echter, dat WILMINK reeds in 1946 de vlinder te Goes had
gevangen. Maar ook dit is niet het eerste Nederlandse exemplaar. Want toen ik
enige maanden geleden de serie van Hydraecia micacea in het Rijksmuseum van
Natuurlijke Historie doornam, vond ik daarin tot mijn verrassing een wat afge-
vlogen, maar voor wie de soort eenmaal gezien heeft, onmiskenbaar exemplaar,
dat reeds in 1902 te Dordrecht was gevangen! Het was afkomstig uit de collectie-
DE JONCHEERE.
Sinds 1955 is petasitis op verscheidene plaatsen in het land aangetroffen, echter
nog niet in de noordelijke provincies. Wegens het voorkomen van de voedselplant
zal de vlinder wel altijd vrij lokaal blijven. Hoewel diverse exemplaren op licht
gevangen zijn, ontkomt men bovendien niet aan de indruk, dat dit niet de ideale
manier is om het dier in handen te krijgen. Mogelijk maakt zijn verblijf onder en
tussen de grote hoog opschietende bladeren van het groot hoefblad, dat het licht
daar geen effect heeft.
Het in vrij snel tempo bekend worden van nieuwe vindplaatsen wijst er op, dat
petasitis bezig is zijn areaal uit te breiden. Ook het feit, dat slechts kort nadat
Oostelijk Flevoland droog was, al een exemplaar te Lelystad op de lamp afkwam,
die de Plantenziektenkundige Dienst hier opgesteld had, en vondsten ten oosten en
zuiden van ons land duiden hierop.
De soort is eigenlijk het beste in handen te krijgen door te zoeken naar de
rupsen. Uitvoerig heeft BOGAARD hierover bericht in Ent. Ber. 24: 42 (1964) en
25: 59 (1965). Zie ook VAN AARTSEN in Ent. Ber. 25: 109. Overigens is al wel
gebleken, dat lang niet elke kolonie van groot hoefblad een populatie van de
vlinder herbergt.
In Denemarken is petasitis bekend van Bornholm, Seeland, Funen en Jutland.
HOFFMEYER schrijft uitvoerig over de vlinder in de tweede druk van zijn „Danske
Ugler”: 269— 270 (1962). In de omgeving van Hamburg werd het dier voor het
eerst in 1950 gevonden en ook daarna nog enige malen (Bombus 2: 74, 1958;
Mitt. faun. Arb.gemeinsch. Schleswig-Holstein, Hamburg u. Lübeck (N.F.) 6: 63,
1953). By Bielefeld een & in 1948. In Westfalen bij Hagen en Bochum. In België
werd het eerste exemplaar in 1956 te Hal gevangen (Linn. Belg. 1: 3, 1958). (In
Frankrijk werd petasitis voor het eerst in 1933 aangetroffen, zie BOURSIN, Bull.
Soc. ent. France 1937: 9). Op de Britse eilanden is de vlinder bekend van enkele
graafschappen in het midden van Zuid-Engeland, verder van Noord-Engeland,
waar hij het gewoonst is, en van vindplaatsen in Schotland.
De thans bekende vliegtijd (van gevangen exemplaren) duurt van de tweede
helft van juli tot begin september (24.VII—8.IX).
Vindplaatsen. Flevoland: Lelystad, 24.VII.1961, Q (van DE Por). Gdl.: Ermelo,
13.VIII.1963 (VAN DER MEULEN); Apeldoorn, 16.VIII.1955 en 2.IX.1961 (LEFFEF); Wage-
ningen, ®, 8.IX.1955 (Zoöl. Mus.); Lunteren, 25.VIII.1960 (BRANGER). Utr.: Zeist, &,
3.X.1956 (GORTER). N.H.: Diemen, rupsen in 1963 en 1964 talrijk, in 1965 veel minder
(VAN AARTSEN). Z.H.: Ottoland, rupsen in 1963 (SLOB); Schelluinen, 30.VIII en 5.IX.1961
(idem); Spijk, 16 en 26.VIII.1964 (ZwAKHALS); Slikkerveer, 1963 en 1964 veel rupsen
en poppen (BOGAARD); Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht, 24.VIII.1960 (idem); Dordrecht, 27.VIII.
1902 (Leids Mus.), 8.IX.1963 (Lucas). Zl.: Goes, 4.VIII.1946 (WILMINK). Lbg.: Schinnen,
11.VIII.1964 (DELNOYE en PENNERS).
304 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (850)
Gortyna Ochsenheimer
Gortyna flavago Schiff. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 107; Cat. VII: (434). Evenals
Hydraecia micacea is ook deze soort over vrijwel het gehele land verbreid met een
voorkeur voor niet al te droge streken. Vandaar ook weer het opvallend grote
aantal vindplaatsen in het Hafdistrict en in een deel van het Fluviatiel District.
De vlinder is nu van drie van de waddeneilanden bekend.
De vliegtijd kan al in juli beginnen, al is dat wel aan de zeer vroege kant. In
het Leids Mus. bevindt zich een exemplaar, dat 9 juli 1950 te Leiden gevangen
werd. De nu bekende uiterste data zijn dus: 9. VII—18.X.
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Vlieland, Sexbierum, Sint Anna Parochie, Franeker, Leeuwarden,
Eernewoude, Oosterwolde, Noordwolde, Nijetrijne, Oude Mirdum, Tjerkwerd. Gr.: Haren,
Glimmen, Noordlaren, Borgercompagnie, Veendam, Vlagtwedde. Dr.: Paterswolde, Peize,
Norg, Westervelde, Zuidvelde, Donderen, Zuidlaren, Eext, Assen, Grollo, Vledder. Ov.:
Volthe, Saasveld, Almelo, Boekelo, Raalte, Abdij Sion, Colmschate, Zwolle, Zwartsluis,
Vollenhove, Marknesse. Gdl.: Harderwijk, Wezep, Vaassen, Wiessel, Terwolde, Wageningen,
Lunteren; de Voorst, Almen, Laren, Groessen; Ochten, Slijk-Ewijk, Neerijnen. Utr.: Cothen,
Zeist, Hollandse Rading, Vinkeveen. N.H.: Blaricum, Bussum, Kortenhoef, Naardermeer,
Muiden, Amsterdamse Bos (gewoon, PEERDEMAN), Halfweg, Zaandam, Purmerend, Middelie,
Beemster, Hoorn, de Koog (Texel), Den Helder, Groet, Schoorl, Bergen, Alkmaar, Heems-
kerk, Velzen, Bloemendaal, Overveen, Aerdenhout, Heemstede. Z.H.: Woerdense Verlaat,
Noorden, Oegstgeest, Meijendel, Voorschoten, Delft, Staelduin, Vlaardingen, Gouda, Schel-
luinen, Arkel, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht, Barendrecht, Oostvoorne, Hellevoetsluis, Middelharnis,
Melissant, Goedereede, Ouddorp. Zl.: Burgh, Haamstede, Westenschouwen, Oostkapelle,
Valkenisse. N.B.: Bergen op Zoom, Waalwijk, Vught, Sint Michielsgestel, Haaren, Kampina,
Oirschot, Best, Eindhoven, Geldrop, Helenaveen, Gassel. Lbg.: Velden, Swalmen, Heel,
Montfort, Stein, Sittard, Heerlen, Geulem, Epen.
Variabiliteit. f. ochracea Hübner, 1786. Exemplaren met lichtgele
grondkleur behoeven niet noodzakelijkerwijs dwergen te zijn, terwijl ook niet alle
kleine exemplaren een lichte grondkleur hebben. De vorm is niet zeldzaam en is
wel op de meeste plaatsen onder de soort aan te treffen.
f. suffusa Warren, 1911. Exemplaren, waarbij de voorvleugels roestkleurig
bestoven zijn, komen minder voor. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Franeker, Hatert, Rotter-
dam, Numansdorp (Zoöl. Mus.); Aerdenhout, Wassenaar (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. obscura nov. Opvallend verdonkerde exemplaren. Thorax en de donkere
delen van de voorvleugels donker paars, in het middenveld de donkere tekening
sterker en donkerder dan normaal, in de donkere band voor de achterrand nog
slechts een klein vlekje van de lichte grondkleur aan de voorrand; achtervleugels
eveneens verdonkerd. Borgercompagnie, ?, 20.IX.1962 (holotype), Heemskerk,
2, 1963 (Zoöl. Mus.); Doorn (VAN DER AA).
[Strikingly darkened specimens. Thorax and the dark parts of the fore wings dark purplish,
the dark markings in the central area stronger and darker than normal, in the dark sub-
marginal band only a small costal spot of the pale ground colour; hind wings also darkened. }
f. reducta Lempke, 1943. Niet alleen ontbreekt de donkere basale band op de
voorvleugels grotendeels, maar ook de donkere band voor de achterrand is geredu-
ceerd: hij is veel smaller, zodat tussen deze band en de franje een doorlopende
lichte band ontstaat, die doorsneden is door donkere aderen. Doorn (VAN DER
(851) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 305
AA); Den Helder, Wassenaar (Lucas); Melissant (HUISMAN); Nuenen (NEIJTS);
Deurne (NIES).
Dwergen. Vrij gewoon. Het is opvallend, dat bij soorten, waarvan de rupsen in
plantedelen leven, kleine exemplaren veel meer voorkomen dan bij de andere
soorten.
Calamia Hübner
Calamia tridens Hufnagel, 1766 (virens L., 1767). Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 79,
Cat. VII: (406). De vlinder is een typische bewoner van droge gronden. Vooral
heidegebieden met een tussenbegroeiing van grassen zijn een biotoop, waar hij thuis
hoort. Opvallend is dan ook het grote aantal vindplaatsen op de Veluwe. Ook in
het Duindistrict is tridens goed verbreid, maar is hier toch duidelijk schaarser dan
op de zandgronden in het binnenland. In het Waddendistrict nu bekend van twee
der eilanden, Terschelling en Texel.
Een paar maal is het dier ver buiten zijn normale biotoop aangetroffen. Waar-
schijnlijk betrof het dan zwervers.
Geen correctie op de vliegtijd, waarvan de uiterste data dus blijven: 17.VII—
28.IX.
Vindplaatsen. Fr.: Terschelling (weinig, LEFFEF), Leeuwarden, in 1952 een exem-
plaar op licht (CAMPING), Appelsga. Gr.: Onnen, Vlagtwedde. Dr.: Norg, Zuidlaren, Gaste-
ren, Ballo, Schoonlo, Odoorn, Holthaar (Ruinen), Havelte. Ov.: Ootmarsum, Volthe, Vasse,
Albergen, Saasveld, Boekelo, Enter, de Borkeld (Markelo), Holten, Ommen, Vilsteren, Raalte,
Klooster Sion, Frieswijk, Zwartsluis, 1962 (HARSEVOORD), Vollenhove. Flevoland: Lelystad.
Gdl.: Hoevelaken, Voorthuizen, Ermelo, Harderwijk, Hulshorst, Vierhouten, Wezep, Epe,
Vaassen, Wiessel, Leesten, Uchelen, Beekbergen, Voorst, Imbosch, Rheder heide, Terlet,
Oud-Reemst, Hoenderlo, Otterlo, Kootwijkerveen, Ede, Lunteren; Eefde, Zutfen, Almen,
Ruurlo, Neede, Kotten, Braamt (Zeddam), Babberich; Slijk-Ewijk. Utr.: De Klomp, Leersum,
Doorn, Austerlitz, Driebergen, Groenekan, Bilthoven, Soesterberg, Amersfoort. N.H.: ’s-Gra-
veland, Blaricum, Huizen, de Koog (Texel), Bergen, Aerdenhout, Heemstede. Z.H.: Was-
senaar, Meijendel, Loosduinen, Kijkduin, Staelduin, Oostvoorne, Ouddorp. Zl: Burgh, Wes-
tenschouwen, Oostkapelle. N.B.: Hoogerheide, Oosterhout, Rijen, Goirle, Oirschot, Vessem,
Bergeijk, Eindhoven, Asten, Helenaveen, Sint Anthonis, Uden, Gassel. Lbg.: Afferden, Ber-
gen, Tegelen, Belfeld, Kessel, Swalmen, Sevenum, Weert, Herten, Montfort, Echt, Stein,
Schinveld, Heerlerheide, Gronsveld, Epen, Vijlen, Vaals.
Variabiliteit. f. immaculata Staudinger, 1871. Van de uiterst zeldzame
vorm zonder witte vlek op de voorvleugels zag ik een exemplaar van Vaassen
(SOUTENDIJK) en een tweede van Wassenaar (BOTZEN).
f. rufata Warren, 1911. Nieuwe vindplaats van de vorm met roodbruin gerande
of gevulde niervlek: Bergeijk (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. rubrociliata Schawerda, 1931. Van de vorm, waarbij bovendien de binnen-
helft van de franje roodbruin is, werden nog exemplaren aangetroffen te: Aalten
(Zoöl. Mus.); Bergeijk (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. postvirescens van Wisselingh, 1961, Ent. Ber. 21: 39. Achtervleugels licht-
groen. Bergeijk (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. postgrisea nov. Achtervleugels eenkleurig grijs, overigens normaal. Otterlo,
3, 17.VIII.1960 (holotype, VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus., plus een tweede exem-
plaar van dezelfde vindplaats en datum).
{Hind wings unicolorous grey, for the rest normal.]
306 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (852)
Celaena Stephens
Celaena leucostigma Hübner. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 105; Cat. VII: (432). De
in 1943 aangegeven verbreiding is goed. Zelfs in de duinen is de vlinder aan te
treffen, als er maar vochtige valleien zijn: die vormen een voortreffelijk biotoop.
Merkwaardig is de soms enorme populatietoename, die in biezonder gunstige om-
standigheden kan plaats vinden. In Cat. VII werd dit al vermeld van Lobith. In
waarschijnlijk nog sterkere mate is dit in Oostelijk Flevoland het geval geweest,
waar leucostigma vooral in 1961 enorm talrijk was.
Nu bekend van twee der waddeneilanden, Schiermonnikoog en Terschelling.
De vliegtijd kan al in de tweede helft van juni beginnen en voortduren tot in
oktober. In 1961 vloog de vlinder zonder onderbreking van 22 juni tot 1 oktober
te Lelystad (VAN DE Por). De uiterste data zijn nu: 22.VI—7.X.
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Terschelling (regelmatig in vochtige duinpannen, TANIS), Sex-
bierum, Leeuwarden, Tietjerk, Eernewoude, Grouw, Hieslum, Fochtelo, Nijetrijne (zeer talrijk,
LEFFEF). Gr.: Boerakker, Glimmen, Borgercompagnie, Veendam. Dr.: Peize, Norg, Eext,
Schoonlo, Odoorn, Dwingelo. Ov.: Volthe, Almelo, Aadorp, Vriezenveen, Raalte, Abdij Sion,
Colmschate, Platvoet, Zwolle, Zwartsluis, Vollenhove, Marknesse. Flevoland: Lelystad. Gdl.:
Ermelo, Hulshorst, Nunspeet, Wiessel, Teuge, Empe, Hoenderlo, Otterlo, Wageningen,
Bennekom, Lunteren; Almen, Korenburgerveen, Babberich; Slijk-Ewijk, Ingen, Geldermalsen.
Utr.: Amerongen, Zeist, Spakenburg, Baarn, Maarssen. N.H.: s-Graveland, Naarden, Naar-
dermeer, Weesp, Ouderkerk, Amsterdamse Bos, Halfweg, Landsmeer, Zaandam, Assendelft,
Nek, Purmerend, Middelie, Oosthuizen, Den Helder, Bergen, Bakkum, Heemskerk, Aerden-
hout, Heemstede. Z.H.: Noorden, Oegstgeest, Wassenaar, Den Haag, Delft, Staelduin, Schel-
luinen, Gorkum, Arkel, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht (meestal niet gewoon, maar in 1963 niet minder
dan 40 stuks, BoGAARD), Dordrecht, Oostvoorne, Hellevoetsluis, Middelharnis, Melissant.
Zl.: Renesse, Burgh, Haamstede, Westenschouwen, Oostkapelle, Goes, Cadzand. N.B.: Waal-
wijk, Drunen, Kampina, Alphen, Bergeijk, Eindhoven, Nuenen, Helmond, Helenaveen. Lbg.:
Milsbeek, De Hamert, Velden, Griendsveen, Sevenum, Steijl, Swalmen, Heel, Montfort, Stein,
Sittard, Amstenrade, Brunssum, Valkenburg, Geulem, Gronsveld, Epen, Vijlen.
Variabiliteit. De typische vorm met eenkleurig donkerbruine voorvleugels
en gele niervlek is de meest voorkomende vorm van de soort hier te lande.
f. albipuncta Tutt, 1890. Als in 1943 werd aangegeven.
f. nigrobrunneata Du Bois-Reymond, 1931. Exemplaren met eenkleurig zwart-
bruine voorvleugels en gele of witte niervlek zijn zeldzaam. Zulke donkere exem-
plaren werden nog bekend van: Lelystad (VAN DE Por); Rotterdam (LUCAS);
Deurne (NIES).
f. purpurascens Lempke, 1943. Geen nieuwe vangsten.
f. pallida Heydemann, 1938. De vorm met bleek roodachtig bruine voorvleugels
en vuilwitte achtervleugels is zeldzaam. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Lelystad, Slijk-Ewijk
(ook exemplaren met bonte voorvleugels, VAN DE POL); Bussum (TER LAAG);
Helenaveen (LEFFEF).
f. intermedia-flavo Tutt, 1890. Zoals de naam reeds aanduidt, is dit de tussen-
vorm tussen de eenkleurige vorm en de opvallend bonte. De gewaterde band is
lichter dan de grondkleur, maar steekt niet opvallend af. De vorm is gewoon, komt
in aantal zelfs meer voor dan f. albipuncta.
f. lunina Haworth, 1809. Dezelfde vorm, maar met witte niervlek, is weer veel
(853) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 307
schaarser (zie de opmerking aan het slot), doch zal wel overal onder de soort
kunnen voorkomen.
f. fibrosa Hübner, [1803—1808}. Onder deze naam moeten alle extreem bonte
exemplaren worden samengevat. De gewaterde band steekt scherp af evenals de
lichte gevorkte ader onder de niervlek. Deze kan weer geel zijn, of, zoals in de
afbeelding van HÜBNER, wit (wat weer minder voorkomt). De vorm is vrij gewoon
en komt op alle vindplaatsen onder de soort voor, maar is minder talrijk dan znter-
media-flavo plus lunina.
f. obsoleta nov. Voorvleugels eenkleurig, niervlek nog slechts flauw zichtbaar.
Lelystad, 3, augustus 1961 (holotype, Zoòl. Mus.).
[Fore wings unicolorous, reniform obsolete. }
Dwergen. Volthe (VAN DER MEULEN); Hollandse Rading, Halfweg, Haamstede
(Zoöl. Mus.).
Opmerking. Toen in augustus 1961 de vlinder enorm talrijk in het vang-
apparaat van de Plantenziektenkundige Dienst te Lelystad werd aangetroffen, was
ik in de gelegenheid de totale vangsten van een paar dagen mee te nemen. Deze
ongesorteerde serie bevatte de volgende vormen:
Eenkleurige dieren met gele niervlek (de typische vorm) 126 stuks (50%).
Eenkleurige dieren met witte niervlek (f. albipuncta) 45 stuks (18%).
Bonte dieren met gele niervlek 53 stuks (22%).
Bonte dieren met witte niervlek 23 stuks (10%).
Helaas werden de bonte exemplaren toen niet gesorteerd in de tussenvorm
(lunina) en de extreme vorm (fibrosa). In elk geval had 72% een gele niervlek
en 28% een witte, wat wel aardig op een 3 : 1 splitsing gaat lijken. Dan zou de
gele vlek dominant zijn over de witte.
Het materiaal in het Zoöl. Mus., dat natuurlijk altijd enigszins uitgezocht is
(bonte dieren zijn nu eenmaal mooier), maar dat nauwkeuriger gesorteerd kon
worden, levert het volgende resultaat op: typische vorm 104 stuks (47%), f. albi-
puncta 38 stuks (17%), f. intermedia-flavo 44 stuks (20%), f. lunina 12 stuks
(5%) en f. fibrosa 24 stuks, gesplitst in 13 gele en 11 witte (11%, waarvan 6%
geel en 5% wit). Dit geeft een totaal van 73% geel gevlekte en 27% wit gevlekte
exemplaren, wat bijna overeenstemt met de onuitgezochte serie.
Verdeeld over de tekening vinden we: 64% eenkleurig, 25% intermediair en
11% opvallend bont. De gezamenlijke bonte dieren zijn hierbij dus iets talrijker
dan bij de onuitgezochte serie. Uit deze getallen is echter niet zo maar een con-
clusie te trekken over de wijze, waarop de tekening waarschijnlijk zal overerven.
Wel is duidelijk, dat de kleur van de niervlek en de tekening van de voorvleugels
zich onafhankelijk van elkaar gedragen. Als de vlinder niet zo moeilijk uit het ei
te kweken zou zijn doordat de rups in wortels van moerasplanten leeft, zou de soort
een mooi object zijn voor verdere genetische studie.
Celaena haworthii Curtis. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 106; Cat. VII: (433). Het opti-
male biotoop wordt wel gevormd door vochtige veenachtige terreinen, maar daar-
naast is de vlinder op zoveel plaatsen buiten zulke gebieden aangetroffen (zij het
ook nooit in zulke aantallen), dat het genoemde biotoop zeker niet het enige is
308 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (854)
waarin hij kan leven. De meest onverwachte vangsten zijn ongetwijfeld die op de
eilanden Ameland, Terschelling en Schouwen.
De vliegtijd kan tot begin oktober duren. De uiterste data zijn nu: 11. VII—10.X.
De laatste datum werd door LEFFEF in de Peel waargenomen.
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Ameland (1960, CAMPING), Terschelling (enkele exemplaren,
TANIS), Eernewoude, Oosterwolde, Nijetrijne (weinig, LEFFEF). Gr.: Glimmen, Noordlaren.
Dr.: Peize, Peizerveen, Bunnerveen, Norg, Vries, Grollo, Schoonlo, Odoorn, Wijster. Ov.:
Abdij Sion, Kalenberg. Gdl.: Ermelo, Wageningen, Bennekom, Lunteren; Korenburgerveen,
Winterswijk, Aalten. Utr.: Leersum. Z.H.: Schelluinen, Arkel. Zl: Haamstede, Westen-
schouwen. N.B.: Haaren, Best, Bergeijk, Nuenen, Helenaveen. Lbg.: Sevenum, Griendsveen
(hier talrijk in 1964, LEFFEF), Velden, Swalmen, Montfort, Heel, Stein (één exemplaar in
1958), Eperheide, Epen.
Variabiliteit. De nominaatvorm is de Britse, door Curtis beschreven
naar materiaal van Whittlesea Mere (Cambridge) en Windermere (Lancashire)
(1829, Brit. Ent. 6, tekst bij plaat 260). Hij noemt de grondkleur van de voor-
vleugels „yellowish brown, variegated with rosy scales’. Deze kleurbeschrijving
is inderdaad uitstekend voor de Britse nominaatvorm, maar hij beantwoordt in het
geheel niet aan de tint van de Nederlandse populaties, niettegenstaande de grote
variabiliteit, die onze dieren eigen is. Zij behoren tot een veel donkerder en ge-
middeld grotere subspecies, met soms haast zwartbruine voorvleugels. Al onze
Nederlandse populaties, ook die van de eilanden, moeten gerekend worden tot
subsp. erzpta Germar, door deze auteur in 1842 beschreven en afgebeeld naar
materiaal uit de omgeving van Danzig (als een nieuwe soort, de naam is dus zonder
verandering van auteur geldig als naam voor een subspecies). Dank zij de hulp
van Mr. A. L. Goopson (Zoological Museum Tring) en Dr. H. J. HANNEMANN
(Zoologisches Museum Berlin), die mij Brits en Duits materiaal ter vergelijking
zonden, was het mogelijk dit probleem op te lossen. Zie plaat 14 fig. 1—12.
Note. The Dutch populations of Celaena haworthii do not belong to the British nominate
form. This has yellowish brown fore wings, as CURTIS rightly wrote. Compared with the
Dutch material the fore wings are distinctly paler.
All Dutch populations belong to a much darker and on an average larger subspecies, the
correct name of which is subsp. erwpta Germar, described by the author as a new species
from the neighbourhood of Danzig (1842, Fauna Ins. Eur. XXII, pl. 15 fig. a, b). Dr.
HANNEMANN kindly sent me a few specimens from Waren in Mecklenburg, which perfectly
agree with GERMAR's figures. The Dutch populations obviously belong to the same sub-
species as the specimens from northern Germany.
The specimens figured by GERMAR have black-brown fore wings, sharply contrasting pale
orbicular and reniform without dark centre, and paler submarginal and marginal bands.
Often the cubitus and the two nervures arising from the lower edge of the reniform are also
pale so that a strong resemblance in markings results with the variegated form of Celaena
leucostigma. Cf. plate 14 fig. 1—12.
f. rufescens nov. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels donker roodbruin. Wel overal
onder de soort voorkomend, maar veel minder dan de exemplaren zonder duidelijke
rode tint.
Holotype: &, Griendsveen, VIII.1964 (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.).
[Ground colour of the fore wings dark red-brown.]
f. grisescens nov. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels grijsachtig bruin, zonder
(855) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 309
enige rode tint, maar veel lichter dan de typische erupta. Plaat 14 fig. 7. Griends-
veen, 9, VIII.1964 (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.).
[Ground colour of the fore wings greyish brown, without any red tint, but much paler than
in typical erupta.]
f. nigrescens nov. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels zwartachtig, achtervleugels
zwartgrijs. Plaat 14 fig. 8. Griendsveen, 4, VIII.1964 (holotype, LEFFEF, in Zoöl.
Mus.).
[Ground colour of the fore wings blackish, hind wings black-grey.]
f. virgata nov. Het middenveld van de voorvleugels duidelijk donkerder dan
het wortelveld en het achterrandsveld. Plaat 14 fig. 9. Aalten, 1951 (VAN GALEN);
Griendsveen, ¢, VIII.1964 (holotype, LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.).
[The central area of the fore wings distinctly darker than the basal and marginal areas. }
f. unicolor nov. De voorvleugels bijna eenkleurig van tint, de ronde vlek en de
niervlek grotendeels donker gevuld, zelfs de twee lichte aderen vanuit de niervlek
kunnen ontbreken. Plaat 14 fig. 10. Overal onder de soort, maar minder dan de
bonte vormen. Holotype: 4 van Griendsveen, VIII.1964, LEFFEF leg., in Zoöl.
Mus.
[The fore wings are nearly unicolorous, the orbicular and the reniform with a large dark
centre, so that a pale ring remains; even the pale forked nervures arising from the reniform
may be absent. }
f. obsoleta nov. Voorvleugels eenkleurig donker roodbruin, de ronde vlek en
de niervlek min of meer overdekt door de grondkleur (maar zonder donkere vul-
ling), zodat ze veel zwakker zijn of zelfs nauwelijks zichtbaar kunnen zijn. Korten-
hoef, drie exemplaren, Heel, Griendsveen (Zoöl. Mus.).
Holotype: & van Kortenhoef, 13.VII.1949, in Zoöl. Mus.
[Fore wings unicolorous red-brown, orbicular and reniform more or less covered by the
ground colour (but without dark centre), so that they are much feebler or may even be
obsolete. }
f. protensa nov. De ronde vlek wortelwaarts uitgerekt tot aan de eerste dwars-
lijn. Plaat 14 fig. 12. Griendsveen, &, VIII.1964 (holotype, LEFFEF, in Zoöl.
Mus.), plus een paar andere exemplaren van dezelfde vindplaats en datum.
[Orbicular lengthened in the direction of the base nt touching the antemedian.]
f. semiconfluens nov. Ronde vlek en niervlek smal met elkaar verbonden. Plaat
14 fig. 11. Griendsveen, 4, VIII.1964 (holotype, LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.).
[Orbicular and reniform narrowly connected with each other.]
Nonagria Ochsenheimer
Nonagria typhae Thunberg. Tijdschr. Entom. 84: 349; Cat. VI: (397). Vooral
verbreid in de lage delen van het land, maar eigenlijk overal te verwachten waar
de voedselplanten van de rupsen voorkomen. Op moerassige terreinen niet zelden
gewoon. Tot nog toe slechts van één van de waddeneilanden bekend.
310 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (856)
Een kleine correctie op de vliegtijd, waarvan de uiterste data nu worden:
18.VII—24.X.
Vindplaatsen. Fr.: Terschelling (weinig, LEFFEF), Tietjerk, Wartena, Eernewoude,
Goëngarijp, Peperga, Nijetrijne (talrijk, LEFFEF), Scherpenzeel, Tjerkwerd. Gr.: Glimmen,
Noordlaren, Borgercompagnie. Dr.: Peize, Anlo, Eext. Ov.: Tilligte, Volthe, Agelo, Reutum,
Weerselo, Saasveld (Molenven), Almelo, Vriezenveense Wijk, Raalte, Abdij Sion, Colm-
schate, Zwartsluis, Vollenhove, Marknesse. Flevoland: Lelystad. Gdl.: Wiessel, Wenum,
Beemte, Teuge, Klarenbeek, Empe, Voorstonden, Hall, Laag-Soeren; Korenburgerveen, Doe-
tinchem, Hoog-Keppel, Didam, Groessen; Ooi, Slijk-Ewijk. Utr.: Amersfoort, Eemnes, Vech-
ten, Vinkeveen, Botshol. N.H.: 's-Graveland, Hilversum, Ankeveen, Naardermeer, Weesp,
Ouderkerk, Amsterdamse Bos, Halfweg, Landsmeer, Jisp, Middelie, Oosthuizen, Berkhout,
Hoorn, Kennemerduin. Z.H.: Woerdense Verlaat, Noorden, Reeuwijk, Leiden, Rijnsburg,
Voorschoten, Voorburg, Delft, Capelle aan den IJssel, Giessenburg (Giessen-Nieuwkerk),
Schelluinen, Arkel, Spijk, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht, Oostvoorne, Hellevoetsluis, Melissant. Z1.:
Burgh, Haamstede, Westenschouwen, Goes, Cadzand. N.B.: Bergen op Zoom, Willemsdorp,
Waalwijk, Best, Bergeijk, Eindhoven, Geldrop, Asten, Helenaveen, Sint Anthonis, Gassel.
Lbg.: Mook, Plasmolen, Griendsveen Swalmen, Montfort, Echt, Stein, Heerlen, Gronsveld,
Epen.
Variabiliteit. De volgende behandeling van dit onderdeel vervangt
geheel die van 1943. De vlinder is zeer duidelijk sexueel dimorf. De wijfjes zijn
licht grijsbruin, de mannetjes hebben vrij donker bruinachtige voorvleugels. In de
nieuwe editie van „SOUTH (Moths 1, pl. 122 fig. 6 en 7, 1961) staan uitstekende
afbeeldingen van beide geslachten. Wat in 1943 de „tussenvorm genoemd werd,
is niets anders dan het normale 3. Overigens variëren zowel het typische 9 als
het & wel iets in tint, zonder dat echter van bepaalde kleurvormen gesproken
kan worden.
Zeer opvallend zijn de donkere dieren, die in de regel alle als f. fraterna vermeld
worden, maar waarbij men een veel grotere variabiliteit aantreft dan bij de typische
vorm. De meeste collecties bevatten echter te weinig materiaal ervan om dit duide-
lijk te doen uitkomen.
f. pallida nov. Voorvleugels witachtig grijsbruin, achtervleugels witachtig,
abdomen witachtig grijs. Arkel, 9, 15.VIII.1962 (holotype, ZWAKHALS).
[Fore wings whitish grey-brown, hind wings whitish, abdomen whitish grey.]
f. grisescens nov. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels vrij donker bruingrijs, een
volkomen andere tint dan bij het normale &. Deze kleurvorm komt in precies
dezelfde tint bij beide seksen voor. Arkel, 9, 19.IX.1962 (holotype), plus een
tweede @ van hetzelfde jaar, Rotterdam, ¢, 1901 (Zoöl. Mus.).
[Ground colour of the fore wings of a rather dark grey-brown, a quite different tint than
with the normal &. This colour form is found in both sexes in exactly the same tint.]
f. fraterna Borkhausen, 1792 (Noctua nervosa Esper, [ 1790}, nec Schiff, 1775).
Voorvleugels zwartachtig bruin, maar tamelijk bont doordat de aderen vooral in de
achterrandshelft lichter zijn. Plaat 12 fig. 7. Voor zover ik nu weet een vrij zeld-
zame vorm, die vooral bij het 4 schijnt voor te komen. In het Zoöl. Mus. bevinden
zich slechts vier mannetjes van Arkel en Spijk (Z.H.) (ZWAKHALS leg.), maar
in de collectie-ZWAKHALS bevindt zich ook een @ van Arkel. Verder bekend van
Amsterdam (VAN DER MEULEN).
[There cannot be the slightest doubt that fraterna and nervosa are the same form, as
(857) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 311
BORKHAUSEN refers to the figure of ESPER and the latter cites the text of BORKHAUSEN.
Esper leaves it to the reader which name he prefers. But EsPER's name is invalid, being a
primary homonym. His form is not an intermediate one, as WARREN writes (“SEITZ' 3: 234,
1911), but a dark form with blackish-brown ground colour of the fore wings. The nervures of
these wings are in the outer half paler, thus producing a rather variegated form, quite different
from that described as a rule as the dark form of typhae. BORKHAUSEN described the same
variegated form (“Graubraun und gelblichgestreifte Eule”). As far as my experience goes at
present, this form, figured on plate 12 fig. 7, is rather rare, but it occurs in both sexes, al-
though it seems to be principally a male form. At present I only know one female. }
f. obscura nov. Voorvleugels eenkleurig donkerbruin, zwartachtig bruin of
roodachtig zwartbruin, vrij variabel dus, maar het is onmogelijk een grens te trek-
ken tussen de verschillende tinten. Van de tekening is in de regel alleen de sub-
marginale rij zwarte streepjes te zien. Plaat 12 fig. 8. Deze vorm is de gewone
donkere vorm van typhae die in de regel als fraterna beschreven en afgebeeld
wordt. Zowel bij & als 9 in dezelfde verhouding voorkomend. Procentueel in de
regel niet talrijk, maar vrij zeker overal onder de soort aan te treffen.
Holotype: 4 van Twello, 21.X.1928, in Zoöl. Mus.
[Fore wings unicolotous dark brown, blackish brown or reddish black-brown. Rather
variable, but it is not possible to make a sharp distinction between the different tints. The
only distinct markings are as a rule the submarginal stripes. Occurring in about the same
percentage with male and female.}
f. nigra nov. Voorvleugels eenkleurig zwart zonder enige bruine of rode tint.
Tot nog toe een rariteit onder de donkere exemplaren van typhae. Giessenburg, &,
25.VIII.1962 (holotype, Stop); Nijetrijne, 1964 (LEFFEF); Utrecht, &, 1961
(BERK).
[Fore wings unicolorous black without any brown or reddish tint.]
f. obsoleta Dufrane, 1932. Exemplaren zonder de zwarte pijlvlekken op de
voorvleugels komen in gering aantal op de meeste vindplaatsen onder de soort voor.
Dwergen. Nijetrijne (LEFFEF); Botshol (Piet); Arkel (ZWAKHALS).
Archanara Walker
Archanara geminipuncta Haworth. Tijdschr. Entom. 84: 347; Cat. VI: (395).
De vlinder is vrij verbreid in een groot deel van het land en kan vooral in het Haf-
district als rups soms zeer gewoon zijn. Daarbuiten echter is het in de regel een
vrij schaarse soort, te oordelen tenminste naar de resultaten van lichtvangsten. In
het Waddendistrict is de soort nu van één van de eilanden bekend. De enige pro-
vincie waaruit nog geen vondsten gemeld zijn, is Groningen. Maar ook hier zal
geminipuncta wel te vinden zijn, als er maar naar rupsen gezocht wordt. Verzame-
laars in dit gebied moeten in juli maar eens letten op rietstengels met dode hart-
bladeren. Dan zullen ze in de stengels ook wel de venstertjes vinden, die door de
rupsen voor de verpopping gemaakt worden.
De vliegtijd kan al in de eerste helft van juli beginnen en tot begin oktober
voortduren. De uiterste data zijn nu: 13.VII (1961, Missiehuis Stein) tot 1.X
(1962, Oosthuizen, DE BOER).
Vindplaatsen. Fr. Terschelling (plaatselijk gewoon, TANIS), Leeuwarden, Ooster-
wolde, Peperga, Nijetrijne, Oude Mirdum. Dr.: Norg, Schoonlo. Ov.: Volthe, Almelo, Aadorp,
Holten, Beerze, Raalte, Abdij Sion, Colmschate, Vollenhove, Marknesse. Flevoland: Lelystad.
312 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (858)
Gdl.: Elburg, Wiessel, Hoog-Soeren, Teuge, Wilp, Laag-Soeren, Otterlo, Lunteren; Gorssel,
Zutfen, Hoog-Keppel, Didam, Groessen; Slijk-Ewijk. Utr.: Zeist, Rhijnauwen, Utrecht, Soest.
Eemnes, Hollandse Rading. N.H.: ‘s-Graveland, Kortenhoef, Weesp, Diemen, Amsterdamse
Bos (weinig, PEERDEMAN), Halfweg, Zaandam, Nek, Middelie, Beemster, Oosthuizen, Hoorn,
Castricum, Heemskerk, Haarlem, Aerdenhout. Z.H.: Woerdense Verlaat, Noorden, Reeuwiik,
Delft, Staelduin, Vlaardingen, Maassluis, Capelle aan den IJssel, Vianen, Schelluinen, Arkel,
Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht, Oostvoorne, Middelharnis, Melissant, Goedereede. Z1.: Burgh, Haam-
stede, Westenschouwen, Oostkapelle, Valkenisse, Cadzand, Clinge (gewoon, PEERDEMAN).
N.B.: 's-Hertogenbosch, Kampina, Best, Nuenen, Bergeijk, Geldrop, Helenaveen, Gassel.
Lbg.: Venlo, Steijl, Swalmen, Griendsveen, Roggel, Heel, Montfort, Geulem.
Variabiliteit. Bij alle kleurvormen is de groep met één witte stip op de
voorvleugels de gewoonste, die met twee stippen is minder talrijk en die zonder de
stippen is steeds het zeldzaamst. Een duidelijke aanwijzing, dat deze eigenschap zich
onafhankelijk van de grondkleur gedraagt.
De typische kleurvorm met vrij donkerbruine voorvleugels, die vaak langs de
binnenrand wat lichter zijn, is de gewoonste vorm. De door HAWORTH beschreven
vorm met twee witte stippen op de plaats van de niervlek is gewoon, de vorm met
een witte stip (f. unipuncta Tutt, 1891) is zeer gewoon, de vorm zonder witte stip
(É. obsoleta Tutt, 1891) komt veel minder voor, maar is toch wel overal onder de
soort te vinden.
f. pallida Tutt, 1891. De vorm met licht bruinachtige of geelachtig bruine voor-
vleugels en twee witte stippen is vrij zeldzaam, maar komt waarschijnlijk wel overal
onder de soort voor. Met één witte stip (f. pallida-unipuncta Tutt, 1891) is de
kleurvorm wat gewoner, terwijl de lichte vorm zonder witte punten (f. pallida-
obsoleta Tutt, 1891) beslist zeldzaam is. In het Zoöl. Mus. slechts één exemplaar
van Rotterdam.
f. rufa Tutt, 1891. De groep met roodachtig bruine voorvleugels (lichter of
donkerder) is (op de nieuwe f. grisea na) inderdaad de minst voorkomende groep.
De typische rufa met twee witte stippen komt niet veel voor. In Zoöl. Mus. slechts
twee stuks van Weesp en Domburg. Verder nog aangetroffen te Marknesse en
Bennekom (VAN DE Por); Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht (Lucas).
Met één witte stip (f. r#fa-unipuncta Tutt, 1891) is de vorm wat minder zeld-
zaam. Hiervan bevinden zich in het Zoöl. Mus. vier stuks, behalve het reeds ver-
melde van Hillegersberg nog van Vaassen, Zevenhuizen en Zaltbommel. Verdere
vindplaatsen: Marknesse, Bennekom (VAN DE Por); Clinge (PEERDEMAN).
Zonder witte stip (f. rufa-obsoleta Tutt, 1891) komt de vorm weer weinig voor.
In het Zoöl. Mus. slechts twee stuks, behalve het reeds vermelde van Domburg
nog een tweede van Buren.
f. fusca Tutt, 1891. Exemplaren met zwartachtig bruine voorvleugels komen
stellig overal onder de soort voor. De typische fusca met twee witte stippen is
niet gewoon, de vorm met één witte stip (f. fusca-unipuncta Tutt, 1891) is vrij
gewoon en die zonder witte stip (f. nigricans Staudinger, 1861) is vrij zeld-
zaam, wat wel blijkt uit het feit, dat de collectie van het Zoöl. Mus. slechts zes
exemplaren ervan bevat, behalve de reeds vermelde van: Hollandse Rading, Naar-
dermeer en Weesp. Verder bekend van Lunteren (BRANGER); Clinge (PFERDE-
MAN); Epen (VAN WISSELINGH).
(859) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 313
f. grisea nov. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels grijs zonder enige bruine of rode
tint. Griendsveen, 9, 23.VII.1964 (holotype, LEFFEF).
[Ground colour of the fore wings grey, without any brown or red tint.}
f. paludicola Hübner, [1814—1817}. Exemplaren met vooral in het distale uit-
einde wit bestoven aderen op de voorvleugels werden nog bekend van Kesteren,
Zevenhuizen (Zoöl. Mus.); Amerongen, Noorden (LUCAS).
f. nervosa nov. Bovenzijde voorvleugels: het distale uiteinde van de aderen
zwart. Arkel, 4, 2.VIII.1961 (holotype, ZWAKHALS).
[Upper side fore wings: the distal end of the nervures black}
f. nigropunctata Krombach, 1920. Exemplaren met uitsluitend zwarte stippen
op de plaats van ronde vlek en niervlek werden nog aangetroffen te: Warga,
Weesp (Zoöl. Mus.); Wageningen (VAN DE Por); Oostvoorne (LUCAS).
f. jaeschkei Warnecke, 1929. Exemplaren met opvallend duidelijke dwarslijnen
op de voorvleugels zijn zeldzaamheden. Weesp, 4 (Zoöl. Mus.).
Dwerg. Arkel (ZWAKHALS).
Archanara dissoluta Treitschke. Tijdschr. Entom. 84: 346; Cat. VI: (394).
Sinds de publicatie van Cat. VI in 1941 zijn een verrassend groot aantal nieuwe
vindplaatsen bekend geworden. Of deze alle aan het resultaat van lichtvangst in het
goede biotoop toegeschreven moeten worden, of dat de vlinder zijn territorium hier
te lande flink uitgebreid heeft, is moeilijk uit te maken. Mogelijk zijn beide fac-
toren in het geding. Dat het dier in elk geval snel zijn territorium kan uitbreiden,
volgt uit de vangst te Lelystad kort na het droogvallen van Oostelijk Flevoland.
De vlinder blijkt in een groot deel van het land voor te komen en kan plaatselijk
heel gewoon zijn. Natuurlijk onbreekt hij op zeer droge zandgronden.
In Denemarken is dissoluta nu ook bekend van Bornholm, Langeland en Jutland.
In België blijft de vlinder een zeldzaamheid. De heer DE LAEVER kon me slechts
vier vindplaatsen opgeven: Houffalize (prov. Luxemburg), Han-sur-Lesse en
Grand Menil (Namen) en Sclessin (Luik). In Groot-Brittannië is net als bij ons
het aantal vindplaatsen sterk toegenomen. In de nieuwe editie van „SOUTH (Moths
1: 341, 1961) worden een groot aantal graafschappen opgesomd van waaruit de
vlinder nu bekend is, verspreid over Engeland van de zuidkust tot Lancashire in
het noorden. In Schotland en Ierland is dissoluta echter nog steeds niet aange-
troffen.
De vliegtijd kan van half juni tot begin september duren. De uiterste data zijn
nu: 17.VI (in 1948 te Middelie, SLOT) tot 7.IX (in 1955 op dezelfde vindplaats).
Hoofdvliegtijd tweede helft van juli tot in de tweede helft van augustus.
In de hierna volgende lijst van vindplaatsen zijn ook de vijf van 1941 opge-
nomen, zodat men een volledig overzicht heeft van de nu bekende verspreiding.
Vindplaatsen. Fr.: Sexbierum, Eernewoude, Nijetrijne (gewoon, LEFFEF). Gr.:
Glimmen. Dr.: Paterswolde. Ov.: Saasveld (Molenven), Holten, Raalte, Zwartsluis, Kalen-
berg, Vollenhove. Flevoland: Lelystad. Gdl.: Apeldoorn, Twello, Wageningen, Bennekom;
Zutfen, Korenburgerveen (in 1947 talrijk, SCHOLTEN), Aalten. Utr.: Zeist, Rhijnauwen,
Utrecht, Oud-Loosdrecht, Nigtevecht, Botshol. N.H.: Hilversum, Kortenhoef (in 1947 talrijk
op licht, CARON), Naardermeer, Weesp, Muiden, Amsterdam, Amsterdamse Bos, Wormer-
314 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (860)
veer, Middelie, Oosthuizen, Hoorn. Z.H.: Woerdense Verlaat, Reeuwijk, Meijendel, Delft,
Zevenhuizen, Hillegersberg, Rotterdam, Schelluinen, Arkel, Asperen, Oostvoorne (in 1963
talrijk, Vis c.s.), Melissant. Zl: Valkenisse, Goes. N.B.: Haaren, Best, Nuenen, Deurne.
Lbg.: Plasmolen, Grubbenvorst, Venlo, Tegelen, Steijl, Swalmen, Griendsveen (vrij talrijk,
LEFFEF), Sint Odiliënberg, Melick, Montfort, Geulem, Epen.
Variabiliteit. De zwartbruine overal zeldzame typische vorm (zie
SOUTH, Moths 1 (nieuwe editie), plaat 125 fig. 4, 5) is bij ons op betrekkelijk
veel plaatsen aangetroffen, maar steeds in een enkel exemplaar. Aan de in 1941
vermelde vindplaats Hillegersberg kunnen nu de volgende toegevoegd worden:
Saasveld (Molenven) (VAN DER MEULEN); Kalenberg (AUKEMA); Zutfen (WIL-
MINK); Korenburgerveen (SCHOLTEN); Wormerveer (HUISENGA); Middelie (DE
Boer); Goes (Zoöl. Mus.); Deurne (Nies); Plasmolen (Lucas); Swalmen
(LUCKER); Epen (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. arundineta Schmidt, 1858, met veel lichtere, bruinachtig gele voorvleugels,
is uitstekend afgebeeld in de nieuwe editie van „SOUTH”, l.c. fig. 6 en 7. Zoals
overal is het ook bij ons de veruit overheersende vorm.
f. rufescens nov. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels roodachtig bruin. Kortenhoef
(CARON); Noorden, ¢, 18.VIII.1958 (holotype, Lucas).
[Ground colour of the fore wings reddish brown.]
f. striata Lempke, 1941. De vorm met donker bestoven voorrand en zware don-
kere bestuiving onder de middenader van de voorvleugels is zeer gewoon.
Archanara neurica Hübner. Tijdschr. Entom. 84: 345; Cat. VI: (393). De
soort met het witte halskraagje (maar zonder middenstippen op de onderzijde van
de vleugels) blijkt toch lokaler te zijn dan de vorige. Hoewel ook bij reurica vrij
veel nieuwe vindplaatsen bekend geworden zijn, is het totale aantal slechts ongeveer
de helft van dat van dissoluta. Toch kan ook neurica plaatselijk gewoon zijn.
In België is de soort nog steeds niet aangetroffen. Op de Britse eilanden is het
areaal veel beperkter dan dat van dissoluta, daar het nog altijd slechts de twee
Engelse graafschappen Sussex en Suffolk omvat.
De nu bekende vliegtijd loopt van eind juni tot in de tweede helft van augustus
met als uiterste data: 30.VI—19.VIII. De hoofdvliegtijd ligt ongeveer tussen 10
juli en 10 augustus.
Ook van deze soort worden alle nu bekende vindplaatsen vermeld. De acht van
1941 zijn er nu 37 geworden, in elk geval dus een flinke vermeerdering.
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Giekerk, Warga, Eernewoude (in 1955 gewoon, CAMPING),
Nijetrijne (gewoon, LEFFEF), Tjerkwerd. Gdl.: Hoog-Soeren. Utr.: Soesterberg, Botshol.
N.H.: 's-Graveland, Kortenhoef, Naarden, Amsterdam, Nek, Heemstede. Z.H.: Woerdense
Verlaat, Noorden, Delft, Hillegersberg, Schelluinen, Arkel, Asperen, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht,
Numansdorp. Zl: Domburg, Valkenisse, Goes, Cadzand. N.B.: Willemsdorp, Klundert,
Nuenen, Deurne. Lbg.: Griendsveen (gewoon, LEFFEF), Swalmen, Montfort, Schinnen,
Brunssum.
Variabiliteit. f. fusca Edelsten, 1911. De vorm met zwartachtig bruine
voorvleugels werd nog aangetroffen te: Eernewoude (CAMPING); Nijetrijne (G.
DIJKSTRA); Hoog-Soeren (LEFFEF, in Zoöl. Mus.); Soesterberg (VAN KATWIJK);
Noorden (Lucas); Nuenen (Neijrs). Blijkbaar vrij verbreid onder de soort.
(861) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 315
f. impunctata nov. De rij postdiscale zwarte stippen op de bovenzijde van de
voorvleugels ontbreekt. Domburg, &, 11.VIII.1913 (holotype, Zoöl. Mus.).
[The row of postdiscal black points on the upper side of the fore wings is absent}
f. continua nov. De postdiscale zwarte stippen op de bovenzijde van de voor-
vleugels alle met elkaar verbonden tot een doorlopende lijn van voorrand tot bin-
nenrand. Domburg, ¢, 11.VIII.1913 (holotype, Zoöl. Mus.).
[The row of postdiscal black points on the upper side of the fore wings connected and
forming a continuous line from costa to inner margin. }
Archanara sparganii Esper. Tijdschr. Entom. 84: 344; Cat. VI: (392). Onge-
twijfeld de meest verbreide soort van het geslacht. Vrijwel door het gehele land te
vinden op plaatsen, waar de voedselplanten van de rupsen groeien. Nu bekend van
twee van de waddeneilanden.
Slechts een kleine correctie op de uiterste data van de vliegtijd, die nu worden:
17.VII—2.X.
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Terschelling (LEFFEF), Sint Anna Parochie, Oenkerk, Tietjerk,
Goëngarijp, Eernewoude, Oosterwolde, Peperga, Nijetrijne (talrijk, LEFFEF), Rijs, Dedgum,
Tjerkwerd. Gr.: Groningen, Glimmen, Noordlaren, Borgercompagnie, Veendam. Dr.: Eel-
derwolde, Eext, Schoonlo, Havelte. Ov.: Volthe, Weerselo, Tilligte, Almelo, Vriezenveense
Wijk, Raalte, Abdij Sion, Colmschate, Zwartsluis, Kalenberg, Vollenhove, Marknesse. Flevo-
land: Lelystad. Gdl.: Wiessel, Apeldoorn, Laag-Soeren, Wageningen, Bennekom, Lunteren;
Gorssel, Winterswijk, Korenburgerveen, Aalten, Hoog-Keppel, Didam, Groessen; Slijk-Ewijk,
Buren. Utr.: Amerongen, Zeist, De Bilt, Utrecht, Zuilen, Maarsseveen, Westbroek, Tien-
hoven, Amersfoort, Harmelen, Vinkeveen, Botshol. N.H.: ’s-Graveland, Hilversum, Huizen,
Naarden, Naardermeer, Muiden, Weesp, Uithoorn, Amsterdamse Bos (gewoon, PEERDEMAN),
Amstelveen, Halfweg, Landsmeer, Zaandam, Middelie, Berkhout, Hoorn, De Cocksdorp,
Overveen, Aerdenhout. Z.H.: Woerdense Verlaat, Noorden, Nieuwkoop, Reeuwijk, Leiden,
Leiderdorp, Leidschendam, Voorschoten, Voorburg, Delft, Staelduin, Vlaardingen, Capelle
aan den IJssel, Giessen-Nieuwkerk (Giessenburg), Schelluinen, Arkel, Asperen, Leerdam,
Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht (vrij gewoon, BOGAARD), Barendrecht, Oostvoorne, Melissant. ZI.:
Burgh, Haamstede, Westenschouwen, Oostkapelle, Valkenisse. N.B.: Moerdijk, Willems-
dorp, Oosterhout, Waalwijk, Udenhout, Kampina, Boxtel, Nuenen, Eindhoven, Bergeijk,
Helenaveen, Oss, Gassel. Lbg.: Plasmolen, Sevenum, Griendsveen, Tegelen, Steijl, Belfeld,
Swalmen, Montfort, Stein, Simpelveld, Geulem, Epen.
Variabiliteit. De licht geelachtige typische vorm met donkere bestuiving
onder de middenader is veruit de gewoonste.
f. obsoleta Tutt, 1888. De vorm met zeer zwakke tekening (ook de zwarte vlek
op de plaats van de niervlek) is gewoon en overal onder de soort aan te treffen.
Hij kan bij alle kleurvormen van de soort voorkomen.
f. bipunctata Tutt, 1888. De vorm, waarbij alle donkere bestuiving ontbreekt,
maar waarbij de twee zwarte stippen op de plaats van ronde vlek en niervlek
scherp afsteken, is daarentegen veel schaarser. De collectie van het Zoöl. Mus.
bevat er slechts zes stuks van. Toch is hij blijkens het aantal vindplaatsen vrij
verbreid onder de soort, zodat ze dan ook niet alle opgesomd worden.
f. rufescens Tutt, 1888. De vorm met roodachtig gele voorvleugels is algemeen.
f. rosea Wightman, 1930. De vorm met licht rose voorvleugels komt minder
voor, maar is wel haast overal onder de soort aan te treffen.
316 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (862)
f. rufa Wightman, 1930. De vorm met diep roodachtig koperkleurige voorvleu-
gels en licht roodachtig getinte achtervleugels is een zeldzaamheid. Nieuwe vind-
plaatsen: Vinkeveen (BOTZEN); Heemstede (VAN DE Por); Deurne (Niers).
f. lutea Wightman, 1930, in TURNER, Brit. Noct., Suppl. 1: 154. Grondkleur
van de voorvleugels helder zwavelgeel, achtervleugels lichter geel. Het beste lijkt
me alle exemplaren met geel gekleurde voorvleugels onder deze naam samen te
vatten, ook al is de tint niet precies zwavelgeel. VAN DE Por bezit enkele exem-
plaren met meer oranjegele voorvleugels van Noordlaren, Lelystad en Heemstede.
f. clara Turner, 1930, Brit. Noct., Suppl. 1: 154. Voorvleugels iets crèmekleurig
wit, achtervleugels wit met flauw gele tint. Een zeer lichte vorm dus. Kortenhoef
(Zoöl. Mus.); Helenaveen (PEERDEMAN); Epen (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. roseomarginata nov. Achtervleugels met rose band langs de achterrand.
Giessen-Nieuwkerk, &, 19.VIII.1961 (holotype, ZWAKHALS).
[Hind wings with pink band along the outer margin.}
f. nigrostriata Wightman, 1930. De vorm met de drie donkere vegen op de
voorvleugels (een onder de voorrand, de tweede onder de middencel en de derde
boven de binnenrand) is niet zeldzaam en komt vrij verbreid onder de soort voor,
zodat geen vindplaatsen meer vermeld worden. |
f. nigrosignata Cockayne, 1952, Ent. Rec. 64: 192, plaat VIII fig. 11. Aan de
wortel van de voorvleugels een korte zwarte streep, een zwarte stip op de plaats
van de ronde vlek en twee boven elkaar staande zwarte stippen op de plaats van de
niervlek. Zeer opvallend door de drie afzonderlijke zwarte stippen. Deurne, Hele-
naveen (NIES).
f. conjuncta nov. De zwarte stip op de plaats van de ronde vlek verbonden met
de stip op de plaats van de niervlek door een zwarte lijn langs de onderzijde van
de middencel. Leeuwarden, 9, 19.VIII.1951 (holotype, Zoöl. Mus.); Deurne, 4,
1947 (Nies).
[The black point in the place of the orbicular connected by a black line along the cubitus
with the point in the place of the reniform. }
f. impunctata Turner, 1930. De vorm zonder de rij postmediane streepjes op de
voorvleugels is niet gewoon. Nieuwe vindplaatsen: Marknesse, Simpelveld (VAN
DE Por); Leidschendam, Rotterdam, Geulem (Zoöl. Mus.); Epen (van WISSE-
LINGH).
Dwergen. Niet al te zeldzaam. Aerdenhout, Heemstede (VAN WISSELINGH);
Wassenaar (Lucas); Giessen-Nieuwkerk (ZWAKHALS); Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht
(BoGAARD); Nuenen (NEIJTS).
Teratologisch exemplaar. Linker vleugels te klein. Peperga (VAN
WISSELINGH).
Archanara algae Esper. Tijdschr. Entom. 84: 343; Cat. VI: (391). Lang niet
zo verbreid als de vorige soort en ook op de vindplaatsen in de regel minder
gewoon. Nog op geen van de waddeneilanden aangetroffen.
Slechts een kleine correctie op de vliegtijd, waarvan de uiterste data nu worden:
17.V1I—28.IX.
(863) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 317
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Leeuwarden, Tietjerk, Eernewoude, Oosterwolde, Nijetrijne
(gewoon, LEFFEF), Tjerkwerd. Gr.: Glimmen, Noordlaren. Ov.: Tilligte, Almelo, Colm-
schate, Deventer, Zwartsluis, Vollenhove. Flevoland: Lelystad. Gdl.: Wiessel, Arnhem, Ben-
nekom; Eefde, de Voorst, Zutfen, Hoog-Keppel, Didam; Slijk-Ewijk. Utr.: Zeist, Amers-
foort, Utrecht, Loenen, Hollandse Rading. N.H.: Hilversum, Naardermeer, Amsterdamse
Bos (weinig, PEERDEMAN). Z.H.: Woerdense Verlaat, Wassenaar, Leidschendam, Voorburg,
Vlaardingen, Giessenburg, Schelluinen, Spijk, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht (twee exemplaren in
1957, daarna niet meer, BOGAARD), Hellevoetsluis. N.B.: Waalwijk, Kampina, Bergeijk.
Lbg.: Plasmolen, Griendsveen, Swalmen, Montfort, Echt, Stein, Heerlen.
Variabiliteit. Verreweg de meeste exemplaren behoren tot de typische
vorm (4 roodbruin, 9 geelachtig). De soort is lang niet zo variabel als spar-
gantt.
f. brunneo-ochracens Strand, 1915. Mannetjes met geelbruine voorvleugels
werden nog bekend van: Bosch en Duin (Zeist, GORTER); Hilversum (Zoöl.
Mus.).
f. fusca Bowles, 1898, Ent. Rec. 10: 287 (fumata Warren, 1911). Voorvleugels
zowel by & als @ sterk verdonkerd. Apeldoorn, Hoog-Keppel (Zoöl. Mus.);
Groessen, Slijk-Ewijk (VAN DE Por).
f. rosea Bowles, 1898, Ent. Rec. 10: 287. Voorvleugels bij het '4 van
een warme rode kleur, bij het 9 met mooie rose tint. Hollandse Rading, Twello
(twee wijfjes, Zoöl. Mus.).
f. obsoleta Bowles, 1898, Ent. Rec. 10: 287 (impunctata Lempke, 1941).
Exemplaren zonder (of vrijwel zonder) de rij postdiscale stippen op de voor-
vleugels werden nog gevangen te: Kalenberg (AUKEMA); Apeldoorn (Zoöl. Mus.);
Zeist - Bos en Duin (GORTER); Helenaveen (NIEs).
f. purpurea van Wisselingh, 1946, Tijdschr. Entom. 89: XXVII. Voorvleugels
met paarsachtige tint. Wolvega, ¢ (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. nigrostriata nov. Bovenzijde voorvleugels: langs de onderkant van de mid-
dencel loopt een zwarte streep. Wageningen, @, 17.IX.1953 (holotype, VAN DE
Por).
[Upper side fore wings: along the under side of the cell is a black stripe. }
Dwerg. Spyk (ZWAKHALS).
Rhizedra Warren
Rhizedra lutosa Hübner. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 77; Cat. VII: (404). Verbreid
over vrijwel het gehele land waar maar riet te vinden is, dat op niet te natte plaat-
sen groeit. Nu bekend van twee van de waddeneilanden.
De vliegtijd kan vroeger beginnen en later eindigen dan in 1943 vermeld werd.
De uiterste data zijn nu: 7.VIII (in 1959 te Stein, VAN DE Por) tot 3.XII (in
1956 te Koog aan de Zaan, BANK).
Vindplaatsen. Fr.: Schiermonnikoog (STOBBE), Terschelling (LEFFEF), Harlingen,
Sexbierum, Leeuwarden, Oenkerk, Tietjerk, Eernewoude, Oosterwolde, Nijetrijne (zeer talrijk,
LEFFEF), Oude Mirdum, Tjerkwerd. Gr.: Groningen, Glimmen, Borgercompagnie, Veendam,
Overschild. Dr.: Peizermade, Peize, Eext, Schoonlo. Ov.: Volthe, Saasveld, Borne, Raalte,
Abdij Sion, Zwolle, Zwartsluis, Vollenhove, Marknesse. Flevoland: Lelystad (talrijk, VAN
DE Por). Gdl.: Ermelo, Nunspeet, Vaassen, Wiessel, Apeldoorn, Terwolde, Teuge, Empe,
318 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (864)
Laag-Soeren, Hoenderlo, Otterlo, Bennekom, Lunteren; Gorssel, Eefde, Almen, Laren, Ruurlo,
Hoog-Keppel, Laag-Keppel, Babberich, Nijmegen, Hatert, Slijk-Ewijk, Ochten, Geldermalsen,
Neerijnen. Utr.: Amersfoort, Bilthoven, Maarsseveen. N.H.: 's-Graveland, Naarden, Amster-
damse Bos (talrijk, PEERDEMAN), Halfweg, Zaandam, Koog aan de Zaan, Nek, Middelie,
Beemster, Hoorn, Schoorl, Bergen, Egmond aan Zee, Heemskerk, Heemstede. Z.H.: Woer-
dense Verlaat, Wassenaar, Meijendel, Rijswijk, Delft, Staelduin, Vlaardingen, Capelle aan
den IJssel, Schelluinen, Arkel, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht (gewoon, BOGAARD), Pernis, Oud-
Beijerland, Oostvoorne, Hellevoetsluis, Melissant, Goedereede, Ouddorp. Zl.: Burgh, Haam-
stede, Westenschouwen, Oostkapelle, Valkenisse, Cadzand. N.B.: Lage Zwaluwe, Waalwijk,
Riel, Oisterwijk, Haaren, Sint Michielsgestel, Best, Oirschot, Eindhoven, Vessem, Leende,
Deurne, Helenaveen, Oss, Gassel. Lbg.: Milsbeek, Grubbenvorst, Griendsveen (gewoon,
LEFFEF), Weert, Swalmen, Maalbroek, Montfort, Stein, Sittard, Amstenrade, Geulem, Neer-
canne, Gronsveld, Vijlen.
Variabiliteit. De typische vorm met geelachtige, soms iets rood getinte
voorvleugels, zonder de rij donkere streepjes en zonder donkere bestuiving, is bij
het & zeldzaam (in Zoöl. Mus. slechts twee exemplaren van Amsterdam en Ze-
venhuizen). Bij het © komen dergelijke exemplaren meer voor, zoals blijkt uit een
serie van 14 stuks in het Zoöl. Mus., zodat die waarschijnlijk wel op vele plaatsen
onder de soort aan te treffen zullen zijn.
f. pilicornis Haworth, 1812. De geelachtige vorm met de rij donkere streepjes,
maar zonder opvallende donkere bestuiving op de voorvleugels, is verreweg het
gewoonst.
f. crassicornis Haworth, 1812. Dezelfde vorm, maar met drie duidelijke donkere
vegen op de voorvleugels (langs de voorrand, de middenader en de binnenrand)
is niet zeldzaam en vrij verbreid onder de soort.
De dieren met roodachtige voorvleugels komen met dezelfde combinaties van
tekening voor als die met geelachtige vleugels, wat bewijst, dat kleur en tekening
zich onafhankelijk van elkaar gedragen. Maar steeds zijn de roodachtige vormen
minder gewoon dan de overeenkomstige met geelachtige voorvleugels.
f. rufescens Tutt, 1891. De vorm met roodachtige ongetekende voorvleugels is
beslist zeldzaam. In het Zoöl. Mus. slechts één & (van Amsterdam) en vijf wijfjes
(Amsterdam, Zevenhuizen en Pernis). Ongetekende mannetjes zijn dus steeds
zeldzamer dan zulke wijfjes. Ik zag verder nog een exemplaar van Zaandam (Wes-
TERNENG).
f. cannae Stephens, 1829. De vorm met roodachtige voorvleugels en met de rij
zwarte vlekjes (maar zonder opvallende donkere bestuiving) is zowel bij 3 als 9
gewoon.
f. rufescens-suffusa Tutt, 1891. De vorm met roodachtige voorvleugels en met
de drie opvallende donkere vegen erop is niet zeldzaam en komt wel overal onder
de soort voor.
f. albescens nov. Grondkleur van voor- en achtervleugels witachtig. Marknesse,
&, 30.VIII.1959 (holotype), Heemstede, Slijk-Ewijk (VAN DE Por).
[Ground colour of fore and hind wings whitish.}
f. centripuncta nov. Op de bovenzijde van de voorvleugels bevindt zich aan
het einde van de middencel een zwarte stip. Lelystad, ©, 17.IX.1961 (holotype)
plus een tweede exemplaar van dezelfde vindplaats (VAN DE POL).
[On the upper side of the fore wings is a black point at the end of the cell.}
(865) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 319
f. strigata Rebel, 1910. De vorm waarbij de zwarte vlekjes tot een doorlopende
zigzaglijn met elkaar verbonden zijn, is zowel by 4 als 9 niet zeldzaam.
f. lechneri Rebel, 1910. De voorvleugels zijn dicht donker bestoven, zodat hoog-
stens een paar lichte striemen overblijven, terwijl de achtervleugels eenkleurig
donkergrijs zijn, soms nog met een rij postdiscale zwarte stipjes. Het holotype is
afgebeeld op plaat 12 fig. 9. Een niet al te zeldzame vorm. Behalve het holotype
van Zevenhuizen bevinden zich in het Zoöl. Mus. ook enige exemplaren van Grollo,
Halfweg, Haamstede en Leende (VAN AARTSEN en LEFFEF leg.). Verder bekend
van Harlingen, Marknesse, Lelystad, Slijk-Ewijk (VAN DE Por); Amsterdamse Bos
(PEERDEMAN) ; Meijendel (Lucas); Bergeijk (VAN WISSELINGH). De vorm komt
in beide geslachten voor. Het Zoöl. Mus. bezit ook één exemplaar met roodachtige
grondkleur. Een & van Lelystad is extreem donker bestoven, terwijl ook het abdo-
men zwartachtig is (VAN DE POL).
[The description by REBEL is not correct owing to the poor execution of the plate to which
REBEL refers in his original description. The holotype which is in the collection of the
Amsterdam Zoological Museum, is figured on plate 12 fig. 9. As may be seen it has the fore
wings densely powdered with dark scales leaving only a few paler streaks, whereas the hind
wings are of a uniform dark grey. The form also occurs with specimens with reddish fore
wings (markings and ground colour are completely independent from each other in this
species) and the hind wings may also show a row of postdiscal black little stripes. }
f. nervosa nov. Alle aderen op de bovenzijde van de achtervleugels zijn donker
van kleur. Lelystad, 9, 12.X.1962 (holotype, VAN DE POL).
[All nervures on the upper side of the hind wings are of a dark colour.]
Dwergen. Niet zeldzaam. De exemplaren zijn soms niet groter dan een My-
thimna.
Sedina Urbahn
Sedina büttneri Hering. Tijdschr. Entom. 95: 277; Cat. XI: (888). Sinds de
ontdekking van de soort in ons land in 1948 zijn geleidelijk aan wat meer vind-
plaatsen bekend geworden, die zeer verspreid liggen over het midden en zuiden
van het land. Het dier blijft echter nog steeds een zeldzaamheid, wat mogelijk ten
dele veroorzaakt wordt door de late vliegtijd.
Enkele nieuwe gegevens zijn gepubliceerd over het omringende gebied. Horr-
MEYER geeft in de tweede druk van „De Danske Ugler” (1962: 282), o.a. vind-
plaatsen op Bornholm en Seeland op. In Oost-Holstein werd bäüttneri in 1958 bij
de Lanker See gevonden, terwijl in 1951 en 1958 in totaal vijf exemplaren uit de
omgeving van Hamburg bekend werden (WARNECKE, Bombus 2: 68, 1959). In
België werden in 1956 drie stuks bij Ninove (Oost-Vlaanderen, ten zuiden van
Aalst) gevangen. De enige Engelse vindplaats blijft het eiland Wight, maar sinds
de droogmaking van het moeras waar het dier voorkwam, is het er niet meer terug
gevonden.
De vliegtijd blijft zoals reeds in 1953 werd vermeld: 9.IX—26.X.
In het hieronder volgende lijstje van vindplaatsen zijn ook de drie opgenomen,
die reeds in Cat. XI werden vermeld, zodat men een volledig overzicht heeft van
wat op het ogenblik bekend is.
320 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (866)
Vindplaatsen. Ov.: Volthe, 9.IX.1950 (KNoop, in collectie VAN DER MEULEN).
Gdl.: Bennekom, 13.X.1953 (VAN DE Por); Slijk-Ewijk, 7.X.1960 en vier exemplaren in
1961 (dezelfde). Utr.: Zeist, 14.X.1953 (GORTER). N.H.: Heemstede, 22.IX.1955 (VAN DE
Por). N.B.: Best, 27.IX.1961 (VAN AARTSEN, in Zoöl. Mus.); Eindhoven, 16. en 26.X.1948
(VERHAAK), 24.1X.1954 (HAANSTRA); Bergeijk, 3.X.1960 (VAN WISSELINGH); Helenaveen,
14.X.1963, drie stuks (LEFFEF). Lbg.: Sevenum, 27.1X.1954 (VAN DE Bor); Tegelen, 1.X.
1954 (dezelfde); Swalmen, 24.IX.1949 (GORTER, LÜCKER), 4.X.1950, 12, 13 en 15.X.1953
(PıJpers); Rijckholt, IX.1956 (VAN DE Por).
Variabiliteit. f. rufescens nov. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels rood-
achtig. Bennekom (VAN DE POL); Helenaveen, 3, 14.X.1963 (holotype, LEFFEF).
[Ground colour of the fore wings reddish. }
Arenostola Hampson
Arenostola phragmitidis Hübner. Tijdschr. Entom. 85: 75; Cat. VII: (402).
Op droge gronden komt de vlinder natuurlijk weinig voor, maar op niet te natte
groeiplaatsen van riet is hij in vrijwel het gehele land aan te treffen. Van de wad-
deneilanden is nog slechts één als vindplaats bekend.
De vliegtijd kan al eind juni beginnen, terwijl één vangst uit oktober bekend is,
mogelijk een vertegenwoordiger van een zelden voorkomende partiële tweede
generatie. De grenzen worden nu: 29.VI (in 1961 te Lelystad, VAN DE Por) tot
7.IX met als exceptionele laatkomer 8.X.1959 (Lucas).
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Terschelling (vrij algemeen, TANIS), Sexbierum, Ferwerd,
Leeuwarden, Friens, Eernewoude, Oosterwolde, Nijetrijne (zeer talrijk, LEFFEF), Tjerkwerd,
Hieslum. Gr.: Groningen, Noordlaren. Dr.: Peize, Zuidlaren, Wijster. Ov.: Volthe, Weer-
selo, Vriezenveen, Aadorp, Wiene, Elsen, Holten, Raalte, Abdij Sion, Frieswijk, Vollenhove,
Marknesse. Flevoland: Lelystad. Gdl.: Epe, Wiessel, Teuge, Wageningen; Gorssel, Zutfen,
Laren, Ruurlo, de Velhorst, Winterswijk, Korenburgerveen; Slijk-Ewijk, Ochten, Buren, Gel-
dermalsen, Culemborg. Utr.: Jutphaas, Utrecht, Maarsseveen. N.H.: 's-Graveland, Naarden,
Naardermeer, Weesp, Diemen, Amsterdamse Bos (gewoon, PEERDEMAN), Aalsmeer, Halfweg,
Hembrug, Zaandam, Nek, Middelie, Beemster, Hoorn, Schoorl, Bergen, Overveen, Aerden-
hout. Z.H.: Woerdense Verlaat, Noorden, Oegstgeest, Wassenaar, Meijendel, Delft, Stael-
duin, Capelle aan den IJssel, Schelluinen, Arkel, Hendrik-Ido-Ambacht, Oostvoorne, Helle-
voetsluis, Middelharnis, Sommelsdijk, Melissant, Ouddorp. Zl.: Haamstede, Westenschouwen,
Oostkapelle, Valkenisse, Cadzand. N.B.: Bergen op Zoom, Waalwijk, Hilvarenbeek, Sint
Michielsgestel, Best, Nuenen, Bergeijk, Valkenswaard, Schaft, Asten, Someren, Helenaveen,
Sint Anthonis, Gassel. Lbg.: Swalmen, Griendsveen (talrijk, LEFFEF), Montfort, Epen.
Variabiliteit. De typische vorm, zoals die door HÜBNER afgebeeld is,
heeft lichte voorvleugels met brede rode achterrand. Zulke exemplaren zijn onge-
twijfeld grote zeldzaamheden, tenminste bij ons. Meestal is een vrij flauwe niet te
brede roodachtige tint langs de achterrand te zien, die al gauw geleidelijk in de
lichte grondkleur overgaat. Ook zulke exemplaren beschouw ik als typisch.
In deze zwakkere vorm is de typische phragmitidis niet al te zeldzaam, tenminste
bij het 4, waarvan zich in het Zoöl. Mus. een serie van 15 stuks bevindt. Bij het
2 komt hij veel minder voor: slechts drie stuks van Nigtevecht, Amsterdam en
Breda.
f. pallida Tutt, 1888. De vorm met eenkleurig lichte voorvleugels is verreweg
het talrijkst.
(867) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 321
f. rufescens Tutt, 1888. De vorm met eenkleurig roodachtige voorvleugels is
vrij zeldzaam, maar blijkbaar wel verbreid onder de soort. Ik zag alleen mannetjes.
Tjerkwerd (MULDER); Lelystad, Bennekom, Slijk-Ewijk (VAN DE Por); Ankeveen,
Woerdense Verlaat, Best (Zoöl. Mus.); Weesp (VAN TUIJL); Bussum (TER LAAG);
Noorden (Lucas); Schelluinen (Stop); Arkel (ZWAKHALS); Hendrik-Ido-Am-
bacht (BOGAARD) ; Sommelsdijk (VROEGINDEWEIJ); Bergeijk (VAN WISSELINGH).
f. olivescens Warren, 1911. De vorm met olijfgrijze voorvleugels (donkerder
dus dan by f. pallida) en donkergrijze achtervleugels is blijkbaar nogal zeldzaam,
maar komt bij beide geslachten voor. Noordlaren, Lelystad, Slijk-Ewijk (alle man-
netjes, VAN DE POL). Daarentegen bevat de collectie van het Zoöl. Mus. op het
ogenblik slechts drie wijfjes van Hilversum, Amsterdam en Halfweg.
f. suffusa nov. De brede baan langs de achterrand van de voorvleugels, die bij
de typische vorm roodachtig is, is donkergrijs, evenals de achtervleugels. Lelystad,
&, 10.VII.1961 (holotype, VAN DE Por).
[The broad band along the outer margin of the fore wings, which is reddish with the
type form, is dark grey; hind wings of the same dark grey colour. }
Dwergen. Tjerkwerd (MULDER); Weesp (van TuijL); Ouddorp (HUISMAN)
Coenobia Stephens
Coenobia rufa Haworth. Tyjaschr. Entom. 84: 343; Cat. VI: (391) De vlinder
is vrij verbreid in vochtige terreinen, maar over het algemeen is het toch geen
gewone soort, zoals ook wel blijkt uit het betrekkelijk kleine aantal nieuwe vind-
plaatsen (al is heel wat meer dan wat in 1941 bekend was).
De vliegtijd kan tot ver in de tweede helft van augustus duren. De uiterste data
worden nu: 1.VII—26.VIII. De laatste datum werd in 1954 door LUKKIEN vast-
gesteld.
Vindplaatsen. Fr: Eernewoude, Nijetrijne. Dr.: Peize, Vries, Schoonlo, Odoorn,
Dwingelo, Havelte. Ov.: Almelo, Saasveld (Molenven), Ommen. Gdl.: Harskamp, Bennekom;
Neede, Korenburgerveen. Utr.: Amerongen, Botshol. Z.H.: Woerdense Verlaat, Noorden,
Oostvoorne. N.B.: Kampina, Best, Nuenen, Bergeijk, Someren, Asten, Deurne, Helenaveen,
Sint Anthonis. Lbg.: Venlo, Steijl, Swalmen, Maalbroek, Heel, Montfort, Peij.
Variabiliteit. Als typisch kunnen alle exemplaren met roodachtig getinte
voorvleugels beschouwd worden. W. P. CURTIS wijdt een vrij uitvoerig artikel aan
de vraag wat nu eigenlijk de kleur is van de typische vorm van rufa (Ent. Rec. 74:
130—134, 1962). Hij komt tot de conclusie, dat dit een vorm moet zijn met kaneel-
bruine voorvleugels, maar ik geloof niet dat dit juist is, nog afgezien van de vraag,
of een dergelijke vorm wel bestaat. Raadpleegt men HAWORTH's Lep. Brit., dan
ziet men, dat hij diverse roodachtige tinten aanduidt als ,,rfis”. Het lijkt me dan
ook beter zo een term zo ruim mogelijk op te vatten.
Exemplaren met roodachtig getinte voorvleugels ken ik van Vries, Vriezenveen
(VAN DER MEULEN); Odoorn (PEERDEMAN) ; Hatert (VAN WISSELINGH) ; Korten-
hoef (zes stuks!), Woerdense Verlaat, Oisterwijk (Zoöl. Mus.); Noorden, Deurne
(Lucas).
f. fusca Bankes, 1909, Ent. Rec. 21: 4. Grondkleur van de voorvleugels donker
bruinachtig. Montfort (MAASSEN).
322 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 (868)
f. despecta Treitschke, 1825. De vorm met licht bruinachtige voorvleugels komt
overal onder de soort voor.
f. pallida Tutt, 1888. De vorm met witachtig grijze voorvleugels komt inderdaad
het meest voor.
CORRIGENDA
SUPPLEMENT III
p. (170), regel 5 van boven, VI moet zijn: IV.
SUPPLEMENT IV
p- (179), regel 22 van onderen, juni moet zijn: juli.
p- (199), regel 2 van boven, decennia moet zijn: decaden.
SUPPLEMENT V
p- (270), regel 11 van onderen, pl. 22 moet zijn: pl. 84.
SUPPLEMENT VII
p. (438), regel 16 van onderen, f. fuscofasciata moet worden: f. contrasta nov.
(nec f. fuscofasciata Cockayne, 1951, Ent. Rec. 63: 30, pl. II, fig. 4).
SUPPLEMENT IX
p. (576), regel 9 van onderen, Boisduval moet zijn: Duponchel.
p. (580). In treating the geographic variation of Lycophotia porphyrea I wrote,
that the correct subspecific name for the variegated form of northwestern Europe
(including the Netherlands) is subsp. ericae Haworth. But Mr. D. S. FLETCHER
kindly drew my attention to two names of FABRICIUS, which are older than the
one given by HAWORTH, viz. Noctua picta Fabr., 1793, Ent. Syst. 3 (2): 91, from
Germany, and Noctua arnicae Fabr., |. c.: 107, from Sweden. As Germany is not
inhabited by a uniform subspecies, and as the type specimen is almost certainly
lost (cf. Ella ZIMSEN, 1964, The type material of I. C. Fabricius: 570), it is not
possible to make much use of the name picta.
As regards the Swedish form, I received a series from the Naturhistoriska Riks-
museum in Stockholm, two specimens of which are figured on plate 14 fig. 13
and 14. This series is perfectly identical with the subspecies flying in Great Britain
and in the Netherlands, so that in my opinion the correct name for the more
variegated subspecies (compared with the more unicolorous one of Central Europe)
is Lycophotia porphyrea arnicae Fabricius.
M. Ch. BOURSIN pointed out to me, that DE VILLERS did not describe his Pha-
laena varia from Brest, but from La Bresse in eastern France, between Lyon and
Dijon, so that my conclusion that varia is the correct name for the reddish form
from western France is wrong.
(869) B. J. LEMPKE : Catalogus der Nederlandse Macrolepidoptera 323
SUPPLEMENT X
p. (637), regel 12 van boven, Hadena lepida Esper, [1790], moet zijn: Hadena
perplexa Schiff., 1775. Zie Ch. Boursin, Errata et Addenda etc, Bull. Soc. Linn.
de Lyon 34: 183 (1965).
regel 8 van onderen, Boisduval moet zijn: Duponchel.
p. (643), regel 1, Lastonycta Aurivillius moet zijn: Hada Billberg.
regel 2, Lasionycta nana moet zijn: Hada nana.
p. (689), regel 3 van onderen, Meliana Curtis moet zijn: Sentha Stephens.
regel 2 van onderen, Meliana flammea moet zijn: Sentha flammea. Zie Ch.
BOURSIN, 1. c.
SUPPLEMENT XI
p- (699), regel 6, CUCULLINAE moet zijn: CUCULLIINAE.
p. (709). The variegated subspecies of Lithophane lamda Fabr. from western
Europe is universally indicated as subsp. zinckenii Treitschke. Dr. G. KRUSEMAN
kindly pointed out to me, however, that this name is invalid, according to art. 72 d
of the Int. Rules of Zoological Nomenclature, which reads: “If an author proposes
a new specific name expressly as a replacement for a prior name, but at the same
time applies it to particular specimens, the type of the replacement nominal species
must be that of the nominal species, despite any contrary designation of type-
specimen or different taxonomic usage of the replacement name”.
I therefore propose to name the subspecies which up till now has been indicated
as subsp. zinckenii, subsp. variegata nov. with as holotype the & from Putten
(Gelderland prov.), 13.X.1914, figured in Tijdschr. Entom. 107, pl. 30 fig. 3,
1954 (collection Zoological Museum Amsterdam).
p. (713), regel 3 van onderen, Griposia Tams moet zijn: Dichonia Hübner.
regel 2 van onderen, Griposia aprilina moet zijn: Dichonia aprilina. Zie Ch.
BouRSIN, l.c. p. 184.
p. (717), regel 7 van boven, albilinea nov. moet zijn: albilinea Hoffmeyer &
Knudsen, 1938, De Danske Storsommerfugle: 144. \
p. (772), regel 12 van onderen, Vieweg moet zijn: Esper.
Plaat 29. Aan de tekst toevoegen: Fig. 15—17. Conistra vaccinii L. 15. f. bicolor
Lempke, Hilversum, &, 8.X1.1938 (holotype). 16. f. auronigra Heylaerts, Breda,
3, 3.X.1887 (holotype). 17. f. conspicua Lempke, Putten, 9, 29.X.1918 (holo-
type).
= ST hu LA
su i li Ni “pel Er
; | : . N, „m uit ol
En TE UT , m jun 1 È;
5 | NI mi HANDE \ KA Av 11
> an Ù Du abita:
aa ou a i ohi A È Ì x i
Ae i en A fie
Dn Vi det i pri di Be: QU pu i LITE ae |
a en fe sa 7 Q ij bi | O ni i ar
a, Am ì ie EI RO fi i in bi "i "ai en AR na 4 4 er Vi he a q
Bi em lie HL EE EEEN LH sE oe |
i or ca 8} hi ‘i 410 el hbk "rap u ae he hi x SRI, Le ad; th Ban SX à Did
ei Re wen Te es 7 ot ut nh X, à oe, er the vel (eri Lasi A sil a
= fl | | : x | En LAN NJ x ni La ! pa e; 7 LI us Di | pr oe if |
u “a i x : x a u) Samia Ri DL Fr cifs nals 18 Dr
7 Ù ip zu ida n eer Asko
EE I ai ven, a glijd Dune pis ohne LE u (F3) ji cha
u : nel a 7 a n i Hay TA ea ling er Aa el ni we: on) Wy, da aa sa |
(
È val 1 si NA IN x n | i gui
— | gia è. vs vat ta Ehud BR HUE nun Ln bane „ht wi Ni
tS Sie o ‘th; chose ie Ss h BR ver Pe Ri
i u 5 = Fi oe m u î al pn
Ì
Cna 8 E er u : {1
x uit Bu Ne TEEN hi Ke x E tee Me = |
2 | De ni ti ART RAP (a ted 2 Li nde A
= i ALTO q oe aid A go ee Oph Sn ere i ang Le u
| u | STILL en LE 4 Fee
7 CF Kek ae POD A ALE Or i 0) E "a = ban
: " real Ae 40 MSA
oe i 2 vy 7 un al PES n 5 np / RAT 4 | if a wa
i "i 1
_ 1 Dj 7 ha AN aly ALG Bu a De “ty een ALA (sh en DE 5 a
i uu 5 CAN ni va i rap eta À I Mu ME tan A kas A ‘4 ie La to ig sn Ai
a fio OL RL KEA m» dina i u hr "a ny = STI he is
VE Ki pn ee en at jub’ i igst, % in vn A eN
ii | prensa LUE 1 ICT TU wha CUS Us hie
eink HOME ee: ome
i N
1 tai AR wif eisen È en
er pe u Mi Le o CA
hi b: CRE ETUI i ler: ait “anta dee Aon tate pi ni a rs ti A u ai
iui | A ress = 3 rt di
u fa caging eh, Apel Er ps a ane DL en N
2 ayer ol? 16.) it sent acing, dat ‘sail hu DI bia sien att Ban ig we o
7 VN eN. n DAI
né Lt i awk in weerlegt. (US da ql Wh yn MERE ae 4 Le ‚mw ni asili am sam Ns
TE x sti A a ne tk ie 1. à ata tia biti ae ul nei
à. | a KP di seat ui ia da da quasi ln, hdd "a putti si og. ele I où By . Wh VAL, SARA DA
Di rs. di pel rn ur 11 er; n à ane all A Rp Dati web rat mai Rs ning”
= bie 1 Lu sg ornis ne En 4 :
pri fines cadi ato ne dui NUR OR AN qi te Dani en WE
«+ Le Ze eat tf ped È pok hek: adder . RQ Lun pi Hi oe Rei Meta, ALT
MN ars
ak m au er RE ea
tali
"SAI keen AE i perc Lost
r a LER mits abet i fila an, ‘igi ous PAS dos: sl
pe
a LI | pu : na Te | Fr 1: Tk ni
a te I : LE i Te SITL sie ju a m bs av pat: ae sg DI 7 ay ayant # a via L RE Le of (12 +4 Fe: 2
fa ue NI 7 Si 2 u iis ali degli gh dia ar brc ne Di er ge Laken zaden live sp ao È ein ve |
î 4 Mi vu vee sa i) ita BR Fe eae oe sigs batty Br Eve re maine gered 7
wes in i | hs er
u ian vai ae sii di DU Si Er 2” He Are vedan) ug a Be
PO d'a ON tat i eg Ve er uch. sche ar hak: alt
ui. | | ont TALI à | n LA
Bi, er ple ne, ni et Be pa rali dia an Sh
Fe
iy 5 ee, di i & | Ces fs
u | uri u vin pi mà ae pas A vis ses M wre Pl ur ar SERRE teh 27; ts A % “a 14 ei
a hy En Li u hijs: Li ur per,
B, Ja ‘ibi dra aden ale ids edn Coni Be... DI sr à
i : u i i u ini | aise À i » N ON CM fi
on ui agent vin. Pike hi “TM en" a LAN ne 22 Tak ch its thy ihe of, hia mi ih Oa
a ne en an - hie aad ue ta Lidia No en x 7 Bar COR
À pulls | a be =: De d u co ne li n AL ‘a
ie. : PET ini u oy re: dn ÿ hey Frati NE De È ig rile bali n Miu ak né Na Nl
7 Ù i = a 13 si un ju] il va Lie : bin i aa an È wi Fer sli PL dia i Bl a lana ta Ce As Ù di ds
1 5 } Le | A Er wy) a ; 2 7 Di u »
| © SIE Guai ia rea wil QUE bg ot, (be en ON DAC QE
u de ik ofl En if = ub 7 nin | LA ti IN n au ae PI As fs ad
aut TEE LU AU thi a ars itt ken miro à a bat re Lat
nes a dos ie a ak tate ba a paced AP tay arten Pu pe}
at pri i A 5 di iu: ty ai DI MS i its i pai A 403 PI FR |
a n a 7 L VU) n Wa 7 cu Mio sie Di x 1 5 A i PAU) i ta) h KE 4, ar x da
EL oe 7 ie: ni LL val Lal 1 Fon 3° VE si hie n Pal ae E NPA 7 CN De I Di tra Lui iR
fa an a toe 7 u 12 | È A pai; id À j pe
a Sul LEE ze Ka i Sg il i ci ite MINES
i Wi ad n a fp SA ue st bugs ols A ig Upon nity
Er vs + CNET ra N te Ber Eu er A AN. ann uè, pi ‘ ri TE en sl . A elt kp je:
Pan N ba
0 feto 4 DE a
i d Li a Ot ar RA Da n n a a 7 È pei sa hi
1 Al M er u ue à a. Bu um en n PI Mi th IRENE. Er nr i Ko yy pai DI > LP | | E all
i ig ee ur ee | Ae a
ì Ik alg os ny i ve hr "A ou i ET Ù in ni di ha Do dti. a di a "i
A
u u iS ay | DA 2 Tu > AIEN ü
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 PLAAT 11
12 | } 13 14
Foto J. HUISENGA
Fig. 1. Amphipyra perflua F., 9, De Bilt, 21.VIII.1913. Fig. 2. Talpophila matura Hufn.,
f. obscura nov, 4, Bergeijk, 5.VIII.1961. Fig. 3. Rusina ferruginea Esper, f. demacculata
nov, 4, Bergeijk, 7.VII.1961 (holotype). Fig. 4. Cosmia trapezina L., f. fasciata Erschoff, 4,
Saasveld (Molenven), 7.VIII.1958. Fig. 5, 6. Phlogophora meticulosa L. 5. f. flavescens
Saundby, 4, Amsterdam, 20.IX.1902. 6. f. west Chalmers-Hunt, 2, Amersfoort, 22.1X.1952.
Fig. 7, 8. Euplexia lucipara L. 7. f. obscura nov., &, Heemskerk, 16.V1.1961. 8. f. pallida
Lempe, 4, Oostkapelle, 7.VII.1959. Fig. 9, 12. Cosmia affinis L. 9. 9, Domburg, 17.VII.
1912. 12 f. bredemanni Warnecke, 4, Valkenisse, 29.VII.1963. Fig. 10, 13. Cosmia diffinis
L. 10. 4, Voerendaal (Cortenbach), 7.VIII.1935. 13, f. pallescens nov, &, Geulem, 4.VIII.
1954 (holotype). Fig. 11, 14. Cosmia pyralina Schiff. 11. 4, Twello, 15.VII.1927. 14. f.
obscura Hoffmann, &, Eext, 13.VII.1964
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 PLAAT 12
Foto J. HUISENGA
Fig. 1. Apamea monoglypha Hufn., f. obsoleta nov., &, Amsterdam, 8.VII.1932 (holotype).
Fig. 2, 3. Apamea anceps Schiff. 2. f. lactea Cockayne, 4, Texel, 4.VI.1939. 3. f. nigrescens
Hannemann, 2, Bergeijk, 11.VI.1964. Fig. 4—6. Apamea illyria Freyer. 4. 4, Pitztal, Teriol.
sept, 12—30.V1.1952. 5. ®, Ziegelrodaer Forst, Hermannsecke, Krs. Querfurt (Oost-Duits-
land), 30.V.1964. 6. f. nigrescens Lempke, 2, Vaals, 17.V.1953 (holotype). Fig. 7, 8. Nona-
gria typhae Thunberg. 7. f. fraterna Borkhausen, &, Arkel, 10.IX.1962. 8. f. obscura nov.
8, Leeuwarden, 9.VIII.1951. 9. Rhizedra lutosa Hb., f. lechneri Rebel, 4, Zevenhuizen,
29.IX.1897 (holotype)
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 PLAAT 13
Foto J. HUISENGA
Fig. 1. Oligia strigilis L., f. pallida nov, 9, Ankeveen, 30.VI.1907 (holotype). Fig. 2.
Oligia latruncula Schiff, f. fasciata Lempke, 9, Bergen-N.H. (Oostdorp), 21.VI.1938. Fig.
3—6. Mesoligia furuncula Schiff. 3. f. vinctuncula Hübner, &, Aalten, 28.VII.1935. 4. f.
unicolor Warren, &, Hilversum, 10.VII.1940. 5. f. constricta Heydemann, &, Valkenisse,
24.VII.1961. 6. f. centrifasciata nov, &, Bergeijk, 21.VIII.1960 (holotype). Fig. 7—9.
Oligia versicolor Borkhausen. 7. &, Nuenen, 20.VI.1961. 8. f. fasciata Lenz, 6, Winterswijk,
20.V1.1952. 9. f. aethiops Heydemann, 2, Nuenen, 3.VIII.1962. Fig. 10—12. Photedes
minima Haworth. 10. &, Best, 17.VII.1963. 11. f. obscura nov., &, Best, 17.VII.1963 (holo-
type). 12. f. obscura nov. 9, Swalmen, 30.VI.1964. Alle figuren, behalve 10 en 11,
X 115 (All figures, except 10 and 11, X 115)
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 PLAAT 14
13
Foto J. HUISENGA
Fig. 1—3. Celaena haworthii haworthii Curtis. 1. &, Norfolk Broads, 13.VIII.1921. 2. &,
Aberdeenshire, 1893. 3. &, Aberdeenshire, 1895. Fig. 4—12. Celaena haworthii erupta
Germar. 4. 9, Waren (Mecklenburg). 5. &, Griendsveen, VIII.1964. 6. 9, idem, 7. f.
grisescens nov. 9, idem (holotype). 8. f. nigrescens nov., &, idem (holotype). 9. f. virgata
nov., &, idem (holotype). 10. f. unicolor nov., &, idem (holotype). 11. f. semiconfluens
nov., &, idem (holotype); 12. f. protensa nov., &, idem (holotype). Fig. 13, 14. Lycophotia
porphyrea arnicae Fabricius. 13. &, Ornäsudden, Holmsted (Zweden), 20.VII.1954. 14. 9,
idem
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 10, 1965 PLAAT 15
Foto J. HUISENGA
Fig. 1, 2. Trachea atriplicis L. 1. 2, Apeldoorn, 4.VI.1957. 2. f. nigrescens nov., &, Onnen,
16.VI.1961 (holotype). Fig. 3, 4. Apamea sublustris Esper. 3. 9, Overveen, 21.VI.1964.
4. f. obsoleta nov., &, Aerdenhout, 9.VII.1955 (holotype). Fig. 5—10. Arenostola fluxa
Hübner. 5. &, Slijk-Ewijk, 4.VII.1960. 6. f. pulverosa Warren, &, Slijk-Ewijk, 6.VII.1961.
7. f. hellmanni Eversmann, &, Slijk-Ewijk, 18.VII.1961. 8. 4, Valkenisse, 27.VII.1961. 9. f.
pulverosa Warren, &, Heemskerk, 30.VIII.1962. 10. f. hellmanni Eversmann, &, Egmond
aan den Hoef, 22.VII.1950. [The specimens from Slijk-Ewijk (Gelderland prov., on the river
Waal), are distinctly larger than those from the dune area along the North Sea}
'
Ù :
0
id B
i
x I
' Ù
i
1
DI
N pat È
lei ‘
Lu =
uv
0
Ù x i
; nc À
ö ae
1 boy
A RO od I:
i b
er)
i r nu fa
Er oon ¢
a
1
= f |
Fr 4
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
Het verschijnt in één deel van 350—450 bladzijden per jaar, bestaande uit
enkele afleveringen.
ENTOMOLOGISCHE BERICHTEN
Deze zijn bestemd voor de publicatie van kortere artikelen, faunistische notities
etc, alsmede van de Verslagen der Vergaderingen en van mededelingen van het
bestuur. Zij verschijnen twaalf maal per jaar in een aflevering van 16 of meer
bladzijden, die samen een deel vormen.
TRICHOPTERORUM CATALOGUS
Deze Catalogus van F. C. J. Fischer wordt door de Vereeniging voor rekening
van de auteur uitgegeven. Alle bekende recente en fossiele soorten van de gehele
wereld met hun synoniemen worden er in behandeld. Delen I en II kosten f 39.—
per stuk, delen III—V: f 45 —. Er zullen in totaal 15 delen verschijnen. Van alle
delen zijn ook éénzijdig bedrukte exemplaren beschikbaar. De prijsverhoging hier-
voor bedraagt f 2.50.
ENTOMOLOGIA EXPERIMENTALIS ET APPLICATA
Dit tijdschrift wordt uitgegeven door de Noord-Hollandse Uitgevers Maatschap-
pij te Amsterdam in opdracht van de Vereeniging. Het publiceert artikelen over
experimentele biologie en oekologie bij insecten en andere land-arthropoden. Het
verschijnt vier maal per jaar en bevat 320 bladzijden. De prijs voor leden bedraagt
f 25 —, voor niet-leden f 40 — per jaar.
Alle zakelijke correspondentie betreffende de Vereeniging te richten aan de
Secretaris, W. Hellinga, Weesperzijde 2311, Amsterdam-O.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van het Tijdschrift voor Entomologie en
de Monographieën te richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. A. Diakonoff, Rijksmuseum
van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van de Entomologische Berichten te rich-
ten aan de Redacteur, B. J. Lempke, Oude IJselstraat 12III, Amsterdam-Z. 2.
_Alle correspondentie over de redactie van Entomologia Experimentalis et Appli-
cata te richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. P. A. van der Laan, Lab. voor Toegepaste
Entomologie, Linnaeusstraat 2 B, Amsterdam.
Alle betalingen te richten aan de Penningmeester, Drs. H. Wiering, Doorntjes
_29, Bergen (N.H.), postgiro 188130, ten name van de Nederlandsche Entomolo-
| gische Vereeniging te Bergen (N.H.).
Alle correspondentie betreffende de Bibliotheek der Vereeniging te richten aan
_ de Bibliotheek, Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O.
NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS
All correspondence referring to subscriptions and exchange of the periodicals
of the Netherlands Entomological Society should be addressed to the Librarian,
| . Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O, Netherlands.
1
Ri =
a
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
Contributors will receive free of charge fifty reprints of their papers, joint authors have
to divide this number between them at their discretion. Additional reprints may be ordered
when returning proofs.
Manuscripts should be written in Dutch, English, French, German or Italian. If they
contain descriptions of new genera, species, etc., they should be in one of the four last
mentioned languages.
| The author should communicate with the editor before submitting his manuscript. He
will enclose with manuscript a Synopsis (Abstract), styled according to recommendations
of the UNESCO (style rules will be provided by the editor) and, if needed, a Summary.
Papers in Dutch should contain an Abstract and/or a Summary in one of the four other
languages.
Manuscripts should be typewritten in double spacing on only one side of the paper, with
a margin of at least three cm at the left side of each sheet. Paragraphs should be indented.
Carbon copies cannot be accepted, as handling makes them illegible.
Captions for text figures and plates should be written on a separate sheet in double
spacing, numbered consecutively in arabic numerals; the use of a, b, c, or any other
subdivision of the figure numbering should be avoided.
Drawings for reproduction should be on good paper in Indian ink, preferably at least
one and a half times as large as the ultimate size desired. Lettering should be uniform, and,
after reduction, of the same size. Photographs should be furnished as shiny positive prints,
unmounted. Plates should be arranged so as to fill a whole page (11.5 x 19 cm) of the
Tijdschrift, or a portion thereof, captions included. Combinations of illustrations into groups
are preferable to separate illustrations, since there is a minimum charge per block.
Names of genera and lower systematic categories, new terms and the like are to be under-
lined by the author in the manuscript by a single straight line. Any other directions as to
size or style of the type are given by the editors, not by the author. Italic type or spacing to
stress ordinary words or sentences is to be avoided. Dates should be spelled as follows: either
”10.V.1948” or "10 May, 1948”. Other use of latin numerals should be avoided, as well as
abbreviations in the text, save those generally accepted. Numbers from one to ten occurring
in the text should be written in full, one, two, three, etc. Titles must be kept short. Foot-
notes should be kept at a minimum. —
Bibliography should not be given in footnotes but compiled in a list at end of the
paper, styled as follows:
Mosley, M. E., 1932, "A revision of the European species of the genus Leuctra (Pleco-
ptera)”. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [10} 10 (3): 1—41, pl. 1—5, fig. 1—57. Number of
issue should only be added (in parentheses) when it has individual pagination.
Text references to this list might be made thus:
”Mosley (1932) says.” or ”(Mosley, 1932)”.
The editors reserve the right to adjust style to certain standards of uniformity.
Manuscripts and all communications concerning editorial matters only should be sent to:
Dr. A. DIAKONOFF, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, The Netherlands.
DEEL 108 3 AFLEVERING 11 1965
MUS, COMP. ZOOL)
LIERARY
JAN 2 + 1966
TIJDSCHRIFT tient
VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
UITGEGEVEN DOOR
DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
INHOUD:
M. A. LIEFTINCK. — The species-group of Vestalis amoena Selys, 1853, in
Sundaland (Odonata, Calopterygidae), pp. 325—364, textfig. 1—13.
| Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, deel 108, afl. 11 Gepubliceerd 30-XII-1965 |
Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging
BESTUUR
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht, President (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
Dr. G. Barendrecht, Vice-President (1965—1971), Amsterdam.
W. Hellinga, Secretaris (1963—1969), Amsterdam.
Drs. H. Wiering, Penningmeester (1962—1968), Bergen (N.H.).
Drs. C. A. W. Jeekel, Brbliothecaris (1960— 1966), Amsterdam.
J. A. Janse (1964—1970), Bennebroek.
Dr. A. F. H. Besemer (1965—1970), Bennekom.
COMMISSIE VAN REDACTIE VOOR DE PUBLICATIES
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
P. Chrysanthus (1964— 1967), Oosterhout (N.B.).
Dr. A. Diakonoff (1964—1967), Leiderdorp.
G. L. van Eyndhoven (1963—1966), Haarlem.
Dr. L. G. E. Kalshoven (1964—1967), Blaricum.
Prof. Dr. D. J. Kuenen (benoemd 1957), Leiden.
Dr. P. A. van der Laan (benoemd 1957), Bennekom.
B. J. Lempke (1965—1968), Amsterdam.
Prof. Dr. J. de Wilde (benoemd 1957), Wageningen.
Dr. J. T. Wiebes (1963—1966), Leiden.
BESTUUR DER AFDELING VOOR TOEGEPASTE ENTOMOLOGIE
Dr. A. F. H. Besemer, Voorziiter, Wageningen.
Ir. P. Gruys, Secretaris, Rheden.
Dr. Ir. L. Bravenboer, Naaldwijk. |
Dr. C. F. A. Bruyning, Oegstgeest. ; 1
Dr. Ir. J. B. M. van Dinther, Bennekom.
De contributie voor het lidmaatschap bedraagt f 15.—, voor student-leden
f 2.50, per jaar. — Begunstigers betalen jaarlijks tenminstet f 15 —.
De leden, behalve de student-leden, ontvangen gratis de Entomologische |
Berichten, waarvan de prijs voor student-leden f 1.50 per jaar, voor niet-leden
f 20.— per jaar en f 2.— per nummer bedraagt.
De leden kunnen zich voor f 10.— per jaar abonneren op het Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie; hiervan bedraagt de prijs voor niet-leden f 35 — per jaar.
De eerder verschenen publicaties der Vereeniging zijn voor de leden tegen ver-
minderde prijzen verkrijgbaar. De Vereeniging geeft de volgende publicaties uit. …
MONOGRAPHIEEN VAN DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
Deze worden met onregelmatige tussenpozen uitgegeven. Er zijn reeds ver-
schenen:
— F. T. Valck Lucassen et al. — Monographie du genre Lomaptera Gory &
Percheron (Coleoptera, Cetoniidae), prijs f 50.—.
1. A. J. Besseling. — De Nederlandse Watermijten (Hydrachnellae Latreille,
1802), prijs f 25 —.
THE SPECIES-GROUP OF VESTALIS AMOENA SELYS, 1853
IN SUNDALAND (ODONATA, CALOPTERT SIAE
BY
) A NORE
M. A. LIEFTINCK JAN 2 * 1058
Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden HARVARD
UNIVERSI .XY
ABSTRACT
The present paper deals with a single section of the “Vestalis complex”, which still
presents a number of problems in classification. The most recent contribution to a general
treatment, based on neural and penile characters, is the one given by MAY (1935), who
recognized three genera, Vestalis Selys (1853) s.str., Vestinus Kennedy (1920a) and Vesta-
laria May (1935). Much of importance has since been added to our knowledge of these
insects, with which both KENNEDY and May were insufficiently acquainted. It was found that
the sectional characters of Vestinus are almost as unstable as those separating the three
vestaline genera distinguished by May, and that they exhibit characters of structure and
venation which are variously mixed, leading over from one section (or series) to another.
In view of this, there seems to be little reason for retaining generic of even subgeneric
groupings within the limits of the basic genus Vestalis. A clarification of the taxonomy and
relationship of the whole complex can not be undertaken before critical treatments of other
species-groups have also been given. A detailed analysis of the section Vestinus, typified by
V. gracilis (Ramb.), reveals that it is composed of different elements, at least one of its
components, the well-known taxon V. amoena Selys, breaking up into 7 closely similar species.
This group is centred in Sundaland, and in various places its members occur sympatrically.
The sexes are similar and all species have uniformly coloured bodies and wings. Differences
in venation and male penis structure are too slight to ensure species recognition. Reliable
specific characters are almost exclusively found in the male anal appendages, which have
proved remarkably constant; however, in the majority of species females have remained in-
separable. The types of the most widely distributed species, V. amoena and of that of beryllae
(Borneo) are redescribed, and definitions based on new characters are given of 6 new species,
viz. V. amethystina (Malaya, Sumatra), amaryllis, amabilis, amnicola, atropha and anacolosa
(all from Borneo). A key to the males is also given, the descriptions and notes that follow
being accompanied by illustrations of the male reproductive organs. The main venational
characteristics as well as detailed body-measurements are given for each taxon in tabular form.
Special attention is drawn to the distribution records and maps. Sympatric occurrences in
various parts of Sundaland are emphasized and tabulated separately. The paper is concluded
with an illustrated account of the immature stages, which are compared with those of allied
genera, the larvae of Neurobasis and Echo being also figured.
INTRODUCTION
The family Calopterygidae is represented in the Indo-Australian Archipelago
only by three genera, viz. Neurobasis Selys, Echo Selys, and Vestalis Selys, all of
them participating in the calopterygid fauna of the Asiatic mainland as well. New-
robasis comprises several polytypic species, which occur from India to China and
through Sundaland eastwards far into the Papuan Region. Echo, on the other hand,
occupies a much more restricted area, the distribution of the two regional species
for some reason having been retarded, both being confined to the submontane zone
325
326 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 11, 1965
and hill forests of the Malay Peninsula and the island of Sumatra. With regard to
Vestalis, it can be said that an analysis of all defined taxa and available material
would result ín an estimated total of about twenty recognizable species and sub-
species distributed all over eastern Asia. Up to the present time, however, the
genus only held two major species-groups each with three species, which have suc-
ceeded to spread in a southeastern direction into Sundaland. These are enumerated
hereafter under A and B. Only a single insular species belonging to group A (V.
melania Selys), has reached the Philippines, all others being abruptly brought to a
halt before or at “Wallace’s Line”, as first defined by HUXLEY.
Ep. May (1935) has divided the genus Vestalis in three units, which are
characterized and treated by him as full genera. These are:
A. Vestalis Selys (1853), s.str., with three species: (1) the genotype V. luctuosa
(Burm.), of Sumatra, Java and Bali; (2) V. /ugens Selys, of Malaya (?),
Sumatra and adjacent islands; and (3) V. melania Selys, of the Philippines.
This comprises a group of conspicuously coloured species with broad, densely
reticulated wings. All are sexually heterochromatic, males possessing deeply
pigmented, beautifully iridescent wings.
B. Vestinus Kennedy (1920b), with four species: (1) the genotype V. gracilis
(Ramb.) cum subsp., from India to Malaya; (2) V. apicalis Selys, terr. typ.
“Inde or”; (3) V. amoena Selys, from somewhere in Sundaland; and V.
beryllae Laidlaw, confined to Borneo. — A heterogeneous group of slender
species with narrower wings and more open venation. Sexes isochromatic,
wing-membrane frequently iridescent but poorly coloured.
C. Vestalaria May (1935), with three or more species, the genotype being V.
smaragdina (Selys), from Assam. — Both sexes with hyaline wings, which
are more broadly sessile and even less closely veined than in B.
In the next pages only the characters of the less strikingly coloured represen-
tatives of the section B, i.e., the cluster here called the “Vestalis amoena species-
group” will be discussed in some detail, no further mention being made of V.
gracilis and apicalis, for which Vestinus was originally proposed.
For a general survey of the entire group reference should be made to May
(1935), and for the regional (Malaysian) members of the family to LIEFTINCK’s
“Handlist” (1954).
CRITERIA OF GENERIC DISTINCTION
May already admitted that Vestalis, Vestinus and his own new taxon Vestalaria,
though re-defined and treated by him as full genera, are rather artificial units
which cannot possibly be classified into ‘primitive’ or ‘specialized’ types. Indeed,
any sequence indicating an evolutionary trend is virtuallly impossible because such
a classification depends entirely on the criteria used. These criteria are still of a
purely morphological nature, being found in the mouth-parts, penile structure, and
wing venation. When considering the component parts of Vestalis in a broad sense,
they show a curious mixture of allegedly generalized and advanced characters. For
instance, as was pointed out to me by Mr. J. COWLEY in a personal communication,
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Vestalis amoena in Sundaland 327
the form of the clypeus affords a reliable character to distinguish between species
or even species-groups. However, in Vestalis s.str., I have recently found that all
three species not only possess a very differently shaped clypeus, but the structure
of this part of the head in the genotype, V. luctuosa, is undifferentiated and almost
exactly similar to that seen in the members of Vestinus.
As we will see, one species not quite fittingly assigned to the section Vestinus,
ie, V. amoena Selys, is itself a composite unit whose members have in common
that their venational and penile characters are practically identical. With regard
to the venation, it should be remembered that May separated his three genera on
the basis of the origin of the veins M3-M, and the breadth of the Cu,-Cug area.
Now further investigations have proved that the characters employed by May
=
RSS
ET Dren re
iS
err
cava) 5
ETRE
ZEE
Fig. 1. Vestalis amoena Selys, ® from South Sumatra. Base of right pair of wings
should be used with caution. Within the limits of the species-group here treated,
I found these neural characters to be unstable and leading over to the other two of
May’s genera in at least half of the members at present known. Fig. 1, of the basal
part of the wings of V. amoena, may serve as an example of the wing venation
characteristic for this cluster of forms. It is true that the wings of the rather aber-
rant V. beryllae are narrower than those of the rest but the venation conforms to
the same plan. Despite the mainly unisexual characters which separate V. beryllae
from the remainder, there can be no doubt that all of them are nearly related and
are best kept together. If we were to accept Vestinus as generically distinct from
Vestalis on neural characters alone, we would be obliged to detach not only the
328 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 11, 1965
compact amoena-group from the gracilis assemblage but beryllae as well, placing
each of them in separate units, a conception to which I feel strongly opposed.
A divisional treatment here becomes still more complicated when the male penile
organ is examined. Whereas the structure of the penis in the amoena group deviates
but little from that of gracilis, this organ in V. beryllae is, remarkably enough,
altogether different in shape from that of the rest. It would seem, therefore, equally
unjustifiable to base any group characters on the penis structure alone.
Mr. J. COWLEY informs me in a letter that certain other sectional elements of
Vestalis, examined by him some years ago, were also found to be composite and
standing equally in need of re-adjustment.
Taking into account all above facts, I consider it unwise to recognize a great
number of genera containing only a single or very few species. Until the genus in
its broadest sense has been critically analysed and an adequate knowledge has been
obtained of the taxonomic relations within its own limits, I prefer to employ the
term species-group, the equivalent of RENSCH’s “Artenkreis”, for all sections so
far denominated or presently recognized. I have not even adopted a subgeneric
arrangement, the less so since little or nothing is yet known of the physiological
requirements and ethology of the various components.
THE SPECIES-GROUP OF WV. amoena
The most widely distributed amongst these is the insect hitherto called Vestalis
amoena Selys, 1853. As hinted at already above, this well-known Malaysian taxon
breaks up in a number of intimately allied yet clearly definable species. They bear
a very close prima facie resemblance to each other, being approximately of the
same size and having all of them the four wings uniformly tinted, a combination
of features not shared by any of the other Vestalis. The sexes are similar and have
the body of an intense emerald-green, the abdomen often rather more golden or
bronze, and both possess semi-transparent wings with a delicate purplish or lilac
iridescence. LAIDLAW (1915b) has described a close relative with similar characters
from Borneo. This is Vestalis beryllae Laidlaw, chiefly remarkable by the great
relative length of its abdomen, at least so in the male.
All members of the group are shade-loving jungle insects that breed in small
streams and brooks. They are usually common where found, and juveniles may be
found some distance from running water. |
It is the purpose of the present paper (1) to establish the identity of the true V.
amoena of HAGEN and DE SELYS and redescribe it; (2) to prove the existence
of five near allies formerly confounded with it; and (3) to define one more species.
not previously known, belonging in the same group. |
GENERAL CHARACTERIZATION AND SEGREGATION OF SPECIES
Both sexes of the collective taxon commonly referred to as Vestalis amoena auct.
have been accurately described by DE SELYS (1853, 1873), DE SELYS & HAGEN
(1854), and FRASER (1929, 1934).
As far as the general morphology, colour-pattern and wing venation are con-
|
|
|
M. A. LIEFTINCK: Vestalis amoena in Sundaland 329
cerned, the existing descriptions above alluded to are applicable to the entire
groupl).
All authors depended on the characteristic general appearance of this damselfly
as sufficing to distinguish it from the rest; and since it is an ordinary-looking insect
frequently represented in collections brought home from abroad, it was always
taken to stand for a single somewhat variable species. So it could happen that since
the time of the original description of V. amoena, the finer morphological structu- .
res, such as the male sexual organs, were left unnoticed. It is true that the male
penile organ of the supposed “amoena” was figured and commented upon in some
detail by SCHMIDT (1915) and KENNEDY (1920a), but this was done in treatments
of a more general character in which sectional units were opposed and Vestinus
was compared with the more remotely allied constituents of Vestalis. The same
is true with regard to the venation of which even MAY (1935) was unable to
supply any information owing to lack of material of the group.
The discovery of what seemed to be quite constant structural differences in the
male anal appendages of these closely similar calopterygids, led me to accumulate
as much material as possible and re-examine all available specimens previously
assigned to V. amoena.
Brief mention may now be made of earlier records in the literature, with com-
ments on the possible identity of the species involved.
In 1873 DE SELys already commented on the considerable differences in size
existing in a number of individuals he examined from the island of Labuan (NW
Borneo). Subsequent examination of these animals showed them to represent two
species, viz. amoena and amaryllis, HAGEN (1887) relates to a small series of
females in his collection taken at Mindai and Dusson (?) in southeast Borneo.
These specimens differed among themselves both in size and colour, one female
being exceptionally small (abd. 34 mm, hind wing 30 mm) while in another the
arculus sectors are said to be separated basally. I have not seen these insects but
our specimens from southeast Borneo pertain to amoena Selys and amaryllis sp.n.
LAIDLAW (1902) recorded amoena from Kuala Aring and Gunong Inas in the
Malay Peninsula, remarking that they disagree in body and wing colour. The same
author in 1903 reports both sexes from southern peninsular Siam (Patani) but
gives no details. WILLIAMSON (1904) also recorded the occurrence of the species
in Lower Siam (Trong, Khow Sai Dow Mountain, 1000 ft.), suggesting that the
great amount of variation in colour was due to age and sex. I have not been able
to examine material from just these localities, but the above specimens almost
certainly are conspecific either with amoena and/or amethystina, or else with the
unnamed insect discussed in this paper under “spec. indet.” (p. 338). When, in
1915a, LAIDLAW discussed a series obtained by J. C. MOULTON on Mt. Kinabalu,
the author was struck by the considerable differences in size exhibited by both
sexes, the extremes noted by him in one series of males being 48—52 mm for the
abdomen, 37—38.5 mm for the hind wing, whereas the rest of the males measured
44 and 34 mm, respectively. This led LAIDLAW to believe that the species presents
1) Except where some special condition demands mention of them, these general descript-
ions are not repeated in the specific characterizations which follow.
330 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 11, 1965
an example of “discontinuous variation” in both sexes, an untenable suggestion
as we will presently see, the Mt. Kinabalu area being inhabited by three quite dif-
ferent species, viz., amnicola, anacolosa, and beryllae.
All remaining articles in which “V. amoena” is merely recorded without com-
ment have been omitted from the bibliography at the end of this paper.
Penis structure. — This organ was figured and briefly described for one (or
more) species of the V. amoena group by SCHMIDT (1915: 144, pl. 11 fig. 45)
and KENNEDY (1920a: 29, fig. 46—47), and for related species-groups by May
(1935: 214, fig. 12—16). The penis is difficult to figure adequately as its terminal
parts are twisted and bent in various planes. All were examined in the dried state
after relaxing pinned or papered specimens. It was repeatedly found, however,
that the penes extracted from a small series of unquestionable conspecific males
were nevertheless not exactly alike. It soon became clear that certain feebly scler-
otised membranous parts showed various degrees of shrinkage in specimens
representing different stages of maturity. In some V. amaryllis from SE Borneo,
for instance, it was found that the limbus membranosus at the apex of the glans
was either more or less saucer-shaped and of large size, or reduced to a tiny trans-
verse plate, in others still this lobe being absent altogether. In fact, no two penes of.
a single species from one locality were absolutely alike as the folding varies and
the terminal filaments may project at different angles.
The following brief description applies to all forms except beryllae, which has a
differently shaped penis. Shaft long and curved, its convex surface sclerotised and
strongly pigmented; provided on either side near its apex with a ridge-like out-
growth furnished with bristles, a row of lateral bristles also being present more
basad and some way out beyond the position of the ridge. Glans penis with its
distal part recurved; lamina interna conspicuous, placed transversely and curled
inward; limbus membranosus very variable, usually short and ridge-like, occasionally
of great size; distal portion provided with a pair of symmetrically placed, deeply
bifid, thread-like filaments which are variously curved and twisted but about
equally long, the outer branch being provided at its base with a strong, slightly
pigmented, spine-like process. Specific differences in the general shape and in the
form of the processes could not be detected; even if such differences do exist, they
will probably prove too slight to be of diagnostic value. The penes of the three
species here figured, viz. V. amoena, amaryllis, and anacolosa (fig. 2) are closely
similar to those of all others, with the exception of V. beryllae. In the latter the apex
of the penis shaft is furnished with a greater number of bristles which are shorter
and finer than in the remaining species; here, also, the thickening of the lateral
wall at the end of the shaft is replaced by a distinctly hairy, triangular lobe pro-
jecting laterad at a right angle. The complicated structure of the apical part of the
glans penis of V. beryllae is probably best understood from a consultation of the —
camera lucida drawings I have made of it. A curved lamina interna is present but
concealed from view by the greatly developed external branch of the apical process
(fig. 10).
Females. — No serious attempt has been made to identify all available females
specifically, because it appeared that any colour distinctions are complicated by
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Vestalis amoena in Sundaland 331
AMOENA
N. Borneo
7
|
ANACOLOSA
AMARYLLIS N. Borneo
E. Borneo
Fig. 2. Apical part of penis of Vestalis species. Upper row: dorsal view (V. amoena and
anacolosa) and ventral view (V. amaryllis); lower row: right lateral view
332 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 11, 1965
differences due to maturity, and good series taken with their respective males are
not available. See, however, under each species. Structural differences are not
apparent, the form of the clypeus and prothorax as well as the armature of the
terminal abdominal segments, valves and appendages being practically the same in
all species. The existence of a minute “parorbital” tubercle situated posteriorly on
AMOENA
AMETHYSTINA
Fig. 3. Geographical distribution of the Vestalis amoena group in the Malaysian Subregion,
showing all known localities for two species and their sympatric occurrence in the Malay
Peninsula and Sumatra
M. A. LIEFTINCK: Vestalis amoena in Sundaland 333
either side at some distance from the inner border of the compound eye, which I
first thought might be used as a means of separating species, proved to be in-
dividually variable. In a series of V. amoena from Borneo it was found to be
present in all females, though occasionally poorly developed, while in Sumatran
examples it was either extremely minute or absent altogether.
AMARYLLIS
AMABILIS
ATROPHA. ANACOLOSA BERYLLAE
Fig. 4. Geographical distribution of six species of the Vestalis amoena group in the
Malaysian Subregion, showing all known localities
334 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 11, 1965
SPECIATION AND GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
As constituted at present the section V. amoena occupies, roughly, the area cal-
led the ‘Malaysian Subregion” 1), or, speaking in geological terms, the land-mass
known as Sundaland. In this particular case the limits of the distributional area
are still more restricted and somewhat arbitrarily defined, because a notable excep-
tion is formed by the island of Java (and Bali) whence no species are known with
certainty. For a possible explanation of the remarkable absence in Java, even of the
wide-spread V. amoena, see under that species. The exact limits of a north-western
extension of the group into Thailand and Lower Burma are still unknown.
According to the evidence of present-day distribution and specific differentiation,
it would seem that the entire group is of western origin and of old standing. It may
have had an ancestral continental form which gave rise to the parental stock
originating in Sundaland as a side-branch of the V. smaragdina and gracilis as-
semblages occurring in India and Indochina. This distribution can perhaps be
explained by assuming that the amoena-branch followed the major invasion route
from Burma and occupied the most suitable parts of Sundaland at a time when
the sea-level was still low. If so, the least differentiated and at the same time most
widely spread species, V. amoena, which has reached Borneo, is older than the
rest, the majority of the group having evolved after the islands were severed from
the continental block by the rising sea-level in post-pleistocene times. ZEUNER
(1943), in his highly instructive work on the systematics and phylogeny of the
Australasian genus Troides Hiibner (s.lat.), has mentioned a group of papilionid
butterflies showing a somewhat similar, though less complicated, distribution-
pattern. This is the purely Malaysian species-group of T. amphrysus (Cramer),
which contains four polytypic species of which several are of sympatric occurrence,
also in Java.
Whereas the three species of Vestalis s.str. are allopatric?), the males of each
possessing deeply pigmented and brilliantly coloured wings, we have seen that
both sexes of all known members of the V. amoena group have translucent wings,
aged individuals even showing approximately the same amount of faint iridescence
and apical obscuration. Although this cluster of intimately allied species are remark-
ably similar, the males have quite distinctive abdominal appendages by which they
can be held apart. Several amongst them live side by side under seemingly identical
ecological conditions. Since intermediate forms have never been found, there is
every reason to assume that they are unable to interbreed, which is regarded as
further proof of their specific distinctness.
All known locality records of the regional species characterized and named in
the present paper are entered in the accompanying distribution maps (fig. 3—4),
doubtful records and identifications being omitted therefrom. It is obvious from
these maps that there occur several species whose ranges overlap, but there exist
also some representing each other geographically. For instance, the same two
1) For an explanation of the term Malaysia as outlined by BODEN KLOSS, CHASEN, LIEF-
TINCK, etc., see the writer's “Handlist”’ (1954).
2) Except in the extreme south of Sumatra, where V. /uctuosa and lugens are not un-
commonly found together (see LIEFTINCK, 1954).
M. A. LIEFTINCK: Vestalis amoena in Sundaland 335
species, V. amoena and amethystina, occur sympatrically in the western part of the
distributional area comprising southern Thailand, the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.
Only one of them, amoena, extends further east into Borneo, where it meets another
close ally, amaryllis. Although the range of the latter also includes the island of
Bangka in the west, it has not apparently succeeded to reach Sumatra and the Malay
Peninsula, ie. the territory occupied by amethystina. This distribution suggests
that, although both amethystina and amaryllis are undoubtedly of western origin,
the Bornean amaryllis had already become isolated and differentiated before
amethystina could establish itself as an independent species.
Eliminating quite a number of ambiguous cases, all instances where sympatric
occurrences of two or more species could be definitely established, are listed in
Table I.
Table I. Sympatric occurrences of the Vestalis amoena species-group in the western part of
the Malay Archipelago
amethystina
amaryllis
amnicola
amabilis
anacolosa
amoena
beryllae
Thailand:
Trang waterfall, same month
Malay Peninsula:
Kuala Lumpur area (Selangor) + | +
NE Sumatra (Deli) ak +
Kedaton (Lampong) ae) ee
+|+
Sumatra:
Mt. Tanggamus (id.), same date
Bangka:
Lubuk Besar, same date
Borneo:
Mt. Dulit (Sarawak) +
Mt. Penrissen (Sarawak)
Kuching area (Sarawak)
Labuan Island
Singkawang (W Borneo)
Ampah (SE Borneo), same date
Long Hut (Kutai), same month
Mt. Marapok (Sarawak)
Mt. Kinabalu (Sabah) + + +
Eek
++++
+++++++
Borneo is a significant distributional centre which produced no less than 4 other
species, all of them peculiar to the island (fig. 4). It is there that the development
of the genus culminates in the remarkably specialized V. beryllae. Structurally, this
species holds an isolated position, recalling that of another Bornean calopterygid,
viz. Neurobasis cyaneipennis Förster. This has been segregated from the polytypic
species N. chinensis (L.) under the subgeneric name Matronotdes Förster.
336 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 11, 1965
ETHOLOGY
JOHNSON (1961), referring also to several earlier writers on breeding behaviour
in Calopterygidae, has shown that in Hetaerina different wing patterns are im-
portant functional requisites in species recognition for conspecific mating. In this
and other genera it has, indeed, been experimentally verified that the females
recognize and respond to males of their own species through a set of optical stimuli
including the colour design of the wing.
With reference to the above, it would seem that the species recognition factors
in this clear-winged group of Vestalis are mainly the shape of the male appendages
and in a few instances (V. beryllae) also, perhaps, body colour. It is to be expected
that in the sympatric species reproductive isolation is accomplished and maintained
by a combination of these structural differentiations and ethologically opposed
treats, such as posture, flight- and courtship-behaviour, etc.
KEY TO THE MALES
1. Abdomen with appendages at least 63 mm long, hind wing 4/7 length of
abdomen or less. Mouth-parts, antennae and thoracic segments lacking any
yellow colouring, the sutures black. All abdominal segments brilliant metallic
green; sup. app. black. Penis shaft with triangular process on either side near
apex; glans wide, its distal portion short and shield-like carrying a pair of twice
folded, elaborately twisted and frilled basal lobes (outer branches) and ending
in a pair of simple lanceolate flaps (inner branches) (fig. 10). Anal app.
broader and more flattened than in the allied Sap (fig 10). Hab. Borneo
beryllae
— Abdomen rh i no. Senne 51 mm, iid wing bout 3/4 length
of abdomen. Only basal segments of abdomen metallic green, turning to bronze-
black or black posteriorly. Penis shaft with low transverse ridge on either side
near apex; glans narrower, its distal portion much longer than wide in ventral
view, ending in a pair of long biramous filamentous lateral processes, the basal
ones (outer branches) carrying a short spine, the apical (inner branches)
Simple (fig? 2) En = LE O2
2. Inf. app. rudimentary: lateral aaa ice to Da ie tubercles
(fig. 7, 9). Labium black, only palpiger and 1st palpal segment yellow exter-
iorly; mandible-bases with isolated squarish spot. Labrum dark metallic black.
Basal half to 2/3 of 2nd antennal segment oi anteriorly. Female unknown.
Hab NE Borneor nnn . . . anacolosa
— Inf. app. at least half as long a as ne ale at ese antag | in long slender
lateral processes . . 3)
3. Distal portion of inf. App. relatively short ag thick, ta: and gliadrical,
not reaching back quite as far as the subapical projection of sup. app. (fig. 5,
9). Sup. app. with a single obtuse-angulate interior tubercle before apex, the
upper surface of which is slightly wrinkled but neither scalloped nor deeply
emarginate and devoid of tooth-like inner projections. Labium predominantly
yellow tipped with black; mentum partly and median lobe on either side of the
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Vestalis amoena in Sundaland 337
middle frequently obscured but never black; stipes of maxilla usually pale.
Mandible-bases yellow. Labrum at least partly yellow, very rarely entirely metal-
lic black. Yellow mark on anterior face of 2nd antennal segment almost or
quite reaching apex of same, though frequently reduced to a basal spot; very
rarely absent altogether. Thoracic sides and ventral surface at least partly with
yellow colouring on infraepisterna, lower parts of metapleura and poststernum,
these yellow areas occasionally obscured or concealed from view by grey-blue
pruinescence. Hab. Malaya to Borneo . . . ee Be amoena
Distal portion of inf. app. distinctly longer with more pended incurved apices,
though occasionally degenerated and filiform. Labium predominantly black,
only palpiger and 1st segment of palpus narrowly bordered with yellow out-
wardly; stipes of maxilla usually obscured. Lower parts of thoracic sides largely
obscured and poststernum wholly blak. . . . . am eee
Sup. app. with a single obtuse-angulate interior Benel bee apex, which
is more expanded and hollowed out ventrally, than in amoena; upper surface
of apex with inner edge not prolonged cephalad, neither ridge-like nor emar-
ginate within (fig 5, 9). Inf. app. very slender, reaching back as far as sub-
apical projection of sup. app. or even a little further. Mandible-bases with
isolated yellow spot. Labrum metallic black, unmarked with yellow. Anterior
face of 2nd antennal segment entirely black or with small basal yellow spot.
Thoracic sides and ventral surface lacking yellow spots, the yellow stripes
bordering second suture and latero-ventral margin of metepimerum linear or
obliterated. Hab. Borneo . . . OES
Apex of sup. app. more glio in roule re plenty triangular with
inwardly bent tip), distinctly hollowed out within when viewed from above,
the outer portion being on a higher level than the inner; inner margin in dorsal
view continued cephalad as a gradually more swollen ridge that curves at first
outwards and then inwards so as to enclose a tiny hollow, the ridge itself ending
abruptly in a blunt tooth or knob; in ventral view the subapical tubercle is
either single or differentiated to form tooth-like projections. Inf. app. very
slender, of variable length and strength. . . . Pecos seed
. Inf. app. of the usual breadth basally but soon cd to form extremely
thin, shrivelled, thread-like processes reaching back scarcely as far as the interior
subapical tubercle of sup. app., which is strongly protuberant; distal portion of
sup. app. drawn out, gently upcurved (fig. 8). Labrum metallic black, lacking
yellow spots. Mandible-bases with isolated basal yellow spot. Anterior face of
2nd antennal segment black or with vestigial basal yellow spot. Lower parts of
thoracic sides black; yellow stripe bordering second suture and latero-ventral
margin of metepimerum linear and/or obliterated. Small, narrow-winged
species with a maximum of 53 postnodal cross-veins in fore wing, 43 in hind
wing. Female unknown. Hab. Borneo. . . strati dinopha
Inf. app. long, less emaciated, reaching back as late as interior projection of sup.
app., the latter shorter, more evenly incurved. Postnodal cross-veins 53—81
in fore wing, 44—60 in hind wing. . . he ya thy ©
. Apical portion of sup. app. rather broad, the dd i prominent
though simple and broadly rounded, the surface beyond it smoothly concave
338 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 11, 1965
ventrally and bounded apically by a low transverse ridge; no pronounced ridges
or projections, the apex itself more or less oval (fig. 7, 9). Labrum metallic
black, occasionally with vestigial yellow spot on each side. Anterior face of 2nd
antennal segment with basal yellow spot attaining 1/3 or less of whole length.
Narrow yellow stripes, incomplete on both ends, bordering second suture and
latero-ventral margin of metepimerum. Apices of wings more drawn out and
tips more pointed than in allied species. Hab. Borneo. . . . . amnicola
— Apical portion of sup. app. narrower, of “a structure interiorly. Labrum
invariably marked with yellow . . . 7
7. Ventral tubercles preceding apex of sup. en relatively ai Di Jc te of
appendage projecting far beyond apex of inf. app. (fig. 6, 9). Anterior face
of 2nd antennal segment entirely yellow or almost so. Lower parts of thoracic
sides usually with some yellow colouring on infraepisterna, metapleurae and
coxal bases; yellow stripes bordering second suture and latero-ventral margin
of metepimerum distinct, a = incomplete. Hab. Malaya and
Sumatra . . . . amethystina
— Ventral fibereles precede 13 Ici ste app well Idi especially the
distal one in the form of a prominent tooth; inf. app. relatively longer (fig. 6,
9a). Anterior face of 2nd antennal segment either entirely yellow or only the
basal half to one-third coloured thus. Lower parts of thoracic sides with traces
of yellow only, or entirely black; stripes bordering second suture and latero-
ventral margin of metepimerum likewise variable, often linear, obliterated, or
even obscured so much as to become scarcely discernible. Hab. Bangka and
Börneo Uli Via DE ee ET Da A i
Vestalis spec. indet.
Material. — Burma: 1 4 (ad.), Tenasserim, Mergui (Mergwe) Archip.,
King Island, 23.VI.1927, J. ELTON Borr, ex coll. F. C. FRASER (BM).
Light chrome yellow are the following parts: the entire labium including the
median lobe, only the tips of the palpi being black; visible parts of the maxillae;
basal two-fifths of mandibles including the trochantins; labrum with the exception
of a diffuse mid-basal spot and a stripe along anterior border, widest in the middle;
a mid-basal spot on anteclypeus; whole anterior surface of 2nd antennal segment.
Anteclypeus, genae and a narrow stripe, tapering upwards, along margin of com-
pound eye, black. Rest of the head brilliant emerald green; rear pruinescent grey-
blue. Lower margin of propleuron narrowly yellow. Median carina, humeral and
first lateral sutures finely black. Most of the infraepisterna, lower parts of mes-
epimera and metapleurae below level of spiracle, as well as the entire ventral sur-
face of synthorax, coxae and trochanters, yellow; elongate metallic green patch
covering most of the metepimerum abbreviated ventrad, the yellow stripe along
second suture twofold. Lower areas of thorax pruinescent.
Wing membrane hyaline; nodal index Pre q Eng, cux néon ‘ one
45.21.22.45 3.3 IE
cell-row C7, —Cuo.
Anal appendages shaped much as in V. amoena but the superiors less incurved
and more drawn out; inferior appendages longer and slenderer.
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Vestalis amoena in Sundaland 339
Measurements: abd. + app. 47.3 mm, hind wing 36.0 : 8.4 mm.
I believe this specimen to represent a distinct new species. It is unfortunately
the only individual of the group from outside the Malaysian Subregion examined
by me. To name it at this time might result in confusion for subsequent authors
as it is not in too good a condition, its terminal appendages, moreover, being distor-
ted and unfit for figuring.
Vestalis amoena Selys, 1853
(hic Galea 316515)
Material. — Lectotype & (incomplete), hab. ign., labelled: ‘“? Java”, see below
(MCZ). — Thailand: 5 4 (one with abdomen missing), with printed
labels: S. Siam, Trang waterfall, 9, 21 and 23.VII.1935 and 7.VIII.1935, Dajak
LAYANG GADDI coll., R. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belg. I.G. 10.688 (IRSN). — Malay
Peninsula: 1 g 1 9, “Malacca” (yellow, DE SELys’ writing); 1 9, “Mt.
Ophir’ (white disk), ‘“Malacca” (yellow, DE SELYS’ writing) (IRSN); 1 4 (juv.,
wings defective), “Malacca” (DE SELYS’ writing) (IRSN); 1 & (juv., wings
defective), “Malacca” (DE SELYS’ writing, orange label), “V. amoena Malacca”,
ex coll. & det. MACLACHLAN, and ‘‘Paratype’ (BM); 1 &, Perak, 4 miles N of
Kp. Lasah, Sungai Chior (Chior Big Game Forest Reserve), 9.IV.1964, J. I.
FURTADO (ML); 1 &, Selangor, Sungai Rumput (tributary of S. Gombak),
5.1.1964, J. I. Furtado (ML); 1 4, Selangor, Sungai Gombak, 16th mile Kuala
Lumpur-Bentong road, 13.1V.1964, J. I. FURTADO (ML); 2 &, Selangor, Kuala
Lumpur, brook in rubber garden, 2.1II.1962, G. F. Mees (ML); 1 ¢, Negri Sem-
bilan, Malay Peninsula, H. N. Ripley (BM). — 2 ¢, Pulu Tioman,
Sedagong, V.1927, ex coll. F. C. FRASER (BM). — Sumatra: 7 &, Ost Su-
matra, A. HEYNE vend. 1919, V. amoena det. F. Ris (SMF); 1 &, NE Sumatra,
Serdang, Tandjong Morawa, B. HAGEN (ML); 1 9, Inderagiri, Pangkalan Kasai-
Sebrida road, 15.1V.1939, P. BuwALDA (ML); 2 &, “Sumatra Weijers’, “M.
Weijers Westkust Sumatra” and “V. amoena” (all in DE SELYS’ writing) (IRSN);
6 & 3 9, Palembang, Mt. Dempo, 700 m, Pagar Alam, 23.V.1935, M. E. WALSH
(ML); 4 & 1 2 (1 3 app. drawn, fig. 5, 9; 2 wing-bases, fig. 1), Lampong
Distr., foot of Mt. Tanggamus, Giesting, 400 m, 24 & 27.XII.1934 and Wai
Berah, 28.X11.1934, M. A. LIEFTINCK (ML); 1 &, same loc., 17.VI.1934, L. J.
Toxoreus (ML); 2 3, E. Lampong distr., Menggala, Terbanggi-ilir, 14 & 19.-
VIII.1936, M. BARTELS; 2 9, Lampong distr., Kedaton Estate, 150 m, 23.11.1937,
J. v. D. VECHT; 1 4, same area, Kasui, 23.VIII.1933, H. R. A. MULLER (ML). —
Bangka I.: 3 &, Lubuk Besar, 20 m, IX-X.1949, A. J. KOSTERMANS (ML);
1 2 (juv.), Petaling, 18.11.1932, J. v. D. VECHT (ML). — Billiton I.: 1
4 , Central Billiton, Begantung, 23.VIII.1935, F. J. Kuiper (ML); 1 9 (juv.),
W. Billiton, Tjerutjuk, 22.11.1937, F. J. Kuiper (ML). — Borneo: 1%
(penis drawn, fig. 2), Brit. N Borneo (Sabah), SW part of Sandakan Bay, Sapa-
gaya Lumbering Camp, 6.X1.1957, J. L. GRESSITT (ex BISH, ML); 10 ¢ 4 9
(sub amoena), labelled “Labuan Borneo”, or “Labuan” (yellow, DE SELYS’ writing)
(IRSN); 1 &, Labuan Borneo, Vestalis anoena Hagen, Borneo, ex coll. & det.
H. ALBARDA (ML); 1 4, labelled “Labuan” (yellow, DE SELys’ writing), “Vesta-
340 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 11, 1965
lis amoena Hag. & Labuan” (id.), “Hagen” (white, printed) (MCZ). 1 & (juv.,
app. missing) 1 9, W Sarawak, SE of Kuching, near Serian, Tapuh, 6-9.VII.
1958, T. C. MAA (ML); 2 &, extreme W Sarawak, kampong Poëh, 1—2.VI &
6—13.V1.1958, T. C. MAA (BISH, ML); 3 4 (one with last abd.-segm. missing),
W Sarawak, Merirai valley at Rajang river, nr. Kapit, 600 ft., secondary forest,
28. VII—6.VIII.1958, T. C. MAA (BISH, ML); 2 ¢, same area, Nanga Pelagus,
600—1750 ft, 7—14.VIII.1958, T. C. MAA (BISH, ML); 1 2, Sarawak,
Kuching, 27.VI.96, ROLLE vend., V. amoena det. F. Ris (SMF); 2 2, Central
E. Borneo, Kutai, Bloe-oe, 26.IX.1894, Borneo Exped., Dr. NIEUWENHUIS (ML).
15 4 4 2, Southeast Borneo, Kandangan, Ampah, 0—20 m, IV—V.1948, LIEM
Swie LIONG (ML, MCZ); 2 4, South Borneo, Sampit area, Sungai Sampit, 12.1.
1950, W. BuyN (ML); 1 & (def.), West Borneo (BM); 1 & 2 9 (1 2 juv.),
West Borneo, Sintang, “Wald”, 2.III, 4—16.IV.1910, Dr. L. MARTIN (SMF);
9 4 6 2, West Borneo, environs of Singkawang: Piong San road, 9.XII.1931
(3), Bengkajang road, 16.XI.1931, 30.XII and 11.X.1932 (3 2), Bakuan,
Selakau river, 22.1.1934 (1 2), forest marsh near Bakuan, 7.XII.1931 & 15.IX.
1932 (1 & 1 2 ), Penaring boundary, forest stream, 21.X11.1931, 28.I—8.11.1932
(7 & 1 2), all L. Coomans DE RUITER (ML). — 3 8 3 9, Karimata ll,
off SW Borneo, Sungai Palembang, 26.11.1931, L. COOMANS DE RUITER (ML).
V. amoena was first described by DE SELYS LONGCHAMPS in the Synopsis (1853:
25—26) after a male and female from “Sumatra”, ex coll. SCHNEIDER and WES-
TERMANN, respectively. In the Monographie (1854: 82—83), which appeared
under the joint authorship of DE SELYS and HAGEN, a more detailed description
of these two individuals is given and their origin specified. The male from “Java”,
acquired by SCHNEIDER from DE CHARPENTIER, was submitted to HAGEN who
himself prepared the description and gave it to DE SELYS for incorporation in the
Monographie. The female from “Pulo Penang” in WESTERMANN's collection most
likely belongs to amethystina but will not concern us here. In the 3rd Additions to
the Synopsis (1873: 475), DE SELYS declares that: “c'est de Malacca et de l'Ile
du prince de Galles {Penang} que j'ai recu les types décrits précédemment”. The
proper habitat of the type specimen thus being not definitely known we have to
take our choice between the islands of Sumatra or Java, and the Malay Peninsula.
The type (lectotype by present designation) is a male in dilapidated condition.
The head (detached and found loose in the drawer) has been glued on to the
prothorax; the abdomen is broken in two places and subsequently mended
(segments 6 and 8—9), the segments 7 and 10 + terminalia are missing. The
total length of the rest of the abdomen is 37.3 mm, of the hind wing 34.5 mm.
The specimen bears the following labels: “Java” (written on old white label, per-
haps in T. DE CHARPENTIER's writing); “Charp.” (written on old white cadre,
perhaps in SCHNEIDER’s hand); “V. amoena *Hag.” (HAGEN’s writing on old
white black-framed cadre), with “not type, Banks” written in the corner; “Ha-
gen” (small print); “Type MCZ no. 30.907”.
As indicated above, the lectotype may or may not have come from Java. The
locality given is probably erroneous, or at least unreliable, as the species has
never turned up again in that island (LIEFTINCK, 1934). In my “Handlist”
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Vestalis amoena in Sundaland 341
AMABILIS
N. Borneo
AMOENA
S. Sumatra
AMABILIS
N.Borneo
AMOENA
S. Sumatra
Fig. 5. Anal appendages of Vestalis species. a, ventral, b, right lateral view; c, apex of left
superior appendage more enlarged, dorsal view
(1954) I suggested that it still awaits re-discovery in Java or may have occurred
there and become extinct, the last possibility being the most likely one. The two
other specimens in the same collection are from Labuan, but these are of much
later date than the type and therefore of less importance. The young male from
342 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 11, 1965
“Malacca” in the British Museum collection (ex coll. MACLACHLAN), labelled
“paratype”, also originates from DE SELYS’ collection and may stay as a paratype
of V. amoena.
Despite a slight discrepancy in the first description of the superior anal appen-
dages of the male, which are said to be “presque bifides à leur extrémité”, I
believe to have correctly associated our specimens with the type, now lacking its
terminalia. This has the stipites of the maxillae as well as the entire basal half of
the labium yellow, only the disk beyond the yellow mentum being obscured; this
is a distinctive feature of all individuals here assigned to amoena serving to
separate it from its allies. The sides of the thorax have much yellow on the lower
parts, most of the ventral surface also being yellow. The stripes along the second
suture and latero-ventral margin of metepimerum are moderately broad, the former
being narrowly interrupted by black on both ends. In the majority of our speci-
mens, regardless of locality, these yellow stripes are even wider, the first one often
being twofold, i.e. joined to a somewhat shorter metepisternal hair-line. The
wings of the type are quite clear, there being no marginal obscuration at the
apices so frequently observed in old adults. The principal characters of the venation
are summarized in Table II. Those of the type are:
: : 3.4 e 62.25.27.65
cross-veins in g — ; nodal index ———.
3.3 —.21.24.—
Further material. Male. — The extent of black marks on the labrum varies
considerably throughout our series, though in the majority the yellow basal stripe
is narrowly interrupted in the median line so as to form a T-shaped black mark.
A few old males from Ampah (SE Borneo) show no trace of yellow but these
are tare exceptions. In them all light body marks tend to become obliterated:
only the basal two-thirds of the 2nd antennal segment remains yellow anteriorly,
the thoracic stripes are linear and the under surface of the thorax becomes blackish.
Should the appendages not be in good condition, such individuals can be recog-
nized only by the palpus being more broadly spotted than in any other species.
The two males from Tioman Island average larger in size than those from
other regions and have a correspondingly higher nodal index. In the hind wings
of one there are irregularly two rows of cells between Cu,— Cuz. They agree with
other Malayan specimens; in one the labrum carries a pair of transverse yellow
spots, in the other it is unicoloured greenish black. On the other hand, the few
specimens from Bangka and Billiton, are relatively of small size, agreeing in this
respect with those from Ampah in SE Borneo. Some evidence to the contrary can
be observed in a population occupying the Karimata group of small islands, off
SW Borneo, where the insects are superior in size to those occurring on the
opposite mainland.
With age the wing membrane in both sexes becomes dusky around the margins
and at the tips, in some old individuals the whole wing acquiring a greyish-brown
tint.
The superior anal appendages are not unlike those of the Indian species Vestalis
gracilis Ramb. and its immediate allies, a group of forms also agreeing with V.
amoena in having the inferior pair relatively short and thick. In the Malaysian
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Vestalis amoena in Sundaland 343
V. amoena the oblique transverse carina of the superior appendage is always well-
developed on the dorsal as well as on the ventral surface, ending at a point where
the subapical expansion is widest, or extending roundabout the latter. These
zidges are, however, not precisely similar in all populations examined: in Malayan
and Sumatran specimens the dorsal carina is placed a little more transversely than
in those from Borneo, though in all of them the appendage on both sides of the
dorsal ridge is hollowed out (fig. 5, 9). The short and robust form of the in-
ferior appendage is quite constant and serves to distinguish the species from the
much scarcer V. amabilis.
Female. — The labium is invariably yellow, only the tips of the palpi and
(more rarely) also of the midlobe being black. The labrum usually carries a black
point in the middle at base besides having the anterior border black; only in about
14% of the total the light colour is more restricted, the labrum then bearing a
T-shaped black mark. There is often a median spot of yellow on the anteclypeus.
The lower surface of the thorax remains yellow even in aged individuals though
bluish pruinescence may conceal or obscurate the light colours.
Size very variable. Male (see Table III). The dimensions of Bornean females
are: abd.+ app. 35.0—39.0 mm, hind wing 31.0—36.0 mm. It is worth men-
tioning that considerable individual variation exists in the proportionate lengths
of abdomen and hind wing, the difference in length in our series from Borneo
varying from 2.5 to 6.0 mm, with an average of 3.4 mm.
Vestalis amethystina spec. nov.
(Fip 36,39)
Material. — Thailand:3 4 1 2 (ad, indet.), S. Siam, Trang waterfall,
20.V11.1935, Dajak LAYANG GADDI coll., R. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belg. I. G. 10.688
(IRSN). — Malay Peninsula: 1 & (sub amoena), Malacca (yellow label,
DE SELYS hand), 27, Vestalis amoena 1 exempl. M. TILLYARD (unknown writing)
(IRSN); 1 4, Kedah, Kedah Peak, 22.VIII.1937 (BM); 2 & 7 2, Wellesley,
Penang I., Batu Feringgi, Catchment Area, 2—500 ft, 23.11, 31.V, 2.VI, 1.VII,
31.VII.1960, and 2 9, Sungai Pinang, 1500 ft, 12.III & 24.VII.1960, H. T.
PAGDEN (ML); 2 &, Perak, Ding Ding Is. & Dindings, H. N. RIDLEY (BM);
1 4, Perak, Batang Padang, Jor Camp, 1800 ft., 4.VI.1923, H. M. PENDLEBURY,
Ex coll AR. E. "TAIDIAW- (coll. J. Cowley) ¢, Perak, Jor, 4.VI.1923, V.
amoena, det. F. F. LAIDLAW (coll. J. CowLEY); 1 4, Perak, Taiping Pass, 1000
ft., 9.VI.1937 (BM); 1 4, Perak, 14th mile, Cameron Highland’s road, 11.000(?)
ft, 12.IX.1937 (BM); 1 & (juv.), Perak, Ipoh, Kramat Pulai, 23.IV.1961, H.
T. PAGDEN (ML); 1 &, Selangor, Kuala Lumpur, Ampang reservoir, 13.V.1960,
H. T. PAGDEN (ML); 1 4, Selangor, same locality, “caught at small feeder
stream falling into lake”, 16.1.1964, J. I. FURTADO (ML); Singapore I.; 1 &,
Singapore (BM). — Sumatra: 1 3, Atjeh, Kutatjane, 21.111.1954, A. H. G.
ALSTON (BM); 1 2, NE Sumatra, Asahan river, Tangga, 300 m, 2.VIII.1928,
J. C. VAN DER MEER MOHR; 1 &, Ost Sumatra, no. 5451, A. HEYNE 1919, V.
amoena, det. F. Ris (SMF); 1 & 1 2, Padang Highlands, Kloof van Harau,
1.1937, E. JACOBSON (ML); 2 4, Benkulen, Lebong Tandai, VII.1922 & IV.1923,
344 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 11, 1965
AMETHYSTINA
S. Sumatra
AMARYLLIS
NW. Borneo
AMARYLLIS
NW. Borneo
AMETHYSTINA C
S. Sumatra
C
Fig. 6. Anal appendages of Vestalis species, a, ventral, b, right lateral view; c, apex of left:
superior appendage more enlarged, dorsal view slightly from within
M. A. LIEFTINCK: Vestalis amoena in Sundaland 345
C. J. Brooks (BM); 2 ¢ 1 2, Benkulen, Muara Tenam, 250 m, 16—23.VI.
1935, M. E. WatsH (ML); 1 & 1 2, Benkulen, Ranau Lake distr., Banding
Agung, 27.X.1928, C. VAN STEENIS (ML); 1 4 1 2 (holotype & and allotype
2; & app. drawn, fig. 6, 9), Lampong distr., S. slope of Mt. Tanggamus, Gies-
ting, 400 m, 24.XII.1934, M. A. LiEFTINCK (ML); 1 4, Lampong, Kedaton
Estate, 14.1X.1932, H. R. A. MULLER (ML).
Female. — Of the same size and wing colour as amoena but even immature
specimens can be distinguished therefrom by having a black labium, only a
marginal hair-line of the palpi remaining yellow. Antenna with 2nd segment
yellow anteriorly. The ventral surface of the thorax is likewise obscured, almost
black in old adults, young females showing already a tendency towards obscuration
of the lower surface. Some measurements are:
Penang I. : abd. + app. 35.0—40.0 mm, hind wing 32.0—35.0 mm
Sumatra: 37.0— 40.0 mm, 33.0—36.0 mm.
This species is at present known only from southern Thailand, the Malay
Peninsula and Sumatra, being replaced by WV. amaryllis sp.n. in Borneo. As
indicated in Table I, V. amethystina was repeatedly met with in company of V.
amoena. Of the series taken by the Dajak collector at the waterfall near Trang
(Peninsular Siam), 5 are amoena and 4 amethystina. The former were collected
on 19, 21, and 23 July and 7 August, whilst the latter are all dated 20 July, 1935.
Though not necessarily taken in exactly the same spot, these insects evidently oc-
curred in close vicinity of each other. Anticipating that specific characters other
than those already established should be detectable, these Trang specimens were
thoroughly compared. However, the only additional feature by wich the males can
be held apart is found in the ground-colour of the body, which in amethystina
is of a less vividly yellow tint than in amoena; also, in the former the thorax un-
derneath is usually darker than in the latter. In the typical locality (i.e., Lampong
district of South Sumatra), I collected both species the same day myself, but since
at the time they were not recognized and held apart in the field, any specific
ethological differences, if at all perceptible, were not noticed.
Vestalis amaryllis spec. nov.
(fig. 2, 4, 6, 9a)
Material. — Bangka l: 1 &, Mangkol, 20—100 m, 16.X.1949, and 2 &,
Lubuk Besar, 20 m, IX—X.1949, A. J. KOSTERMANS (ML). — Borneo:
3 4, N Borneo, Tawau, Quoin Hill, Forest camp I, 2—3 mi. WSW of cocoanut
Res. Sta, 3—20.VII.1962, Y. HIRASHIMA (BISH, ML); 1 4, N Borneo (Sabah),
Bettotan, 10.V.1927, “ 22 mi. W by S of Sandakan up a river running into the
head of Sandakan Bay; secondary growth low country” (penis dissected, coll. J.
CowLEY); 1 & 2 9, Bettotan, 24.VII ( 4 ) and 25.VII (2) 1927, V. amoena,
det. F. F. LAIDLAW & J. E. H. ROBERTS (coll. J. CowLEY); 1 &, N Borneo
(Sabah), Elopura (= Sandakan Bay), 111.1884, V. amoena ex coll. & det. R.
MACLACHLAN (BM); 1 3, SW N Borneo (Sabah-Sarawak boundary), Brunei Bay
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 11, 1965
346
amoena
amethystina
amaryllis
amnicola
amabilis
atropha
anacolosa
beryllae
2528
24—31
Dm
24—34
2529
2527]
26—28
0155
Antenodals
Postnodals
Table II. Venational characters
Nervures in
quadrangle
Nervures in
cubital space
Greatest width of
hind wing
7.6— 9.0
8.5— 9.6
Ui VL
8.4—10.0
8.1— 8.4
7.6— 7.8
8.8
32292.
Average ratio distance
base-nodus to nodus-apex
10 : 17.02
10 : 16.86
10 : 17.05
10 : 16.02
10 : 15.87
10 : 15.41
10 : 16.30
10 : 18.50
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Vestalis amoena in Sundaland 347
area, Dent Province, Mt. Marapok, collector G.1) (ML); 5 4 1 ® (sub amoena),
labelled “Labuan Borneo” or “Labuan” (yellow, DE SELYS writing) (IRSN);
1 &, Labuan, Borneo, V. amoena Hag. &, ex coll. & det. H. ALBARDA (MA);
1 2 (def.), “Labuan/Borneo”, “Vestalis amoena Hag. 9 Labuan” (yellow la-
bels, DE SELYS writing) and “Hagen” (printed) (MCZ); 1 & 1 2, Labuan,
Borneo, ex coll. SELYS, V. amoena det. F. Ris (SMF); 3 4 3 9, Sarawak,
Kuching, 9— 31.1, 10.II and 7.VIII.1896, ROLLE vend., V. amoena, det. F. Ris
(SMF); 2 4 1 2, SW Sarawak, NE slope of Mt. Penrissen, low country, Te-
bang, 6.IX.1958, T. C. MAA (ML, BISH); 5 & 1 2 (including holotype &
and allotype 9 ; app. drawn, fig. 6, 9a), W Sarawak, slope of Mt. Santubong,
30.IX.1950, M. A. LIEFTINCK (ML); 3 4 3 ©, East Borneo, Sangkulirang distr.,
Kariorang and Batu Besi, low country, 12.11.1937, J. W. QUARLES DE QUARLES
and V—VI.1937, M. E. WatsH (ML); long series (both sexes, one & penis
drawn, fig. 2), Central East Borneo, Kutai, Samarinda area, Belajan valley, kali
Bengen, Tabang, 125 m, VIII—IX.1956, A. M. R. WEGNER et al. (ML, MCZ);
1 & 1 2, Central E. Borneo, Kutai, upper reaches of Mahakam river, Sungai
Telen valley, Long Hut, 130 m, no. 37, 17.VIII.1925, and Long Petak, 440 m,
no. 70, no date, H. C. SIEBERS, M.O. Borneo Exped. (ML); 4 &, Southeast Bor-
neo, Kandangan, Ampah, 0—20 m, IV—V.1948, LIEM SwIE LIONG (ML), 1 4
1 2, “Z. & O. Afd. Borneo, Kap. Benschop” (old round label) (ML); 1 9,
West Borneo, Singkawang area, Piong San road, 9.XII.1931, L. COOMANS DE
RUITER (ML). — Banguey I. (Banggi), Balabac Strait: 1 4, Bangey, Ins.
nördl. Borneo, W. KEDENBURG, ded. 20.VII.1894, V. amoena Hag., det. M. A.
LIEFTINCK 1928 (ML, from series in ZMH). — Balabac l.: 1 & (semiad.),
Balabac, no. 31280, A. EVERETT (SMF).
Female. — Similar to amethystina though light markings less extensive and
more frequently obscured. Antenna with second segment yellow anteriorly. Co-
lour of labium, lower parts of thoracic pleurae and ventral surface apparently
variable. In common with V. amoena and amethystina, the wings become rather
strongly tinted a greyish or yellowish brown in aged individuals.
As in V. amoena, there is much individual variation in the relative lengths of
abdomen and hind wing, the difference fluctuating between 2.5—5 mm (Table
III).
The specific identity of some females must remain uncertain. The dimensions of
those collected in association with males are:
1) Mr. ToM HARRISSON, Curator of the Sarawak Museum (Kuching), kindly informs me
in a letter that Mt. Marapok (near Merapok) “is a set of lower hills, up to 3000 ft. high,
running behind the Mengalong and Lawas rivers across the Sabah-Sarawak border as outliers
on the seaward side of the larger Crocker range. Sandstone with some limestone pockets”.
This information is corroborated by the botanist Dr. W. MEYER, of Sandakan (Sabah), who
wrote me that Mt. Marapok (rect. G. Masatoh?) is a hill north of the Lawas and its tribu-
tary Sungai Mesatoh, situated just south of the south-west border of Sabah. According to Mr.
HARRISSON, the collector ‘“G” might well have been F. H. H. G. GUILLEMARD, the locality
being only one day from Brunei Bay, where GUILLEMARD went in the cruise of the
“Marchesa” early in April, 1883. However, there is nothing in vol. II of “The Cruise of the
‘Marchesa’ (1886) to justify this supposition.
348 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 11, 1965
Labuan I. : abd. + app. 36.5—37.2 mm, hind wing 31.5—34.0 mm
Borneo 33.5— 41.5 mm, 29.5— 36.5 mm.
Has been found associated with V. amoena on Bangka Island and keeping
company with that species in no less than four widely different localities in
Borneo (Table I). Males are easily distinguished by the key characters although
one example from Labuan I. is exceptional on account of its partly yellow labium
and the great amount of yellow on the thoracic sides and underneath. In regard of
markings it is, in fact, indistinguishable from amoena originating from the same
small island. Some individuals have several duplicated cells in the proximal part of
the space Cu,‚—Cwg of the hind wings. More venational characteristics are given
in Table II.
Of all members of the group this new Vestalis seems to find its nearest relative
in V. amethystina sp.n., which it resembles most closely in the shape of the
superior appendages.
Table III. Measurements
Total
number
measured
| Length of abdomen | Length of hind wing
Locality pe RE een EDE den
Range | Average | Range Average
amoena Type 34.5 34.5
P. Tioman 46.0—48.0 47.0 35.0—37.2 36.1
Malaya 42.2—45.0 43.8 32.8—34.7 33.7
Sumatra 44.2—46.7 45.3 33.7—36.5 34.9
Bangka 39.0—43.5 40.8 29.0—32.3 30.1
Billiton 43.7 43.7 31.3 3153
Borneo 39.0—49.0 43.6 30.5—36.4 33.0
Whole range 39.0—49.0 29.0—37.2 33.4
amethystina | Malaya 10 42.0—46.9 43.8 31.5—36.0 33:2
Sumatra 10 42.7—48.0 45.8 32.0—37.0 35.0
Whole range 20 42.0—48.0 44.8 Sh a 0) 34.1
amaryllis Bangka 3 41.2—43.4 42.3 30.8—32.2 31.5
Borneo 56 40.4—48.0 44.2 30.5—36.0 33.2
Banguey 1 43.8 43.8 33.8 33.8
Balabac 1 42.5 42.5 32.4 32.4
Whole range 61 40.4—48.0 43.2 30.5—36.0 32.7
amnicola Borneo | 12 41.4—51.0 47.2 31.0—39.0 | 3927
amabilis Borneo 4 44.0460 | 450 | 320—342 | 329
atropha Borneo | 3 40.0—43.0 41.6 30.0—31.0 | 30.5
anacolosa | Borneo 1 48.0 48.0 36.0 | 36.0
beryllae Borneo 7 63.0— 73.5 66.4 35.0—41.5 | 38.0
M. A. LIEFTINCK: Vestalis amoena in Sundaland 349
Vestalis amabilis spec. nov.
(fig. 4, 5, 9)
Material. — Borneo: 3 & 3 2 (ad. including holotype 4 and allotype
9), SW N Borneo (Sabah-Sarawak boundary), Brunei Bay area, Dent Province,
Mt. Marapok, collector G., one & and 9 with label Vestalis amoena &, det. R.
MARTIN (ML); 1 & (ad.), NE Sarawak, Mt. Dulit, Borneo bor. (ML).
Male. — Immediately distinguished from V. amoena by the longer appendix
inferior and the black labium. Also, the yellow spot at the base of the mandible is
small and isolated, subtriangular in outline, while the 2nd antennal segment is
either unmarked or carries a small basal spot anteriorly. Lastly, the lower parts of
the thorax are much obscured, in one specimen even the yellow line bordering the
second lateral suture has disappeared. Several other species, of course, do resemble
amabilis very closely in colour, but in doubtful cases the shape of the appendages
is conclusive. For neural characters and measurements, see Table II and III.
Female. — The three specimens attributed to this species all have the labium
black but the yellow line bordering the palpi outwardly is broader than in the
male. The labrum has a pair of widely separated yellow spots. Second antennal
segment yellow anteriorly. There is much yellow colouring on the infraepisternites
and lower parts of metapleurae, the stripe joining the second suture being twofold.
Under surface obscured, not quite black, pruinescent blue.
Abd. + app. 37.5—39.0 mm, hind wing 33.5—33.8 mm.
Evidently a rare species restricted to certain parts of Borneo but keeping company
where found with amaryllis, amnicola, atropha and beryllae (see Table I and maps,
fig. 4).
Vestalis amnicola spec. nov.
(fig. 4, 7, 9)
Material. — Borneo: North Borneo (Sabah), 1 & (ad., holotype), Kina Balu,
coll. STAUDINGER, acq. 1903, with label Vestalis amoena Selys, det. R. MARTIN
(ML); 1 & (app. drawn, fig. 7, 9), SE slope of Mt. Kinabalu, 1650 ft, no. 21,
Ranau, 6.X.1958, T. C. MAA (ex BISH, ML); 1 & (ad.), Kina Balu, N Borneo,
1.1894, leg. EVERETT, no. 5436 (SMF); 2 9 (1 juv.), same locality and dates,
nos. 31279 and 31278 (SMF); 1 4, Kina Balu /91/ 161 (BM); 2 & (one with
intermediate abd.-segments missing), Kinabalu, STAUDINGER & BANG-HAAS vend.,
V. gigantea Förster, det. F. FORSTER (coll. J. CowLEY); 1 &, Kinabalu, 1914,
J. C. MOULTON, V. amoena, det. F. F. LAIDLAw, ex coll. LAIDLAW & ROBERTS
(coll. J. CowLEY); 1 &, Lewpu Aga House (Sandakan area?), 7.X.1920, V.
amoena, det. F. F. LAIDLAW, ex coll. LAIDLAW (coll. J. COWLEY). 1 4, Sarawak,
Mt. Dulit, R. Koyan, 2500 ft., 20.XI.1932, riverside, primitive forest, Oxford
Univ. Exped, B. M. HoBBY & A. W. Moore, H 619 (BM); 1 &, Sarawak, Mt.
Dulit, 25.X.1932, house clearing, native collector, same exped. as before (BM).
Male. — Apart from the characters found in the anal appendages, the male
of this new species can be recognized from its allies by (1) slightly more robust
build, (2) closely reticulated wings and higher nodal index, and (3) more abruptly
350 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 11, 1965
AMNICOLA
N. Borneo
AMNICOLA i ANACOLOSA
N.Borneo N. Borneo
Fig. 7. Anal appendages of Vestalis species from Borneo. a, ventral, b, right lateral view; c,
apex of left superior appendage more enlarged, dorsal view
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Vestalis amoena in Sundaland 351
broadened wings, the widest point of both fore and hind wing lying at a point
a little beyond the level of the nodus, hence further distad than in the other species.
There are also more divided cells between main sectors and supplements, the basal
part of the Cw,—Cwg area being a little wider than usual with more divided cells
between them for a variable distance; in the right hind wing of one paratype (from
Ranau, Mt. Kinabalu) this area for almost the whole length is two-celled, with
2— 3 marginals. See also Table II.
For a colour description of the male, see atropha and anacolosa. All agree in
having only a basal spot of yellow at the anterior face of the second antennal
segment, and in the great majority the labrum is unspotted and distinctly metallic
green. In the type the abbreviated metepimeral stripe joining the second suture
is perfectly straight, rather broad though subinterrupted near its upper extremity,
and there is also a small mesinfraepisternal spot.
The dimensions vary considerably in our series: the smallest male is from Lewpu
Aga House (alt.?), measuring 41.4 mm for the abdomen, 33.5 mm for the hind
wing. The largest males are amongst our series from Mt. Kinabalu and Mt. Dulit;
no correlation exists between abdomen and wing lengths, and intermediate sizes
are present from both localities. Many adults have the borders and extreme apices
of wings markedly enfumed, the membrane itself remaining hyaline. Table III.
Female. — Only two examples of this sex can be assigned to amnicola with
reasonable certainty. The labium is coloured as in the male. In one the labrum
is yellow with a mid-basal point of black and a black anterior border, whilst in
the other only a pair of transverse yellow spots are present.
Abd. + app. 40.0 mm, hind wing 35.0—35.2 mm.
Vestalis atropha spec. nov.
(fig. 4, 8)
Material. — Borneo: 1 & (ad.), Sarawak, foot of Mt. Dulit, junction of
rivers Tinjar and Lejok, 12.XI.1932, secondary forest, native collector, Oxford
Univ. Exped., B. M. Hoppy & A. W. Moore (BM); 1 & (ad.), Sarawak, Mt.
Dulit Trail, 10.VIII.1932, primitive forest, over stream, same exped. & collectors
(BM); 1 & (ad.), Sarawak, E of Mt. Dulit, Sungai Akah, 1.X.1920, collector?
V. amoena, det. F. F. LAIDLAW, ex coll. LAIDLAW (coll. J. CowLEY); 3 4 1 @
(ad.), sub amoena), “Sarawak”, one with affix “Penrissen’ (unknown hand-
writing) (IRSN). Holotype: &, Sarawak, Mt. Dulit Trail, 10.VIII.1932, Oxford
Univ. Exped. (BM); paratypes of both sexes in (BM), (ML), (IRSN) and coll.
J. COWLEY.
Male. — Labium black, yellow streaks only along outer margin of palpiger and
basal half of first palpal segment. Mandible-bases with isolated yellow spot, very
small and circular in the type, larger and rather more oval in the paratypes. Labrum
black with faint metallic green gloss; anteclypeus obscured. Rest of head brilliant
emerald green, the rear only feebly metallic and slightly pruinescent. Antenna
black, second segment unmarked (type), or with roundish basal spot anteriorly
(paratypes).
Synthorax with no other yellow markings than a metepimeral line bordering
352 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 11, 1965
ATROPHA
N.Borneo
Fig. 8. Anal appendages of Vestalis atropha sp.n., & holotype. a, ventral, b, right lateral,
c, intero-ventral view; d, apex of left superior appendage more enlarged, dorsal view
the second lateral suture and a mere streak at latero-ventral border, the former
being widest and somewhat broadened ventrad in the type, shorter and linear in
the paratypes; lower areas of the sides wholly black (one paratype) or with
vestigial mesinfraepisternal spot (holotype and one paratype). Thorax entirely
black ventrally and like the lower pleural parts and coxae covered with light blue
or grey-blue pruinescence.
Wings comparatively narrow and more pointed than in the allied species; apices
and posterior margin of membrane slightly smoky or entirely hyaline. Neuration
(Table II); there are one or two divided cells between C7, and Cz, in the hind
wings of the type but in the others there is only a single row.
Abdomen black with the usual brilliant peacock green gloss on the basal seg-
ments. Penis not differing from that of the other members of the group but anal
appendages of characteristic shape and quite similar in all individuals (fig. 8).
Female. — Labium coloured as in the male. Base of mandible with large yel-
low spot surrounded by black. Labrum marked with a heavy T-shaped greenish
black spot; a median transverse streak of yellow also on anteclypeus. Basal half of
second antennal segment yellow anteriorly. Colour-pattern of synthorax as in most
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Vestalis amoena in Sundaland 353
other species, the lower parts with much yellow colouring, the line joining second
suture twofold; ventral surface obscured in the middle.
47.23.22.46; SR Hell
Cux
EL es ane ci DEN sua
Dimensions. Male, see Table III. Female, abd. + app. 36.0 mm, hind wing
32.0 mm.
This new species is the smallest of the V. amoena group and can be at once
distinguished from its allies by the long upcurved superior anal appendages and
the curiously emaciated form of the inferior pair. The name is an allusion to the
atrophied condition of the latter. The wings have a more open venation and are
a trifle narrower and more pointed than in any of the others; the more distal
position of the nodus is an additional feature of the insect.
Vestalis anacolosa spec. nov.
(igs 2457, 9)
Material. — North Borneo: 1 & (holotype, app. & penis drawn, fig. 2),
Sabah, E slope of Mt. Kinabalu, 10 miles N of Ranau, 1570 ft., Paring, 9.X.1958,
T. C. Maa (ex BISH, ML).
As far as colour and markings are concerned, the unique specimen of this very
distinct species does not seem to differ from fully adult examples of V. amabilts,
amnicola and atropha, which are all of them equally dark-coloured insects, even
the labrum being nearly always unspotted with yellow. For the sake of com-
pleteness the following characters are given in addition to those mentioned in the
tables and key.
Labium black, palpiger and basal half of first palpal segment narrowly bordered
with yellow, these tiny crescents sharply defined. Mouth-parts and adjoining parts
of face black, genal area very shiny, anteclypeus dull. A large, isolated, subrotun-
date yellow spot at base of mandible. Head otherwise black with the usual bril-
liantly metallic emerald green shine, only the labrum and rear of the head but
slightly lustrous, the latter somewhat pruinosed. Antenna black, anterior face of
second segment with a pear-shaped basal yellow spot extending up for 1/5 to 1/3
the whole length. Yellow marks on thoracic segments restricted to tiny spots fil-
ling up the lower edges of the infraepisternites; a straight metepimeral line, in-
complete on both ends, runs along second lateral suture. These lower parts, as well
as the ventral surface and the coxae of legs, are covered with grey-blue pruinescence
concealing most of the surface.
Wings rather pointed, membrane entirely hyaline. Neuration (Table II) without
peculiarities; no duplicated cells between C7, —Cuo.
Abdomen lacking yellow markings; colour black, segm. 1—3 and base of 4
metallic green, succeeding segments and anal appendages almost lustreless. Penis
(fig. 2). Appendages (fig. 7, 9).
Female unknown.
354 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 11, 1965
AMARYLLIS
NW. Borneo
AMABILIS
N.Borneo
AMETHYSTINA
S.Sumatra
iN
AMOENA
S. Sumatra
AMNICOLA
Nigerese ANACOLOSA
N.Borneo
BERYLLAE
C.Borneo
Fig. 9. Left pair of anal appendages of Vestalis species, oblique intero-ventral view; a,
interior view of apex of right superior appendage of V. amaryllis sp.n., Mt. Santubong
M. A. LIEFTINCK: Vestalis amoena in Sundaland 355
Vestalis beryllae Laidlaw, 1915
Material. — Borneo: 1 3 (ad. holotype), labelled “Mt. Merinjak!),
29.5.14. / J. C. Moulton Type MSS” (BM); 1 4, Borneo (BM); 3 & (ad., one
with abd.-segm. 7— 10 missing), W Sarawak: “Sarawak/53 Mt. Penrissen, Sara-
wak” (yellow, DE SELys’ writing), “Vestalis elongata S. mss.” (ditto) (IRSN);
2 & (1 juv.), Kinabalu, Borneo, ex coll. MACLACHLAN (BM); 1 9 (ad. allo-
type by present designation), Kina Balu, N Borneo, 1.1894, leg. EVERETT, V.
amoena 9, det. F. Ris, ded. R. MARTIN (SMF); 1 & (ad.), NE Sarawak, Mt.
Dulit, Borneo bor., Vestalis elongata nov. spec. (R. MARTIN's writing) (ML); 1
3 (ad, app. drawn, fig. 10), Central Borneo, Sungai Mandai hills, Mt. Liang
Kubung (cave) near Nangaraun, 800 m, 10.11I—5.V.1894, J. BÜTTIKOFER (ML);
1 & (juv., penis dissected, fig. 10), Central East Borneo, Kutai, upper reaches
of Mahakam river, Sungai Telen valley, Long Hut, 150 m, no. 50, 23.VIII.1925,
H. C. SIEBERS (ML).
Male. — Labium, trochantin and apex of mandible black, as are the genae
and a narrow polished area extending from below upwards along margin of
compound eye as a gradually narrowed line tapering to a fine point and ceasing
at a level of the posterior ocelli. Labrum, base of mandibles and clypeus emerald
green; labrum with an impressed black spot in the middle at base and centre of
anteclypeus also black and lustreless. Clypeus transverse, somewhat protuberant
and swollen medially, about 21/, times broader than deep; its anterior border
rounded, the upper surface (postclypeus) transversely striate, moderately convex,
with a shallow, dull black depression on either side. Second antennal segment
metallic green, third segment dark bronze, flagellum black.
Pro- and synthorax metallic green, the carinae and sutural lines black as are
also the lower parts of metapleurae including the second lateral suture. The
metallic colour on either side of the latero-ventral border of metepimerum and
second suture frequently acquire a more coppery tint. Ventral surface of thorax
black, except the metasternum which is again metallic green, all parts more or
less powdered with light blue. Legs black, the outer faces of all coxae metallic
green to dark bronze.
Wings distinctly narrower and less expanded than in species of the amoena
group, the postnodal portion lanceolate with bluntly rounded tips. Nodus more
1) Some difficulty was experienced in finding out the geographical position and altitude
of the type locality of V. beryllae in Sarawak. The original description merely gives
‘“Retuh” but the type-label indicates Mt. Merinjak, May 29, 1914. Dr. T. HARRISSON (in
litt.) locates both of Mr. MOULTON's collecting places in the upper Baram river valley, over
50 miles distant from Mt. Murud in a northeasterly direction. A specimen of Chlorogomphus
dyak Laidlaw is reported by its describer as having been taken by MOULTON on Mt.
Merinjak on May 28, 1914, 2200 ft. It is evident, therefore, that V. beryllae in this area
does not exceed the limits of the submontane forest zone. Other dragonflies collected by
MOULTON about the same time and labelled “Mt. Murud” probably also originate further
down the Baram and are from Murud Kechil, a much smaller peak than the true Murud,
which was not climbed and explored until World War I by Messrs. E. MJOBERG and
T. HARRISSON, the latter having corrected its position and altitude on the existing maps.
356 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 11, 1965
BERYLLAE
C.Borneo
Fig. 10. Vestalis beryllae Laidlaw, & Mt. Liang Kubung. Anal appendages, right lateral
and ventral view, and apex of penis, ventral and right lateral view
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Vestalis amoena in Sundaland 357
recessed and main longitudinal veins straighter than in the amoena group of
species. Neuration, see Table II; fore wing with one row of cells Cu, —Cug,
this area in hind wing slightly expanded sub-basally, usually commencing with
three or more single cells followed for a variable distance by two rows and with
1—3 marginal cells. Membrane of both fore and hind wings evenly and rather
strongly tinged with yellow in mature examples, extreme apices moreover slightly
enfumed along margin.
Abdomen long and slender, from the base of segm. 7 to the end of 9 gra-
dually a little expanded and at the same time dorso-ventrally flattened. All ter-
gites brilliant metallic peacock green above, a little less shiny beneath. Anal appen-
dages black, dorsal surface of both pairs slightly metallic bronze but inferiors
usually with distinct metallic green lustre ventrally.
Penis as described on p. 330 and in the key (fig. 10). Anal appendages, fig. 9,
10).
The measurements of the entire series of males are:
Mt. Merinjak (holotype) abd. + app. 73.5 hind wing 41.5 mm.
Mt. Penrissen 71.0 42.0 —
Mt. Penrissen —- 70.0 —— 40.0 —
Mt. Penrissen —— — —— 39.0 —
Mt. Kinabalu — 68.5 u — 39.0 —
Mt. Kinabalu — 63.0 — 378 —
Mt. Dulit —— 67.0 —— 40.0 —
Mt. Liang Kubung —— 65.0 “ei Zoom
Long Hut ——— 64.0 —— 36.5 —
“Borneo” — 64.0 —— 35.0 —
Female. — The specimen is fully coloured and agrees with the male in all
but the sexual characters. Head without any pale markings; mouth-parts black, the
mandible-bases and labrum emerald green. Sutural stripes and lower parts of
4.4
synthorax all deep black. Wings slightly tinged yellowish. Cross-veins in g—.
5.4”
64.27.29.64. i 1
nodal oh Arculus very oblique, at Ax, , in all wings. In the
fore wing there is only a single row of cells Cw,—Cw3 but in the hinder pair
there are several duplicated cells between these veins; also, whereas Cz, in the
fore wings is normal and flatly curved, this vein in the hinder pair is distinctly
convex, approaching the condition found in V. gracilis Ramb. This is in conflict
with an observation made by May (1935 : 213), whose statement only applies
to the fore wing.
Dimensions: abd. + app. 49.0 mm, hind wing 40.0 mm, greatest breadth of
hind wing 9.0 mm.
LAIDLAW's description of the colour and shape of the inferior anal appendages
scarcely applies to the specimens before me. In July, 1964, I was able to compare
these with the type in the British Museum and found that in all of them the
inferior pair are more or less metallic green ventrally, the apices, though cylindrical,
being rather abruptly inwardly curved.
As indicated earlier, the systematic position of this striking insect is puzzling.
358 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 11, 1965
Although agreeing with the typical members of the V. amoena series in many
respects, it remains isolated structurally. Within the group it takes a position more
or less comparable with that of the dark-winged Neurobasis (Matronoides) cyanei-
pennis Förster (also from Borneo) as opposed to the allied species-group of
N. chinensis (L.). The most noteworthy features of V. beryllae are the extraor-
dinary shape of the penis, the lack of yellow body-marks, and the slender form
of body and wings. These characters are partly unisexual but decidedly striking.
Unlike the aberrant N. cyaneipennis, the present species is not at all restricted to
the higher altitudes of Borneo, but unfortunately nothing is yet known of its
habits and life history.
IMMATURE STAGES
(fig. 11,215)
The majority of the described Old World genera of Calopterygidae are now
fairly well known from the ultimate instar larvae. Of the three Malaysian genera,
the fullest account of Vestalis is the one given by Ris (1912) of V. luctuosa
(Burm.) from Java. The characters of Newrobasis chinensis florida Hagen, also
from Java, were summarized and illustrated more recently by LIEFTINCK (1955).
The third and last Malaysian genus, Echo Selys, has not so far been described or
figured.
I here offer camera lucida illustrations of full-grown examples of the Neurobasis
just mentioned, as well as of Echo uniformis Selys and Vestalis luctuosa (Burm.),
the last two from Sumatra. All were drawn from anaesthetized or freshly killed
specimens collected between the years 1934 and 1941.
The three genera differ much between themselves in general appearance, Neu-
robasis approaching Calopteryx most closely in being of very slender form, with a
small head and exceedingly long legs and caudal lamellae. Vestalis in every
respect is more compactly built and has a broader head. Lastly, Echo, although
possessing equally long legs and similarly shaped antennae, has a still larger and
broader head, the whole body being more expanded. In this respect Vestalis takes
a somewhat intermediate position between these two extremes (cf. fig. 11). |
The structure of the labium shows corresponding differences in proportion.
À comparison of this organ (fig. 12—13) reveals a deeply cleft median lobe in
Neurobasis and Vestalis, the inner margin of the palpus carrying denticulations
of two sizes. Echo, on the other hand, has a broader labium with less deeply
incised midlobe, and a palpus with an evenly and more finely denticulate inner
margin.
Analogous differences can be observed when comparing the shape of the caudal
lamellae. Though in Vestalzs the lateral gills bear a prominent mid-rib exteriorly,
all three of them are plate-like, of the vertical lamellate type, whereas in Echo only
the median gill is flattened, the lateral pair being triquetrous in cross-section with
rows of short tubercular spines at the ridges. Nezrobasis (and Matrona as
well) takes a position between the former two genera in that the thickened
median gill is spatulate towards the tip; otherwise they agree by having the
lamellae of unequal length, strongly triquetrous and with denticulate carinae
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Vestalis amoena in Sundaland 359
25 mm
Fig. 11. Ultimate instar larvae of: a, Newrobasis chinensis florida Hagen, from West Java,
Tjibarangbang, 13.XI.1938 (after LIEFTINCK, 1955); b, Vestalis luctuosa (Burm.), South
Sumatra, Wai Tebu, XII.1934; b, right lateral view of head more enlarged, showing
postocular tubercle and base of antennae; c, Echo uniformis Selys, from SW Sumatra, SE
slope of Mt. Dempo, 1100 m, X.1941. Fig. 11b and c, same magnification
360 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 11, 1965
(cf. LIEFTINCK, 1955, fig. 5—6). Neurobasis conforms to the larva typified by
Calopteryx, whereas Echo more closely approaches the East Asiatic Mais
(ASAHINA, 1956) and the Ethiopian genus Sapho (FRASER, 1951). Both of the
latter, like Echo, have at least the lateral caudal gills modified and triquetrous.
Apparently no published description or figure exist of the well-known Ethiopian
genus Phaon, whose larva presumably recalls Vestalis in general appearance,
agreeing with it in the essential characters.
The material at my disposal of Vestalis larvae pertaining to the amoena group
ıs rather meagre and from different sources, as follows:
Malay Peninsula: 1 9 ult, Penang I, Batu Feringgi, 28.11.1963,
forest brook, M. A. LIEFTINCK; 1.8 3 ® ult, 2 9 penult and 3 ex. younger
stages, Perak, Plus river, Sungai Yum, 15.111.1933, M. W. F. TwEEDIE; 1 9
exuvia, with freshly emerged imago, Selangor, Kuala Lumpur, Ulu Gombak,
16.11.1963, M. A. LIEFTINCK; 1 3 1 2, penult, Johore, Tankak, 4.X1.1959,
stream in rubber estate at foot of Mt. Ophir, close to Muar Reserve, 4.X1.1959, no.
68, D. S. JOHNSON; 1 9 ult, 1 9 penult, stream ca. 2 miles S of Suak, 10.VIII.
1958, D. S. JOHNSON. — Borneo: 3 young larvae, S. Borneo, Sampit area,
Pemantan, brook on peaty soil near tributary of Sampit river, low country, ult.
VII.1959, M. A. LIEFTINCK. All specimens are in the Leiden Museum.
These individuals very nearly agree with the more remotely allied species V.
luctuosa, of which I have a fair number of specimens collected in West Java and
Fig. 12. Interior view of labium; a, Neurobasis chinensis florida Hagen, from West Java,
Tjibarangbang, 13.X1.1938; b, Echo uniformis Selys, from South-west Sumatra, SE slope of
Mt. Dempo, 1100 m, X.1941. Same magnification
M. A. LIEFTINCK : Vestalis amoena in Sundaland 361
South Sumatra. However, they can be at once distinguished from that species by
the curiously obliquely truncated apex of the median caudal lamella (fig. 13),
which in /zctuosa is approximately of the same shape as the lateral pair (cf. Ris,
1912, fig. 24, with which our own specimens agree). This dissimilarity in the
form of the caudal gills seems to be a feature common to all species of the amoena
group, by which they can be easily recognized. Rıs’s description of the larva of
V. luctuosa is very full, and I have been unable to detect any consistent differences
between it and the amoena assemblage. The raised postocular tubercles, shown for
V. luctuosa in profile view (fig. 11b’), are equally strongly developed in the V.
amoena group, even the minute lateral ocellar warts, mentioned by Ris in his
description of the /zctzosa larva, being present in the specimens here treated.
One of the few discrepancies is found in the shape of the median caudal gill, which
in all specimens enumerated above is obliquely truncated apically, with a somewhat
swollen dorsal margin and with the apex acuminate (fig. 13d). A further slight
difference is found in the structure of the labium, the cleft of the median lobe in
luctuosa being, perhaps, a little broader towards the bottom than it is in the
amoena group, although I am doubtful whether this is a constant and reliable mark
Fig. 13. Vestalis species, group V. amoena Selys. Larval structures, ultimate instar. a,
interior view of labium; b, apex of labial palpus and median lobe, more highly magnified;
c, right antenna; d, median and left lateral caudal gill, colour-pattern pigmentation not
shown. Fig. 13a, b and d after specimen from Ulu Gombak, Malaya; fig. 13c after specimen
from Batu Feringgi, Penang Island
362 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 11, 1965
of distinction. A characteristic feature of all Vestalis larvae is the great length and
slender form of the end-hook at the labial palpus.
A peculiar feature of the antenna of these vestaline dragonfly larvae, which
I have not found mentioned in the literature, is the presence of a vestigial — rarely
incompletely developed — extra joint between the pedicel and the second segment.
This intercalated minute segment is present in all individuals examined and is also
shown in Ris’s fig. 22 (loc. cit.) of the head of V. /uctuosa. It is worth attention
that the same structure occurs in the neotropical Hetaerina macropus Selys, well
figured (though not mentioned) in a paper by GEIJSKES (1946, fig. 1). I have
failed to find any trace of this additional segment in the larva of Echo and Newro-
basis, which possess normal seven-segmented antennae.
I refrain from giving colour descriptions and measurements of the material in
our collection. The body pattern of a Sumatran V. /uctuosa is shown in fig. 11b,
with which most of our “amoena” larvae agree. However, much variation exists in
the development of dark bands and spots, including those ornamenting the gill
lamellae. The young individuals I obtained from the almost black-bottomed rivulets
in the peat marshes of southern Borneo, are considerably darker than the rest
and have sharply defined black-ringed legs.
Measurements of structural details are given with the illustrations.
The specific identification of the present larvae must remain somewhat doubtful.
When in the field, unfortunately no particular attention was paid to the imagines
of the clear-winged members of the V. amoena group as it was not foreseen that
more than one common and widespread species existed anywhere in the Malaysian
Subregion. Hence no attempts were made to associate larval forms with adults
occurring in any particular locality.
The larva from Penang Island was dredged up from among leafy trash in a
shady brook at the banks of which adult individuals of V. amethystina were also
taken. The transforming female from Ulu Gombak (Selangor) I collected at the
same place where Mr. FURTADO took a male of V. amoena one year later. The
immature larvae I obtained from a forest brook near Pemantan are possibly also
amoena, this being the only member of the group collected in that locality.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The specimens recorded in this paper are deposited in the collections of various
institutions for which abbreviations have been used in the text; these are specified
as follows:
BISH — Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii
BM — British Museum (Natural History), London
Coll. J. Cowrey — Personal collection of Mr. JOHN CoWLEy, Weston-super-
Mare, Somerset
IRSN — Instituut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Bruxelles
MA — Zoölogisch Museum, Amsterdam
MCZ — Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge,
Mass.
ML — Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden
M. A. LIEFTINCK: Vestalis amoena in Sundaland 363
SMF — Natur-Museum u. Forschungs-Institut Senckenberg, Frankfurt a.M.
ZMH — Zoologisches Staatsinstitut und Zoologisches Museum, Hamburg.
I wish to express my appreciation to several taxonomic specialists and friends
who have given valuable assistance in the preparation of this research. I am
indebted to the following colleagues in various institutions for the gift or loan of
specimens and freedom of access to the collections under their care:
JOHN COWLEY (Weston-super-Mare), P. J. DARLINGTON, Jr. (MCZ), G.
DEMOULIN (IRSN), J. I. Furtado (Zoology Department, University of Kuala
Lumpur, Malaya), J. L. GRESSITT and Miss S. Nakata (BISH), D. E. KimMMINs
(BM), G. KRUSEMAN (MA), H. T. PAGDEN (Penang, Malaya), HEINZ SCHRÖDER
(SMF). I am also grateful to K. F. BucHHotz, of the Museum A. Koenig
(Bonn), who kindly complied with my request to sort out and make the necessary
arrangements for a loan of the specimens contained in the F. Ris collection at
Frankfurt (SMF).
This research being part of a program on dragonfly biology in Malaysia, I
finally wish to extend my thanks to the Uyttenboogaart-Eliasen Stichting and
the Netherlands Organisation for the Advancement of Pure Research (Z.W.O.),
for provision of a travel grant conducting to field work in the Malay Peninsula
during 1963.
REFERENCES
ALBARDA, H., 1881. — In VETH, Midden Sumatra Exped., 4, Nat. Hist. 5, Neuropt.: 6.
ASAHINA, S., 1956. — An annotated list of Japanese Odonata with brief descriptions of
their larvae. Shin-Konchu 12: 38—39, fig. 20.
COOMANS DE RUITER, L., 1936. — Biologische waarnemingen over beekjuffers van Borneo,
etc. De Trop. Natuur, Weltevreden, 25: 71—72, fig. 1.
FRASER, F. C., 1929. — Indian dragonflies. XXXIII. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 33 : 585.
, 1934. — The Fauna of British India, etc. Odonata II. London: 126, 132—133.
, 1951. — Notes on Odonata in the Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle. With
descriptions of a new species and a new Zygopterous nymph. Revue francaise d’Ent.
18: 99—101, fig.
GEIJSKES, D. C., 1946. — Observations on the Odonata of Tobago, B.W.I. Trans. R. Ent.
Soc. Lond. 97: 223—225, fig.
HAGEN, H. A., 1887. — Ueber Neurobasis und Vestalis. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 37:
648.
JOHNSON, C., 1961. — Breeding behaviour and oviposition in Hetaerina americana Fabricius
and H. titia (Drury) (Odonata). Can. Entomologist 93 : 260—266, fig.
KENNEDY, C. H., 1920a. — The phylogeny of the zygopterous dragonflies as based on the
evidence of the penes. Ohio J. Sci. 21: 24, pl. 2 fig. 46—47.
, 1920b. — Forty-two hitherto unrecognized genera and subgenera of Zygoptera.
Ohio Sci. J. 21: 83.
LAIDLAW, F. F., 1902. — On a collection of dragonflies made by members of the Skeat
Expedition in the Malay Peninsula in 1899—1900. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.: 87.
—, 1903. — Odonata, pt. I. Report on the Dragon Flies. Fascic. Malayenses, Zool.
10193
——, 1915a. — Contributions to a study of the dragonfly fauna of Borneo. Part 3. A
collection made on Mount Kinabalu by Mr. J. C. Moulton in September and
October 1913. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. : 30—31.
—, 1915b. — Some additions to the dragonfly fauna of Borneo. Sarawak Mus. Journ.
De Ao
364 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 11, 1965
LAIDLAW, F. F., 1920. — Contributions to a study of the dragonfly fauna of Borneo, Part 4.
A list of species known to occur in the island. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. : 326.
1923. — A survey of the dragonfly fauna of the Malay Peninsula, with notes on
that of neighbouring countries. Part I. J. Mal. Br. R. As. Soc. 1: 332.
>
LIEFTINCK, M. A., 1934. — An annotated list of the Odonata of Java, with notes on their
distribution, habits and life-history. Treubia (Buitenzorg) 14: 450 (note in Ap-
pendix).
—, 1954. — Handlist of Malaysian Odonata. A Catalogue of the dragonflies of the
Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java and Borneo, including the adjacent small islands.
Treubia (Bogor) 22, Suppl. : 21, 175 (cat.).
—, 1955. — Notes on Australasian species of Newrobasis Selys (Odonata). Nova
Guinea, new ser., 6: 155—158, fig.
May, E., 1935. — Über die Genera Vestalis Selys, Vestinus Kennedy und Vestalaria n.g.
Senckenbergiana 17: 207—218, fig.
NEEDHAM, J. G., 1930. — A manual of the dragonflies of China, etc. Zool. Sinica A 11:
208—209, pl. 17, fig. 2.
Ris, F., 1912. — Über Odonaten von Java und Krakatau gesammelt von Edward Jacobson.
Tijdschr. v. Ent. 55: 177—180, pl. 8 fig. 21—25.
, 1927. — Odonaten von Sumatra gesammelt von Edward Jacobson. Zool. Meded.
Leiden 10: 10.
SCHMIDT, E., 1915. — Vergleichende Morphologie des 2. und 3. Abdominalsegments bei
männlichen Libellen. Zool. Jahrb. 39: 144, pl. 11 fig. 45.
1934. — Odonata der Deutschen limnologischen Sunda-Expedition. I. Imagines.
Etc. Archiv f. Hydrobiol. Suppl. 13: 333.
SELYS LONGCHAMPS, E. DE, 1853. — Synopsis des Calopterygines. Bull. Acad. Belg. 20,
Annexe : 25—26.
1873. — Troisièmes additions au Synopsis des Caloptérygines. Bull. Acad. Belg.
(2) 35: 475.
and H. A. HAGEN, 1954. — Monographie des Caloptérygines. Mém. Soc. Sci. Liège
9: 82—83, pl. 8 fig. 6.
WILLIAMSON, E. B., 1904. — The dragonflies (Odonata) of Burma and Lower Siam. — I.
Subfamily Calopteryginae. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 28: 183.
ZEUNER, F. E., 1943. — Studies in the systematics of Troides Hübner (Lepidoptera Papi-
lionidae) and its allies; distribution and phylogeny in relation to the geological
history of the Australasian Archipelago. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. 25: 107—184,
fig. 1—115.
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
Het verschijnt in één deel van 350—450 bladzijden per jaar, bestaande uit
enkele afleveringen.
ENTOMOLOGISCHE BERICHTEN
Deze zijn bestemd voor de publicatie van kortere artikelen, faunistische notities
etc., alsmede van de Verslagen der Vergaderingen en van mededelingen van het
bestuur. Zij verschijnen twaalf maal per jaar in een aflevering van 16 of meer
bladzijden, die samen een deel vormen.
TRICHOPTERORUM CATALOGUS
Deze Catalogus van F. C. J. Fischer wordt door de Vereeniging voor rekening
van de auteur uitgegeven. Alle bekende recente en fossiele soorten van de gehele
wereld met hun synoniemen worden er in behandeld. Delen I en II kosten f 39.—
per stuk, delen III—V: f 45.—. Er zullen in totaal 15 delen verschijnen. Van alle
delen zijn ook éénzijdig bedrukte exemplaren beschikbaar. De prijsverhoging hier-
voor bedraagt f 2.50.
ENTOMOLOGIA EXPERIMENTALIS ET APPLICATA
Dit tijdschrift wordt uitgegeven door de Noord-Hollandse Uitgevers Maatschap-
pij te Amsterdam in opdracht van de Vereeniging. Het publiceert artikelen over
experimentele biologie en oekologie bij insecten en andere land-arthropoden. Het
verschijnt vier maal per jaar en bevat 320 bladzijden. De prijs voor leden bedraagt
f 25.—, voor niet-leden f 40— per jaar.
Alle zakelijke correspondentie betreffende de Vereeniging te richten aan de
Secretaris, W. Hellinga, Weesperzijde 2311, Amsterdam-O.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van het Tijdschrift voor Entomologie en
de Monographieën te richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. A. Diakonoff, Rijksmuseum
van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van de Entomologische Berichten te rich-
ten aan de Redacteur, B. J. Lempke, Oude IJselstraat 12111, Amsterdam-Z. 2.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van Entomologia Experimentalis et Appli-
cata te richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. P. A. van der Laan, Lab. voor Toegepaste
Entomologie, Linnaeusstraat 2 B, Amsterdam.
Alle betalingen te richten aan de Penningmeester, Drs. H. Wiering, Doorntjes
29, Bergen (N.H.), postgiro 188130, ten name van de Nederlandsche Entomolo-
gische Vereeniging te Bergen (N.H.).
Alle correspondentie betreffende de Bibliotheek der Vereeniging te richten aan
de Bibliotheek, Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O.
NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS
a All correspondence referring to subscriptions and exchange of the periodicals
of the Netherlands Entomological Society should be addressed to the Librarian,
Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O, Netherlands.
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
Contributors will receive free of charge fifty reprints of their papers, joint authors have
to divide this number between them at their discretion. Additional reprints may be ordered
when returning proofs.
Manuscripts should be written in Dutch, English, French, German or Italian. If they
contain descriptions of new genera, species, etc, they should be in one of the four last
mentioned languages.
The author should communicate with the editor before submitting his manuscript. He
will enclose with manuscript a Synopsis (Abstract), styled according to recommendations
of the UNESCO (style rules will be provided by the editor) and, if needed, a Summary.
Papers in Dutch should contain an Abstract and/or a Summary in one of the four other
languages.
Manuscripts should be typewritten in double spacing on only one side of the paper, with
a margin of at least three cm at the left side of each sheet. Paragraphs should be indented.
Carbon copies cannot be accepted, as handling makes them illegible.
Captions for text figures and plates should be written on a separate sheet in double
spacing, numbered consecutively in arabic numerals; the use of a, b, c, or any other
subdivision of the figure numbering should be avoided.
Drawings for reproduction should be on good paper in Indian ink, preferably at least
one and a half times as large as the ultimate size desired. Lettering should be uniform, and,
after reduction, of the same size. Photographs should be furnished as shiny positive prints,
unmounted. Plates should be arranged so as to fill a whole page (11.5 x 19 cm) of the
Tijdschrift, or a portion thereof, captions included. Combinations of illustrations into groups
are preferable to separate illustrations, since there is a minimum charge per block.
Names of genera and lower systematic categories, new terms and the like are to be under-
lined by the author in the manuscript by a single straight line. Any other directions as to
size or style of the type are given by the editors, not by the author. Italic type or spacing to
stress ordinary words or sentences is to be avoided. Dates should be spelled as follows: either
”10.V.1948” or ”10 May, 1948”. Other use of latin numerals should be avoided, as well as
abbreviations in the text, save those generally accepted. Numbers from one to ten occurring
in the text should be written in full, one, two, three, etc. Titles must be kept short. Foot-
notes should be kept at a minimum.
Bibliography should not be given in footnotes but ale in a list at end of the
paper, styled as follows:
Mosley, M. E., 1932, ”A revision of the European species of the genus lena (Pleco-
ptera)”. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [10] 10 (3): 1—41, pl. 1—5, fig. 1—57. Number of
issue should only be added (in parentheses) when it has individual pagination.
Text references to this list might be made thus:
“Mosley (1932) says....’ or ’’ (Mosley, 1932)”.
The editors reserve the right to adjust style to certain standards of uniformity.
Manuscripts and all communications concerning editorial matters only should be sent to:
Dr. A. DIAKONOFF, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, The Netherlands.
BED ver
DEEL 108 AFLEVERING 12 *) 1965
MUS. COMP, ZOOL
LIERARY
JAN 2 * 1966
_ TIJDSCHRIFT HARVARD
UNIVERSEEL
VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
UITGEGEVEN DOOR
DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
INHOUD:
N. S. OBRAZISOv. — Die Gattungen der Palaearktischen Tortricidae. II Die
Unterfamilie Olethreutinae. 6. Teil, p. 365—387, Abb. 178—191, T. 16—22.
- D. Hire Ris LAMBERS. — Nippodysaphis nom. nov. for Neodysaphis Hille Ris
i _Lambers, 1965, p. 389.
Register van deel 108, p. 391.
Errata, p. 395.
*) Met titelpagina en inhoud
| Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, deel 108, afl. 12 Gepubliceerd 30-XII-1965 |
+
J
i
A,
ee
Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging
BESTUUR
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht, President (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
Dr. G. Barendrecht, Vice-President (1965—1971), Amsterdam.
W. Hellinga, Secretaris (1963—1969), Amsterdam.
Drs. H. Wiering, Penningmeester (1962—1968), Bergen (N.H.).
Drs. C. A. W. Jeekel, Bibliothecaris (1960—1966), Amsterdam.
J. A. Janse (1964—1970), Bennebroek.
Dr. A. F. H. Besemer (1965—1970), Bennekom.
COMMISSIE VAN REDACTIE VOOR DE PUBLICATIES
Prof. Dr. J. van der Vecht (1961—1967), Oegstgeest.
P. Chrysanthus (1964—1967), Oosterhout (N.B.).
Dr. A. Diakonoff (1964—1967), Leiderdorp.
G. L. van Eyndhoven (1963—1966), Haarlem.
Dr. L. G. E. Kalshoven (1964—1967), Blaricum.
Prof. Dr. D. J. Kuenen (benoemd 1957), Leiden.
Dr. P. A. van der Laan (benoemd 1957), Bennekom.
B. J. Lempke (1965—1968), Amsterdam.
Prof. Dr. J. de Wilde (benoemd 1957), Wageningen.
Dr. J. T. Wiebes (1963—1966), Leiden.
BESTUUR- DER AFDELING VOOR TOEGEPASTE ENTOMOLOGIE
Dr. A. F. H. Besemer, Voorzitter, Wageningen.
Ir. P. Gruys, Secretaris, Rheden.
Dr. Ir. L. Bravenboer, Naaldwijk.
Dr. C. F. A. Bruyning, Oegstgeest.
Dr. Ir. J. B. M. van Dinther, Bennekom.
De contributie voor het lidmaatschap bedraagt f15.—, voor student-leden.
f 2.50, per jaar. — Begunstigers betalen jaarlijks tenminstet f 15 —.
De leden, behalve de student-leden, ontvangen gratis de Entomologische
Berichten, waarvan de prijs voor student-leden f 1.50 per jaar, voor niet- leden
f 20.— per jaar en f 2.— per nummer bedraagt.
De leden kunnen zich voor f 10.— per jaar abonneren op het Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie; hiervan bedraagt de prijs voor niet-leden f 35 — per jaar.
De eerder verschenen publicaties der Vereeniging zijn voor de leden tegen ver-
minderde prijzen verkrijgbaar. De Vereeniging geeft de volgende publicaties uit.
MONOGRAPHIEEN VAN DE NEDERLANDSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE VEREENIGING
Deze worden met onregelmatige tussenpozen uitgegeven. Er zijn reeds ver-
schenen:
— F. T. Valck Lucassen et al. — Monographie du genre Lomaptera Gory &
Percheron (Coleoptera, Cetoniidae), prijs f 50.—.
1. A. J. Besseling. — De Nederlandse Watermijten (Hydrachnellae Latreille,
1802), prijs f 25 —.
DIE GATTUNGEN DER PALAEARKTISCHEN
TORTRICIDAE.
II. DIE UNTERFAMILIE OLETHREUTINAE.
6. Teil *)
MUS. COMP. ZOOL
VOR LIENARY.
Sega S. OBRAZTSOV J AN 2 4 086
Sea Cliff, New York, U.S.A. ts
(MIT ABBILDUNGEN 178—191 und 7 TAFELN) HARVARD
Abstract UNIVERSL
The genus Epiblema Hübner is revised from taxonomic point of view; the species are
catalogized and in certain cases annotated. One species is placed in the genus Thiodia Hübner.
Nachtrag zu: 78. Gattung Thiodia Hb., 1825
(OBRAZTSOV, 1964, Tijdschr. v. Ent. 107: 17—24)
In seiner Monographie bildete KENNEL (1921: t. 21 fig. 3) als fessana Mn. eine
Art ab, die man nur als zu Excosma Hb. oder Pelochrista Ld. gehörend bestimmen
könnte. Als ich bei der Bearbeitung für meine Revision an diese Gattungen gelangte
und den fessana-Typus untersuchte, stellte ich fest, daß diese eine T4rodia-Art ist.
Das von KENNEL als fessana abgebildete Männchen erwies sich dabei als eine
Eucosma-Art, nämlich E. recentana (Zerny), die in meiner Revision an der ent-
sprechenden Stelle angeführt wird. Nachstehend berichtige ich den begangenen
Fehler und führe fessana an ihrer einschlägigen systematischen Stelle an. In der
Artliste wäre es wohl das Richtigste, diese Art nach Th. caradjana (Kenn.) einzu-
reihen. Das untersuchte fessana-Exemplar ist ihr Holotypus: Männchen (Genital-
präparat No. V. 26), Güllek, Karaman, Kleinasien, 1873 (HABERHAUER); Wiener
Naturhistorisches Museum.
Th. fessana (Mn.) comb. nova *
fessana MANN, 1873, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 23: 573 (Grapholitha). — STAUDINGER
& REBEL, 1901: 115, No. 2068; diese Arbeit: Taf. 16 Fig. 1, 2 (Falter, ¢-Genitalien).
— Kleinasien.
87. Gattung Epiblema Hb., 1825
Typus generis (selectus): Phalaena Tinea foenella L., 1758 (= Phalaena Tortrix scopoliana
Schiff., 1776) [FERNALD, 1908, Gen. Tortr.: 6}.
*) Dieser Teil der Revision wurde mit Unterstützung der U.S. National Science Foundation
zur Publikation vorbereitet. Die sprachliche Korrektur verdankt der Verfasser Herrn J. K.
OJa (Sea Cliff, N.Y.).
365
366 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 12, 1965 (180)
Phalaena Tinea (part.): LINNé, 1758, Syst. Nat. ed. 10: 536.
Phalaena Tortrix (part.): LINNé, 1758, op. cit.: 823.
Phalaena (part.): SCOPOLI, 1763, Ent. Carn.: 233.
Pyralis (part.): FABRICIUS, 1775, Syst. Ent.: 654.
Tinea (part.): FABRICIUS, 1775, op. cit.: 659.
Tortrix (part.): ILLIGER, 1801, Syst. Verz. Schm. Wien. Geg. 2: 57.
Olethreutes (part.): HÜBNER, 1822, Syst.-alph. Verz.: 58.
Epiblema HÜBNER, 1825, Verz. bek. Schm.: 375.
Epinotia (part.): HÜBNER, 1825, op. cit.: 377.
Notocelia HÜBNER, 1825, op. cit.: 380. Typus generis (selectus): Phalaena Tortrix udd-
manniana L., 1758 (= Olethreutes achatana Hb., 1822, non F.) [WESTWOOD, 1840, Synops.
Gen.: 108}.
Hedya (part.): HÜBNER, 1825, op. cit.: 380.
Aspis TREITSCHKE, 1829, Schm. Eur. 7: 231. Typus generis (monotyp.): Phalaena Tortrix
uddmanniana L., 1758 (= Pyralis solandriana F., 1775, non L.). Nom. praeocc. in Reptilia
(Aspis Laur., 1768).
Thirates (part.): TREITSCHKE, 1829, op. cit.: 233.
Spilonota (part.): STEPHENS, 1829, Syst. Cat. Brit. Ins. 2: 174.
Paedisca (part.): TREITSCHKE, 1830, Schm. Eur. 8: 196.
Aspidia DUPONCHEL, 1834, Hist. Nat. Lép. France, 9: 20. Typus generis (heredit.):
Phalaena Tortrix uddmanniana L., 1758. Nom. substit. pro Aspis Tr., 1829.
Spilonota (Epinotia) (part.): STEPHENS, 1834, Illustr. Brit. Ent. Haust. 4: 93.
Sciaphila (part.): TREITSCHKE, 1835, Schm. Eur. 10 (3): 87.
Carpocapsa (part.): DUPONCHEL, 1835, Hist. Nat. Lép. France 9: 259.
Ephippiphora (part.): DUPONCHEL, 1836, Hist. Nat. Lép. France 9: 326.
Spilonota (Halonota) (part.): Woop, 1839, Ind. Ent.: 136.
Tortrix (Paedisca) (part.): ZELLER, 1843, Stett. Ent. Ztg. 4: 150.
Pardia GUENEE, 1845, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (2) 3: 155. Typus generis (monotyp.):
Phalaena Tinea cynosbatella L., 1758 (= Phalaena Tortrix tripunctana Schiff., 1776).
Eriopsela (part.): GUENEE, 1845, ibid.: 163.
Euchromia (part.): HERRICH-SCHÄFFER, 1851, Syst. Bearb. Schm. Eur. 4: 205.
Spilonota (Hedya) (part.): STEPHENS, 1852, List Specim. Brit. Anim. 10: 30.
Halonota (Epinotia) (part.): STEPHENS, 1852, op. cit.: 45.
Halonota (Epiblema) (part.): STEPHENS, 1852, op. cit.: 46.
Sericoris (non Tr.): LAHARPE, 1858, Neue Denkschr. allg. Schweiz. Ges. ges. Naturwiss.,
Faune Suisse 6: 64.
Halonota (part.): STAINTON, 1858, Man. Brit. Butt. & Moths 2: 211.
Cacochroea LEDERER, 1859, Wien. Ent. Mschr. 3: 331, 337. Typus generis (monotyp.):
Paedisca grandaevana Z., 1846.
Grapholitha (Paedisca) (part.): LEDERER, 1859, ibid.: 335.
Monosphragis CLEMENS, 1860, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 12: 354. Typus generis
(monotyp.): Monosphragis otiosana Clem., 1860.
Grapholitha (Cacochroea): HEINEMANN, 1863, Schm. Dtschl. u. Schweiz (2) 1 (1): 141.
Euryptychia CLEMENS, 1865, Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad. 5: 140. Typus generis (monotyp.):
Hedya scudderiana Clem., 1860 (= Euryptychia saligneana Clem., 1865).
Grapholitha (part.): MANN, 1866, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 16: 347.
Grapholitha (Cacochroa): \WOCKE, 1871, Stgr.-Wck. Cat. Lep. eur. Faun.: 252.
Pammene (non Hb.): BANKES, 1907, Ent. Mo. Mag. 43: 181.
Eucosma (part.): MEYRICK, 1927, Revis. Handb. Brit. Lep.: 542.
Epiblema (Pardia): OBRAZTSOV, 1946, Zschr. Wien. Ent. Ges. 30: 36.
Epiblema (Notocelia): OBRAZTSOV, 1946, ibid.: 36.
Cacochroa: SWATSCHEK, 1958, Abh. Larvalsyst. Ins. 3: 150.
Kopf (Abb. 179, 182, 185) rauh beschuppt, mit einem zwischen den Fühlern
nach vorn gerichteten Stirnschopf. Fühler einfach oder mehr oder weniger stark
doppelt gezähnt, insbesondere gegen die Spitzen, und in der Regel mäßig bis kurz
(181) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der palaearktischen Tortricidae 367
Gattung Epiblema Hb. (Untergattung Epiblema Hb.): E. (E.) foenella (HE) Abb: 1738:
Männchen, Geäder. Abb. 179: Idem, Kopf. Abb. 180: Weibliche Genitalien, Präparat No.
793-Obr., England (MorLEY); A.M.N.H.
368 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 12, 1965 (182)
bewimpert, bei den Weibchen nur mehr kurz und sparsam beborstet. Labialpalpen
stets länger als der Augendurchmesser, nach vorn gestreckt und meistens leicht
aufgebogen; 2. Glied distal durch Schuppen erweitert; Terminalglied kurz bis
mäßig lang, abgerundet, meistens sichtbar oder mehr oder weniger in der Beschup-
pung des 2. Gliedes verborgen. Saugrüssel entwickelt. Thorax mit einem Hinter-
schopf oder glatt.
Vorderflügel (Abb. 178, 181, 184) glatt beschuppt, länglich und öfters ziemlich
breit; Costa sanft gebogen bis fast gerade; Apex abgerundet; Termen flach, leicht
schräg bis fast vertikal; Tornus breit abgerundet; Dorsum flach bis etwas gebaucht;
Costalumschlag beim Männchen stets vorhanden. 12 Adern, alle getrennt; S ge-
wöhnlich leicht eingebogen; R, entspringt an, vor oder etwas nach der Mitte der
Mittelzelle; R, etwas näher zu R; als zu R,; R, und R; mehr oder weniger stark
zu Ry genähert, dieser stets näher stehend als R, zu Rg; Ry mündet in die Costa
kurz vor dem Apex, R; in das Termen; Innenader der Mittelzelle fehlt in der
Regel; Adern R, bis M, verschiedenartig voneinander entfernt; Cu, entspringt
aus dem unteren Winkel der Mittelzelle und ist von Ms nicht weniger als die
letztere von M, entfernt; Cu, entspringt deutlich vor dem letzten Drittel der
Mittelzelle und läuft zum oberen Teil des Tornus; A, wenigstens am Tornus
deutlich; Basalgabel As + 3 nicht länger als ein Viertel der ganzen Ader.
Hinterflügel (Abb. 178, 181, 184) abgerundet-trapezförmig, breiter als die
Vorderflügel; Costa leicht wellig bis fast gerade; Apex abgerundet; Termen gerade
oder ganz sanft eingezogen; Tornus sehr breit abgerundet; die äußere Hälfte des
Dorsum fast gerade, die innere plötzlich stark ausgebogen!); Cubitus behaart. 8
Adern; S etwas wellig bis fast gerade; R und M, an der Basis dicht nebeneinander,
verlaufen eine Strecke parallel oder sind gestielt, dann divergieren sie allmählich
auseinander und umfassen den Apex; M, zur Basis sehr deutlich geneigt, der Cu,
stark genähert oder von dieser etwas entfernt; M; und Cu, gestielt und entspringen
aus dem unteren Winkel der Mittelzelle; Cu, entspringt an oder etwas vor dem
letzten Drittel der Mittelzelle; alle drei Analadern entwickelt; A, mit einer Basal-
gabel.
Männliche Genitalien (Abb. 186—188). Tegumen mehr oder weniger breit,
dorsal meistens höckerweise gewölbt ohne einen echten Uncus zu bilden; Pedunculi
breit. Valva länglich, mit einem etwas verschiedenartig gestalteten, mit einer Corona
aus starken Stacheln bedeckten Cucullus; dessen Unterwinkel ohne Pollex und einen
Analdorn; Sacculus gerade oder ausgebogen, mit einem mehr oder weniger deut-
lichen Außenwinkel und vom Cucullus durch einen mehr oder weniger merklichen
Valvenhals abgetrennt; Basalaushöhlung der Valva groß, wenigstens mit einem
mehr oder weniger stark sklerotisierten Pulvinus an ihrem Außenrande; Processus
basalis wohl entwickelt. Socii breit, mehr oder weniger lang, bandförmig, hängend;
Gnathos schwach sklerotisiert. Anellus typisch ,,olethreutoid”; Caulis breit, in der
Regel kurz, um Coecum penis trichterförmig erweitert. Aedoeagus dick, etwa kegel-
förmig; Cornuti lang, stachelförmig.
Weibliche Genitalien (Abb. 180, 183, 189—191). Papillae anales weichhäutig,
1) Manchmal (Untergattung Notocelia Hb.) ist der Dorsalrand des Männchens durch eine
Rinne begleitet, die einen langen, von der Flügelbasis entspringenden Haarbüschel enthölt.
|
.
|
|
|
(183) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der palaearktischen Tortricidae 369
Gattung Epiblema Hb. (Untergattung Notocelia Hb.): E. (N.) uddmanniana (L.). Abb. 181:
Männchen, Geäder. Abb. 182: Idem, Kopf. Abb. 183: Weibliche Genitalien, Präparat No.
785-Obr., Brighton, Sussex, England (A. C. VINE); A.M.N.H.
370 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 12, 1965 (184)
länglich, gewöhnlich mäßig breit. Apophyses posteriores länger als die Papillae
anales und so lang oder leicht kürzer als die Apophyses anteriores. Ostium bursae
liegt mehr oder weniger caudal von der Ventralplatte; Lamella postvaginalis rund-
lich oder etwas eckig, länglich oder fast so lang wie breit; Antrum höchstens rudi-
mentär; Ductus bursae breit, meistens mäßig lang, öfters etwas sklerotisiert. Corpus
bursae rundlich oder oval, am Fundus bisweilen schmäler; zwei meistens flache,
kegelförmige Signa.
Gattung Epiblema Hb. (Untergattung Cacochroea Ld.): E. (C.) grandaevana (Z.), Männchen.
Abb. 184: Geäder. Abb. 185: Kopf
Längere Zeit war Epzblema als eine umfangreiche und sehr heterogene Gruppe
aufgefaßt, zu welcher die meisten Eucosmini-Arten mit einem Vorderflugelcostal-
umschlag beim Männchen zusammengezogen wurden. Dementsprechend enthielt
diese Gattung in ihrem Bestand mehrere ihrem Gattungstypus phylogenetisch ganz
fremde Arten (vgl. STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 115—120, 262—263; KENNEL,
1921: 547—621, 720), die später als Eucosma Hb., Pelochrista Ld. und andere
eigene Gattungen abgesondert wurden. In der amerikanischen Literatur wurde der
Gattungsname Epiblema durch Eucosma ersetzt und der Artbestand dieser Gattung
faunengemäß geänert (FERNALD, 1903 : 455—460), aber der allgemeine gemischte
Charakter dieser Gruppe blieb unverändert. PIERCE & METCALFE (1922) waren an-
scheinend die ersten Autoren, welche Epiblema auf eine geringere Zahl der Arten
(185) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der palaearktischen Tortricidae 371
einschränkten und aus dieser Gattung eine natürliche Gruppe schufen. Später haben
HEINRICH (1933: 136—155) für die nearktische Fauna und OBRAZTSOV (1946:
36—37) für die palaearktische die Gattung Epiblema von ihr fremden Elementen
befreit und sie auf eine geringere Zahl der mit einander verwandten Arten be-
schränkt. Diese beiden Autoren haben in Epiblema solche Gruppen wie Notocelia,
Bardia und Cacochroea einverleibt, die später von SWATSCHEK (1958) und HAN-
NEMANN (1961) als eigene Gattungen behandelt wurden.
In ihrer Morphologie ist die Gattung Epiblema ziemlich einheitlich. Wenn ihre
einzelnen Merkmale doch etwas variieren, so nicht stärker und fast in gleichen
Richtungen wie in der Gattung Ewcosma, wo sie näher erörtert sind. Von dieser
letzteren Gattung unterscheidet sich Epzblema durch eine Reihe con Merkmalen,
von welchen die meisten aus der Beschreibung der Ewcosma in dieser Publikation
zu ersehen sind. Im Genitalbau der Epzblema-Arten ist besonders charakteristisch
das Vorhandensein eines Pulvinus an der Valva, welcher bei Ezcosma fehlt. Dieser
Pulvinus sitzt am Außenrand der Basalaushöhlung der Valva, ist mehr oder weniger
stark sklerotisiert und erinnert an den Pulvinus der Petrova- und Blastesthia-Arten.
In den weiblichen Genitalien unterscheidet sich Epiblema von Eucosma durch das
Ostium bursae, welches bei Epiblema caudal von der Ventralplatte des 7. Abdo-
minalsternits liegt und in diese nicht eingezogen ist. Die Genitalien beider Ge-
schlechter der Epiblema zeigen meistens größere Artdifferenzen als bei Ewcosma.
Larvalmorphologisch ist Epzblema noch ganz ungenügend erforscht. SWATSCHEK
(1958) gibt die folgende Diagnose der Raupen der sieben von ihm untersuchten
Epiblema-Arten: „Die Hakenkränze der Bauchfüße sind einrangig, die Stigmen
des 2. Abdominalsegments größer als die Ansatzstelle der Borste III. Am 8. Abdo-
minalsegment sind die Borsten II nicht weiter voneinander entfernt als die Borsten
I, meist sogar näher beisammen, oder am Mesothorax befindet sich IIIa dorsocranial
von Ill.” Von diesen Arten trennt SWATSCHEK grandaevana in eine eigene Gattung
Cacochroea ab, bei welcher die Hakenkränze der Bauchfüße wenigstens am Hinter-
rande zweirangig sind; alle Stigmen sind stark elliptisch ausgezogen, selbst am
2. Abdominalsegment größer als die Ansatzstelle der Borste III und der Nacken-
schild ist in der Mitte gegen den Kopf hin ausgezogen. Diese generische Abson-
derung der grandaevana scheint unbegründet zu sein, da imaginalmorphologisch
zu Cacochroea noch turbidana gehört, die SWATSCHEK zu Epiblema zählt. Die
beiden Arten stimmen in ihren imaginalmorphologischen Merkmalen überein;
auch larvalmorphologisch sind sie bis auf kleinere Unterschiede sehr ähnlich. Zu
diesen Unterschieden gehören: die Anordnung der Borsten I und II am 8. Abdo-
minalsegment, die Größe und Form der Stigmen und die Reihenzahl der Haken
auf den Bauchfüßen. Der Borstenunterschied ist gegebenenfalls taxonomisch nicht
so wichtig, da eine ähnliche Borstenanordnung wie in grandaevana auch bei man-
chen anderen Epiblema-Raupen auftritt. Die taxonomische Bedeutung der Stigmen-
größe und -form ist bis jetzt überhaupt noch wenig geklärt, obwohl FRACKER
(1915) ihre Veränderlichkeit in manchen anderen Lepidopteren-Gruppen in einen
Zusammenhang mit der Artspezialisierung stellt. Was die Zahl der Hakenreihen
auf den Bauchfüßen betrifft, so berichten GERASIMOV (1952: 52) und MacKay
(1963: 1333) über ihre Anpassungsnatur, die nicht unbedingt phylogenetisch ist,
aber von der Lebensweise der Raupen innerhalb der Pflanzen oder an ihrer Ober-
372 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 12, 1965 (186)
Gattung Epiblema Hb.: Männliche Genitalien. Abb. 186: E. (Epiblema) foenella (L.),
Präparat No. 792-Obr., Brighton, Sussex, England (A. C. Vine). Abb. 187: E. (Notocelia)
uddmanniana (L.), Präparat No. 784-Obr., Bromley, England, 26.VI.1931 (S. N. VINE).
Abb. 188: E. (Cacochroea) grandaevana (Z.), Präparat No. 794-Obr., England (MORLEY).
Alle Präparate im A.M.N.H.
(187) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der palaearktischen Tortricidae 373
fläche abhängen kann. Deshalb hat auch grandaevana, deren Raupe an der
Wurzeloberfläche nagt, zweirangige Hakenkränze der Bauchfüße, während sie bei
der innerhalb der Wurzel lebenden zurbidana-Raupe einrangig sind. Dem-
gemäß erscheint auch eine generische Abtrennung der Notocelia- und Pardia-Arten
auf Grund einer Hakenzweirangigkeit auf den Bauchfüßen kaum berechtigt zu sein.
Die Raupen der hierher gehörenden Arten leben zwischen den versponnenen
Blättern und Trieben.
Bei der Untersuchung der nordamerikanischen Epiblema-Raupen kam MacKay
(1959) zum Ergebnis, daß diese zwei morphologisch recht verschiedene Gruppen
bilden. Die eine von ihnen schließt sich der Gattung Sonia Heinr. sehr dicht an
und die Verfasserin ist geneigt, dieser Gruppe noch manche andere Epiblema-
Arten zuzurechnen, die genitaliter ähnlich aussehen, aber larvalmorphologisch noch
nicht untersucht sind. Die zweite Epiblema-Gruppe besteht aus typischen Vertretern
dieser Gattung, die, ähnlich wie die Ewcosma-Raupen, innerhalb der Pflanzen
bohren und öfters Gallen bilden. Diese Epiblema-Arten unterscheiden sich von
„Eucosma"-Gruppen 2 und 3 und „Thiodia”-Gruppen 3 und 4 (s. die Beschrei-
bung der Gattung Ewcosma) durch eine sehr kurze Spindel, deren Länge-Breite-
Proportion hier nur 3—5,5 zu 1 ist und bei den genannten Excosma-Raupen 6—10
zu 1 erreicht. Dieses Merkmal trennt die Epiblema-Raupen auch von solchen der
Gattung Pelochrista Ld. ab. Dagegen reicht es für die Absonderung der Raupen
des ,,Ewcosma’’-Gruppe 1 und „Thiodia’-Gruppen 1 und 2 von denen der Epiblema
nicht aus, da bei allen aufgezählten Raupen die Spindel kurz ist. Trotzdem zeichnet
sich die „Thiodia”-Gruppe 2 durch eine stumpfe, öfters etwas erweiterte oder leicht
eingeschnittene Spindelspitze aus, die bei den Epiblema-Raupen immer abgerundet
und niemals eingeschnitten ist. Von den übrigen zweien Excosma-Gruppen (,,Ex-
cosma” 1 und ,,Thiodia’’ 1) unterscheiden sich die Epiblema-Raupen durch einen
Komplex von Merkmalen, die in den erwähnten Ewcosma-Gruppen in einer ähn-
lichen Kombination nicht auftreten. Die Borstenwarzen sind bei Epiblema meistens
groß (auf dem 1. bis 8. Abdominalsegment sitzt die Borste IIIa auf einer gemein-
samen Warze mit III) und die Warzen II am 8. Abdominalsegment sind stets
nicht weniger als auf deren Diameter auseinander gestellt. Öfters sind die Ocellen
weit auseinander gestellt (3. und 4. manchmal näher zueinander als die übrigen)
und gewöhnlich sind sie flach und von unregelmäßiger Form. Die dorsale Kopf-
ansicht zeigt eine regelmäßige rundliche Ocellenanordnung, aber der Scheitelaus-
schnitt ist gewöhnlich eher stumpfwinklig als recht- oder scharfwinklig. Die
Labialpalpen haben ein deutlich stimmiges Basalsegment. Die Borsten IV und V
befinden sich am 2. bis 8. Abdominalsegment mehr oder weniger gerade ventral
vom Stigma; die Borste III steht am 8. Abdominalsegment in gleicher Höhe mit
dem Stigma oder etwas ventrocranial (seltener dorsocranial) von ihm. Die Häkchen
der Bauchfüße sind einrangig oder nur unregelmäßig zweirangig, niemals ausge-
sprochen zweirangig.
Diese komplizierte Charakteristik ist für die Unterscheidung der nordamerika-
nischen Epzblema- und Ewcosma-Raupen notwendig und kann vielleicht auch bei
der Bestimmung der palaearktischen Arten behilflich sein. Vorläufig, da nur eine
ganz geringe Zahl der letzteren untersucht ist, genügen für diese die folgenden
Merkmale. Die Epiblema-Raupen unterscheiden sich von solchen der Ewcosma ent-
374 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 12, 1965 (188)
Gattung Epiblema Hb. (Untergattung Epiblema Hb.): Weibliche Genitalien. Abb. 189:
E. (E.) farfarae (Fletch.), Präparat No. 799-Obr., Glatz, Schlesien; A.M.N.H. Abb. 190:
E. (E.) scutulana (Schiff.), Präparat No. 798-Obr., England (A. Foro): A.M.N.H. Abb.
191: E. (E.) cretana Osth., Holotypus
weder durch den Abstand zwischen den Borsten I am 8. Abdominalsegment, der
nicht kleiner als der zwischen den Borsten II ist (die letzteren stehen jedoch meist
näher zueinander), oder durch die am Mesothorax dorsocranial von III stehende
Borste Illa. Oder der Unterschied liegt darin, daß bei Epiblema die Gruppe VII
am 7. Abdominalsegment aus zwei Borsten besteht, oder daß auf der Ventralseite
der Nachschieber nur drei Borsten vorhanden sind, jede auf einer eigenen Warze.
Von Pelochrista unterscheiden sich die Epiblema-Raupen dadurch, daß bei ihnen
die Borste III am 8. Abdominalsegment ventrocranial vom Stigma oder mit diesem
in gleicher Höhe steht. Kaum ist es notwendig zu sagen, daß diese Unterschiede
schwerlich auf die Raupen aller Arten der genannten Gattungen passen werden.
Bereits jetzt zeigt ein Vergleich der Ergebnisse über die Larvalmorphologie der
palaearktischen Arten mit solchen über die nordamerikanischen Vertreter derselben
Gattungen wie wenig diese miteinander übereinstimmen und wie weit wir noch
von einer allgemeinen Vorstellung über die taxonomische Bedeutung einzelner
Merkmale der Raupen der Epiblema, Eucosma, Pelochrista und der verwandten
Gattungen stehen.
Auf Grund der Genitalien kann Epiblema in drei Untergattungen aufgeteilt
werden.
(189) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der palaearktischen Tortricidae 375
1. Untergattung Epiblema Hb. s. str. (Typus subgeneris: Phalaena Tinea foe-
nella L., 1758). Valva mit einem einzigen, sich in subcostaler Hälfte des Außen-
randes der Basalaushöhlung befindenden Pulvinus. Alle Cornuti sind abwerfbar.
2. Untergattung Cacochroea Ld., status nov. (Typus subgeneris: Paedisca gran-
daevana Z., 1846). Außer einem Pulvinus wie in Epiblema, befindet sich ein
zweiter Pulvinus in der unteren Hälfte des Außenrandes der Basalaushöhlung der
Valva. Cornuti wie in Epzblema.
3. Untergattung Notocelia Hb. (Typus subgeneris: Phalaena Tortrix uddmanni-
ana L., 1758). Pulvinus wie in Epzblema. Außer abwerfbarer Cornuti, befinden
sich noch zwei weitere fixierte Cornuti im Außenteil der Vesica.
KATALOG DER PALAEARKTISCHEN EPIBLEMA-ARTEN
Sg. Epiblema Hb., 1825
E. (E.) banghaasi Kenn.* (1)
banghaasi KENNEL, 1901, Iris 13 (1900): 291 (Epiblema). — STAUDINGER & REBEL,
1901: 263, No. 2154ter; KENNEL, 1921: 616, t. 23 fig. 5 (&); diese Arbeit: Taf. 17
Fig. 1 (4-Genitalien). — Südostsibirien (Sutschan).
E. (E.) foenella (L.)* (2)
foenella LiNNé, 1758, Syst. Nat. ed. 10: 536 (Phalaena Tinea); hochenwartiana SCOPOLI,
1772, Ann. Hist. Nat. 5: 117 (Phalaena); scopoliana SCHIFFERMILLER & DENIS, 1776,
Syst. Verz. Schm. Wien. Geg.: 129 (Phalaena Tortrix); pflugiana FABRICIUS, 1787,
Mant. Ins. 2: 227 (Pyralis); tibialana HUBNER, 1793, Samml. auserl. Vög. u. Schm.: 12,
t. 64 (Phalaena); foenana HAWORTH, 1811, Lep. Brit: 439 (Tortrix); foeneana
TREITSCHKE, 1830, Schm. Eur. 8: 196 (Paedisca); faeneana GUENEE, 1845, Ann. Soc.
Ent. France (2) 3: 176 (Ephippiphora); fönella: ZELLER, 1853, Stett. Ent. Ztg. 14: 208
(Phalaena); SYNON. NOV.: sinicana WALKER, 1863, List Spec. Lepid. Ins. 28: 347
(Sciaphila); foenellum: MEYER, 1909, KRANCHERS Ent. Jahrb. 18: 144 (Epiblema);
focnella (err. typogr.): ESCHERICH, 1931, Forstins. Mitteleur. 3: 341, fig. 292 (Eptble-
ma). — STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 120, No. 2154; KENNEL, 1921: 583, t. 22 fig. 16
(6); PIERCE & METCALFE, 1922: 70, t. 23 (4 9-Genitalien); BENANDER, 1950: 132,
t. 8 fig. 14 (Vorderflügel); Issik1, 1957: 61, t. 9 fig. 282 (4); SWATSCHEK, 1958: 146,
fig. 162 (Larvalmorphologie); OKANO, 1959: 260; HANNEMANN, 1961: 138, fig. 276—
276b (Kopf, Geäder, & -Genitalien); diese Arbeit: Abb. 178—180, 186 (Kopf, Geäder,
4 9-Genitalien). — Ganze Palaearktische Region; Yünnan; Indien.
f. albrechtella Meyer
albrechtella MEYER, 1911, Soc. Ent. 25: 95 (Epiblema).
f. accentana Car.
accentana CARADJA, 1916, Iris 30: 67 (Epiblema).
f. interrogationana Don.
interrogationana DONOVAN, 1793, Nat. Hist. Brit. Ins. 2: 75, t. 65 fig. 1 (Phalaena);
SYNON. Nov.: acclivella UFFELN, 1912, Zschr. wiss. Ins.biol. 8: 136 (Epiblema);
SYNON. NOV.: confluens WÖRZ, 1953, Jahr.hefte Ver. Vaterl. Naturk. Württ. 108: 99
(Epiblema); foenella (non L.): Matsumura, 1931, 6000 Illustr. Ins. Jap.: 1069, fig.
(Epiblema). — ISSIKI, 1957: t. 9 fig. 281 (2); OKANO, 1959: t. 174 fig. 30 (3).
f. clavigerana Wkr. status nov.
clavigerana WALKER, 1863, List Specim. Lepid. Ins. 28: 389 (Grapholita); SYNON. NOV.:
effusana KENNEL, 1912, Zschr. wiss. Ins.biol. 8: 134 (Epiblema); SYNON. NOV.:
circumflexana CARADJA, 1916, Iris 30: 67 (Epiblema).
376 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 12, 1965 (190)
f. separana Krul.
separana KRULIKOVSKIJ, 1909, Mater. poznan. fauny i flory Rossijsk. Imper. 9: 215
(Epiblema); SYNON. NOV.: divisa WÖRZ, 1953, Jahr.hefte Ver. Vaterl. Naturk. Württ.
108: 99 (Epiblema); SYNON. NOV.: interrupta WÖRZ, 1953, ibid.: 99 (Epiblema).
f. unicolorana Klem.
unicolorana KLEMENSIEWICZ, 1900, Spraw. Kom. fizyogr. Akad. Umietn. Kraków 34:
187 (Epiblema); SYNON. Nov.: unicolor KENNEL, 1912, Zschr. wiss. Ins.biol. 8: 134
(Epiblema); SYNON. NOV.: fuscata WÖRZ, 1953, Jahr.hefte Ver. Vaterl. Naturk. Württ.
108: 99 (Epiblema).
E. (E.) inconspicua (Wlsm.)* (3)
inconspicua WALSINGHAM, 1900, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) 6: 340 (Eucosma). —
IssIKI, 1957: 61, t. 9 fig. 279, 280 (4 2); diese Arbeit: Taf.) 17 Fig. 2, 3, Taf. 18 Fig.
1—3 (Falter, 4 9 -Genitalien). — Japan.
tei
. (E.) baligrodana Toll*
baligrodana ToLL, 1958, Ann. Zool. Polsk. Akad. Nauk 17: 74, fig. 9 (Vorderflügel),
t. 3 fig. 12 (&-Genitalien) (Epiblema). — Polen (Waldkarpaten).
E. (E.) denigratana Kenn.* (4)
denigratana KENNEL, 1901, Iris 13 (1900): 281 (Epiblema). — STAUDINGER & REBEL,
1901: 263, No. 2086bis; KENNEL, 1921: 565, t. 21 fig. 38 (4); ISSIKI, 1957: 61, t. 9
fig. 284 (2); diese Arbeit: Taf. 18 Fig. 4 ( 3 -Genitalien). — Südostsibirien (Sutschan) ;
Japan.
E. (E.) trigeminana (Stph.)*
trigeminana STEPHENS, [1829, Syst. Cat. Brit. Ins. 2: 174, No. 6908; nom. nud.], 1834,
Illustr. Brit. Ent, Haust. 4: 94, t. 37 fig. 3 (Spilonota, Epinotia); argyrana (non Hb.):
STEPHENS, 1834, op. cit.: 95 (Spilonota, Epinotia); brunnichiana (non Fröl.): DUPON-
CHEL, 1835, Hist. Nat. Lépid. France 9: t. 53 fig. 9 (non bin.); 1836, op. cit.: 358
(Paedisca); poecilana GUENEE, 1845, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (2) 3: 177 (Ephippiphora);
ravulana HERRICH-SCHAFFER, 1851, Syst. Bearb. Schm. Eur. 4: 241 (Paedisca) [1847,
Tortr.: t. 20 fig. 143; non bin.}; costipunctana (non Hw.): BANKES, 1907, Ent. Mo.
Mag. 43: 181 (Pammene); trigeminanum: MEYER, 1909, KRANCHERS Ent. Jahrb. 18:
147 (Epiblema). — STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 117, No. 2103 (part.); KENNEL,
1921: 579, t. 22 fig. 7 (4); PIERCE & METCALFE, 1922: 69, t. 23 (4 9-Genitalien);
BENANDER, 1950: 132, fig. 11v ( 4 -Genitalien), t. 8 fig. 9 (Vorderflügel); OBRAZTSOV,
19525: 125, fig. 24 (4-Genitalien); SWATSCHEK, 1958: 148, fig. 164 (Larvalmorpho-
logie); HANNEMANN, 1961: 141, fig. 284 (&-Genitalien), t. 12 fig. 1 (Falter). —
Britannien; Schweden; Belgien; Frankreich; Süd- und Südwestdeutschland; Schweiz;
Österreich; Balkanhalbinsel; Ukraine; Ostrußland.
E. (E.) farfarae (Fletch.)* (5)
?sticticana FABRICIUS, 1794, Ent. Syst. 3 (2): 270 (Pyralis); ?similana (non Schiff.):
LASPEYRES, 1805, ILLIGERS Mag. Ins. Kunde 4: 15 (Tortrix); rusticana (non F.): HA-
WORTH, 1811, Lep. Brit.: 442 (Tortrix); jacquiniana (non Schiff.): CHARPENTIER, 1821,
Zinsler etc.: 93 (Tortrix); profundana (non F.): [HÜBNER, 1796—1799, Samml. eur.
Schm., Tortr.: t. 4 fig. 21; non bin.] ILLIGER, 1801, Syst. Verz. Schm. Wien. Geg. 2: 69
(Phalaena Tortrix); brunichiana HÜBNER, 1825, Verz. bek. Schm.: 376 (Epiblema) ;
brunnichiana (non L.): FRÖLICH, 1828, Enum. Tortr. Würt.: 46 (Tortrix); quadrana
(non Hb.): STEPHENS, 1834, Illustr. Brit. Ent, Haust. 4: 93 (Spilonota, Epinotia);
?quadratana EVERSMANN, 1844, Fauna Lepid. Volgo-Ural.: 513 (Grapholitha); scutulana
(part.): GUENEE, 1845, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (2) 3: 176 (Ephippiphora); brunnichia-
num: MEYER, 1909, KRANCHERS Ent. Jahrb, 18: 147 (Epiblema); simploniana (err. det.):
REBEL, 1911, Jahresber. Wien. Ent. Ver. 21 (1910): 109 (Epiblema); farfarae FLET-
(191) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der palaearktischen Tortricidae 377
CHER, 1938, Ent. Rec. 50: 25 (Eucosma). — STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 120, No.
2150; KENNEL, 1921: 575, t. 22 fig. 3 (&); PIERCE & METCALFE, 1922: 70, t. 23
(4 $-Genitalien) (in allen drei Publikationen: als brunnichiana); BENANDER, 1950:
131, fig. 12f (4 -Genitalien), t. 8 fig. 10 (Vorderflügel); OBRAZTSOV, 1952c: 328, fig. 4
(4-Genitalien); SWATSCHEK, 1958: 147 (Larvalmorphologie); HANNEMANN, 1961:
140, fig. 277 (&-Genitalien), t. 11 fig. 14 (Falter); diese Arbeit: Abb. 189 (@-
Genitalien). — Ganz Europa; Britannien; Kleinasien; Südostsibirien.
f. ochreana Hauder
ochreana HAUDER, 1918, Ent. Zschr. Frankfurt/M. 31: 102 (Epiblema).
f. melstediana Larsen
melstediana LARSEN, 1927, Ent. Medd. 17: 3, t. 1 fig. 6, 7 (Epiblema). — BENANDER,
1950: 132.
E. (E.) obscurana (H.S.)* (6)
obscurana HERRICH-SCHÄFFER, 1851, Syst. Bearb. Schm. Eur. 4: 243 (Paedisca) [1848,
Tortr.: t. 43 fig. 307; non bin.}; inulivora MEYRICK, 1932, Exot. Micr. 4: 224 (Eucos-
ma). — STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 120, No. 2147; KENNEL, 1921: 580, t. 22 fig. 9
(&); SWATSCHEK, 1958: 147 (Larvalmorphologie); HANNEMANN, 1961: 142, fig. 289
(8 -Genitalien), t. 11 fig. 19 (Falter). — Süd- und Südwestdeutschland; Österreich;
Tschechoslowakei; Südtirol; Piemont; Südfrankreich; Balkanhalbinsel.
E. (E.) graphana (Tr.)*
graphana TREITSCHKE, 1835, Schm. Eur. 10 (3): 96, 254 (Paedisca); pierretana Du-
PONCHEL, 1836, Hist. Nat. Lép. France 9: 566, t. 266 fig. 3 (Grapholitha); graphanum:
MEYER, 1909, KRANCHERs Ent. Jahrb. 18: 146 (Epiblema). — STAUDINGER & REBEL,
1901: 117, No. 2105; KENNEL, 1921: 593, t. 22 fig. 34 (9); HANNEMANN, 1961: 140,
fig. 279 (3-Genitalien), t. 15 fig. 15 (Falter). — Europa (nicht in England und
Iberien); Kleinasien; Südwest- und Zentralasien.
E. (E.) confusana (H.S.)*
confusana HERRICH-SCHÄFFER, 1856, Syst. Bearb. Schm. Eur. 6 (Nachtr.): 161 (Pae-
disca); hepaticana (part.): LEDERER, 1859, Wien. Ent. Mschr. 3: 332 (Paedisca);
?pietruskii NOWICKI, 1860, Enum. Lepid. Halic.: 143 (Paedisca); trigeminana (part.):
REBEL, 1901, Stgr.-Rbl. Cat. Lep. Pal. Faun. 2: 117, No. 2103 (Epiblema). —
KENNEL, 1921: t. 22 fig. 8 (als trigeminana); OBRAZTSOV, 19526: 125, fig. 2c (4-
Genitalien), HANNEMANN, 1961: 141, fig. 285 ( 4 -Genitalien), t. 21 fig. 10 (Falter). —
Südwestdeutschland; ?Österreich; ?Bulgarien; Ukraine; Ostrußland; ?Ostbaltikum.
E. (E.) fuchsiana (Rössl.)*
fuchsiana RÖSSLER, 1877, Stett. Ent. Ztg. 38: 75 (Grapholitha). — STAUDINGER &
REBEL, 1901: 119, No. 2140; KENNEL, 1921: 598, t. 22 fig. 44 (&); HANNEMANN,
1961: 140, fig. 280 (&-Genitalien), t. 15 fig. 12 (Falter). — Westdeutschland; Süd-
frankreich; Ostrußland; Zentralasien; Westchina.
E. (E.) sarmatana (Chr.)*
sarmatana CHRISTOPH, 1872, Horae Soc. Ent. Ross. 9: 16, t. 1 fig. 13 (Grapholitha). —
STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 115, No. 2064; KENNEL, 1921: 597, t. 22 fig. 43 (&). —
Ostrußland; Kasachstan; Transili- und Dschungar-Alatau.
E. (E.) asseclana (Hb.)* (7)
similana SCHIFFERMILLER & DENIS, 1776, Syst. Verz. Schm. Wien. Geg.: 131 (Phalaena
Tortrix); fluidana SCHIFFERMILLER & DENIS, 1776, op. cit.: 81 (Phalaena Tortrix);
wahlbomiana (non L.): LASPEYRES, 1805, ILLIGERs Mag. Ins. Kunde 4: 13 (Tortrix);
scutulana (non Schiff.): CHARPENTIER, 1821, Zinsler etc.: 86 (Tortrix); asseclana
378 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 12, 1965 (192)
HÜBNER, [1796—1799, Samml. eur. Schm., Tortr.: t. 4 fig. 19; non bin.}, 1822, Syst
alph. Verz.: 58 (Olethreutes); stroemiana (non F.): FROLICH, 1828, Enum. Tortr. Würt.:
44 (Tortrix); profundana (part.) TREITSCHKE, 1829, Schm. Eur. 7: 233 (Thirates). —
STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 119, No. 2139; KENNEL, 1921: 585, t. 22 fig. 19 (3);
HANNEMANN, 1961: 140, fig. 278 (&-Genitalien), t. 11 fig. 16 (Falter) (bei dem
letzterwähnten Autor: als s/milana). — Mittel- und Südeuropa (nicht in Iberien); Ruß-
land; Nordukraine; ?Südwestchina.
E. (E.) scutulana (Schiff.)*
scutulana SCHIFFERMILLER & DENIS, 1776, Syst. Verz. Schm. Wien. Geg.: 131 (Phalaena
Tortrix); fluidana (non Schiff.): SCHRANK, 1802, Fauna Boica 2: 12, 81 (Tortrix);
pflugiana HAWORTH, 1811, Lep. Brit.: 442 (Tortrix; nom. praeocc.); stictana var. a
HAWORTH, 1811: lc. (Tortrix); profundana (part.): FRÖLICH, 1828, Enum. Tortr.
Würt.: 46 (Tortrix); luctuosana (part.): DUPONCHEL, 1836, Hist. Nat. Lépid. France 9:
326 (Ephippiphora); novana GUENÉE, 1845, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (2) 3: 176 (Ephip-
piphora); pflugianum: MEYER, 1909, KRANCHERS Ent. Jahrb. 18: 145 (Epiblema);
pfugiana (err. typogr.): Wu, 1938, Cat. Ins. Sin.: 56 (Eucosma). — STAUDINGER &
REBEL, 1901: 119, No. 2143 (als pflugiana) und No. 2144 (als /uctuosana); KENNEL,
1907: 282, t. 86 fig. 23; 1921: 578, t. 22 fig. 4, 5; PIERCE & METCALFE, 1922: 68, 69,
t. 23 (4 2 -Genitalien); BENANDER, 1950: 131, fig. 125 (&-Genitalien), t. 8 fig. 8
(Vorderflügel) (bei allen obigen Autoren: als pflugiana); OBRAZTSOV, 1952c: 323— 330
(systematisch-nomenklatorische Studien); SWATSCHEK, 1958: 147 (Larvalmorphologie);
HANNEMANN, 1961: 141, fig. 283 ( &-Genitalien), t. 15 fig. 22 (Falter); diese Arbeit:
Abb. 190 (2 -Genitalien). — Ganze Palaearktische Region (?nicht in Nordwestafrika).
f. alsaticana Peyer.
alsaticana PEYERIMHOFF, 1872, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (5) 2: 10, t. 5 fig. 4 (Grapholitha);
pflugiana (part.): KENNEL, 1907, SPULERs Schm. Eur. 2: 282 (Epiblema). — STAUDIN-
GER & REBEL, 1901: 119, No. 21434; KENNEL, 1921: 572, t. 22 fig. 6 (2 ); OBRAZTSOV,
1952c: 328, 329, fig. 1 (&-Genitalien).
f. & luctuosana Dup.
sticticana (non F.): STEPHENS, 1829, Syst. Cat. Brit. Ins. 2: 174, No. 6909 (Spilonota) ;
luctuosana DUPONCHEL, 1836, Hist. Nat. Lép. France 9: 326, t. 252 fig. 4 (Ephippi-
phora); scutulana (part.): FISCHER v. RÖSLERSTAMM, 1840, Abb. Bericht. Ergänz.
Schm.kunde: 176, t. 64 fig. c, g (Paedisca); tetragonana (part.): WOCKE, 1871, Stgr.-
Wek. Cat. Lep. Eur. Faun.: 255, No. 1103 (Grapholitha, Paedisca); luctuosanum:
MEYER, 1909, KRANCHERS Ent. Jahrb. 18: 148 (Epiblema). — STAUDINGER & REBEL,
1901: 119, No. 2144; BENANDER, 1950: 131, fig. 12¢ (@-Genitalien); OBRAZTSOV,
1952c: 328, 329, fig. 2 ( 4 -Genitalien).
f. cirsiana Z.
?stictana var. B HAWORTH, 1811, Lep. Brit: 442 (Tortrix); stictana (non F.): Woon,
1839, Ind. Ent.: 137, t. 31 fig. 906 (Spilonota, Halonota); scutulana (part.): FISCHER
v. ROSLERSTAMM, 1840, Abb. Bericht. Ergänz. Schm.kunde: 176, t. 64 fig. b (Paedisca);
cirsiana ZELLER, 1843, Stett. Ent. Ztg. 4: 150 (Tortrix, Paedisca), mortuana (Gn. in
litt.) DOUBLEDAY, 1850, Synon. list Brit. Lepid.: 25 (Ephippiphora); luctuosana (part):
RAGONOT, 1894, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 63: 213 (Grapholitha); circiana (lapsus):
PIERCE & METCALFE, 1922: 68, 69, t. 22 (&-Genitalien) (Epiblema). — STAUDINGER
& REBEL, 1901: 119, No. 2144 (part; als /uctnuosana), OBRAZTSOV, 1952c: 328, 329,
fig. 3 (3 -Genitalien).
E. (E.) cretana Osth. (8)*
luctuosana (non Dup.) REBEL, 1902, Berl. Ent. Zschr. 47: 106 (Epiblema); pflugiana
(non Hw.): REBEL, 1906, ibid. 50 (1905): 307 (Epiblema); cretana OSTHELDER, 1941,
Mitt. Münchn. Ent. Ges. 31: 369 (Epiblema). — OBRAZTSOV, 1952c: 328, 330; diese
Arbeit: Abb. 191 (®-Genitalien), Taf. 20 Fig. 1 (Falter). — Kreta; Griechenland.
(193) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der palaearktischen Tortricidae 379
E:
(E.) cnicicolana (Z.)*
cnicicolana ZELLER, 1847, Isis: 724 (Paedisca); littoralana PIERCE & METCALFE, 1915,
Ent. Mo. Mag. 51: 327 (Halonota). — STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 120, No. 2149;
KENNEL, 1921: 577, t. 22 fig. 13 (2); PIERCE & METCALFE, 1922: 69, t. 23 (4 2-
Genitalien; als cnicicolana und littoralana). — England; südl. Mitteleuropa; Ungarn:
Balkanhalbinsel; Sizilien; Südpolen.
. (E.) pentagonana Kenn.
pentagonana KENNEL, 1901, Iris 13 (1900): 289 (Epiblema). — STAUDINGER & REBEL,
1901: 563, No. 2135675; KENNEL, 1921: 582, t. 22 fig. 14 (2). — Ussuri.
(E.) angulatana Kenn.* (9)
angulatana KENNEL, 1901, Iris 13 (1900): 288 (Epiblema). STAUDINGER & REBEL,
1901: 263, No. 2154bis; KENNEL, 1921: 583, t. 22 fig. 15 (4); diese Arbeit: Taf. 19
Fig. 1 (&-Genitalien). — Südussuri (Sutschan).
. (E.) pryerana (Wlsm.)* (10)
pryerana WALSINGHAM, 1900, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) 6: 338 (Eucosma). — ISSIKI,
1957: 61, t. 9 fig. 283 (8); OKANO, 1959: 260, t. 174 fig. 31 (2); diese Arbeit: Taf.
19 Fig. 2, Taf. 20 Fig. 2 (& ®-Genitalien). — Japan.
. (E.) hepaticana (Tr.)*
similana (part.): SCHIFFERMILLER & DENIS, 1776, Syst. Verz. Schm. Wien. Geg.: 131
(Phalaena Tortrix); hepaticana TREITSCHKE, 1835, Schm. Eur. 10 (3): 97, 254 (Pae-
disca); hepaticanum: MEYER, 1909, KRANCHERS Ent. Jahrb. 18: 147 (Epiblema). —
STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 117, No. 2099; KENNEL, 1921: 591, t. 22 fig. 31 (6);
OBRAZTSOV, 1952c: 124, fig. 26 (4-Genitalien); HANNEMANN, 1961: 140, fig. 281
(4-Genitalien), t. 15 fig. 17 (Falter). — Mittel- und Südeuropa; Südpolen; Nordwest-
und Ostrußland; Kleinasien; Siidwestasien; Dschungar-Alatau; ?Nordchina.
f. tristana Hauder
tristana HAUDER, [1919, Zschr. Österr. Ent. Ver. 4: 59; nom. nud.}, 1924, Jahresber.
Oberösterr. Mus. Ver. 80: 278 (Epiblema).
?ssp. senecionana Stgr.
senecionana STAUDINGER, 1870, Horae Soc. Ent. Ross. 7: 222 (Grapholitha). —
STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 117, No. 20994; KENNEL, 1921: 591. — Griechenland;
Dalmatien; ?West-Kopet-Dag.
. (E.) chrétieni Obr.*
chretieni OBRAZTSOV, 1952, Zschr. Wien. Ent. Ges. 37: 123, fig. 24 (&-Genitalien)
(Epiblema). — HANNEMANN, 1961: 142, fig. 290 (&-Genitalien). — Hautes Alpes.
. (E.) mendiculana (Tr.)*
mendiculana TREITSCHKE, 1835, Schm. Eur. 10 (3): 87 (Sciaphila). — STAUDINGER &
REBEL, 1901: 119, No. 2141; KENNEL, 1921: 588, t. 22 fig. 26 (&); HANNEMANN,
1961: 141, fig. 282 (&-Genitalien), t. 11 fig. 21 (Falter). — Österreich; Ungarn;
Schweiz; Albanien.
. (E.) macrorris (Wlsm.) comb. nova* (11)
macrorris WALSINGHAM, 1900, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) 6: 339 (?Eucosma). — Diese
Arbeit: Taf. 20 Fig. 3, 4 (Falter, 9 -Genitalien). — Japan.
. (E.) gammana (Mn.) comb. nova*
gammana MANN, 1866, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 16: 347, t. 1 fig. 2 (Grapholitha).
— STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 122, No. 2206; KENNEL, 1921: 683, t. 24 fig. 65 (2);
380 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 12, 1965 (194)
diese Arbeit: Taf. 19 Fig. 3 (&-Genitalien). — Ostrumänien; Mazedonien; Griechen-
land; Kleinasien.
E. (E.) simploniana (Dup.)*
simploniana DUPONCHEL, 1835, Hist. Nat. Lép. France 9: 259, t. 248 fig. 7 (Carpo-
capsa). — STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 120, No. 2146 (part.); ?KENNEL, 1921: 610,
t. 22 fig. 70—72 (& 2); FILIPJEV, 1930a: 6, t. 1 fig. 6, t. 2 fig. 2 (Falter, &-Genita-
lien; HANNEMANN, 1961: 142, fig. 287 (&-Genitalien), t. 15 fig. 16 (Falter). —
Skandinavien; Schweiz; Südtirol; Frankreich (Gebirge); ?Österreich; ?Ungarn; ?Schle-
sien; ?Mazedonien; ?Spanien; ?Polen; ?Ostrußland; ?Alai-Gebirge.
E. (E.) sublimana (H.S.)*
sublimana HERRICH-SCHÄFFER, 1851, Syst. Bearb. Schm. Eur. 4: 242 (Paedisca) [1848,
Tortr.: t. 31 fig. 229; non bin.}; ?pictana LAHARPE, 1858, Neue Denkschr. allg. Schweiz.
Ges. ges. Naturwiss., Faune Suisse 6: 64 (Sericoris); simploniana (part.): REBEL, 1901,
Stgr.-Rbl. Cat. Lep. Pal. Faun. 2: 120, No. 2146 (Epiblema). — FirIPjEv, 19304: 6,
t. 1 fig. 5, t. 2 fig. 3, 4 (Falter, ¢-Genitalien); BENANDER, 1950: 133, fig. 124 (&-
Genitalien), t. 8 fig. 15 (Vorderflügel). — Norwegen; Alpen Mitteleuropas; ?Nord-
bayern; Sajan-Gebirge.
E. (E.) expressana (Chr.)
expressana CHRISTOPH, 1881, Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 56 (1): 409 (Grapholitha);
contrasignata CHRISTOPH, 1881, ibid.: 411 (Grapholitha); contrasignana (lapsus):
KENNEL, 1921, Pal. Tortr.: 612, t. 22 fig. 75 (Epiblema). — STAUDINGER & REBEL, :
1901: 120, No. 2145; KENNEL, 1921: 612, t. 22 fig. 74 (&). — Südostsibirien (Insel
Askold).
E. (E.) acceptana (Snell.)
acceptana SNELLEN, 1883, Tijdschr. v. Ent. 26: 211, t. 12 fig. 9, 9a (Kopf, Falter)
(Grapholitha, Paedisca). — STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 118, No. 2122; KENNEL, 1921:
611, t. 22 fig. 73 (3). — Amur.
E. (E.) rimosana (Chr.)* (12)
rimosana CHRISTOPH, 1881, Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 56 (1): 407 (Grapholitha). —
STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 120, No. 2152; KENNEL, 1921: 613, t. 22 fig. 79 (2);
diese Arbeit: Taf. 21 Fig. 1, 2 (& 2 -Genitalien). — Amur.
E. (E.) rotundana (Snell.)* (13)
rotundana SNELLEN, 1883, Tijdschr. v. Ent. 26: 209, t. 12 fig. 8, 8a (Kopf, Falter)
(Grapholitha, Paedisca); [bimaculosana CARADJA, 1916, Iris 30: 67 (Epiblema); nom.
nud.}. — STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 120, No. 2151; KENNEL, 1921: 613, t. 22 fig.
76—78 (& 2); diese Arbeit: Taf. 21 Fig. 3, Taf. 22 Fig. 1 (&-Genitalien). — Ost-
und Südostsibirien.
Species incertae sedis
E. absconditana (Lah.)
absconditana LAHARPE, 1860, Bull. Soc. Vaudoise Sci. Nat. 6: 392 (Paedisca). —
STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 117, No. 2104. — Sizilien; ?Südfrankreich.
E. albohamulana (Rbl.)
albohamulana REBEL, 1893, Stett. Ent. Ztg. 54: 41 (Paedisca). — STAUDINGER & REBEL,
1901: 117, No. 2100; KENNEL, 1921: 594, t. 22 fig. 36 (&). — Kaukasus.
E. berolinensis Ams.
berolinensis AMSEL, 1932, Dtsche Ent. Zschr.: 18, t. 1 fig. 5 (Epiblema). — Deutsch-
land (Berlin).
(195) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der palaearktischen Tortricidae 381
E.
E.
E.
E.
fiorii Trti.
fiorii TURATI, 1922, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. 61: 172, fig. (Epiblema). — Kyrenaika.
. infuscatana Kenn.
infuscatana KENNEL, 1901, Iris 13 (1900): 292 (Epiblema). — STAUDINGER & REBEL,
1901: 263, No. 2100b75; KENNEL, 1921: 594, t. 22 fig. 35 (9). — Transkaukasien.
. micropterana Trti.
micropterana TURATI, 1930, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. 69: 77, fig. (Epiblema). —
Kyrenaika.
. ravana Kenn.
ravana KENNEL, 1900, Iris 13: 151, t. fig. 27 (Epiblema). — STAUDINGER & REBEL,
1901: 263, No. 2096bis; KENNEL, 1921: 594, t. 22 fig. 37 (4). — Südural.
. subrigidana Car.
subrigidana CARADJA, 1916, Iris 30: 66 (Epiblema). — Südostsibirien (Kasakewitsch).
Sg. Cacochroea Ld., 1859
. (C.) turbidana (Tr.)*
turbidana TREITSCHKE, 1835, Schm. Eur. 10 (3): 98, 255 (Paedisca); zelleriana SCHLA-
GER, 1848, Ber. lepid. Tauschver. Jena: 230 (Paedisca); pedana [?SCOPOLI, 1763, Ent.
Carniol.: 237, fig. 597 (Phalaena) ]: WERNEBURG, 1858, Stett. Ent. Ztg. 19: 154 (Tor-
trix); turbitana (err. typogr.): FRANZ, 1943, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien (Math.-nat.
Kl.) 107: 195 (Epiblema). — STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 120, No. 2153; KENNEL,
1921: 614, t. 23 fig. 2 (8); PIERCE & METCALFE, 1922: 70, t. 23 ( 4 2 -Genitalien);
TOLL, 1958: 76, fig. 15, 16 (& Q-Vorderflügel), t. 5 fig. 18, 20 (& 2 -Genitalien);
SWATSCHEK, 1958: 150, fig. 166, 167 (Larvalmorphologie); HANNEMANN, 1961: 142,
fig. 286 (&-Genitalien), t. 15 fig. 21 (Falter). — England; Mitteleuropa; Ungarn;
Südostfrankreich; Bulgarien; Albanien; Polen; Ukraine; Kleinasien.
(C.) petasitis Toll*
petasitis TOLL, 1958, Ann. Zool. Polsk. Akad. Nauk. 17: 75, fig. 11, 12 (& 2-Vorder-
flügel), t. 4 fig. 14, 16 (& Q-Genitalien) (Epiblema). — HANNEMANN, 1961: 144
nota, 220 fig. (&-Genitalien). — Polen; Karnische und Bayerische Alpen.
(C.) grandaevana (Z.)*
grandaevana ZELLER, 1846, Isis: 238 (Paedisca); tussilaginana HERRICH-SCHÄFFER,
1851, Syst. Bearb. Schm. Eur. 4: 205 (Euchromia) [1848, Tortr.: t. 33 fig. 240; non
bin.}; cana {?ScoPOLI, 1763, Ent. Carn.: 236, fig. 596 (Phalaena)]: ZELLER, 1868,
Stett. Ent. Ztg. 29: 132 (Phalaena); laetulana KRULIKOVSKIJ, 1909, Mater. pozn. fauny i
flory Ross. Imp. 9: 214 (Epiblema). — STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 115, No. 2067;
KENNEL, 1921: 548, t. 21 fig. 1, 2 (4 2); PIERCE & METCALFE, 1922: 69, t. 23 (& 2-
Genitalien); BENANDER, 1950: 131, fig. 124 ( d -Genitalien), t. 8 fig. 13 (Vorderflügel) ;
TOLL, 1958: 75, fig. 13, 14 (& Q-Vorderflügel), t. fig. 15, 17 (& Q-Genitalien);
SWATSCHEK, 1958: 150, fig. 168, 169 (Larvalmorphologie); HANNEMANN, 1961: 144,
fig. 292—292b (Kopf, Geäder, &-Genitalien), t. 11 fig. 13 (Falter); diese Arbeit:
Abb. 184, 185 (Kopf, Geäder), 188 (4-Genitalien). — England; Nord- und Mittel-
europa; Südostfrankreich; Krain; Transsylvanien; Ostbaltikum; Polen; Ukraine; Ost-
rußland.
Sg. Notocelia Hb., 1825
(N.) autolitha (Meyr.) comb. nova*
autolitha MEYRICK, 1931, Exot. Micr. 4: 145 (Eucosma). — ISSIKI, 1957: 61, t. 9 fig.
285 (4); CLARKE, 1958: 348, t. 173 fig. 1, la (Falter, &-Genitalien); OKANO, 1959:
260, t. 174 fig. 32 (9). — Japan.
382 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 12, 1965 (196)
E. (N.) cynosbatella (L.) comb. nova*
cynosbatella LINNé, 1758, Syst. Nat. ed. 10: 536 (Phalaena Tinea); cynosbana FABRI-
cıus, 1775, Syst. Ent.: 654 (Pyralis); tripunctana SCHIFFERMILLER & DENIS, 1776, Syst.
Verz. Schm. Wien. Geg.: 131 (Phalaena Tortrix); ocellana (non Schiff.): HÜBNER,
1796— 1799, Samml. eur. Schm., Tortr.: t. 4 fig. 18 (non bin.); tripunctanum MEYER,
1909, KRANCHERS Ent. Jahrb. 18: 148 (Epiblema); tripunctata (laps.): PALM, 1947,
Opusc. Ent. 12: 46 (Epiblema). — STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 119, No. 2138; KEN-
NEL, 1921: 596, t. 22 fig. 40 (9); PIERCE & METCALFE, 1922: 67, t. 22 (& 2 -Geni-
talien) (bei allen vorigen Autoren: als #r/punctana);, BENANDER, 1950: 130, fig. 11%
(4-Genitalien), t. 7 fig. 19 (Vorderflügel); SWATSCHEK, 1958: 151 (Larvalmorpho-
logie; als #r/punctana); HANNEMANN, 1961: 144, fig. 293—293b (Kopf, Geäder, &-
Genitalien), t. 15 fig. 13 (Falter). — Britannien; ganz Europa; Kleinasien; Syrien;
Iran; Zentralasien; Sibirien.
E. (N.) tetragonana (Stph.) comb. nova*
tetragonana STEPHENS, [1829, Syst. Cat. Brit. Ins. 2: 174, No. 6911; nom. nud.}, 1834,
Illustr. Brit. Ent., Haust. 4: 96 (Spilonota, Epinotia); luctuosana (non Dup.): HERRICH-
SCHAFFER, 1851, Syst. Bearb. Schm. Eur. 4: 242 (Paedisca). — STAUDINGER & REBEL,
1901: 115, No. 2065; KENNEL, 1916: 543, t. 20 fig. 60 (4); PIERCE & METCALFE,
1922: 67, t. 22 (& 2 -Genitalien); HANNEMANN, 1961: 148, fig. 300 (3 -Genitalien),
t. 15 fig. 10 (Falter). — Britannien; Mitteleuropa; Frankreich; Schweiz; Nordtirol;
Norditalien; Rumänien; Polen; Ostbaltikum.
E. (N.) roborana (Illig.)*
roborana {SCHIFFERMILLER & DENIS, 1776, Syst. Verz. Schm. Wien. Geg.: 131 (Pha-
laena Tortrix); nom. nud.} ILLIGER, 1801, Syst. Verz. Schm. Wien Geg. 2: 67 (Phalaena
Tortrix); cynosbana (non F., 1775): FABRICIUS, 1787, Mant. Ins. 2: 238 (Pyralis);
aquana [HÜBNER, 1796—1799, Samml. eur. Schm., Tortr.: t. 4 fig. 17; non bin}
HAWORTH, 1811, Lep. Brit.: 430 (Torzrix); cynosbatana HÜBNER, 1825, Verz. bek.
Schm.: 380 (Hedya). — STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 115, No. 2062; KENNEL, 1916:
541, t. 20 fig. 56, 57 (& 9); PIERCE & METCALFE, 1922: 67, t. 22 (& Q-Genitalien);
BENANDER, 1950: 123, fig. 11» (&-Genitalien), t. 7 fig. 15 (Vorderflügel);
OBRAZTSOV, 1952b: 126, fig. 46 (&-Genitalien); SWATSCHEK, 1958: 153 (Larval-
morphologie); HANNEMANN, 1961: 146, fig. 295 (&-Genitalien), t. 15 fig. 9 (Falter).
— Britannien; Europa (mit Ausnahme von Polargebieten); Kleinasien; Transkaspien;
Zentralasien; Sibirien; China.
E. (N.) mediterranea (Obr.)*
mediterranea OBRAZTSOV, 1952, Zschr. Wien. Ent. Ges. 37: 125, fig. 3 ( 4 -Genitalien)
(Epiblema, Notocelia). — Mittelitalien; Sizilien.
E. (N.) incarnatana (Zinck.)*
incarnatana [HÜBNER, 1799—1800, Samml. eur. Schm., Tortr.: t. 30 fig. 191; non bin. }
ZINCKEN, 1821, CHARPENTIERS Zinsler etc.: 33 (Tortrix); amoenana HÜBNER, [1814—
1817, Samml. eur. Schm., Tortr.: t. 39 fig. 248; non bin.}, 1822, Syst.-alph. Verz.: 58
(Oletbreutes). — STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 115, No. 2063; KENNEL, 1916: 542,
t. 20 fig. 58, 59 (4 2); PIERCE & METCALFE, 1922: 67, t. 22 (4 @-Genitalien);
BENANDER, 1950: 124, fig. 11/ ( & -Genitalien), t. 7 fig. 18 (Vorderflügel); OBRAZTSOV,
1952b: 126, fig. 4a (&-Genitalien); SWATSCHEK, 1958: 154 (Larvalmorphologie);
HANNEMANN, 1961: 146, fig. 296 (&-Genitalien), t. 15 fig. 5 (Falter). — Britannien;
Mittel- und Südeuropa; Skandinavien; Finnland; Dänemark; Belgien; Frankreich; Polen;
Ostrußland; Kleinasien; Transkaspien; Zentralasien; Sibirien (südöstlich. einschl.);
China.
E. (N.) suffusana (Dup.)*
suffusana DUPONCHEL, 1843, Hist. Nat. Lép. France (Suppl.) 4: 416, t. 83 fig. 10
(Aspidia), trimaculana (non Don.): HAWORTH, 1811, Lep. Brit: 442 (Tortrix);
(197) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der palaearktischen Tortricidae 383
?rosaecolana (non Dbld.): OKANO, 1959, Iconogr. Ins. Jap. color. nat. 1: 260, t. 174
fig. 29 (2) (Notocelia). — STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 115, No. 2060; KENNEL,
1916: 540, t. 20 fig. 54 (4); Pierce & METCALFE, 1922: 66, t. 22 (& ®-Genitalien);
BENANDER, 1950: 123, fig. 112 (&-Genitalien), t. 7 fig. 16 (Vorderflügel) (als vri-
maculana); SWATSCHEK, 1958: 152, fig. 170, 171 (Larvalmorphologie); HANNEMANN,
1961: 146, fig. 298 (4-Genitalien). — Britannien; Skandinavien; Dänemark; Belgien;
Frankreich; Ostbaltikum; Polen; Ukraine; Ostrußland; Kleinasien; Syrien; Iran; Sibirien;
Japan; Nordwestafrika.
E. (N.) rosaecolana (Dbld.)* comb. nova
cynosbana (non F.): DUPONCHEL, 1835, Hist. Nat. Lép. France 9: 178, t. 245 fig. 1
(Aspidia); rosaecolana DOUBLEDAY, 1850, The Zool. 8 (Appendix): CVI (Spilonota):
trimaculana (part.): STEPHENS, 1852, List Spec. Brit. Anim. 10: 30 (Spilonota, Hedya);
suffusana (part.): LEDERER, 1859, Wien. Ent. Mschr. 3: 335 (Grapholitha, Paedisca);
rosaecolona (err. typogr.): RAGONOT, 1894, Ann. Soc. Ent. France 63: 213 (Grapho-
litha); rosae MATSUMURA, 1917, Oyò Konchügaku 1: 514 (Notocelia); roseocolana
(laps.): MATSUMURA, 1931, 6000 Illustr. Ins. Jap.: 1073, fig. (Notocelia). — STAU-
DINGER & REBEL, 1901: 115, No. 2061; KENNEL, 1916: 540, t. 20 fig. 55 (&); PIERCE
& METCALFE, 1922: 67, t. 22 (& 2-Genitalien); Esaki, 1932: 1461, fig. (Falter);
ISSIKI, 1957: 61, t. 9 fig. 278 (&); SWATSCHEK, 1958: 153 (Larvalmorphologie);
HANNEMANN, 1961: 148, fig. 299 ( Â-Genitalien), t. 15 fig. 7 (Falter). — Britannien;
Dänemark: Jütland; Belgien; Mitteleuropa; Frankreich; Italien; Polen; Ostrußland;
Zentralasien; Sibirien (südöstl. einschl.); China; Sachalin; Japan.
E. (N.) uddmanniana (L.)*
uddmanniana LINNÉ, 1758, Syst. Nat. ed. 10: 823 (Phalaena Tortrix); rubiana SCOPOLI,
1763, Ent. Carn.: 233 (Phalaena); solandriana (non L.): FABRICIUS, 1775, Syst. Ent.:
648 (Pyralis); udmanniana: SCHIFFERMILLER & DENIS, 1776, Syst. Verz. Schm. Wien.
Geg.: 130 (Phalaena Tortrix); achatana [HÜBNER, 1796—1799, Samml. eur. Schm.,
Tortr.: t. 9 fig. 49; non bin.} ILLIGER, 1801, Syst. Verz. Schm. Wien. Geg. 2: 66 (Tor-
trix). — STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 115, No. 2055; KENNEL, 1916: 537, t. 20 fig. 48
(2); PIERCE & METCALFE, 1922: 66, t. 22 (& 2 -Genitalien); BENANDER, 1950: 122,
fig. 10% (&-Genitalien), t. 7 fig. 17 (Falter); SWATSCHEK, 1958: 152 (Larvalmorpho-
logie); HANNEMANN, 1961: 145, fig. 294—294b (Kopf, Geäder, & -Genitalien); diese
Arbeit: Abb. 181—183, 187 (Kopf, Geäder, $ 2 -Genitalien). — Ganz Europa (auch
Britannien); Westkaukasus; Kleinasien, Syrien; Libanon; Palästina; Iran; Alai-Gebirge;
Transili- und Dschungar-Alatau; Nordwestafrika.
E. (N.) orientana (Car.) comb. & status nov.* (14)
orientana CARADJA, 1916, Iris 30: 64 (Notocelia). — KENNEL, 1916: 538, t. 20 fig. 49
(4); diese Arbeit: Taf. 22 Fig. 2—4 (& 9-Genitalien). — Kleinasien; Syrien; Alai-
Gebirge.
E. (N.) junctana (H.S.)* comb. nova
junctana HERRICH-SCHÄFFER, 1856, Syst. Bearb. Schm. Eur. 6 (Nachtrag): 160 (Noto-
celia). — STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 115, No. 2026; KENNEL, 1916: 538, t. 20
fig. 50 (9); BENANDER, 1950: 123, fig. 110 (&-Genitalien), t. 7 fig. 20 (Vorder-
flügel); HANNEMANN, 1961: 146, fig. 297 (&-Genitalien), t. 12 fig. 2 (Falter). —
Schweden; Schlesien; Österreich; Ungarn; Dalmatien; Rumänien; Polen; Ukraine; Ost-
rußland; Zentralasien; Dschungar-Alatau; Südostsibirien.
E. (N.) jaspidana (Chr.) comb. nova
jaspidana CHRISTOPH, 1872, Horae Soc. Ent. Ross. 9: 12, t. 1 fig. 9 (Aspis). — STAU-
DINGER & REBEL, 1901: 115, No. 2057; KENNEL, 1916: 538, t. 20 fig. 51 (4). —
Ostrußland.
384 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 12, 1965 (198)
E. (N.) circumfluxana (Chr.) comb. nova
circumfluxana CHRISTOPH 1881, Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 16 (1): 78 (Aspis). —
STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 115, No. 2058; KENNEL, 1916: 539, t. 20 fig. 52 (9). —
Südostsibirien; China; Japan.
E. (N.) argutana (Chr.) comb. nova
argutana CHRISTOPH, 1881, Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou 16 (1): 79 (Aspis). —
STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901: 115, No. 2059; KENNEL, 1916: 539, t. 20 fig. 53 (2). —
Südostsibirien; Japan.
Kommentar zum Katalog der Eptblema-Arten
1. Epiblema (Epiblema) banghaasi Kenn. — Holotypus: Männchen (Genitalpräparat Ne.
B. 28), Sutschan, 1890 (DÒRR.); Z.M.B.
2. E. (E.) foenella (L.). — Die Variation des weißen Schrägfleckes der Vorderflügel
führte zur Aufstellung zahlreicher Individualformen dieser sonst leicht erkennbaren Art. Bei
der namenstypischen Form hat der Fleck einen mäßig langen Außenfortsatz. Wenn dieser
Fortsatz bis zur Spiegelstelle erreicht, entsteht die f. interrogationana Don. Bisweilen ist der
Stiel des Schrägfleckes stark zur Vorderflügelbasis geneigt (f. accentana Car.), oder der
Fleck ist durch eine Aufhellung der Vorderflügelgrundfarbe schräg mit der Costa-Wurzel
ei
verbunden (f. albrechtella Meyer). Bei einer gleichmaligen Entwicklung der accentana- und
interrogationana-Merkmale entsteht die f. clavigerana Wkr., bei welcher der Vorderflügel
von seiner Wurzel bis zur Spiegelstelle durch eine mehr oder weniger wellige Längsbinde
durchzogen ist. Diese Formen sind nicht lokal gebunden, aber im Fernen Osten treten sie
angeblich häufiger auf, bedingen doch auch dort keine Absonderung als eine eigene Unterart.
Die f. separana Krul. und f. unicolorana Klem. können als Formen mit einer Reduktion des
Schrägfleckes genannt werden. Bei der ersteren ist der Schrägfleck in zwei Fleckchen aufge-
löst, bei der zweiten ist er vollständig verschwunden. Es sind auch Übergänge bekannt, bei
welchen der Fleck nur mehr oder weniger verdüstert ist. Diese melanistischen Formen sollen
nicht mit den verölten Exemplaren verwechselt werden, bei welchen der scheinbar fehlende
Fleck bei der Entölung wieder erscheint. Noch manche weitere Formen wurden aufgestellt,
aber sie stellen nur Übergänge zu den oben aufgezählten Formen dar und können dieser
oder jener von ihnen als Synonyme zugezogen werden.
Vom Amur (“Radde”) erwähnt CARADJA (1916: 67) ein Männchen, das WALSINGHAM
ihm als Epiblema otiosana (Clem.) bestimmte. Es ist recht zweifelhaft, ob diese ausgesprochen
nordamerikanische Art im Fernen Osten auftritt. Vielleicht handelte es sich nur um ein aber-
ratives foenella-Exemplar. Deshalb erwähne ich otiosana nicht als eine in der palaearktischen
Region auftretende Art, solange ihr Vorhandensein in dieser Fauna von keinem anderen
Autor bestätigt ist.
Als von mir untersuchte Typen der Arten, die mit foenella konspezifisch sind, können
die folgenden zwei genannt werden:
Sciaphila sinicana Walker: Holotypus, Männchen (Hinterleib fehlt), Schanghai; B.M.
Grapholitha clavigerana Walker: Holotypus, Männchen, Schanghai; B.M. Mit der Fest-
stellung, daß diese Form artlich zu foenella gehört, ist die Angabe von clavigerana in Tijdschr.
v. Ent. 102 (Seite 192) zu streichen.
3. E. (E.) inconspicua (Wlsm.). — Lectotypus: Männchen (Genitalpräparat No. 5363),
Tsuruga, Hondo, Japan, Juli 1886 (LEECH; Wism. No. 60122). Lectoallotypus: Weibchen,
gleiche Angaben (WrsM. No. 60125). Lectoparatypen: 1 Männchen (Genitalpräparat No.
6844), gleiche Angaben (Wısm. No. 60129); 1 Weibchen (Genitalpräparat No. 6845),
Japan, 1886 (PRYER; WLsM. No. 70026). Alle erwähnten Typen befinden sich im B.M.
4. E. (E.) denigratana Kenn. — Holotypus: Männchen (Genitalpräparat von V. Kuz-
NETZOV angefertigt), Sutschan; Z.M.B.
(199) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der palaearktischen Tortricidae 385
5. E. (E.) farfarae (Fletch.). — Längere Zeit war für diese Art der Name brunnichiana
Fröl. (1828) gebraucht, aber FLETCHER (1938) zeigte, daß seine Verwendung auf eine falsche
Deutung des Artnamens brunnichana L. (1767) gründete, und schlug farfarae als einen
Ersatznamen vor. FLETCHER meinte, daß die Endungsdifferenz zwischen -/zana und -ana nicht
genügen um die beiden Namen (brunnichiana und brunnichana) nomenklatorisch zu recht-
fertigen. Dies stimmt nicht mit den neuen Nomenklaturregeln überein (cf. International
Code, 1961, 1964: Artikel 57c), da “the difference of a single letter is sufficient to prevent
homonymy”. Wichtiger und entscheidender ist die Tatsache, daß der Artname brunnichiana
nicht von FRÖLICH (1828), sondern von SCHIFFERMILLER & DENIS (1776) zuerst eingeführt
wurde und diese Autoren LINNé als den Originalautor des Artnamens zitierten. Es ist deshalb
klar, daß SCHIFFERMILLER & DENIS die LiNNésche Schreibweise des Namens entweder ab-
sichtlich oder versehentlich änderten. Ob sie dabei mit diesem Namen brunnichana L. oder
eine andere Art bezeichnen wollten, kann nicht festgestellt werden, da bereits im Jahre 1784
FABRICIUS bei seiner Revision der SCHIFFERMILLERSchen Sammlung keinen Falter unter diesem
Namen fand. Damit gibt es keine Auswahl, als die SCHIFFERMILLERsche brunnichiana auf
die LiNNésche brunnichana, die eine Epinotia-Art ist, zu beziehen oder gar zu ignorieren.
Dem von HUBNER (1825) für die jetzt als farfarae bekannte Art eingeführten Namen bruni-
chiana kann man auch keine nomenklatorisch berechtigte Priorität zuschreiben, da bei der
Aufstellung dieses Namens HÜBNER sich auf SCHIFFERMILLER & DENIS bezog und deshalb
keinen neuen Artnamen schuf.
Bei dieser Gelegenheit soll noch erwähnt werden, daß der Artname farfarae durch sticticana
F. (1794) vielleicht vorgegriffen wurde. Der sticticana-Typus ist leider nicht untersucht
worden und die vermutlich gemeinsame artliche Zusammengehörigkeit dieser Art und farfarae
beruht ausschließlich auf eigenen Spekulationen von WERNEBURG (1864, 1: 465, 554) und
ist deshalb nicht überzeugend. Falls die Ausführungen dieses Autors bestätigt werden, sogar
dann wird eine Wiederherstellung des Namens sticttcana und seine Verwendung anstatt von
farfarae kaum erwünscht sein, da sticticana ein wirkliches „nomen oblitum” ist und mehr
als 100 Jahre nicht gebraucht wurde.
6. E. (E.) obscurana (H.S.). — Diesen Artnamen ersetzte MEYRICK (1932) durch muli
vora, als er obscurana H.S. und obscurana Stph. in ein und dieselbe Gattung stellte. Da
obscurana Stph. eine Pammene-Art ist (vgl. OBRAZTSOV, 1960: 117) und obscurana H.S. zu
Epiblema gehört, besteht keine sekundäre Homonymie zwischen diesen beiden Arten und der
Name /nulivora Meyr. muß zurücktreten (vgl. International Code, 1961, 1964: Artikel 53).!
7. E. (E.) asseclana (Hb.). — In seiner Übersicht der deutschen Tortriciden verwendete
HANNEMANN (1961) für diese Art den älteren Namen s/milana Schiff., wie ich dieses ihm
brieflich empfohlen habe. Leider geschah das fast gleichzeitig mit der Veröffentlichung der
neuen Nomenklaturregeln (International Code, 1961, 1964: Artikel 235), die deshalb nicht
berücksichtigt werden konnten. Im Einklang mit dem erwähnten Artikel sind die mehr als 50
Jahre nicht gebrauchten älteren Synonyme als “nomina oblita” zu behandeln. Nur im Fall,
wenn der Gebrauch von solchen vergessenen Namen im Interesse der Nomenklaturstabilität und
-universalität erforderlich ist, kann ein solcher Name durch Erlaß der Internationalen Nomen-
klaturkommission genehmigt werden. Da gegebenenfalls die Wiederherstellung des Artnamens
similana keine Vorzüge für die Nomenklatur mit sich bringt, scheint es ganz praktisch zu
sein, für die hier in Frage stehende Art ihren eingebürgerten Namen asseclana zu erhalten.
Trotzdem ist es wichtig die Ursachen zu erwähnen, aus welchen der Name similana Schiff.
auf asseclana Hb. und nicht, wie gewöhnlich gemeint, auf Epinotia stroemiana (F.) bezogen
werden soll. Wie die meisten von SCHIFFERMILLER & DENIS veröffentlichten Urbeschrei-
bungen, ist auch die der similana ganz kurz und wenig ausdrücklich: “Grauer W.[ickler}
mit 2. weisslichten Flächen und gestrichtem Aussenrande.” ILLIGER (1801: 66) war geneigt,
in dieser Beschreibung similana Fig. 41 von HÜBNER (1796—1799) zu erkennen, welche mit
1 Der Artikel 59c desselben Kodes ist etwas verwirrend, da er nur von der Wiederher-
stellung der nach 1960 widerrufenen sekundären Homonyme spricht und indirect die vor
diesem Datum widerrufenen Artnamen unwiederherstellbar macht.
386 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 12, 1965 (200)
Epinotia stroemiana (F.) identisch ist. CHARPENTIER (1821: 87), der die SCHIFFERMILLERsche
Sammlung sorgfältig revidierte, schrieb aber von similana Schiff. wie folgt: „Auch ich hätte
mit ILLIGER nach den Worten des W.V. [d.h., Wiener Verzeichnisses} hier die Similana
Hüb. Fig. 41 für die hier zu allegierende gehalten. Jedoch es war hier in der Sammlung
eine sehr schön conservierte, etwas bräunliche Abänderung der Asseclana Hüb. Fig. 19 (nicht
194) befindlich. Auf diese passen die Worte des W.V. wohl auch. Doch bleibt mir die Sache
noch etwas zweifelhaft, da die Asseclana Hüb. Fig. 19. in der Sammlung schon einmal als
Scutulana vorkam.'" In einer Fußnote zum oben zitierten Absatz, äußerte sich ZINCKEN in
demselben Werke: ,,HUBNERs Tortr, similana Fig. 41. ist nicht, wie LASPEYRES will, Abän-
derung von Profundana Hübn. [= Endemis profundana}, sondern wesentlich verschiedene
und durchaus eigene Art. Die T. similana S.V. [d.h., Systematisches Verzeichniss] ist aber
Abänderung von T. profundana S.V. und die Meinung unsers Verfassers [CHARPENTIER ],
der hier eine Asseclana Hübn. Fig. 19 in der SCHIFFERMILLERschen Sammlung gefunden
haben will, wird dadurch bestätigt, daß die Theresianer [d.h., SCHIFFERMILLER & DENIS]
ihrer Similana einen gestrichten Aussenrand zueignen, den nur jene Wickler haben, nie aber
an HUBNERS Similana vorkommt. Wie aus dem vorigen hervorgeht, waren die beiden ersten
Revisoren der SCHIFFERMILLERschen Sammlung in ihrem Urteil über stmilana Schiff. einig
und erkannten in dieser asseclana Hb., Fig. 19.
Auch HUBNER (1825: 377) hat in seiner asseclana die similana Schiff. erkannt, obwohl er
früher (HÜBNER, 1822: 65) diesen letzteren Namen auf seine gleichnamige Art „Fig. 41”
bezog. In der Identität der asseclana Hb. und s/milana Schiff. waren auch TREITSCHKE (1835:
100—102), FISCHER v. RÖSLERSTAMM (1840: 174) und HEINEMANN (1863: 155) überzeugt,
was aus der von diesen Autoren angegebenen Synonymie und den Beschreibungen zu ersehen
ist. In seinem Bericht über die Revision der SCHIFFERMILLERschen Sammlung durch FISCHER
v. ROSLERSTAMM schrieb HERRICH-SCHAFFER (1851: 235— 236) von similana Schiff.: „Das
erste große, gute Stück ist ein Mann, wozu Fluidana S.V. (N. 20—21) das Weib ist. Nur
hierher kann Asseclana Hbn. 19 gezogen werden, welche auch HÜBNER selbst im V. b.
Schm. N. 3622 für Similana S.V. erklärt. CHARP. hält sie auch, jedoch mit einigen Bedenken,
für Asseclana Fr. 19 [Druckfehler für „Hb.’}, es scheint aber, daß er damit das zweite
Stück meint, weil er von einer bräunlicher Abänderung spricht. — Das zweite, ebenfalls gute
Stück ist Poedisc. Hepaticana Tr. — CHARP. und TREITSCHKE ziehen Scutulana, Similana u.
Fluidana zusammen; TREITSCHKE trennt aber im 10. Bande Similana, und übersah, daß
Fluidana das Weib von Similana (dem ersten Stücke) ist, so wie auch, daß das zweite Stück
seine im 10. Bande als eine neue Art beschriebene Hepaticana ist. Die Diagnose der Theresi-
aner läßt sich nur auf das erste Stück (Asseclana H.) anwenden.” Das Gesagte zeigt ganz
eindeutig, daß es nichts hindert, in similana Schiff. ein älteres Synonym von asseclana Hb.
anzuerkennen. Hierher gehört auch flurdana Schiff. als ein zweiältestes Synonym.
8. E. (E.) cretana Osth. — Holotypus: Weibchen (Genitalpräparat No. M. 1047), Wald
Rouwa, Berg Ida, Kreta, 1300 m, 2.VII.1938 (H. Dürck); Z.S.M. Die Genitalien dieser
Art und scutulana Schiff. sind recht verschieden.
9. E. (E.) angulatana Kenn. — Lectotypus: Männchen (Genitalpräparat No. B. 35),
Sutschan, 1890 (DÖRR.); Z.M.B.
10. E. (E.) pryerana (Wlsm.). — Holotypus: Weibchen (Genitalpräparat No. 5364),
Oiwake, Hondo, Japan, Juli 1887 (PRYER; WLsM. No. 70069); B.M.
11. E. (E.) macrorris (Wism.). — Holotypus: Weibchen (Genitalpräparat No. 5747),
Japan, 1886 (PRYER; WLSM. No. 70067); B.M.
12. E. (E.) rimosana (Chr.). — Lectotypus: Männchen (Genitalpräparat No. 5-Obr. 1961).
Lectoallotypus: Weibchen (Genitalpräparat No. 4-Obr. 1961). Lectoparatypus: 1 Männchen.
Alle obigen Exemplare haben ,,Amur” als die einzige Fundortangabe und befinden sich im
Z.M.B. Ein weiteres Männchen in demselben Museum stammt von der Insel Askold, 1883
(DORR.). Im Vergleich zu den vorliegenden Exemplaren ist die von KENNEL (1921) ver-
(201) N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der palaearktischen Tortricidae 387
öffentlichte Abbildung etwas zu grell. Da aber auch bei den untersuchten Faltern die Vorder-
flügelzeichnung und die Grundfärbung leicht variieren und die Vorderflügel nicht bei
allen gleich verdunkelt sind, kann man annehmen, daß auch diese Abbildung richtig ist.
13. E. (E.) rotundana (Snell.). — Lectotypus: Männchen (Genitalpräparat No. 2639),
Insel Askold, 1878 (D.). Lectoparatypus: 1 Männchen, gleichweise bezettelt. Beide befinden
sich im M.L.
14. E. (E.) (Notocela) orientana (Car.). — Die ursprünglich als eine #ddmanniana-Unter-
art beschriebene orientana muß als eine eigene Art anerkannt werden. Äußerlich unterscheidet
sie sich von uddmanniana durch eine viel hellere, ockerbräunliche Vorderflügelgrundfarbe.
Der rostbraune Dorsalfleck ist auch viel heller als bei „ddmanniana und sein oberer Winkel
ist deutlicher zugespitzt. Auch die Hinterflügel sind heller als bei „ddmanniana. Dasselbe
betrifft den Kopf mit seinen Anhängen, Thorax, Hinterleib und Beine. Die männlichen
Genitalien unterscheiden sich von solchen der uddmanniana durch ein gleichmäßig abgerunde-
tes Tegumenhöckerchen und einen schmäleren und stärker ausgezogenen Analwinkel des Cucul-
lus. In den weiblichen Genitalien fällt eine caudal tiefer ausgeschnittene Ventralplatte auf,
sowie ein caudal fast gerades Sterigma, das gleichmäßiger breit als bei wddmanntana ist
und rings um Ostium bursae drei kleine, nach innen gerichtete Zähnchen aufweist. Der
sklerotisierte Gürtel des Ductus bursae ist etwas breiter als bei uddmanniana. Die geogra-
phische Verbreitung der orientana beschränkt sich auf Kleinasien, Syrien und Alai-Gebirge,
wo sie anscheinend zusammen mit uddmanniana fliegt. Man kann vermuten, daß orientana
auch in anderen Gebieten Asiens gefunden wird.
Ah
METAL f
I e in vu HAUTE
| i vibe EN
MI ot
ie ee 14
Rite RON
Mut a a
di
Labini
Di
ld Dad als ar ARE
VITA ERE) PE PT ee
He i i
mn
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 12, 1965 PLAAT 16
Tafel 16. Thiodia fessana (Mn.), Männchen, Holotypus. 1. Falter. 2. Genitalien
N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der palaearktischen Tortricidae
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 12, 1965 PLAAT 17
Tafel 17. Männliche Genitalien der Epiblema-Arten. 1. (Epiblema) banghaasi Kenn., Holo-
typus. 2. E. (E.) inconspicua (WlIsm.), Lectotypus. 3. Idem, Lectoparatypus (Genitalpriparat |
No. 6844), Tsuruga, Japan, Juli 1886 (LEECH; 60129); B.M.
N. S. Opraztsov : Die Gattungen der palaearktischen Tortricidae
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 12, 1965 PLAAT
Tafel 18. Efiblema-Arten. 1. E. (Epiblema) inconspicua (Wism.), Lectoparatypus, Männchen
(Genitalpräparat No. 6844), Tsuruga, Japan, Juli 1886 (LEECH; 60129); B.M. 2. Idem,
weibliche Genitalien eines Lectoparatypus (Präparat No. 6845), Japan, 1886 (PRYER; 70026);
B.M. 3. Idem, Gebiet des Ostium bursae. 4. E. (E.) denigratana Kenn., Holotypus, männliche
Genitalien
N. S. OBrazTsov : Die Gattungen der palaearktischen Tortricidae
18
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 12, 1965
PLAAT 19
Tafel 19. Männliche Genitalien der Epiblema-Arten. 1. E. (Epiblema) angulatana Kenn.,
Lectotypus. 2. E. (E.) pryerana (Wlsm.), Nikko, Provinz Shimotsuke, Honshu, Japan, 2000
ft, 24. Mai 1896 (A. E. WILEMAN; Genitalpräparat No. 6849); B.M. 3. E. (E.) gammana
(Mn.), Boli, Bithynien, 800 m, 11.—20. Juni 1934 (E. PFEIFFER; Genitalpräparat No. 1-Obr.
8/28 58); Z.S.M.
N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der palaearktischen Tortricidae
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 12, 1965 PLAAT 20
Tafel 20. Weibchen der Epiblema-Arten. 1. E. (Epiblema) cretana Osth., Holotypus. 2. E.
(E.) pryerana (Wlsm.), Holotypus, Genitalien. 3. E. (E.) macrorris (Wlsm.), Holotypus.
4. Idem, Genitalien
N. S. OBRAZTSOV : Die Gattungen der palaearktischen Tortricidae
PLAAT 21
1965
12
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL.
sndAjopay ‘uay2uury ‘(‘]pus) vurpunioe (CH) ‘A ‘€ ‘snd4oje012T
‘vayogro ‘Wepl ‘7 ‘snd430309T VAYPUUEN (149) vuvsours (pw2/q144) ‘A ‘LT ‘vornyrworgtdd Top USIJEHU2O ‘IC PIEL
SNS
Die Gattungen der palaearktischen Tortrictdae
N. S. OBRAZTSOV :
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 12, 1965 PLAAT 22
Tafel 22. Genitalien der Epiblema-Arten. 1. (Epiblema) rotundana (Snell), Weibchen
(Genitalpräparat No. M. 442), Amur; Z.S.M. 2. E. (Notocelia) orientana (Car.), Männchen
(Genitalpräparat No. 7-Obr. 7/13 1960), Marasch, Nordsyrien, 1200 m, 28. Mai 1928;
Z.S.M. 3. Idem, Weibchen (Genitalpräparat No. 8-Obr. 7/13 1960), Marasch, Achtyr Dagh,
Nordsyrien, Juni 1931; Z.S.M. 4. Idem, Gebiet des Ostium bursae
N. S. Opraztsov : Die Gattungen der palaearktischen Tortricidae
STI ZI ee
NIPPODYSAPHIS NOM. NOV. FOR NEODYSAPHIS
HILLE RIS LAMBERS, 1965
BY
D. HILLE RIS LAMBERS
Bladluisonderzoek T.N.O., Bennekom, Netherlands
In this volume, p. 191, I have described Neodysaphis gen. nov., type-species
Neodysaphis deutziae spec. nov. Dr. H. L. G. STROYAN, Harpenden, England,
kindly pointed out to me that the generic name is preoccupied by Neodysaphis
Narzykulov, 1961, type-species Dysaphis pseudomolli Narzykulov, 1961, erected
as a subgenus to Dysaphis Börner (NARZYKULOV, M. N., 1961, O novych i
maloizvestnych vidach tlei roda Dysaphis Börner (Homoptera, Aphididae) iz
Tadzhikstana. Trudy instituta zoologii i parasitologii E. N. Pavlovskogo AN
Tadzhikskoi SSR 20: 82.).
As a new name for Neodysaphis Hille Ris Lambers, 1965, I propose Nippodys-
aphis nom. nov.
389
REGISTER VAN DEEL 108
* Een sterretje duidt een naam aan nieuw voor de wetenschap.
* One asterisc denotes a name new to science.
From this Index are omitted names of taxa lower than subspecies.
ARACHNIDA
Amaurobius 61, 65
Aranaea 61
atropos 61
Clubiona 61
Coelotes 61
Drassus 61
pabulator 65
saxatilis 61
terrestris 61
DIPLOPODA
Agnesia 96
Akamptogonus 128
Alogolykus 128, 130
Anoplodesmus 96
Anoplodesmus 106
anthracinus 106, 110, 112
atopus 111
Attemsina 96
Attemsina 121
bicolor 121, 123
bisulcata 141
ceratogaster 129
Delarthrum 128, 129
doriae 97, 99, 100
dravidus 128
dyscheres 110, 112
Grammorhabdus 128
Gyrodrepamma 128
helvolus 123
hendersoni 128
hilaris 97, 100
hingstoni 127, 128
humberti 108, 112
implicatum 123, 129
indus 111
inornatus 109
insignis 107, 112
ioxisternis 138
Jonespeltis 106
kathanus 110, 116
Kronopolites 121
layardi 109
Leptodesmus 107
Levizonus 106
luctuosus 106, 108, 112
montigena 127
mutilata 100
mutilatus 97
nigresceus 123, 126
nucinatus 123
nodulipes 97, 99
obesus 110, 112, 117
obscurum 127
Oxidus 99
Orthomorpha
Paradoxosomatidae 96
pilifera 96, 127, 134, 135
pinguis 110, 112, 120
*Pockokina 129, 134
Polydesmus (Oxyurus)
[108
Polydrepanum 123, 129
Pratinus 97
Prionopeltis 106
sabulosus 109
saussurii 108, 110, 112
Sichotanus 99
sigma 99
silvestris 97, 99, 104
simularis 127, 129
spectabilis 111
spinipleurus 128
splendidus 106, 107, 117,
[112
striolatus 106, 110, 112
Strongylosoma 121
Sulciferus 106
subspinonis 130
Sundanina 99
tanjoricus 107, 112
thwaitesii 108, 112
Telodrepanum 128
Tetracentrosternus 96, 128,
[129
Touranella 130
Trogodesmus 96, 121
vittatus 123
Yuennania 127
Xiphidiogonus 129
391
COLEOPTERA
globosa 77
obtusus 219
quadristriatus 219
Trechus 219
Xystrocera 77
HYMENOPTERA
abdominalis 214
Acropyga 150
Ammophila 215
Apis 208
Atopodon 150
auromaculata 215
aztecus 213, 214
beata 209
binodis 215
brasilianus 209
caerulea 213
caliginosus 210
cementaria 216
chicimecus 211
chilensis 213
Chlorion 208, 214
Cladomyrma 150
clypeata 211
congener 211
costipennis 214
croesus 208
diabolicus 212
difficilis 212
digueti 213
dimidiatus 214
Dolichoderus 145
Eremnophila 215
erythroptera 210
eugenia 215
eximia 215
flavipes 208
flavitarsis 208
flavivestitus 208
fuliginosus 211
funesta 213
fragilis 216
fusca 210
gracilis 216
392 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 12, 1965
guatemalensis 207
hemipracinum 215
hemipyrrhum 215
hirsutus 208
ichneumonea 208
ignota 209
iheringii 206
Isodontia 213
jorgenseni 211
latreillei 213
latro 211
luteipennis 212
melanopus 212
moneta 216
montana 216
mutica 216
neotropicus 209
nitidiventris 209
opacus 206
Palmodes 214
paramaribensis 149
pensylvanicus 211
philadelphica 213
Podalonia 216
prosper 210
proxima 213
Rhizomyrma 149
robusta 214
robustisoma 211
roratus 211
ruficauda 212
saussurei 208
servillei 211
Sphecidae 205
Sphex 206
thunbergi 213
tinctipennis 209
violaceipennis (Sphex)
[214
violaceipennis (Podalonia)
[216
viridicoeruleum 214
LEPIDOPTERA
abjecta 270
Ablabia sbg. 33
abrasana 24
Actinotia 263
adamanus 29
adulterinana 15
aeratana 4
affinis 258
agricolana 38
alaicana 11
alatauana 20
albatana 23
alfacarana 16
algae 316
alpicolana 38
alticolana 21
Amphipoea 295
Amphipyra 241
amseli 14
anatolica 18
anceps 273
andreana 23
antiphila 38
Apamea 264
aprilina 323
aquila 268
Archanara 311
arcuosa 287
Arenostola 320
argentana 33
asiatica 16
atlantis 16
atriplicis 247
biruptana 38
bizensis 14
bleszynskii 20
bogodiana 23
brevilinea 292
buckwelli 3
buraetica 38
büttneri 319
Calamia 305
callimachana 23
Callopistria 252
Calymnia 259
canescana 34
castiliana 3
Celaena 306
characterana 38
characterea 267
chrysantheana 17
clarkei 11
clercana 37
cinareana 22
cinereipalpana 18
Cnephasia 8
Cnephasiella 23
Cnephasiini 2
Coenobia 321
colquhounana 35
communana 16
congelatella 31
conspersana 19
constantinana 21
conwagana 4
Cosmia 258
cottiana 35
crassifasciana 23
crenata 267
cupressivorana 19
cyanescana 37
derivana 36
Dichonia 323
Dicycla 257
disparana 23
dissoluta 313
distinctana 15
diticinctana 4
divisana 12
Doloploca 38
dominicana 38
dumonti 37
duratella 31
Dypterygia 244
Eana 32
Eana sbg. 34
elymi 289
Enargia 255
Epicnephasia 31
epomidion 267
eremicum 28
Eremobia 293
Euledereria 38
Eulia 3
Euplexia 248
Exapate 30
exiguanum 27
extrema 288
facetana 12
fasciuncula 280
ferruginea 245
filipjevi 39
fiorana 35
fiorii 15
flammea 323
flavago 304
fluxa 290
fragosana 16
freii 36
freyeri 269
fucosa 297
fulturata 14
funerea 268
furuncula 281
furva 269
geminipuncta 311
genitalana 21
Gortyna 304
grandis 11
Griposia 323
gueneana 13
Hada 323
Hadena 323
hagiosana 14
haworthii 307
hellenica 19
heinemanni 11
heringi 14
herzegovinae 37
hispanica 18
homsanum 27
hungariae 34
hybridana 3
Hydraecia 301
Hyppa 262
ignavana 30
illyria 271
impar 26
incanana 36
incertana 24
incognitana 37
infuscata 36
insubrica 3
Ipimorpha 252
Isotrias 2
italica 35
jaeckhi 37
joannisana 3
joannisi 36
jozefi 16
juventina 252
*Kawabeia 29
kenneli 14
klimeschi 13
kuldjaensis 35
kurdistana 25
kurentzovi 18
laetana 14
lamda 323
Lasionycta 323
lateritia 268
latruncula 279
lepida 323
leucophracta 4
leucostigma 306
lineata 11
literosa 284
Lithophane 323
lithoxylaea 265
longana 13
lucens 299
lucipara 248
Luperina 293
lutosa 317
Lycophotia 322
maraschana 12
margelanensis 12
maroccana 35
matura 246
maura 244
Meliana 323
Mesapamea 284
Mesoligia 281
meticulosa 250
microstrigana 21
mienshani 23
minima 11
ministrana 3
minuta 6
minutula 11
micacea 301
minima 287
mongolica 32
monoglypha 264
Mormo 244
nana 323
Neosphaleroptera 31
nervana 34
neurica 314
nevadensis 36
nigripunctana 22
niveosana 34
Nonagria 309
nowickii 22
nubilana 31
nuraghana 13
oblonga 270
ochroleuca 293
REGISTER
octomaculana 18
oculea 295
Oligia 276
Olindia 2
00 257
ophiogramma 275
oricasis 23
Orientana 11
osseana 33
osthelderi 20
Oxypteron 25
paleacea 255
pallifrons 37
palmoni 26
Palpocrinia 25
parnassicola 14
pascuana 20
penziana 35
perflua 243
personatana 23
petasitis 302
Phlogophora 250
Photedes 287
phragmitidis 320
politum 27
polyodon 263
porphyrea 322
praeviella 38
Propiromorpha 3
Pseudargyrotoza 4
Pternozyga 5
pumicana 14
punctulana 38
pygmina 291
pyralina 259
pyramidea 241
pyrenaea 35
razowskii 30
rectifasciana 2
rectilinea 262
remissa 270
restrata 35
retusa 252
Rhizedra 317
rhodophana 3
rielana 34
rigana 39
rufa 321
rundiapicana 37
Rusina 245
samarcandae 37
sareptana 20
scabriuscula 244
schawerdai 26
schoenmanni 35
schumacherana 2
scolopacina 275
secalis 284
sedana 10
Sedina 319
semibrunneata 15
Sentha 323
sordens 273
sordida 273
sparganii 315
stenoptera 38
stolidana 17
stramentana 3
strigilis 276
Subeana sbg. 34
sublustris 266
subtusa 253
sumptuosana 4
syriella 18
taurominana 13
Terthreutis 6
testacea 293
thalpophila 246
tianshanica 21
tibetana 38
tofina 12
tolli 19
tortricellus 29
Tortricodes 28
Trachea 793
Trachysmia 39
tragopoginis 243
trapezina 260
tremewanı 14
tridens 305
tripolitana 15
tristrami 12
typhae 309
tyrrhaenica 19
umbratica 245
unanimis 271
ussurica 11
*variegata (subsp.) 323
versicolor 278
vetulana 38
viardi 37
violellus 29
virens 305
virgaureana 21
virginana 16
viridescens 36
wertheimsteini 28
xanthocycla 8
ypsillon 256
zernyi 22
zinckenii 323
ODONATA
Aeshna 44
acutipennis 44
affinis 44
3095
amabilis 335, 337, 349
amaryllis 329, 338, 345
amethystina 338, 343
amnicola 349
amoena 325, 337.539
amphigena 52
anacolosa 330, 336, 353
apicalis 326
arachnomima 53
atropha 335, 337, 351
394 TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE, DEEL 108, AFL. 12, 1965
beryllae 326, 336, 355
boltoni 43
Boyeria 44
Calopteryx 43
chinensis 335
cincta 53
Cordulegaster 43
curtisi 42
cyaneipennis 335
daimoji 52
Echo 325
Epophthalmia 52
forcipatus 43
fraenata 54
fumata 53
gerstaeckeri 53
Gomphus 42
gracilis 326
graslini 44
Hetaerina 336
illinoiensis 52
immaculifrons 44
irene 44
kubokaiya 54
luctuosa 326
lugens 326
Macromia 41
manchurica 52
Matronoides 335
melanıa 326
moorei 53
Neurobasis 325
Onychogomphus 43
Oxygastra 42
pennipes 43
Platycnemis 43
pulchellus 44
rickeri 52
sibirica 54
simillimus 43
smaragdina 326
splendens 41
striolatum 44
Sympetrum 44
taeniolata 54
Vestalaria 326
Vestalis 325
Vestalis spec. 338
Vestinus 326
virgo 43
vulgatissimus 43
wabashensis 54
RHYNCHOTA
alnifoliae 194
alni-japoniae 194
Amphorophora 195
annandalei 147
Aphididae 189
arundicolens 202
arundinariae 202
Aspidoproctus 173
Astegopteryx 150
atripennis 177
aurantii 191
bambusae 202
bambusifoliae 202
#Buchnericoccus 167
burmeisteri 179
Callipterus 202
Cavariella 200
celastri 191
ceriferus 158
Ceroplastus 155
cinereus 159
Coccoidea 145
coffeae 149
compacta 174
coreana 196
corpulentus 177
corydisicola 197
crassicauda 195
crawfordi 184
Cryptomyzus 199
*deutziae 191, 389
dorsospinosus 153
Drosicha 174
Drosichiella 173
Drosichioides 179
*dunlopi 196
Dysaphis 389
Eumyrmococcus 149
euphorbiae 165
floriger 163
*formosana 198
Glabromyzus 195
haematoptera 180
Hemaspidoproctus 159,
[180
“himalayensis 197
Hippeococcus 145
hispidus 150
Hyalopteroides 197
Icerya 180
*ilicis 190
jacobsoni 153
japonica 200
japonicus 195
*javanus 167
* Juncomyzus 193
korschelti 200
Labioproctus 178, 180
lathyri 195
lespedezae 195
Llaveia 180
*Longicaudinus 197
Longicaudus 196
Matsumuraja 201
Megoura 195
minor 181
Monophlebulus 184
Monophlebus 174, 177
momonis 197
montanus (Hippeococcus)
[147
“montanus (Monophlebus)
[186
moriokae 195
Mysocallis 202
Myzus 195
Nectarosiphon 195
*Neodysaphis 191, 389
Nietnera 173
nigrostriata 194
“Nippodysaphis 389
Nodulicoccus 184
*nuditerga 201
*obscurus 193
oenanthi 201
Pergandeidia 197
Perissopneumon 173
polei 178
pseudoalni 194
Pseudococcus 150
pseudomolli 389
raddoni 179
rappardi 147
Recticallis 194
Rhizoecus 149
rhois 195
Rhopalosiphum 195
ribis 200
rubifoliae 201
*Ryoichitakahashia 190
sakurae 198
sanguinensis 181
sasae 202
sasakii 197
Semiaphis 196
serrei 173
Sitomyzus 195
sinensis 197
soyogo 191
sphondylii 196
spinulosa 199
stebbingi 174
styracophila 150
*sumatrensis 153
Sumoia 195
taiwana 202
*takahashii 200
Takecallis 202
“taoi 199
tectae 202
Therioaphis 202
tosariensis 163, 178
townsendi 175
“toxopei 185
Toxoptera 191
Trichosiphoniella 197
trirhodus 196
utsigicola 192
viciae 195
Walkeriana 163, 174, 180
wegneri 146
Xenococcus 147
PLANTAE
Actinophora 77
A. fragrans 92
Albizzia 77
A. lebbeck 87
Aleurites 77
Allophilus 77
Alocasia macrorhiza 74
Altingia excelsa 76, 159,
[176
Amorphophallus 73, 74
Andropogon sorghum 86
Aquilegia 196
Artemisia 198
Barringtonia spicata 81
Bauhinia malabarica 81
Beauveria basiana 80
B. densa 80
Bischofia 77
Bixa 77
Bridella 77
Caesalpinia 77
C. sappan 85
Cassia siamea 80, 86
Casuarina equisetifolia 81
C. montana 175
Cedrela mexicana 82
Ceila 86
Ceriops sp. 86
Cinchona 77
Cinnammomum burmanni
[78
C. iners
Citrus 87
Coffea 77
Colocasia antiquorum
[var. esculenta 74
Corydalis 197
Crotalaria 76
Datura 77
REGISTER
Deutzia scabra 192
Dillenia 77
Dioscorea pentaphylla 74
Diospyros kaki 78
Durio 77, 83
Erianthus arundinaceus 86
Erythrina 77, 86
Eucalyptus 184
E. deglupta 82
Eugenia polyantha 81
Eupatorium pallescens 77
Eurya japonica 191
Ficus annulata 176
Gigantochloa apus 91
G. verticillata 91
Glochidion 77
Gloriosa superba 74
Glyptomorpha 80
Gmelina arborea 84
Grewia 77
Ilex pedunculata 191
I. serrata 191
Jacaranda 77
Juncus 194
Khaya anthotheca 82
Lantana camara 75, 77
Lathyrus 196
Leea 77
Litsea chinensis 78
L. polyantha 79
Macaranga 77
Manihot 74
M. utilissima 77, 85
Melochia umbellata 81
Marrubium supinum 199
Ochroma lagopus 81
Pandanus 77
ERRATA
Page 220, for line 14 from bottom substitute:
— b. Hind angles of the pronotum with a minute tooth in T. obtusus : REIT-
p. 237, line 15 from bottom, for abtusiodes read obtusioides.
395
Parkia speciosa 77
Phoebe excelsa 78
Pithecolobium lobatum 86
Planchonia valida 81
Premna 84
Prunus 192, 197
P. persica 198
Quercus 196
Ricinus 77
Rosa 77, 196
Rubus 201
R. moluccanus 147
Salix 200
Saraca declinata 166
Saccharum arundinaceum
[86
S. officinarum 85
S. spontaneum 85
Schima noronhae 76
Schleichera 77
Sesbania grandiflora 82,
[88
Stachytarpheta 77
Styrax benzoin 151
Swietenia mahagoni 80
Tectona 77
T. grandis 84
Thalictrum flavum 196
Thea 77
T. japonica 191
Theobroma cacao 82, 88
Trema 77
Tristania 77
Vicia 195
Vitex pubescens 84
Zizyphus oenoplia 85
go.
4
1 agen
in work RR 1
ji RA
Wr
PO
+ TRA EU
Co, SN i} 1
ar Var hae
MINI ra D
: ‘
Ds. (Wend
Theis iA
1
|
3
a
È
È
à
TIJDSCHRIFT VOOR ENTOMOLOGIE
Het verschijnt in één deel van 350—450 bladzijden per jaar, bestaande uit
enkele afleveringen.
ENTOMOLOGISCHE BERICHTEN
Deze zijn bestemd voor de publicatie van kortere artikelen, faunistische notities
etc., alsmede van de Verslagen der Vergaderingen en van mededelingen van het
bestuur. Zij verschijnen twaalf maal per jaar in een aflevering van 16 of meer
bladzijden, die samen een deel vormen.
TRICHOPTERORUM CATALOGUS
Deze Catalogus van F. C. J. Fischer wordt door de Vereeniging voor rekening
van de auteur uitgegeven. Alle bekende recente en fossiele soorten van de gehele
wereld met hun synoniemen worden er in behandeld. Delen I en II kosten f 39.—
per stuk, delen III—V: f 45 —. Er zullen in totaal 15 delen verschijnen. Van alle
delen zijn ook éénzijdig bedrukte exemplaren beschikbaar. De prijsverhoging hier-
voor bedraagt f 2.50.
ENTOMOLOGIA EXPERIMENTALIS ET APPLICATA
Dit tijdschrift wordt uitgegeven door de Noord-Hollandse Uitgevers Maatschap-
pij te Amsterdam in opdracht van de Vereeniging. Het publiceert artikelen over
experimentele biologie en oekologie bij insecten en andere land-arthropoden. Het
verschijnt vier maal per jaar en bevat 320 bladzijden. De prijs voor leden bedraagt
f 25.—, voor niet-leden f 40.— per jaar.
Alle zakelijke correspondentie betreffende de Vereeniging te richten aan de
Secretaris, W. Hellinga, Weesperzijde 2311, Amsterdam-O.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van het Tijdschrift voor Entomologie en
de Monographieën te richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. A. Diakonoff, Rijksmuseum
van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van de Entomologische Berichten te rich-
ten aan de Redacteur, B. J. Lempke, Oude IJselstraat 12111, Amsterdam-Z. 2.
Alle correspondentie over de redactie van Entomologia Experimentalis et Appli-
cata te richten aan de Redacteur, Dr. P. A. van der Laan, Lab. voor Toegepaste
Entomologie, Linnaeusstraat 2 B, Amsterdam.
Alle betalingen te richten aan de Penningmeester, Drs. H. Wiering, Doorntjes
. 29, Bergen (N.H.), postgiro 188130, ten name van de Nederlandsche Entomolo-
gische Vereeniging te Bergen (N.H.).
Alle correspondentie betreffende de Bibliotheek der Vereeniging te richten aan
de Bibliotheek, Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O. —
NOTICE TO SUBSCRIBERS
All correspondence referring to subscriptions and exchange of the periodicals
of the Netherlands Entomological Society should be addressed to the Librarian,
Zeeburgerdijk 21, Amsterdam-O, Netherlands.
NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS
Contributors will receive free of charge fifty reprints of their papers, joint authors have
to divide this number between them at their discretion. Additional reprints may be ordered
when returning proofs.
Manuscripts should be written in Dutch, English, French, German or Italian. If they
contain descriptions of new genera, species, etc. they should be in one of the four last
mentioned languages.
The author should communicate with the editor before submitting his manuscript. He
will enclose with manuscript a Synopsis (Abstract), styled according to recommendations
of the UNESCO (style rules’ will be provided by the editor) and, if needed, a Summary.
Papers in Dutch should contain an Abstract and/or a Summary in one of the four other
languages.
Manuscripts should be typewritten in double spacing on only one side of the paper, with
a margin of at least three cm at the left side of each sheet. Paragraphs should be indented.
Carbon copies cannot be accepted, as handling makes them illegible.
Captions for text figures and plates should be written on a separate sheet in double
spacing, numbered consecutively in arabic numerals; the use of a, b, c, or any other
subdivision of the figure numbering should be avoided.
Drawings for reproduction should be on good paper in Indian ink, preferably at least
one and a half times as large as the ultimate size desired. Lettering should be uniform, and,
after reduction, of the same size. Photographs should be furnished as shiny positive prints,
unmounted. Plates should be arranged so as to fill a whole page (11.5 x 19 cm) of the
Tijdschrift. or a portion thereof, captions included. Combinations of illustrations into groups
are preferable to separate illustrations, since there is a minimum charge per block.
Names of genera and lower systematic categories, new terms and the like are to be under-
lined by the author in the manuscript by a single straight line. Any other directions as to
size or style of the type are given by the editors, not by the author. Italic type or spacing to
stress ordinary words or sentences is to be avoided. Dates should be spelled as follows: either
”10.V.1948” or "10 May, 1948”. Other use of latin numerals should be avoided, as well as
abbreviations in the text, save those generally accepted. Numbers from one to ten occurring
in the text should be written in full, one, two, three, etc. Titles must be kept short. Foot-
notes should be kept at a minimum.
Bibliography should not be given in footnotes but compiled in a list at end of the
paper, styled as follows:
Mosley, M. E., 1932, ”A revision of the European species of the genus Leuctra (Pleco-
ptera)”. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [10] 10 (3): 1—41, pl. 1—5, fig. 1—57. Number of
issue should only be added (in parentheses) when it has individual pagination.
Text references to this list might be made thus:
“Mosley (1932) says....’ or (Mosley, 1932)”.
The editors reserve the right to adjust style to certain standards of uniformity.
Manuscripts and all communications concerning editorial matters only should be sent to:
Dr. A. DIAKONOFF, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, The Netherlands.
x N
MW Me | N
| N 1 vl
(LAI
CU
ERNST MAYR LIBRARY
3 2044 114 196 017
Date Due
PERI
mans eee
RSE a Fra
Et ANR
en
¥ È Fr Se DE RS
PA EL ENIT UE mA ry : = = . : 3
wendden LEE = 5 Me à = an re - - x
mieten u men st ner = 2 - x x
enen Ere -
= PEERS deme
Eeen nn A add c
Sto
sierica
Ba
; x pa Bee 5, e
PN apr rien -
EN A U LE 2
vee Re n EE NONNA NE NA ee
RAT AP SALATE IEEE LE A
A Asen aa er
È ren
er wen Horse ir . ER > ge et eed
= = SESS N AF AHF 5 u d 3 F ¢
SENN Sir Sh re ende wee > TE one
EEEN Td PRU LI be br 0 NZ SN CT EAR Tee ree >
x o RL A LRM ne re SESAME EPPA LIL
- ag
B fi Nena apg Aye ijd af ws en
pe “e ~ wont reen Adda
Stich fede Bte EE ENE rt,
en en RA
En wil
e TA TE VE PE Pal MS er Narie ven
HA WEES ER TENE Seg na vanag ed it
ENE NP SUA
EVEEDEE ND TE
ET
pe, eure
N rer’